Ibe
Ohio Naturalist
Official Organ of The Biological Club of the Ohio State University,
and of The Ohio Academy of vScience.
Volumes X, XI, and XII, 1909-1912.
EDITORIAL STAFF.
Editor-in-Chief John H. Schaffner
Business Manager James S. Hine
Assistant Business Manager Geo. D. Hubbard
associate editors:
Zoology — A rcheology —
Emily Hollister, Vol. X. W. C. Mills.
F. L. Landacre, Vol. XL
Wm. M. Barrows, Vol. XII.
Botany — Ornilhology —
R. F. Griggs, Vol. X, XII. J. C. Hambleton.
Freda Detmers, Vol. XL
Geology — ■ Geography —
W. C. Morse. Geo. D. Hubbard, Vol. X, XL
Physiography —
T. M. Hills.
advisory board:
Herbert Osborn Department of Zoology
John H. Schaffner Department of Botany
Charles S. Prosser Department of Geology
Ohio vState University,
Columbus, Ohio.
INDEX TO AUTHORS.
Bembower, Wm., :]tf>.
Blair, Kate R., 24.
Brockett, Ruth E., 14.
Claassen, Edo, 471, 475, 543.
Cook, Mel., T., 13.
Dachnowski, Alfred, 137, 193, 312.
Davie s, Clara, A., 61.
Detmers, Freda, 55, 73, 200, 305.
Dickey, Malcolm G., 17, 190, 347, 63, 64, 152, 192, 216, 24S, 272.
FixK, Bruce, 267, 385.
Foerste, Aug. F., 429.
Fox, Charles P., 146, 271, 427, 469.
Fulton, Bentley B., 299.
Fullmer, E. L., 472, 473.
Gary, L. B., 1S3.
Gloyer, W. 0., 334.
Goetz, C. H., 406.
Griggs, Robert F., 44, 232, 261, 287, 303, 304.
Hambleton, J. C, 41.
Henninger, W. F., 233.
Hine, James vS., 65, 149, 301, 307, 494.
Hood, G. W., 214.
Hopkins, L. S., 179.
Jennings, Otto E., 13, 13().
Lamb, G. F., 89.
Lantis, Vernon, 385.
Laughlin, Emma E., 160.
Linnell, Mary B., 465.
MacCoughey, Vaughan, 420.
Matheny, W. a., 1.
Metcalf, C. L., 137, 397, 477, 458, 459, 533, 549.
Nichols, R. H., 210.
Niswonger, H. R., 374.
O'Kane, W. C.,'166.
OsBORN, Herbert, 249, 261, 263, 266.
OsBORN, H. T., 15, 16.
Index to Authors.
overholts, l. o., oo.").
Parker, T- B., 16o.
SCHAFFNER, JoHN H., 8, 9, 39, 40, Gl, 1S4, IS.-), 243, 24G, 2S9.
409, 457, 474, 490.
Selby, a. D., 285.
Staufer, C. R., 273.
Sterki, v., 181, -331.
Stickney, Malcolm M., 01.
Stover, Wilmer G., 177, 247, 349. 350, 351.
ViCKERS, Earnest W., 80.
Walton, L. B., 401.
Wells, Bertram W., 217, 287, 288, 352, 384, 458.
Williamson, E. B., 153.
Zimmer, James F., 30.
7
The Ohio V^aturalu
PUBLISHED BY
The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni'versity.
LIBRARY
Volume X.
NOVEMBER. 1909.
No. 1.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Matheny— The Twig Girdler 1
SCHAFFNER— An Interesting Botrychiiim Hsibitat 8
SCHAFFNER— The Gymnosperms of Ohio 9
Jennings— The Labrador Tea in Ohio 13
Cook— Potato Agar 13
News and Notes 14
OsBORN—:Meetings of the Biological Clnli 15
THE TWIG GIRDLER.*
W. A. :\Iathkxv.
Oncideres cingulatus (Say) , Order Coleoptera ; family Cerambycidae.
"A thick-bodied longicorn, dark gray beetle about .5 inch long, with
its wing-covers sprinkled over with faint tawny yellow dots."
In making a study of the galls of this community during the
fall of 1907, I came across the work of the "Twig Girdlers."
These singular beetles appear in Ohio from the middle of Augtist
until the middle of September. Figure 1 represents the beetle
and the incision it makes. According to Slingerland, this beetle
alwavs works head downward. This would discredit the draw-
ing bv Rilev. Prof. Glenn W. Herrick says, in his paper on "The
Pecan Pruner" (O. texana Horn.) that the beetle works head
downward.
Professor Haldeman states that "both sexes are rather rare,
particularh- the male, which is rather smaller than the female,
but with longer antennae." The female does all the work.
She makes perforations (Fig. 1, b) in the branches in which she
deposits her eggs (one of which is represented of the natural size
at Fig. 1, e.) She then proceeds to gnaw a groove, of about a
tenth of an inch wide and deep, around the branch and below
the place where the eggs are deposited so the exterior portion dies
and the larva feeds upon the dead wood.
Mr. James Brodie describes the manner of cutting of the
0. texana as follows:
"In starting work, a patch the desired width of cut is cleaned and
the bark eaten. Then the powerful mandibles are brought to work on
the wood. A cut is first inade at the top, then the head moves down to
* Contribution from Biological Laboratory, Ohio University.
2 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 1,
the bottom, where a corresponding cut is made; then working from the
bottom cut, the wood fiber is raised and as the piece was cut free to start
with at the top, it is already detached when the piece is torn loose to the
top cut. Then another cut is made at the top; then at the bottom, and
so on till the insect reaches in as far as it can conveniently. It then
moves to either side of this cut, eats off another strip of bark and goes to
work on the wood as before."
In this study my observations are confined to the following;
trees: Elm, Hickory, Linden, Honey Locust and Persimmon.
Manner of Girdling: The Elm branches were girdled as
shown in Figure 2. The diameter of the girdled branches varies
from one-fourth to one-half inch, and the depth of the grooves
varies from one-tenth to one-eighth inch. These measurements
hold good for the Hickory, the Persimmon, and the Honey
Locust also. In all instances observed on the elm the branches
were completely girdled and all in the same manner. Attacks
on this tree were not numerous.
Figure 3 shows the manner of girdling the Hickory. The
grooves were cut in the same way as on the Elm tree branches.
Attacks on this tree were a little more numerous than on the
Elm. Eight months after they were girdled these branches
(Fig. 3) had not broken off the tree. I found a few branches
in their natural position on the tree twenty months after they
had been girdled.
The Linden suffered more than either of the above trees.
Figure 4 shows that these branches are not girdled, they are cut
off. For a short time in the fall they can be seen hanging by the
small thread of bark which is left (Fig. 5). They soon break off
and fall to the ground, almost with the first wind. On a small
tree about twenty-five feet high I counted twenty-four branches
cut off as shown in Figure 5. In every instance observed the
Linden branches were cut off and not girdled.
The Honey Locust was gridled in the same manner as the
Elm and the Hickory, and suffered more than all the other trees
combined. On one field trip the girdled branches on the first
twenty Honey Locust trees were counted. The trees were taken
as they were found. No sorting was done. The result of the
count is given below:
Number of
Number of
Number of
Number of
Tree.
branches girdled.
Tree.
Branches girdled.
1
18
11
18
2
5
12
24
3
10
13
8
4
10
14
4
5
45
15
6
6
19
16
15
7
10
17
18
8
12
18
5
9 .
6
19
21
10
3
20
11
Nov., 1909.] The Twig Girdler. 3
The Persimmon tree branches were girdled in the same man-
ner as the Honey Locust. A grove of Persimmon trees near
New Plymouth, Vinton County, was found in which all of the
trees had been attacked. Figure 9 shows the method of the
workman. This branch was one of the largest girdled branches
found. A great many of the branches were in their natural posi-
tion on the tree, and from the strength required to break them off
I judge that under ordinary circumstances they would remain
there a vear longer.
On this trip to Vinton County it was observed that the
Hickorv and the Honey Locust and the Linden were girdled
and cut to about the same extent as they were in this com-
munity. This would indicate that the beetle is widelv distri-
buted in this part of the State.
Eggs: The eggs were imbedded between the bark and
wood. The female makes the perforations generally under each
successive side-shoot, but this is by no means the rule, for eggs
are found imbedded in all parts of the branch. After the egg is
deposited, the female closes the hole with a gummy secretion.
The eggs are about two millimeters in length, (Fig. 1, e), of a
whitish color, and long oval in shape. Those under observa-
tion were probably laid in October and hatched about December.
I have examined more than a thousand girdled branches,
and in every case a peculiar scarring of the bark both above
and below the notch extending about one inch in each direction
was observed (Fig. 11 and Fig. 12). These scars were made
by the female. After laying her eggs she digs with her powerful
mandibles, transverse shallow grooves one-sixteenth to one-
tenth of an inch long in the bark. There can be no doubt as to
her purpose in doing this. It is a precaution taken to make
doubly sure that the girdled branch will die, and do away with
any possibility of the bark growing together and healing the
wound. Just as far as these grooves extend up and down the
stem, the bark dies. It is interesting to note that in addition to
girdling the branch two inches of the bark is deadened.
Opi some specimens these transverse grooves were observed both
above and below the egg. This was especially true of the
Hickory. The grooves extended along the probable course
which the burrowing larva would take. This was not true for all
eggs laid in the same branch. Several instances were noted
where these grooves were made above and below the eggs which
were laid away from buds and branches. It is done to deaden
the bark and prevent growth from crushing the egg. Prof.
Herrick mentions this in regard to O. texana, but he does not
naention the grooves made both above and below the incision.
We conclude that the species differ in this particular.
4 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 1,
Larvae : The larvae are white in color and from one-half
CO three-fourths of an inch long. They vary very much in size.
One would judge that those destined to produce females are
larger than the others. The larvae found in the deadened Elm
branches were smaller than those found in the girdled Honev
Locust branches. Probably the difference in the kind of nutri-
ment obtained determines the size of the larvae.
When examined with a lens, the body is found to be sparselv
covered with short, dark hairs. These hairs are more numerous
on the anterior end than on the posterior end. The mouth parts
are brown. x\fter hatching they burrow in the wood and remain
there until late in the following summer. Beginning earlv in
the spring they excavate galleries in the dead branch just
beneath the bark. Frequently they are found burrowing in the
solid wood, and still more frequently in the pith. Their growth
is verv slow and it takes very little wood to satisfy them.
In one instance a larva came to maturity and changed to a
pupa in a gallery two inches long. This gallery was about one-
eighth of an inch in diaineter. Two pupae were found side by
side in separate galleries in a branch one-half inch in diameter.
At present I am unable to state definitely how long the larvae
exist in these cut-off bi-anches. Some at least spend two winters
in the wood, but this can not be said of all. This point is now
under observation.
Before the larva changes to a pupa, it cuts a pinhole in the
bark near the end of the gallery, and closes the opening of the
burrow with fine shavings. This gives the pupal cell an opening
to the outside for air and egress when the proper time comes.
In a girdled Hickory branch now before me the larvae aver-
age one-fifth inch in length. They are at work in galleries one-
fourth inch in length, and none of them have burrowed deep
into the wood. These larvae were hatched more than five months
ago. This shows plainly how slow their growth is. Owing to the
scarcitv of full grown larvae we can logically conclude that these
small larvae will be our girdlers this coming Fall. Some of the
smaller and poorly nourished larvae will certainly pass another
winter in the branches. In every instance observed the two-
winter larvae were found only in the Honey Locust branches.
The extreme hardness of this wood might account for this de-
layed development.
The number of eggs laid in girdled branches varies from three
to twentv. Below is given a record of the number of eggs laid
in twentv branches. The count was made at random, and
includes branches from different trees.
Nov., 1909.]
The Twig Girdler.
No. of
Branch.
1. . .
2. . .
3.. .
4. . .
5. . .
6. . .
7.. .
8. ..
9. . .
10. . .
No. of
Eggs.
. . .12
6
11
9
18
14
,20
No. of
Branch.
11..
12. .
13..
14. .
15. .
16. .
17 .
18. .
19. .
20. .
No. of
Eggs.
11
13
. . . . 7
4
8
3
16
12
6
17
Pupae: The eggs laid in October, 1907, have not gone into
the pupa state yet, May 30, 1908. Those laid in October, 1906,
passed into the pupa state sometime between March and May
of this vear. The pupae are white. They vary in length from
five-sixteenths to five-eighths of an inch. They lie in the gal-
leries which were described above.
Adults: About the first of June adults were found nicely
hidden away in the galleries. On being removed to the open,
they flew awav with perfect ease. Further observations are
now being made with the hopes that more light may be thrown
on the daily activities of the adult form.
In this work I received many valuable suggestions from Dr.
W. F. Copeland and Dr. W. F. Mercer, to both of whom I feel
deeply indebted.
LITERATURE.
texana Horn. Mississippi
Ehn Twig-Girdler, Kansas
1. Glexx W. Herrick. Oncideres
Agricultural Experiment Station Bull. 86.
2. E. E. F.iiViLLE and P. J. P.\rrott.
State Agricultural College Bull. 77.
3. A. S. Packard, ]r. Insects Injurious to Forest and Shade
Trees. U. S. Entomological Com. Bull. 7.
EXPLAN.\TION OF FIGURES OF PLATES I AND II.
Fig. 1
Fig. 2
Fig. 3
Fig. 4
Fig. 4a
Fig
After Riley.
Oncideres cingulatus.
Elm twig.
Hickory twigs.
Showing the manner of cutting off the Linden branches.
Large view showing details of ctit.
5. Three Linden branches hanging ready to drop at the first
wind.
6. Honev-locust twig.
7. A Honey-locust shrub on North Hill, Athens, O. Forty-five
branches girdled.
A Honey-locust shrub on North Hill, Athens, O. Thirteen
branches girdled.
Girdled twig of Persimmon.
Girdled Persimmon branches. Photographed near New Ply-
mouth, Vinton County, O.
Fig. 11. Girdled Persimmon branch showing transverse scars.
Fig. 12. Girdled Elm branch showing transverse scars.
Fig
Fig
Fig. 8.
Fig. 9.
Fig. 10.
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. X, No. 1,
Ohio Naturalist.
P/ale I.
MaTHENY on "The Twig Girdler."
Nov., 1909.]
The Twig Girdler.
Ohio Naturalist.
Plate IT.
MaTheny on "The Twig Girdler,
8 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 1,
AN INTERESTING BOTRYCHIUM HABITAT.
John H. Schaffner.
A common experience for a botanist is to go collecting in a
well-worked locality and find some interesting plant that was
not known there before. Such an experience came to me the
past summer on Cedar Point, Erie County, Ohio. The Point has
been worked botanically for many years by various collectors,
including myself.
One day in the last week of June, I visited the north bank of
the large lagoon in the woods north of the summer resort. I
gathered a number of plants of no special importance and took
them to the Laboratory in my vacsulum for study. The fol-
lowing morning while throwing out tlfe material, I noticed a
broken specimen of Botrychium simplex Hitch, clinging to one
of the plants. I was naturally delighted, for no specimens of this
plant were known from Ohio although the name was on the State
list. I returned to the place and soon found the plants in abun-
dance. A little farther on I found Botrychium neglectum Wood,
also in abundance. This was another rare Ohio plant, being
known onlv from a few localities in the north-eastern part of
the state. Then I concluded that there certainly must be others.
So a little search brought to light Botrychium obliquum Spreng.
besides Botrychium virginianum, which was on the Cedar Point
list, being quite common. No more Botrychiums were found
although I thought there should be others, but the search, made
partly on hands and 'knees, ended with adding Ophioglossum
vulgatum L. to the collection. This made six of the Ophio-
glossaceae growing in an area not over two rods in diameter.
Not only were the sporophytes found but gametophvtes of
all the species were dug up. These were mostly located by the
tiny juvenile sporophytes projecting above the surface of the
soil. Botrychium dissectum has the first tiny leaf of the typical
shape. A whole series of juvenile stages was seen without the
slightest indication of a generalized tvpe of leaf. I naturallv
supposed that the first leaf would have some of the characters
of Botrychium obliquum of which species it is by soine thought
to be a variety or form. The plants could, however, not be more
clearly defined. They show the specific character from the
beginning. This seemed especiallv interesting since so commonly
there is a very decided similaritv of juvenile forms in closely
related species.
The place is an open thicket of Rhus hirta and other small
trees and shrubs. The scil is sandv and rich in humus, parti v
dry and partly swampy. It is hoped that notwithstanding its
nearness to the summer resort, this habitat will be undisturbed for
Nov., 1909.] The Gymnosperms of Ohio. 9
some time to come. The two rare species, Botrychium simplex
and Botrychium neglectum, were past their prime. They prob-
ably begin to ripen their spores about the 15th of June. Time
prevented making a thorough study of the surroundings and
there may be other surprises in the future for the careful observer.
THE GYMNOSPERMS OF OHIO.
John H. Schaffner.
Ohio lies south of the great northern conifer belt of North
America and since there are no mountains in the state, the
Gymnosperms do not constitute an important part of the flora.
There are but 11 speeies, one of which is probably accidental
and has been reported from but one county. The only species
of general distribution is the Red Juniper, but species of Pinus,
Picea, Abies, and other genera are quite commonly cultivated
in all parts of the state.
Subkingdom, GYMNOSPERMAE. Gymnosperms. 500
living species.
Plants in which the sporophytes are woody perennials with
open carpels (megasporophylls) without a stigma, and hence
with naked ovules and seeds, the pollen (male gametophyte)
falling directly on the micropyle of the ovule (megasporangium) ;
flowers monosporangiate, usually developing as cones but some-
times very simple; female gametophyte with numerous cells
but without polar cells and thus without true endosperm as in
the Angiosperms ; male cells usually two, either nonmotile sperms
or developed as spirally coiled multiciliate spermatozoids.
KEY TO THE NATIVE AND CULTIVATED GENERA.
1. Foliage leaves needle-shaped, narrowly linear, subulate, or scale-like;
conifers, or in one case a dicotyl with delicate twigs and minxite
leaves 2
1. Foliage leaves fan-shaped with dichotoniotis venation, a number on
thick, wart-like, persistent dwarf branches Ginkgo.
2. Without dwarf branches 4
2. With typical dwarf branches, persistent for more than 1 year 3
2. With feather-like dwarf branches, deciduous each year, the linear
leaves spreading into 2 ranks Taxodium.
2. With deHcate spray-like twigs decidtxous each year; leaves scale-
like, minute; a dicotyl Tamarix.
3. Dwarf branches small, self-pruned, with 2-5 foliage leaves. . . Pinus.
3. Dwarf branches thick, wart-like, persistent, with numerous deciduous
leaves Larix.
4. Leaf buds scal}^ leaves scattered 5
4. Leaf buds not scaly, naked ; leaves opposite or whorled 7
5. Leaf scar on a sterigma, the twigs covered with scales representing
the leaf bases 6
5. Leaf scar on the bark; twigs without scales; leaves flat. Abies.
6. Leaves flat, those on the upper side of the twig much shorter than
the lateral ones; trees Tsuga.
lo The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 1,
6. Leaves flat all of about the same length; ours a shrub Taxus.
6. Leaves more or less 4-sided, spreading in all directions Picea.
7. Twigs decidedly flattened and fan-like, the leaves small, scale-like,
and appressed, of two types, the dorsal and ventral broader and
more abrupt at the apex ; scales of the carpellate cone not peltate.
Thuja.
7. Twigs little or not at all flattened, the leaves either scale-like, ap-
pressed, and nearly or ciuite similar, or subulate and spreading;
fruit berry-like when ripe or the scales of the carpellate cone
peltate 8
8. Leaves all subulate and spreading; or partly scale-like, 4- ranked and
appressed; carpellate cone developing into a bluish-black berry-
like fruit. (Retinispora forms of Thuja might be sought for
here also) Juniperus.
8. Leaves all small, scale-like, appressed, nearly or quite similar; irait a
dry cone 9
9. Scales of the carpellate cone several-seeded Cupressus
9. Scales of the carpellate cone 2-seeded Chamaecyparis.
Class, CONIFERAE. Conifers. 350 species.
Sporophytes developing as shrubs or large trees, much
branched, with or without dwarf branches; stems with a normal
cambium, no vessels in the secondary wood, resin nearly always
present; leaves mostly small, entire, linear, lanceolate, subulate,
or scale-like; flowers monosporangiate, monoecious or dioecious;
seeds and female gametophyte rather small, ovules without pol-
len-chamber, cotyledons 2-15, always free; sperm cells 2, not
motile, no cilia being present.
Order, FINALES.
Conifers with both the stamens (microsporophylls) and car-
pels (megasporophylls) in cones, usually numerous.
Pinaceae, Pine Family.
Leaf-buds scaly; carpels of the cone numerous, with two
inverted ovules on the ovuliferous scale ; stamens with two micro-
sporangia.
Pinus L. Pine.
Resinous evergreen trees with small dwarf branches bearing
2-5, narrow foliage leaves; dwarf branches and ordinary twigs
covered with scale leaves. Dwarf branches self-pruned after a
number of years. Carpellate cones woodv, with numerous car-
pels. Important lumber and turpentine trees.
1. Dwarf branches with 5 foliage leaves; ovuliferotxs scales little thickened
at the tip P. strobus.
1 . Dwarf branches with 2-;3 foliage leaves ; ovuliferous scales much thick-
ened at the tip 2
2. Dwarf branches with 3 foliage leaves, rarely 2 or 4, the leaves 3-5 in.
long; carpellate cones ovoid P. rigida
2. Dwarf branches nonnally with 2 foliage leaves 3
3. Twigs glaucous; leaves slender, 23^-5 in. long; buds not very resinous;
prickles of the ovuliferous scales short and small. . . .P. echinata.
3. Twigs glaucous; leaves stout, lJ^-23^ in. long; buds very resinous;
prickles of the ovuliferous scales long and stout. . . .P. virginiana.
Nov., 1909.] The Gymnosperms of Ohio. n
1. Pinus strobus L. White Pine. A large tree with nearly
smooth bark, except when old; branches horizontal, in whorls.
Often forming dense forests. Wood soft and straight-grained.
One of the most valuable timber trees in the world. Northeast-
ern part of Ohio to Erie County.
2. Pinus virginiana Mill. Scrub Pine. A slender, usually
small tree with spreading or drooping branches; the old bark
flaky and dark-colored. Wood very resinous, soft and durable,
but of poor quality. In sandy soil. From Fairfield County
southward.
3. Pinus echinata Mill. Yellow Pine. A large tree with
spreading branches; leaves sometimes in 3's. Wood rather
hard and very valuable ; much used as lumber. Produces shoots
from stumps. In sandy soil. Probably accidental in Ohio;
Auglaize County.
4. Pinus rigida Mill. Pitch Pine. A tree with spreading
branches, the old bark rough and furrowed, flaky in strips.
Sprouts readily from the stump if cut down or burned. Wood
rather hard and brittle and full of resin; used for fuel, charcoal
and coarse lumber. A source of turpentine to a limited extent.
In dry sandy or rocky soil. Scioto, Jackson and Fairfield
Counties.
Larix Adans. Larch.
Tall pyramidal trees with horizontal or ascending branches
and with clusters of narrowly linear, deciduous leaves on thick
wart-like dwarf branches. Carpellate cones woody, with numer-
ous carpels,
1. Larix laricina (DuR.) Koch. Tamarack. A slender tree
with close or at length scaly bark. Wood hard, durable and very
strong. Carpellate cones reddish purple when young. In bogs,
swamps, and about the margins of lakes. Northern third of
the state.
Tsuga Carr. Hemlock.
Evergreen trees with slender horizontal or drooping branches.
Leaves flat, narrowly linear, spreading more or less into 2 ranks.
Leaf scars on short sterigmata. Carpellate cones pendulous.
1. Tsuga canadensis (L.) Carr. Hemlock. A tall tree with
slender, horizontal or drooping branches, the old bark flaky in
scales. Wood very coarse. Self-prunes twigs. Eastern half of
Ohio, and occasional toward the west.
Juniperaceae. Juniper Family.
Leaf-buds naked; carpels of the cone few, opposite; stamens
with 3-8 microsporangia.
Thuja L. Arborvitae.
Evergreen trees or shrubs with flattened fan-like twigs. Car-
pellate cones ovoid or oblong with dry coriaceous scales, not
peltate.
12
The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 1,
1. Thuja occidentalis L. Arborvitae. Usually a small,
conical tree with fan-like branches. Self-prunes twigs. Wood
light and durable. Usually in wet soil and along the banks of
streams. Champaign, Franklin, Greene, Highland and Adams
Counties.
Juniperus L. Juniper.
Evergreen trees or shrubs with small globose, berrv-like
bluish or blackish cones.
1. Leaves all subulate, prickly pointed, verticillate ; cones axillary. ... 2
1. Leaves of 2 kinds, scale-like and subulate, opposite or verticillate;
cones terminal J. virginiana.
2. Erect trees or shrubs; leaves slender, mostly straight J. communis.
2. Low depressed shrubs; leaves stouter, mostly curved J. nana.
1. Juniperus communis L. Common Juniper. A low tree
with spreading or drooping branches and shreddy bark. Goats
are poisoned from eating the leaves. On dry hills. In the
northern part of Ohio, as far south as Fairfield County.
2. Juniperus nana Willd. Low Juniper. A depressed
rigid shrub usualh' with creeping radiating iDranches, the ends
erect or ascending, thus forming circular patches. In dry open
places. Cedar Point, Erie County.
3. Juniperus virginiana L. Red Juniper. A tree with
spreading, ofter irregular branches, when old, but conic in shape
when young. Self-prunes twigs. Wood very valuable, light,
straight-grained, durable and fragrant; used almost exclusively
in the manufacture of lead pencils. Often infested with the
"cedar-apple" fungus. Poisonous to goats. Common on hills
and bluffs; general in Ohio.
Order, TAXALES.
Conifers with the stamens (microsporophvUs) in cones, but
the carpels (megasporophylls) mostly single ; ours with a red
fleshy disk surrounding the ripe seed.
Taxaceae, Yew Family.
Staminate (microsporangiate) cone with 3-5 stamens ; carpels
solitarv with one or two erect ovules.
Taxus L. Yew.
Evergreen trees or shrubs without resin, with spirally ar-
ranged, short petioled, linear, flat leaves spreading into 2 ranks.
Fruit with a bony seed surrounded by a fleshy red disk.
1. Taxus canadensis Marsh. American Yew. A low, usual-
ly straggling shrub with linear leaves green on both sides. The
leaves are supposed to be poisonous to stock. On rocky banks
and in woods. Northern Ohio, as far south as Fairfield and
Greene Counties.
Nov., 1909.] Potato Agar. 13
THE LABRADOR TEA IN OHIO.
Otto E. Jennings.
In the Ohio Naturalist for December, 1908, Professor J. H.
Schaffner presents a list of "Plants on the Ohio State List not
Represented in the State Herbarium" and proposes to strike
off these names if no proper evidence of the occurrence of the
plants in question in Ohio is forthcoming.
Yesterday there came to my hands from my friend, Mr. Ros-
coe J. Webb, of Garrettsville, Portage County, Ohio, specimens
of three plants which he and Mr. A. D. Robinson, of Ravenna
had collected in a tamarac bog near Shalersville, Portage County,
May 24 of this year. The plants were Wolfitia columbiana Karst.,
Ilicioides mucronata (L.) Britt., and Ledum groenlandicumOeder.
Mr. Webb says the Ledum is abundant at this place and that
he has known of this locality for about ten years. The specimens
sent me were in good flower and were evidently taken from
plants in vigorous condition. This record is noteworthy in that
Mr. Webb's station evidently constitutes the only authentic
occurrence of the plant in Ohio. However, the writer has dis-
covered a patch of Ledum, about one-half acre altogether, in
the great Pymatuning Swamp, near Linesville, Pennsvlvania,
and only about six miles from the Pennsylvania-Ohio state line,
and it would not be surprising if other stations should be found
for this species in other bogs in northeastern Ohio and north-
western Pennsylvania.
Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa., May 27, 1909.
POTATO AGAR.
Mel. T. Cook.
The making of potato agar probably presents greater annoy-
ances than the making of any other medium used in bacterio-
logical and mycological laboratories. The difficulty is due to
the starch of the potato becoming gelatinous and difficult to
filter. For sometime the writer has been using a method which
has proved very satisfactory. This method is a modification of
the method in general use and it is probable that other workers
may be making agar in practically the same manner. However,
it has been considered advisable to publish it at this time for the
benefit of any who may be experiencing difficulties in the making
of this very valuable medium. The method is as follows:
A. — Melt the desired amount of agar (10, 12, or 15 grams) in
500 cc. of distilled water.
14 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol.X, No. 1,
B. — Peel and slice very thin, 500 grams of potatoes and add
500 cc. of distilled water. Heat at about 60 degrees C. for one
hour. Strain through cloth.
Mix A. and B. Add the white of two eggs which have been
mixed in 100 cc. of distilled water. Put in autoclave and heat
until clear, usually about two hours. If the total volume is now
less than 1000 cc. enough hot distilled water should be added
to equal that amount. Filter through cotton, titrate if desired,
tube and sterilize.
Agri. Exp. Station, Newark, Del.
NEWS AND NOTES.
The annual meeting of the Ohio Academy of Science will be
held at Delaware, Ohio, on the 26th and 27th of November.
The Mocking Bird in G.\lli.\ County.
Four years ago, the first Mocking Bird, Mimus polyglottus,
was seen at Rio Grande. Its nest was not found. This year at
least five nests were found within the village and the birds seem
quite numerous through the country. Heavy winds overturned
three nests and the young ones perished in spite of human efforts
to replace and strengthen the nests.
Ruth E. Brockett.
Nov., 1909.] Meetings of the Biological Club. 15
MEETINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.
Orton Hall, April 12, 1909.
The Club being called to order by the President, the minutes
of the two previous meetings were read and approved. Letters
were read from the following men acknowledging invitations
to the Darwin Centenary meeting. — Robert A. Dudington, of
Oberlin College; President Dabney, of the University of Cincin-
nati, and Maynard M. Metcalf, of Oberlin College.
The resignation of Arthur H. McCray, as secretary of the
Club was accepted.
The program for the evening was a discussion of the "Place
of Biology in the High School and University Course." The
first paper was presented by Miss Maud Flynn, on the "Place
of Biology in the High vSchool." An outline of the present course
in the Columbus High Schools was given together with suggestions
for improvement. The independent treatment of the subjects
Botany, Zoology and Physiology was favored. The second paper
of the evening was by Prof. Landacre on the "Place of Biology in
the University." He stated that there seemed to be no place
at present for a department of Biology in the State Universitites
giving technical courses since the foundation for advanced work
either in Physiology, Botany or Zoology could best be given
by those departments independently. In the smaller colleges a
course in general Biology can be given profitably. Profs. Os-
born, Griggs, Hambleton, Schaffner, Durant, Boyd and Ostend
and Miss Blair took part in the discussion which followed. The
Club then adjourned.
Orton H.\ll, May 2, 1909.
The meeting was called to order by the President, Miss
Freda Detmers. The minutes of the previous meeting were
read and corrected.
The paper for the evening was presented by Prof. McCampbell,
the subject for the evening being "Tumours in Animals." Tu-
mours were classified as harmless and harmful. The harmful
tumours or malignant tumours are difficult to eradicate and pro-
duce toxins. Tumours were further divided in regard to organs
affected. The subject was further discussed largely from a study
of domestic animals, especially the guinea pig. As to the cause
of tumours nothing has as yet been determined definitely though
there are a large number of theories to account for these growths.
In the" discussion which followed Prof. Dachnowski and
Schaffner, Miss Detmers and Miss Wilson took part.
1 6 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 1,
Miss Detmers reported on a Fungus probably due to an As-
comycete following the work of Sapsuckers on Ironwood. Prof.
Hambleton recalled seeing stumps of the Ironwood covered with
the fungus.
W. C. Morse, Miss Hollister and Prof. Hambleton were
appointed as a committee to nominate a staff for the Ohio
Naturalist.
Orton Hall, June 7, 1909.
The last meeting of the year was called to order by the Presi-
dent, Miss Freda Detmers. W. C. O'Kane was unable to present
his paper on the Coccidae. J. F. Zimmer presented an inter-
esting paper on "Maple Tree Insects." The discussion was
largely confined to the commoner forms of economic importance.
Prof. J. C. Hambleton and Miss Stella S. Wilson took part in the
discussion which followed. Chalmers De Puc then presented
an outline of his year's work on the "Viability of Forest Tree
Seeds."
The Nominating Committee reported the following nomina-
tions for the staff of "The Ohio Naturalist":
Editor-in-Chief John H. Schaffner
Business Manager James S. Hine
Assistant Business Manager G. D. Hubbard
Associate Editors.
Emily Hollister Zoology
R. F. Griggs Botany
W. C. Morse Geology
W. C. Mills Archaeology
J. C. Hambleton Ornithology
G. D. Hubbard Geography
Advisory Board.
Herbert Osborn Charles S. Prosser John H. Schaffner
The report was accepted and the staff elected.
Miss Ruth A. "Wardall and Marie F. McLellan were elected
to membership.
H. T. OsBORN, Secretary.
IlxjIlibrar Y
The Ohio ^aturaliM^r^
PUBLISHED BY
The Biological Club of the Ohio Stale Uni'versity.
Volume X. DECEMBER, 1909. No. 2.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Dickey— Evaporation in a Bog Habitat 17
Blair— 1 he Orcliids of Ohio 24
ZiMMER— List of Insects AttVeting the Maple 3i>
ScHAFFNER— New and Rare Ohio Plants 39
A Xew Laboratory Guide for High School Botany 40
EVAPORATION IN A BOG HABITAT.*
Malcolm G. Dickey.
Within the past two years, investigations have been carried
on at a bog island in the Licking Reservoir near Columbus, Ohio,
disclosing the toxicity of bog water, and bog soils. The physi-
ological aridity of this bog habitat has been discussed in two
papers, (1 and 2). In connection with experiments, which are to
be made upon the transpiration of bog plants, it was thought
desirable to obtain direct evidence concerning the evaporating
power of the air of this region. With this object in view, the
data given below were collected during the past summer.
The problem of evaporation, though manifestly an important
one, has received relativelv little attention. Recent investiga-
tions at Salton Sea in Southern California, have brought to the
attention of meteorologists, the vital importance of evaporation
in the storage of water in reservoirs, for irrigation purposes in the
arid regions of the west. Salton Sea, which is cut ofif from the
Colorado River, must, in the course of ten or twelve years, it is
estimated, be reduced by evaporation, and it is planned, there-
fore, to make a complete study of the phenomenon in that
region. Readings are taken from floating tanks and pans upon
water surfaces at different points on the sea, and likewise at
auxiliary stations in different climates and under different
conditions.
Considered purely from a physical standpoint, evaporation
depends upon humidity, temperature, and wind velocity. The
sun's rays influence it only as they increase the temperature of
the air and of the evaporating surface. Secondary factors influ-
encing evaporation are, however, so numerous, and difflcult to
separate, since they all may operate at the same time, that it is
* Contributions from the Botanical Laboratory of Ohio State Univer-
sity, L.
1 8 The Ohio Naturalist [Vol. X, No. 2,
not an easy task to find a uniform and constant relationship for
each one of the primary factors. It must be remembered, there-
fore, that the following statements from a summary of the sub-
ject in the "Monthly Weather Review" of 1907 and 1908, (8)
hold true only when all other things are considered equal.
If the rainfall is uniformly distributed throughout the year,
the evaporation will increase proportionately.
A heavy winter, and a light summer rainfall will, together
show a small annual evaporation, and converseh'.
Evaporation varies nearly inversely as the atmospheric
pressure, or nearly directly as the altitude.
The rate of evaporation is nearly proportionate to the differ-
ence of tempei^ature as indicated by the wet, and dry bulb
thermometers.
As to temperature, it is found that the capacity of atmos-
pheric air for moisture is approximately doubled with everv
increase in atmospheric temperature of 20° F.
Wind velocity has a marked influence upon evaporation
being nearly in a direct ratio with it.
In the light of these observations, meteorologists have
attempted to find the relationship existing between the various
modifying factors and evaporation, and have succeeded in
working out formulas by means of which the evaporation from
watersheds and water surfaces can be approximated.
It should be stated that there are many obstacles to contend
with in devising proper methods for measuring evaporation. It
is almost impossible, in field work, to place the instrument under
normal standard conditions, and also to eliminate the error
caused by ijfiinfall. It has been pointed out, moreover, that the
evaporation from a large water surface cannot be calculated
correctly from the evaporation of a small tank for the reason that
air, moving over a water surface, absorbs moisture, and its
capacity to hold water becomes gradually less.
This difficulty may be partially overcome by measuring the
evaporation at numerous points on the water surface, plotting the
results and drawing isothymes. By a summation of the evapo-
ration over the areas between the isothymes, the evaporation
of the whole area can be calculated with comparative accuracy.
New and more improved instruments have been devised, and
are now being employed by the Weather Bureau (10) in connec-
tion with the work upon evaporation from lakes and reservoirs.
In physiological work, it has been considered preferable to
obtain the evaporation readings directly by such instruments as
are available, rather than to depend upon formulas, which are
necessarily somewhat inaccurate, The German Forest Service
(9) has used a small zinc receptacle with a wooden roof, which
allows the free access of air, but excludes rainfall. • Within
recent years the porous cup atmometer, which will be described
later, has come into use.
Dec, 1909.] Evaporation in a Bog Habitat. 19
Livingston's experiments (3) with the atmometer at Tucson
have shown that the evaporating power of the air, aside from its
indirect effect upon soil moisture, is an important factor in plant
development. Several species of plants were grown in soil which
was kept as nearly as possible at its optimum moisture content,
and their behavior in relation to the rate of evaporation was
studied. Two species which were able to transmit water to the
leaves faster than it was lost b}^ transpiration, grew vigorouslv,
even during a period of drought. Several other varieties were
unable to provide the excess water for growth during the period
of drought, but remained quiescent, and resumed their growth
upon the return of the season of lower evaporation. Other
plants not only failed to provide the excess water for growth
during the drought, but did not respond even on the coming of
the season of lower evaporation and soon died. It is concluded,
from these experiments, that the evaporating power of the air
controls desert vegetation to a great extent, for it inhibits the
growth of plants which are not able to adjust themselves to the
low evaporation rate, and thus plays an important part in the
determination of centers of plant distribtition.
Further work (4, 0,) has brought out the value of the atmom-
eter in the differentiation of habitats. While the amount of
rainfall, through its eft'ect upon soil moisture, is effective upon
vegetation over large areas, the evaporating power of the air
may vary greatly within these areas, and within neighboring
habitats. Data taken in the Missouri Botanical Garden showed
that the average ratio of the evaporating power of the air in the
open field, and in the shade of a coppice was approximately as
2.5 to 1. About the same ratio was apparent in an open straw-
berry patch, and beneath a shade tent.
Atmometer readings taken at Tucson, and at different alti-
tudes in the Santa Catalina Mountains indicate a gradual decrease
in the rate of evaporation with altitude. Considering as unity
the standard Tucson atmometer at 2412 feet, the relative loss of
the instruments at 6000, 7500, and 8000 feet, was .8, .5 and .4
respectively. These conclusions with reference to the decreasing
rate of evaporation at higher altitudes have been corroborated by
similar experiments conducted by Shaw in the Selkirks (6).
Transeau (7) continued the study of the relation of plant
societies to evaporation. He placed instruments in different
plant habitats about Cold Springs Harbor, Long Island, com-
paring all readings with that of a standard instrument in the
Carnegie Garden. He reported an evaporation of 100% on an
open gravel slide, and showed that the partial invasion of the
slide by vegetation produced a decrease of 40% in evaporation.
The rate in a forest habitat varied from 50% in the open wood to
10% in the swamp forest. In the light of these data, it is easy to
see why plants, accustomed to the swarap environment, cannot
succeed in an open woods with a rate of evaporation five times as.
20 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 2,
great. The importance of pioneer shade plants as reducers of
transpiration is also pointed out.
The instruments used at Buckeye Lake were a slight mod-
ification of those used by the writers just mentioned. The
evaporation takes place from the surface of an exposed porous
clay cup, about thirteen centimeters in length, two and one-half
cm. in diameter, and with a wall of four millimeters thickness.
The upper end is closed, and rotmded, the lower end is closed
tightly by a perforated rubber stopper, through which passes a
glass tube. This tube extends down to the bottle below, which
serves as the reservoir of water. Since the instruments were to
be left for rather long periods of time, a larger and more stable
form of reservoir was required. In place of the "Mason " jar and
cork stopper, a bottle of 5U0U cc. capacity was used, with a neck
of sufficient slope so that the water level could readily be seen
from above. x\t the mouth of the bottle, the glass tube passed
through two rubber stoppers, the one a two-holed stopper
inserted in the bottle, and the other with its large end down, cov-
ering the hole, and preventing the entrance of water, but allow-
ing free access of air. A file mark near the top of the bottle
indicated the point to which the water level was raised on refilling.
Throughout the experiment only distilled water, containing a
small per cent of formaldehyde, was used.
The interior of the cup remains free from air because of the
surface tension of the water films closing the pores. The cup
thus remains filled with water, and as evaporation takes place at
the surface, more water is forced up from below into the vacuum
by the air pressure upon the water surface in the reservoir.
The porous cups used in this work were obtained through
Dr. Dachnowski from the Carnegie Institute and were standard-
ized at the Desert Laboratory at Tucson.
When used during the growing period of plants, the principal
defect of this instrument is that rain may enter the reservoir
through the porous cup, and thus cause an error in the results.
If daily readings are taken, the length of time of precipitation
can be recorded, and corrections made for the error. But in
taking readings at intervals longer than a day, this error must be
neglected.
One instrument was placed in a station of the Maple-Alder
zone near the border of the island and was shaded by x\cer
rubrum, Alnus rugosa, and Rhus vernix. Osmunda cinna-
momia, O. regalis, and Dryopteris cristata were growing nearby.
The other station was in the central zone, where the principal
plants were Sphagnum, Oxycoccus oxycoccus, Drosera rotundi-
folia, Eriophorum virginicum, and Dulichium arundinaceum.
Readings were begun May 14, and taken weekly until June 11.
No data were taken then tuitil July 17, when the evaporation for
five weeks was recorded. Weekly readings were then resumed
and taken until August 21, when after another break of three
Dec, 1909.]
Evaporation in a Bog Habitat.
21
weeks, they were continued until Oct. 2. Unfortunately, the
instrument in the central zone was disturbed on August 21, and
on September 11, had disappeared entirely. Temperature
readings were also taken in the two zones.
Fig. 1. Central Zone Station.
Fig. 2. Station in Maple- Alder Zone.
It was thought that an average of the precipitation and tem-
perature records taken at the stations of the Weather Bureau at
Pataskala, Gratiot, and Granville, would represent, approx-
imately, the meteorology of our station at the bog. The records
of wind velocity which are necessary to make the observations
complete were not obtainable.
The climatology and evaporation data for the bog station are
given in the table below:
2 a
""The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. X, No. 2,
TABLE I. CLIMATOLOGICAL AND EVAPORATION DATA FOR THE
BOG ISLAND AT BUCKEYE LAKE, OHIO.
03
Q
Precip.
tH
O
T-H
O
,
o
ys o
in fa
o3
03 ,03
+J
13 "
n
^_, 0)
""
°S
2i ■ o- e 1
Pu
^ 1
Temperature in F.
c
03
o3
n
o
u
5:5
Oj I
C
o
Svui shine
V.
13
03
Q
13
_o
+3
u
o3
a.
>^
03
Q
Evaporation
o
u
CO
5
o
O
<u
a
9
o
•t-\
Q
1909
May 14
May 21
1.07
2
61.5
82.
41.5
May 28
1.84
3
59.5
75 . 5
45 . 5
June 4
2.04
5
67.5
84.5
50.5
June 11
.87
6
70.5
84.
52.5
June 19
.25
2
66.
80.
47.
June 26
2.30
4
70.5
87.5
43.
July 3
1 . 00
2
77.
90.
59.
July 10
.02
2
66.6
85.5
46.5
July 17
1.91
4
74.
87.
60.
July 24
.46
2
67.
87.
46.
July 31
1.31
3
71.5
88.
51.
Aug. 7
.()7
2
71.1
85.
55.
Aug. 14
.01
1
71.5
90.
53.
Aug. 21
3.27
2
70.
85.
50. i
Aug. 28
.10
1
.69 . 5
89.
46.5
Sept. 4
1.23
3
63.
86.
37.5
Sept. 11
.57
1
64.
79.5
42.
Sept. 18
.46
1
68.5
86.
46.
Sept. 25
.33
2
66.5
83.
46.
Oct 2
.23
2
53.
71.
33.
77.
59.
69.8
76.1
74.3
82.4
75.2!
60.
69.8
78 . 8
78.8
75.2
77.
82.4
82.4^84.2
80 . 6 82 . 4
72.5 72.5
( i
80.6
73.4 75. 2i
67.1 68.
63.5 63. 5i
98.9
4
1
2
80.8'
1
2
4
78.1
97.
2
2
3
60.5
92.1
1
2
4
27 . 5
53.3
4
1
3-
2
1
4
4 ■
3
290.4
349.2
3
2
2
1
2
4J
4
1
2
77.
120.2
3
2
2
50.6
69.8
4
1
2
36.3
69.8
5
1
1
70.4
82.4
2
1
4
38.5
5
2 ■
4
1
2 •
192.5
3
4.
5
2
38.5
3
4
82.5
4
1
2
88.
18.1
18.9
31.6
25.8
58.8
43.2
19.2
33.5
12.
Dec, 1909.] Evaporation in a Bog Habitat. 23
An inspection of this table shows that rainfall has had the
most marked effect upon the evaporation rate in the Maple-
Alder zone, but it is very evident also that this was not the only
factor. The influence of temperature in either station is not so
apparent for so limited a number of readings. It is quite prob-
able that the missing data for wind velocity would account for
some of the results which do not seem to agree with the data at
hand.
The effect of the growth of the leaves in the early part of the
season, and their fall at the end of the period of observation is
quite apparent in the readings of the Maple- Alder zone. The
readings of the first and last two weeks in this zone are relatively
high. If we consider the time from May to August as the critical
period for growth and reproduction in plants, then the greatest
evaporation observed is that of May 21 in the Maple-Alder zone,
while the greatest loss in the Central zone occurred during the
week ending July 24. However, the bearing of these data to
plant growth in bogs will be discussed elsewhere.
To Prof. A. Dachnowski, under whose direction this work
was planned and carried out, I wish to express here, my sincere
appreciation for many helpful suggestions. I also wish to
acknowledge the aid of a grant from the McMillin Research
Fund, to cover the expenses of the field work.
LITERATURE.
1. Dachxowski, a.. The Toxic Property of Bog Water and Bog Soil.
Hot. Gazette 46 : 130. 1908.
2. Bog Toxins and Their Effect Upon Soils. Bot. Gazette
47 : 389. 1909.
3. Livingston, B. E., Evaporation and Plant Development. Plant
World 10 : 2G9. 1907.
4. , Evaporation and Plant Habitats. Plant World 11:1.
1908.
5. , Evaporation and Centers of Plant Distribution. Plant
World 11 : 106. 1908.
6. Shaw, C. H., Vegetation and Altitude. Plant World 13 ; 63. 1909.
7. Transeau, E. N., The Relation of Plant Societies to Evaporation.
Bot. Gazette 45 : 217. 1908.
8. The Monthly Weather Review 35 : 11-4, 311. 1907.
9. Forest Influences. Bull. No. 7 ; 39. Forestry Div., U. S. Dept. Ag.
10. Marvin, C. F. , Methods and Apparatus for the Observation and Study
of Evaporation. Monthly Weather Review 37: 141, 182. 1909.
24 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 2,
THE ORCHIDS OF OHIO.
Kate R. Blair.
People in general know little of orchids because they do not
come in one's way as plants ordinarily do but must be sought for.
They are most widely distributed in the damp and wooded
regions of the world, reaching their greatest development in the
tropics where many of them are brilliantly flowered epiphytes.
In temperate regions they are terrestrial plants drawing their
nourishment directly or indirectly from the soil. They are
perennial herbs, many with root mvcorrhizas, and on this
account some of them are without green foliage leaves, depending
entirely for their food supply on the fungus growing on their
roots. Most of them are rare plants and grow only in special
habitats, and because of their mutualistic habits thcA' can not
easily be raised in gardens since it is difficult to produce a
suitable substratum in which the fungus can develop.
Twenty-one genera and thirty-seven species of orchids are
reported from Ohio with two or three others that are doubtful.
The species most widely distributed are: Galeorchis specta-
bilis, Aplectrum spicatum, Blephariglottis ps^xodes, Gyros-
tachys cernua, Limodorum tuberosum, Perularia flava, Pogonia
ophioglossoides, Triphora trianthophora, and Blephariglottis
lacera.
Orchids are valued chiefly because they are beautiful though
a few are also useful. Vanilla is extracted from the fruit of a
climbing orchid in Mexico; and the leaves of some species in
Madagascar are used for making tea. Their flowers are among
the most unique in the plant kingdom, and the parts are highly
specialized, with peculiar adaptations for insect pollination.
Among the Ohio genera having some species with showy flowers
the following deserve mention: Cypripedium, Galeorchis, Ble-
phariglottis, Arethusa, Pogonia and Leptorchis. Some of the
Cypripediums are known to be poisonous to the touch. C.
reginae is poisonous to the skin much like poison ivy. At least
fifty per cent of people are susceptible. C. parviflorum is also
poisonous but less so than the former, while the variety, hir-
sutum, is said to be as poisonous as C. reginae.
Orchidaceae. Orchid Family.
Perennial plants, commonly succulent, arising from bulbs or
corms, or from fibrous or tuberous roots, with entire, often
grass-like or bract-like leaves.
Flowers perfect, solitary, or in spikes or racemes, epigvnous,
zygomorphic, pentacylic, of a modified trimerous type, with a
unilocular ovulary, specialized pollen masses, and numerous
ovules on three parietal placentae; one of the petals usually
Dec, 1909.] The Orchids of Ohio. 25
larger and of different form than the others, often spurred, and
called the lip; fertile stamens one or two, variously united with
the style into an unsymmetrical column; seeds numerous and
minute.
KEY TO THE OHIO GENERA.
1. Anthers 2, one on each side of the style, with a trowel-shaped body
on the upper side ; lip a large inflated sac Cypripedium
1 . Anthers 1 , lip not a large inflated sac 2
2. Leaves 5, whorled, on a long stalk, flowers terminal; lip spurless;
pollen mass powdery-granular Isotria
2. Leaves not whorled though they may be opposite 3
3. Leaves broad in a basal rosette white reticulated, the flowering stems
with bracts, the flowers in bracted spikes Peramium
3. Flowering stem with one well developed leaf (not grass-like) at about
the middle 4
3. Stems with several leaves, or leafless; if with basal leaves, then not
in a rosette 5
4. Flowers large, 1 or 2 Pogonia
4. Flowers small, numerous, in a terminal raceme Achroanthes
5. Flowers single, rose-purple, the lip crested with hairs; leaves linear
or reduced to bracts Arethusa
5. Flowers several or numerous 6
6. With 1 or 2 prominent basal leaves, the stem leaves reduced to
bracts, or with all the leaves bract-like 7
6. With normal leaves on the stem 12
7. With 1 or 2 basal foliage leaves 8
7. Leaves all reduced to bracts 11
8. With 2 basal leaves 9
8. With 1 basal leaf 10
9. Flowers in a short loose spike with large leaf-like bracts surpassing
them, violet-purple mixed with lighter purple and white; lip
entire, produced below into a spur Galeorchis
9. Flowers in a long loose spike, greenish or white, bracts large, nearly
equalling the flower; lip linear, or nearly so, spur long and slender
Lysias
9. Flowers in terminal racemes, brownish-purple or yellowish-green, the
subtending bracts minute and scale-like; lip flat, entire, not spurred.
Leptorchis
10. Flowers in a terminal raceme, the pedicels subtended by small bracts;
flowers not spurred Aplectrum
10. Flowers in a long loose raceme, nodding, bractless; flowers long-
spurred Tipularia
11. Flowers in a spike, without spurs, white, greenish, or yellowish.
Gyrostachys
1 1 . Flowers in a raceme, with short spurs, dull ptirplish, or whitish mottled
with crimson Corallorhiza
12. Flowering stem with a single large grass-like leaf; flowers large, 4-10.
Limodorum
12. Flowering stem with several prominent leaves 13
13. Leaves not much longer than broad; flowers few, axillary, pale purple,
the lip spurless Triphora
13. Leaves all much longer than broad 14
14. Flowers spiked, small, greenish, without a spur, leaves mostly narrow
or bract-like Gyrostachys
1 4. Flowers with a spur 1 o
15. Lip of the corolla fringed or parted and cut-toothed; spike with
foliaceous bracts , Blephariglottis
26 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 2,
15. Lip not fringed nor cut-toothed, flowers greenish or whitish 10
16. With one large and a much smaller leaf besides smaller bracts on the
stem; beak of the stigma with 3 oblong or clavate appendages.
Gymnandeniopsis
16. With several large leaves on the stem 17'
17. Spur slender, straight, longer than the lip; lip hastate, with a tubercle
at the base Perularia
17. Spur much shorter than the lip, blunt, sac-like; lip 3-toothed at apex.
Coeloglossum
17. Spur seldom equalling the lip, blunt, slightly incurved, decidedly
clavate; lip lanceolate, entire Limnorchis
Cypripedium L.
Glandular pubescent herbs, with leafy steins or scapes, and
thick tufted roots. Leaves large, broad, many-nerved. Flowers
large, showy, solitary or several. Sepals spreading, separate, or
two of thera united. Lip a large inflated sac. Column declined,
bearing a sessile or stalked anther on each side, and a dilated
sterile stamen above, which covers the summit of the style.
Pollen masses granular, without a caudicle or gland. Stigma
terminal, broad, somewhat 3-lobed.
1. Plant 2-leaved, scape 1-flowered, lip fissured in front C. acaule
1. Stem leafy to the top, 1 -several flowered, lip not fissured in .front, but
with a rounded, open orifice 2
2. Sepals and linear twisted petals acute, longer than the lip 3
2. Sepals and petals not twisted, shorter than the lip or nearly equalling it.
*. C. reginae
3. Lip white, sterile stamen lanceolate C. caniidum
3. Lip yellow, sterile stamen triangular C. parvifiorum
1. Cypripedium acaule Ait. Stemless Lady's-slipper. Stem 16
in. high, very pubescent; leaves 2, basal, 10-20 in. long, 4-8
in. wide, sparsely pubescent; sepals greenish-purple; petals
pink with darker veins, or sometimes white. A low plant
with 2 large leaves and a showy, fragrant flower, growing in
sandy or rocky woods. Medina, Portage, Hocking, Fairfield,
Stark and Cuyahoga Counties.
2. Cypripedium reginae Walt. Show}^ Lady's-slipper. Stem 2 ft.
high, very pubescent, leafy to the top; leaves elliptic, acute,
5-7 in. long, 2-5 in. wide; flowers 1-3; lip much inflated,
over 1 in. long, variegated with purple and white stripes.
A tall leafy plant with show}^ flowers growing in swamps and
woods. Fulton, Champaign, Lucas. Geauga, Portage, and
Muskingum Counties.
3. Cypripedium candidum Willd. Small White Lady's-slipper.
Stem 4—12 in. high, slightly pubescent, leaf}"; leaves 3 or 4,
elliptic or lanceolate, acute or acuminate, 3-5 in. long;
bracts 1—2 in. long, lanceolate; flowers solitary; lip white,
striped with purple inside, about 1 in. long. A small plant
with showy flower, growing in bogs and meadows. Wyandot
and Erie Counties.
Dec, 1909.] The Orchids of Ohio. 27
4. Cypripedium parviflorum Salisb. Small Yellow Lady's-slipper.
Stem 1-2 ft. high, pubescent, leafy; leaves 5, oval, elliptic,
or lanceolate, -2-6 in. long; flower solitary ; lip golden yellow,
M-l/i in. long, purple spotted. Grows in woods and
thickets. Lorain, Cuyahoga, Geauga, Stark, Montgomery,
Clarke, Franklin and Gallia Counties.
The variety known as Cypripedium hirsutum Mill., Large
Yellow Lad3"'s-slipper, is a tall showy plant with leafy stem
and larger flower than C. parviflorum, with pale yellow lip
13^—2 in. long. In woods and thickets. Fulton, Lucas,
Wyandot, Medina, Portage, Auglaize, Champaign, Licking,
and Gallia Counties.
Galeorchis Rydb.
Rhizome very short with numerous flesh}^ roots; stem
scape-like with 2 large round leaves at the base; flowers in a
short loose spike with large leaf-like bracts surpassing them; lip
entire, wavy, produced below into a spur.
1. Galeorchis spectabilis (L.) Rydb. Showy^ Orchis. Stem 4-12
in. high, fleshy, 5-angled; leaves with 1 or 2 scales below
them, sometimes 8 in. long and 4 in. wide, but usually
smaller, clammy to the touch; flowers in a short loose spike
with large leaf-like bracts surpassing them, violet-purple
mixed with lighter purple and white; lip whitish, divergent,
entire, about as long as the petals. A plant with 2 large
leaves surpassing the stem and a spike of showy flowers.
Grows in rich woods. Defiance, Sandusky, Cuyahoga,
Medina, Portage, Wyandot, Stark, Columbiana, Miami,
Clarke, Franklin, Licking, Greene, Fairfield, Clinton, Ross,
Vinton, Hamilton, Clermont, and Gallia Counties.
Perularia Lindl.
Plant leafy -stemmed with a cluster of thick fibrous roots;
flowers small, greenish, in a long open spike with long bracts;
lip lanceolate with a tooth on each side at the base and a central
tubercle at the middle of the base; spur slender, straight, longer
than the lip, but shorter than the ovulary.
1. Perularia fl a va (L.) Rydb. Tubercled Orchis. Stem smooth,
bracted, 12-24 in. high, stout, leafy; leaves lanceolate or
elhptic, acute or obtuse, 4-12 long; flowers greenish, in a
long open spike with long bracts; lip lanceolate, with a tooth
on each side at the base, and a central tubercle at the middle
of the base. A sturd}" plant with a leafy stem and small
pale green flowers, growing in moist soil. Erie, Cuyahoga,
Huron, Lake, Crawford, Knox, Franklin, and Gallia Counties
Coeloglossum Hartman.
Leafy plants with biennial 2-cleft tubers; flowers greenish, in
a long, leafy -bracted spike; lip oblong,fobtuse,_2-3 toothed at
the apex; spur much shorter than the lip. blunt, sac-like.
2 8 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 2,
1. Coeloglossum bracteatum (Willd.) Pari. Long-bracted Orchis.
Stem leafy, G-24 in. high ; leaves lanceolate, ovate or oval, or
the lowest sometimes obovate, 2-7 in. long, the upper much
smaller; bracts longer than the ovularies; flowers green or
greenish; lip 3^-M in. long, 2-3 toothed or lobed at the apex.
A tall sturdy plant with leafy stem and a spike of greenish
flowers. Growing in woods and meadows. Lucas, Lorain,
Medina, Portage, Franklin, Butler, and Auglaize Counties.
Gymnandeniopsis Rydb.
Leafy plants with fleshy, fibrous, or somewhat tuberous roots,
and a short spike of small flowers; lip entire or 3-toothed at the
apex, much exceeded by the long filiform or clavate spur.
L Gymnandeniopsis clavellata (Mx.) Rydb. Small Green Wood
Orchis. Stem 8-20 in. high, angled, 1-leaved near the base,
with several small bract-like leaves above, one of which is
larger; basal leaf oblanceolate, -i-G in. long; flowers in a spike
3/2-1 in. long, small, greenish or whitish; lip dilated and
3-toothed at the apex. A tall slender plant with one leaf,
growing in moist shady places. Geauga, Trumbull,
Portage, Summit, Licking, and Champaign Counties.
Limnorchis Rydb.
Leafy plants with thick fleshy roots and small greenish or
whitish flowers in a long spike; lip entire; beak of the stigma
without appendages.
L Limnorchis hyperborea (L.) Rydb. Tall Bog-orchis. A
stout stem, S-24 in. high; lanceolate leaves 2-12 in, long;
greenish yellow flowers in a narrow spike; lip lanceolate,
entire, obtuse. A tall plant with thick fleshy roots, grow-
ing in bogs and wet woods. Stark County.
Lysias Salisb.
Plants with scapose stems, tuberous or fleshy roots, and 2
basal leaves; flowers greenish or white; lip entire, linear or
nearly so; spur long and slender, generally longer than the
elongated straight ovulary.
1. Scape with 1 or :nore bracts; flowers in a loose raceme. . L. orbicula'a
1. Scape bractless; flowers in a strict, rather dense raceme. .L. hookeriana
1. Lysias orbiculata (Pursh.) Rydb. Large Round-leaf Orchis.
Stems 12-24 in. high, bracted; leaves orbicular, spreading
flat on the ground, 4-7 in. long; flowers in a loosely many-
flowered raceme, greenish white; lip }/2 in. long. A tall
slender plant with a raceme of greenish white flowers on a
scape, much surpassing the leaves. Growing in rich woods.
Cuyahoga and Geauga Counties.
Dec, 1909.] The Orchids of Ohio. 29
2. Lysias hookeriana (Gr. )Rydb. Hooker's Orchis. Stem 8-16
in. high, not bracted; leaves orbicular, oval, or obovate,
fleshy, shiny, spreading or ascending, 4-7 in. long; flowers
in a rather loosely many-flowered raceme, yellowish green;
lip linear-lanceolate, 3-4 in. long; flowers in a spike 3-6 in.
long, greenish; lip 2-3 in. long, 2-3 toothed or lobed at the
apex. A stvirdier plant than the preceding with a closer
raceme and thicker leaves. Medina County.
Blephariglottis Raf.
Plants with tall leafy stems and fleshy or tuberous roots;
flowers several or numerous, in an open spike with foliaceous
bracts; corolla white, yellow, or purplish; hp variously fringed
or 3-parted and cut toothed; spur longer than the Hp.
1 . Lip not divided or 3-parted, fringed 2
1 . Lip 3~parted, the divisions toothed or fringed 3
2. Flowers orange or yellow, lip oblong B. ciliaris
2. Flowers white, lip narrowly ovate-lanceolate B. blephariglottis
3. Flowers greenish yellow or white 4
3. Flowers violet or purplish 5
4. Flowers greenish yellow; petals entire, fringe of a few threads. .B. lacera
4. Flowers white; petals minutely cut-toothed, fringe copious
B. leucophaea
5. Segments of the lip deeply fringed B. psycodes
5. Segments of the lip cut -toothed B. peramoena
1. Blephariglottis ciliaris (L.) Rydb. Yellow Fringed-orchis.
Stem 16-28 in. high, slender, smooth, bracted; leaves
lanceolate, acute, 4-8 in. long, the tapper smaller; flowers
orange or yellow, large, showy, in a close many-flowered
spike; lip 5-7 lines long, copiousty fringed more than half
way to the middle. A tall slender plant with showy yellow-
fringed flowers, growing in meadows. Fulton County.
2. Blephariglottis blephariglottis (Willd.) Rydb. White Fringed-
orchis. Leaves more slender than in the preceding species;
flowers pure white, somewhat smaller than those of preced-
ing species, in a densely or rather loosely many-flowered
spike; lip narrow, oblong, copiously or sparsely fringed. A
tall plant with white fringed flowers, growing in bogs or
swamps. Geauga and Portage Counties.
3. Blephariglottis lacera (Mx.) Rydb. Ragged Orchis. Stem
rather slender, bracted, leafy, 12-24 in. high; leaves firm,
lanceolate, 43/^-8 in. long, the upper gradually smafler;
flower^ greenish yellow in a long loose spike ; segments of the
lip narrow, deeply fringed, the fringe of a few threads about
}4 in . long. A tall slender plant with a ragged looking spike of
greenish yellow flowers, growing in swamps and wet woods.
Cuyahoga, Portage, Crawford, Wayne, Stark, Licking, and
Fairfield Counties.
30 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 2,
4. Blephariglottis leucophaea (Nutt.) Rydb. Prairie White
Fringed-orchis. Stem stout, angled, 20-32 in. high; leaves
lanceolate, 4-8 in. long; flowers large, white, fragrant,
sometimes tinged with green, in a very thick loosely-flowered
spike, 3-4 J^ in. long; lip 6-7 lines long, the segments
broadly wedge-shaped and copiously fringed. A tall plant
with white fragrant flowers growing on moist prairies.
Auglaize County.
5. Blephariglottis psycodes (L.) Rydb. Smaller Purple Fringed-
orchis. Stem rather slender, 12-4U in. high; leaves oval,
elliptic, or lanceolate, 2-10 in. long; flowers lilac, rarely
white, fragrant, in a loosely or densely many-flowered
raceme; lip, 3^-4^ in. broad, the segments fan-shaped
and copiously fringed. A tall showy plant growing in mead-
ows and wet woods. Medina, Erie, Cuyahoga, Ashtabula,
Miami, Columbiana, Richland, Auglaize, Franklin, and
Hocking Counties.
6. Blephariglottis peramoena (Gr.) Rydb. Fringeless Purple
Orchis. Stem 12-2.S in. high; leaves elliptic or lanceolate,
4-8 in. long, the upper gradually smaller; flowers large,
showy, violet-purple, in a densely or rather loosely many-
flowered spike; lip 7-9 lines long, the segments fan-shaped,
cut-toothed, not fringed, the middle one 2-lobed. A tall
showy plant growing in moist meadows. Perry, Gallia,
and Clermont Counties.
Pogonia Juss.
Mostly low herbs with slender rhizomes, fibrous roots, alter-
nate leaves, and solitary terminal flowers; lip erect from the
base of the column, spurless, crested.
1. Pogonia ophioglossoides (L.) Ker. Rose Pogonia. Stem
12-1 5 3.4 in. high, 1-3 leaved, not rarely with a long-petioled
basal leaf; leaves 1—10 in. long, lanceolate or ovate, erect,
bluntly acute; flowers pale rose-color, fragrant, slightly
nodding, solitary or occasionally in pairs, subtended by a
foliaceous bract; lip 2-3 lines wide, fringed. A striking
■ looking plant with rose-colored flowers, growing in meadows
and swamps. Lucas, Cuyahoga, Geauga, Ashland, Portage,
Licking and Lorain Counties.
Isotria Raf.
Low herbs, with a rhizome, fibrous roots, terminal flowers,
and 5 leaves in a whorl near the top of the plant ; lip erect from
the base of the column, crested, spurless, sessile.
1. Isotria verticellata (Willd.) Raf. Whorled Isotria. Stem
10-12 in. high, from long fleshy roots; leaves 33^-23^ in.
long, obovate, abruptly pointed at apex, sessile; flower sol-
Dec, 1909.] The Orchids of Ohio. 31
itary, erect or declined, peduncled; lip 3-lobed, crested along
a narrow band, undulate. A tall plant with a conspicuous
whorl of leaves near the top, growing in moist woods.
Defiance, Cuyahoga, Geauga, Medina, Coshocton, and Fair-
field Counties.
Triphora Nutt.
Low herbs with fleshy tubers and axillary flowers; lip erect,
slightly clawed, and more or less 3-lobed, not crested, spurless;
capsule oval, drooping.
1. Triphora trianthophora (Sw.) Rydb. Nodding Triphora. Stem
glabrous, 3-12 in. high, from a tuberous root; leaves 2-8,
alternate, ovate, 3-9 lines long, clasping; flowers 1-7,
axillary, peduncled, pale purple, at first nearly erect, soon
drooping; lip clawed, somewhat 3-lobed, crisped above,
about as long as the petals. A slender, delicate plant, with
nodding flower, growing in rich woods. Huron, Cuyahoga,
Summit, Stark, Licking, Franklin and Ross Counties.
Arethusa L.
Low herbs with small bulbs and mostlv solitarv flowers on
slender scapes, the solitary leaf linear, hidden at first in the upper
scale, protruding after flowering; lip dilated, recurved and
spreading at the apex, crested on the face with straight somewhat
fleshy hairs, slightly gibbous at the base.
1. Arethusa bulbosa L. Arethusa. Stem, scapose, 4-12in. high,
bearing 1-3 loose sheathing bracts; leaf linear, many-
nerved, 4-6 in. long; flower rose-purple, solitary (rarely 2),
%-2 in. long; lip usually drooping beneath the sepals and
petals, the apex broad, rounded, variegated with purple
blotches. A low plant with a conspicuous flower, and 1
leaf, growing in bogs. Licking and Portage Counties.
Limodorum L.
Scapose herbs with solid round bulbs which arise from the
bulb of the previous year, a leaf appearing the first season suc-
ceeded in the following year by the scape; flowers several, in a
loose terminal spike or raceme ; lip spreading, raised on a narrow
stalk, dilated at the apex; bearded on the upper side with long
club-shaped hairs.
1. Limodorum tuberosum L. Calopogon. Scape slender, naked,
12-331/2 in. high; leaf linear-lanceolate, 8-12 in. long, 3-12
lines wide, sheathing, with several scales below it ; spike
4—16 in. long, 3-15 flowered; lip as long as the column,
broadly triangular at the apex. A tall plant with showy,
purplish-pink flowers, and one grass-like leaf, growing in
bogs and. meadows. Fulton, Lucas, Erie, Geauga, Portage,
Summit, Ashland, Stark, Clarke, Fairfield and Licking
Counties.
3^2- The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 2,
Gyrostachys Pers.
Erect herbs with fleshy fibrous or tuberous roots and slender
stems or scapes, leafy below or at the base; flowers small, spur-
less, spiked, 1-3 rowed, the spikes more or less twisted; the lip
sessile or clawed, concave, erect, embracing the column and often
adhering to it, bearing minute callosities at the base.
1. Flowers apparently in several ranks, stems not twisted, or but slightly
so ' 2
Flowers merely alternate, often secund from the spiral twisting of
the stem 4
Sepals and petals more or less connivent into a hood, leaves linear or
linear-lanceolate G. stricta
Lateral sepals separate, free o
Spike short, about 2 in. or less; leaves rather broad, oblong-lanceolate;
callosities none, or mere thickenings of the basal margins of the
lip G. plantaginea
3. Spike long, 3-6 in.; leaves linear to linear-oblanceolate; callosities of
the lip nipple-shaped G. cernua
4. Stem leafy lower leaves elongated, outer sepals lanceolate. .G. praecox
4. Stem with scaly bracts, leaves if present basal o
5. Root a single tuber; spike aliout 1-1 J/^ in. long G. simplex
0. Root usually a cluster of tubers; sj)ike 1-3 in. long G. gracilis
1. Gyrostachys stricta Rydb. Hooded Lady's-tresses. Stem
6-14 in. high, leafy below, bracted above; leaves 2^4-8 in.
long, linear; flowers in a spike 2-4 in. long, spreading hori-
zontally; lip oblong, crisped at apex, thin and transparent.
A bare looking plant, with a loose spike of fragrant flowers,
growing in bogs. Ashtabula County.
2. Gyrostachys plantaginea (Raf.) Britt. Wide-leaf Lady's-
tresses. vStem 4-10 in. high, glabrous or pubescent,
bearing 4 or 5 lanceolate or oblanceolate leaves below;
leaves 1—5 in. long; flowers in a thick, dense spike, 1—2 in.
long, 4-6 lines thick; flowers spreading, white; lip, pale
yellow on the face, oblong, the wavy apex rounded, crispate
or fringed, 'the base short-clawed. A small plant with basal
leaves, growing on moist banks and in woods, Medina and
Portage Counties.
3. Gyrostachys cernua (L.) Ktz. Nodding Lady's-tresses. Stem
8-24 in. high (rarely higher), usually pubescent above,
bearing 2-6 bract-like stem leaves ; basal leaves from linear-
oblanceolate to linear, 2^4-12)^ in. long, the blade narrow;
flowers in a thick spike, 4-43^ in. long, 5-6 lines thick;
flowers white, nodding or spreading, about 5 lines long; lip
oblong or ovate, the apex rounded and crisped. A tall
showy plant w4th nodding, fragrant flowers, growing in
meadows and swamps. Erie, Lorain, Cuyahoga, Medina,
Portage, Stark, Lake, Licking, Fulton, Clermont and
Gallia Counties.
4. Gyrostachys praecox (Walt.) Ktz. Grass-leaf Lady's-tresses.
Stem, lU-24 in. high, leafy; leaves linear, 4-12 in. long, with
narrow grass-like blades and long sheathing petioles, per-
Dec, 1909.] The Orchids of Ohio. 33
sistent through flowering season, the upper smaller; flowers
in a twisted spike 2-8 in. long, 4-lU lines thick; lip about
3 Hnes long, crenulate, short-clawed, dark-striped in the
middle. A tall show}- plant growing in grassy places.
Wayne County.
5. Gyrostachys simplex (Gr.) Ktz. Little Lady's-tresses. Stem
very slender 5-8 in. high, rising from a solitary spindle-
shaped tuber, with small deciduous bracts above; leaves
basal, oblong, petiolate, mostly disappearing at or before
flowering time; flowers white, in a slender spike, slightly
twisted, 9-14 lines long; lip thin, short clawed, crisped at
summit. A bare, delicate plant, growing in sandy soil.
Fairfield County.
(). Gyrostachys gracilis (Bigel) Ktz. Slender Lady's-tresses.
Stem 8-24 in. high, slender, rising from a cluster of spindle-
shaped, tuberous roots, bearing small deciduous bracts;
leaves basal, obovate, or ovate-lanceolate, disappearing
mostly before the flowering season; flowers white, in a spike
1-5 in. long, much twisted; lip 2 lines long, wavy, thick and
green in the middle. A tall bare plant in dry fields and
open woods. Erie, Cuyahoga, Lake, Licking, Muskingum,
Fairfield, Adams, Gallia, and Morgan Counties.
Peramium Sahsb.
• Herbs with bracted, erect scapes; thick, fleshy, fibrous
roots, and basal tufted leaves often blotched with white ; flowers
in bracted spikes; lip sessile, entire, roundish ovate, concave or
saccate, without callosities, its apex reflexed.
1. Peramium pubescens (Willd.) MacM. Downy Rattlesnake
Plantain. Stem densely glandular-pubescent, bearing 5-10
lanceolate scales, 6-24 in. high; leaves basal, 'Ji-1 in. long,
strongly white-reticulated, oval or ovate; flowers in a dense
spike, not 1-sided; lip strongly saccate with a short broad
recurved or spreading tip. A sturdy plant with conspic-
uous flowers and showy leaves, growing in dry woods.
Adams, Hocking, Lake, Portage, Fairfield and Highland
Counties.
Achroanthes Raf.
Low herbs from a sohd bulb, our species with 1 leaf and with
1-several scales at the base of the stem; flowers small, white or
green, in a terminal raceme; lip cordate or eared at the base,
embracing the column.
1. Pedicels nearly equal to the ovularies in length; lip terminating in a
long point. (Doubtful for the state) A. monophylla
1. Pedicels much longer than the ovularies, lip-trtmcate, ;3-lobed at the
summit A. unifolia
1. Achroanthes unifolia (Mx.) Raf. Green Adder's-mouth.
Stem 4-10 in. high, striate; leaf clasping the stem near the
middle, oval or nearly orbicular; raceme ;^4-3 in. long of
34 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 2,
spreading flowers with slender pedicels ; lip broad, 2-lobed at
the apex, with a small tooth in the sinus. A slender plant
with raceme of delicate flowers growing in woods and
thickets. Fairfield County.
Leptorchis Thouars.
Low herbs with solid bulbs, the base of the stem sheathed bv
several scales and 2 broad, shining leaves, flowers in a terminal
raceme; lip nearly flat, often bearing 2 tubercles above the base.
1. Lip brownish-purple, |-3^ in. long; raceme loose-flowered, 1-2 in.
wide L. liliifolia
1. Lip yellowish-green, -J -34 in. long: raceme compact, aijout 3^ in. wide.
L. loeselii
1. Leptorchis liliifolia (L.) Ktz. Large Twayblade. Stem a
scape, striate, -i-lO in. high; leaves 2-4^ in. long, oval or
ovate, keeled below; numerous showv' flowers, in a raceme
sometimes 6 in. long; lip conspicuous, erect, 5-6 lines long,
wedge-obovate. A delicate show}" plant, growing in moist
woods and thickets. Portage, Franklin, Fairfield and
Clarke Counties.
2. Leptorchis loeselii (L.) MacM. Fen Twayblade. Scape 2-8 in.
high, strongly ribbed; leaves elliptic or elliptic-lanceolate,
2-6 in. long; flowers few, greenish, smaller than the preced-
ing, in a raceme; lip obovate, pointed, its tip incurved. A
tall plant, with greenish inconspicuous flowers, in wet
thickets and on spring}^ banks. Champaign, Cuyahoga,
Summit, and Stark Counties.
Tipularia Nutt.
Slender scapose herbs with solid bulbs, several generations
connected by offsets; the flowers in a long, loose, terminal
raceme; leaf solitary, basal, unfolding long after the flowering
season, usually after the scape has perished; scape with several
thin sheathing scales at the base; flowers green, nodding, bract-
less; lip 3-lobed with a long slender spur.
1. Tipularia unifolia (Muhl.) B. S. P. Crane-fly Orchis. Scape
glabrous 16-2U in. high, from a hard, often irregular corm;
leaf arising in Avitumn from a fresh lateral corm, ovate,
2-2% in. long, dark green; raceme 5-9 in. long, very loose,
flowers green tinged with purple; lip inostly shorter than
the petals, the middle lobes narrow, prolonged, dilated at
the apex, the lateral lobes short, triangular; spur often
twice as long as the flower. A tall slender plant with a
loose raceme of nodding flowers, growing in woods. Lorain,
and Cuyahoga Counties (Oberlin College.)
Aplectrum Nutt.
Scapose herbs from a corm, produced from the one of the
previous season by an offset and sometimes with coralloid fibres,
the scape clothed with several sheathing" scales; leaf solitary,
Dec, 1909.] The Orchids of Ohio. 35
basal, broad petiolecl, developed in autumn or late summer;
flowers in a terminal raceme, the pedicels subtended by small
bracts; lip clawed, somewhat 3-ridged, spur none.
1. Aplectrum spicatum (AValt.) B. S. P. Putty-root. Scape
glabrous, 12-24 in. high, bearing about 3 sheathing scales;
leaf arising from the corm, at the side of the scape, 4-63^ in.
long, 1-2 3^ in. wide, usually lasting over winter; raceme
2-4 in. long, loosely several-flowered; lip shorter than the
petals, obtuse, somewhat 3-lobed and undulate. A tall
plant with vellowish brown or green flowers, with 1 broad
leaf that usually lasts over winter, growing in woods and
swamps. Hamilton, Green, Montgomery, Preble, Stark,
Adams, Warren, Portage, Auglaize, Sandusky, Franklin,
Lake, Clermont, Gallia, Erie and Clarke Counties.
Corallorhiza R. Br.
Scapose herbs, with mycorrhiza or root parasites, with large
masses of coralloid branching roots, the leaves all reduced to
sheathing scales; flowers in terminal racemes; lip 1-3 ridged;
sepals nearty equal, the lateral ones united at the base with the
foot of the column forming a short spur or gibbous protuberance
adnate to the summit of the ovulary.
1. Lip deeply 3-lobed, white, spotted with red C. multiflora
1. Lip 2-too'thed or 2-lobed above the base, white, not spotted. (No
locality known) C. corallorhiza
1 . Lip entire or merelj- denticulate 2
2. Flowers about }4 in. long, lip whitish C. odontorhiza
2. Flowers about 3^ in. long, lip white, spotted with red. ..C. wisteriana
1. Corallorhiza odontorhiza (Willd.) Nutt. Small-flowered Coral-
root. A purplish slender scape 6-14 in. high, bearing 3-5
sheathing scales; raceme 2-4 in. long, of 6—20 purplish
flowers; lip, broadly oval or obovate, entire or denticulate,
narrowed at the base, not notched. A bare looking plant
growing under trees. Erie, Cuyahoga, Stark and Madison
Counties.
2. Corallorhiza wisteriana Conrad. Wister's Coral-root. Stem
8-16 in. high, bearing several sheathing scales; raceme 2—4
in. long, loose, 6-15 flowered; lip broadly oval or obovate,
4-5 lines long and wide, abruptly clawed, white with crim-
son spots, crenulate, notched at the apex, spur a somewhat
conspicuous protuberance adnate to the top of the ovulary.
A tall stout plant with scaly stem growing in shady woods.
Hamilton Covmty (New York Botanical Gardens).
3. Corallorhiza muitiflora Nutt. Large Coral-root. Stem 8—20
in. high, bearing several appressed scales, purplish; a
raceme of brownish purple flowers w^ith short pedicels; lip
oval or ovate, deeply 3-lobed, the middle lobe broader
than the lateral ones, its apex curved. A tall bare looking
plant growing in woods. Erie, Huron, Fairfleld and
Franklin Counties.
36 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 2,
LIST OF INSECTS AFFECTING THE MAPLE.
James F. Zimmer.
DIPTERA.
Cecidomyidae. Cecidomyia erubescens (O. S.), Cecidomyia.
ocellaris (Osten wSacken).
HYMENOPTERA.
Oryssidae. Cryssus terminalis (Newman), Oryssus Sayi. (West-
wood.
Siricidae. Tremex columba. (Linn.).
Tenthredinoidea. Cinilex americana (Leach.).
Uroceridae. Xijjhidria albicornis (Harris).
COLEOPTERA.
Calandridae. Stenoscelis brevis (Boh.).
Brcnthidac. EupsaHs minuta (Drury).
Buprcstidae. Dicerca divaricata (Say), Chrysobothris for-
morata (Fab.)
Cerambycidae. Graphisurus fasciatus (De Geer), Glycobinus
speciosus (Say), Bellamira scalaris (Say), Monohamnius
marnioratus (Rand.), Purpuricenus hunieralis (Fabr.), Ela-
phidion villosum (Fab.), Molorchus himaculatus (Say.),
Urographis fasciatus (De Geer), Liopus variegatus (Hald),
Hyperplatys maculatus (Hald), Dryobius sexfasciatus (Say),.
Leptostylus ocuhfenis (Say.).
Chrysomelidae. Chrysomela bigsbyana (Kirby.).
Cleridae. Thaneroclerus sanguineus (Say.).
Coccinellidae. Anatis ocellata (Linn.).
Cuctijidae. vSilvanus inibelHs (Lee), Laemophloeus biguttatus-
(Say.).
Elateridae. Elater humerahs (Lee).
Histeridae. Hister lecontei (Say).
Hydro philidae. Cerylon caslaneum (Say.).
Lucanidae. Ptalycerus cjuercus (Weber).
Melandryidae. Melandrya vStriata (Say), Euchodes sericea,
(Hald.), Phloetrya liturata (Lee), Synchroa punctata
(Newm.).
Mordellidae. Mordella borealis.
Nitidididac. Cryptarcha concinna (Melsh), Colastus truncatus
(Rand.)
Ptinidae. Ptilinus ruficornis (Say.), Xeslobium affine (Lee).
Scolytidae. Xyloterus politus (Say.), Corthylus punctatissimus
(Linn.).
Tenebrionidae. Boletotherus bifurcus (Fab.).
Dec, 1909.] List of Insects Affecting the M(q)le. _ 37
HEMIPTERA.
Aphidae. Drepanosiphum acerfolii (Thos.), Chaitophorus aceris
(Linn.).
Coccidae. Pulvinaria innumerabilus (Rathvon.), Eulecanium
nigrofasciatuni (Perg.), Aspidiotus abietis (Schr.), Asphidio-
tu.s Ancyhis (Putnam), Aspidiotus Perniciosus (Com.),
Phenacoccus acericola (King.).
Cicadidae. Tibicen pruniosa (Linn.),
Membracidae. Ceresa bubalus (Fabr.).
LEPIDOPTERA.
Aegeriadae. Aegeria acerni (Clemens.).
Anthrihidae. Gonotropis gibbosus (Lee), Cratoparis lunatus
(Fabr.,).
Bombycidae. Dryocampa rubicunda (Fabr.), Hyperchiria rubi-
cunda (Fabr.), Telea polyphemus (Hiibner), Lichocodes
fasciola (H. Sch.), Chisocampa sylvatica (Harris.).
Ceratocampidae. Anisota rubicunda (Fabr.), (Eacles) Basilona
imperialis (Drury).
Cossidae. Zeuzera pyrina (Linn. ) , Prionoxystus robiniae (Peck.) ,
Sesia acerni (Clemens).
Cochlidiidae. Sisyrosea textula (Herrich-Schaeffer), Sisyrosea
inornata (Grote and Rob.).
Cuculionidae. Cryplorhynchus obtentus (Hbst.).
Ennomidae. Ennomos magnarius (Guenee.).
Eudeidae. Prolimacodes scapha (Harris.).
Geometridae. Ania limbata (Haw.), Selenia kentaria (Grote.).
Hepialidae. Hepialus argenteomaculatus (Harris).
Lasiocampidae. Clisiocampa disstria (Hubn.).
Lymantriidae. Notolophus leucostigma (Abbot & Smith).
•Notodontidae. Heterocampa subrotata (Haw.), Edema albi-
frons (Abbot & Smith), Lochmaeus olivatus (Packard),
Nadata gibbosa (Abbot and Smith), Symmerista albifrons
(Abbot & Smith), Lochmaeus cinereus (Packard).
Nocteudae. Apatela americana (Harris).
Nocttiidae. Apatela americana (Harris), Gortyna nitela (Har-
ris), Porthetria dispar (Guen.), Euproctis chrysorrhoea
(Linn.), Slegania pustularia (Guen.), Amphydasys cogna-
taria (Guen.), Eutrapela transversata (Pack.), Xylina anten-
nata (Walker.), Demas propinquilinea (Grote.), Papaipema
nitela (Guen.), Ophinsa bistriaris (Hiibner), Homoptera
lunata (Drury.).
Orneodidae. Eulia velutinana (Walker), Tortricidia pallida
(Herrick and Schaeffer).
Phalaenidae. Ennomos subsignarius (Hiibner), Ectropis cre-
puscularia (Tr.).
38 ' . The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 2,
Pyrochroidae. Dcnclroides canadensis (Latr.).
Psychidae. Thyridopleryx ephenieraeforniis (Haw.).
Pyralidae. Hypena baltimoralis (Guen.).
Scolytidae. Monarthruni mali. (Fitch.).
Satttrniidae. (Semia), Platysania cecropia (Linn.), Callosamia
promethea (Drury).
Tenebrionidae. Hoplocephala bicornis. (Oliv.).
Tineidac. Gracilaria alchimiella. (Clem.).
Tortricidac. Proteoteras aesculanum (Riley), Cenopis reticu-
latana (Fitch.), Epinotia claypoleana (Riley), Thiodia sig-
natana (Clem), Cacoecia rosaceana (Harris.).
ISOPTERA.
Termitidae. Termes flavipes (Roller.)
ARACHNIDA.
Erioplyes quadripes (Shinier.)
A Trichina parasite.
Dec, 1909.] New and Bare Ohio Plants. 2,9
NEW AND RARE OHIO PLANTS.*
John H. Schaffxer. ^
The following new and rare plants have been added to the
state herbarium during the past year. Their position in the
state catalog is indicated by the number preceding the species
name.
2. Botrychium simplex Hitch. Little Grape-fern. Cedar Point,
Erie Co., John H. Schaffner.
61. Lycopodium inundatum L. Bog Club-moss. Portage Co.,
L. S. Hopkins.
234a. Cynosurus cristatus L. Dogtail Grass. Ellsworth Station,
Mahoning Co., Ernest W. Vickers.
254. Festuca ovina L. Sheep Fescue-grass. Cedar Point, Erie
Co., John H. Schaffner.
781c. Alsine aquatica (L.) Britt. AYater Chickweed. Eldon,
Guernsey Co., Emma E. Laughlin.
901a. Barbarea praecox (J. E. Sm.) R. Br. Early Winter-cress.
Barnesville, Belmont Co., Emma E. Laughlin.
939. Koniga maritima (L.) R. Br. Sweet Alyssum. Cedar Point,
Erie Co., John H. Schaffner. A waif.
1143a. Oxalis brittoniae Small. Britton's Wood-sorrel. Colum-
bus, Franklin Co., John H. Schaffner.
1143b. Oxalis rufa Small. Red Wood-sorrel. Columbus, Franklin
Co., John H. Schaffner.
1379. Ledum groenlandicum Oeder. Labrador Tea. Shalersville,
Portage Co., R. J. Webb and A. D. Robinson.
* Presented at the meeting of the Ohio Acad, of Sci.
40 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 2,
A NEW LABORATORY GUIDE FOR HIGH SCHOOL BOTANY.
Under the title, "Laboratory Botany for the High School,"
Prof. Willard N. Clute has published, through Ginn & Company,
a little volume that will be an important addition to the text-
books intended for secondar}^ schools. The author is a high
school teacher as well as a practical botanist and the book before.
us shows that it is the outcome of a course adapted to the age
c-nd capacity of the students for which it is intended.
The one essential to a good high school course is that it should
not ape the general course given to more mature students in the
college. The high school has a field of its own.
"Laboratory Botany" can be used for a half year or a year
course. The work is so arranged that a greater or less amount of
an exercise can be taken without difficulty. The language is
simple, which makes it easy for the student to concentrate atten-
tion on the necessary scientific terms. There are review ques-
tions and suggestions to the teacher that are very opportune.
The definitions at the end of each chapter are perhaps one of the
best features of the book. It is just such convenient lists that the
beginner needs to consult.
The work begins with simple exercises on the living cell and is
followed in order by chapters on seeds, roots, buds, steins,
leaves, flowers, and fruits and seeds. The first part ends with a
study of trees and the ecology of the flower. The first part will
make a good half year course for the spring semester, although
the author shows that it can easily be given in the fall if one has
access to a greenhouse.
The second part deals with the spore plants, beginning with
the blue-green algae and ending with the angiosperms. The
more important structures are considered and emphasis is laid
on the relationship and classification of the various groups.
This work can be given either in the fall or spring but to the
mind of the reviewer it would appropriately follow work in the
spring.
Finally the book closes with thirty-six experiments in phsyiol-
ogy. These can be scattered through the general work, given
successively or used for general demonstrations as the teacher
may desire.
The course thus outlined is practicable and workable and
fitted to the mental capacity of the average high school student
and will give a substantial botanical training both for practical
life and as a stepping stone to further botanical studies.
John H. Schaffner.
Date of Publication, December 17, 1909.
The Ohio Naturalist,
PUBLISHED BY
The Biological Club of the Ohio Slate Uni'versity,
Volume X.
JANUARY, 1910.
No. '.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Hambleton— A List of the Lichens of Ohio 41
Griggs— Moiiochytrium, a New Genus of the Chytridiales, Its Life Histoiy and
CytoloLiV 44
Detmers— Medicinal Plants of Ohio 55
STICKNEV, SCHAFFXER, AND Davies— Additions to the Flora of Cedar Point, III lil
Dickey— Meetings of the Biological Club Cig
A LIST OF THE LICHENS OF OHIO.
J. C. Hambletox.
The following list of lichens is made up principally from the
collection in the State Herbarium at the Ohio State University.
It, of course, is not complete. No serious collecting has been
done for many years, and undoubtedly a large number will yet
be found. This list has been approved by Prof. A. Zahlbruchner,
of Vienna, and is in accord with his classification in the Engler-
Prantl Pfianzenfamilien.
Verrucariaceae.
Verrucaria rupestris Schrad.
V. miiralis Ach.
V. nigrescens Pers.
Dermatocarpaceae.
Dermatocarpon miniattim (L.)
Mann.
Endocarpoii niiniatnrn (L.)
Schaer) .
D. aquaticum (Weiss.) A. Zahlbr.
{Endocarpon miniaium,
aqiiaticiim Schaer.)
D. pusillum (Ach.) A. Zahlbr.
{Endocarpon pusillinn Hedw.)
Pyrenulaceae.
Lepthoraphis epiderniidis (Ach.)
Th. Fr.
{Sagedia oxyspora {Xyl.) Tuck.)
Pyrenula nitida (Weig.) Ach.
P. glabrata (Ach.) Mass.
P. gemmata (Ach.) Naeg.
Trypetheliaceae.
Trypethelium virens Titck.
Caliciaceae.
Chaenotheca chrvsocephala (Turn)
Th. Fr.
{Caliciiim chrysocephalum
{Turn.) Ach.)
Stenocybe byssaca (Fr.) Nyl.
(Caliciiim byssaceiini Fr.)
Cypheliaceae.
Cyphelium tigillare (Pers.) Th. Fr.
(Acoliiim tigillare (Ach.) DeXoi)
Arthoniaceae.
Arthonia dispersa (Schrad.) Nyl.
A. radiata (Pers.) Th. Fr.
(Arthonia astroidca Ach.)
A. punctiforinis Ach.
A. pyrhuliza Nyl.
A. lecideella Nyl.
A. polymorpha Tuck.
Arthothelium spectabile (Fl.) Mass.
(Arthonia spectabile Fl.)
Graphidaceae.
Opegrapha varia Pers.
O. vulgata Ach.
Graphis scripta (L.) Ach.
42
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. X, No. 3,
Lecanactidaceae.
Lecanactis premnea, chloroconia
Tuck.
Lecidiaceae.
Lecidia coerulescens (Wulf.)
Schaer.
L. russLila Ach.
(Biatora rtissiila (Ach.) Mont.)
L. russellii Tuck.
(Biatora russellii Tuck.)
L. cinnabarina Smf.
{Biatora cinnabarina. {Fr.)
L. varians Ach.
{Biatora varians Ach.)
Bacidia rubella (Ehrh.) Mass.
(Biatora rubella I^aboih.)
B. fuscorubella (Hoffni.) Arn.
(Biatora fuscorubella Tuck.)
B. suffusa (Fr.) A. Zahll:)r.
(Biatora suffusa Fr.)
B. schweinitzii (Fr.) A. Zahlbr.
(Biatora schu'einitzii Fr.)
B. chlorantha (Tuck.) A. Zahlbr.
(Biatora chlorantha Tuck.)
Toninia granosa (Tuck.) A. Zahlbr.
(Lecidea granosa Tuck.)
Lopadiuni leucoxanthuin (Sprgl.)
A. Zahlbr.
(Heterothecium leuco.ranthuni
Mass.)
Rhizocarpon petraeum (Xvl.) A.
Zahlbr.
(Bttellia petraca (Flat. Koerb.)
Tuck.)
R. applanatum (Fr.) Th. Fr.
(Lecidea colludens Xyl.)
Cladoniaceae.
Cladonia cariosa (Ach.) Sjjreng.
C. caespiticia Pers.
C. coccifera (L.) Willd.
{Cladonia cornucopioides (L.)Fr.)
C. cornuta (L.) Schaer.
C. cristatella Tuck.
C. degenerans Floerk.
C. delicata (Ehrh.) Floerk.
C. fiinbriata (L.) E. Fr.
C. limbriata, adspersa Tuck.
C. fimbriata, simplex (Weis.) Fl.
(C. fimbriata, tubaeformis Fr.)
C. furcata Huds.) Schrad.
C. furcata, racemosa (Hoffni.)
Floerk.
C. furcata, subulata (Ach.) Floerk.
C. crispata (Ach.) Fw.
(C. furcata, crispata Floerk.)
C. gracilis (L.) Willd.
C. gracilis, hybrida Schaer.
C verticillata Hoffni.
(C. gracilis verticillata Fr.)
C. macilenta (Hoft'm.) Nyl.
C. mitral a Tuck.
C. papillaria. molariformis Hoffm.
C. pyxidata (L.) E. Fr.
C. rangiferina (L.) Hoft'm.
C. alpestris (L.) Rabh.
(C. rangiferina, alpestris L.)
C. sylvatica (L.) Hoffni.
(C. rangiferina, sylvatica L.)
C. squamosa (Scop.) Hoft'm.
C. squamosa, ventricosa, Fr.
C. symphicarpa, epiphylla (Ach.)
Nvl.
C. uncialis (L.) Web.
Gyrophoraceae.
Gyrophora dillenii (Tuck.) Mull.
( Utnbilicaria Dillenii Tuck.)
Umbilicaria pustulata (L.) Hoft'm.
Acarosporaceae.
Biatorella simplex (Dav.) Th. Fr.
(Lecanora privigna (Ach.) Xyl.)
Acarospora squamulosa (Schrad.)
Th. Fr.
(Lecanora cervina (Pers.) Nyl.)
Collemaceae.
Collema pycnocarpum Xyl.
C. cyrtaspis Tuck.
C. nigrescens (Leers) Wainio.
C. ryssoleum Tuck.
C. tenax (Sw.) Ach.
C. crispum Borr.
C. flaccidum Ach.
Leptogium lacerum (Sw.) S. Gray.
L. tremelloides (L. ft].) Wainio.
L. pulchellum (Acli.) Nyl.
L. chloromelum (Sw.) Nyl.
L. hildebrandii (Garvogl.) Nyl.
(L. myochroum, saturninum
Schaer.)
L. saturninum (Dicks.) Nyl.
(L. myochroum (Fhrh.) Tuck.)
Heppiaceae.
Heppia virescens (Despr.) Nvl.
(Heppia despreau.xii (Montai;.)
Nyl.
Pannariaceae.
Pannaria rutiiginosa (Thunb.) Del.
P. leucosticta Tuck.
Stictaceae.
Lobaria amplissima (Scop.) Arn.
(Sticta amplissima (Scop.)
Mass.)
L. quercizans ]\Iichx.
(Sticta quercizans (?,Jich.\-.) Ach)
L. pulmonaria (L.) Hoft'm.
(Sticta pulmonaria (/..) .4c//.)
Sticta aurata Ach.
Jan., 1910.]
A List of the Lichens of Ohio.
43
Peltigeraceae.
Nephromium helveticum (Ach.)
Peltigera aphthosa (L.) Hoffm.
P. horizontalis (L.) Hoffm.
P. canina (L.) Hoffm.
P. .spuria (Ach.) DC.
(P. canina, spuria Ach.)
P. rufescens (Sm.) Hoffm.
P. scutata (Dicks.) Leight.
Pertusariaceae.
Pertu-saria velata (Turn.) Nyl.
P. multipuncta (Turn.) Nyl.'
P. communis DC.
P. leioplaca (Ach.) Schaer.
Lecanoraceae.
Lecanora subfusca (L.) xA.ch.
L. miculata Ach.
L. palhda (Schreb.) Schaer.
L. hageni Ach.
L. varia Ach.
Ocrolechia tartarea (L.) Mass.
{Lecanora tartarea (L.) Ach.
O. pallescens (L.) Mass.
{Lecanora pallescens (L.) Schaer.
O. pallescens, rosella (Tuck.)
Parmeliaceae.
Candelaria concolor (Dicks.)
Wainio.
( Theloschistes chrysophthalamus
(L.) Th. Fr.)
Parmeliapertusa (Schrank.) Schaer.
P. iurfuracea (L.) Ach.
{Everniafurfuracea (L.) Mann.)
P. ohvacea (L.) Nyl.
P. tiliacae (Hoffm.) Ach.
P. rudecta Ach.
(Parmelia horreri, rudecta
Tuck.)
P. saxatilis (L.) Ach.
P. cetrata Ach.
P. cvlisphora (Ach.) Wainio.
{Parmelia caperata (L.) Ach.)
P. perforata (Wulf.) Ach.
P. perlata Ach.
P. crinita Ach.
Anzia colpodes (Michx.) Stizbg.
{Parmelia colpodes {Ach.) Xyl.)
Cetraria aleurites (Ach.) Th. Fr.
C. aurcscens Tuck.
Nephromopsis ciliaris (Ach.) Hue.
{Cetraria ciliaris .Ach.)
Usneaceae.
Ramalina calicaris (L.) E. Fr.
R. calicaris, canaliculata Fr.
R. fraxinea Ach.
R. populina (Ehrh.) Wainio.
{Ramalina fastigiata Ach.)
R. pollinaria Ach.
Usnea florida (L.) Hoftni.
{U . barbata, florida Fr.)
(U. barbata, florida, hirta, Fr.)
{U. barbata, florida, rubieinea
Michx.)
U. angulata Ach.
U. ceratina Ach.
{U. barbata (L.) Fr.)
Caloplacaceae.
Blastenia ferruginea (Huds.) Arn.
{Placodium ferrugineum {Huds.)
Hep p.)
B. camptidia (Tuck.) A. Zahlbr.
{F'lacodium camptidumi Tuck.)
Caloplaca aurantiaca (Lightf.) Th
Fr.
{Placodium aurantiacum
{Lightf. Xacg. cr Hepp.)
C. cerina (Ehrh.) A. Zahlbr.
{Placodium cerinum {Hedw.)
Xaeg. & Hepp.)
C. cinnabarina (Ach.) A. Zahll.)r.
{Placodium cinnabarinnm
{Ach.) Anz.)
Theloschistaceae.
Xanthoria parietina (L.) Th. Fr.
{Theloschistes parietinus (L.)
A'orm.)
X. polycarpa Th. Fr
{Theloschistes polycarpus Ehrh.)
Buelliaceae.
Buellia para.sema (Ach.) Th. Fr.
B. myriocarpa (DC.) Mudd.
Rinodina atrocinerea (Dicks.)
Korb.
{Rinodina sophodes, atrocinerea
Xyl.)
Physciaceae.
Pyxine sorediata Fr.
Piivscia stellaris (L.) Nyl.
P. obscura (Ehrh.) Th.^Fr.
P. pulverulenta (Hoffm.) Nvl.
P. adglutinata (Flk.) Nvl.
P. astroidea (Fr.) Nyl. "
P. leana Tuck.
P. tribacea (Ach.) Nyl.
Anaptychia hypoleuca (^luhl.)
Wainio.
{Physcia speciosa, hypoleuca
[Muhl.) Tuck.)
A. speciosa (Wulf.) Wainio.
{Physcia speciosa {Wulf.) Xyl.)
A. comosa (Eschw.) Trevis.
{Physcia comosa {Schw.) Xyl.)
A. leucomela (L.)
{Physcia leucomela (L.) Mich.x.)
44 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 3,
MONOCHYTRIUM, A NEW GENUS OF THE CHYTRIDIALES,
ITS LIFE HISTORY AND CYTOLOGY.*
Robert F. Griggs.
In working over sections of leaves and stems of the common
Raeweed, Ambrosia artemisifolia, infested with Rhodochvtrium
spilanthis the cvtology of which had interested the writer in
connection with his work on vSynchytrium, he found that there
was present along with the Rhodochvtrium another parasite. It
was at first supposed that the new plant was an early stage of
Rhodochvtrium but it was soon found that it had nothing in
common with Rhodochytrium except its ho'st plant, being dis-
tinct in all of the details of its cytology as well as in its method of
parasitism and its life history. AVhereas Rhodochytrium is an
intercellular parasite infesting the fibrovascular bundles of its
host into which it sends numerous haustoria to gather its nutri-
tion, the new plant which I shall term Monochytrium leads an
intracellular existence within the epidermal, hypodermal or
more rarelv the chlorenchvma cells of its host thus resembling in
its mode of life such species of Synchytrium as S. taraxici, a
resemblance which is further increased by the absence of haus-
toria. From these plants, however, Monochytrium differs mark-
edly in the binucleate sexual resting spores and in the solitary
zoosporangia in allusion to which the generic name has been
chosen.
After Monochytrium was discovered a considerable amount
of the Ragweed infested with Rhodochytrium was examined in
the hope of detecting the new parasite in the living state and of
observing its grosser characters and its zoospores. This search
was, how^ever, fruitless, which, is not surprising in view of the
habits of the fungus. For while the parasite is extraordinarih'
abundant in certain small areas of the sections (Fig. 1), such
areas are seldom found. Out of 200 slides Monochytrium was
observed in only 10. Furthermore, the parasite deforms its host
only very slightly so that infested areas would not be easy to find
unless thev were abundant. The Rhodochytrium material from
which the slides were made was supplied me by the kindness of
mv good friend. Professor F. L. Stevens, and his colleague, Mr.
J. G. Hall of the North Carolina Agricultural Experiment Sta-
tion. It was collected at Raleigh on July 3, 11, and 18, 1908,
and was a portion of the material sent by E)r. Stevens to Professor
Atkinson from which he published his two notes on Rhodochy-
trium. It was killed in Chromacetic acid, imbedded in paraffine
* Contributions from the Botanical Laboratory' of the Ohio State
University No. 51.
Jan., 1910,] Monochytrium, a New Genus. 45
in the usual way, sectioned 0- lO/i thick, and stained on the shde
with Heidenhein's Iron Alum Haematoxylon and with Analin
vSafranin and Gentian Violet. Either stain is satisfactory but
most of the drawings have been made from material stained with
the Safranin- Violet combination.
The youngest stages of the parasite fotmd were imbedded in
the cytoplasm of the host cell (Fig. 2). They were minute
amoeboid cells whose size (3//) corresponds rather closely with
that of the segments of the zoosporangium. Not infrequently
the perforations bv which the voung parasite had entered the
host cell may be seen in section as thickenings on the inside of
the wall of the host (Figs. 8, 10). In rare instances slight thick-
enings mav also be observed on the outside surface of the wall
(Fig. 13). In other cells cut tangentially so as to allow one to
look through the perforations (Fig. 3) one sees that the holes are
surrounded bv irregular cellulose thickenings. In appearance
these collars resemble somewhat the irregular growths of bark
around a healing wound on a tree trunk and suggest that they
were secreted b}^ the cytoplasm of the host cell in an attempt to
repair the damage; in many instances there are indications that
such repair is completed for. in most of the infected cells the
points of entrance appear to be simplv thickened places on the
walls and no perforation can be observed bv focusing up and
down.
In favorable locations the young amoebulae imbedded in the
host cvtoplasm are extremelv abundant, hardly a cell being free
from parasites (Fig. 1). Moreover, there are frec^uently nearly a
dozen in a single cell (Fig. 2). Their minute size precludes ver\'
exact observations as to their structure but as compared with
the segments of the zoosporangia from which they are supposed
to have come their cvtoplasm is less dense, containing, appar-
ently almost from the beginning, several relativelv large vacuoles
(Fig. 5), between the meshes of the reticulate cytoplasm. Of
the nucleus little can be seen beyond the deeply staining nucleolus
and the nuclear membrane, though bv analog}' with the larger
nuclei of later stages it may be supposed to have more or less of a
chromatin reticulum in addition. Lying in the cytoplasm close
beside the nucleus there is frequentlv a deeply staining body
(Figs. 5, 6) whose general appearance at once suggests a centro-
some. No such structure was observed at any other stage of the
life history but it is not impossible that one mav be associated
with the flagella of the zoospores. But as long as the zoospores
themselves remain unknown it is idle to speculate on the matter.
The deeply staining bodies in question occur, however, with suf-
ficient frequency to make it very desirable to be able to offer some
interpretation of their presence.
46 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 3,
In almost every cell in which there are several of these
amoebulae they may be seen to become associated in pairs,
(Fig. 4), coming into closer and closer contact until the plasma
membrane between them breaks down and the cytoplasm
of the two fuses (Figs. 5, 6). All stages in this conjugation
except the disappearance of the plasma membrane are verv
easy to observe, many dozen of them being found in mv
slides. The nuclei, however, do not fuse though they may in
the early stages lie close together. Immediately after conjuga-
tion which seems to take place soon after the amoebulae have
entered their host, growth begins and seems to proceed rather
rapidly judging from the fact that conjugating forms are much
more abundant than such stages as are shown in Figs. S and 9, which
immediately follow. Without any further change in structure
the zygote continues to grow until it has completed its active life
when it encysts and becomes a binucleate resting spore.
Though there are frequently two or even more than two
zygotes in a single cell all of the amoebulae do not succeed in
conjugating. Such as fail become large coenocytes which ulti-
mately segment into zoosporangia. The very early stages in the
division of the nuclei of these zoosporangia are so minute and
difficult to follow that one can hardlv be certain of the correctness
of his conclusions. But apparently the nucleus fragments by
constriction into about four daughter nuclei while the parasite is
yet very small (Fig. 13, a). These do not further subdivide until
a considerable enlargement both in nuclei and cytoplasm of the
parasite has taken place. (Fig. 13, b). Such quadrinucleate
parasites arc fairly abundant and from this stage on the course
of development is easy to follow. The parasite increases from
10—15//, usually to about 7()/{ and the nuclei multiplv until thev
become oceedingly numerous and very minute (Figs. 14-17).
No spindles were observed at any time in this process of multi-
plication, while some clear cases of amitosis were seen (Fig. 14).
The nuclei are so minute however, that it cannot be stated pos-
itively that amitosis is the sole method of nuclear division. At
the end of this vegetative period the C3'st segments into a zoo-
sporangium (Fig. 18), with an immense number of spores so
minute ("2.5//) that their finer structure cannot be made out.
In the intermediate stages of the active cycle both of the
resting spores and the zoosporangia there is a strong tendency for
the vacuoles of the cytoplasm to coalesce to form one large cen-
tral vacuole (Figs. 14-17), traversed only by very fine strands of
cytoplasm. This central vacuole may appear very early (Fig. 14)
or it may not appear at all (Figs. 9-13). During these stages also
refringement deeply staining granules frequently appear on the
strands of cytoplasm (Figs. 11, 16). These resemble closely the
Jan., 1910.] Monochytrium, a New Genus. 47
similar granules found in the cytoplasm of many species of
S^mchytrium.
Resting spores and zoosporangia are likewise entirely similar
in their relations to the host cell. As already indicated the
parasites in their first stages lie imbedded in the cytoplasm of the
host cell. As they grow older they continue to be surrounded
by a more or less definite layer of host cytoplasm but soon estab-
lish definite relations with the host nucleus also which becomes so
appressed against the parasite as to be markedly deformed
(Figs. 8, 11, 15). There is no indication, however, that the
immediate injur}^ to the nucleus is very great. Though death is
the ultimate result to the host cell the relations of parasite and
host appear to be to a certain extent mutualistic. The host
nucleus maintains its finer structure and staining reaction
unchanged to the end and gives no indication of such abnormal
behavior as Von Gutenberg, Kusano and others have reported in
the nuclei of the host cells surrounding the galls of Synchytrium.
The presence of the parasite causes some hypertrophy of the host
cell which graduallv enlarges to dimensions considerably in
excess of its original size (Cf. Figs. 8, 13, with Figs. 12, 18).
The enlargement is however very seldom sufficiently great to cause
galls such as occur in Synchytrium. For the most part the
hvpertrophied cells find room not by swelling out from the surface
of the host but by pushing aside the adjacent cells (Figs. 1, 16).
These compressed cells are however, only slightly injured con-
sidering the degree to which they are distorted (cf. Fig. 2 which
shows a cell lying adjacent to a large zoosporangium and dis-
torted bv it.) There is surprisingly little of the disorganization
of the tissues which is usualty met w^ith in such cases but the
nuclei and chloroplasts of the affected cells retain their char-
acteristic form and staining reaction even when the cell walls are
so crowded that the outlines of the_ individual cells are no longer
discernible as in cases like Fig. 16.
The size -which is attained before the active life is completed
and encystment takes place varies from 30 to 50/( depending
probably on the amount of nutriment available for the parasite.
When it first appears (Fig. 11) the wall of the resting spore is a
thin transparent membrane secreted around the peripherv of the
parasite. AVhen older it becomes a thick yellow wall (Fig. 12)
which is homogeneous, one lavered and smooth on the outer
surface except for irregular roughenings due apparently to the
adherent debris from the contents of the host cell. The spore
wall is certainly not composed of cellulose; at no stage in its
formation does it take the stain as do the walls of the host or the
three layered cellulose walls of the resting spores of Rhodochyt-
rium which are found together with it in the same slides. Its
48 • The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 3,
general appearance is identical with that of the resting spores of
S3''nchytrium which Von Gutenberg has recently determined to
be chitinous. On account of the scarcity of material, how^ever,
michrochemical tests to determine its composition were not
undertaken.
General Considerations.
The relationships of Monochytrium are in the present state of
our knowledge regarcUng the Chytrids somewhat obscure. Its
method of parasitism and general structure are similar to those
of Synchytrium and, had the present plant been described with-
out reference to its cytology, the only difference between the two
genera that would have been noticed is the difference in seg-
mentation which in Synchyrium results in the formation of
zoosporangia each of which in turn gives rise to numerous
zoospores while in Monochytrium the zoospores are formed
directly, each cyst becoming a single zoosporangium. This
difference is however of itself sufficient to remove the plant from
the Synchytriaceae and place it among the Olpidiaceae. From
all the genera of this familv Monochvtrium ma}' be separated at
once by its habitat. All the other genera are parasites of
aquatic plants or animals except Asterocvstis which infests the
roots of the seed plants.
So far as the writer is aware in no other plant has a conjuga-
tion of gametes been reported to occur after the votmg parasites
have infected their host. But when the cvtologv of the lower
organisms especially .of their early stages is better known' it may
be found that such a conjugation is not so rare as now appears.
It is quite possible that nianv forms now supposed to be non-
sexual may conjugate after infecting their host. The life history
of most species of Synchvtrium for example would seem to
demand some difference in constitution between the summer
sori and the resting spores similar to this belated conjugation of
Monochytrium; but if such a sexual act exists it is obvious that
in these cases the nuclei also must fuse. The continued inde-
pendence of the nuclei of the zygote may be more unusual but
when it is recalled in how few of the zygospores of the lower
plants are the actual conditions of the nuclei known, it is evident
that such a plasma conjugation may be more common than now
suspected. This long continuance of the apvlogamic phase in
Monochytrium cannot fail to recall the similar phenomena in the
nuclei of the higher fungi. Nothing could be of greater interest
than to determine the fate of these two nuclei in the germination
of the resting spore. Attempts at germination must however
wait upon more abundant material than is now available.
It is hoped that an opportunity mav also be presented to
observe the zoospores in the living condition in order to deter-
.Ian., 1910.] Munochytrium, a New Genus. 49
mine their behavior and their structure, particuhirlv the char-
acters of their organs of locomotion. For it will be recalled that
while in many groups the number and position of the flagella are
so constant as to be made the basis of distinctions of ordinal
or of even higher rank, in the Ch}'tridiales thev are very vari-
able for one finds in genera undoubtedly closelv related great
diversity in this regard. The zoospores of Synchvtrium for
example have one flagellum while those of Woroninella have
two. The behavior of the zoospores of some of the Chvtrids
goes to show that the flagella of this group may be of verv
indefinite organization. Atkinson has shown that when lib-
erated inside the sporangium the zoospores swim actively
forward until they strike the wall of the sporangium when
the flagella are retracted and the zoospore puts out pseu-
dopodia by which it gropes for the opening of the spor-
angium. In case it is located too far from the ostiole to
reach it with its pseudopodia it resumes its flagellate form and
swims about again until it finally escapes. Such behavior indi-
cates ver}' plainly that the flagella of these zoospores resemble
the long actively lashing pseudopodia present in such of the
Protozoa as Mastigamoeba more than the definite highlv special-
ized motile organs of the Protococcoid forms. In the latter
group the zoospores have no power of retracting and again put-
ting forth their flagella but retain the same ones throughout
their active stage. Comparisons of flagella based on analogies to
the highly specialized organs of other groups must obviously be of
somewhat doubtful value.
Indications are not lacking that the spores of Monochytrium
are even more widely different from the typical flagellate zoospore
than those of other Chytrids. For it seems probable from the
habits of the ftmgus that the motile organs of Monochvtrium
spores are verv inefficient as compared with those of the Svn-
ch}' tria. In each area where it has been found the abundance of
the individual parasites was very great. At the same time the
infested areas are narrowly circumscribed. This is in strong
contrast to the habit of Synchytrium which is always widely
distributed over the plant and seldom so excessivelv abundant as
Monochytrium. This is especially evident when one considers
the young stages of the parasite. Such a complete series of young
stages as here figured for Monochytrium would be exceedinglv
difficult to assemble for any species of Synchytrium with which
I am familiar; in very much more extensive work with Synchyt-
rium decipiens in all stages the writer has never seen so much as
one percent of the young stages that he has in Monochytrium.
The reason is that the parasites are so much more widelv[scattered
that their detection when very small is difficult. Nevertheless,
50 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 3,
Monochytriuni presumably has as great an opportunity for the
dispersal of its spores in dewdrops and spattering rain as has
Synchytrium. The writer is therefore led to expect that when
the zoospores of Monochytriuni are observed they will be found
to be amoeboid rather than flagellate.
For a summary of the most important points in the life
history of Monochytrium a condensed technical description ma)'
be offered. The type and only known species I propose to name
in honor of Professor F. L. Stevens who has made notable con-
tributions to the cytology of the lower fungi.
Monochytrium gen. nov.
IVIycelium nullum, plasmodium rotundatum; sporae perdurantes
30-50/<, globosae, ortae a copulationis zoosporarum intra cellulas
matricis, binucleatae, exosporio crasso, paene levi non echin-
ulata; zoosporangia circa 70/jt, formata a zoosporis sine copula-
tione, unum a quoque plasmodio, sine membrana, sine coUo;
zoosporae numerosissimae, 2.5/i, moto ignoto.
Intra cellulas epidermicas aut h}-podermicas aut raro chlorenchy-
matas plantarum viventium.
Monochytrium stevensianiim sp. nov.
Characteribus generis. Intra cellulas foliarum petiolorumque
Ambrosiae artemisiifoliae in Raleigh, Carolina boreali; Stevens &
Hall Julio 1908.
The slides containing the type specimens are deposited in the
herbarium of the Ohio State University. With them are index
cards giving the lo'cation of the cysts draWn, in vernier readings
of the Spencer Lens Company's mechanical stage No. 490 with
the verniers set to read 30 ancl 90 respectively when the aperture
in the centering slide accompanying the instrument occupies the
optical axis of the microscope. The originals of all the figures
mav therefore be qtiickly found with any microscope equipped
with a No. 490 mechanical stage, or with any mechanical stage
with a vernier reading to tenths of millimeters for after one is found
and the differences in reading between stage No. 490 and the one
employed are determined, all mav be located bv simple additions
to the readings given.
Jan., 1910.] Monochytrium, a New Genus. 51
LITERATURE.
Atkinson Geo. F. A parasitic alga Rhodochvtriuin spilanthidis in
North America. Bot. Gaz. 46:299-:i0l, I'JOS.
, Note on the oc-currence of Rhodochytrium spilanthidis
Lagerheim in North America. Science n. s. SS : 691, 1908.
, Some fungus parasites of algae. Bot. Gaz. 4S : 321-328,
1909.
Berlese & Detoni, Chvtridiaceae in Saccardo Sylloge Fungorum
7 : 286-318, 1888.
Bttler, E. J. An account of the genus Pvthium and the Chvtrid-
iaceae. Mem. Dept. Agr. India. Bot. Ser. 1 : 1-160, 1907.
Dangearu, p. a. Recherches sur les organismes inferieurs. Ann.
Sciences Nat. ser. 7. Bot. 6 : 240-341, 1886. (Sphaerita n. gen.)
Griggs, R. F. On the cytology of vSynchytriuni III. The Role of the
Centrosomes in the formation of the nuclear membrane. Ohio Nat. S :
277-286. Pis. 19 and 20, 1908.
, Some aspects of amitosis in Svnchvtrium. Bot. Gaz. 4^ '■
127-138, 1909.
, A Note on Amitosis bv constriction in Svnchvtrium. Ohio
Nat. 9 : 513-515. 1909.
, Mitosis in Synchytrium Avith some observations on the
individuality of the chromomes. Bot. Gaz. 4S '■ 339-358, 1909.
Gutenberg, H. R. von, Cytologische Studien an Svnchvtrium
Gallen. Jahrb. Wis. Bot. 46 : 453-477, 1909.
KusANO, S. On the nucleus of Svnchvtrium puerariae. Bot.
Mag. Tokyo 31 : 118, 1907.
, On the cj'tologv of Svnchvtrium. Centralil. Bakt. 192 : 538,
1907.
, On a disea.se caused bv Svnchvtrium puerariae. Bot. Mag.
Tokyo £2 : 1, 1908.
, A contribution to the cvtologv of Svnchvtrium and its
hosts. Bull. Col. Agri. Imp. Univ. Tokyo. 7 : 80-147, 1909.
Loewenthal, W. Weitere Untersuchungen an Chytridiaceen. Arch.
Pratitistenk. 5:221-239, 1909. (Zygorhizidium gen.^nov.)
Magnus, P. Ueber die Gattung zu der Rhizidiuin dicksonii Wright
gehort. Hedwigia 44 : 349-149. 1905. (Eurychasma gen. nov.)
Peterson, H. E. Contributions a la connaissance des Phvcomycetes
marines. Overs, k. Danske. Vidensk. Selsk. Forh. 1905 : 439-488. (Sirol-
pidium & Pontisma gen. nov.)
Raciborski, M. Pflanzenpathologisches aus Java II. Zeitschr. f.
Pflanzenkrankheiten S : 195-200. 1898. (Woroninella gen. nov.)
Saccardo, P. A. et al. Sylloge Fungorum. (supplementa universala.)
0 : 357-363, 1891; 11 : 246-251, 1S95; 1 -i : 437-450, 1899; 16 : 389-393,
1902; 17 : 511-518, 1905.
Schroeter, J. Chvtridiaceae in Engler & Prantl. Pflanzenfamilien _? :
64-92, 1892.
Stevens, F. L. Some Remarkable Nuclear Structures in Svnchv-
trium. Ann. Myc. 5 : 480-484, 1907.
Stevens, F. L. and A. C. Mitosis in the primarv nucleus of Svnchv-
trium decipiens. Bot. Gaz. 35 : 405-415, 1903.
Ohio Naturalist.
Plate III.
Griggs on " Monoclivtrium
,
Ohio Naturalist.
Plate IV.
Griggs on " Monochvtrium.
54 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 3,
EXPLANATION OF PLATES III AND IV.
All figures ai-e camera drawings from sections. All except
Figs. 1, 3-7, were made with a Spencer 1.5 mm. immersion
objective and compensating ocular 4 giving a magnification of
approximately 670 diameters. Fig. 1 was drawn with an 8 mm.
objective and 4 ocular giving an approximate magnification of
125 diameters; Fig. 3 with the 1.5 mm. objective and 3 ocular,
magnification 533; Figs. 4-7 with objective 1.5 and ocular 12.
magnification 2130. The plates were reduced to 2-3 of their
original size exactlv eliminating the enlargement due to the
camera and rendering them the same size as seen in the
microscope.
PL.\TE III.
Fig. 1. A tangential section through the hypoderniis of the wing of the
petiole of the Ragweed, showing the general relations of the
parasites to the tissue of the host. R. Sp. Resting Spores,
Z. Sp. Zoosporangia.
Fig. 2. A cell with numerous amoebid zoospores imbedded in the host
cytoplasm; one pair of zoospores conjugating; cell distorted
by an adjacent zoosporangium measuring 45 x 60 n, note
slight degree of injury.
I'ig. 3. A tangential section of a host cell wall showing perforations
where the parasites entered.
One of the zoospores from Fig. 2.
Zoospores just beginning to conjugate.
Conjugating zoospores.
Conjugation complete.
A cell with two young zygotes, each binucleate, and several
unconjugated zoospores; note cellulose plugs marking the
points where the parasites entered.
A young zygote.
Zygote nearl_y full grown.
A young resting spore; note slight injury to the nucleus and
cytoplasm of the host cell.
Two ripe resting spores within same host cell; each binucleate
though the nuclei of the lower spore do not lie within the
plane of section.
Fig. 1.3. A cell with two young parasites; a probably the first division
(amitotic) of the zoospore; b, a plasmodiuin with four nuclei;
on the wall are shown the plugs marking the points of
entrance.
Fig. 14. A young Plasmodium with eight nuclei most of which are in
process of ainitosis ; central vacuole developed unusually early.
I'^ig. 1"). A Plasmodium with about GO nuclei; central vacuole beginning
to appear; note relations of parasite and host nucleus.
Fig. If). A larger plasmodium with well developed central vacuole lying
in the chlorenchyma of its host; note slight injury beyond
mechanical distortion.
Fig. 17. A full sized plasmodium with very many nuclei.
I'ig. IS. A ripe zoosporangium; opening at top may he natural or due
to knife.
Fig.
4
Fig.
5
Fig.
6
77V •
iMg.
/
Fig.
8
Fig.
<)
Fig.
10
Fig.
11
Fig.
12
Jan., 1910.] Medicinal Plants of Ohio. 55
MEDICINAL PLANTS OF OHIO.
Freda Detmers.
This list includes the uncultivated and a few of the common
cultivated medicinal plants of Ohio. It is compiled from the
United States Pharmacopoeia, King's American Dispensatory
for the Eclectic School of Medicine and the American Homeo-
pathic Dispensatory. The individual citation follows the name
of each plant. When the technical name given in the Dispensa-
tory or Pharmacopoeia differs from that in Britton's Manual it is
given as a synonym. The technical and popular name and the
part used as a drug are given for each plant.
FUNGI.
Ascomycetae.
Hypocrcaccac.
Claviceps purpurea (Fr.j TuL Ergot. (U. S. P.) (Ec.) Sclerotiuni.
Teleosporeae.
Ustilagiiiaceae.
Ustilago maydis Lev. Corn Smut. (Ec.) (Hom.). Fungus.
Basidiomycetae.
Polyporaceae.
Fomes fomentarius Fr. {Polyporns j omenta r ins Fr.) Bracket
fungus. (Ec.) Fungus.
Fomes igniarius Fr. (Poly poms igniarius Fr.) (Ec.) Fungus.
Fomes pinicola (Sw.) Fr. {Polyporns pinkola (Sov.) Fr.) (Ec.)
(Hom.) Fungus.
Agaricaceae.
Amanita muscaria L. Fh' Agaric. (Ec.) Fungus.
Amanita phalloides Fr. Deadly Amanita, Death cup. (Ec.)
Lycoperdaceae .
Calvatia gigantia Batsch. {Lycoperdon bovista). Giant Pufiball.
(Ec.) Spores.
Lichenes.
Sticta pulmonaria L. I>ungwort Lichen. (Ec.) (Hom.) Plant.
BRYOPHYTA.
Musci.
Polytrichaceae.
Polytrichum juniperum Willd. Hair-cap Moss. (Ec.) (Hom.)
Plant.
56 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 3,
Pteridophyta Homosporeae.
Filices.
Polypodiaceae.
Polypodium vulgare L. Polypody. (Ec.) Horn.) Rhizome and
leaves .
Adiantum pedatum L. Maiden-hair Fern. (Ec.) (Horn.) Plant.
Pteridium aquilinum Kuhn. {Pteris aquilina L.) Brake. (Ec.)
Plant.
Asplenium trichomanes L. Spleenwort. (Ec.) Plant.
Asplenium ruta-muraria L. tVhite maiden-hair. (Ec.) Plant.
Asplenium filix-foemina (L.) Bernh. Lady-Fern. (Ec.) Rhizome.
Dryopteris marginalis (L.) A. Gr. Marginal Shield-fern. (Ec.)
Rhizojjie.
Dryopteris filix-mas (L.) Schott. Male Fern. (U. S. P.) (Ec.)
Rhizome.
Osmundaceae.
Osmunda regalis L. Royal Flowering-fern. (Ec.) Rhizome.
Osmunda cinnamomea L. Cinnamon-fern. (Ec.) Rhizome.
Equisetaceae.
Equisetum arvense L. Field Horse-tail. (Ec.) (Hom.) Plant.
Equisetum laevigatum A. Br. Smooth Scouring Rush. (Ec.)
Plant.
Equisetum hyemale L. Scouring Rush. (Ec.) (Hom.) Plant.
Equisetum robustum A. Br. (Ec.) Plant.
Lycopodiaceae.
Lycopodium clavatum L. and other species of Club Moss. (U. S.
P.) (Ec.) (Horn.) Spores.
GYMNOSPERMAE.
Coniferae.
Pi]iaccae.
Pinus sylvestris L. Scotch Pine. (U. S. P.) (Hom.) Leaves and
young tzvigs. Distillation of wood.
Larix laricina (Du Roi) Koch. (L. americana Mx.) American
Larch. (Ec.) (Hom.) Bark.
Picea excelsa (L.) Karst. {Abies excelsa Karst.) Norway Spruce
cult. (Horn.) Leaves and young twigs.
Tsuga canadensis (L.) Carr. {Abies canadensis Mx.) Hemlock.
(Ec.) (Hom.) Sap.
Thuja occidentalis L. Arbor Vitae. (Ec.) (Hom.) Twigs and
leaves. %
Juniperus communis L. Common Juniper. (Ec.) (Hom.) Fruit.
Juniperus virginiana L. Red Cedar. (Hom.) (Ec.) Leaves and
twigs.
Jan., 1910.] Medicinal Plants of Ohio. 57
ANGIOSPERI\I.\E.
Monocotylae.
Typhaceae.
Typha latifolia L. Cat tail. (Ec.) Root.
Gramineae.
Zea mays L. Indian corn cult. (U. S. P.)( Ec.) Silk. Starch
grains.
Triticum sativum Lam. AVheat cult. (Ec.) Flour.
Sorghum vulgare. Broom corn cult. (Ec.) Seed.
Avena sativa L. Oat cult. (Ec.) Seed.
Agropyron repens L. (Triticum re pens L.) Couch or Quick Grass.
(['. S. P.) (Ec.) (Horn.) Rhizome gathered'in the spring.
Hordeum distichon L. Barley cult. (U. S. P.) (Ec.) Malt.
Cyperaceae.
Carex arenaria L. German Sarsaparilla, Sand Sedge. (Ec.) Plant.
Araceae.
Arisaema triphyllum Torr. Indian Turnip, Jack-in-thc-pulj^it.
(Ec.) Conn.
Spathyema foetida (L.) Raf. (Symplocarpus foetidus Salisb.)
Skunk Cabbage. (Ec.) (Hom.) Rhizome, roots and seed.
Acorus calamus L. Sweet Flag. (U. S. P.) (Ec.) (Hom.) Rhizome.
Liliaceae.
Chamaelirium luteum Gr. {Helonias hitea Ait.) Blazing Star. (Ec.)
Rhizome.
Veratrum viride Soland. American Hellebore. (U. S. P.) (Ec.)
(Hom. I Rhizonic and roots.
Uvularia perfoliata L. Bellwort (Ec.) Root.
Allium cepa L. Onion cult. (Ec.) Bulb.
Lilium tigrinum E'er. Tiger Lily (Hom.) Plant in floiuer.
Erythronium americanum. Sm. Yellow Adder's Tongue. (Ec.)
Leaves atid root.
Asparagus officinalis L. Asparagus. (Ec.) Yo/ing shoots and roots.
Vagnera racemosa Morong. (Smilacina racemosa Desf). False
Solomon's Seal. (Ec.) Rhizome and rootlets.
Salomonia biflora (Walt.) Britt. (Polygoiiatum bijiorum (Walt.)
Ell.) Solomon's Seal. (Ec.) Rhizome.
Salomonia commutata (R. & G.) Britt. (Polygonatum giganteum
Dietr. I Great Solomon's Seal. (Ec.) Rhizome.
Convallaris majalis L. Lily of the Valley. (U. S. P.) (Ec.) (Hom.)
Rhizome and roots.
Trillium erectumL. Trillium. Wake Robin. (Ec.) (Hom.) Root.
Trillium sessile L. and other species. (Ec.) Root.
Aletris farinosa L. Colic Root. (Ec.) Rhizome coll. in Aug.
Dioscoreaceae.
Dioscorea villosa L. Wild Yam. Colic Root. (Ec.) (Hom.) Root.
58 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 3,
Ainayyllidaceac.
Narcissus pseudo -narcissus L. Daffodil cult. (Horn.) Bulb and
fi Divers.
Agave virginica L. False Aloe. (Ec.) Root.
Iridaceae.
Iris versicolor L. Iris, Blue Flag. (U. S. P.) (Ec.) (Horn.) Rhizome.
Orchidaceae.
Cypripedium parviflorum Salisb. Small yellow Ladies' Slipper.
(U. S. P.) (Ec.) RJiizomc and roots.
Cypripedium candidum Muhl. White flowered Ladies' Slipper.
(Ec.) Rhizome and roots.
Cypripedium reginae Walt. {C . spectabile Swz.) Showy Ladies'
Slipper. (Ec.) Rhizome and roots.
Cypripedium hirsutum Mill. Large Yellow Ladies' Slipper (U. S.
P.) (Ec.) Rhizome and roots.
Cypripedium acaule Ait. Stemless Ladies' Slipper. (Ec.) Rhizome
and roots.
Peramium pubescens (Willd.) Mac M. {Goodyeara puhescens R.
Br.) Downy Rattle-snake Plantain. (Ec.) Rhizome.
Corallorhiza odontorhiza (Willd.) Nutt. Small flowered Coral-root.
(Ec.) (Horn.) Rhizome.
Dicotylae.
Salieaeeae.
Salix nigra L. Black Willow (Ec.) Bark and ainents.
Salix alba L. White Willow. (Ec.) (Flom.). Bark and aments.
Populus sp. (Ec.) (Horn.) Bark and leaj-buds.
Myrieaceae.
Comptonia peregrina (L.) Coult. (Myriea asplenifolia L.) Sweet
Fern. (Ec.j Leaves and tops.
Jtiglandaceae.
Juglans cinera L. Butternut. (Ec.) (Hom.) Bark of root.
Juglans nigra L. Black AValnut. (Ec.) Bark of root.
Betnkxeeae.
Corylus americana Walt. Hazelnut. (Ec.) Hairs from involucre.
Ostrya virginiana (Mill.) Koch. Hop Horn beam. (Ec.) (Hom.)
Inner bark and zvood.
Carpinus caroliniana Walt. Blue Beech. (Ec.) Bark and wood.
Betula lenta L. Cherrv Birch. Black Birch. (Ec.) Bark and leaves.
Alnus rugosa (Du Roy) Spreng. (Ec.) Bark.
Fagaceae.
Quercus alba L. White Oak. (U. S. P.) (Ec.) (Hom.) Bark.
Quercus rubra L. Red Oak. (Ec.) Bark.
Quercus velutina Lam. (0. tinctoria Bart.) Black Oak. (Ec.)
(Hom.) Bark.
Jan., 1910.] Medicinal Plants of Ohio. 59
Urticaceae.
Ulmus fulva Mx. Red Elm. Slippery Elm. (U. S. P.) (Ec.)
Inner bark.
Ulmus americana L. White or American Elm. (Ec.) Inner bark.
Ulmus alata Mx. Winged Elm. (Ec.) Inner bark.
Cannabis sativa L. (C. indica.) Common Hemp. (U. S. P.) (Ec.)
(Hom). Flowering tops.
Humulus lupulus L. Hop. (U. S. P.) (Ec.) (Hom.) Ripe strobiles.
Morus rubra L. Red Mulberry. (Ec.) (Hom.) Fruit.
Urtica dioica L. Stinging Nettle. (Ec.) (Hom.) Leaves and root.
Urtica urens L. Small stinging Nettle. (Hom.) Plant.
Aristolochiaceae .
Asarum canadense L. Wild Ginger. (Ec.) Rhizome and roots.
Aristolochia serpentaria L. Virginia Snakeroot. (U. S. P.) (Ec.)
Rhizo)ne and roots.
Polygonaceae.
Rumex brittanica L. Great Water Dock. (Ec.) Root.
Rumex crispus L. Yellow Dock. (Ec.) (Hom.) Root.
Rumex obtusifolius L. Blunt-leaved Dock (Ec.) Root.
Rumex acetosella L. Sheep Sorrel. (Ec.) Leaves.
Polygonum hydropiper L. Smart weed. (Ec.) (Hom.) Fresh herb.
Polygonum persicaria L. and other species of Poh^gonum. (Ec.)
Plant.
Fagopyrum fagopyrum (L.) Karst. {F. esculentum Moench.)
Buckwheat. (Ec.) Flour from seeds.
Chen opodiaceae .
Chenopodium ambrosioides L. Mexican Tea. (Ec.) Fruit.
Chenopodium anthleminticum Gr. Worm seed. (Ec.) Fruit.
Chenopodium album L. Pigweed. (Ec.) Fruit.
Phytolaccaceae.
Phytolacca decandra L. Poke Root. (U. S. P.) (Ec.) (Hom.)
Root, leaves and berries.
Ca ryophyllaceae.
Alsine media L, {Stellaria media Sm.) Chickweed. (Ec.) (Hom.)
Plant.
Saponaria officinalis L. Soapwort, Bouncing Bet. (Ec.) (Hom.)
Root and leaves.
Nyinphaeaceae.
Castalia odorata (Ait.) AVoodv. and Wood. (Nymphaea odorata
(Dryand) Ait.) White Water-Lily. (Ec.) (Hom.) Rhizome.
Nymphaea advena Ait. Yellow AVater-Lily. (Hom.) Rhizome.
Ranuncnlaceae.
Ranunculus bulbosus L., R. acris L., R. repens L. and R. scleratus
L. (Ec.) (Hom.) Fresh bulbous base and flowering tops.
6o • The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 3,
Syndesmon thalictroides Hoffm. (Aiieuwuella tJialictroides (L.)
Spach.) Rne Anemone (Ec.) Herb.
Hepatica hepatica (L.) Karst. (H. triloba Willd.) Ronnd-lobed
Liver-leaf. (Ec.) (Horn.) Leaves.
Hepatica acuta (Pursh.) Britt. (//. aciitiloba DC.) Sharp-lobed
Liver-leaf. (Ec.) Leaves.
Anemone virginiana L. Tall Wind-flower. (Ec.) Plant.
Anemone quinquefolia L. (.4. nemorosa L.) Wood Anemone (Ec.)
'Plant.
Clematis virginiana L. Virgin's Bower (Ec.) (Hom.) Stems.
leaves and blossoms.
Aquilegia vulgaris L. Columbine cult. (Ec.) Herb.
Eelphinium consolida L. Field Larkspur. (Ec.) Root, leaves,
-flowers and seeds. ■
Delphinium ajacis L. Larkspur cult. (Ec.) Root, leaves, flowers
and seeds.
Cimicifuga racemosa (L.) Nutt. Black Snake-root. (U. S. P.)
(Ec.) (Horn.) Rhizome and roots coll. in the autumn.
Actaea rubra (Ait.) Willd. Red Baneberry. (Ec.) Rhizome.
Actaea alba Bigl. White Baneberr}'. (Ec.) Rhizome.
Hydrastis canadensis L. Golden Seal. (U. S. P.) (Ec.) (Hom.)
Rhizome and roots.
Coptis trifolia Salisb. {Helleborus irifoliits L.) Gold thread.
(Ec.) Rhizome.
Magnoliaceae.
Magnolia acuminata L. Cucumber tree. (Ec.) Bark of trunk aiid
root with cork removed.
Liriodendron tulipifera L. Tulip-tree . (Ec.) (Hom.) Bark of
trunk ami root with cork removed.
Anonaceae.
Asimina triloba Dunal. Papaw. (Ec.) Seed.
Menispermaceae .
Menispermum canadense L. Moonseed, Yellow Barilla. (Ec.)
(Hom.) Rhizome and roots.
Berberidaceae.
Podophyllum peltatum L. May Apple. (U. S. P.) (Ec.) (Hom.)
Rhizonw and roots.
Jeffersonia diphylla Bart. Twin-leaf. (Ec.) Rhizome.
Caulophyllum thalictroides (L.) Mx. Blue Cohosh. (Ec.) Rhizome
and roots.
Berberis vulgaris L. Common Barberry. (U. S. P.) (Ec.) (Hom.)
Berries, bark of rhizonw and roots.
Lauraceae.
Sassafras sassafras Karst. (5. officinale Nees & Ebrm.) Sassafras.
(U. S. P.) (Ec.) (Hom,> Pith and bark of root.
Benzoin benzoin (L.) Coult. (Lindera benzoin Blume). Spice
bush. (Ec.) Bark ajid Berries.
Jan., 1910.]
Additions to Flora of Cedar Point.
6i
ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF CEDAR POINT. III.*
Malcolm .M. Stickxey, Johx H. vSchaffxer, and Clara A. Davies.
A list of the plants of Cedar Point was published by Kellerman
and Jennings in June, 1904 (Ohio Naturalist 6:186-190).
This list included the species represented in the Cedar Point
Herbarium belonging to the ' Lake Laboratory and additional
names taken from Moseley's "Sandusky Flora" and other
sources.
The first list of additions was published by Kellerman and
York in the Ohio Naturalist (6: 540) and a second addition
was made by Jennings in the Ohio Naturalist (6: 544-545).
During the summer of 190S rather extensive collections were
made by Professor Stickney and Miss Davies, manv species
proving new to the Cedar Point flora, and in the past summer
further additions were made by each of the three authors of the
present paper. In the interests of simplicity it was thought
advisable to publish all these latter additions in a single paper.
Following our list is an additional one made up from records
made by Professor E. L. Moseley who kindly placed his field
notes at our disposal. This list represents plants which have not
been reported in any of the previous publications,
With careful collecting for one or two seasons more, our
knowledge of the flora of Cedar Point should be fairlv complete,
and a revised general catalogue should then be published, since a
local list will be of considerable value in the botanical work
carried on at the Lake Laboratory.
Abutilon abutilon (L.) Rusby.
Acalypha virginica L.
Acer saccharintim L.
Agropyron tenerum Vasey.
Agrimonia mollis Britt.
Alsine media L.
Amaranthus blitoides S. Wats.
Ainaranthus retroflexus L.
Andropogon scoparius Mx.
Arctium, lappa L.
Asplenium filix-foemina (L.) Bernh.
Barbarea strictia Andrz.
Botrychium dissectum Spreng.
Botrychitini neglectum Wood,
Botrychimn obliquum Muhl.
Botrychium simplex Hitch.
Brassica nigra (L.) Koch.
Bromus arvensis L.
Carex rosea Schk.
Carex stricta Lain.
Cicuta bulbifera L.
Clematis virginiana L
Cuscuta gronovii Willd.
Dactylis glomerata L.
Datura tatula L.
Dryopteris Filix-mas (L.) Schott.
Echinochloa crus-galli (L.) Beauv.
Echinochloa Walteri (Pursh) Nash
Eleocharis ovata (Roth) R. & S.
Eleocharis palustris (L.) R. & S.
Eleocharis palustris glaucescens
(Willd.) Gr.
Equisetum fluviatile L.
Eragrostis pilosa (L.) Beauv.
Eragrostis purshii Schrad.
Festuca elatior L.
Festuca nutans Willd
Festuca ovina L.
Galium aparine L.
Galium claytoni Mx.
Galium tinctoriuin L.
Holcus lanatus L.
* Presented at the meeting of the Ohio Acad, of Sci.
62
The Ohio Naturalist.
LVol. X, No. 3,
Hordeum jubatum L.
Iponioea pandurata (L.) Meyer.
Juncus eftusus L.
Koniga niaritima (L.) R. Br.
Lactuca scariola L.
Leontodon autumnalis L.
Lespedeza capitata Mx.
Linaria linaria (L.) Karst.
Lolmm perenne L.
Lysiniachia terrestris (L.) B. S. P.
Meiboniia canescens (L.) Ktz.
Monarda inollis L.
Ophioglossum vulgatum L.
Panicularia americana (Torr.)
MacxM.
Panicluaria elongata (Torr.) Ktz.
Panictim capillare L.
Panicum huachucae silvicola H. &
«6; C.
Panicum pseudopubescens Xash.
Panicum villosissimum Xash.
Poa annua L.
Poa compressa L.
Poa debilis Torr.
Poa pratensis L.
Polygonum hydropiper L.
Portulaca oleracea L.
Potamogeton robbinsii Oakes.
Potentilla argentea L.
Raphanus raphanistrum L.
Ricinus communis L.
Rubus strigosus ]\Ix.
Sagittaria rigida Pursh.
Salix discolor Muhl.
Scirpus atrovirens ]Muhl.
Sniilax ecirrhata (Engelm.) Wats.
Smilax hispida Mtihl.
Solanum carolinense L.
Symphoricarpos racemosus Mx.
Syntherisma sanguinalis (L.)
DuLac.
Taraxactnn taraxacum (L.) Karst.
Trifolium repens L.
Triticum vulgare L.
\'eronica arvensis L.
Viola cucullata Ait
Washingtonia longistvlis (Torr.)
Britt.
Zanichellia palustris L.
Species catalogued as occurring on Cedar Point in Professor
E. L. Mosele3^'s unpublished records of the Flora of Sandusky.
Acnida tamariscina tuberculata
(Moq.) Ul. & Bray.
Agrimonia parviflora Soland.
Allium canadense L.
Anemone cylindrica Gr.
Aster paniculatus Lam-.
Atriplex hastata L.
Benzoin benzoin (L.) Coult.
Bidens aristosa (Mx.) Britt.
Bidens connata Muhl.
Bidens discoidea (T. & G.) Britt.
Bidens frondosa L.
Bidens laevis (L.) B. S. P.
Capnoides flavulum (Raf.) Ktz.
Carex pseudo-cypeiiis L.
Carex riparia Curtis.
Carex sparganioides Muhl.
Carex torta Boott.
Carex varia Muhl.
Cerastium arvense L.
Cerastium longipedunculatuin
Muhl.
Chaetochloa glauca (L.) Scrib.
Chenopodium album viride (L.)
Moq.
Chenopodium botrys L.
Circaea alpina L.
Comus circinata L'Her.
Cuscuta polygonorum Engelm
Cynoglossum officinale L.
Cj-perus diandrus Torr.
Cyperus speciosus A'ahl.
Cypripedium hirsutum Mill.
Epilobium coloratum Muhl.
Euphorbia maculata L.
Falcata comosa (L.) Ktz.
Geranium maculattun L.
Helianthus divaricatus L.
Helianthus tuberosus L.
Hemerocallis fulva L.
Hieracium scabrmn ilx.
Juglans cinerea L.
Juncus canadensis J. Gay.
Juncus nodosus L.
Lactuca spicata (Lam.) Hitch.
Liriodendron tulipifera L.
Meibomia bracteosa (Mx.) Ktz.
Meibomia dillenii (Darl.) Ktz.
Meibomia paniculata (L.) Ktz.
Myosotis virginica (L.) B. S. P.
Xaias gracillinia (A. Br.) Morong.
Oxalis corniculata L.
Panicum dichotomum L.
Physalis virginiana ]\Iill.
Polygonum persicaria L.
Polygonum scandens L.
Potainogeton perfoliatus
richardosnii A. Benn.
Jan., 1910.] Meetings of the Biological Club. 63
Potentilla canadensis L. Solidago nemoralis Ait.
Qtiercus palustris Du Roi. Sorghastrtim avenaceum (]\Ix.)
Runiex brittanica L. Xash.
Salix nigra Marsh. Tradescantia virginiana L.
Salomonia biflora (Walt.) Britt. Trillium grandiflorum (Mx.) Salisb.
Sisyrinchium angustifolium Miller. Triplasis purpurea (Walt.) Champ.
Sisyrinchitim graminoides Bick. Viola ptibescens Ait.
Sium cicutaefolium Gmel.
Errata in Lists Previotisly published:
Instead of Arenaria stricta Mx., read Arenaria michauxii (Frenzl.) Hook f.
Intsead of Geum virginictun L., read Geum canadense Jacq.
Instead of Hordeum pusilluni Nutt., read Hordeum jubatum L.
Instead of Lathyrus venosus Muhl., read Lathyrus myrtifolius Muhl.
Instead of Panicum atlanticum Nash., read Panicum villosisimum Nash.
The plant in the Cedar Point herbarium labelled Rubus strigosus Mx. is
Rubus occidentalis L.
Instead of Stipa spartina Trin., read Stipa spartea Trin.
Instead of Xanthium canadense Mill., read Xanthium commune Britt.
MEETINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.
Orton Hall, October 4, 19(J9.
The meeting was called to order by the President, Miss
Detmers, and the minutes of the previous meeting were read
and approved.
The Chair appointed as a committee to serve on nominations,
Prof. J. H. Schaffner, Prof. C. S. Prosser, and Miss Kate Blair.
Prof. Landacre moved that the Executive Committee be
instructed to ask Prof. G. W. Knight to talk, at the December
meeting, upon the Darwin Centenary at Cambridge, England.
Motion carried.
The program consisted of reports of summer work bv the
members.
Prof. J. H. Schaffner worked at the Lake Laborator\' in the
early part of the simimer, and in conjunction with Prof. M. E.
Stickney, and Miss Clara A. Davies added about eighty plants to
the Cedar Point list. After returning, he did some work on
leaf markings.
Prof. F. L. Landacre spoke of the work of the Lake Lab-
oratory.
Prof. Hambleton spent part of the summer at the Lake Lab-
oratory, and collected Hymenoptera. He also worked out the
life history of Corizus lateralis.
Prof. W. C. Morse finished his work on the Waverlv for-
mations of Eastern Kentuckv, and also worked on the Maj^Ue
limestone /^^^'K^
Ilu (library!-
/4
64 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 3,
Prof. Griggs told of an interesting walking trip in the Hocking
hills.
Miss Kate Blair spoke of a visit to the experiment station
near San Diego, California, and Miss Wilson told of the tameness
of the animals that she had observed in Yellowstone Park.
Prof. J. S. Hine made collecting trips in Summit Count v, and
worked on the Tabanidae. He also did some work on the
mammals of the state.
Prof. C. S. Prosser gave a very interesting account of the
meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of
Science, held at Winnipeg, August 25 to September 5. He
spoke also of the geologv- of the region surrounding Winnipeg.
Orton H.\ll, November 1, 1909.
The Club was called to order by the President. In the
absence of the Secretary, the reading of the minutes was dis-
pensed with, and Mr. Lionel King was appointed Secretarv
pro tem. The following officers were nominated, and unan-
imously elected:
President — Mr. William C. Morse.
Vice President — Miss Emily Hollister.
Secretary and Treasurer — Malcolm G. Dickey.
The announcement was made that Prof. G. W. Knight
would speak, at the December meeting, on the Darwin Centenary.
The address of the evening was given by Miss Freda Detmers,
the retiring President, on "The Taxonomy and Ecolog}- of the
Plants of Cranberry Island."
M.\LCOLM G. DicREY, Secretary.
Date of Publication, January 17, 1910.
ne Ohio ^^Caturalis^^
PUBLISHED BY
The Biologica.1 Club of the Ohio State University,
Volume X. FEBRUARY. 1910. No. 4.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
HiNE— Ohio Species of Mice •..'..• 65
Detmers— Medicinal Plants of Ohio (concluded) 73
VicKF.KS — List of Ferns of Mahoning Co. with Special Reference to Mill Creek I'ark 86
OHIO SPECIES OF MICE.
James S. Hine.
Two different papers enumerating the Ohio species of mam-
mals known as mice have been pubHshed. Jared P. Kirtland,
in the Ohio Geological Survey Report for 1838, named four
species as follows: house mouse, common white-footed mouse,
jumping mouse and the meadow mouse. All of these are
common in the state today, although the jumping mouse is
reported as rare in some localities, but in other localities it
certainly is rather plentiful. About the year 1878 A. W. Bray ton
of Irvington, Indiana furnished the manuscript for a report on
the Mammals of Ohio, in which he listed the house mouse, white-
footed mouse, rice field mouse, pine mouse, common meadow
mouse, prairie meadow mouse, and jumping mouse. Two other
species, namely: Cooper's mouse and the northern golden mouse
were mentioned as of probable occurrence within our limits.
There appears to be some mistake about the record for the
prairie meadow mouse for no specimens have been reported in
recent years and the material on which Brayton bases his record
turns out to be the pine or mole mouse. Cooper's mouse has
been taken in various parts of the state and in some places is
known to be common, but no record for the golden mouse is yet
reported. Of the nine species mentioned by Brayton therefore,
further records of seven are at hand. Brayton's paper was
published in the Report of the Ohio Geological Survey, 1882,
Volume IV.
The collecting that has been done in more recent years has
brought together Ohio material of at least nine species and
varieties, while the work in adjoining and neighboring states
suggests the possibility that four or more additional ma}^ be
procured when further work has been done and all favorable
localities investigated.
65
66 The Ohio Naturalist [Vol. X, No. 4,
As time passes mammals of many kinds are more and more re-
duced on account of the clearing and cultivation of the land. A
number of the larger species are already extirpated so far as the
state is concerned and others are destined. An effort is being made
at present to get together the records in regard to the species of
Ohio mammals and to add species as well as records with a view
to publishing an annotated list. We have a good representation
of many speicies in the museum at present and it is desired to add
others. I take this opporttmity to state that we shall be glad
to get specimens and records from any part of Ohio, especially
of the larger species and such small ones as are considered of
rare occurrence within our limits. The porcupine, wild cat,
badger, deer and others of very uncommon occurrence may still
be in the state if one happens to find them. iVll these have been
taken in Ohio in former years, but there are a number of small
animals that are suspected of inhabiting the state that have never
been reported. Bats, mice and shrews are suggested as groups
in which additions are most likely in our fauna.
A list of Ohio mice as at present constituted follows:
Zapus hudsonius (Zimmerman). Hudson Ba}' Jumping
Mouse. A few specimens of this species have been taken in the
state although there is some trouble in separating them from
specimens of the following subspecies. Preble, in N. A. Fauna
15, reports one from Portland Station, Mahoning county and
there is one in the O. S. U. museum from Ira, Summit countv.
Zapus hudsonius americanus (Barton). Meadow Jumping
Mouse. One belittles these interesting little animals by calling
them by the mean and unrespected name of mice but the
custom is so well established that it is not likely to be changed.
They are easily known among Ohio mammals by their jump-
ing or bounding mode of locomotion with which are asso-
ciated very long hind legs and tail. The varietv is slightly
smaller and the dorsal dark area is not so distinct as in the
typical species. The two are not easily told apart in the state
for it seems that Ohio is largely in the section where thev inter-
grade. In parts of the Western Reserve the meadow jumping
motise is common and one meets with specimens in various
situations and under various conditions. Grass land is one of
their favorite haunts but they are often seen in grain fields and
in weed covered areas. It is not uncommon to start them while
mowing or raking hay and in stvibble ground they may be
ploughed out while preparing fields for wheat. The number of
young in a brood is variable no doubt but four is the number
observed by myself. These quite earlv have nearlv the color
of their parents, although for some time, in fact until they are
nearly fiill grown, the young are slightly lighter, especially is.
Feb., 1910.] Ohio Species of Mice. 67
this true of the dorsal area. Miller says that "their food appears
to consist, like that of the other outdoor mice, largely of grass
seeds, undoubtedly varied at times by the addition of berries
and mushrooms and probably insects." When one comes upon
them in the field they attempt to get out of the way by leaping
although are not always able to direct their jumps in such a way
as to make them beneficial for after making a dozen leaps a
specimen may be very close to the starting point. At other
times they bound away in the opposite direction from danger
and are able to hide themselves very quickly and very securely.
The winter is spent in a dormant condition beneath the ground.
Although some observers have reported seeing specimens during
mild weather of winter, others claim that often six months or
more of the year is spent in the hibernating condition, making
the observation that specimens plowed out in May in one case
were still in a dormant state.
I have not seen am' statement to the effect that these animals
are injurious in any way, neither have I observed that the}^ have
any habits which would lead one to think that they have eco-
nomic vakie. I consider them worthy of the sympathy of
mankind, however, because of their unusual habits which are
so different from other mammals in the region which they
inhabit. They have numerous enemies among birds of prey and
they do not appear to be very well prepared to evade cats and
some other mammals that feed on the same kind of food.
Microtis pennsylvanicus (Ord) . Meadow mouse. In his paper
on An Economic Study of Field Mice, Lantz places this species
at the head of the list. I am not sure of his reason for this or
whether he intends by so doing to convey to his readers that it
is of more importance from an economic standpoint than its
relatives of the same genus, but as it is the most common short
tailed mouse in Ohio we do not hesitate to accuse it of doing
more damage along certain lines than any other rodent that
shares with it the name which only has to be mentioned in order
to designate its bearer as an enemy. The species may be
known from other short tailed mice of the state by several
characters. In the first place the tail is near two inches in
length while in other short tailed mice the tail is less than an
inch in length. Full grown specimens are larger and the color
differs from others. Different specimens of the species vary in
color more or less however, so this alone is not to be depended
upon as a conclusive guide.
When a field grows up to June grass in the after part of the
season and when winter comes this grass falls over and forms a
carpet for the ground an ideal condition for meadow mice is
produced. Here the mice form runways among the grass above
the surface and in the ground beneath the surface so that they
68 The Ohio Naturalist. [A^ol. X, No. 4,
can get out of the way easily in case of danger. If such a
condition occurs in a waste field the mice live on roots largely
and no noticeable damage results. In the burrows here and
there quantities of dried grass is carried together and nests
constructed where the adults spend much of their time and
where the young are born. A brood of young usually consists
of from four to six but they only remain under the direct care
of the mother for a short time before they are able to go out and
shift for themselves. Several broods are often produced in a
season therefore and the species is enabled to multiply rapidly
and thus it is a fact that a piece of ground with the desired
conditions is very soon the home of large numbers of the rodents
which in order to occupy the time and procure sufficient food
are liable to get into all sorts of mischief. These conditions often
exist in an orchard where the sod mulch system is practiced and
if something is not done to protect the trees immense damage
may result from the mice gnawing the bark from the trees near
the ground, or sometimes just beneath the surface. These
circumstances are illustrated in a recent bulletin by the Ohio
Agricultural Experiment Station with a full treatment of the
methods of protecting young trees.
Grain that is cut and placed in shocks in the field often
receives more or less injury from this same mouse which is
accused also of following in the burrows of moles and eating
planted corn and other grains and seeds. In the case of wheat,
and other grain that is tied with twine the mice often get into
the shocks and cut the bands, especially if this grain from am^
cause has to be left standing in the field longer than is usual.
Microtus pinetorum scalopsoides Audubon and Bachman.
Northern Pine Mouse. An attractive species with a much shorter
tail than the meadow mouse. The typical species is southern,
the first recorded specimens having been taken in the pine
forests of Georgia. Two varieties are recognized, scalopsoides
and auricularis, both of which have a distribution that includes
part of Ohio at least. I have seen a number of Ohio specimens
from Hamilton and Madison counties, some of those from the
first named county appear to be the specimens that were taken
for the prairie meadow mouse by Brayton and are the basis of
the recorded occurrence of that species in the state. I saw the
specimens in the Cincinnati Society of Natural History museum.
I cannot conclude that any of these specimens studied are the
variety auricularis although Vernon Bailey records a specimen
of this mouse from Brookville, Indiana, a few miles from Cin-
cinnati. Further collecting may add auricularis to the list of
Ohio mammals. The northern pine mouse appears quite
different from the meadow mouse in the field but may inhabit
similar situations. The full}^ adult specimens are browner and
Feb., 1910.] Ohio Species of Mice. 69
sleeker and smaller in size and the tail is only about half as long
as in that species. While collecting in Madison county a colonv
of the northern pine mouse was found in a pasture where the
grass had grown rather high. As this was the 20th of November
preparations had been made for winter evidently. I could not
determine the number of specimens in the colony, but four of
different ages were taken and there were evidences of others.
Their nest was located under a split log lying with the flat side
down and was composed of a quantity of soft grass with evidences
of food material here and there. Runway's led from the nest in
various directions so that the mice had easy access to a supply
of roots and other vegetable food in the vicinity. One of the
specimens taken, a male, is adult and fully colored, a second
specimen, also a male, is nearly adult size but the pelage is that
of an immature individual, the other two are immature, not
more than half grown.
Synaptomys cooperi Baird. Cooper Mouse. This species
even has a shorter tail than the pine mouse and differs from all
mice of the genus Microtus in having the upper front teeth
groved. The species in the field has a grayish appearance with
the under parts clearly lighter. It is quite widely distributed
in the state and in places is common. It occurs in nearly the
same situations as the meadow mouse and in one field at London,
Madison county, all three of the short-tailed mice here considered
were taken on the same date and within the space of a few
square rods. In Summit county I located a nest of this species
on top of the ground and anchored in a bunch of clover. This
nest only contained two young which were observed often until
the}' grew large enough to run; two young is common in the
species which would indicate that it is not as prolific as the
meadow mouse. The species is met with commonly by turning
logs in fields and thin woods but is not confined to such situations.
Peromyscus leucopus noveboracensis (Fisher). Common
White-footed Mouse. There are at least thirteen variations :^of
P. leucopus recognized and named from different parts of North
America. Most of eastern United States is included within this
range and subspecies reach Arizona, Montana and Yucatan. The
species was described by Rafinesque from specimens taken in
western Kentucky, a region where two forms appear to inter-
grade making it necessary to apply the species name to specimens
that are to some extent intermediate. Rafinesque' s name has
been applied to the form which has the more southern range
while the form that is uniformly distributed over Ohio is given
the subspecies name noveboracensis. Recently Osgood has pub-
lished an exhaustive treatment of the genus Peromyscus giving
full information regarding all subspecies. This paper is one of
70 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 4,
the most complete so far published on a genus of North American
mammals, and as the author examined more than 27000 speci-
mens in preparing the work we may at once conclude that all
matters concerned received full consideration.
The species has many attractive habits and is seldom injurious
so has not received the ill will of man to the extent that many of
the other mice have. A variety of food is acceptable and they
are sometimes induced to enter buildings to feed but as a usual
thing are woodland animals and are found around logs and
stumps in such places. It is not uncommon however to come
across specimens in fields or along fence rows wherever stumps,
piles of rails and various kinds of rubbish are to be found. In
the woods thev feed on acorns and nuts and also eat many
insects. In the fields they visit grain shocks but this habit seems
not to be common like it is in the house mouse and the meadow
mouse.
Until in recent years this has been the only white-footed
mouse known in Ohio so it has been easy to make determinations
but quite recentlv it has been found that one of the varieties of
P. vianiciilatus reaches our territory and matters have become
somewhat more complicated. Adult specimens of the species
are decidedlv larger than those of the variety of maniculatus but
when it comes to the young in gray pelage it is easy to be mis-
taken. It is soon observed that when one begins collecting
white-footed mice in any locality in the state he soon brings
together a large variety of coloration ;. not many distinct colors
but specimens with grays and browns variously distributed
over the body. This condition is almost entirely due to the age
of the specimens; the young are gray and the fully adults are
yellowish brown above with pure white under parts while
specimens in the process of changing from the 3^oung to the
adult pelage combine these colors with no apparent regard for
system.
This species appears to care for its young better than other
mice and it is not uncommon to observe it undertaking to move
these to places of safety when danger threatens. It is a popular
species under domesticated conditions readily adapting itself
to circumstances.
Peromyscus maniculatus bairdi (Hoy and Kennicott) Prairie
White-footed Mouse. The type locality for P. maniculatus is
Labrador and the typical species is confined to that latitude as
far west as the Mississippi River, but varieties to the number of
thirty-five are recognized and one or more of these are to be
found in many localities throughout North America. The
variety bairdi was first taken at Bloomington, Illinois but is
known at the present time to range from central Kansas
Feb., 1910.] Ohio Species of Mice. 7 1
on the west nearly to central Ohio on the east. The first speci-
m.ens recorded for the state were taken at London, Madison
county where a male and female and three young were procured
in 1906. These specimens were all together under a log but
there was no indication of a nest near at hand. The prairie
white-footed mouse is distinctly smaller than the common white-
footed species, color darker, ears and feet smaller and the tail
much shorter. When one has an acquaintance with both they
appear very distinct, but the difference is not conspicuous
enough to prevent confusion at all times. Osgood includes all
of western Ohio within the range of this mouse.
In most of the recent publications including this variety it is
treated as Peromyscus inichiganensis (Audubon and Bachman),
but Osgood shows that this is not correct.
Oryzomys palustris (Harlan). Rice-field Mouse. This animal
is called a rat by some authors but as the onlv difference that
exists between a rat and a mouse is a matter of size, it is just
as acceptable to call it a mouse as many do. In size close to
that of a half grown common rat and appearing much like that
animal, although the tail is longer, the coloration browner and
there is a white fringe of hairs on the lower part of the ear.
The Ohio records of this species are rather meager but there
is conclusive evidence that it once inhabited the state, even
though it may not at the present time. Bra^'ton has the follow-
ing to sav: " It has been identified bv Mr. Frank Langdon with
some hesitation, on the strength of the posterior half of a small
rat taken from the stomach of a hawk at Madisonville, Ohio."
Brayton afterward examined the specimen and found the feet
and tail answered the description of the rice-field mouse in
detail.
Professor AV. C. Mills while engaged in directing excavations
at Baum Village Site near Chillicothe, Ohio, procured dozens of
the skulls of this species at different depths. He states that
other parts of the skeletons were observed and that it appeared
as if the mice had died in their burrows. There is no way of
deciding as to the age of these remains and so it cannot be stated
what the relation to their surroundings might have been. I give
these peculiar records because it is desired that any one in a
position to give information on the rice-field mouse in Ohio may
know the facts and if possible aid us in procuring more convincing
proof.
Mus musculus Linnaeus. House Mouse. The members of
the genus Mus which includes the house mouse, brown rat and
black rat are all introduced into America and are the very worst
of household pests. They are likely to multiply rapidly in any
place where food products are stored or where they can find
72 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 4,
am'thiiig to eat. The house mouse is distributed in most
inhabited regions of the world. It was introduced into America
from Europe ahiiost with the first settlers from the latter country.
Its original home is said to be southern Asia from whence it has
been carried on ship board to all the land areas and then across
country by different modes of travel until it has reached its
present distribution. This species, although so widely distributed,
is uniform in its characters which designate it and differences
in environment seem to change it in no perceivable way, as if it
has developed characters which are perfectly fittecl to the
conditions under which the various specimens live. An interest-
ing comparison along this line may be made with some of the
American species of white-footed mice. A species that is widely
distributed over the continent exists in thirty-five different
recognized varieties but the house mouse distributed all over the
world is Mus niusculus everywhere.
Species that mav be looked for in Ohio are the following:
Zapus insignis Miller. Woodland Jumping Mouse. Has
been taken in western Pennsylvania and may be expected in
eastern Ohio. Size larger than the meadow jumping mouse,
ears longer and coloration paler. Premolar teeth are present in
the other species of jumping mice but absent in this one. The
species is an inhabitant of deep woods rather than meadows and
fields.
Microtus austerus (LeConte). Prairie Meadow Mouse.
Reported from Indiana, and possibly is a resident of western
Ohio. Brayton reported this species, but as near as can be
determined his specimens were the northern pine mouse. It may
be known from the 'common meadow mouse by the slightly
shorter tail and the grayer coloration as well as by the pelage
appearing coarser.
Evotomys gapperi (Vigors). Red-backed Mouse. Known
from Pennsylvania and if procured in Ohio the northeastern part
of the state most likely will furnish it. The species is said to
inhabit low woodlands and swainps and to remain in such
situations nearly all the time. The species is a near relative of
the common meadow mouse, but smaller and with a chestnut
color which usually serves to distinguish it readily.
Peromyscus nuttalli (Harlan). Northern Golden Mouse.
Specimens are known from central Kentucky and Rev. W. F.
Henninger believes it is to be found in southern Ohio. The
color of this mouse at all ages is suggested by the name and is
a distinguishing characteristic. It is reported as partial to low
ground, and, as a usual thing, is not abundant anywhere within
its range.
Feb., 1910.] Medicinal Plants of Ohio. 73
MEDICINAL PLANTS OF OHIO.
Freda Detmers.
( Continued from page 60. )
Papaveraceae.
Sanguinaria canadensis L. Blood root. (U. S. P.) (Ec.) (Horn.)
Rhizome.
Stylophorum diphyllum Nutt. Celandine Poppy. (Ec.) Rhizome.
Chelidonium majus L. Celandine. (Ec.) Plant.
Argemone mexicana L. Mexican or Prickly Poppy. (Ec.) Plant.
Fumariaceae.
Bicuculla canadensis (Goldie) Millsp. {Dicentra canadensis DC),
Squirrel corn. (Ec.) (Horn.) Tubers.
Cruciferae .
Bursa bursa-pastoris (L.) Britt. (Capsella bursa- pastoris Moench).
Shepherd's Purse. (Ec.) Dried plant.
Brassica alba (L.) Boiss. {Sinapis alba L.) White Mustard.
(U. S. P.) (Ec.) (Horn.) Seed.
Brassica nigra (L.) Koch. {Sinapis nigra L.) Black Mustard.
(U. S. P.) (Ec.) (Horn.) Seed.
Sisymbrium officinale Scop. Hedge Mustard. (Ec.) Seeds and
herb.
Sarraceniales.
Sarraceniaceae .
Sarracenia purpurea L. Pitcher Plant. (Ec.) (Horn.) Root.
Droseraceae.
Drosera rotundifolia L. Round-leaved Sundew. (Ec.) (Horn.)
herb.
Rosales.
Penthoraceae .
Penthorum sedoides L. Ditch Stone crop. (Ec.) (Horn.)
Herb.
Saxifragaceae.
Heuchera americana L. Alum Root, American Sanicle. (Ec.)
Root.
Hydrangeaceae .
Hydrangea arborescens L. Seven Barks, Hydrangea. (Ec.)
(Hom.) Root.
Philadelphus coronarius L. Garden Syringa, Mock Orange.
(Horn.) Flowers.
74 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 4,
Grossu lariaceae .
Ribes rubrum L. Red Currant. (Ec.) Fruit.
Ribes nigrum L. Black Currant cult. (Ec.) Fruit.
Ribes floridum L'Her. Wild Black Currant. (Ec.) Fruit.
Hmnamelidaceae .
Hamamelis virginiana L. Witch Hazel. (U. vS. P.) (Ec.) (Horn.)
Leaves coll. in autumn, hark and twigs.
Liquidambar styriciflua L. Sweet Gum. (Ec.) Sap.
Rosaeeae.
Spiraea tomentosa L. Hard hack. (Ec.) (Horn.) Herb.
Porteranthus trifoliatus (L.) Britt. {Gillenia trifoliata Moench.)
Indian Physic. (Ec.) Bark of RJiizome.
Porteranthus stipulatus (Muhl.) Britt. (Gillenia stipulata Nutt.)
(Ec.) Bark of rhizo}>ie.
Rubus odoratus L. Purple-flowering Raspberry (Ec.) Fruit.
Rubus strigosus Mx. Wild Red Raspberry "(U. S. P.) (Ec.)
Leaves and fruit.
Rubus occidentalis L. Wild Black Raspberry (U. S. P.) (Ec.)
Leaves and fruit.
Rubus idaeus L. cult. Raspberry. (U. S. P.) (Ec.) Fruit.
Rubus nigrobaccus Bailey. High Bush Blackberry. (U. S. P.)
Bark of root.
Rubus villosus Ait. Dewberry. (U. S. P.) (Ec.) Fruit and hark
of root.
Rubus canadensis L. Dewberry (Ec.) Fruit and bark of root.
Fragaria vesca L. Wood Strawberry. (Ec.) (Horn.) Fruit,
leaves and root.
Potentilla canadensis L. (Horn.) Root.
Geum virginianum L. Rough Avens. (Ec.) Rhizome and roots.
Geum rivale L. Purple or Water Avens. (Ec.) Rhizome and roots.
Ulmaria ulmaria (L.) Barnh. {Spiraea ulmaria L.) Queen of
the Meadow (Ec). Herb.
Agrimonia striata Mx. Agrimony. (Ec.) Whole plant.
Agrimonia parviflora Sol. Sweet scented Agrimony. (Ec.)
Whole plant.
Rosa canina L. and other related indigenous species. (Ec.)
(Hom.) Ripe fruit.
Rosa centifolia L. cult. Hundred-leaved Rose. (Ec.) (Hom.)
Petals.
Rosa gallica L. cult. Provence Rose. (U. S. P.) (Ec.) Petals.
Pomaceae.
Sorbus americana Marsh. American Mountain Ash. (Ec.)
Ripe fruit.
Sorbus sambucifolia Roem. Western Mountain Ash. (Ec.)
Ripe fruit.
Feb., 1910.] Medicinal Plants of Ohio. 75
Malus coronaria (L.) Mill. Crab Apple. (Ec.) Ripe fruit.
Malus malus (L.) Britt. {Pynis malus). Apple (Ec.) (Horn.)
Bark and fruit.
Aronia arbutifolia (L.) Medic. {Pyrus arhutifolia Lf.) Red
Choke-berry. (Ec.) Ripe fruit.
Crataegus oxyacantha L. Hawthorn. (Ec.) Bark and fruit.
Drupaceae.
Prunus domestica L. Plum cult. (U. S. P.) (Ec.) Fruit.
Prunus virginiana L. Choke Cherry (Ec.) Fruit.
Prunus serotina Ehrh. {Prunus virginiana L.) Wild Black
Cherry (U. S. P.) (Ec.) Bark coll. in Autumn.
Amygdalus persica L. {Persica vulgaris). Peach cult. (Ec.)
(Horn.) Leaves, kernels and bark of twigs.
Fabaceae.
Gymnocladus dioica (L.) Koch (G. canadensis Lam.) Kentucky
Coffee Tree. (Ec.) (Hom. Seeds and pulp of the pods.
Cassia marilandica L. American Senna. (Ec.) Leaves.
Cercis canadensis L. Red bud or Judas Tree. (Ec.) Seeds and
pulp of the pods.
Baptisia tinctoria R. Br. Wild Indigo. (Ec.) Root and leaves.
Trifolium pratense L. Red clover. (Ec.) (Hom.) Blossoms.
Melilotus officinalis Willd. Yellow Sweet Clover. (Ec.) (Hom.)
Leaves and floivering tops.
Melilotus alba Lam. White Sweet Clover. (Ec.) (Hom.) Leaves
and flowering tops.
Psoralea melilotoides Mx. Snake Root. (Ec.) Root and leaves.
Tephrosia virginiana Pers. Turkey Pea. Goat's Rue. (Ec.)
Root.
Robinia pseudacacia L. Black Locust. (Ec.) (Hom.) Bark
and leaves.
Geraniales.
Linaceae.
Linum usitatissimum L. Flax. (U. S. P.) (Ec.) Seed.
Oxalidaceae.
Oxalis acetosella L. Wood-sorrel. (Hom.) Plant.
Oxalis violacea L. Violet wood-sorrel. (Ec.) Herb.
Oxalis stricta L. Upright Yellow Wood-sorrel. (Ec.) Herb.
Oxalis corniculata L. Procumbent Yellow Wood-sorrel. (Ec.)
Herb.
Geraniaceae .
Geranium maculatum L. Wild Geranium. (U. S. P.) (Ec.)
(Hom.) Rhizome.
Geranium robertianum L. Herb Robert. (Ec.) (Hom.) Rhizom.e.
76 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 4,
Rutaceae.
Xanthoxylum americanum Mill. Prickly Ash. (U. S. P.) (Ec.)
(Horn.) Bark.
Ptelea trifoliata L. Shrubby Trefoil. (Ec.) (Horn.) Bark of the
root.
Simarubaceae.
Ailanthus glandulosa Desf. Chinese Tree of Heaven. (Ec.)
Inner bark.
Polygalaceae.
Polygala senega L. Senega Snake-root. (U. S. P.) (Ec.) (Horn.)
Root.
Eiiphorbiaceae .
Euphorbia maculata L. Spotted spurge (Ec.) Bark of root.
Euphorbia corollata L. Flowering Spurge. (Ec.) (Horn.) Bark
of the root.
Euphorbia cyparissias L. Cypress]^ Spurge. (Horn.) Bark of
the root.
Callitrichaceae.
Callitriche palustris L. {C. verna L.) Vernal Water Starwort.
(Ec.) Plant.
Sapindales.
Anacardiaceae . a
Rhus typhina L. Staghorn Sumac. (Ec.) Bark of the root.
Rhus glabra L. Smooth Sumac. (U. S. P.) (Ec.) (Horn.) Fresh
fruit and bark of root.
Rhus vernix L. {R. -venenata DC.) Poison Oak. (Ec.) (Hom.)
Leaves.
Rhus radicans L. {R. toxicodendron L.) (U. S. P.) (Ec.) (Hom.)
Leaves.
Rhus aromatica Ait. Fragrant Sumac. (Ec.) Bark of the root.
I lie ace ae.
Ilex opaca Ait. American Holly. (Ec.) (Hom.) Leaves.
Ilex verticillata Gray. Black Alder. (Ec.) Bark and berries. -
Celastraceae.
Euonymus atropurpureus Jacq. Wahoo, Burning Bush. (U. S.
P.) (Ec.) (Hom.) Bark of the root.
Celastrus scandens L. Climbing Bitter-sweet. (Ec.) Bark.
Hippocastanaceae .
Aesculus hippocastanum L. Horse chestnut. (Ec.) (Hom.)
Bark and fruit.
Aesculus glabra Willd. Ohio or Fetid Buckeye. (Ec.) (Hom.)
Fruit.
Feb., 1910.] Medicinal Plants of Ohio. 77
Balsaminaceae.
Impatiens biflora Walt. (/. fulva Nutt.) Spotted Touch-me-not,
Jewel Weed. (Ec.) Herb.
Impatiens aurea Muhl. (/. pallida Nutt.) Pale Touch-me-not.
(Ec.) Herb.
Rhamnales.
Rhamnaceae.
Ceanothus americanus L. Red-root, New Jersey Tea. (Ec.)
Root, root bark and leaves.
Vitaceae.
Vitis vinifera L. Grape cult. (U. S. P.) (Ec.) (Hom.) Juice of
fruit.
Parthenocissus quinquefolia (L.) Planch. {Ampelopsis quinquejolia
Mx.) Wood-bine, Virginian Creeper. (Ec.) Bark and young
leafy twigs.
Malvales.
Tiliaceae.
Tilia sp. Linden. Basswood. (Ec.) (Hom.) Flowers.
Malvaceae.
Althaea officinalis L. Marsh Mallow. (Ec.) Flowers, capsule
and root.
Althaea rosea Cav. Hollyhock. (Ec.) Flowers, capsule and root.
Malva sylvestris L. Common Mallow. (Ec.) Flowers, capsule
and root.
Malva rotundifolia L. Low Mallow. Cheeses. (Ec.) Flowers,
capsule and root.
Abutilon abiitilon Rusby. (Abutilon avicennae Gaertn.) (Ec.)
Flowers, capsule and root.
Hibiscus moscheutos L. Swamp Rose Mallow. (Ec.) Flowers,
capsule and root.
Parietales.
Hypericaceae.
Hypericum perforatum L. St. John's Wort. (Ec.) (Hom.)
Leaves and flowering tops.
Cistaceae.
Helianthemum canadense (L.) Mx. (Cistus canadensis L.) Frost
weed. (Ec.) Plant.
Violaceae.
Viola pedata L. Bird's foot Violet. (Ec.) Fresh plant.
Viola odorata L. cult. (Ec.) (Hom.) Plant.
Viola tricolor L. Pansy. (Ec.) (Hom.) Plant.
78 ■ The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 4,
Passifloraceae.
Passiflora lutea L. Passion Flower. (Ec.) Root and stem base.
Thymeleales.
Thymeleaceae .
Dirca palustris L. Leather wood. (Ec.) (Horn.) Bark.
Myrtales.
Lythraceae.
Lythrum alatum Ph. Wing-angled loosestrife. (Ec.) Plant.
Lythrum salicaria L. Purple Loosestrife. (Ec.) Plant.
Parsonia petiolata (L.) Rusby. {Cuphaea viscosissima Jacq.)
Blue Wax-weed. (Ec.) Plant.
Onagraceae.
Onagra biennis (L.) Scop. (Oenothera biennis L.) Evening
Primrose. (Ec.) (Horn.) Root, bark and leaves.
Umbellales.
Araliaceae.
Aralia sp. (Ec.) Bark.
Panax quinquefolium L. (Aralia quinquefolia Decs, and Planch.)
Ginseng. (Ec.) (Horn.) Root.
Umbelliferae.
Sanicula marylandica L. Black Snake-root. (Ec.) Root.
Washingtonia longistylis (Torr.) Britt. (Osmorrhiza longistylis DC.)
Sweet Cicely. (Ec.) (Horn.) Root.
Apium graveolens L. Celery cult. (Ec.) Plant and seed.
Apium petroselinum L. (Petroselinum sativum Hoffm.) Parsley
cult. (Ec.) (Horn.) Root.
Cicuta maculata L. (Coniiini maculatuni L.) Poison or Water
Hemlock. (Ec.) (Horn.) Mature green jruit.
Carum carvi L. Caraway seed. (U. S. P.) (Ec.) (Hom.) Dried
jruit.
Sium cicutaefolium Gmel. (Siuni lineare Mx.) Hemlock Water-
parsnip. (Ec.) Mature green jruit.
Thaspium trifoliatum aureum (Nutt.) Britt. Meadow Parsnip.
(Hom.j WJiolc plant.
Angellica atropurpurea L. (Archangelica atropurpurea Hoffm.)
Great or Purple-stemmed Angelica. (Ec.) Root, herb and
seed.
Angellica villosa (Walt) B. S. P. (Archangelica hirsuta T. & G.)
Pubescent Angellica. (Ec.) Root, herb and seed.
Heracleum lanatum L. Alum-root. (Ec.) Root.
Daucus carota L. Wild Carrot. (Ec.) Root and jruit.
Feb., 1910.] Medicinal Plants of Ohio. 79
Cornaceae.
Cornus florida L. Flowering Dogwood. (Ec.) (Horn.) Bark.
Cornus circinata L'Her. Round-leaved Dogwood. (Ec.) (Horn.)
Bark.
Cornus amonum Mill. Swamp Dog-wood. (Ec.) (Horn.) Bark.
Ericales.
Pyrolaceae.
Pyrola rotundifolia L. Shin-Leaf, False Winter Green. (Ec.)
(Horn.) Herb.
Pyrola elliptica Nutt. Shin Leaf. (Ec.) Herb.
Pyrola secunda L. (Ec.) Herb.
Chimaphila maculata Pursh. Spotted Winter Green. (Ec.)
Plant.
Chimaphila umbellata (L.) Nutt. Princes Pine, Winter Green.
Plant.
Monotropaceae .
Monotropa uniflora L. Indian Pipe. (Horn.) Root.
Ericaceae.
Rhododendron maximum L. Great Laurel, (Ec.) Leaves.
Kalmia latifolia L. Mountain Laurel, Calico Bush. (Ec.) (Horn.)
Leaves.
Oxydendron arboreum DC. Sour Wood, Sorrel Tree. (Ec.)
Leaves.
Epigaea repens L. Trailing Arbutus (Ec.) (Horn.) Leaves.
Gaultheria procumbens L. Winter Green. (Ec.) Leaves.
Arctostaphylos uva-ursi (L.) Spreng. {Uva-ursi.) Bearberry.
(U. S. P.) (Ec.) (Horn.) Leaves.
Vacciniaceae.
Gaylussacia frondosa T. & G. Blue Whortle Berry. (Ec.) Fruit
and root.
Gaylussacia resinosa T. & G. Black Huckleberry. (Ec.) Fruit
and root.
Oxycoccus macrocarpus (Ait.) Pers. {Vacciniuni macrocarpon Ait.)
(Ec.) Fruit and root.
Primulaceae.
Anagallis arvensis L. Red or Scarlet Pimpernel. (Ec.) Leaves.
Ebenales.
Ebenaceae.
Diospyros virginiana L. Persimmon. (Ec.) Bark and unripe
fruit.
8o The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 4,
Gentianales.
Oleaceae.
Fraxinus americana L. White Ash. (Ec.) (Horn.) Bark.
Fraxinus nigra Marsh. {F. sambucijolia Lam.) Black Ash. (Ec.)
Bark.
Chionanthus virginicus L. Fringe tree. (Ec.) Root hark.
Ligustrum vulgare L. Privet. (Ec.) Leaves.
Loganiaceae.
Spigelia marylandica L. Indian Pink. (U. S. P.) (Ec.) (Horn.)
Rhizome and roots.
Gentianaceae.
Sabbatia angularis Pursh. Rose Pink. (Ec.) Herb.
Gentiana crinita Froel. Fringed Gentian. (Ec.) Root.
Gentiana quinquefolia L. Ague Weed. (Ec.) Root.
Gentiana andrewsii Griseb. Closed or Blind Gentian. (Ec.)
Root.
Frasera caroliniensis Walt. American Colombo. (Ec.) (Hom.)
Root.
Menyanthaceae .
Menyanthes trifoliata L. Buck Bean, Bog Bean. (Ec.) (Hom.)
Leaves and rhizome.
Apocynaceae.
Vinca minor L. Periwinkle, Myrtle. (Ec.) Rhizome.
Apocynum androsaemifolium L. Spreading Dogbane. (Ec.)
Root collected in Autumn.
Apocynum cannabinum L. Indian Hemp. (U. S. P.) (Ec.)
(Hom.) Root collected in Autumn.
A sclepiadaceae .
Asclepias tuberosa L. Pleurisy Root. (Ec.) Root.
Asclepias incarnata L. Swamp Milkweed. (Ec.) Root.
Asclepias syriaca L. {A. cornuti Des.) Milkweed. (Ec.) Root.
Polemoniales.
Convolvulaceae.
Convolvulus arvensis L. Bindweed. (Hom.) Root, leaves and
jloivers.
Convolvulus scammonia L. Scammony. (U. S. P.) (Ec.) (Hom.)
Resinous exudation from the living root.
Polemoniaceae .
Polemonium reptans L. Greek Valerian. (Ec.) (Hom.) Root.
Hydrophyllaceae .
Hydrophyllum virginicum L. Water-leaf. (Hom.) Plant.
Feb., 1910.] Medicinal Plants of Ohio. 8i
Boraginaceae.
Cynoglossum officinale L. Hound's Tongue. (Ec.) (Horn.)
Leaves ami root.
Mertensia virginica DC. Virginian Lungwort. (Ec.) Leaves and
root.
Lithospermum officinale L. Common Gromwell, Wheat Thief.
(Ec.) Roots and seeds.
Lithospermum canescens Lehm. Yellow Puccoon. (Ec.)
Roots and seeds.
Onosmodium carolinianum (Lam.) DC. ShaggA' False Gromwell.
(Ec.) Roots and seeds.
Echium vulgare L. Viper's Bugloss. (Ec.) Leaves and root.
Symphytum officinale L, Comfrey. (Ec.) Root.
Verbenaceae.
Verbena urticaefolia L. White or Nettle-leaved Vervain. (Ec.)
(Horn.) Root.
Verbena hastata L. Blue Vervain. (Ec.) (Hom.) Root.
Labiatae.
Scutellaria lateriflora L. Mad-dog Skull-Cap. (U. S. P.) (Ec.)
(Hom.) Herb.
Marrubium vulgare L. Hoarhound. (U. S. P.) (Ec.) Leaves and
tops.
Nepeta cataria L. (Cataria vulgaris Moench). Catnip. Catmint.
(Ec.) (Hom.) Leaves and fioivering tops.
Glecoma hederacea L. {Nepeta glecoma Benth). Ground Ivy.
(Ec.) (Hom.) Plant.
Prunella vulgaris L. (Brunella vulgaris L.) Self-heal. (Ec.)
(Hom. J Herb.
Leonurus cardiaca L. Motherwort. (Ec.) Tops and leaves.
Lamium album L. White Dead-Nettie. (Hom.) Herb.
Salvia officinalis L. Sage cult. (U. S. P.) (Ec.) (Hom.) Leaves.
Salvia lyrata L. Lyre-leaved Sage. (Ec.) Leaves.
Monarda didyma L. Oswego Tea. (Ec.) Leaves and tops.
Monarda fistulosa L. Wild Bergamot. (Ec.) Leaves and tops.
Hedeoma pulegioides (L.) Pers. Pennyroyal. (U. S. P.) (Ec.)
(Hom.) Leaves and tops.
Melissa officinalis L. Bee Balm. (Ec.) (Hom.) Leaves and tops.
Origanum vulgare L. Wild Majorum. (Ec.) (Hom.) Herb.
Koellia pilosa (Nutt.) Britt. {Pycnanthemum pilosum Nutt.)
Basil. (Ec.j Herb.
Koellia incana (L.) Kuntze. {Pycnanthemum incanum Mx.)
Wild Basil. (Ec.) Leaves and tops.
Thymus vulgaris L. Thyme. (Ec.) (Hom.) Herb.
Cunila origanoides (L.) Britt. American Dittany. (Ec.) Herb.
Lycopus virginicus L. Bugle-weed. (Ec.) (Hom.) Herb.
82 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 4,
Mentha spicata L, (Af. viridis L.) Spearmint. (U. S. P.) (Ec.)
(Horn.) Leaves and flowering tops.
Mentha piperita Sm. Peppermint. (U. S. P.) (Ec.) (Hom.)
Leaves and floivering tops.
Collinsonia canadensis L. Horse-balm. (Ec.) (Hom.) Plant
with root.
Solanaceae.
Solanum nigrum L. Garden Nightshade. (Ec.) (Hom.) Shoots.
Solanum carohnense L. Horse-nettle. (Ec.) Root and fruit.
Solanum dulcamara L. Bitter sweet. (Ec.) (Hom.) Shoots.
Lycopersicon lycopersicon (L.) Karst. (L. escnlentum Millsp.)
Tomato. (Ec.) Young branches.
Lycium vulgare (Ait. f.) Dunal. Matrimony Vine. (Ec.) Young
branches.
Datura stramonium L. Jamestown Weed, Thorn Apple. (U. S. P.)
(Ec.i (Hom.j Seeds and leaves.
Nicotiana tabacum L. Tobacco cult. (Ec.) Leaves.
Scrophnlariaceae.
Verbascum thapsus L. Mullein. (Ec.) (Hom.) Leaves and tops.
Linaria linaria (L. ) Karst. (L. vulgaris Mill.) Snap Dragon.
Toad Flax. (Ec.) Plant.
Scorphularia marylandica L. (vS. nodosa var. marylandica Gra}-).
Figwort, Heal all. (Ec.) (Hom.) Leaves, tops and roots.
Chelone glabra L. Snakehead, Turtlehead. (Ec.) Herb.
Gratiola virginiana L. Hedge-hyssop. (Ec.) Entire plant.
Veronica officinalis L. Common Speedwell. (Ec.) Tops and leaves.
Veronica peregrina L. Purslane Speedwell. (Ec.) Tops and leaves.
Leptandra virginica "Nutt. Culver's-root. (U. S. P.) (Ec.) (Hom.)
RJiizoine and rootlets.
Digitalis purpurea L. Foxglove. (U. S. P.) (Ec.) (Hom.)
Leaves from plants of second year's growth.
Dasystoma pedicularia (L.) Benth. (Gerardia pedicularia L.)
False Foxglove. (Ec.) Herb.
Orobanchaceae.
Leptamnium virginianum (L.) Raf. {Orobanche virginiana L.)
Beech-drops. (Hom.) Fresh plant.
Bignoniaceae .
Tecoma radicans (L.) DC. Trumpet-flower. (Hom.) Root.
Catalpa catalpa (L.) Karst. Catalpa. (Ec.) Bark.
Plantaginiales.
Plantaginiaceae .
Plantago major L. Plantain. (Ec.) (Hom.) Roots and leaves.
Plantago lanceolata L., P. cordata Lam. and P. arenaria Wald.
& K. Plantain. (Ec.) Roots and leaves.
Feb., 1910.] Medicinal Plants of Ohio. 83
Rubiales.
Rubiaceae.
Cephalanthus occidentalis L. Button-bush. (Ec.) Ba^-k.
Mitchella repens L. Partridge Berry. (Ec.) (Horn.) Plant.
Galium aparine L. Cleavers. Bed straw. (Ec.) (Horn.) Herb.
Galium triflorum Mx., G. circaezans Mx., G. tinctorium L. and G.
trifidum L. (Ec.) Herb.
Caprijoliaceae.
Sambucus canadensis L. Elder. (Ec.) (Horn.) Inner bark and
floiuers.
Viburnum opulus L. Cranberrv-tree. (U. S. P.) (Ec.) (Horn.)
Bark.
Viburnum prunifolium L. Black Haw. (U. S. P.) (Ec.) (Hom.)
Bark.
Triosteum perfoliatum L. Fever-wort. (Ec.) (Hom.) Bark of root.
Triosteum augustifolium L. Narrow-leaved Horse Gentian. (Ec.)
Bark of root.
Lonicera caprifolium L. Italian HoncA'-suckle. (Ec.) Flowers.
Diervilla diervilla (L.) MacM. Btish Honey-suckle. (Ec.) Root
and leaves.
Valerianales.
Valerianaceae.
Valeriana officinalis L. Garden Valerian. (U. S. P.) (Ec.) (Hom.)
Rhizome.
Dipsacaceae .
Dipsacus sylvestris Huds. Wild Teasel. (Hom,) Fresh plant
in jloiver.
Campanulales.
Cucurbitaceae .
Cucurbita pepo L. Pumpkin cult. (U. S. P.) (Ec.) (Hom.) Seed.
Cucurbita maxima Duchesne. Gourd cult. (Ec.) Seed.
Cucumis sativus L. Cucumber cult. (Ec.) Seed.
Campaniilaceae.
Lobelia cardinalis L. Cardinal Flower. (Ec.) (Hom.) Leaves
and tops.
Lobelia syphilitica L. Great Lobelia. (Ec.) (Hom.) Leaves
and tops.
Lobelia inflata L. Indian Tobacco. (U. S. P.) (Ec.) (Hom.)
Leaves and tops.
Lobelia kalmii L. Brook or Kalm's Lobelia. (Ec.) Leaves and
tops.
84 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 4,
Cichoriaceae.
Cichorium intybus L. Chicory. (Ec.) Root.
Taraxacum taraxacum (L.) Karst. (T. officinale Weber). (U. S. P.)
(Ec.) (Horn.) Root.
Lactuca virosa L. and other species of uncultivated Lettuce.
(U. S. P.j (Ec.) (Horn.) Flowering herb.
Lactuca sativa L. Garden Lettuce. (Horn.) Stalk.
Hieracium venosum L. Hawkweed. Rattlesnake Weed. (Ec.)
Root and leaves.
Hieracium scabrum Mx. Rough Hawkweed. (Ec.) Root and
leaves.
Hieracium gronovii L. Hairy Hawkweed. (Ec.) Root and leaves.
Nabalus albus Hook. Rattlesnake Root. (Ec.) (Hom.) Plant.
Anibrosiaceae.
Xanthium spinosum L. Spiny Clot-bur. (Ec.) (Hom.) Plant.
Ambrosia trifida L. Great Ragweed, Horse Weed. (Ec.) Leaves.
Ambrosia artemisiaefolia L. Ragweed. (Ec.) Leaves.
Compositae.
Vernonia noveboracensis (L.) Willd. IronAveed. (Ec.) Root.
Vernonia fasciculata Mx. Iron-weed. (Ec.) Root.
Eupatorium purpureum L. Joe-Pye-weed. (Ec.) (Hom.) Root.
Eupatorium sessilifolium L. Upland Boneset. (Ec.) Root.
Eupatorium perfoliatum L. Boneset. (U. S. P.) (Ec.) (Hom.)
Leaves and flowering tops.
Eupatorium ageratoides L. White Snake-root. (Ec.) Root.
Lacinaria squarrosa (L.) Hill. {Liatris squarrosa Willd.) Blazing
Star. (Hom.)' Root.
Grindelia squarrosa (Ph.) Dunal. Broad-leaved Gum Plant.
(U. S. P.) (Ec.) (Hom.) Leaves and flowering tops.
Chrysopsis graminifolia (Mx.) Nutt. Grass-leaved Golden Aster.
(Ec.) Leaves and blossoms.
Solidago serotina gigantea (Ait.) A. Gr. Golden Rod. (Ec.) (Hom.)
Leaves and blossoms.
Solidago rigida L. Rigid Golden Rod. (Ec.) (Hom.) Leaves
and blossoms.
Aster cordifolius L. Heart-leaved Aster. (Ec.) Root.
Aster novae-angliae L. New England Aster. (Ec.) Root.
Aster puniceus L. Purple stemmed Aster. (Ec.) Root.
Erigeron philadelphicus L. Daisy Fleabane. (Ec.) Plant.
Erigeron annuus (L.) Pers. Sweet Scabious. (Ec.) Plant.
Leptilon canadense (L.) Britt. (Erigeron canadense L.) Canada
Flealjane. (Ec.) (Hom.) Plant.
Antennaria plantaginifolia (L.) Rich. (Ec.) Leaves.
Gnaphalium obtusifolium L. Sweet or White Balsam. (Ec.)
(Hom.) Herb.
Feb., 1910.] Medicinal Plants of Ohio. 85
Inula helenium L. Elecampane. (U. S. P.) (Ec.) (Horn.) Root.
Polymnia uvedalia L. Bear's-foot, Leaf-cup. (Ec.j (Horn.) Root.
Silphium perfoliatum L. Cup-plant. (Ec.) Root.
Rudbeckia laciniata L. Tall or Green-headed Cone Flower. (Ec.)
Herb.
Brauneria purpurea (L.) Britt. {Rudbeckia purpurea L.) Purple
Cone-flower. (Ec.) Root.
Helianthus annuus L. Sun Flower. (Ec.) (Horn.) Seeds and stems.
Helianthus tuberosus L. Jerusalem Artichoke. (Ec.) Seeds and
stems.
Verbesina virginica L, Crown Beard. (Ec.) Leaves and tops.
Verbesina helianthoides Nutt. {Actinomeris helianthoides Nutt.)
Stmflower Crown beard. (Ec.) Seeds and stems.
Bidens cernua L., B. connata Willd., B. frondosa L. and B.
bipinnata L. Spanish Needles, Beggar's Ticks. (Ec.) Root
and seeds.
Helenium autumnale L. Sneeze-weed. (Ec.) Plant.
Helenium tenuifolium Nutt. Five-leaved Sneeze-weed. (Ec.)
Plant.
Achillea millefolium L. Yarrow. (Ec.) (Hom.) Plant.
Anthemis cotula L. (Maruta cotula DC.) Mavweed, Dog Fennel.
(Ec.) Herb.
Anthemis arvensis L. Corn or Field Chamomile (Ec.) Flower
heads.
Matricaria chamomilla L. German Chamomile. (U. S. P.) (Ec.)
Flower heads.
Tanacetum vulgare L. Tansy. (U. S. P.) (Ec.) (Hom.) Leaves
and tops.
Artemisia vulgaris L. Common Mugwort. (Ec.) Root.
Tussilago farfara L. Colt's Foot. (Hom.) Plant.
Erechtites hieracifolia (L.) Raf. Fire weed. (Ec.) (Hom.) Plant
and oil.
Senecio obovatus Muhl. Golden Ragwort. (Ec.) Herb.
Senecio aureus L. Golden Ragwort. (Ec.) (Hom.) Herb.
Arctium lappa L. Burdock. (U. S. P.) (Ec.) (Hom.) Roots.
Carduus arvensis L. Robs. (Cirsiwn arvense Scop.) Canada
Thistle. (Ec.) Root.
Centaurea cyanus L. Corn flower. (Ec.) Leaves and flowering
heads.
86 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 4,
A LIST OF THE FERNS OF MAHONING COUNTY WITH
SPECIAL REFERENCE TO MILL CREEK PARK.
Earnest W. Vickers.
Lying toward the north-eastern corner of the state and
belonging to a group known as the Highland Counties of Ohio,
Mahoning presents variations of soil and surface which find
natural expression in its flora.
The erosions of the Mahoning River which flows up the west
side of the County and again down across the north-east corner,
as well as numerous smaller streams have left steep banks, glens,
ledges and cliffs and in the case of Mill Creek — which gives the
park its name — at Lautermain Falls, near Youngstown, a gorge
has been cut seventy-three feet in depth.
It is in these places that the rock loving ferns find congenial
habitat. There are rich wet woods — remnants of noble forests —
where the sylvan groups are well represented; while swamps of
greater or less area are scattered over the county where ferns of
the marsh or bog flourish.
In its remarkably varied character in such small compass,
Mill Creek Park represents the whole county so faithfully that
the botanist may expect, and without disappointment, to find
therein almost a complete living index to the fern flora of
Mahoning County.
The ferns listed below have been verified by Prof. J. H.
Schaffner and are represented by specimens deposited in the
State Herbarium at- Columbus, Ohio.
Polypodium vulgare L. Common Polypody. Commonest on
rocks and ledges, its natural home, but also found on stumps
and logs.
Phegopteris polypodioides Fee. Long Beech Fern. Appears to
be well distributed growing on high banks and on sandstone
ledges, not so abundant as the next species which is frequently
found growing with it. Abundant in Mill Creek Park and along
the Mahoning River in Berlin Township.
Phegopteris hexagonoptera (Mx.) Broad Beech Fern.
Common evervwhere in moist shady woods.
Adiantum- pedatum L. Maiden-hair Fern. Everywhere and
common .
Pteris aquilina L. Common Brake. Common. Wherever
found there is a generous colonv preempting the ground.
Asplenium pinnatifidum Nutt. Pinnatifid Spleenwort. July
18, 1909, while carefully searching the cliffs in Mill Creek Park
near Lautermain Falls, the writer discovered this rare species.
This is at once the most eastern and northern station for this
Feb., 1910.] List of Ferns of Mahoning County. 87
fern in the state. Originally but one block, the operation of man,
first in building the now abandoned grist mill and more recently
the high bridge across Mill Creek Gorge, has cut it up into three
approximate stations containing in all a little over two hundred
plants. The stream flows about east and west at this point and
the ferns all grow on the north side. Forked fronds and those
with pinnules elongated beyond the middle were found.
Asplenium trichomanes L. Maiden-hair Spleenwort. Found
principally along ledges in Mill Creek Park, although it grows in
similar locations along the Mahoning River.
Asplenium platyneuron (L.) Mill Creek Park, along the
Mahoning and in wooded and rockv slopes.
Asplenium montanum Willd. Mountain Spleenwort. So far
but one station and that quite restricted for this somewhat rare
Ohio fern: "Standing Rock" in the Mahoning River in Berlin
township. This curious boat-shaped sand-stone rock has been
eroded free from a jutting "bogi back" through the united action
of the river and a tributary, and stands a picturesque mass 15
to 20 ft. high, 82 ft. long, 27 wide at base and 7 to 12 ft. wide at
top. And in the crannies of its fractured sides from 150 to 175
plants cling in flourishing condition.
Thus far diligent search has failed to extend the distribution
either in the neighborhood of this rock or elsewhere in the countv.
Asplenium angustifolium Mx. Narrow-leaved Spleenwort.
So far its title to a place in this list rests on a single sterile plant
growing in low moist woods in Ellsworth Township. During
several years of watching it has failed to put forth a fertile frond.
Asplenium acrostichoides Sw. Silvery Spleenwort. Rather
common in its distribution over the comity.
Asplenium filix-foemina. Lady Fern. As common in distribu-
tion as in variation.
Camptosorus rhizophyllus (L.) Walking Fern. Abundant
on rocky walls of Mill Creek Park. Grows in similar situations
along the Mahoning.
Polystichum acrostichoides (Mx.) Christmas Fern. Found
everywhere in the county.
Aspidium thelypteris (L.) Marsh Fern. One of the com-
monest ferns, found in marshy places, wet pastures, woods, etc.
Aspidium noveboracense (L.) New York Fern. As delicate
in design as in its exquisite shade of green. In damp woods, wet
pastures, shaded ravines or on wooded banks, in which two
latter places it attains highest perfection. Often found growing
with the last mentioned and is abundant in the county.
Aspidium cristatum L. Crested Fern. Of general distribu-
tion though it does not form dense clumps or banks like some
other ferns and so does not appear so abundant.
88 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 4,
Aspidium marginale (L.) Marginal shield Fern. Common on
ledges or on steep wooded hill sides and even low wet wood lands.
Aspidium spinulosum intermedium. Muhl. Common in woods
as well as in the deep ravines and on wet rocks of Mill Creek Park
and similar situations along the Mahoning. Annoyingly various
but nothing approaching specific types has yet been found.
Cystopteris fagilis (L). Fragile Bladder Fern. As common
in all situations as it is various in form. In low woods as well as
on cliffs and rocks.
Dicksonia punctilobula (Mx.) Hay scented Fern, Boulder
Fern. This graceful delicate green fern may be considered
quite common in this county, attaining perfection in i-ich
shadv woods as well as on wet shaded rocks and cliffs, in which
last location like the Bladder Fern its fronds become much
elongated and elegantly tapered.
Onoclea sensibilis L. Sensitive Fern. Common in woods,
thickets and pastures everywhere. Some seasons there appears
a riot of that sportive so-called variety obtusilobata appearing to
illustrate the evolution or intermarriage of sterile and fertile
fronds. When they abound one season you search for them the
following year in vain.
Osmunda regalis L. Flowering Fern. Found to some extent
in wet woods and swamps.
Osmunda cinnamomea L. Cinnamon Fern. In swamps and
wet pastures, though not common as in the tamarack bogs of
some places in this corner of the state; a bog of this kind in
Boardman Township having been destroyed.
Osmunda claytoniana L. Not abundant, though it may be
found generally distributed.
Ophioglossum vulgatum (L). Adder's Tongue. For this
plant the writer has two stations in the county viz: Jackson
Township, June 9, 1900, where it has not been rediscovered, and
Ellsworth Township, June 13, 1909. This plant being so readily
overlooked is doubtless more common than would seem.
Botrychium obliquum Muhl. Grape Fern and var. dissectum.
Their common form grows everywhere in woods and pasture and
spring together as if from a common root.
Botrychium virginianum (L). More abundant than the last.
The size attained depending upon the moist richness of the woods
wdiere heavy shade is a factor.
With the exception of Asplenium angustifolium, Asplenium
montanum, and Ophioglossum vulgatum, I have found all of the
above in Mill Creek Park, and probably two of the three will yet
be found there.
Date of Publication, February 15, 1910.
I'he Ohio Naturalist,
PUBLISHED BY
The Biological Club of the Ohio Slate Uni'versily,
Volume X. MARCH, 1910, No.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Lamb — Peimsylvanian Lime.^tones of Northwestern Ohio below the Lower
Kittanning Coal 89
Jennings— A Supplementary Description of Cerastium arvense Webbii Jennings . . . 136
PENNSYLVANIAN LIMESTONES OF NORTHEASTERN OHIO
BELOW THE LOWER KITTANNING COAL.
G. F. Lamb.
INTRODUCTION
In the Lower Coal measures of Pennsylvania and Ohio there
occur certain beds of Limestone whose outcrop is known to be
more or less continuous around the northern, the northwestern,
and the western border of the Appalachian coal basin. This is
true more particularly of those limestones occurring below the
horizon of the Lower Kittanning coal. This coal with its com-
panion, the famous Middle Kittanning coal, constitutes a band
which, for extent, continuity, importance, and distinctness, is
perhaps second to none in the belt of the Lower Coal measures.
This band divides the Lower Coal Measure limestones into two
groups — those below the Kittanning Coals and those above them.
The purpose of this paper is a discussion of the Limestones
below these well known coals. Accordingly for definiteness and
convenience of reference the line is drawn at the base of the Lower
Kittanning coal.
REVIEW OF LITERATURE.
For our present knowledge of these limestones as they occur
in the State of Pennsylvania, we are indebted chiefly to H. D.
Rogers, H. Martyn Chance, L C. White, and F. G. Clapp. Rogers
in 1858 in his general section of the bituminous coal field of Penn-
sylvania (the section beginning in Mercer and ending in Greene
County) gives only two limestones below the Lower Kittanning
Coal. The lower one of 2 feet thickness he names the Mercer
Limestone. [Geol. Penn. Vol. II, Part I, p. 476.] On the next
page of the same report he gives another limestone — Mahoning
Limestone — as forming the top of the Tionesta Group. On
another page he states as follows:
IlxjI library)
go The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 5,
"* * * * in the neighborhood of Xew Castle on the Beaver
River, another limestone bed, the Mahoning Limestone, 2 feet
thick, is interposed immediately under the Tionesta sandstone;"
[Geol. Penn. Vol. II, Part I p. 489.]
Of the Ferriferous Limestone, which is the first one below the
Lower Kittanning Coal, he states that it is so called because in
many localities a valuable deposit of iron ore rests directly upon
it. At New Castle he says this limestone rests upon the " Scrub-
grass Coal-bed," the latter having a maximum thickness of 20
inches. (Geol. Penn. Vol. II, Part I, p. 491.]
In 1875 in his report on Beaver Valley, H. Martyn Chance
states as follows:
"Both of the Mercer limestones were seldom seen in one
locality one or the other generally being absent, and it is often
difficult to tell to which of the two the one noted should be re-
ferred— the upper Mercer Limestone usually occurring at 90
to 115 feet beneath that stratum." (Ferriferous limestone.)
[Sec. Geol. Sur. Pa. Vol. V. p. ISO.]
In his report on Mercer County in 1878 under the head of
The Upper Mercer Limestone , I. C. White writes as follows con-
cerning that strattmi:
"This is the ' Mahoning Limestone of Rogers ' who recognized
it on the Mahoning River, but not in Mercer County, where in
fact it can only be seen at a few localities." [Sec. Geol. Sur.
Pa., Rep. Prog. 1878 Q. 0. Q. Geol. Mercer County, p. 36.]
The same writer further says that in the southeast part of
Shenango Township (the southwestern township of Mercer
County and adjacent to Ohio), the Mercer Loiver Limestone is
here seen in two layers (a character which it often exhibits), the
upper one 2 feet thick and the lower one 6 inches. There does
not appear to be any separating material, not even the thinnest
shale, but the layers appear to be in immediate contact, and
both are richly fossiliferous ; species of Spirifer. Prodiictus, and
Crinoids being especially numerous. [Geol. Sur. Q. Q. Q. p. 97.]
Discussing the ferriferous limestone in his report on Butler
County, Chance makes this statement of it:
"In Ohio, except at Lowell ville, on the Mahoning, where it
exhibits its usual character, it is much thinner than in Pennsyl-
vania, and, compared to its value in the latter state, is worth but
little, either as a limestone or as an iron ore carrier. Its outcrop
enters Ohio near the Mahoning river." [Geol. Sur. Pa. Report
of Progress V, p. 142. 1878.]
In a bulletin prepared by F. G. Clapp and issued by the U. S.
Geol. Sur. in 1904 on the "Limestones of Southwestern Pennsyl-
vania," the ferriferous limestone is somewhat fully treated in an
economic wa3^ He renamed it the Vanport Limestone from typi-
cal outcrops at Vanport on the Ohio River in Beaver County,
Mar., 1910.] Pennsylvanian Limestones. 91
Pennsylvania. [U. S. Geol. Sur. Bui. 249, p. 37.] This is clear-
ly a better name than Ferriferous and it will doubtless prevail.
He has mapped its outcrop in that state and shows it present up
the Ohio, the Beaver, and the Mahoning Rivers, and that it is
the thick limestone found in the hill tops at Bessemer, Hillsville
and entering Ohio at Lowellville.
It is apparent from this brief review of Pennsylvania geology
bearing on this lower group of limestone in that part of Penn-
sylvania adjacent to Ohio, that there are but three limestone
so far observed. They are the Lower Mercer, Upper Mercer,
and Vanport Limestones, the first two being named from out-
crops near Mercer, Mercer County, Pennsylvania.
In Ohio we are indebted very largely to E. B. Andrews, J. S.
Newberry, and Edward Orton for our present knowledge of the
occurrence, the character, and the strata associated with the
limestones considered in this paper. So often have they des-
cribed and spoken of them in the Reports of the Ohio Geological
Survey that indeed the names of these limestones — Lower
Mercer, Upper Mercer, Putnam Hill, and Ferriferous, are quite
familiar to every one at all conversant with Ohio geology. The
first two and last of these names are of Pennsylvania origin as
already noted. The third, or Putnam Hill, is a name of Ohio
origin and was given by Andrews in 1869 to a conspicuous stra-
tum of limestone typically exposed in the above hill at the
foot of which nestles the city of Zanesville. [Ohio Geol. Sur.
Rep. of Prog. 1869.] When Andrews named this stratum the
other names did not exist in Ohio nomenclature, as it appears
only one of the other three limestones was noticed. That
stratum has since been considered the Lower Mercer and seen
in the river bed at Zanesville. It does not appear, so far as the
writer is aware, that these limestones observed at Zanesville
were at first even suspected of being the same strata found
beyond the Pennsylvania line. Later however these strata were
traced northward through Muskingum, Coshocton, Tuscarawas,
and Stark Counties, and the Putnam Hill found to be the prin-
cipal limestone stratum but apparently disappearing from
the section north eastward from central Stark County. The
Lower or Blue Limestone, as it is usually called, was named the
Zoar Limestone 1878 by Newberry from the typical exposures
near Zoar in Tuscarawas County. [Ohio Geol. Sur. Vol. Ill,
p. 60.] But this stratum was later regarded as identical with
the Lower Mercer in Pennsylvania and the latter having priority
the name Zoar is discontinued.
In his discussion of Coal No. 4 under the head of "The Car-
boniferous System of Ohio," Newberry in 1874 states that:
"Throughout the greater part of the belt of outcrop of the
Lower Coal Measures in Ohio, at a distance varying from 20 to
92 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 5,
C)0 feet above Coal No. 3 another coal, another limestone, and
another ore bed are found. ****** Where the interval between
the limestones is considerable, two and sometimes three coal
seams are found between them." (Ohio Geol. Sur. Vol. II,
p. 139.]
The writer questions the interval of 20 feet between the Lower
or Blue Limestone (which is probably the Lower Mercer) and
the Putnam Hill. There are other limestones between these two
which Newberry so far has not reckoned with and it seems
■quite probable that where an interval of much less than 90 feet
'■occurs another stratum is met.
In his report on Stark County [Ohio Geol. Sur. \'ol. Ill, pp.
151-176] Newberry nowhere mentions the presence of more
than two limestones below the Lower Kittanning Coal. He
regularly regards the upper one of the two given as the Putnam
Hill, and the lower one, the Lower or Blue Limestone. There is
evidently mistaken identification as will appear later in the
detail study to follow.
One county remains to be considered which will complete a
belt of territory extending from Muskingum Coiinty, Ohio, to
southwestern Mercer County, Pennsylvania, in which belt the
lower group of limestones occurs. The last link is Mahoning
County. In his report on this county Newberry notes the pres-
'Cnce of four limestones below the Lower Kittanning Coal as
indicated in the "Section at Lowell" [Ohio Geol. Sur. Vol. Ill,
■opposite p. 804.] Near Youngstown three limestones are indi-
cated as present [Ohio Geol. Sur. Vol. Ill, p. 803]. The upper one of
these is certainly a new stratum and not in the ' ' Section at Lowell ' '
.as will be shown later. On Indian Creek in Canfield Township
lie notes the presence of two limestones and designates the asso-
ciated coals as "No. 3 and 3a," which would indicate that he
regarded the lower limestone as the Lower or Blue Limestone.
This identification will be considered later.
In his report on Coshocton County, Read notes a limestone
between the "Blue" or "Zoar," and the "Gray" or "Putnam
Hill," and near the former. [Ohio Geol. Sur. Vol. Ill, p. 567.]
Andrews appears to have observed another limestone near the
Zoar or Lower Mercer in northern Muskingum County. He also
notes a thin limestone above the Putnam Hill at Zanesville.
[Ohio Geol. Sur. Vol. Ill, p. 823.] Orton also notes a limestone
30 to 40 feet above the Zoar in Vinton and Hocking counties,
which he names the " Gore Limestone" in 1878, apparently from
a village in north-eastern Hocking County. [Ohio Geol. Sur.
Vol. Ill, p. 898.] Thus in 1878 a limestone occuring between the
Lower Mercer and the Putnam Hill was recognized in rather
widely separated places.
Mar., 1910.] Pennsylvanian Limestones. 93
In 18S4 Dr. Orton in a discussion of the " Stratigraphical
Order" gives the fullest account of the Lower Coal Measure
Limestones yet to appear. He here correlates the Gore Lime-
stone with the Upper Mercer of Pennsylvania and regards the
limestone found between the Lower Mercer and Putnam Hill in
the different counties as identical with the Upper Mercer. He
states that:
"It everywhere lacks the remarkable steadiness and contin-
uity of the Lower Mercer, but in all other respects it is almost
the exact counterpart of that well-marked stratum. It has, in
the main, the same chemical composition, the same color, and
other physical properties, and also the same fossils. In many
instances the limestones can be distinguished only by their
stratigraphical order." [Ohio Geol. Sur. Vol. V, p. 15.]
In discussing the Ferriferous Limestone, Dr. Orton says of it,
" * * * * there are still unsettled questions as to its westward
extension through a number of counties."
"From the eastern side of Mahoning County, to the center of
Perry County, the Ferriferous Limestone is either feebly devel-
oped and obscure or is altogether wanting. But in this very
interval where the Ferriferous Limestone has grown weak and
uncertain, another limestone of the same general character is
found, which completely bridges the chasm and by means of
which we are able to maintain the unity of the series unbroken.
This is the Gray limestone of Newberry and the original Putnam
Hill of Andrews."
" * * * * The Putnam Hill limestone underlies the Ferriferous
by 15 to 50 feet. The usual interval may be counted 30 feet.
" * * * * The Putnam Hill limestone is from 25 to 50 feet above
the Upper Mercer Limestone ****." [Ohio Geol. Sur. Vol. V,
pp. 19-21.]
In a report in 1906 dealing with the limestones of Ohio, Ed-
ward Orton, Jr., and S. V. Peppel review these Coal Measure
Limestones and make the following statement regarding the
Putnam Hill:
"It is very close, stratigraphically, to the Ferriferous Lime-
stone, a very important bed. The area occupied by the two does
not overlap, so far as the knowlegde of the writers extends. At
the point where the Ferriferous is present, the Putnam Hill is
not likely to be found, and vice versa. Both stones lie close below
the Lower Kittanning or No. 5 coal, but they are probably strati-
graphically distinct." [Ohio Geol. Sur. Vol. IX, Bull. 4, p. 173.]
Of the Ferriferous Limestone, the same writers state that:
"In stratigraphical position, the Feniferous belongs a short
distance above the Putnam Hill Limestone and from twenty to
forty feet below the Lower Kittanning coal. This places it near
the bottom of the Allegheny formation.
94 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 5,
" * * * * Toward the southwest (from Lowellville) the forma-
tion becomes more and more sparing in its exposures, and thin-
ner, until in southwestern Stark County and northeastern Tus-
carawas County it disappears, and the Putnam Hill Limestone
comes in on nearly the same horizon, but stratigraphically dis-
tinct." [Ohio Geol. Sur. Vol. IX, Bull. 4, p. 17-1.]
From this brief review of the literature on these limestones
it is quite apparent that three limestones are recognized in
Western Pennsylvania below the Lower Kittanning Coal, and
in Ohio four are recognized below the same horizon. In the
former state the Lower Mercer and Vanport are the more
important stratigraphical horizons; in the latter state the
Lower Mercer and the Putnam Hill have that distinction. It is
also apparent that uncertainty characterizes the present knowl-
edge of the presence and character of the westward extension
of the Vanport limestone from eastern Mahoning County, and
likewise the eastward extension of the Putnam Hill from Central
Stark County. The Lower Mercer is regarded as the unfailing
limestone from Mercer County, Pennsylvania, to Zanesville,
and as the lowest and earliest limestone in the Lower Coal
Measures. The Upper Mercer is conceded to be present in
many places, but by no means so regularly present as the Lower
Meixer.
SURFACE, STREAMS, AND ELEVATIONS.
From central and southern Stark County southwestward, it
would appear from the Ohio Reports that these limestones are
fairly well known and the same can be said of them on the eastern
line of the state. But 'from central Stark County to the Pennsyl-
vania line they are not well known. Consequently a somewhat
careful examination has been made of this territory covering
an extent of about fifty miles. Of the region examined all but
a little in southern Stark County is deeply drift covered, and
only now and then can the strata be seen to emerge from the
drift inantle save along streams and even here long intervals
often occur between meager outcrops.
From west to east the following streams and tributaries
have been examined for outcrops of the above limestones:
Nimishillen Creek, Mahoning River, Island Creek, Little Mill
Creek, Turkey Broth, Meander Creek, McMahon Run, Diehl
Creek, Mill Creek, Neff Run, Indian Creek, Yellow Creek, Burgess
Run, and Furnace Rvm, all of which are shown on the accom-
panying map of Stark and Mahoning Counties.
Elevation wall be seen to be an exceedingly important factor
in obtaining the I'esults of this investigation and it is constantly
employed in determinations. The elevations given were ob-
tained bv level from elevations indicated in the field bv the
Mar., 1910.] Pennsylvanian Limestones. 95
United States Geological Survey, from railroad elevations, and
in a few cases from topographical maps. In every case the
elevation given below will be understood to mean the elevation of
the top of the stratum named, and intervals between strata will
be understood to mean between their tops unless otherwise
explained.
Other strata associated with the limestones receive attention
only in so far as they add interest to the setting and identity of
the limestones in different places, or when well-known horizons
are exhibited and call for brief recognition.
DESCRIPTION OF SECTIONS.
Nim ish ilk ; i Valley .
Hoivenstein. In the valley of the Nimishillen about six miles
south of Canton and about four miles north from the county
line good outcrops of limestones are fotmd near the village of
Howenstein. A rather long section is afforded here since the
valley is narrow and deep and the hills rather high. Almost
every foot of the strata may be seen from the Lower Mercer Lime-
stone in the bed of the stream up to thirty feet or more above
the Middle Kittanning Coal. At Howenstein a limestone is
found in the creek bed but cannot be seen well here. At Mr.
John Shew's Mill a half mile below the village the limestone is
still found in the stream bed.
A wall under the mill is constructed of this stratum lifted from
the stream bed and the thickness is seen to be 10 to 12 inches.
It is reported by Mr. Shew to be one foot or a little over and lifts
in two layers. It is underlain by a thin coal and is dark gray
in color weathering to a yellowish gray. Segments of crinoid
stems and brachiopods constitute the fossils seen. The lime-
stone can be seen some distance below the mill in the creek bed.
Above the railroad on the west side of the stream occurs a
second limestone which is undoubtedly the Upper Mercer as will
appear from sections to follow. This point is about ijOO yards
below the mill, and the interval from top to top where measured
is 28 feet which is greater than the usual interval between these
limestones. The interval is usually 20 to 25 feet. At this out-
crop the Upper Mercer is l-l inches thick and in one layer. In
other characters it is practically like the lower limestone. Four
hundred yards above the mill and on the west side of the railroad
this stratum is seen to be 21 inches thick and resting upon 18
inches of coal. It is also seen to rise and fall, or undulate and is
certainly considerably less than 28 feet above the lower limestone,
probably less than 20 feet in places. It can be seen at a number
of points along the railroad up to Howenstein where it is seen at
several points on the east side of the creek in the bank above
gS The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 5,
the dugway. At the south end of the dugway, or highway cut,
it appears at the same level as where last seen on the west side
near the railroad switch below Howenstein a few hundred yards.
It may be noted in passing that the Upper Mercer coal
thickens here to about 3 feet and a mine has been opened in it
a quarter of a mile below Howenstein.
The overlying limestone is also removed. This is the only
mine met with in the territory covered opened in this coal ; it
nowhere else was found reaching this thickness.
Near the north end of the highway cut the Upper Mercer
limestone is well exposed beside the roadway. It occurs in two
layers, the lower layer being very totigh, bluish gray and 23 inches
thick. The upper layer is brownish, coarser grained, contains
considerable iron ore, and is 10 inches thick. The two layers
thicken and thin at the expense of each other. No coal is found
under it.
At this ovitcrop a ravine trenches the hillside, and in this
ravine two or three rods above the roadway another stratum of
limestone is found at 22 feet 7 inches above the Upper Mercer
limestone, and 15 inches thick. It is blue-black, very tough,
and in one layer. It can be seen all along the bank above the
roadway, but concretionary rather than as a continuous stratum.
Coaly shale and fire clay underlie it. Northeast of the creek
bridge at Howenstein about 200 yards and beside the hill road it
mav be seen in the run bed for several rods where it occurs in
a definite bed showing decided undulation. This stratum is not
the Putnam Hill limestone as might be thought. It is too near
the Upper Mercer, and too far below the Lower Kittaning Coal,
besides the Putnam Hill is present in the section at its proper
horizon. It is clearlv a new element not before recos^nized.
Again, it is not merely a local development but is found nearly
to the state-line as will appear in descriptions to follow.
Having to deal with it repeatedly the writer names it the
Hoivenstein limestone. At the south end of the highway cut and
near the bridge the Howenstein limestone lies at 991 feet above
sea, and 21 feet above rail at Howenstein depot. From this
elevation the Upper Mercer is seen to lie at about 967 above,
and the Lower Mercer at about 939.
In the hill-side ravine spoken of above and sixty feet above
the Howenstein limestone a fourth limestone occurs at lOol
feet above sea. This is undoubtedly the Putnam Hill which is
here 2 feet, 8 inches thick and resting upon a bed of coal. Being
only partially exposed the thickness was not obtained. Two
miles up the Nimishillen this coal lies in two benches and is 4
feet thick capped b}^ the same limestone. As seen in the above
ravine this limestone is rather a dark gray, weathering to a gray
or a yellow-gray. It is very tough and lies in one layer. Crinoid
Mar., 1910.] Pennsylvanian Limestones. 97
stems and brachiopods were the only fossils noted. In general
appearance it is not enough unlike the Mercer limestones to dis-
tinguish between them readily. But the Howenstein can be easily
distinguished from either of the others by its much darker color.
A fourth of a mile east of this outcrop and on the hill-road
a little above the point where it emerges from the woods, the hori-
zon of the Putnam Hill is marked in the roadway by fireclay
and coal blossom which lies 64 feet above the Howenstein lime-
stone as seen below beside the hill road. A few hundred yards
further to the east and to the right of the road and on the farm
of Mr. John Shertzer the Lower Kittanning coal is well exposed
in a clay pit at 1125 feet above sea.
It is three feet thick and is underlain by about 20 feet of fire-
clay. The top of this coal lies about 73 feet above the Putnam
Hill limestone. 39 feet below the toj^ of this coal a bed of fire-
clay occurs which marks the horizon of the Vanport limestone at
1086 feet above the sea. The limestone does not appear at this
point but about four hundred yards north of the Shertzer barn
in a ravine in the edge of the woods the limestone was found and
at 39 feet below the top of the above coal. The limestone as
found here does not exceed S inches thickness, is of a dark gray
color, weathers to a rusty-brown, and is sparingly fossiliferous.
It may be noted here that the Middle Kittanning coal is 3
feet, to 3 feet S inches thick and lies at 1160 above sea.
North Industry. At the head of the gorge of the Nimishillen
and about 3^ miles below Canton is the village of North Industry.
Outcrops of limestone are numerous in this vicinity and all five
are again found with ease especially the four lower ones. The top
of the rail at the depot lies at 998 feet above sea, and directly
above the station in the old shale quarry the Putnam Hill may
be seen at 59 feet above rail or 1057 feet above sea. Here as else-
where in the valley of the Nimishillen it is an unmistakable hori-
zon. It is 4 feet thick in places and possesses practically the
same characters as in the preceding section. 2 inches of shale
separate it from the 18 inch coal underlying it. The Howenstein
limestone is due at about the level of the depot but is not seen
there. A short distance below the station along the tracks it is
imperfectly exposed. Opposite the station and near water level
in the creek, occurs the lowest limestone visible in this immediate
locality. It lies 78 feet below the Putnam Hill at the highest
point observed, or at 979 above sea. It will exceed the interval
of 78 feet, however, by several feet as it is observed to sink
beneath the stream. This is undoubtedly the Upper Mercer
or the second limestone noted at Howenstein. As seen here it is
21 inches thick, in three layers and much ironstained, the upper
layer of 3 inches thickness being heavily charged with iron ore.
Sandy shale underlies it.
98 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 5,
A typical section for this region may be found about f of a
mile below. Beside the residence of Amanda Stallman a deep
ravine exposes the four lower limestones. Well up the hillside
the Putnam Hill is found with a thickness of 3J feet resting upon
coal partially exposed. Forty-four feet below its top occurs
the Howenstein 1 foot, 9 inches thick tougher and much bluer
than the Putnam Hih. Twenty-one feet, 6 inches below the
t;op of the Howenstein lies the Upper Mercer in the run bed beside
'the Stallman residence. It appears to be double here. The
upper half is 2 feet, 9 inches in thickness, lies 2 feet above the
lower half, is bluish in color, quite tough and in several layers.
The character of the two feet between the halves was not seen.
'The lower half is two feet eight inches thick and in three layers.
The bottom of the lower half lies 6 feet above water in the Nimi-
shillen. About 4 feet below water surface lies the Lower Mercer
in the creek bed. It is clear therefore that the two divisions just
given is not a close approach of the two Mercer limestones but
a split of one of them. Nowhere else was this character found,
but it is suggested in the expression of the two layers as noted at
Howenstein. It is possible that the limestone seen near creek
level opposite the North Industry depot is this upper half of the
Upper Mercer. The Lower Mercer in the creek bed is said to be
about 1 foot thick and lies 17^ feet below the top of the Upper
Mercer. A little below, this limestone is seen at the ripple near
the highway bridge.
I A short distance below the Stallman ravine and on the oppo-
site side a deep ravine joins the gorge at the mouth of which is
the tipple of The Nimishillen Coal Company. The mine is a few
hundred yards up the ravine and is opened in the coal beneath
the Putnam Hill limestone. The coal lies in two benches two
feet each with a conspicuous 3 inch shale parting as seen at the
lower opening. The limestone is massive, tough, and having a
bluish tint where freshly quarried. Two layers are presented
here, the lower one 1 foot, 2 inches, and the upper one 2 feet,
8 inches in thickness. Crinoid stems and brachiopods comprise
the fossils observed. The company has been quaiTying the
limestone recently and crushing it for macadamizing. At the
upper opening the limestone and coal present the same characters
except the lower bench of coal has thickened to two feet nine
inches.
The section begun in the Stallman ravine may be completed
here. At the point where the Putnam Hill becomes the ravine
floor and on the left hand the steep slope presents every foot of
the strata up to a point considerably above the horizon of the
Vanport limestone. No definite bed distinctly limestone is found
here. But at 37 feet above the Putnam Hill irregular concretion-
Mar., 1910.] Pennsylvanian Limestones. 99
ary masses of 3 to 8 inches thickness and much iron stained
respond promptly to acid. These are imbedded in the dark gray
sandy shale and would never be noticed were one not looking
sharply for the vestiges of limestone.
Canton. From North Industry up the valley the Putnam
Hill is exposed at different places, but the next good exposure
occurs at the Imperial Brick Plant in southwest Canton where
the shale above and the fireclay beneath this limestone are used
in brickmaking. Here the Putnam Hill is 2 feet, 9 inches thick
and underlain by 18 inches of coal.
As nearly as can be determined from a topographic map its
elevation is 1075 feet above sea. The hill is high enough to carry
the Vanport but it was not seen, arenaceous shale occupying its
horizon.
The brick plant is located on the roadway leading to Navarre
and just above the bridge crossing a small creek near the brick
plant the Howenstein limestone is exposed in the creek bank
5 feet above the stream level. It lies 50 feet below the top of
the Putnam Hill or at 1025, is bluer than the upper limestone,
and is 1 foot thick. One to four inches of yellow clay and 4
inches of coal beneath the clay directly underlie the limestone.
In his report on Stark County Dr. Newberry constantly refers
to the limestone below the Putnam Hill as the "lower limestone "
and in reference to certain borings in the vicinity of Canton states
that they were begun at about the horizon of the "lower lime-
stone" which he reports is visible in places. These borings ap-
pear to have been in the vicinity of the above outcrops of lime-
stone, and it seems quite certain that his "lower limestone" is
the Howenstein. In the well section given it is 1 foot, 2 inches
thick. [Ohio Geol. Sur. Vol. Ill, p. 159.] This is quite in accord
with the Howenstein as seen near the brick plant. Another
stratum of interest, however, appears in the above well section.
Twenty-two feet below the top of the above 14 inch limestone
is recorded a "Hard Blue Rock" 2 feet and 1 inch thick. The
driller does not seem to have known just what to call it, and Dr.
Newberry does not seem to have suspected it of being another
limestone, which it certainly is. At Howenstein the same inter-
val is 22 feet 7 inches, in the Stallman ravine 21 feet, 6 inches.
From these facts the identity of these limestones as found in
southwest Canton appears to be unquestionable. The "lower
limestone" of Newberry, therefore, is the Howenstein, the "Hard
Blue Rock" is the Upper Mercer, and the Lower Mercer absent
being replaced by shale and sandstone.
In northwest Canton in the sides of a ravine which enters
the West Lawn Cemetery from the west, limestone occurs at
about 1090 feet above sea, as nearly as could be determined
loo The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 5,
from topographic map. It was formerly quarried and burned
beside the roadway on the west side of the Cemetery. The owner
of the land reports the limestone as 4 feet thick and underlaid
by about 2 feet of coal. This stratum is clearly the Putnam
Hill limestone.
Middle Branch. In the vicinity of Middle Branch a village
about 7 miles north of Canton several outcrops of limestone occur.
In fact almost anywhere at the proper horizon where the native
strata occur limestone is present. It is often absent but this is
due to preglacial erosion and drift now occupies its position in
such places. The most extensive exposure of this conspicuous
stratum occurs at the quarry of the Diamond Cement Works
about a mile north of Middle Branch. This point is nearly 8
miles from the outcrop in northwest Canton, but various outcrops
from Canton northward show this heavy stratum with its under-
lying coal to be the Putnam Hill limestone. The 11 -inch coal
as seen in the quarry is heavily charged with sulphur which is
typical of it south of Canton. Furthermore a limestone is found
above the quarry stratum near the quarry, and the elevation of
the limestones here indicates a gradual rise which is quite in
harmony with facts fotmd from Howenstein to Canton. It
appears quite clear from all the data given that the limestones
here to be described are the Putnam Hill and the Vanport. At
this quarry acres of the Putnam Hill have been removed for the
manufacture of cement and the best opportunity for studying this
stratum found anywhere is presented here. It attains a greater
thickness here than it is known to have in any other outcrop of
its whole extent. The stratum as seen at the present time in the
quarry is mostly overlain by drift and shows much scoring by the
ice where the top is exposed especially on the north side of the
qtiarry. In the center of the quarry a large block of the lime-
stone has been left stand temporarily in order that the overlying
shale may be used in the manufacture of cement. Practically
everywhere else the ice seems to have swept the limestone bare
but here in the center IQh feet of brown arenceous shale caps the
stratum. The quarry is being extended northward toward the
hill and the same shale will doubtless be encountered in a few
years. A very striking feature of the limestone is the pronounced
undulation found. This is a character, however, common to all
the limestones but no other outcrop affords so good an oppor-
tunity of seeing it in the Putnam Hill. It is quite evident that
such undulation will affect the measurements of sections, espec-
ially where the wave crest of one limestone occurs above the
trough of another, thus making the strata appear farther apart
than they really are, or again if the section be measured where a
crest of the lower, and a trough of the upper occur they will
Mar., 1910.] Pennsylvanian Limestones. loi
appear to be closer than they really are. Ordinarily it is not
possible in a limited outcrop to determine whether undulation
exists or not. Therefore in sections where limestones are shown
to be unusually close together or unusually far apart it is only
fair to suppose that undulation is probably the cause provided
the difference be not over 15 to 17 feet as no undulation observed
exceeds that measurement.
In the above quarry the rise and fall was not observed to
exceed 6 or 7 feet and no definite order was discovered as the
rising and falling occurs, no matter in what direction the obser-
vation be made. The limestone merely conforms to the topog-
raphy of the sea bottom on which it was laid as a mud without
becoming thicker in the depressions and thinner on the elevations
of that bottom. Had the mud or ooze been considerably greater
in specific gravity than the water in which it was laid it would
doubtless have glided slowly into the depressions where the
greater slopes occur and thus cause the upper and lower surfaces
to be less parallel than we find them.
As nearly as could be determined from a topographic map the
top of the Vanport lies at IISO above sea as seen in the hill-top
directly north of the quarry and the Putnam Hill lies 37 feet be-
low, or 1 143 above sea as measured in the northeast corner of the
quarry.
The following section measured near the center of the quarry
represents the character of this limestone fairly accurately.
Feet Inches
Brown arenaceous shale 16 6
8. Limestone layer 1 7
7. Parting, calcareous shale U 2
6. Limestone layer. . , 1 4
5. Limestone layer 0 7
4. Limestone layer 1 11
y. Limestone layer 1 8
2. Parting, thin shale 0 0
1 . Limestone layer 0 11
Coal ' 0 11
No. 8, or the top layer of liinestone, is perhaps the most dis-
tinct layer in the quarry and is readily recognized in any part of
the quarry where it has not been cut away by the ice. The
shale parting beneath gives it the well marked separation from
the next layer. On weathering it tends to split up into numer-
ous thin layers and does not appear to be as pure a lime as the
lower layers.
No. 7 is a conspicuous parting of bluish calcareous shale of 2
inches thickness. It is the most sharply defined and constant
plane of separation in the quarry.
I02 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 5,
No. 6 is dark gray in color, is not so compact as 4 and 5 below
it, and has more jointing planes than these layers. It rests
immediately upon No. 5 from which it is separated by an uneven
bedding plane and has a thickness of 16 inches.
Nos. 5 and 4 having a thickness of 7 inches and 23 inches
respectively, are brown-gray in color, quite compact, weather
less easily than the upper layers, and are said to be the best
stone in the quarry. These layers are separated by a peculiar
wavy bedding plane the elevations of which measure 1 to H
inches and 3 to 5 inches between as seen on the rock face.
No. 3 measures 20 inches, is of a gray color slightly darker
than the layer below it and also purer lime than that layer but
not so good as those next above it. It is more compact than the
lower layer.
No. 2 is a thin calcareous shale ]~:irting of negligible thickness
and of the color of the stone.
No. 1 has a thickness of 11 inches, is gray in color and is said
to weather to a shale condition after a few months exposure. It
is not as tough as the middle layers and rests upon the coal.
In the south wall of the quarry the limestone presents five
layers below the conspicuous shale parting but of nearer equal
thickness than shown in the above section.
The outcrop of the Vanport noted above occurs in the hill-top
just above the township road in a private roadway about 30
yards north of Mr. Adam Cocklin's barn and abotit 200 yards
north of the quarry. This stratum is poorly exposed and as
nearly as could be determined it is 6 feet, 5 inches thick, caps
the hill and is thinly covered with drift. It may be seen again
in the township road 'J mile east of this outcrop and near the
residence of Mr. Adam Wise, where it again caps the hill. Mr.
Wise reports the presence of a thin coal beneath it.
Little more can be said of this limestone from the poor out-
crops afforded. It is bluish gray in color and less fossiliferous
than its companion so far as could be seen.
It probably occurs in all the surrounding hills whose strata
are high enough to carry it but with its outcrop obscured by drift.
Its occurrence here in rather heavy body and above the
Putnam Hill, which at this point exhibits the greatest develop-
ment it is known to possess, is somewhat in contrast with the
supposition that the two limestones do not overlap and that as
the one appears the other disappears.
One mile south of the Middle Branch on the farm of William
Worstler a quarry was operated on a small scale for many years
and the stone burned for lime with the underlying coal. The
following section indicates the character of the stratum in this
quarry.
Mar., 1910.] Pennsylvanian Limestones. 103
Drift Feet Inches
9. Calcareous shale 1 0
8. Clay parting ! 0 IJ^
7. Limestone layer 0 2
6. Limestone layer 0 2
5. Limestone layer 0 3
4. Limestone layer 0 414
3. Limestone layer, massive 2 6
2. Limestone layer 0 11
1 . Limestone layer, thickness not seen but
probably about 1 0
The calcareous shale at the top lies in numerous definite layers
and contains considerable alumina. It lifts readily in thin layers
at the thin clayey partings. The clay parting between this shale
and the limestone proper leads one to identify it at once with the
2 inch parting in the quarry at the cement works. The worth-
less shale here above the clay parting becomes an impure lime-
stone at the cement works. The limestone has a light blue color
and the coal beneath is said to be 14 inches thick. The Limestone
lies at about 1120 feet above sea and is undoubtedly the Ptitnam
Hill.
Mr. D. L. Worstler in 1907 opened a quarry to burn lime on
the farm of B. F. Werner 1 mile southwest of Middle Branch and
1 mile northwest from the Worstler quarry. The elevation is
about 1130 above sea. No shale layer or clay parting occurs here
as drift lies directly upon firm rock. The following section indi-
cates the nature of the stratum in this quarry.
Drift Feet Inches
.5. Limestone, bluish gray 2 8
4. Limestone, bluish gray 1 4
3. Limsetone, black 1 2
2. Shale, bluish black 0 3
1 . Coal 2 4
The upper part of the stratum of limestone has doubtless been
eroded as the top layer shows abrasion. No. 4 is more compact
than No. 5 which is in accord with the middle layers at the
Cement Plant.
No. 3 is black and poi'ous, and not so compact as No. 4.
The pores are filled with oil which soon greases a freshly broken
face and yields the characteristic odor. The coal is ample for
burning the lime and runs from 24 to 28 inches in thickness. At
a farm house about 350 yards west of this pit a limestone was
penetrated in a well at about 35 or 40 feet above the quarry stone.
These limestones are clearly those at the Cement Works.
Dip of the Strata in the Ninnshillen Valley.
It readily appears from the elevations of the limestones at the
various outcrops that there is a dip of the strata toward the
south. Placing the elevations together of any one stratum from
I04 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. b,
south to north a gradual rise is observed. The Putnam Hill
affords the best example being found at more points than any of
the others.
It lies at Howenstein at 1051, North Industry 1057, southwest
Canton 1075, northwest Canton 1090, Worstler quarry 1120, Wer-
ner quarry 1130, and at the Cement Plant at 1143. There is a
fall therefore of 92 feet in this stratum from the latter place to
Howenstein a distance of about 13 miles, or 7 feet per mile. The
same is true of the Vanport which at Howenstein lies at 1086,
at Cement Plant at 1 ISO, and a fall of 94 feet or of 7 feet per mile.
This is not the direction of the greatest dip, however, as will
be seen later.
EASTERN STARK COUNTY.
Alliance. But few limestone outcrops have been found in the
eastern part of the county. The region is deeply drift covered
and the strata are concealed for the most part. Two outcrops
and two well sections afford the only information at hand on these
limestones in that part of the county, and of these the well sec-
tions and one outcrop occur at Alliance. This city lies 10 miles
east of the Cement Works mentioned above and the strata lie
considerably lower at the former place than the latter. The Mid-
dle Kittanning coal lies at 1132 feet above sea in the coal shaft
near the city Stand Pipe. In a test well drilled by the city
on West State Street it lies at 1040, and at the Ely shaft h mile
southwest of the Transue-Williams Machine Shops it lies at 1137
above sea. The Lower Kittanning coal was formerly mined near
the above shops at 1100 above sea as nearly as could be deter-
mined. A half mile north of the above shops and the same dis-
tance west of the Alliance Cemetery a limestone outcrops on the
Ellett farm at lOSl above sea. This is clearly the Vanport but it
is closer to the Lower Kittanning coal than at Howenstein. The
limestone is exposed in a pit near the Ellett barn and measures
5 feet in thickness. No coal but 4 feet of fireclay immediately
vmderlies this stratum, and is overlain by 2 to 3 feet of drift. It
differs from any other outcrop of limestone found in that it is
composed of numerous irregular layers ranging from a fraction of
an inch to 4 or 5 inches in thickness. It lifts in broad pieces of a
very irregular form, sometimes wedge shaped. The stone is
very impure, many of the slabs being a sandstone rather than a
limestone and the parting between the slabs is clay or sandy
shale. Some layers contain fairly pure limestone of a light blue
color and quite compact. The stratum presents an alternation
of irregular bands of light blue and brown, the shale and sand-
stone portions having the latter color. The stratum at this point
seems to have been deposited in shallow water which was some-
times quiet and clear and sometimes flowing and muddy thus
Mar., 1910,] Pennsylvanian Limestones. 105
giving the alternation of material noted. The stratum is quite
fossiliferous containing brachipods, lamellibranchs, gastropods,
and crinoid stems.
The next section to be considered is the test well drilled by the
City just off West State.
The elevation of the well head is 1244 feet above the sea, and
the Middle Kittanning coal was penetrated at 1140 and 2 feet
thick. The Lower Kittanning is wanting and a 15-foot limestone
is reported at its horizon the top of which lies at 1103 feet above
sea. No limestone is known to the writer to occur at this horizon,
and nothing further is known of the presence of such stratum
than the bare name and thickness indicated in the City Engineer's
section prepared from the data given by the driller. The driller's
interpretation of this part of the section may be questioned with
reason. It is much more likely a shale with possibly some cal-
careous matter in it. This horizon has been penetrated in many
places in the lower part of the city as well as other drillings in the
upper part of town not far from this well, and limestone is not
mentioned at this horizon.
Where the level of the Vanport occurs white shale is indicated
as present. At 1032 an 8 foot stratum was struck which the
driller designated "Bastard Limestone." This is certainly the
Putnam Hill Limestone with an interval of 49 feet between its
top and that of the Vanport. The same interval at the Cement
Plant is 37 feet and the difference is not too great to be accounted
for by undulation, besides the Vanport is seen to lie unusually
close to the Lower Kittanning coal. The interval at Howenstein
between the top of the Putnam Hill limestone and that of the
Middle Kittanning coal is 109 feet. In this well section it is
108 feet. It would seem that the identity of this limestone is
evident. The thickness given is in harmony with that at the
Cement Plant.
At 1008 feet above sea another limestone is recorded with a
thickness of 9 feet. This is doubtless the Howenstein but with
an indicated thickness greater than found in any outcrop. The
interval is only about half that along the Nimishillen and appar-
ently too great to be accounted for by undulation. It would seem
to require a thinning of intervening strata.
In this well the horizon of the Mercer limestones is occupied by
shale but in the next well to be noted they are both present, and
for the sake of clearness, they are noted in this connection. The
Upper Mercer lies at 966 above sea and reported to be 8 feet thick.
This gives an interval of 42 feet between it and the Howenstein
which is about as much greater than this same interval at Howen-
stein, as the interval here between the Putnam Hill and the
Howenstein limestone is smaller than that same interval near
io6 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 5,
that village. At Howenstein the interval between the Putnam
Hill and the Upper Mercer is 84 feet, at Alliance 66 feet and con-
sidering the fact that the Lower Mercer is present at its usual
interval it would seem that this difference of 22 feet could hardly
be regarded as due to undulation. It is possible however that
both the Mercer limestones were penetrated on a crest which
would account in part for the difference. Otherwise a thinning
of intermediate strata is the explanation.
The Lower Mercer lies at 945 or 21 feet below the top of the
Upper Mercer which is about its usual interval. It is recorded
as o feet thick which accords quite well with its known thickness.
In the first well at an elevation of 8(S4 feet above sea another
limestone was penetrated having a thickness of 5 feet. This is
clearly a .stranger as it lies 61 feet below the Lower Mercer.
The second test well was drilled beside the city pumping sta-
tion with the well head at 1044 above sea. The second well is
nearly 2 miles north and h mile east of the first. This distance
would seem at first to forbid the combination of measurements
given above. But certain facts indicate that it may be done with
a fair degree of certainty. (1 ) The Middle Kittanning coal in the
Ely shaft lies- at 1187 and in the first well at 1140. These points
are nearly 1 mile apart and the shaft a little west of north.
This would indicate that the plane of this coal in this direction is
nearly level. Mr. Ely states that the coal rises a few feet from
the shaft which further indicates horizontality. (2) In the
second test well a 5-foot limestone was penetrated at 882 feet
above sea, in the first well at 884 above. (3) Near Myers Sta-
tion on the Lake Erie, Alliance and Wheeling Railroad, 1 1 miles
south of the Ely Mine the Middle Kittanning coal lies at 1130
above sea, or a fall of 7 feet in 11 miles. From the first test well
the fall is 10 feet in 10 miles.
These data indicate that the strata at Alliance lie very nearly
on a level from north to south. Therefore the strata may be
counted practically level so far as these two wells are concerned,
and the combination made as given above.
Little more need be said of the second well. Sixty-eight feet
of the top is drift and the bed rock is reached at 976 above sea,
which is below the horizon of the Howenstein. The only other
limestones to be expected are the Upper and Lower Mercer and
these are present as noted above. The stranger is present also at
63 below the Lower Mercer as already stated. Sixty feet below
the top of this limestone lies a 2 foot coal which is apparently the
Sharon coal. It lies 37 feet lower than coal No. 1 in the Mullin
Mine at Deertield which would indicate that it is the same coal.
This limestone will be considered further in another connection.
The second limestone outcrop in the eastern part of the county
to be discussed occurs on the farm of Samuel Carr at a point
Mar., 1910.] Pennsylvanian Limestones. 107
about 4 miles west of the exposure on the Ellet farm. This
stratum is quarried and bttrned on a small scale by the Clap-
saddle Brothers and is used by the Alliance City Disposal Plant
which uses about 200 bushels of lime per week.
The quarry is opened beside a small run and nearly at run
level. This stratum is 5 feet thick and lies at 1117 above sea.
In places it is said to exceed this measurement and rests upon
coal 5 to 18 inches in thickness. It is composed of several layers,
is bluish gray in color and fairly fossiliferous. The upper third
is somewhat lighter in color than the lower part, and the quarry-
men state that this limestone produces a purer lime than the stone
at Middle Branch.
No other limestone was found and the identity of this stratum
would be difficult, if not impossible, to determine from what can
be seen of it and the associated strata. In the absence of other
data its identity may possibly be established in another way.
Since the elevation of the Vanport at the Cement Plant is 1180,
and 1081 on the Ellett farm, the strata are seen to dip toward
Alliance 10 feet per mile. If this limestone in question be the
Vanport then at 4 miles to the west of the Ellett farm it should lie
at 1121 which is within 4 feet of the elevation actually found.
If it be the Putnam Hill limestone whose elevation at the Cement
Plant is 1143 and 1032 at Alliance having therefore, a dip of 11
feet per mile, at the Carr farm it should lie at 1076 which is 41
feet lower than the limestone is found to be. This would seem
to identify it as certainly the Vanport. But the presence of a
low fold between Alliance and Middle Branch would alter this
conclusion. No evidence, however, of such a condition is known
to the writer, hence he regards this as an outcrop of the Vanport.
Another section in the northeastern corner of the county is
of interest in this connection. About 3 miles northeast of the
Carr farm and on the diagonal road leading from Limaville to
Marlboro at a point 2\ miles southwest of Limaville is the shaft
mine of Mr. Fred Lare. The elevation of the top of the shaft is
about 1155 feet above sea.
Mr. Lare gives the following section:
4. Drift 42 feet.
3. White sandstone, hard and shaly 3 "
2. Shale, dark 15 "
1. Coal, bone parting near middle 4 "
This 4 foot coal which is said to be a good steam and heating
coal lies at about 1095 above sea which is at once seen to be below
the Carr limestone and with no trace of limestone in the shaft.
The thickness and the parting in the middle strongly suggest the
coal beneath the Putnam Hill limestone. This shaft, the Carr
farm, and Howenstein are in line. The Vanport at Howenstein
lies at 1086, on the Carr farm at 1117 and the two points are 16
io8 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 5,
miles apart. This shows a rise of 2 feet per mile, and if the Van-
port were present in tlie shaft it would lie at about 1123 above
sea. This puts the coal 2S feet below the Vanport horizon
which is reasonably near the proper horizon for the coal beneath
the Putnam Hill limestone. Furthermore no other coal between
the Sharon and the Lower Kittanning is known to reach any such
'thickness or present a conspicuous parting in the middle. It
may be confidently concluded that this is the coal of the Putnam
Hill limestone with that stratum absent.
Deer Creek at Limaville lies at about 1040 above sea, low
'-enough to expose one or two of the lower limestones but none
were seen.
l'' ' [, Dip of Strata in Eastern Stark Comity.
With the several elevations now at hand dip of the strata in
the eastern half of Stark County may be still further noted.
With the Vanport at 1086 at Howenstein, lOSl at Alliance, and
1180 at the Diamond Cement Plant, it appears that the strata
lie almost horizontally from Howenstein to Alliance, but if the
sum of the elevations of the five limestones at the two places be
compared they will be seen to be 5034 and 5032 respectively
which indicates almost a perfect level. A line drawn through the
Cement Plant outcrop at right angles to the Ailiance-Howenstein
line gives the direction of maximum dip for this area. It is south
about 45 degrees east and 14 feet per mile.
From the Cement Plant to the EUett farm it is 10 miles with
a fall of 99 feet and a little north of east. The Middle Kittanning
coal at Howenstein lies at 1160; 12 miles slightly north of east
near Myers Station it lies at 1130, or 30 feet fall. It is at once
seen that these two lines of fall do not lie in the same plane,
therefore a disturbance in the dip. In the absence of more data
it can not be definitely stated what the cause is, but the writer
offers the following tentative explanation. Entering Stark
County from the southwest a low fold extends in a northeasterly
direction the crest of which lies a little west of Canton and per-
haps not far from Middle Branch. Parallel to this fold another is
thought to extend through western Columbiana and central
Mahoning counties. It is thought that Alliance lies near the
bottom of the intervening trough or on the syncline, that Howen-
stein is situated west of the syncline and Myers Station east of it.
The horizontal position of the strata at Alliance and the fact that
there is less than 1 foot fall to the mile toward the south from that
city inclines the writer to think that in going toward Myers Sta-
tion the west slope of the anticline is gradually ascended and thus
accounts for the slight dip in that direction. The line from
Middle Branch to Howenstein is nearly parallel to the direction
given above and it will be remembered that the dip here is 7
Mar., 1910.] Pennsylvanian Limestones. 109
feet per mile and this is just what would be observed in traversing
the slopes of anticlines in this way. Furthermore, an oil field
is located 4 to 8 miles southeast of Alliance which strongly indi-
cates the presence of an anticline. Other evidence of a fold to
the east of Alliance will occur later.
SOUTHWESTERN MAHONING COUNTY.
Bests Station. This point is 4^^ miles northeast of Alliance
on the Lake Erie, Alliance and Wheeling Railroad, and, with the
next two places to be mentioned, in line with Alliance and
Howenstein. These three places — Bests Station, North Benton,
and Little Mill Creek, furnish exposures that must be combined
in a single section in order to be rightly vniderstood and without
resort to elevation it would be almost impossible to rightly inter-
pret the several outcrops.
A fourth of a mile east of the station and near the right hand
side of the roadway a limestone occurs which was formerly burned
for lime. It is not now exposed to its base, but is about 3 feet in
thickness, apparently in one massive layer, tough, and rather
dark gray or almost black in color. It lies at 1101 feet above sea
and is the Vanport limestone as will appear later.
About 150 yards northwest on the opposite side of the road
and on the Cornelius Smith farm the upper part of the Putnam
Hill is seen in an excavation for a spring. It lies at 1084 above
sea and is a light bluish gray in color, much lighter than the Van-
port. Only 1 foot of it is exposed and its thickness unknown.
North Benton. This village lies 2 miles northeast of Bests
and the hill above the town reaches an elevation of 1127 which is
sufficiently high to carry both of the above limestones but 50
feet of the hill top is sandstone. A well at Mr. Hammond's bam
just across the roadway from the brick church penetrates a lime-
stone which may be seen outcropping in the roadway east of the
barn and near the northwest corner of the cemetery. It lies at
1069 and is the Howenstein limestone. Its thickness is not seen
at this point but is probably 2 to 3 feet. Mr. Hammond reports
4 to 5 feet of black shale on top of the limestone. Sandstone
clearly svicceeds the shale as may be readily seen in the roadway
above the church.
Near the northeast corner of the cemetery and 29 feet below
the top of the limestone the base of a bed of fireclay occurs. This
fireclay marks the horizon of the Upper Mercer limestone but
neither the thickness of the fireclay nor what overlies it is exposed
here. Two htmdred j^ards or more down steam loose blocks of
limestone are seen and are thought to be from this horizon.
Nearly a half mile northeast of the cemetery on the O. F. Henry
farm this limestone is exposed at 1048 above sea at its highest
point. It undtilates sharply dipping 4| feet in 50 yards. It
no The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 5,
measures from 2 to .3 feet in thickness, is blue-black and very fos-
siliferous. Here it is directly underlain by '2h inches of blue and
yellow clay succeeded by 14 inches of coal.
This limestone is seen again outcropping in the roadway
\ mile southeast of the village.
About \ mile north of the village on Island Creek, and near
stream level a bed of coal is found. The bed has been opened but
found to be too poor to mine. It lies at 1012 feet above sea and
appears to be the coal belonging to the Lower Mercer limestone
although no limestone is found at this horizon in this vicinity.
This coal is of no value further than aiding in identifying horizons
and its relations will be considered in this connection with the
outcrops on Little Mill Creek. At various places from the North
Benton Cemetery, below the fireclay noted, loose micaceous sand-
stone in thin layers can be seen down stream to the outcrop of
the above coal. This interval of about 36 feet appears to be
composed largely of this kind of rock. The interval, however,
at first appears too great to be that between the Mercer Lime-
stones, but it will be remembered that the elevation of 1048
above sea is on a crest of the Upper Mercer and a sharp dip is
seen. The trough in all probability reaches 1042 or less. Again
were the- Lower Mercer present with a thickness of 3 feet and
I'esting directly upon the coal, which it does not always do, the
interval would be still further reduced and within the limit seen
at Howenstein.
Little Mill Creek. This stream flows into the Mahoning River
from the east and with its mouth located about 1 mile north of
the O. F. Henry outcrop and near the Portage-Mahoning County
line. This stream is. designated Little Mill Creek to avoid con-
fusion with another Mill Creek in the eastern end of the county.
One and one-half miles east of its mouth and 2 miles northeast
of North Benton several outcrops of limestones occur along
this stream and its branches. They are the Mercer limestones.
The Upper Mercer occurs in typical exposure in a small ravine
a few rods east of Mr. Simon Hartzell's barn where it is 2^ to
3 feet thick and dips sharply toward the south. At a medium
point its elevation is 1037 feet above sea. This stone is blue-
gray to blue-black and weathers to a rust5^ brown. About \ mile
south of this point a thin coal is seen in the shale and clay pit
of the Dustman Brothers Pottery Plant which lies at about 1075
above sea and apparently marks the horizon of the Howenstein
limestone but no limestone is present. Only dark shale and drift
clay overlie this coal.
About the same distance north of the Hartzell outcrop the
Lower Mercer becomes a very conspicuous stratum in the sides
and floor of Little Mill Creek. About 150 yai'ds above the high-
way bridge on the north and south road this stratum forms a fall
Mar., 1910.] Pennsylvanian Limestones. m
in the stream over a conspicuous overhanging ledge which extends
from bank to bank. No better outcrop of the Lower Mercer is
found anywhere than occurs here. At the fall the stratum lies
in two layers in immediate contact and without any parting.
The lower layer is 7 inches thick and the upper 2 feet, o inches.
It is rather tough, blue-black, and quite fossiliferous. In the
south bank in the roadway it lies at 1022 above sea, at the lowest
point seen a few rods above the fall it lies 12 feet lower or a dip
of 12 feet in a distance of about 150 yards. If the inclination
observed in the cliff a short distance above the fall may be taken
to indicate a continuation of the dip up to that point then this
limestone in its trough probably lies 20 feet lower than at its
crest near the bridge.
On Turkeybroth, the north branch of Little Mill Creek, at a
point 4 or 5 hundred yards above the fall this limestone again
rises and becomes the floor of the Turkeybroth for some distance
where it lies at about 1015. Near the top of the cliff a short dis-
tance above the fall the Upper Mercer again outcrops and is 3
feet, 1 inch thick. Its top lies 16 feet, 8 inches above stream. But
it does not lie 10 feet above the level of the Lower Mercer's crest
at the bridge. The Upper Mercer is again quite well exposed for
several hundred yards in the sides and bed of the south branch
of Little Mill Creek. About 200 yards above the fork this stratum
is seen in the south bank at. 9 feet above stream, blue-black, very
tough, and 3 feet, 2 inches thick with 10 inches of coal Ih feet
beneath it. Up stream the limestone soon becomes the creek
floor and is seen to undulate gently now above water and now
below and gradually rising toward the east. For considerable
distances where the stratum lies a little below water level and
having been swept clean, there is seen to be a top layer 2 to -l
inches thick, which is jointed so regularly as to look very like
street paving. The jointing planes not being equal distances
apart divide the layer into rectangular blocks 4 to 10 inches wide
and 6 to 15 inches long. The jointing lines are very distinct and
present a striking appearance in the still water between the crests.
It would seem that the blocks might be lifted easily but so tightly
do they fit that it is with difficulty that one is raised from be-
tween its fellows. This pavement layer is more carbonaceous,
nearly black, less tough, and much more fossiliferovis than the
thick layer beneath.
At the point where this stream bends to the south the lime-
stone disappears and is seen to dip sharply to the southward. It
is not seen again for nearly a half mile, and then reappears rising
above the stream bed at a point south of where it was last seen
and lies 6 or 8 feet higher. This outcrop occurs about 200 yards
below Mr. John Helsel's barn. Both of these limestones where
exposed in the stream bed are seen to be jointed and lie in heavy
112 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 5,
massive blocks. The banks of the stream for several hundred yards
below the falls are strewn with huge blocks as if distributed for
some giant masonry. The blocks often measure S, 10 or even
12 feet in length.
As seen at the fall and below the Lower Mercer is underlaid
by 4 feet of fire-clay and sandy shale but no coal. A short dis-
tance below the bridge this limestone dies out, shale appears, and
coaly shale comes in at the horizon of the base of the limestone
and further down becomes a definite bed of coal of 4 to 6 inches
thickness. This coal is traceable with a sandstone cover all the
way to the Mahoning River. At the forks of the highway and
just above the first bridge over Little Mill Creek this coal is 1
foot thick, lies at 1024, and is overlain by shaly micaceous
sandstone. At a point about midway between the above two
bridges on this creek this sandstone v/as formerly ciuarried. The
coal is seen to undulate and is certainly the coal referred to on
Island Creek near North Benton which at that point lies at 1012
above sea. It is certainly the coal belonging to the Lower Mercer
limestone but the latter is not seen anywhere to the westward on
either Little Mill Creek or the Mahoning River as far up the river
as the Benton-Deerfield highway. There is another thin coal to
be noted, however, in this connection which may easily cause
confusion. About 300 yards down stream from the mine on
Island Creek and at the bridge east of Benton Station this coal
lies in the creek bed at 997 above sea and about 8 inches thick. A
third of a mile northwest in the river bank just below the railroad
river bridge this coal is 7 inches thick and lies at 1000 above sea
or IS feet below rail on the bridge. It is seen at numerous other
points on the Mahoning and on Little Mill Creek and at 15 to 20
feet below the Lower Mercer Coal. The intervening rock is
largely sandstone. It is of interest to note here that two coals
occur below the Lower Mercer limestone at Lowellville; a 2-inch
layer 2 feet below, and an 18-inch bed 13^ feet below.
It now remains to combine the several outcrops of limestone
seen in the Best's Station-North Benton-Little Mill Creek vicin-
ity into one section. From the data given it is clear that the
horizons of the Lower Mercer, Upper Mercer, and Howenstein
are found at North Benton. The mean elevation of the Lower
Mercer on Little Mill Creek is 1016, of the Upper Mercer 1037.
The Lower Mercer coal near North Benton lies at 1012 and were
the limestone present above it in usual thickness its elevation
would be 1015. The Upper Mercer at North Benton lies at its
highest piont at 1048 but its mean elevation is quite probably
about 1043. The Howenstein as seen at the cemetery lies at
1069. What is seen on Little Mill Creek confirms the identifica-
tion of horizons at North Benton, and the outcrops at North
Benton are sufficiently close together to be grouped in a single
Mar., 1910.] Pennsylvanian Limestones. n
J
section without allowance for dip. Three of the five Hmestones
are so far accounted for at elevations as follows: 1015, 1043,
and 1069 above sea. Those at Best's Station are to be added,
but being 2 miles away dip must be considered. The nearest
point for comparison of elevations of all five limestones is at
Alliance. The outcrops at Best's Station are about 4^ miles
from Alhance and those about North Benton about 7 miles,
except the Howenstein outcrop which is about 65. Comparing
the elevations of the lower three at the two places, they are as
follows:
Alliance Xorth Benton Difference
Howenstein. 1008 1069 61
Upper Mercer 966 104:i 77
Lower Mercer 945 1015 70
It appears at once that there is a dip toward Alliance from
North Benton whatever it may be in any other direction. For
the Mercer limestones it is 10 and 11 feet per mile, for the How-
enstein a little over 9 feet per mile. It will be remembered, how-
ever, that the latter stratum lies relatively higher at Alliance
than in the Nimishillen valley. Comparing the upper two
limestones likewise they appear as follows:
Alliance Best's Difference
Vanport 1081 1101 20
Putnam Hill 10;52 10S4 52
The first difference is not what would be expected from the
dip found in the first three limestones, but the second corresponds
very well giving a dip of about IH feet per mile. The Vanport
clearly lies considerably lower relatively than at ony other place
found, and its dip of less than 5 feet per mile is not representative
of the general dip of the strata. Therefore in combining the out-
crops at Best's and Benton a general dip of about 11 feet per
mile must be used in adjusting the interval between the Howen-
stein and Putnam Hill limestones, and combining the outcrops
for a section at North Benton the following elevations represent
the horizons of the several limestones:
Vanport 1 125
Putnam Hill 1 106
Howenstein 1069
Upper Mercer 1043
Lower Mercer 1015
It will be observed at once that the elevation of 1125 for the
Vanport does not conform to the 11 foot dip, but it is quite prob-
able that it lies at about 1125 at this point since it lies only 17
feet above the Putnam Hill at Best's Station, which strongly
suggests a thinning of intermediate strata in this region. It is
true that the interval between the Lower Mercer and the Van-
port would thus be only 110 feet, while the same interval at
114 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 5,
Howenstein is 147 feet, at Alliance 136 feet, in central Mahoning
County 122 feet, and at Lowellville 133 feet.
Probably the most striking fact is the rise in the strata
toward Benton since this is in line with Howenstein and Alliance.
But as before the writer accounts for this occurrence in part on
the ground that an anticline lies to the east of Alliance and in
going from this place to North Benton the northwest slope of the
anticline is ascended.
MEANDER CREEK AND TRIBUTARIES.
This stream and its tributaries arise in the central part of
Mahoning County and furnish the next good exposures of
limestone.
Ellsworth. A half mile south of the village of Ellsworth and
just below the fall at Club Lake in the bed of the west branch of
Meander Creek the Lower Mercer occurs at 1023 feet above sea,
is 3 feet thick and possesses its usual characters. In the south
bank of this stream near the highway bridge an opening has been
made into the coal belonging beneath this limestone. The coal
was not seen btit lies at about 10 IS. About \ mile below the
highway bridge a 9-inch coal is exposed in a cliff with sandstone
above it and lying at 1003 feet above sea. This is certainly the
same coal seen on Little Mill Creek and on the Mahoning River.
The elevation and interval between the coals are almost identical
although the two localities are about 8 miles apart.
A few hundred yards below the above cliff on the south
side of the creek occur conspicuous clay banks rich in beautiful
crystals of selenite which have given the obscure village of
Ellsworth a place oi prominence with geologists and museums
far and wide. The clay is a gray talcose glacial deposit.
At the Club Lake fall 14 feet above the limestone thin streaks
of coal occur at the base of a massive sandstone. It is clearly the
Upper Mercer coal but wnth its limestone displaced by the mas-
sive, coarse grained sandstone which contains numerous impres-
sions of lepidodendrids, sigillarids, and calamities. The cur-
rents that prevented the formation of the limestone, swept
down the coal plants and entombed them in sand. No better
display of fossil plants in sandstone is known to the writer than
occurs in this stratum.
The bluish gray shale beneath the sandstone contains great
numbers of beautifully preserved fern leaves and other plants.
Diehl Creek. At a point about 2 miles east and slightly south
of Club Lake on Diehl Creek, a tributary of the middle branch of
Meander, the Lower Mercer is again seen in the sides and bed of
the creek and presenting the same appearance as seen on Little
Mill Creek, but with less undulation. The stratum lies at 1024
feet above sea, is 2 feet .") inches thick and in two layers, the
Mar., 1910.] Pennsylvanian Limestones. 115
lower one being 5 inches. The two layers are a quite constant
expression of this limestone throughout Mahoning County and
wherever a good exposure of the entire thickness is seen this
character is present. I. C. White in his report on Mercer Co.,
Pennsylvania, pointed out this feature, as noted in the first part
of this paper. The most westerly point at which this feature
has been observed in Mahoning County is at the fall on Little Mill
Creek. The same character occurs at Shew's Mill in Stark County.
Loii'er Outcrop. On the middle branch of Meander Creek at a
point about two-thirds of a mile southwest of the Diehl Creek
outcrop and a short distance south of Mr. John Lower's barn the
Upper Mercer is exposed in a ravine and lies at 1040. The
stratum is not well exposed but is about 2 feet in thickness and is
overlain by 80 inches of coal which has been mined to a small
extent. The subjacent strata were not seen. This point is 2
miles southeastof Club Lake where the Upper Mercer Coal lies
at 1037. These elevations indicate practically horizontal strata.
The interval between the limestone and the coal at the lake is
practically the same as that between the limestone on Diehl
Creek and the limestone near the Lower barn. One would think
dip must be counted but these elevations and measurements
forbid it.
Bingham Outcrop. One and one-fourth miles west of the
Lower outcrop and three-fourths of a mile a little east of south
of Club Lake on the farm of E. W. Bingham a limestone lies at
1072 feet above sea. It is 15 to 18 inches thick and overlies a
bed of coal which was formerly mined to a limited extent. This
.is 32 feet higher than the Upper Mercer and is certainly the
Howenstein limestone. It lies 7 feet higher than the top of the
heavy sandstone at Club Lake. North of the Bingham residence
and on the farm of C. E. Bowman a bed of coal lies a few feet
above the top of this standsone and is undoubtedly the same
coal as on the Bingham farm.
Above the Howenstein limestone lies sandstone as seen in the
hillside above the coal mine and in the roadway near the Bing-
ham residence. vSucceeding the massive sandstone a black coaly
shale appears with its base at 1096 above sea. Mr. Bingham
states that it is 13 feet thick and underlies much of the hill above
the limestone and that it has been penetrated by drill in numer-
ous places in the hope of finding a good bed of coal. A heavy
coarse sandstone succeeds this shale to the top of the hill or to
an elevation of about 1150. The structure of this hill from the
limestone up is of much importance in the interpretation of the
next outcrops to be noted.
Unger Outcrop. On Meander Creek one-fourth mile south-
west of the southwest corner of Canfield Township and on the
Unger farm an outcrop of limestone occurs a few hundred yards
T i6 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 5,
southeast of the Unger barn. The stratum is black and 18
inches thick lying at 1082 above sea. This exposure is about
H miles south, and 2j miles east of the Bingham outcrop, and
lies 10 feet higher. As noted in the Lower outcrop there is no
evidence of dip in this locality toward the south or south-east so
far as the writer has found. A few hundred yards above the
Unger outcrop and directly in the southwest corner of Canfield
Township on the Ewing farm a bed of coal lies at 1115 feet above
sea and a few feet beneath this a second bed. The top of the
upper bed is 83 feet above the Unger limestone, and the bottom
of the 13 foot black shale on the Bingham farm lies 24 feet higher
than the Bingham limestone or the top of the shale 37 feet
higher. Above the limestone at both places there is sandstone;
above the black shale on the Bingham farm and above the coal
on the Ewing farm sandstone occurs. With no evidence of dip
and with close correspondence of the strata in elevations and
character, the conclusion that the limestone at Unger's is the
Howenstein and that the Ewing coals are the equivalent of the
black shale at Bingham's is inevitable. The coal on the Ewing
farm was identified by Dr. Orton as the Canfield cannel coal, and
the fragments of limestone found at the opening of the Ewing
mine as the ferriferous limestone. [Ohio Geol. Sur. Vol. V, p. 31.]
He further indicates that the dip is 15 or 20 per mile toward the
southeast in this locality. Upon what is it based is not stated.
The writer finds only evidence of little or no dip at all, and is
unable to regard the Ewing coal other than that beneath the
Putnam Hill limestone, and that the fragments of limestone
found by Dr. Orton belong to that strattmi. A comparison of
the limestones, coals, and their elevations on the east side of
Canfield Township with those at Lowellville leads to no other
conclusion than that the Canfield Cannel Coal is the coal beneath
the Vanport limestone as Dr. Orton identified it. The following
are the elevations of the limestones on Meander Creek and those
on the east side of Canfield Township:
(4)
(3)
(2)
(1)
Meander Creek
(5)
(4)
(3)
(2)
(1)
Canfield Township
Canfield Cannel Coal 1151
Fireclay 1101
Howenstein 1078
Upper Mercer 1050
Lower Mercer 1029
Ewing Coal 1115
Howenstein 1082
Upper Mercer 1040
Lower Mercer 1024
This table is the writer's interpretation of his findings based
upon the number of strata, their elevations and their intervals.
(1 ), (2), and (3) correspond well. (4) on the east side of Canfield
clearly lies lower than usual but unmistakable.
The Ewing coal certainly appears to mark the Putnam Hill
horizon in the southwest corner of Canfield Township.
Mar., 1910.] Pennsylvanian Limestones. 117
The interval between (2) and (5) on the east side of the
township is seen to be 101 feet, and it may be reasonably expected
that about the same interval would occur on Meander Creek.
At Howenstein it is 119 feet, at Alliance 115 feet, at Lowellville
11 o feet. Since the Ewing ontcrop is nearer east Canfield
Township with the 101 foot interval, a 101 foot interval on
Meander Creek seems entirely reasonable. The horizon of
No. (5) on Meander Creek then would be about 11-11 feet above
sea, or about 26 feet above the Ewing coal.
Recourse to another measurement may be taken which tends
to coniinn the conclusion that the horizon of the Vanport lies
higher than the Ewing coal. From the data on the strata at
Alliance and southward and with the Upper Freeport limestone
lying at 65 feet above the Middle Kittanning coal in the Minerva
Tunnel-cut it will be seen that the interval between the Vanport
and the Upper Freeport limestones is 121 feet in that locality.
The Upper Freeport limestone is found on the Canfield-Greenford
highway in the Goodman Hill at 1256 feet above sea. This
point is one mile a little south of east from the Ewing mine, and
the limestone is readily recognized as the Upper Freeport by its
brecciated character and a minute coiled worm-like fossil in great
numbers. The interval between the Ewing coal and the lime-
stone is 141 feet. Dip, if there were evidence of it in this locatliy,
would increase this measurement. As it is, it exceeds the first
measurement bv 20 feet which is near the interval between the
Ewing coal and the horizon at which the previous calculation
would place the Canfield Cannel or the coal beneath the Vanport
limestone.
If the Ewing coal were the Canfield Cannel and the limestone
found by Dr. Orton the Vanport, then the interval between the
Lower Mercer and the Vanport limestone on Meander would be
only 93 feet which is considerably less than the average interval.
Beardsley Outcrop. On the east branch of Meander Creek
and about 1 mile northwest of the County Infirmary an outcrop
of the Lower Mercer occurs on the farm of Edward Beardsley. Its
average thickness is about 3 feet and was formerly quarried
extensively and shipped to the furnaces at Leetonia. At 12 to
18 feet below the limestone a bed of coal is found which reaches
a thickness of 3 feet and has been mined to a considerable extent
for local use. It thickens and thins rapidly and at one point is
seen to be only 13 inches. It is certainly the same coal seen
below Club Lake and on Little Mill Creek. The limestone lies at
about 1021 feet above sea.
Ripple Outcrop. South of West Austintown one-half mile
along the Erie Railroad and just above the residence of Mr. John
Ripple the Lower Mercer outcrops in the highway at 1028 above
sea. In the mine beside the old Paint Works the limestone
ii8 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 5,
measures 3 feet 6 inches. The rich bed of iron ore above it was
formerly mined and used in the manufacture of paint.
This limestone is being burned for fertilizer on the John Fitch
farm near West Austintown.
McMahon Outcrop. About Ij miles southeast of the Ripple
outcrop an exposure of limestone occurs on McMahon Run and
on the farm of Ambrose McMahon. The full thickness is not
now exposed but reported to be 2 feet or more in a coal shaft at
this point. Drillings close around gave a thickness of 2| to 3
feet. In one hole reported by Mr. McMahon a 2-foot coal was
penetrated 10 feet above the limestone. As seen in the run the
limestone lies at about 1040. The coal at the shaft lies 25 feet
below the limestone or at 1015, but in one of the drill holes at 20
feet below that stratum. The limestone is overlain by a rich
bed of iron ore as at the Ripple outcrop and would seem from all
the data to be the Lower Mercer although 12 feet higher than at
previous outcrop. Undulation will easily account for this
difference. The 2 foot coal above it would seem to be the coal
belonging to the Upper Mercer but no trace of this limestone or
its coal is seen in the run above the shaft where the next 35 feet
of strata are exposed.
Smith Corners. At Smith Corners about one mile a b"ttle
south of east from the McMahon outcrop William Gardner pen-
etrated a limestone of about 18 inches thickness at 1090 above
sea. The dip toward the southeast in eastern Mahoning County
is only about 5 feet per mile, the interval therefore of 55 feet
indicates rather clearly that this is the Howenstein limestone.
The McMahon outcrop, Smith Corners and Poland are nearly in
line and the matter 'of dip in that direction will be considered
further under Poland outcrops.
MILL CREEK AND TRIBUTARIES.
This stream empties into the Mahoning River at Youngstown
after crossing the eastern end of Mahoning County from south
to north. Its bed for more than 7 miles from its mouth lies
below the horizon of the Lower Mercer limestone, and the scanty
outcrops of the limestones, therefore, are found on its tributaries.
Facodi Outcrop. In the first ravine to the east above the fall
at the old Lanterman Mill on Mill Creek, the Lower Mercer is
first seen on the land of Una Facodi at 1010 feet above sea. The
exposure is poor and the thickness not seen. It is underlain by
gray sandy shale and flaggy sandstone down to Mill Creek. This
sandstone is the Upper Massillon and it constitutes the rock
walls of Mill Creek gorge.
Lanterman Outcrop. About one-fourth mile south of the
Facodi outcrop and on the German Lanterman farm the Lower
Mercer outcrops in a ravine which crosses the north and south
Mar., 1910.] Pennsylvanian Limestones. 1 1 9
highway. It was formerly quarried on both sides of the ravine
for some distance and burned for Hme. At this point it hes at
1007 above sea.
Baldwin Outcrop. A hah' mile south of the last outcrop and
on the Jesse Baldwin farm this same stratum may again be seen
in a ravine in the rear of the Baldwin residence where it is 2 feet,
3 inches thick and overlies IS inches of coal which was formerly
mined on this farm to a limited extent. By topographic map the
limestone lies about 1010 above sea. About 200 yards east of
this point and across the road fragments of a limestone are lifted
in plowing and the stratum would seem to lie about 1050 above
sea.
Davis Well. This elevation w^ould seem to be confirmed by
penetrating a limestone at 1050 in a w^ell at the residence of George
E. Davis on the Youngstown-Boardman pike. The Davis well
is J mile southeast of the Baldwin outcrop. It would seem that
the second limestone is the Uj^per Mercer. If it is the Upper
Mercer the interval is greater than anywhere else found.
Moyer Spring. At a point \ mile south of the Davis well and
1 mile southeast of the Baldwin outcrop a limestone is found in
a spring at the sawmill on the Samuel Moyer farm and lies at
1030 above sea.
Geiger Well. On the C. T. Geiger farm h mile southeast of
the Moyer spring a limestone was penetrated in a test-well at 9
feet lower than in the Moyer Spring.
Walters Well. At the residence of E. C. Walters 1 mile south-
west of the Moyer Spring a limestone occurs in the well at 1018
above sea and about 500 yards northwest of the Walters residence
the Low^er Mercer is exposed on Mill Creek at about 1000 above
sea. As seen here this stratum is 2 feet, -1 inches in thickness and
presents its usual characters. It directly overlies a black coaly
shale varying from 0 to 18 inches in thickness.
Greenhouse Hill. Returning to the vicinity of Youngstown
a third limestone is found f mile east of the Lanterman outcrop
and \ mile north of the township line on the Youngstown-Board-
man pike. It outcrops in the gutter on either side of the pike
a little above the greenhouse. The limestone is dark blue, fos-
siliferous, 2 feet thick, underlain by coaly shale, and lies at 1076
elevation. No other outcrop of it was found in this locality. The
Lanterman, Baldwin, Davis well, and Greenhouse Hill limestones
are suthciently close together to conclude from them that the
limestones found at these points are the Lower Mercer, Upper
Mercer and the Howenstein.
Dr. Newberry in his report on Mahoning County gives a sec-
tion of a boring made near the south side of Youngstown Town-
ship in which three limestones were penetrated. [Ohio. Geol.
Sur. Vol. Ill, p. 803.] They are between tops, lower and middle
I20 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 5,
35 feet, middle and upper 39 feet. These are without doubt the
same three limestones noted above. By boring the interval
between the upper and lower is 74 feet; as observed in outcrop
G6 feet not counting 4 or 5 feet for dip. Furthermore, only the
hilltops on the south side of Youngstown Township reach an
elevation of 1100 feet, and Greenhotise hill is one of them with
the Howenstein at 1076 and near its top. Dr. Orton regarded
this upper limestone as the Putnam Hill. [Ohio Geol. Sur. Vol.
V, pp. 29-30.] But a comparison of the various sections unmis-
takably indicates that it is the Howenstein. The several other
occurrences of limestone at various elevations as given above indi-
cate that pronounced undulation exists in this locality in the
lower limestones.
Indian Creek Outcrops. This stream is a tributary of Mill
Cree*k and has cut a deep course in the southeast quarter of Can-
tield Township exposing coals and limestones.
On the Jonas Christman farm in the bed of Indian Creek at a
point \ mile west of the township line the Upper Mercer lies at
1039 feet above sea, is over 2 feet thick, and rests upon 14 to 18
inches of good coal. The limestone was formerly quarried and
burned with the coal. On the same farm and on the south side
of the creek a bed of coal was formerly mined which carries lenti-
cular masses of limestone lying at 1064 above sea. These lenses
are often beautiful septaria 12 to 18 inches in diameter and quite
fossiliferous. The septarian character is well shown in a ravine
on the north side of the creek several hundred yards above the
outcrop in the creek bed. The coal underlying the limestone
lenses is 18 to 24 inches thick and was formerly mined on the
William Swanston farm. Seventy-three feet above the lenses
lies the Canfield Cannel Coal at about 1139 above sea.
Dr. Orton identified these limestones and coals as the Lower
and Upper Mercer and gave an interval of So feet between the
coal under the limestone lenses and the cannel seam. Undulation
will easily account for difference in interval, but the lenses are
certainly the Howenstein limestone as will appear a little later.
On the Canfield-Boardman road in the Heintzelman hill \
mile west of the Canfield-Boardman line a bed of fireclay occurs
at 1072. About 300 yards northwest of this point a mine has
been opened in an IS inch coal which carries limestone lenses
lying at 1078 above sea. This is beyond question the saine
horizon noted on Indian Creek 1 mile south.
Neff Run Outcrop. About 300 yards northwest of this mine
in a ravine on Neff Run, a tributary of Indian Creek, a 2-foot
limestone occurs on the Martin Neff farm and rests directly upon
a 20-inch coal. This limestone lies at about 1050 above sea.
Recently Mr. Neff explored for the Sharon coal and in a drill hole
close beside the run and below the horizon of the'above limestone
Mar,, 1910.] Pennsylvanian Limestones. 121
penetrated 61 feet of drift. A little north of the run and above
the limestone two limestones were penetrated. The upper one
2^ feet thick with 16 inches of coal directly beneath it, the lower
one 3 feet thick and no coal beneath, and 21 feet between tops
of the limestones. These facts are perfectly clear. The lenticu-
lar limestone is the Howenstein ; the outcrop in the ravine at 1U5U,
and the upper one in the drill hole, is the Upper Mercer; the 3-foot
limestone in the drill hole is the Lower Mercer.
The three limestones on the east side of Canfield Township
are in harmony with the section on Meander Creek 5 miles to the
Avest; they agree perfectly with the section on Yellow Creek 5^
miles to the east; they are in entire accord with the findings in
the vicinity of Youngstown 4 miles northeast ; and they answer
closely to the facts found on McMahon Run and at Smith Corners
4 or 5 miles northwest.
The section on Neff Run with the Lower Mercer at 1029, the
L^pper Mercer at 1050, and the Howenstein at 107S combined
with the measurement between the Howenstein and the cannel
coal as found on Indian Creek gives the entire interval between
the Lower Mercer and the Vanport horizons a measurement of
122 feet. The interval of 73 feet between the Howenstein and
the cannel coal was nowhere found well exposed, but somewhere
near the middle of it we w^ould expect to find some trace of the
horizon of the Putnam Hill limestone. Xo trace was seen in
outcrop but in a drill hole on the Xeff fai^m a few hundred yards
north of the old mine in the cannel coal on the William Swanston
farm a driller reports 8 feet of fireclay 50 feet below the cannel
coal. The top of this clay certainly marks the Putnam Hill
horizon. At 119 feet below the cannel coal a 3-foot limestone
was penetrated which is undoubtedly the Lower Mercer. The
following section, therefore, indicates the relations of the lime-
stones or their horizons for the Xeff Run locality on the east side
of Canfield Township:
Vanport limestone (cannel coal) 1151
Putnam Hill limestone (fireclay) 1101
Howenstein limestone (lenses) 1078
Upper Mercer liinestone 1050
Lower Mercer limestone 1029
DIP OF STRATA IN CENTRAL MAHONING COUNTV.
The matter of dip presents some points of interest in central
Mahoning County. The Lower Mercer dips southeast from Mc-
Mahon Run to Indian Creek about 22 feet in oh miles or about
4 feet per mile. The Howenstein dips more south than east
between Smith Corners and Indian Creek 26 feet in 4i miles.
The average dip is therefore seen to be about 5 feet per mile
in this direction.
122 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 5,
From Lower Outcrop nearly due east to Indian Creek the
Upper Mercer dips 1 foot in oh miles. The Howenstein dips in
the same direction from Bingham Outcrop to Indian Creek
8 feet in nearly 7 miles. The Lower Mercer rises from Club
Lake to Neff Run in a direction 7h miles east and 1 mile north
6 feet in 7^ miles. It is seen at once that the strata lie almost
horizontally from east to west in the center of the county.
From Neff Run to Lanterman Outcrop more north than east
the Lower Mercer falls 19 feet in r>h miles, whereas it would be
expected to rise judging from its position to the west of Neff Run.
From the same run to Davis well very nearly northeast the Upper
Mercer lies horizontally having an elevation of 1050 at each place
and 3^ miles between. From Neff Run to Greenhouse Hill
exactly northeast the Howenstein falls 2 feet in -i miles. The
average for the three strata is seen to be about a 2-foot fall per
mile. In a direction so much north of east a rise of several feet
per mile would be expected.
From the Beardsley Outcrop to Neff Run in a direction IJ
miles south of east the Lower Mercer rises 8 feet in 4 miles.
Further comment on the dip and position of the strata in central
Mahoning County will be made in connection with the Yellow
Creek and Lowellville sections.
YELLOW CREEK.
This stream is a tributary of Mahoning River and flows north-
ward nearly parallel to Mill Creek half way between the latter
and the state line. It has a fall of about 210 feet in 5 miles and
its rapid current has cut a deep gorge from the village of Poland
to its mouth at StrUthers. Accordingly unusually good expo-
sures of the Potsville formation are afforded.
Poland Outcrops. At the village of Poland two outcrops of
limestone occur. The first is seen on the north side just below the
cemetery forming a conspicuous ledge and water fall in Yellow
Creek. It is the Lower Mercer and lies at 990 feet above sea.
The stratum presents here that peculiarity of two layers noted
elsewhere. The upper layer measures 2 feet, 3 inches and the
lower 7 inches. Resting directly upon the heavy bed is a 2-inch
very impure layer of limestone of cone-in-cone structure which
breaks easily and shows this peculiar structure quite admirably.
The heavy bed is bluish gray, tough, fossiliferous, and sparkles
with crinoid stems and calcite crystals. The limestone is directly
underlain by black carbonaceous shale which is extremely fossili-
ferous. vSeventeen feet of yellowish-gray flaggy sandstone over-
lies this limestone at this point.
One and one-half miles from the Mahoning River the City of
Youngstown has built a dam on Yellow Creek, the head water of
which is found a few hundred yards below the above outcrop.
xMar., 1910.]
Pennsylvanian Limestones.
123
In a cliff at the head of still water the Lower Mercer is again well
exposed as a conspicuous middle stratum of 3 feet thickness in
the cliff face and lying at its top 9 feet above dam level. A 5-inch
impure cannel coal lies 4§ feet below its base. In the second
ravine south of the spillway the Lower Mercer is again seen and
lies 4 feet higher than in the above cliff, a mile distant. The dam
level is about 980 feet above sea.
The second limestone at Poland outcrops on the south side of
the village in the creek bank in the rear of the Presbyterian
church. The stratum is clearly the Upper Mercer and lies at
1013 above sea. As seen here it rises a few feet above, then sinks
beneath the level of the Poland Mill Dam.
Burgess Run Outcrop. One and one-quarter miles south of
Poland on Burgess Run, a tributary of Yellow Creek, a third lime-
stone outcrops at 1050 in the run bank near the highway bridge
and on the farm of D. W. Walker. The stratum is nearly black
and 2 to 2J feet in thickness. It is underlain by 18 inches of
coal 15 inches of which is cannel. The limestone is overlain by
sandstone as seen above the highway. This is clearly the Howen-
stein limestone although it lies lower than in the outcrops noted
on Neff Run, at Smith Corners and in Greenhouse Hill. But it
is also noticed that the Mercer limestones lie correspondingly
lower.
DIP OF STRAT.\ FROM CENTRAL TO EASTERN MAHONING COUNTY.
Poland is directly east of the Neff Run outcrops oh miles and
a comparison of the elevations of the three strata at once reveals
a dip toward the east which was not found the case across Can-
field Township.
Neff Run
Howenstein 1078
Upper Mercer 1050
Lower Mercer 1029
Poland
Howenstein 1055
Upper Mercer 1013
Lower Mercer 990
The Howenstein is not found at Poland but the dip southeast
from Greenhouse Hill to Burgess Run is 5 feet per mile, hence
the horizon of this limestone is about 1055 at Poland. These
elevations show that the Howenstein dips toward the east slightly
over 4 feet per mile, the Upper and Lower Mercer 7 feet per mile.
The elevations at Poland may be compared with one other
set. The outcrops south of Youngstown and those at Poland lie
in a line extending northwest and southeast.
Youngstown
(Greenhouse Hill) Howenstein 1076
(Davis Well) Upper Mercer. .. . 1050
(Facodi) Lower Mercer. . . 1010
Poland
Howenstein 1055
Upper Mercer. . . 1013
Lower Mercer. . . 990
124 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 5,
The distance between the first two points is 4 miles hence the
Howenstein dips about 5 feet per mile which it is seen to do be-
tween Greenhouse Hill and Burgess Run. Between the second
two points the distance is 3^ miles and the dip 11 feet per mile.
This is tindoubtedly due to this limestone lying much farther from
the Lower Mercer at Davis Well than is usual, and therefore not
representative of the general southeasterly dip of the strata. The
Howenstein and Lower Mercer may be taken as more correctly
expressing the general dip. Between the third two points the
distance is 4^ miles with a dip of 4^ feet per mile.
CANFIELD ANTICLINE.
It will be recalled that in the interpretation of the Alliance
section that facts seem to point to the existence of a fold lying
east of that city. The writer believes that the data found in
Mahoning County fully warrant this conclusion. The fold is a
broad low one and seems to lie through the center of the county
with Canfield somewhere near the crest. The horizons of all the
limestones lie higher in Central Mahoning County than at Alliance
or Poland. The existence of nearly horizontal strata from west
to east in Canfield Township, and of marked dip in the same
direction from the east side of the township toward Poland indi-
cate such a fold. The fold is sufficiently low that the normal
dip of the strata toward the southeast from Ellsworth and north-
western Canfield township is overcome causing the strata to lie
almost horizontally, or with a slight rise in that direction. The
unexpected fall in the strata toward the northeast from Xeff Run,
where a rise would be looked for, indicates a dying out of the fold
in the vicinity of Youngstown. The rise in the strata from
Alliance toward North Benton is believed to be due in part to
ascending diagonally the west slope of this fold. Lastly, south-
east of Alliance and in northwestern Cohimbiana County oil is
found in many wells. Four miles southeast a good producing
field is found. Six miles south and 2 miles east in the vicinity
of Homeworth two other fields are found. Again, S miles south-
east of Alliance a gas field occurs in the vicinity of North George-
town. The position of these fields shows a general northeast
and southwest direction. A distance of 4 miles from northwest
to southeast across this belt of fields conforms exactly to facts
found in central Mahoning County and the fields are certainly
associated with the Canfield Anticline.
Gorge Outcrop. The three limestones already considered on
this creek are the ones to be expected but another calls for atten-
tion. It lies below the Upper Massillon sandstone and there-
fore appears only in the lower part of the Yellow Creek gorge.
This limestone is seen in the creek bed and in the north wall of
the gorge about 4 or 5 hundred yards below Yellow Creek Dam,
Mar., 1910.] , Pennsylvanian Limestones. 125
and lies at about 884 feet above sea. It is black, tough, very
hard, without fossils, somewhat concretionery in appearance,
and 6 to 15 inches in thickness. The limestone lies 6 feet above
stream level as seen in the cliff and near the middle of a 12-foot
black and gray shale. Two thin seams of coal are seen above
the limestone, one at 9^ feet and the other at 15 feet above, and
seem to hold the horizon of the Quakertown coal.
The limestone lies 109 feet below the top of the Lower Mercer
as seen in the ravine south of the spillway. Nearly 80 feet of the
interval between the two limestones is occupied by the heavy
sandstone which is very unevenly bedded and in places sinks
down cutting out the upper coal.
Further comment on this limestone will be made in connec-
tion with the Lowellville section.
LOWELL^■ILLE SECTION.
This village is situated in the gorge, or deep narrow valley of
the Mahoning River 1 mile west of the state line. Water level
at the Lowellville River Bridge is 807 feet above sea and the
borders of the gorge reach 1140 feet above or more. In places
the gorge borders are less than 1 mile apart at 300 feet above the
river and as would be expected numerous deep ravines trench
the steep sides of the valley.
Furnace Run may be taken as typical of these ravines and as
affording a typical section in the vicinit}^ of Lowellville. This
ravine lies on the south side of the river and immediately beside
the highwav leading south from the village. The mouth of the
ravine is seen at the furnaces of The Ohio Iron and Steel Company.
Ascending this ravine the Mississippian-Pennsylvanian uncon-
formity is seen at different places and with hilltops of the dove-
colored Cuyahoga more than 100 feet above the river. About
200 yards east of the mouth of this ravine a mine is opened in the
Sharon coal which lies at 848 feet above sea and lying in a nar-
row trough between ridges of the Cuyahoga formation. In the
bed of Furnace Run about half-way between the Pennsylvania
Railroad and its switch leading to the stone cjuarry the first
limestone is found lying at 912 above sea. Further mention of
this limestone is deferred to the close of the discussion on the
Lowellville section. At the lower end of the culvert under the
above switch the Lower Mercer limestone occurs in the ravine
bed at 995 feet above sea. It is 2 feet 6 inches thick and a dark
bluish-gray in color. A 2-inch coal occurs 2 feet below it and an
18-inch bed 13 feet 6 inches below as seen 50 yards below the
culvert. The 18-inch coal seems to be the same bed found on
Meander and Little Mill Creeks. The limestone is overlain by
iron ore.
UJ LIBRARY Z^j
\^\ — Jd
126 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 5,
The Upper Mercer is seen directly above the preceding hme-
stone at the culvert, and lies at 1020 feet above sea. It is 2 feet
4 inches thick is slightly darker in color and contains the same
fossils found in the Lower Mercer, and is immediately underlain
by 15 inches of coal.
At 23 feet above the latter limestone or at 1043 feet above sea
a thin bed of coal occurs which ranges from 3 to 6 inches in thick-
ness as seen at several outcrops along the east side of the ravine.
This is undoubtedly the coal seen beneath the Howenstein 4
miles southwest on Burgess Run and the representative of the
coaly shale beneath that limestone seen on Greenhouse Hill 6h
miles a little north of west. The interval between the Upper
Mercer and this coal is chiefly shale and contains two other coals.
The first is 14 inches thick with only 2 feet 10 inches between it
and the limestone. The second coal is 5 inches thick with its
top 7 feet 10 inches above the limestone. Coal so close above a
limestone is unusual. But it will be remembered that this is
exactly the case in the Lower outcrop of this same limestone, and
black coaly shale is found directly above the same stratum on
Little Mill Creek at the point where it turns southward. Almost
an exact duplicate of the facts found on Furnace Run immedi-
ately above the Upper Mercer is found on Little Mill Creek.
Two beds of coal with clay and shale beneath each occur at the
former place and two beds of black or coaly shale with clay and
shale beneath each occur at the latter. This peculiarity of the
Upper Mercer being sandwiched between two coals is not known
to the writer to occur outside of Mahoning County.
At 1078 feet above sea another coal and fireclay is found. It
is exposed in the roadway about 50 feet south of the highway
bridge over the switch to the quarry. It is also exposed in the
switch cut east of the bridge near the crusher, and again in the
ravine about 300 yards southw^est of the highway bridge. At
the latter point it is 5 inches thick but thinner in the others and
is underlain by 2 to 3 feet of clay and sandy shale which grades
quickly in coarse shaly sandstone the latter filling the interval
down to the next coal below. This coal and fireclay certainly
mark the horizon of the Putnam Hill limestone. The sandstone
between these two coals is in harmony with facts found on
Burgess Run, Neff Run, at Smith's Corners at the Bingham
outcrop, the Ewing outcrop, and at North Benton; or in brief,
sandstone prevails between these two horizons through Mahoning
County.
The coal at the horizon of the Putnam Hill limestone is the
last noteworthy stratum to be seen at the head of the ravine.
But 200 yards to the left of the ravine and at the top of the hill
the extensive quarry in the Vanport limestone occurs. This
stratum shows marked undulation. The top as seen at the
Mar., 1910.] Pennsylvanian Limestones. 127
north side of the quarry at the mouth of the quarry drain-tunnel
hes at 1115 above sea with a thickness of 12 feet. The thin coal
accompanying the limestone, the "Scrubgrass" of Pennsylvania
and the " Canfield cannel " of Ohio, lies immediately beneath it at
1103 above sea. In the drain ditch leading to the tunnel and
110 yards distant the same coal lies at 1120^ feet above sea, the
limestone making an equal rise. This is the greatest elevation at
which the coal was found. In the highway 150 yards south of
the northwest corner of the quarry the greatest height of the
limestone is found at 1138 feet above sea, but the limestone is 16
feet thick at this point. The average elevation is about 1128
feet above sea, and the average thickness about 11 feet.
As seen at the tunnel mouth the lower 8 feet of the limestone
have a dark blue color and are less pure than the upper part.
The upper 1 feet are a much lighter blue, purer and lie in better
defined beds than the lower part. As seen in the southwest cor-
ner of the quarry the first 3 feet 5 inches of the limestone are
shaly, blue in color and becoming firmer toward the top. The
next 4 feet 4 inches are bluish-gray, darker below and lighter
above, and in 4 fairly definite layers. The upper 8 feet 2 inches
are gray with a bluish tint below, and in 1 1 fairly definite layers
but not generally continuous. They often split into more
layers, are only fairly tough and break into rather cubical blocks.
This limestone as it occurs at Lowellville is exceedingly fos-
siliferous and contains more species of fossils than any of the
other limestones or possibly more than all the others combined.
It is especially rich in gasteropods.
At every point where the top of this stratum is exposed it
shows the smoothing, scratching, and grooving of glacial action.
This limestone has been quarried for many years for use in the
furnaces, and at present is being quarried extensively on the
W. M. Arel farm.
One-half mile south of the quarry on the T. M. Moore farm
openings in the Lower Kittanning coal may be seen at 1177 feet
above sea. Considerable coal was formerly mined for local use
but the mines have long since been abandoned. The entire
interval between the top of the limestone and the top of this
coal is covered.
The several horizons of limestone occurring below the Lower
Kittanning coal down to, and including the Lower Mercer have
been considered at numerous points across the two counties.
We may now turn to a consideration of an earlier Pennsylvanian
limestone than the Lower Mercer, the presence of which has been
noted at several points. As stated at the beginning of the Low-
ellville section this limestone is seen in the ravine bed about
midway between the furnaces and the switch leading to the
quarry and at its highest point is 912 feet above sea. It lies 83
128 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 5,
feet below the Lower Mercer limestone and 64 feet above the
level of the Sharon coal at the base of the shaft. Its position
seems to be about the horizon of the Quarkertown coal, but the
onty suggestion of an associated coal is a considerable thickness
of black shale overlying it, which is quite fissile, fairly tough and
lifting in broad sheets particularly the first few feet above the
limestone. About one foot of the shale above the limestone is
somewhat calcareous responding readily to acid, and suggests
that at no great distance it may become limestone. This black
shale is in harmony with the gray and black shale with the two
thin seams of coal found above the liinestone in the Yellow
Creek gorge.
Being covered the character of the strata immediately
beneath the limestone was not seen. A little below, however,
massive layers of sandstone appear which are certainly the
upper part of the Lower Mas.sillon sandstone, or Lower Con-
noquenessing of Pennsylvania. The limestone is black, very
hard, tough, and apparently in one layer. It is 2 feet or more
in thickness — the full thickness not being obtained due to a
sharp dip down stream concealing its base. - It is very fossilifer-
ous, the white shells and crinoid stems presenting a striking
appearance in the black matrix. A few species of brachiopods
and fragments of crinoid stems predominate. The latter are
often 6 or 8 inches long, as they also are in the Vanport in the
quarry above, and lying horizontally with the section markings
showing plainly they somewhat resemble worms, and the unini-
tiated point them out and confidently inform one that they are
petrified worms.
Newberry in his report on Mahoning County, and in a section
on Grindstone Run indicates the presence at this horizon of a
"Dark silicious limestone" 1 foot in thickness. [Ohio Geol. Sur.
Vol. Ill, opp. p. 804.] He nowhere else describes or mentions it
so far as the writer is aware.
It will be recalled that a black limestone outcrops in the
Yellow Creek gorge at 884 feet above sea. This outcrop is about
2\ miles west of Furnace Run, and while it lies 28 feet lower than
the outcrop on the latter run it is certainly the same stratum.
In a test well on the C. T. Geiger farm located near the
Youngstown-Boardman pike and about 1 mile north of Board-
man Center and 8f iniles due west of the Yellow Creek outcrop,
a 3 foot black limestone was reached at 910 feet above sea. It
lies 111 feet below the Lower Mercer limestone and 47 feet above
the Sharon coal which is 2 feet thick in this well and lies at 863
feet above sea.
It will be recalled that in the Alliance section an unknown
limestone of 5 feet thickness was struck at 882 above sea and at
Mar., 1910.] Pennsylvanian Limestones. 129
60 feet below the Lower Mercer. A 2 foot coal also occurs in the
Alliance well at 60 feet below this limestone.
Mr. Thomas Hyland, a well driller of Columbiana, Ohio,
reports to the writer that at numerous points south of Youngs-
town and as far as 10 or 15 miles east of the state line he has pen-
etrated a hard black limestone full of beautiful white shells and
lying not far above the Block Coal and lower than any other
limestone known to him.
All of the above data point unmistakably to another lime-
stone of considerable extent in the Lower Coal Measures of this
region. It is shown to extend at least as far west as Alliance
and in heavier body at this point than anywhere else found. So
far as is known to the writer the only outcrops of this limestone
occur in Mahoning County and since the best outcrop occurs at
Lowellville it may be called the Loivellville Limestone.
CONCLUSION.
The object of this study has been to ascertain the number,
the relation, the position, the continuity, and the character of
these limestones below the Lower Kittanning coal in the territory
outlined at the beginning of this paper. The principal facts
gleaned may be set forth briefly in conclusion.
1. There are six limestone horizons below the Lower
Kittanning coal in Stark and Mahoning Counties. The lowest
and earliest of these is the Lowellville which was first observed
by Newberry on "Grindstone Run" at Lowellville. It seems
to lie just below the horizon of the Quakertown coal, and its
known outcrops are limited to Mahoning County.
2. The second limestone is the Lower Mercer and was first
noted by H. D. Rogers in 1858 in Mercer County, Pennsylvania.
The two layer character pointed out by I. C. White, as occurring
in Mercer County, is characteristic of this limestone in Mahoning
County and occurs at Shew's Mill below Howenstein in Stark
County. This limestone has been regarded the most persistent
of the Lower Coal Measure limestones. Whatever may be said
of it elsewhere, in these counties it is absent equally as often as
its companion the Upper Mercer.
3. Two beds of coal occur cjuite generally below the Lower
Mercer limestone. The upper one is usually thin and of little or
no value. The lower one is of mineable thickness in places, lies
10 to 22 feet below the limestone, and is known as the Lower
Mercer coal. At Shew's Mill it lies 22 feet below; 12 to 20 feet
below on Little Mill Creek and Mahoning River; 10 to 17 below
on Infirmary Run; and 13 below^ on Furnace Run.
4. The third limestone is the Upper Mercer, first recognized
by Rogers on the Mahoning River and later by White in Mercer
County as the Upper Mercer limestone. In Mahoning County
13° The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 5,
this limestone has the peculiarity of being interposed between
two beds of coal both of which reach mineable thickness in some
places. The Pennsylvania geologists have said this limestone is
sparing in outcrop in Mercer County and seldom seen where the
Lower Mercer is found. Had the excellent expres.~i:/n of this
stratum in Mahoning County been seen at that time, the name
Upper Mercer would quite probably never have appeared. In
both counties it is sometimes absent but is present equally as
often as the Lower Mercer.
Rogers states that this limestone is interposed immediately
under the Tionesta sandstone (Homewood sandstone) in the
vicinity of New Castle, Pennsylvania, [Geology, Pennsylvania,
Vol. II, Part I, p. 489], and White in his section on the Ohio-
Pennsylvania line on the Mahoning River shows the top of the
Homewood sandstone to be 30 feet above the top of the Upper
Mercer limestone. [U. S. Geol. Sur. Bui. 65, p. 191]. These are
important points in correlating the horizons traced across the
two counties with those beyond the state line. The horizons of
doubtful correlation are, particularly, the Brookville coal,
Clarion coal, and Putnam Hill limestone.
5. The Howenstein is the fourth limestone and is traceable
across the two counties. It is last seen in full development, and
without suggestion of disappearing, on Burgess Run. Its hori-
zon is certainly marked by the coal at 1043 on Furnace Run.
From White's section and the Furnace Run section the writer is
unable to reach any other conclusion than that the Howenstein
limestone caps the Brookville coal. The Homewood sandstone
so conspicuovis in Pennsylvania thins down on entering Ohio and
becomes shale in the Furnace Run section but regains its massive
character locally as seen at Club Lake where it is 28 feet thick,
and rests upon a remnant of the Upper Mercer coal. Failing as
it does it is no longer a guide to mark the top of the Pottsville
formation in these counties, but the Howenstein limestone
directly overlying the Brookville coal comes in to be the guide in
finding the horizons.
6. The Putnam Hill, first recognized by Andrews, 1869, in
Putnam Hill at Zanesville, Ohio, is the fifth limestone. It lies
in rather heavy body through vStark County and in western
Mahoning County. It thins out toward the east and is absent
in the eastern part of the county. The last trace of it was found
at the Ewing mine in southwestern Canfield Township by Dr.
Orton. The coal at 1078 feet above sea in the Furnace Run
section marks its horizon and appears to be the Clarion coal of
western Pennsylvania. It is worthy of note that in the interval
between the Brookville, and clarion coals sandstone prevails
through Mahoning County and is present through central
Mar., 1910.] Pennsylvanian Limestones. 131
Stark County but with less prominence. It is usually shaly or
flaggy and soft, but occasionally it becomes fairly firm and mas-
sive, yet nowhere showing the massiveness of the Homewood
at Club Lake.
7. The sixth and highest of these limestones is the Vanport
named by Clapp in 1904 but well known previously as the Ferri-
ferous limestone. This stratum enters Ohio at Lowellville with
a thickness of 16 feet, but suddenly dies out westward. In
central Mahoning County its coal thickens and becomes the well
known "Canfield Cannel Coal" but without its limestone cov-
ering. In southwestern Mahoning County the Vanport reappears
and is found at different points in considerable body at least as
far westward as central Stark County. The outcrops of the
Vanport and Putnam Hill overlap, and the two are sometimes
present in the same section. This is particularly true in the
vicinity of Middle Branch in vStark County where the Putnam Hill
reaches its maximum development and with the Vanport above
it in heavy body. Southward from this locality the Putnam
Hill maintains a fairly heavy body but the Vanport again dies
out at Canton and has only feeble expression in the southern
part of the county.
8. All of the limestones undulate and this occasionally be-
comes very pronounced. Variation in the intervals between
them is more often due to undulation than to a general thicken-
ing or thinning of intermediate strata.
9. The dip of the strata in the region covered is decidedly
variable and a uniform dip of 15 to 20 feet per mile toward the
southeast is untenable. The variation appears to be due to low
folds one of which seems to extend through western Columbiana
County and through central Mahoning Count3^ and with the
crest in the vicinity of the village of Canfield. A second fold is
thought to extend through the western part of Stark County
and with the crest to the west of Canton.
TABLE OF OUTCROPS AND ELEVATIONS.
For convenience of reference the various outcrops and places
at which limestone occurs with the identification and elevation
are given in tabular form. In a few instances the limestone is
absent, but its horizon is clearly marked bv fireclav or coal, or
both.
132
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. X, No. 5,
TABLE OF LIMESTONES AND ELEVATIONS
Place
Name of Limestone
Lowell-
ville
Low.
Mer.
Up.
Mer.
Howen-
stein
Put.
Hill
Van-
port
Howenstein
North Industry
S. W. Canton.^
N. W. Canton
Worstler Outcrop . . .
Werner Outcrop
Ceinent Plant
Carr Outcrop
Ellett Outcrop
Alliance
Best's Station
North Benton
Henry Outcrop
Hartzell Outcrop.. . .
Pottery Plant
Little Mill Cr
Ellswoi'th
Diehl Creek
Lower Outcrop
Binghain Outcrop. . .
Linger Outcrop
Ewing Mine
Beardsley Outcrop . .
Ripple Outcrop
McMahon Outcrop. .
vSmith Corners
Facodi Otitcrop
Lanternian Outcrop.
Baldwin Outcrop.. . .
Davis Well
Moyer Spring
Geiger Well
Walters Well
Greenhouse Hill
Indian Creek
Neff Run
Yellow Cr. Gorge.. . .
Poland
Burgess Run
Furnace Rvm
882
910
884
912
939
945
1015
1015
102.3
1024
1021
1028
1040
ioio
1007
1010
1030
1021
1018
1029
990
995
967
979
1003
966
1043
1048
1037
1040
1050
10.50
1039
1050
101.3
1620
991
i025
1008
1069
1675
1072
108
1090
1076
1064
1078
10.50
1043
1051
10.57
1075
1090
1120
1130
1143
103
1084
1115
1089
1078
1086
1180
1117
1081
iioi
1139
1128
Mar., 1910.] Pennsylvania?! Limestones. 133
KEY TO ACCOMPANYING MAP.
The streams, cities and villages, and points of outcrop or
place of occurrence of limestone are fairly accurately located
on the accompanying map. Those streams, towns, and outcrops
mentioned in the foregoing description are for the most part,
located on the map. Streams are named by letter, and points
of outcrop by numbered cross.
STREAMS
A Nimishillen Creek
B West Branch Nimishillen
C Middle Branch Nimishillen
D East Branch Nimishellen
E Mahoning River
F Deer Creek
G Island Creek
H Little Mill Creek
I Turkey Broth Creek
J Meander Creek
K McMahon Run
L Infirmary Run
M Diehl Creek
N Mill Creek
O Neff Run
P Indian Creek
Q Yellow Creek
R Btirgess Run
S Furnace Run
134
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. X, No. 5,
Ohio Naturalist.
Flaie V.
Mar., 1910.] Pennsylvanian Limestones. 135
POINTS OF OCCURRKNCE OF LIMESTONES OR THEIR HORIZONS
1 Shews' Mill Outcrop
2 Howenstein Outcrops
o Stallman Outcrops
4 North Industry Outcrops
.5 Southwest Canton Outcrops
G Northwest Canton Outcrop
7 Worstler Outcrop
8 Werner Outcrop
9 Cement Plant Outcrops
10 Carr Outcrop
11 Lare Mine
12 Alliance Test Well No. 1
13 Ellett Outcrop
• 14 Alliance Test Well No. 2
15 Best's Station Outcrops
16 North Benton Outcrops
17 Henry Outcrop
18 Island Creek Mine
19 Dustman Pottery Plant
20 Hartzell Outcrop
21 Little Mill Creek Outcrops
22 Club Lake Outcrop
23 Diehl Creek Outcrop
24 Lower Outcrop
2.5 Bingham Otitcrop
26 Unger Outcrop
27 Ewing Mine
28 Beardsley Outcrop
29 .- Smith Corners
30 McMahon Outcrop
31 Ripple Outcrop
32 Neff Run Outcrops
33 Swanston Mine, Cannel Coal
34 Indian Creek Outcrops
35 Facodi Outcrop
36 Lanterman Outcrop
37 Greenhouse Hill Outcrop
38 Baldwin Outcrop
39 Davis Well
40 Moyer Spring
41 Geiger Well
42 Walters Well
43 Yellow Creek Gorge Outcrop
44 Poland Outcrops
45 Burgess Run Outcrop
46 Furnace Run Outcrops
Mount Union College.
136 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol.X, No. 5,
A SUPPLEMENTARY DESCRIPTION OF CERASTIUM
ARVENSE WEBBII JENNINGS.
Otto E. Jennings.
In the Ohio Naturalist, about a year ago, the writer
described as new var. Webhii of Cerastium arvense L. Recently
my friend, Mr. Roscoe J. Webb, of Garrettsville, Ohio, for whom
the variety was named, has sent to us for further examination
some excellent specimens of the plant, collected by him on
June 25, 1909, at the type locality, along the gorge of the Rocky
River, Cuyahoga County, Ohio. The type specimens lacked
ripe pods and the original description was in that respect defi-
cient, but in the specimens now at hand the inflorescence con-
tains all stages from flower buds to dehisced pods and it is now
possible to give a more complete description of the variety,
as follows:
Cerastium arvense Wehbii Jennings. vSimilar or somewhat
taller than varieties ohlongijoliuni and villosum, our specimens
now ranging from about 3.5 to 5 dm. in height, the larger plants
often decumbent for a distance of 1 dm. or more at the base,
more or less densely pubsecent, especially above, where there is
often much glandular pubescence. Leaves oblong-lanceolate
below to ovate-lanceolate above, the latter attaining a size of 1.2
cm. wide b}' 6 cm. long, all sub-acute to obtuse and somewhat
paler below, the leaves of the sterile shoots being somewhat
smaller and varying from oblong-lanceolate to linear-elliptic, the
floral bracts being similar to the sepals in shape and size, and
viscid-pubescent. Cyme strict to rather widely branched at
maturity; pedicels stiff, 1 to 4 cm. long, at the apex abruptly bent
so that the pod becomes more or less cernuous. Sepals narrowly
oval, acute to somewhat obtuse, white-scarious margined, about
2 mm. wide by 6 mm. long. Petals about 1 cm. long by 5 mm.
wide, obovate, the apex emarginate to the depth of about 1.5 mm.
Pods cylindric, 2.5 to 3 mm. in diameter, 1 to 1.5 cm. long,
arcuate with the apex curved upwards, yellowish white, lustrous,
the teeth in dehiscence erect, about 1 mm. long, narrowly
acuminate. Seeds reddish-brown, flattened-globose-reniform
with a very narrow sinus, quite roughly papillose, about 0.8 mm.
in diameter.
This variety, as exemplified by the specimens now at hand,
has the longer pods of variety ohlongifoliiim with the more dense
villous-pubescence of villosum and is almost as densely viscid-
pubescent as is the typical Cerastium vulgatum L. In fact, it
almost appears as though there might be here a case of hybridism,
the intergradation being so complete.
Carnegie Museum, January, 1910.
Date of Publication, March 2, 1910.
I'he Ohio T^aturalist,
PUBLISHED BY
The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni'versity,
Volume X. APRIL. 1910. No. 6.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Dachnowski — The Bacterial Flora as a Factor in the Unproduct veness of Soils 137
Fox— The Film Test for Crude Rubber 146
HiNE— A Comparative Study of Four Genera of Horseflies 149
Dickey— Meetings of the Biological Club 152
THE BACTERIAL FLORA AS A FACTOR IN THE UNPRO-
DUCTIVENESS OF SOILS.*
Alfred Dachnowski.
The splendid contributions concerning the general relation-
ship existing between soil micro-organisms and scientific agri-
culture are their own testimony as to the soundness of this
position. Of these contributions the subject of nitrification is
one which has received the larger share of attention from scien-
tific men, and the literature thereon is indeed voluminous. The
value of nitrogen fixation by bacteria living within the soil itself
and by bacteria which develop nodules upon the roots of legu-
minous plants^ and the consequent increase in fertility of aban-
doned fields is a fact with which every student of agriculture has
become familiar. A role obviously less generally understood or
appreciated is that of micro-organisms in rendering a field or a
habitat injurious to agricultural crops. Micro-organic life in
soils and the relationship of such species as friends or foes to the
crop-producing capacity of soils is a line of research still before
us. It is one which offers splendid opportunities for the collec-
tion of facts of great moment to the practice of agriculture,
particularly in relation to the much debated question of fer-
tilizers. It will enable a better economic utilization and
conservation of soil resources.
The ntimber of species concerned is exceedingly great. Some
are aerobic, while others are anaerobic. There are present not
only beneficial nitrifying bacteria upon which the formation of
important, valuable chemical compounds in the soil depends,
but also denitrifying, putrefactive, and pathogenic bacteria to
*Contribution from the Botanical Laboratory of Ohio State Uni-
versity, 53.
"J '
ujILIBRARYI
138 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 6,
which most of the diseases of the soil may be attributed. The
problem concerning the processes and the products of the activ-
ity of the injurious bacteria, and the correlated question of their
intimate bearing upon a decreased fertility in soils, has unfor-
ttmately been limited to work of a comparatively small number
of investigators. A glance through the literature of research in
soil bacteriology reveals that scarcely anything has been pub-
lished on the physiological effects of bacterial decomposition
products upon agricultural plants.
Recent work of an experimental nattire which dealt pri-
marily with physiologically arid habitats and drought resistance
in plants (Bot. Gazette 49: 1910) has revealed to the writer that
the injurious products of a bacterial soil flora accumulating in
definite layers of soil are the leading factor to be considered in
the sterility of certain soils, and that these products operate
selectively upon invading forms striving for occupancv. The
attempt which has been made to stud^• the phvsiological reaction
of the products formed from the activity of single, isolated
species as well as the effects of the residual products due to mix-
tures of bacteria is briefly stated below. The data have been
tabulated and are offered now in the hope that they will be of
general interest, and invite other investigators to make studies
similar to the one here presented. A more detailed account
covering more extensive investigations will appear later.
Without going into too much detail it is sufficient here to
point out the following: In the spring of 190S an examination
of bog water and bog soils which was carried on in connection
with the physiological ecolog}' of Cranberry Island at Buckeye
Lake, Ohio, disclosed that the formation of methane and other
gases was of bacterial origin. Agricultural plants and various
other cultivated varieties which were grown on Cranberry Island
for experimental purposes showed marked difficulty of absorp-
tion, soon became stunted, took on xerophilous characters, and
in most cases died. Through the courtesy of Prof. Morrey of the
Bacteriological Department of this University, the bacterial
examination was repeated in 1909. Under Dr. Morrev's direc-
tion, Mr. W. L. Sherman, to whom much credit is due for efffcient
aid, prepared dilution cultures from fresh samples of bog water.
The isolation of the various species was continued upon peat-agar
plates and later in test-tubes containing a beef-broth-agar
meditim, until from the bacterial colonies which appeared upon
them the pure cultures were obtained. The bacteria thus
isolated were tested for their toxin producing power upon a steri-
lized solution of bog water and peat. A number of large flasks
of a liter capacity containing the sterilized solution were inco-
ulated with the respective pure cultures. Several flasks were
left sterile to serve as controls, while others were inoculated with
April, 1910.] The Bacterial Flora. 139
a mixture of bacteria found in 1 cc. of fresh bog water. An
additional test condition was arranged at the same time from the
normal, untreated bog water. All flasks were then placed in an
incubator for a period var\4ng from two to four, and six weeks
At such times they were then brought to the Botanical labora-
tory. All physiological experiments were made in duplicate
series and the greatest caution was observed to reduce the
dangers of contamination during the preparation of the cultures.
The physiological tests were made in half-liter "Mason" jars
covered with black paper and containing 500 cc. of the inoculated
solution. Wheat seedlings were used for these cultures. The
seeds were germinated in sterilized quartz sand until 4-5 cm.
high*. They were then carefully washed in distilled water and
transplanted to the cultures. Six seedlings were used in every
experiment. The seedlings were individuals selected out of a
large number of plants. The fiat corks to which they were
fastened were previously sterilized and paraffined. The cultures
were then placed in the Universitv greenhouse in situations
where the conditions of temperature and diffused light were
uniform. In connection with temperature and humidity read-
ings the measurement of the evaporating power of the air was
obtained using for this purpose a standardized porous cup
atmometer. The growth of the plants in the various cultures was
measured bv transpiration relative to the control cultures; the
water loss was recorded every fifth day by weighing the cultures.
In all cases the experiments were extended for fifteen days.
About 35 different species of bacteria have thus far been isolated
from the uppermost layer of the soil (to the depth of one foot)
and 21 of them have been tested physiologically. From the data
at hand the following have been selected to illustrate the varia-
tion in virility of bacterial products.
* The following method, used by the writer for .some time, is found
to be convenient and very valuable for sprouting wheat seeds. An
enameled dish 20 cm. in diameter and 8 cm. high, the bottom of which
is pei-forated with openings of 2 mm. is tilled with sterilized quartz sand.
To keep the quartz from falling through the dish is lined with filter paper,
or the openings are decreased to a size allowing the needed contact with
the water by repeated dipping of the dish in melted paraffin. The dish is
placed upon cork supports into a large enameled iron pan, 25 x 10 cm.,
containing water up to the lower 2 cm. of the dish. To prevent injury to
the seedlings from the accumulation of materials which the seeds exude
during germination the water is changed daily. The gei-minator is cov-
ered with a glass-stoppered bell-jar who.se stopper inay readily be replaced
by one of rubber with one or more holes. When the plants are of the
desired height the pan is filled with water thus allowing a ready removal.
luji LIBRARY
140
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. X, No. 6,
TABLE I.
Transpiration Data for Solutions Inoculated Nov. 14, 1909, With
Pure Cultures of Bog Bacteria.
Transpiration in Grams
Bacteria
Comparative
transpiration
Percentage
decrease
Series IV
5th day
(Dec.
16th)
10th
day
15th
day
Total
Check
9.33
42.92
66 . 85
119.10
100.
0.
B. 20
8.85
41.30
44 . 06
94.21
79.10
20.90
B. 22
8.30
38.15
42.90
89 . 35
75 . 02
24.98
B. 7
8.55
31.80
42 . 80
83.15
69.81
30.19
(\ 3
7.15
30.90
43.95
82.00
68.85
31.15
C. 4
7.60
29.70
44.40
•81 .70
68 . 59
31.41
DupH-
cates
Check
8.80
44.50
66 . 83
120.13
100.
0.
B. 20
8.40
34.25
45.98
88.63
73.77
26.23
B. 22
7.05
35.40
46.10
88 . 55
73.71
26.29
B. 7
8.15
34.45
42.21
84.81
70.59
29.41
C. 3
8.10
30.90
44.25
83 . 25
69.30
30.70
C. 4
8.40
31.15
41.65
81.20
67 . 59
32.41
Atniometer
102 grs.
136 grs.
125 grs.
Using the transpiration of the controls as a basis and repre-
senting it as unity the different bacterial cultures have values
in the order as indicated in the last two columns of the table.
These figures show conclusively that in all cases the bacteria are
responsible for the proportionallv diminished transpiration and
growth. The transpiration values fluctuate to a considerable
extent ; in some cases the differences from the controls are not so
very great, but in all cultures the values lie below that of the
control.
The evidence derived from the duplicate series is omitted,
showing, as it does, results as closelv parallel as in Table I.
To what extent Table II suggests the possibilitv that bacterio-
logical diagnosis when correlated with physiological criteria
may determine the crop-producing power of dift'erent soils need
not be discussed at length. The figures speak for themselves.
Several facts, however, seem to be clearly brought out in the
above data. The transpiration figures of the first five days in
B. 25 and B. 1 cc. indicate that the growth of the plants was
considerably stimulated by the presence of the toxic bodies in
the solution. Those of the last five days prove that the solution
was decidedly injurious. B. 13 is worthy of note since the plants
April, 1910.]
The Bacterial Flora.
141
TABLE II.
Transpiration Data for Solutions Inoculated Jan. 15, 1910, With
Pure Cultures of Bog Bacteria.
Series
Bacteria
Transpiration in Grams
Comparative
transpiration
Percentage
VII
5th day
(Feb.
4th)
10th
day
] 5th
day
Total
decrease
Check
Nonnal
bog
water
B. 25
B. 1 cc.
B. 13
B. 2
B. 1
B. 27
B. 6
B. 4
B. 29
17 .65
7.65
18.15
18.27
15.72
17.45
16.60
12.60
14.00
14.95
11.60
36.20
11.30
29 . 30
30.15
24.65
29.05
28.95
24.90
25.40
23.80
15.55
36.60
8.90
26 . 85
25.70
30 . 85
24.30
24.85
22.80
20.80
20 . 45
15.85
90.45
27.85
74.30
74.12
71.22
70.80
70.40
60.50
60.20
59.20
43.00
100.
30 . 79
82.14
81.94
78.74
78 . 27
77 . 83
66 . 66
66.65
65.46
47 . 54
0.
69.21
17.86
18.06
21.26
21.73
22.17
33 . 34
33.45
34 . 54
52.46
Atmometer
114 grs.
117 grs.
102 grs.
in that solution disclose a gradually intensified power of resist-
ance and a physiological phase marked by a greater functional
activity. The maximum rate of transpiration occurred on the
fifteenth day as in the control, while that of all remaining cul-
tures appeared on the tenth day. As compared with the control
the inoculated cultures, it will be observed, have reduced the
transpiration quantity of wheat plants from 20% to 52%.
Another matter is the degree in which individual plants vary in
tolerance and resistance. When the bacteria are omitted from
the sterilized solution no evidence of toxicity is noticeable for the
wheat plants growing in the solution, and their variability in
growth, and green and dry weight deviates but little from the
common norm. But when inoculated the culture medium
becomes a condition always active in stimulating or depressing
normal functions. The task of securing a co-ordination between
functions of absorption, transpiration, and transport becomes,
indeed, a complicated one for the plants, varying greatlv within
the same species and with diflierent species. The analysis of
these experiments has strengthened the conviction that the best
functioning plants rather than the general average represent the
proper test of the possibilities of agricultural plants under the
given conditions, and that adjustment to conditions is a more
142
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. X, No. 6,
noteworthv characteristic than structural deviations or acclima-
tization. Much economic value would attach to an extension of
these experiments by determining through selection and a more
detailed physiological study the cultivated forms resistant and
immune to the effects of this type of soil bacteria, and the nature
of the resistance.
In order to determine the abilitv of the micro-organisms to
convert soluble proteids into amido-acids and allied products
from the decomposition of proteids enough peptone was added to
solutions of sterilized bog-water and peat to make an equivalent
of a 1% peptone culture. After sterilization the solutions were
inoculated with the bacteria indicated in Table III. The cul-
tures were then tested physiologically at the end of a two-weeks
incubation. Since the danger of contamination becomes
increasingly greater with peptone cultures, the transpiration
figures for only the first five days are tabulated. They are
believed to be entirely consonant with the true state of affairs
since the figures in the duplicate cultures appeared in every way
parallel. The wheat plants had grown in each experiment for
three days at the time the photographs here added were made for
the writer by Prof. Schaffner.
TABLE III.
Transpiration Data for 1% Peptone Culture Solutions Inoculated
Jan. 15, 1910, With Pure Cultures of Bog Bacteria.
Number
Bacteria
Transpiration In Grams
Series IX
5th Day
(Feb. 4th)
Comparative
transpiration
Percentage
decrease
6
7
13
14
11
12
15
Control
Pep. chk
B. 13
B. 25
B. 2
B. 4
B. 1 cc.
17.65
7.00
4.85
2.70
2 . 30
2 . 40
1.87
100.
39 . 65
27 . 47
15.30
13.03
13.60
10.60
0.
60.35
72 . 53
84.70
86.97
86.40
89.40
A brief inspection of the figures and the photographs su^ices
to show that transpiration, growth, green and dry weight of
wheat plants are in this case proportionallv reduced. Compared
with the weekly atmometer readings it is evident that transpira-
tion is not merely a function of absorption and of growth but also
a function of the rate of evaporating power of air, that is the
saturation deficiency of air. The rate of transpiration is seen to
be the product of a co-ordination of factors. It is not due to
any single factor but to the cumulative action of several
conditions.
April, 1910.] The Bacterial Flora. 143
At the end of the experiment a chemical examination of the
peptone culture solutions, made by Dr. Lyman, indicated the
presence of indol, ammonia and various non-volatile products in
various proportions. A marked difference was noted in the
abilitv of the different species of bacteria to produce indol and
ammonia. The highest quantity of ammonia was produced by
B. 13; the least amount was recorded for B. 1 cc. — the culture
solution, it will be remembered, which consisted of a mixture of
the bacteria found in one cubic centimeter of fresh bog water.
None of these products were found in the control (sterilized bog
water and peat). It is also to be noted that neither the organic
acids nor the ammonia underwent a further change and that the
absence of atmorpheric air is not a limiting essential condition
for the growth of the bacterial organisms. Interesting is the
fact that the organisms belong for the most part to the aerobs.
The mixture culture solution (B. 1 cc.) in which the percentage
decrease in transpiration was as low as 90%, seems to show that
it is the function of some of the bacterial organisms to do the
initial work of rendering soluble the protein compounds in the
soil. The process of denitrification is carried on up to a point
where further decomposition is continued by other organisms.
Judging from the differences in the transpiration values of the
various cultures, a whole series of bacteria seems therefore to be
involved to whom are due the residual products, the algebraic
sum of which in part constitutes the toxicity of the habitat
encountered on Cranberry Island, the formation of methane gas,
and the reactions which form the basis of the process of
humification.
Thus far the isolation of bacteria involved in the decompo-
sition of carbohydrates has not been successful. Certain micro-
organisms have been found to possess the ability to dissolve
cellulose (filter paper) in the presence of air. To what extent
these forms and the anaerobs play a role in the relation of
deleterious products in the soil and cultivation of crops is now
under investigation.
It is not proposed to dwell upon the general aspect of this
problem in this place. In a previous paper (Botanical Gazette
47: 389—1:05, 1909) the writer has reported that the poisonous
matter injurious to plant growth is present in the agricultural
soils used as filters for bog water. The retardation seen in the
contaminated soils lacked the corresponding control average in
dry weight of plants to an amount of IS per cent, 3 per cent and
36 per cent, for sand, clav, and humus soils respectively. It was
further shown that the absorption and retention capacity of soil
for toxins became generally higher the greater the content of
humus. In concluding this part of the discussion it is well to
144
The Ohio Xaturalist.
[Vol. X, Xo. 6,
note the extent in which the results show clearly that the retarda-
tion in growth of wheat plants is not caused by physical or chem-
ical conditions but through the direct activity of the bacterial
flora. It has long been suspected that a reciprocal relation
exists between groups of soil bacteria and the plants growing
upon the soil. Various writers have been able to point out that
marked differences in the productive power of different soils
followed the growth of wild plants, and that these differences
persist for some time. It is generally concluded therefore, that
the injur}- caused to cultivated plants by weeds or previous crops
might be due to influences on the bacterial life in the soil, and in
Fig. I. WTieat plants growing in i per cent, peptone bog- water solutions
inoculated with pure cultures of bog bacteria. Numbers correspond with
data in Table III.
a direction unfavorable to succeeding agricultural crops. That
such relations exist the writer is convinced in view of the evi-
dence presented above. Xo doubt, the "'exhaustion" of soils
which is frequently met with, and which cannot always be
attributed to the removal of plant nutrients, is, in part, an allied
phenomenon. It cannot remain a matter of indifference to
physiological ecologists whether a strong, intimate, and con-
trolling relation exists between soil bacteria and surface flora,
and how the bacterial organisms affect the character, and the
association and succession of plants. At best very little is
known of this phase of the physiographic process, and of the
reactions and effects of the bacterial products upon plant life.
It would be idle, also, to expect that the bacteriological data in
themselves are sufficient for a clear interpretation of toxicity
April, 1910.]
The Bacterial Flora.
M5
and unproductiveness of soils. If attempted, the interpretation
would be indeed, one-sided; there is a co-ordination of factors,
each and all of which exert a relatively marked influence. Cli-
matic conditions, temperature, water, and air conditions in the
soil, as well as the phsycial and chemical character of it, and the
surface flora, all play an important role in determining the
character of a vegetation and of its bacterial flora, and therefore
also the character of the chemical products formed.
One should constantlv keep in mind the genetic idea in the
study of edaphic, climatic, or biotic investigations. Soil,
climate and flora are the product of the conditions of their
Fig. 2. Wheat plants growing in i per cent, peptone bog-water solutions
inoculated with pure cultures of bog bacteria. Numbers correspond with
data in Table III.
development; their peculiarities are closely interrelated in the
dynamics of the process. Wherever the same factors are pres-
ent, the results will be similar. The bacteriological-chemical, as
well as the physiological method, deserve on that account a
closer consideration. The determination of the bacterial trans-
formation products and the more detailed study of their physio-
logical properties should possess an exactness and a reliability
to make them suitable for the solution not only of agricultural but
of ecological problems as well. It is only too clear that the need
for new investigations in this phase of the problem is pressing,
and that especially new points of view and new lines of research
are imperatively required.
Botanical Laboratory, Ohio State University.
r46 The Ohio Naturalist [Vol. X, No. 6,
THE FILM TEST FOR CRUDE RUBBER.*
Chas. p. Fox.
Buvers of Crude Rubber are sometimes perplexed in their
efforts to determine the origin of new or uncommon varieties of
rubber bv their usual physical characters. Consequent!}' an
easv reliable method of determination of variety of crude rubber
would be of definite value to the trade. Mr. Herbert Wright,
page 163, 3rd edition of his book, Hevea Braziliensis, in discus-
sing the structure of crude rubber quotes the experiments of Dr.
Joseph Torrey (India Rubber Journal, Nov. 1907) as follows:
"Some years ago Torrey observed that petroleum naptha
solution of a number of crude rubbers unwashed gave charac-
teristic figures when a few drops were allowed to evaporate on a
ivhite surface. The solution consisted of 5 grams of rubber
dissolved in 100 c.c. of petroleum naptha (6. p 60° to 90° c)."
"I recall that Fine Para and Matto Grosso were the two
South American grades, and among the Africans were Lapori;
Red Kasai, Upper Congo Ball, Ikalomba and Bussira."
Fine Para gave always a fine, lace like pattern, Matto Grosso
gave a similar one, but not so fine and not so regular. Some of
the Africans gave the same general type of figure but much
coarser. Others deposited the rubber in a general form of one
or two nebulous spots shading away very gradually towards the
edges- and connected bv a few faint filaments, which were usually
deposed between two spots in form of a coarse network the mesh
being approximately circular in form.
"The most characteristic case of this kind was Lapori. On
the whole the dift'erence was so great that even an untrained
observer could without difficulty, identify almost any one of the
varieties under examination by its figure."
The inference to be drawn from the foregoing is that either
from the method of coagulation or from some other influence a
certain kind of crude rubber will give a figure peculiar to that
rubber, and that this figure will serve to identify this rubber. If
such be the case we have before us an easy, rapid test for deter-
mining the variety of rubber.
We gave the "test" a try out. It was soon evident that the
directions given were somewhat indefinite and the original
experiments lacked the earmarks of good laboratory technique.
We finallv performed the test by preparing the solution of
given concentration and using the ordinary microscope slide for
the film receptacle. We used special care in preparing the
solution. In many cases it was necessary to use a small spoon
* Presented at the Nov. meetinsi of the Ohio Acad, of Sci.
April, 1910.] The Film Test for Crude Rubber. 147
in transferring from container to slide. The term "figure" is
rather indefinite. In the experiment quoted it is not made clear
whether shape or color or character of film is to determine.
We assumed that a combination of both character of film and
its color was to be used. Shape of film is mere matter of
accident. Draft of air, declivity of table, skill of the operator,
all help to modify shape.
"The viscosity of the solution will determine the thickness of
the film and will control the size, shape and number of vesicles.
The most important factors to be reckoned with are colour and
dirt (suspended matter)."
We made the test very thorough, and examined in all, about
twenty-five kinds of crude rubber. Each test was made in
duplicate. The dry film was held for a moment in the fumes of
sulphur chlorid. This treatment did not alter the film but
removed the tackiness. Slides prepared in this wav keep
indefinitely, do not stick together and are free from dust. In
this way definite comparisons between a large number of films
could be easily and quickly made.
We found that it was not a diflicult matter to obtain similar
duplicates from the same solution when made at same time.
Exactness was an impossibility. In some cases the difference
between duplicates were great enough to assign different names
to the same samples. We used much care in getting authentic
samples and in each case have compared the crude phvsical
characters with the descriptions given by reliable authorities;,
Pearson, Brandt, Falconette, and Clouth.
Throughout the entire work we could not definitelv determine
a film peculiar to any one brand of crude rubber. Considerable
stress was put upon the " Lapori film." We found this figure
to be common to many kinds of rubber. Rubbers of different
botanical and geographical origin often gave this same tvpe of
film.
Throughout the experiment there was an indication that the
character of the film was determined by the viscosity of the
solution. To test out this idea we made up a series of solutions
of these rubbers, varying from thin to verv thick.
The table proves the point in question. It clearly shows the
influence of viscositv:
148
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. X, No. 6,
TABLE
CONCEXTRATION
Kind of Rubber
Grams
Para Tribe
African Tribe
Castilloa Tribe.
Grams in 100 cc.
1.25 cc.
2.50 "
5.00 "
10. "
20.
Ceylon Black.
Film given.
Greasespot film.
Network film.
Faintly.
Network film.
Plain.
Wafer film.
Vesicles.
Honey Comb
Film.
Mongalla.
Film given.
Greasespot film.
Network film.
Faintly.
Network film.
Destinct.
Wafer film.
Wafer film.
Vesicles.
Conche Ball.
Film given.
Network film.
Wafer film.
Thin.
Wafer film.
Heavy.
Wafer film.
Heavy vesicles.
Honey Comb
Film.
After a close examination and comparison of the films given,
in duplicate, by samples representing thirtv-three commercial
brands of crude rubber belonging to ten distinct groups, we fail
to find any indication pointing towards a definite film peculiar
to any particular brand of rubber.
Viscosity seems to be the controlling factor in the formation
of a film. Viscosity depends a great deal upon the amount and
freshness of the rubber content. With a crude unwashed and
dirty rubber, the amount of the rubber will vary, the viscosity
will be influenced and the character of the film will be modified
according to the purity of the sample.
Tenacious heavy Para solution gave the honey comb film.
Lapori (old) gave a thin transparent film. By adding more
rubber to the latter and by diluting the former with solvent, we
were able to transpose the character of the films.
Akron, Ohio, November 2, 1909.
April, 1910.]
Fow Genera oj Horseflies.
149
A COMPARATIVE STUDY OF FOUR GENERA OF HORSEFLIES
James S. Hine.
The dipterous family Tabanidae contains a number of genera
which are not well known on account of the scarcity of material
in the museums of the countrs^ A group of four American genera
which are nearly related in some respects and which have not
been studied in a comparative way are known as Lepidoselaga,
Selasoma, Bolbodimyia and Snowiellus. As I have the tvpical
species of all of these genera I have selected about a dozen points
upon which to make comparison and a brief statement of the
results is offered for the purpose of extending acquaintance with
these rather extraordinarv members of our American fauna.
1. Female of Snowiellus atratus, enlarged two diameters; 2, side
view of the head of Lepidoselaga lepidota; 3, same of Selasoma tibiale;
4, same of Bolbodimyia bicolor: 5, same of Snowiellus atratus.
The species of all these genera agree in having the wings
largely black, the body wholly black, subcalius denuded, pro-
boscis short and fleshy, third segment of the antenna composed
of five annuli of which the basal is plainly longer than the others
taken together, anterior tibia distinctly enlarged, hind tibia
ciliate and the anal cell closed and petiolate. Although there
are several characters common to all many differences exist and
these are best pointed out by considering each genus separatelv.
Lepidoselaga. Type species L. lepidota from Central and
South America. Length about seven millimeters, bodA' shining
black with sparse green-refiecting scale-like hairs. The genus
was first called Lepiselaga by Macquart in 1S3S and later emend-
ed by Loew, according to Osten Sack en. Hadrus of Perty,
15° The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 6,
1834, is a synonym but cannot be used here because of its
selection as a name for a genus of Coleoptera a year earlier.
Front rather wide, sides altogether parallel; frontal callosity
small, narrower than the front and without an extension above;
palpi flat shining black rather large and nearly spoon-shaped;
face ever}' where naked and shining black ; under side of the head
black and sparselv furnished with pale yellow hairs; antennae
entirely yellow, slender throtighout, third segment with a very
slight basal prominence, so slight in fact that it may be said to be
absent without being far wrong ; legs clear black except the tarsi
which are largely white; front tibia very much enlarged, middle
tibia smaller but still distinctly enlarged, hind tibia ciliate and
very slightly thicker than its femur; sides of the thorax black
with light brown hair; wing largely black, this color extending on
the costal side to the tip of the first vein and limited outwardly
by a rather irregular curved line from thence to the posterior
margin of the wing at the vein separated the third and fourth
posterior cells, fourth and fifth posterior and anal and axillary
cells largely nearly hyaline, black or the wing enclosing seven
more or less rounded small hyaline spots.
Selasoma. Type species S. tibiale from South America.
Length about 14 millimeters, body shining blue-black, form
robust. The genus was erected by Macquart in 1838 to receive
Tabanus tibialis Fabr. Front narrow, sides clearly parallel;
frontal callosity small, not so wide as the front and with a dis-
tinct extension above reaching nearly to the vertex; palpi large,
thickened, reaching nearly to the end of the proboscis; face black,
thinly clothed with gray dust ; tinder side of the head clothed with
black hair; antennae not inserted on a prominence, black, first
and second segments small, third segment compressed, rather
wide and thin and the prominence which usually is near the
base here is located near the middle of the length; legs entirely
black and clothed with black hair, all the tibiae distinctly
enlarged but with a gradual decrease in size from before back-
wards; sides of the thorax black with black hair; black color of
the wing extending on the costal border to the tip of the auxiliary
vein and limited outwardly by a line drawn . nearly straight
backward from this point through the middle of the discal cell
to the apex of the apical cell ; the cells on the posterior part of the
wing are lighter in color and there is a distinct transverse hyaline
spot across the fourth vein before the base of the discal cell.
Bolbodimvia. Type and only species of the genus B. bicolor
from South America. Length about 11 millimeters, body opaque
black, form rather slender. The genus was erected by Bigot in
1892 and described from a single specimen. So far as I am
aware onlv three specimens of the species have found their way
April, 1910.] Four Genera of Horseflies. 151
into collections. Front of normal width, sides very nearly
parallel although just slightly narrowed above; frontal callosity
large, as wide as the front and with an extension above; palpi
small, not distinctly compressed, much shorter than the pro-
boscis; face densely clothed with orange colored pollen; under
side of the head colored like the face and clothed with hair of the
same color; antennae situated on a very decided shining black
bulb-like prominence, first segment very large, spherical, shining
black and with some black hairs on the under side, second and
third segments yellowish-brown, the latter with a distinct prom-
inence very close to the base; sides of the thorax very densely
clothed with orange colored hair; legs black, front tibia enlarged
and curved, distinctly larger than its femur, middle tibia plainly
larger than its femur, hind tibia and femur of nearly the same
size; wing black except the tip of the second submarginal cell
which is hyaline, the outer limit of the black extends almost
straight backwards from the tip of the anterior branch of the
third vein.
Snowiellus. Type species S. atratus from Arizona. Length
about 14 millimeters, body black, nearly opaque, form robust.
The genus was proposed by myself in 1904 and described after
having studied two specimens, the only ones I have seen. Front
wide, narrowed above; frontal callosity wide, as wide as the
front and with a connected spot above; palpi rather long but
somewhat slender, decidedly shorter than the proboscis; anten-
nae situated on a shining black elevation, first segment black and
clothed below with black hair, produced downward but not wid-
ened or produced upward so that from above these organs appear
perfectly normal, second and third segments opaque brown, the
latter with a distinct prominence very close to the base; face
mostly shining black; underside of the head clothed with black
hair; sides of the thorax black and clothed with black hair; legs
black, anterior tibia slightly enlarged, middle tibia less enlarged,
hind tibia only very slightly larger than its femur; wing black
with the exception of a hyaline area which curves around the
apex, occupying the apexes of the first and second submarginal
cells so that the outer limit of the black is marked by a curved
line from the apex of the second vein to the apex of the posterior
branch of the third vein.
^S^
152 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 6,
MEETINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.
Orton Hall, Dec. 6, 1909.
[' lln the absence of the President, Mr. W. C. Morse, the meeting
was called to order by the Vice-President, Miss Emily Hollister.
The minutes of the two previous meetings were read and
approved. Prof. W. M. Barrows, Mr. T. W. Ditto, and Mr.
Bentley F. Fulton were elected to membership.
The program of the evening consisted of an informal talk by
Prof. G. W. Knight upon the Darwin Centenary Celebrations,
held at Cambridge, England, at which he represented the
University. Prof. Knight gave some account of the history, and
organization of Cambridge University, and told of the cere-
monies and festivities connected with the centenary celebrations.
He exhibited souvenirs of the occasion, and presented the
Biological Club with a very interesting picture of the delegates.
Prof. Landacre moved that the Club extend its thanks for the
gift of the picture and that the Executive Committee be instruct-
ed to see to the framing and hanging of it. Motion carried.
Prof. Landacre and Prof. Schaffner gave brief reports of the
Ohio Academy of Science Meeting.
Orton Hall, Feb. 7, 1910.
The Club was called to order by the President, Mr. W. C.
Morse, and the minutes of the previous meeting were read, and
approved.
Mr. Harrv Marsh and Phillip Luginbill were elected to mem-
bership, and' the names of Mr. T. M. Thompson, George T.
Caldwell, V. L. Nelson, and W. C. Lasseter were proposed.
Prof. W. C. Mills then spoke to the Club upon "Some Recent
Explorations of the Ohio Historical and Archaeological Society."
He spoke of the archaeological map of the state which is being
prepared bv the societv and gave an account of the two ancient
cultures found in the state, and the methods of exploring their
remains.
Reports of the meetings of the American Association for the
Advancement of Science were given by Professors Landacre,
Osborn, Mills, Seymour, and Morse.
Malcolm G. Dickey, Sec.
Date of Publication, April 2, 1910.
ne Ohio VS(^aturalist,
PUBLISHED BY
The Biological Club of the Ohio State University.
Volume X. MAY. 1910. No. 7.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
WiLLiASisox— A New Species of Celithemis (Order Oiloiiata) 153
Laughlin — Tweuty-flve Rare Plants at Bariiesville, Ohio 160
Paeker— Notes on the Nesting Habits of Bembex Ntiliilipennis 163
O'Kane— The Ohio Powdery Mildews 166
A NEW SPECIES OF CELITHEMIS (ORDER ODONATA).
E. B. Williamson.
While calling on Professor Hine at the Ohio State University
last autumn he showed me -i specimens of Celithemis collected by
himself at Slidell, Louisiana, July 2-6, 1905. The species was
unknown to both of us, and he very generously turned the
material over to me for study. This study had not progressed
far when it became evident that the real difficulty would lie in
determining which of two species Kirby had before him when
he described his Celithemis fasciata, to which species numerous
specimens from Ohio and Indiana collected by Kellicott and his
students and co-laborers had been referred. In working out
the differences between the northern (Ohio and Indiana) speci-
mens and those from Louisiana, however, it became clear that
the name fasciata would have to go to the southern species, and
that the better known northern species required a new name. I
informed Professor Hine of this and he kindly requested me to
complete the study and send him the paper for the Ohio Natur-
alist.
Reasons for assigning Kirby 's name fasciata to the Louisiana
specimens and describing the Ohio and Indiana specimens, for-
merly called fasciata, as a new species, niononielaena:
1 and 2. In Kirby's description he says: "Triangle (front
wing) crossed by one or two nervures, followed by 4 rows of cells."
His figure shows the triangle with 2 crossveins and 4 posttrigonal
cells on each side. (It is possible that the venation shown in
the figure has one side duplicated on the opposite side by the
artist.) Referring now to these characters in the material before
me I find that the 4 Louisiana specimens (fasciata) have 5 front
wings with 2 crossveins and 3 wings with 1 crossvein in the triangle _.——---
153 /C^^^L'^
AS" -^ ^•^
LxJ I L I B R A
154 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 7,
while of 16 wings of moiwmelaena examined only a single wing
has 2 crossveins, all the others having but 1 . x'ilso, 6 wings of
fasciata have 4 posttrigonal cells, and 2 wings have 5. On the
other hand 9 wings of monomelaena have bi:t 3 cells, although
7 wings have 4.
3. Kirby's figure shows the first row of cells, proximal to the
postanal cell, between A and posterior margin of wing in front
wing as 3 cells wide. In the Louisiana specimens this is true
for 7 wings, while 1 wing has 2 cells; in 16 wings of monomelaena
examined these are invariably 2 cells. (Kirby figures the post-
anal as a single cell. This is undoubtedly an error. My material
shows it 2 or 3 celled.)
4. Kirby mentions the enclosed basal pale area in the hind
wing as being yellowish or yellow, though his figure does not
show this. The accompanying half tones show this character
clearly in the Louisiana specimens. It is entirely lacking in
monomelaena, whence the specific name.
5. In fasciata as described and figured the colored area just
proximal and posterior to the nodus in the front wing extends
posteriorly across Cuj. This is true of all the Louisiana speci-
mens. In nwuonielacua on the other hand this dark area in its
maximum development is limited posteriorly by the median
supplement.
So much for the identification of fasciata. Other characters
point to the specific distinctness of monomelaena and fasciata,
though unfortunately I ain unable to find such characters else-
where than in the wings. Two venational characters are of
interest: the number of cells between A^ and A3 in the hind wing
and the number of cells on the posterior margin of the hind
wing from the base of the wing to the anal loop. In both of these
characters fasciata has a greater number of cells than monomel-
aena, and in both species in the case of the first character the
female has more cells than the male, while in the second charac-
ter the male has more cells than the female. These characters
may be tabulated:
Number of cells between A^ and A^ in hind icitig:
fasciata male, one wing 11, two 12, one 14; average 12.25.
female, three wings 15, one 17; average 15.5.
monomelaena male, three wings 9, two 10; average 9.4.
female, two wings 9, four 10, two 11, one 12,
one l."]; average 10.5.
Number of cells on posterior margin of hind iving from the base
of the wing to the anal loop:
fasciata male, one wing 32, two 34, one 35; average 33.75.
female, two wings ."51, two ;]3; average 32.
May, 1910.] A New Species of Celithemis. 155
monomelaena male, one wing 24, two 25, one 26, one 27;
average 25.4.
female, one wing 21, one 2.5, two 24, one 25,
two 26; average 24.14.
Of 8 wings of fasciata and 16 wings of monomelaena examined
all have the last antenodal of the front wing continuous, except-
ing one wing of each species. All have the triangle of the hind
wing free excepting a single wing of fasciata, where it is once
crossed.
Celithemis monomelaena n. sp. ''--w
Celithemis fasciata, Hine, in The Odonata of Ohio, D. S.
Kellicott, O. S. U., Univ. Bull. Series 4, No. 5, p. 104, describes
the species and records its capture in Summit County, Ohio, at
Silver and Summit Lakes, in June and July, June 23rd being the
earliest record. Hine, Ent. News, January, 1899, p. 1, des-
cribes the female, with ligures of wing markings of both sexes, and
notes habits and records of captures. Williamson, Report
State Geologist, Indiana, 1899, p. 320, describes the species
and records it from the following Indiana localities: Goose
Lake, Kosciusko County, Round and Shriner Lakes, Whitley
County, and Frantz Fishpond, Wells County.
The above literature, with the notes given above and the
plates which accompany this paper, sufficiently describes this
species. The following references under fasciata should be
placed under nionom.elaena, I believe.
1. Hagen, Psyche, 1890, p. 383, records fasciata from
Georgia, Florida and Canada. The Canadian specimen is prob-
ably monomelaena, the other two fasciata.
2. Kellicott, Proc. Ohio Acad. Sci., 1896, p. 28, records the
capture of fasciata by Dury at Cincinnati and Williamson in
Indiana.
3. Kellicott, The Agr. Student, Columbus, Ohio, Nov.,
1897, p. 45, repeats the data in 2.
4. WilHamson, Report State Geologist, Indiana, 1897,
p. 404, records fasciata for Shriner Lake, Whitley County, Indi-
ana.
5. Williamson, Ent. News, 1899, p. 42, notes on pairing of
fasciata at Roimd Lake, Whitley County, Indiana, during July,
6. Hine, Proc. Ohio Acad. Sci., 1899, p. 67, records
fasciata from Silver Lake, Akron, Ohio, June 23rd.
7. Osbom and Hine, O. S. U. (Ohio) Naturalist, 1900,
p. 15, record the capture of about 30 specimens at lakes near
Kent, Ohio, in the latter half of June.
8. In Ent. News, 1902, p. 298, Mr. E. Daecke's capture of
fasciata at Lucaston, New Jersey, is recorded.
156 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 7,
9. Calvert, Ent. News, 1903, p. 36, records fasciata for
Lucaston, New Jersey, June 22, July 2, 1900-2, collected by E.
Daecke.
r-.>flO. In Ent. News, 1907, p. 456, Mr. Laurent's capture of
fasciata at Malaga, New Jersey, July 20, is recorded.
^3 11. Muttkowski, Bull. Wis. Nat. Hist. Soc, Vol. 6, 1908,
p. 108, describes fasciata and records it from Milwaukee County,
Wisconsin.
Celithemis fasciata Kirby.
Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., XII, 1889, p. 326, pi. LII, fig. 2.
As above stated Hagen's reference to fasciata from Florida
probably refers to this species. In Ent. News, 1906, p. 84.
C. S. Brimley records fasciata from Lake Ellis, North Carolina,
June 22nd. This probably refers to true fasciata.
Soon after beginning this study I wrote to Mr. Dury about
his Cincinnati record. He sent me a water color sketch of his
specimen, taken in 1895. It is certainly monomclaena. It was
taken at a small lake in Spring Grove Cemetery. Several were
seen but only one was captured and he has not seen the species
since. He does not know who is responsible for determining his
specimen as fasciata, but I recall from conversations wdth Profes-
sor Kellicott that he was not the authority, and my Indiana
specimens were named fasciata for me by Kellicott after he or
Hine had seen Dury's specimen bearing this label.
Dury's experience with the species at Cincinnati is similar
to mine in AVells County. It was taken at Frantz Fishpond (a
deserted gravel pit) -in 1898 and again in 1901, but I have
been unable to find it there since. I have not seen the species
alive since 1904 when it was taken in Steuben County, Indiana.
My thanks are due Professor Hine for delegating to me this
work in an order of insects in which he himself is greatly inter-
ested. Professor J. B. Parker has on this occasion, as on others,
given me the benefit of his knowledge of Greek, and the specific
name monomelaena is of his compounding. The photographs
of wings, from which the plates have been made, were taken by
Professor Newton Miller, Clark College.
The types of monomelaena are a male and female, Whitley
County, Indiana, in my collection.
Bluffton, Indiana.
Ohio Naturalist.
Plate VI.
Williamson on " Celithemis."
Ohio Naturalist.
Plate VII.
Williamson on " Celillieinis.'
Ohio Naturalist.
Plate VIII.
Williamson on " Celithemis."
i6o The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 7,
EXPLANATION OF PLATES VI, VII, AND VIII.
Fii^s. 1, 2, males, 3, 4, females, Cclitlicnits fasciata Kirby, all from
Slidell,"^ Louisiana, July 2, 1905, J. S. Mine.
Figs. 5, 6, males, 7, S, 9, females, Celithemis monomelaena new species,
all from Whitley County, Indiana, excepting 6 from Kent, Ohio, J. S.
Hine. 7 is the type 9 of monomelaena. .5, 8 and 9 are teneral specimens.
Wings of monomelaena have been selected to show the extremes of
variation in wing markings. Notice wing apices in 7, 8 and 9, and notice
hind wings in these 3 figures showing that a great development of one
colored area is not necessarily associated with other greatly developed
areas in the same wing. In Figures 1 and 2 the enclosed pale basal area in
the hind wing is open to the wing border proximally as in Figtires 3 and 4,
but the orange color of the pale area is so intense as to obscure this in the
photographs. Notice that in fasciata this pale area is always open to the
border proximally, and is closed or tends to close across the posterior end
of the anal loop (nearly closed in Figure 1 , coinpletely closed in 2, 3 and 4) ;
monomelaena, on the other hand, tends to close proximally (see Fig. 6)
and remains open posteriorly across the anal loop. There is in the
behavior of these colored parts two distinct tendencies in the two species
(compare these areas in figures 4 and 6).
TWENTY-FIVE RARE PLANTS AT BARNESVILLE, OHIO.
Emma E. Laughlin.
Every locality has its plants which are found in great pro-
fusion, and also those which are rare, although they may be the
common plants in another region. To the botanist it is always
a special pleasure to find the retreat of some rare local species.
Below are noted twenty-five plants which may be regarded as
locally rare within a circle having a radius of four miles with
Barnesville, Belmont County, as a center. A more careful study
of the region might show some of the species more common than
they are now supposed to be.
1. Viola rafinesquii Greene. One station was found for this
violet in 190S. It is in a railroad cut east of Barnesville. The
plants are increasing rapidly from seeds. The}^ grow well when
transplanted.
2. Viola blanda Willd. This violet was also first found in
190S in a deep shady ravine through which a small stream creeps.
It is most abundant at the end of the ravine where a tiny swampy
flood plain has been formed.
3. Viola hastata Michx. One station discovered in 1907 in
a dense wood. Its location has been revealed to only three
people so that the plants may be allowed to increase. It is
probable that other stations may be found as this violet is not
rare in the adjoining county. Ten other violets may be regarded
as common in this localitv.
May, 1910.] Rare Plants at Barnesville, Ohio. i6i
4. Cubelium concolor (Forst.) Raf. One station was discov-
ered for tlie green violet in 1903. It was on a clay bank in a
dense wood and has increased but little in size. Since then two
other stations have been found, one of them in a bright sunny
spot on the roadside.
5. Barbarea praecox (J. E. Smith) R. Br. First noticed by
the writer in 1902 in a pasture field when only a few plants, not
over six inches in height, were seen. Each year since, more
plants have been found until 1909 when it could no longer be
called rare. It is a plant of the pasture fields. It is usually
called mustard because it resembles somewhat the black nu:stard
as to the color of the flowers. The early winter cress blooms
from ten days to two weeks before Barbarea barbarea (L.) MacM.
It is a perennial but blooms the first year.
6. Synandra hispidula (Michx.) Britton. Found first in a
ravine on the edge of a wood in 1902. Only one station. It is
most abundant in alternate years and is biennial. The station
was partly destroyed in 1909 when one side of the ravine was
cleared.
7. Chaerophyllum procumbens (L.) Crantz. First seen in
1907 in an open thicket on a south hillside, peeping out from
beneath an aged wild gooseberry bush. While it produces many
seeds, it does not seem to spread very much.
8. Quamasia hyacinthina (Raf.) Britton. Also found in
1907. Station in a swampy place in a meadow. Plants very
strong and thrifty.
9. Triosteum perfoliatum L. Found along a fence between
a road and a pasture field. One station. Plants spreading
rapidly. May be found elsewhere within our region as it is
common just over the line in Guernsey County.
10. Potentilla pumila Poir. Found occasionally in pasture
fields, usuallv in poor soil. Does not seem to spread.
11. Potentilla recta L. Found in a pasture field on a high
hill. About a dozen plants seen in 1908 but not seen in 1909.
The plants were vigorous and well-developed.
12. Silene virginica L. Found, occasionally in an open
thicket. Though a perennial it does not seem to spread rapidly.
13. Silene stellata (L.) Ait. Abundant in one station — a
wood which has never been pastured or cleared out in any way.
Many rocks are found there, some of them lying just beneath the
surface of the ground. Over these rocks this campion grows
plentifully. It can be transplanted easily.
14. Silene noctiflora L. Not common with us as it seemed
to be near Wooster, O. One station only observed. This is on
the roadside just outside of a garden, and was first noticed by the
writer in 1902.
1 62 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 7,
15. Smilax herbacea L. Found in an open situation near a
small brook in 1904. One plant was transplanted in a wild
flower garden and has appeared with increased vigor every year
since. As this is a staminate plant, there have been no berries.
10. Panax quinquefolium L. Now rare in this region, but it
was once abundant. It is disappearing for two reasons: First,
because the rich woods it loves are disappearing; second, because
its commercial value invites hunters to dig it up for the roots.
17. Arenaria serpyllifolia L. This little sandwort is found
occasionally growing in the cinders by the railroad tracks and
spreads rapidly if circumstances are at all favorable.
18. Dioscorea villosa L. Said to be found in moist thickets,
but one station is known for staminate plants which is on a dry
hillside. It is spreading slowly from the woody rootstocks. It
is easily transplanted.
19. Verbena stricta Vent. One plant was found in 1908 on
the public school grounds, almost in a footpath. It was thrifty
and strong in 1909, and had added a stem to the three seen the
year before. V. urticifolia L. is very common in cultivated
ground, and V. hastata L. occurs in damp situations.
20. Galinsoga parviflora Cav. Found growing in one back
yard on Walnut Street, Barnesville, Ohio. Its presence is
accounted for by the fact that the family living there moved
from Washington, Ohio, where Galinsoga is very abundant,
growing along the gutters at the sides of the streets or anywhere
it can get a start.
21. Agastache scrophulariaefolius (Willd.) Kuntze. Although
A. nepetoides (L.) Kuntze is common, being found in any local-
ity, A. scrophulariaefolius (Willd.) Kuntze is rare, only one
station having been observed. This is a marshy place by the
roadside and was almost exterminated in 1909 bv the road
supervisor.
22. Matricaria inodora L. One plant was found in 1909,
about ten rods from the chaerophyllum station. It was evi-
dently a stray.
23. Polygonum arifolium L. One station, a low place in a
pasture field. Its rarity has always been a matter of surprise
since P. sagittatum L. is very common.
24. Hieracium aurantiacum L. Has been observed along
one roadside in well-set grass. Late in the season it is stoloni-
ferous and forms a little colony around each plant.
25. Sida spinosa L. First seen by the railroad. Last year
discovered in a meadow in abundance after the second cutting of
clover had been made. Evidently the seed had been sown with
the grass seed.
Barnesville, Ohio.
May, 1910.] Nesting Habits of Bembex. 163
NOTES ON THE NESTING HABITS OF BEMBEX
NUBILIPENNIS.
By J. B. Parker.
While engaged in field work at Wilson, Kansas, in August,
1909, I chanced upon the nesting site of a large solitary wasp
that proved to be Bembex nubilipennis. The wasps of this
species, known in that locality as "_vellow jackets," are hand-
some insects, exceedingly fast on the wing and alert, nervous and
cautious when about their nests. Though they are solitary
wasps thev nest in colonies and the nesting site under observation
was in a driveway leading from the public road into a barnyard,
where the earth in which the nests were placed was trampled so
hard that much difficulty was experienced in opening them. The
owner of the place stated that these wasps had nested there
annualh- for a number of years and his statement was borne out
bv the number of old burrows discovered during the investigation.
The burrows, penetrating to a depth of six or eight inches,
enter the ground at an angle of about forty-five degrees; but
there is no very great uniformity in this respect. At a distance
of from eight to twelve inches from the entrance lateral branches
are given off, which serve as brood chambers for the larvae. At
the time of my observation no burrow was found with more than
five of these chambers; most had four and a few had only three.
In the chambers more than one larva may be reared, in which
case the first is placed at the extreme end of the chamber and
when full grown and encased a wall is placed across the chamber
and another larva reared between this and the main part of the
burrow.
The wasp in digging uses the first pair of legs, turning the
tarsi inward so as to make a pair of rakes out of the stout spines
borne on the posterior sides of these segments. At that time the
dust of the surface of the driveway lay about an inch deep and
the horses in passing back and forth over the nests completely
changed the appearance of the surface several times a day. But
this did not seem to bother the wasps a great deal, for they
almost invariably digged down through the dust directly to the
mouth of a burrow. The burrow thus found, however, did not
alwavs prove to be the one desired ; in fact, one wasp was observed
to dig into three different burrows before she found the one she
sought. Whether the first two opened were hers also or the
property of another wasp I had no means of finding out in the
brief time at my command. On leaving the nest the wasp not
only closes up the entrance but also carefully conceals all traces
of it, so carefully, indeed, that she has quite as much trouble at
times in finding the entrance as she does when the horses have
1 64 The Ohio Naturalist [Vol. X, No. 7,
disturbed appearances. Whenever the nest is entered the
opening is hkewise always closed up from the inside.
These observations were made on August 18 and 19, and
although many burrows were opened onh' larvae were found.
Many of these had completed their growth and were encased in
cells of earth held together by some cement substance and lined
inside with delicate silk ; but in every instance an immature larva
in some stage of development was also found in the burrow. In
no case, however, was more than one developing larva found in
any burrow. In one burrow with four branches there contained
matured and encased larvae and the fourth, just newly con-
structed, contained two recently killed house-flies, on one of
which was found an unhatched egg. From the data given above
it would appear that the wasp rears onlv one larva at a time,
unless perchance she constructs and attends two or more burrows
at the same time, the necessity for which is not apparent.
The food of the larva, as shown by the nests opened, consists
wholly of flies and it seems that certain females show a preference
for a particular kind of fly. In one nest only house-flies were
found; in a second the majority were stable-flies; in a third,
flesh-flies; in a fourth, tachina-flies. The wings, legs and usually
the thorax of the fly are not consumed by the larval wasp. The
remains of forty-one flies, of which most, perhaps all, were
house-flies, were taken from a chamber containing an almost
mature larva, and doubtless these were not the total number of
flies consumed b}" this individual. In the evening from a cham-
ber containing a half-grown larva ten untouched flies were taken,
among which were represented the following species kindly
identified for me by Prof. J. S. Hine: Euphorocera claripennis,
Pseudopyrelia cornicina, Sarcophaga assidua, and Sarcophaga
helicis.
According to my limited observations all burrows containing
immature larvae are closed up at nightfall with the female inside
the nest. The popular belief is that the male closes up the
burrow from without after the female has entered the nest for the
night, but I saw nothing that would tend to confirm this opinion.
The lad that helped me to open the burrows stated that he had
often drowned the wasps out of their nests and that he usually
chased two out of each nest. From the manner in which he
described the proceedings I fear the fun he got out of the opera-
tion is more worthy of credence than is the accuracy of his
observations, for in no instance did I get more than one wasp
from a burrow and all thus taken were females. Unfortunately,
I had no net with me and hence was unable to determine whether
any males were among the numbers that were continually darting
about over the nesting site, though I suspect that such was
the case.
May, 1910.] Nesting Habits of Bembex. 165
A small species of fly, presumable a tachinid, was observed
very active about the entrances to the burrows, and it was
amusing to watch these little rascals, one or more of which were
usually on hand whenever a burrow was being opened. The
wasp seems very nervous when opening her nest, frequently
pausing in her task to run hither and thither about the half-
opened entrance or to rise on the wing and buzz around at vary-
ing distances from it. But no matter what the circumstances
were the little fly always faced the wasp, seeming to realize that
its safety lay in its vigilance; and the rapidity with which it
would face about or dart from side to side as the wasp moved
about it, left little room to doubt that it was up to some sort of
mischief. If the wasp moved away from the opening to any
great distance the fly would dash into the burrow and in an
instant pop out again at a lively pace; but in the instances
observed the fly accomplished nothing by its bold dashes, for the
wasp had not opened the burrow deep enough to permit the fly to
reach the brood chamber. Frequently as the wasp entered her
nest one, and sometimes several, of these flies would dash into
the entrance behind her, only to have their eyes flung full of dirt
bv the cautious wasp as she closed up the opening from within.
Just what business these little rascals had in the burrow I
failed to make out. Perhaps they sought to parasitize the larva
of the wasp or perhaps to place their eggs upon the food provided
for it. I found no evidence of para.sitism but in two instances I
found small larvae of some sort feeding on the flies in a chamber
containing an immature larval wasp. That enemies are feared
by the wasp seems evident from the fact that the entrance to the
nest is never left open even when the wasp is inside it.
One man complained of these wasps, insisting that they
stung his horses when at work in the fields. But the presence of
large numbers of stable-flies in the brood chambers shows that
the wasp is a friend of the horse, not an enemy as my friend had
supposed. The fact that they attack the housefly is also much
to their credit, but the presence of tachina-flies among the food
of the larvae indicates that their habit of preying on flies is not
wholly commendable. The extent of my investigation, however,
was too limited to permit me to hazard an opinion as to their
economic position.
1 66 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 7,
THE OHIO POWDERY MILDEWS.*
W. C. O'Kane.
Introduction.
A number of years ago Professor A. D. Selby published a
paper on The Ohio Erysiphaceae, or Powdery Mildews, so far as
thev had been reported in this state at that time.
Since then new species have been recorded, new host plants
have been reported, and there have been changes in nomenclature
as further scientific study has disclosed certain synonyms.
The present paper is an attempt to bring the record down
to date.
In the generic keys as well as the specific descriptions the
writer has closely followed Salmon's admirable monograph of
the Erysiphaceae.
Acknowledgment is due the valuable assistance of Professor
J. H. Schaffner, under whose direction this paper has been
prepared; also the suggestions and counsel of the late Dr. W. A.
Kellerman.
GENERAL CH.\RACTERISTICS OF THE POWDERY MILDEWS.
The Powdery Mildews are familiar to observers in two distinct
stages.
In the earlier, or conidial, stage, the affected parts of the
parasitized plant appear as if covered with a white, mealy pow-
der— the summer spores given off by the rapidly growing my-
celium.
Later the winter spore-cases, or perithecia, are formed. These
are dark, spherical bodies, distinguishable with the unaided eye,
and give the affected parts of the plant the appearance of being
more or less covered with a brown or black powder.
The perithecia usually bear characteristic appendages. If
the perithecium is gently crushed it is fovind to contain one or
more spore-sacs, or asci, in which are the spores. The outer
surface of the perithecium is divided into many cells.
The mycelium that bears the conidia and the perithecia grows
on the surface of the leaf, or stem, drawing its nourishment by
means of short branches, or haustoria. These mav penetrate
directly into the epidermal cells; or, as in the genus Phyllactinia,
may enter the stomata of the leaf, and so reach the inner cells.
In either case the plant is robbed of its sap, and the mildew lives
at the expense of its host.
* Contribution from the Botanical Laboratory of Ohio State Uni-
versity, 5G.
May, 1910.] The Ohio Powdery Mildews. 167
Key to the Genera (After Ellis & Everhart).
Class — AscoM ycetae .
Order — Perisporiales.
Family — Erysiphaceae.
1 . Appendages of perithecia simple, and similar to the mycelium 2
Appendages different from the myceliuin 3
2. Only on ascus in the perithecium Spacrotheca
Several asci in the perithecium Erysiphe
3. Appendages coiled at tip Uncinula
Appendages branched at tip 4
Appendages not branched, swollen at base, with tip straight. . . .
Phyllactiyiia
4. Only one ascus in perithecium Podosphaera
Several asci in perithecium Micros phaera
Sphaerotheca, Sw.
Key to the Ohio Species.
1 . ]klycelium thick, forming persistent patches containing the perithecia 2
Mycelium thin or not persistent 3
2. Mycelium brown. Outer and inner walls of perithecium not
separating inors-uvae
3. Perithecia 60-70 /i in diameter; ascus 60 x 42 to 70 x 50 /£, inner
and outer walls of perithecium readily separating, .phytoptophila
Perithecia 58-120 ix in diameter; ascus 45 x 50 to 72 x 90 /i,
inner and outer walls of perithecium separating with
difiticulty 4
4. Cells of perithecium averaging 15 /t huntiili
Cells of perithecium averaging 25 [i hmnuli var. fuliginia
Sphaerotheca humuli (DC) Burr. Perithecia 58-1 20,« in
diameter; cells lU to 2U /«; appendages usually long, straight, sep-
tate, dark brown ; ascus usually without stalk, 45 x 50 to 72 x 90 /z;
spores 8, 12 X 20 to 18 X 25 /i.'
Host plants in Ohio Herbarium; Geum canadense, Medina Co., Rubus
odoratus, Cuyahoga Co., E. Claassen; Rosa (cult), Columbus, J. G. Sanders;
Taraxacum taraxacum, Auglaize Co., J. D. Simkins; Agrimonia eupatoria,
Lancaster, W. A. Kellerman.
Sphaerotheca humuli fuliginea (Schl.) Salm. Perithecia
averaging smaller than humuli; cells averaging 25 p.; spores
12 X 20-15 X 25 p.
Host plants in Ohio Herbarium: Prenanthes alba, Cuyahoga Co., E.
Claassen; Bidens frondosa, Columbus, F. L. Stevens, Cuyahoga Co., E.
Claassen; Taraxacum taraxacum, Cuyahoga Co., E. Claassen, Columbus,
F. L. Stevens.
Spharotheca mors uvae (Schw.) B. & C. MyceHum dense;
perithecia abundant, 75-110 ix in diameter; cells 10-25 /i; appen-
dages few, pale, brown, tortuous, length 1-5 times diameter of
perithecium; ascus 50 x 70-62 x 92 /t: spores 12 x 20-15 x 25 fx.
Common on cultivated gooseberries throughout Ohio.
(luIlibrar
1 68 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 7,
Sphaerotheca phytoptophila, Kell & Swingle. Mycelium thin ;
perithecia (30-78 a in diameter, inner wall separating easily ;
cells 10 It, obscure; appendages few, irregular, often septate,
usually longer than diameter of perithecium; ascus 42 x 60 to
50 X 75 ,u; spores 8, 12 x 20-15 x 25 /<.
Host-plant, the distorted branches produced by the Phytoptus
growing on Celtis occidentalis.
Specimens in the Ohio Herbarium from Preble Co., Brown Co., Mt.
Gilead, W. A. Kellerman; Morgan Co., Kellerman and Jones.
Otherwise reported in Ohio from Lima, W. A. Kellerman, Columl)us,
A. D. Selby.
Erysiphe Hedw.
Key to the Ohio Species.
1. Perithecia not usually maturing on living host lAunt . . . . graminis
Perithecia usually maturing on living host plant 2
2. Asci 8-spored polygoni
Asci 2-spored 3
3. Asci usually 10-15, haustoria lobed galcopsidis
Asci same, haustoria not lobed cichoraccarnm
Erysiphe graminis DC. Mycelium rather persistent; perithe-
cia large, 135-280 a in diameter; cells obscure; appendages short,
simple, light brown; asci 9-30, 70 x 25-108 x 40 /{, long-stalked;
spores 8, 20 x 10-23 x 13 /«.
Host plants in Ohio Herbarium: Poa pratensis. College Hill, W. H-
Aiken .
Otherwise reported in Ohio; Triticum valgare, Columbus, F. Detmers,
Linia, W. A. Kellerman; Poa pratensis, Columbus, W. A. Kellerman;
Agropyrum, Ashtabula Co., Sara F. Goodrich.
Erysiphe polygoni DC. Mycelium usually thin; perithecia
65-180 /( in diameter; cells 10-15 //; appendages variable, usually
many, 5-15 times diameter of perithecium, simple, sometimes
flexuose; asci 2-10, 46 x 30-72 x 45 p., sometimes with short
stalk; spores 3-8, 19 x 9-25 x 14 ix.
Host plants in Ohio Herbarium: Caltha palustris, Cokmibus, W. A.
Kellerman ; Polygonum aviculare, Sandusky Co., Ottawa Co., W. A. Keller-
man, Toledo, F. D. Kelsey; Polygonum sp., Miami Co., W. A. Kellerman
and W. R. Beatty, Adams Co., Athens Co., W. A. Kellemian; Polygonum
erectum, Franklin Co., F. L. Stevens, Belmont Co., Sugar Grove, Brown
Co., W. A. Kellerman; Scutellaria laterifolia, Cuyahoga Co., E. Claassen;
Oenothera biennis, Lake Co., E. Claassen; Thalictrum purpurascens.
Lake Co., E. Claassen, Lupulinus perennis, Erie Co., F. L. Stevens, Toledo,
F. D. Kelsey; Eupatorium sp., Columbus, C. M. Weed; Celmatis virginiana,
Columbus, C. M. Weed; Aquilegia canadensis. Champaign Co., W. C. Wer-
ner.
Otherwise reported in Ohio: Acpxilegia canadensis, Columbus, F.
Detmers; Clematis virginiana, Columbus, A. D. Selby, F. Detmers;
Clematis sp. (cult), Columbus, A. D. Selby, F. Detmers, Waynesville,
W. A. Kellerman; Desmodium canescens, Columbus, A. D. Selby; Lirio-
dendron tulipifera, Columbus, Fairfield Co., A. D. Selby.
May, 1910.] The Ohio Powdery Mildews. 169
Erysiphe galeopsidis DC. Practically the same as E. cicho-
racearum, except that the haustoria are larger and are lobed.
Host plants in Ohio Herbarium: vStachys sp., Columbus, W. A.
Kellerman.
Otherwise reported in Ohio: Sctxtellaria laterifolia, Columbus, A. D.
Selby, W. C. Werner, Fairheld Co., A. D. Selby; Stachys aspera glabra,
Columbus, W. A. Kellerman; Stachys palustris, Columbus, A. D. Selby;
Chelone glabra, Ashtabula Co., Sara F. Goodrich.
Erysiphe cichoracearum DC. Perithecia 80-140 /« in diam-
eter; cells 10-20 ji, distinct; appendages numerous, 2-4 times the
diameter of the perithecium ; asci 10-15, stalked, 5<S x 30-90 x 50/< ;
spores 2, 20 x 12-28 x 20 /i; haustoria not lobed.
Host plants in Ohio Herbarium: Helianthus tuberosus, Sandusky
Co., Sugar Grove, W. A. Kellernian ; Helianthus sp., Lancaster, W. A.
Kellerman, Columbus, H. H. Richardson; Asclepias syriaca, Cuyahoga
Co., E. Claassen; Vemonia gigantea, Portage Co., Cuyahoga Co., E. Claas-
sen; Ambrosia trifida, Columbus, F. L. Stevens, Cuyahoga Co., E. Claas-
sen; Aster sp., Columbus, F. L. Stevens, Amanda, W. A. Kellerman,.
Georgesville, E. V. Wilcox; Hydrophyllum macrophyllum, Columbus,
A. Brooks, Cincinnati, W. H. Aiken; Ambrosia artemisiaefolia, Columbus,.
F. L. Stevens, Cuyahoga Co., E. Claassen; Aster paniculata, Vernonia fas-
ciculata, Solidago canadensis, Verbesina alternifolia, Cuyahoga Co., E.
Claassen; Verbena hastata, Cuyahoga Co., E. Claassen, Lancaster, W. A.
Kellerman, Columbus, C. M. Weed; Aster laevis, Eupatorium perfoliatum.
Aster novi-belgii, Cuyahoga Co., E. Claassen; Verbena urticaefolia, Cuya-
hoga Co., E. Claassen, Amanada, W. A. Kellerman; Phlox divaricata,
Hamilton Co., W. H. Aiken; Phlox (cult) Fairfield Co., W. A. Kellerman;
Actinomeris squarrosa, Columbus, C. M. Weed, Amanda, W. A. Kellerman,
Toledo, F. D. Kelsey.
Otherwise reported in Ohio: Parietaria pennsylvanica, Columbus,,
A. D. Selby; Hydrophyllum macrophyllum, Pickaway Co., W. A. Keller-
man, Fairfield Co., A. D. Selby; Dahlia (cult), Fairfield Co., W. A. Keller-
man, Columbus, A. D. Selby; Helianthus sp., London, Mrs. K. D. Sharp.
Uncinula Lev.
Key to the Ohio species.
1. Appendages colored one-half their length or more nccator
Appendages colorless 2
2. Asci 2-spored macrospora
Asci 4-8-spored 3
3. Appendages flexuous flexuosa
Appendages straight 4
4. Appendages thick- walled, dark or rough at base, perithecia 64-146^
in diameter, asci 34-40 p. w4de cUntoni
Appendages thin-walled throughout 5
5. Asci 4-6 spored salicis
Asci 7-8 spored circinata
Uncinula necator (Schw.) Burr. Perithecia scattered, 70-128
p. in diameter; cells distinct, 10-20 /«; appendages 7-32 in num-
ber, 1-4 times diameter of perithecium; simple, septate, brown in
lower half; asci 4-7, sometimes short-stalked, 50 x 30-60 x 40 /<;
spores, 4-7, 18 x 10-25 x 12 11.
lyo The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 7,
Host plants in Ohio Herbarium: Vitis quinquefolia, Cuyahoga Co.,
E. Claassen; Parthenocissus quinquefoUa, Columbus, W. A. Kellerman;
Vitis (cult), Columbus, W. A. Kellerman; Ampelopsis quinquefolia,
Columbus, H. H. Richardson, C. M. Weed, W. A. Kellerman, Oberlin,
Toledo, F. D. Kelsey.
Uncinula macrospora Peck. Mycelium thin; perithecia
95-165 //; cells 10 ijl; appendages 50-130 in number, ^-1 times
diameter of perithecium, nonseptate, colorless, thicker-walled
toward base; asci 8-14, often curved, 54 x 29-65 x 35 fi; spores
2, 30 X 16 ft.
Host plants in Ohio Herbarium: Ulnus americana, Wyandotte Co.,
Thos. Bosner, Columbus, W^. C. Werner, Fairfield Co., W. A. Kellerman;
Ulmus fulva. Canal Winchester, W. C. Werner, Warren Co., W. A. Keller-
man, Columbus, C. M. Weed.
Otherwise reported in Ohio: Ulmus americana, Fairfield Co., A. D.
Selby, F. Detmers, Columbus, A. D. Selby; Ulmus fulva, Columbus, W. C.
Werner.
Uncinula flexuosa Peck. Mycelium persistent on upper
side of leaf; perithecia scattered, 85-156 ij. in diameter; cells dis-
tinct, 17 /'. : appendages 14—60, length equaling diameter of peri-
thecium, colorless, nonseptate, becoming enlarged, flexuose and
thickwalled at apex; asci 4-11, short-stalked, 50 x 30-58 x 38 /i;
spores 8, 18-22 x 10 /«.
Host plants in Ohio Herbarium: Aesculus glabra, Cokimbus, C. M.
Weed; Aesculus sp., Oberlin, F. D. Kelsey.
Otherwise reported in Ohio: Aesculus glabra, Columbus, F. M.
Webster.
Uncinula clintoni Peck. Perithecia 80-130 ft in diameter;
cells 10-20 ft; appendages 10-35, 1-2 times diameter of perithe-
cium, colorless or light brown at base, thick-walled, swollen at
apex; asci 3-10, short-stalked, 40 x 34-62 x 40 //; spores 3-7,
20 X 10-25 X 13,«.
Host-plants in Ohio Herbarium: Tilia americana, Cuyahoga Co., E.
Claassen.
Otherwi.se reported in Ohio: Tilia americana, Oberlin, F. D. Kelsey.
Uncinula salicis (DC) Winter. Perithecia globose-depressed,
90-175 /« in diameter; cells 10-15 /t; appendages numerous, 100-
150, crowded, %,-l}/2 times diameter of perithecium, nonseptate
or 1-septate at base, colorless, gradually enlarging toward apex;
asci 8-14, stalked, 55 x 30-80 x 40 // ; spores 4-6, 20 x 10-26 x 15 ,«.
Host plants in Ohio Herbarium: Salix sp.. Bowling Green, Columbus,
Fairfield Co., W. A. Kellerman, Toledo, F. D. Kelsey; Salix glaucophylla.
Cedar Point, E. Claassen; Salix cordata, Cuyahoga Co., E. Claassen,
Columbus, W. A. Kellerman; Salix humulis, Amanda, W. A. Kellemian ;
Salix nigra, Columbus, C. M. Weed; Salix petiolaris, Columbus, C. M.
Weed; vScutellaria latirifolia, Williams Co., W. A. Kellerman; Populus
monilifera. Cedar Point, E. Claassen; Populus tremuloides. Cedar Point,
E. Claassen.
Otherwise reported in Ohio: Scutellaria laterifolia, Columbus, A. D.
Sclbv.
May, 1910.] The Ohio Powdery Mildews. 1 7 1
Uncinula cicrinata C. & P. Perithecia scattered, somewhat
lenticular, iG(J-225 ix diameter; cells obscure, 10-14 p.; appendages
crowded, very numerous, length a little less than diameter of
perithecium, nonseptate, colorless, apex not helicoid; asci 9-26,
68 X 29-86 X 40 // ; spores 8, 18 x 20-22 x 14 ;r
Host plants in Ohio Herbarium: Acer saccharuni, Acer rubrum,
Acer saccharinum, Cuyahoga Co., E. Claassen; Acer das3'carpum, Colum-
bus, C. M. Weed.
Otherwise reported in Ohio: Acer rubrum, Fairfield Co., A. D. Selby;
Acer saccharum, Columbus, C. M. Weed.
PODOSPHAERA KunZC.
Key to the Ohio Species.
1 . Appendages clear, except at base ; branches of apex not swollen ....
biuiici}iata
Appendages dark-brown for inore than half their length; branches
or apex swollen oxyacanthae
Podosphaera biuncinata, C. & P. Perithecia subglobose,
55-72 a in diameter; appendages equatorial, 4-15 in number,
3-5 times diameter of perithecium, straight, nonseptate, colorless,
or light brown at base, apex once dichotomously branched,
branches variable and often recurved; ascus short-stalked,
45 X 40-50 x 48 ,«; spores 8, 20 x 11-24 x 13 fx.
Host plants in Ohio Herbarium: Hamamelis virginiana. Summit Co.,
Cuyahoga Co., E. Claassen.
Podosphaera oxyacanthae (DC) DeB. Perithecia subglo-
bose, 64-90 /( in diameter; cells 10-18 // wide; appendages usuallv
equatorial, sometimes nearer apex, 4-30 in number, 3^-6 times
diameter of perithecium, septate, brown for more than half their
length, apex 2-4 times dichotomously branched, branches short,
tips of ultimate branchlets swollen; ascus 58 x 45-90 x 75 jx;
spores 18 X 10-30 x 17 ii.
Host plants in Ohio Herbarium: Cherry (cult) Ottawa Co., W. A.
Kellerman ; Pruntis virginiana, Cedar Point, E. Claas.sen ; Spiraea tomentosa,
Fairfield Co., W. A. Kellerman ; Prunus cerasus, Columbtis, H. H. Richard-
son.
Otherwise reported in Ohio: Cherry (cult), Columbus, C. M. Weed,
F. Detmers, Dayton, Jos. Potts.
Key to the Ohio Species.
1. Appendages angularly bent, branches lax and irregular. . . .eiipJiorbiae
Appendages not so 2
2. Ultimate branchlets usually recurved 3
Ultimate branchlets not recurved 4
."}. Appendages long and flaccid, apex much branched, ornate and close
alni, var. cxtensa
Appendages short, not flaccid, ultimate branchlets all distinctly
recurved alni
Appendages 2^-8 times diameter of perithecium, apex moderately
branched, widely forked alni. var. vaccinii
172 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol.X, No. 7,
4. Appendages 3-7 times diameter of perithecium, colored nearly to
apex russellii
Apendages colorless 5
o. Branches lax and irregular diffusa
Branches close and regular, digitate grossulariae
Microsphaera euphorbiae (Peck) B. & C. Perithecia 85-145 //;
in diameter; cells 10-15 /<; appendages 7-28, 23^-8 times diam-
eter of perithecium, contorted, colorless, nonseptate, 3—4 times
dichotomously branched, branches lax and irregular; asci 4-13,
short-stalked, 48 x 26-66 x 35 /<; spores 4, 19 x 10-21 x 12 //.
Host plants in Ohio Herbarium: Euphorbia corollata, Toledo,
F. D. Kelsey.
Otherwise reported in Ohio: Euphorbia corollata, Columbus, E. M.
Wilcox.
Microsphaera alni (Wallr.) Salm. Mycelium thin; perithecia
66-110 /( in diameter; cells 10-15 a\ appendages 4-26, ^-'2\
times diameter of perithecium, colorless, often darker at base,
apex 3-6 times dichotomously branched, ultimate branchlets
recurved; asci 3-8, 42 x 32-70 x 50 /(, short-stalked; spores 4-8,
18 X 10-23 x 12, «.
Host plants in Ohio Herbarium: Sambucus canadensis, Cuyahoga
Co., E. Claassen; Gleditschia triacanthus, Columbus, W. A. Kellerman,
Alton, F. L. Stevens, Brown Co., W. A. Kellerman, Hebron, Kellerman
and Beatty, Warren Co., Fairfield Co., W. A. Kellennan, Columbus, Weed
and Craig; Castanea dentata, Cuyahoga Co., E. Claassen; Cornus candi-
dissima, Cuyahoga Co., E. Claassen; Syringa vulgaris, Cuyahoga Co., E.
Claassen, Columbus, E. E. Bogue; Lilac (cult), Hamilton Co., W. H. Aiken,
Sugar Grove, W. A. Kellerman; Vibernum acerifolium, Platanus occiden-
talis, Lonicera ciliata, Cuyahoga Co., E. Claassen, Viburnum cassinoides,
Ottawa Co., W. A. Kellerman; Castanea sativa, var. americana. Sugar
Grove, Wilcox, Bogue and Weed; Lathyrus myrtifolius, Painesville, W. C.
Werner.
Otherwise I'eported in Ohio: Euonymus atropurpureus, Ross Co.,
W. A. Kellerman, Columbus, A. D. Selby; Sambucus canadensis, Colum-
bus, A. D. Selby; Platanus occidentalis, I olumbus, A. D. Selby; Castanea
sativa var. americana, Ross Co., W. A. Kellerman ; Gleditschia triacanthos,
Ross Co., W. A. Kellerman.
Microsphaera alni extensa (C. & P.) Salm. Mycelium per-
sistent; perithecia gregarious, 90-140 /i in diameter; cells 10-20 //;
appendages 8-19, 23/^-6 times diameter of perithecium, flexuous,
colorless, nonseptate, walls thickened toward base, apex 3-5 times
dichotomously branched, branching close, ultimate branchlets
distinctly recurved; asci 3-8, short-stalked, 58 x 34-72 x 45 //;
spores usually 6, 22 x 12-26 x 15 it.
Host plants in Ohio Herbarium: Quercus sp., Columljus, C. M. Weed;
Quercus tinctoria, Lawrence Co., W. A. Kellemian ; Quercus macrocarpa,
Columbus, C. M. Weed; Quercus rubra, Columbus, E. V. Wilcox; Quercus
nigra, Fairfield Co., W. A. Kellerman; Otiercus coccinea, Worthington,
CM. Weed.
May, 1910.] The Ohio Powdery Mildews. 173
Microsphaera alni vaccinii (Schw.) Salm. Perithecia scat-
tered, 7U-145 /( in diameter; cells 10-20 ;.l; appendages 4-22,
23^-8 times diameter of perithecium, colorless, or darker at
base, nonseptate, apex 2-4 times dichotomously branched, ulti-
mate bran chlets recurved; asci 2-16, 45 x 28-72 x 38 n\ spores
4-6, IS X 10-22 X 13 /^.
Host plants in Ohio Herbarium: Vaccinium vacillans, Portage Co.,
Lake Co., E. Claassen, Vaccinium corymbosum, Portage Co., E. Claassen;
Catalpa bignonoides, Columbvis, C. M. Weed, Oberlin, F. D. Kelsey,
Toledo, F. D. Kelsey.
Microsphaera russellii Clinton. Perithecia scattered, 70-118
H in diameter; cells 6-14 /<; appendages 5-14, 3-7 times diameter
of perithecium, septate, colored nearly to apex, 2-4 times
dichotomously branched, branches irregular and lax, tips not
recurved, primary branches long; asci 4-9, short-stalked, 42 x 24—
56 x 32 /x; spores 4, 18 x 10-22 x 12 /«. Appendages not branched
until fully mature.
Host plants in Ohio Herbarium: Oxalis stricta, Hamilton Co., W. H.
Aiken, Columbus, W. A. Kellerman.
Otherwise reported in Ohio: Oxalis recurva, E. M. Wilcox.
Microsphaera diffusa C. & P. Perithecia 55-126 //. in diam-
eter; cells 10-20 jx; appendages 4-30, 1-1 2-7 times diameter of
perithecium, sometimes septate in lower half, colorless, thicker
walled toward base, apex 3-5 times irregularly dichotomously
branched, tips swollen and not recurved; asci 4—9, 48 x 28—
60 X 30 IX, with very short stalk ; spores 4, 18 x 9-22 x 11 11.
Host plants in Ohio Herbarium: Meibomia canescens, Meibomia
dillenii, Cuyahoga Co., E. Claassen; Desmodium sp., Franklin Co., F. L.
Stevens; Desmodium nudiflorum, Columbus, C. M. Weed.
Otherwise reported in Ohio; Desmodium canescens, Columbus, C. M.
Weed, F. Detmers, A. D. Selby.
Microsphaera grossulariae (Wallr.) Lev. Perithecia 65-130 fx
in diameter; cells 14-20 fx; appendages 5-22, 1-1 M times diam-
eter of perithecium, colorless, nonseptate, thicker walled toward
base, apex 4-5 times dichotomously branched, branches close
and regular, and ultimate branches long, giving a digitate
appearance ; asci 4-10, short stalked, 40 x 28-62 x 38 /<; spores 4-6,
20 X 12-28 X 16 //..
Host plants in Ohio Herbarium: Sambucus canadensis, Columbus,
W. A. Kellerman, Sugar Grove, W. A. Kellerman.
Phyllactinia Lev.
Phyllactinia corylea (Pers.) Karst. Perithecia 150-275 ix in
diameter; cells 10 to 15 tx; appendages 8-12, equatorial, length
•% to 4 times diameter of perithecium, sharp-pointed, with bul-
bous base; asci 5-20, stalked, 30 x 90 /«; spores 2, 14 x 18 ix.
174
The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 7,
Ohio Naturalist.
Plate IX.
O'Kane on "Powdery Mildews."
May, 1910.] The Ohio Powdery Mildews.
175
Ohio Naturalist.
Plate X.
O'Kane on "Powdery Mildews."
176 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 7,
Host plants in Ohio Herbarium: Carpinus caroliniana, Fairfield Co.,
W. A. Kellennan; Catalpa (cult), Warren Co., Catalpa bignonoides, Fair-
field Co., W. A. Kellerman; Alnus rugosa, Licking Co., J. G. Sanders;
Magnolia acuminata, Franklin Co., J. H. Schaft'ner; Quercus rubra, Tole-
do, F. D. Kelsey; Fagus americana, Worthington, C. M. Weed; Castanea
sativa, var. americana, Knox Co., H. J. Detmers; Quercus sp., Fairfield
Co., W. A. Kellerman.
Otherwise reported in Ohio: Phlox paniculata, Coluinbus, A. D.
Selb3^
Explanation of Plates IX and X.
Figures 1 to 13, inclusive, were drawn at a magnification of
315 diameters, and cuts made at two-thirds reduction. These
figures, therefore, are shown at a magnification of 105 diameters.
Figure 14 was drawn at a magnification of 210 diameters, and
cut made at two-thirds reduction. This figure, therefore, is
shown at a magnification of 70 diameters.
Sphaerotheca huniuli (DC.) Burr.
Sphaerotheca phytoptophila Kell & Swingle.
Podosphaera oxyacanthae DeB.
Erysiphe polygoni DC.
Erysiphe eichoraceaiaini DC.
Uncinula clintoni Pk.
Uncinula necator (Schw.) Burr.
Uncinula salicis (DC.) Winter.
Podosphaera biuncinata C. & P.
Microsphaera russellii Clint.
Microsphaera difftisa C. & P.
Microsphaera grossulariae (Wallr.) Lev.
Microsphaera alni (Wallr.) Salmon.
Fig. 14. Phyllactinia corylea (Pars.) Karst.
Date of Publication, May 9, 1910.
Fig.
1.
Fig.
2_
Fig.
3.
Fig-
4.
Fig.
5.
Fig.
6.
Fig.
7.
Fig.
8.
Fig.
9.
Fig.
10.
Fig.
11.
Fig.
12.
Fig.
13.
l^he Ohio ^aturalist^T}
PUBLISHED BY
The Biological Club of the Ohio State University,
Volume X. JUNE, 1910. No. 8.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Stover— Xotes on New Ohio Agarics 177
Hopkins— New Varieties of Common Ferns 179
Sterki— Winter-Buds of Spirodela polyrliiza (L) 181
Gary— Naiades of Grand River, Ohio . . 183
Gary— Naiades of Cedar Point, Ohio 183
SCHAFFNER— Xerophytic Adaptations of Apocyunm hypericifolium 184
SCHAFFNER— A Proposcd List of Plants to be Excluded from the Ohio Catalog 185
Dickey— Note on the Organization of the Biological Club of the O. S. U 190'
Dickey— Meetings of the Biological Club 192.
NOTES ON NEW OHIO AGARICS.
WiLMER G. Stover. '
The following Agarics have not been previously reported
from Ohio. All were collected near Oxford, Ohio, by the writer,
unless otherwise noted. Most of them were determined or con-
firmed at the New York Botanical Garden or at Albany and were,
so far as possible, compared with specimens at those places, in
some cases with type specimens.
My thanks are due to Dr. W. A. Murrill and C. H. Peck for
the privilege of examining specimens and other favors.
The following notes are intended to present only the essential
characters of the species named. For fuller descriptions the
reader is referred to mushroom books.
Lactaria rimosella, Peck. Pileus reddish-brown, dry, gla-
brous, becoming rimose-areolate ; latex somewhat watery;
lamellae close, decurrent; stipe colored like the pileus. June.
Plants identified by Miss G. S. Burlingham. North American
Flora, Vol. 9, Part 3, Page 198.
Russula hiteobasis. Peck. Pileus red, becoming wholly yel-
lowish or in the center only; lamellae equal, white or creamy
yellow, adnexed; stipe stuffed, white above, yellow or orange-
vellow at the base. August. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 31: 179,
Apr. 1904.
Russula crustosa, Peck. This plant is closely related to
R. virescens (Schaeff) Fr. and is doubtless often reported under
that name. The chief characters distinguishing it from R. vires-
cens are the subviscid pileus, the striate margin, smooth disk and
the small areolate scales of the pileus. It is more variable in
178 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 8,
color than R. virescens, ranging from green or greenish to
ochraceous. Dr. Kauffman* suggests that Hard's figure (150)
is of this species rather than R. virescens as labeled and I am
inclined to agree. July to September.
Russula subsordida, Peck. The whole plant becomes smoky-
brown when old and the flesh changes to that color when cut or
broken. Pileus glabrous, viscid when young, at first whitish,
lamellae close, adnate. It is separated from R. sordida, Peck,
by its viscid pileus; from R. nigricans, (Bull.) Fr., by the close
lamellae, and from R. densifolia. Seer , by the flesh not becom-
ing reddish when wounded. September.
Russula ftavida, Frost. Pileus and stipe yellow, lamellae
white; pileus dry and mealy; lamellae close, adnate; stem solid.
I take this to be the plant described by Morgan as R. lutea, Fr.
The latter has a viscid pileus, a white stipe and the lamellae are
yellow or ochraceous. August and September.
Rtissula mariae, Peck. Pileus dry, dark crimson or purplish,
minutely pulverulent or glaucous; lamellae close, adnate, whitish
to yellowish; stipe solid, a little paler than pileus or nearly white.
July. Determination confirmed byMiss Burlingham.
Russula earlei, Peck. Pileus glutinous, straw-colored or
paler, margin even; lamellae thick, distant, adnate; stipe white.
Rather easily distinguished by the pale, glutinous pileus and the
distant gills August.
Clitocybe eccentric a, Peck. Pileus umbilicate or somewhat
infundibuliform, hygrophanous, white or whitish, margin lobed,
split or irregular; lamellae white or yellowish, close, narrow,
decurrent; stipe often eccentric, becoming hollow. Growing
on much decayed log. August. Identified by C. H. Peck.
Crcpidotus cinnabarinns, Peck. Pileus sessile, minutely
tomentose or pulverulent, cinnabar-red; lamellae rather broad,
reddish-flocculent on the edge; spores ferruginous. Readily
recognized from the color. On old stump in woods. Coll.
A. T. Cox. July. Bull. Torr. Bot. CI. 22: 4S9.
Galera crispa, Longyear. Pileus conic-campanulate, margin
becoming crenulated and upturned; lamellae slightly adnexed,
close, rather narrow, much crisped; stipe fragile, somewhat bul-
bous. In grass on University campus. June to August. Bot.
Gaz. 28: 272.
Agarictis abruptibulbus, Peck. The pileus is usually white or
yellowish but our specimens were tawny-yellow even when fresh.
The stipe has a flattened bulb by which the plant may be dis-
tinguished from its nearest allies. The double annulus is another
distinctive character. August. Coll. Master Hugh Fink. Iden-
tified by C. H. Peck. This plant was first named Agaricus
abruptus, Peck.
* C. H. Kauffman, Michigan Species of Russula, Eleventh Report of
Michigan Academy of Science, pp. 57-91.
Miami University, Oxford, Ohio.
June, 1910.]
New Varieties of Common Ferns.
179
NEW VARIETIES OF COMMON FERNS.
L. S. Hopkins.
For several years while collecting in the woods of Wayne
County, Ohio, I have noted here and there occasional plants of
Adiantum pedatum L. whose fronds differ very materially from
those of the normal type. The difference consists mainly in the
normal pinnules being replaced by linear branching pinnules
which are partly fertile and partly • sterile at their tips. This
transposition may occur either at the end or the middle of the
pinna, more often the latter.
Fig. 1. Adiantum pedatum laciniatum Hopkins.
One of these plants was transplanted^^to the yard of the
McFadden homestead in Wooster where it has been under obser-
vation for a period of four years. It seems to thrive in its new
home and each year has continued to produce fronds of the type
described.
i8o
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. X, No. 8,
The form is probably a sport but as such it seems to deserve
a name as it is likely to occur elsewhere. Therefore, I propose
the name:
Adiantuni pedatum L. var. laciiiiatitin Hopkins var. nov.
Pinnules linear, lanceolate, or oblanceolate, more or less
branched; growing with the type; rocky wooded hillsides,
Wayne County, O. (Fig. 1).
Fig. 2. Cystopteri.s fragilis cristata Hopkin.s. a, 1>, c. Apexes of frond.
d, e, f, Pinnae.
In the latter part of August, 1909, in company with Mr.
R. J. Webb, of Garrettsville, and Mr. A. X. Rood, of Phalanx,
I visited Woodworth's Glenn, in Portage County.
A clear rapid flowing stream very suggestive of trout has cut
out a small ravine through the sub-carboniferous (?) sandstone.
In some places this ravine is quite narrow and the walls almost
perpendicular.
June, 1910.] Winter-Buds of Spirodela. i8i
The ordinary Fragile Bladder Fern grows in abundance upon
these rocks. A hasty glance revealed the fact that it differed
very materially from the ordinary form. The apexes of the frond
and the tips of the pinnae are branched two to four times, acumi-
nate, obtuse or emarginate.
The plant grows plentifully in the partially shaded ravine
and the differences from the normal type of frond seem to warrant
the name:
Cystopteris jragilis (L.) Bernh. var. cristata Hopkins, var. nov.
Apex of frond branched, the branches often dividing again;
obtuse or acuminate, pinnae linear, lanceolate, broadly triangular,
acuminate, acute or obtuse often branching into two or more irre-
gular segments; in part on sandstone rocks, Woodworth's
Glenn, Portage County, Ohio. (Fig. 2).
Pittsburgh High School.
WINTER-BUDS OF SPIRODELA POLYRHIZA (L.).
V. Sterki.
Last summer and fall, I brought home several kinds of
"duckweeds," and kept them in aquaria, some of the latter being
small tumblers. During September and October it was noticed
that there were numerous small disks, or links, partly free, partly
connected with Spirodela plants. They were flat, short-elliptical
or oblong, or nearly circular, of about one to two mm. diameter,
of a deep green color (darker than the spirodela disks), always
rootless, without any visible venation and with a small, sharply
defined, crescent-shaped, whitish to brownish hilum at the margin.
Microscopic examination, made in February, showed them to
have stomata on the upper surface and a slight but distinct
purplish hue on the lower, inside of the epidermis.
With the approach of winter, the Spirodela plants faded
and died, but these small bodies kept fresh and green, and most
of them sank to the bottom. vSome, however, were kept floating
by the dead disks, now little more than skeletons. Some were
seen as late as February, each being held between the two epi-
dermal layers of its parent disk, near the hilum, partly emerging
from the margin. Several score were in a small tumbler aqua-
rium, near a window but not reached by direct sunlight until the
end of winter. During the latter part of January, and up to
the present it was noticed that each had a small gas bubble on
its upper surface, probably oxygen, and some were raised to the
surface by the same and kept floating. Many of them are now
sprouting, at the hilum, while others are still at the bottom,
unchanged. Another such small aquarium, with Lemna tri-
18,2 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 8,
sulca, etc., was kept close to the window, where the sun had
access for an hour or two on clear mornings. In that, the plants
developed earlier, and at the present writing, several of them
are fully developed, unmistakable Spirodela polyrhiza, with
two disks several times the size of the bud, bright green, with
distinct nervation, several roots and with the inferior side
around the hilum purplish. On one of them, the bud is now
fading and withering.
Thus the cycle is complete. The small bodies described were
seen developing on the Spirodela plants, in late summer and fall,
then detached or held only mechanically, surviving the winter
at the bottom, rising to the surface in spring (premature indoors),
producing new plants, and then dying. The observations are
complete so far as they go ; but more details and further investi-
gations will be in place. It has not been ascertained whether
one Spirodela disk produces only one bud or several, how early in
the season they are produced and eventually whether some of
them grow out into new plants in the same season ; also the micro-
scopic structure especially of the hilum when dormant and at the
time of sprouting will be of interest. The buds should also be
taken up from the bottom of ponds and pools in early spring
and their development observed.
When the little bodies were first noticed, last fall, it was sup-
posed that they might be "winter-buds," having the function of
buds or bulbs, and the result sustained the diagnosis. Since the
plant is rarely found blossoming and fruiting these buds are evi-
dently the means of propagation of the species. But the term
"bud" is not adequate. They may be compared with the bulb-
lets of some Pteridophyta. Their significance is possibly nearest
to that of tubers, like those of the Dahlia and potato, but the fact
that they are provided with chlorophyl and stomata again sets
them apart. Their configuration is in accordance with the
simple structure of the plant itself.
It may be mentioned that a Lcmna {trinervis Austin?) brought
in and kept with the Spirodela showed nothing of the kind des-
cribed; but it may have been overlooked; most of them died
earlier than the Spirodela. Lenina trisulca L. keeps well and
grows luxuriantly over winter, indoors, and is a very satisfactory
plant for small aquaria.
New Philadelphia, Ohio, March 12, 1910.
June, 1910.]
Naiades of Cedar Point, Ohio.
183
NAIADES OF GRAND RIVER, OHIO.
L. B. Gary.
Lampsilis ventricosa (Barnes, Unio), fairly common.
a multiradiata (Lea, Unio), one specimen, Painesville, O.
a Luteola (Lamarck, Unio), most common.
a ligamentina (Lamarck, Unio), rather scarce at Me-
chanicsville, O.
a recta (Lamarck, Unio), not rare.
(( iris (Lea, Unio), rather scarce.
u parva (Barnes, Unio), rather scarce.
Obovaria circulus (Lea, Unio), scarce.
Pytchobranchtis phaseolus (Hildreth, Unio), rare.
Quadrula undulata (Barnes, Unio), abundant.
II Kirtlandiana (Lea, Unio), very rare.
« rubiginosa (Lea, Unio), not rare.
Unio gibbosus Barnes, rather common.
Symphvnota compressa (Lea, Unio pressus), not plentiful.
a costata (Rafinesque, Alasmidonta), common.
Alasmidonta marginata Say, not very common.
Hemilastena ambigua, (Say, Alasmodonta), not rare.
^Strophitus edentulus (Lea, Anodonta), common.
Anodontoides ferussacianus subcylindraceus? Lea, one specimen.
Anodonta grandis (decora?) Lea, common.
This list is the result of several years collecting at Mechanics-
ville, Austinburg Tp., Ashtabula Co., O., with the one exception-
noted.
263 Hoyt St., Buffalo, N. Y.
NAIADES OF CEDAR POINT, OHIO.
L. B. Gary.
Lampsilis ventricosa (Barnes, Unio), common.
« luteola (Lamarck, Unio), common.
a recta (Lamarck, Unio), scarce.
u nasuta (Say, Unio), rather scarce.
u alata (Say, Unio), common.
u gracilis (Barnes, Unio), plentiful.
Plagiola donaciformis (Lea, Unio), rare.
Obovaria circulus (Lea, Unio). very common.
Quadrula plicata (Say, Unio).
« undulata (Barnes, Unio).
« pustulosa ? (Lea, Unio), an imperfect specimen.
u rubiginosa (Lea, Unio), fairlv common.
Unio gibbosus Barnes,
fairlv common.
1 84
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. X, No. 8,
Strophitus edentulus (Lea, Anodonta) ? No specimen in mv
collection, but listed in my notes.
Anodontoides ferussacianus subcylindraceus Lea.?, one speci-
men .
Anodonta grandis Say, one specimen.
What appeared to be a white specimen of Ouadrula coccineus
Conrad, was found near the Lake Laboratory, and probably
came from the Sandusky Bay. The Ijalance of these shells
were picked iip on the shore of Lake Erie between Cedar Point
and the Laboratory. The list is by no means complete, probablv
but simply shows what can be gathered in one season. Several
species were taken alive.
XEROPHYTIC ADAPTATIONS OF APOCYNUM
HYPERICIFOLIUM.
John H. Schaffner.
In the January, 1905, Ohio Naturalist, the writer presented
some observations on the occurrence and development of mat
plants, showing that some plants which are erect in an ordinary
environment become prostrate, with radiating branches, when
growing in exposed situations as on a sandbar or newly plowed
prairie. While studying the xerophytic vegetation of Cedar
Point, at vSandusky, Ohio, my attention was called to the pros-
FiG. 1. .Vpoeyiiiim hypericifoliiini growing on a sand l)lo\v-out
on Cedar Point.
June, 1910.] Plants to be Excluded from Ohio Catalog. 185
trate condition of Apocyninni I lyperici folium Ait., the Clasping-leaf
Dogbane, growing in the blowouts and on the sand-dunes. This
is a rather rare plant in Ohio, being at present known only from
this locality. The plants growing in less exposed conditions
were nearly or quite erect.
The prostrate condition is brought about by a curve of the
single main stem an inch or two above the ground. The lateral
branches spread out in a more or less radiating fashion, pro-
ducing a very close superficial imitation of a typical mat plant
(Fig. 1). The bending over of the steam and branches brings
most of the leaves into a more or less vertical position. The
peculiarity seems to be an adaptation to the light, but other
factors may also have an influence. The cause of the habit could
probably be easily determined by experiment. The stems
develop abundant anthocyan and the leaves are very glabrous
and glaucous. This Dogbane is, therefore, a very perfect xero-
phyte being able to endure more easily perhaps than any other
plant of the locality the intense light and heat often present in
summer on the bare sand of the blow-out.
A PROPOSED LIST OF PLANTS TO BE EXCLUDED FROM
THE OHIO CATALOG.
John H. Schaffner.
In the December, 1908, Ohio Naturalist, the writer pub-
lished a paper entitled " Plants in the Ohio State List not Repre-
sented in the State Herbarium." In response to the request
for information in regard to these plants a number of botanists
have contributed data and specimens which establish a number
of species as undoubted members of our flora. In the meantime,
considerable work has been done on the plants of the state and
the entire state herbarium has been studied more or less critically
some of the more diflicult groups by specialists. Many species
represented by herbarium specimens cannot stand because of
wrong identification. The present list is published with the
hope that some may still be verified before publication of a new
catalog of Ohio plants. Some records are based on fragmentary
or imperfect specimens. In the future, all additions should be
based on specimens about whose identification there can be no
reasonable doubt. It is proposed, therefore, to exclude all of
the species named below unless definite evidence of their exis-
tence in Ohio as indicated bv herbarium specimens is forth-
coming.
Probably some species should have been retained without
question but it is evident that the only way to obtain a reliable
1 86 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 8,
catalog is to use rather drastic measures. It will be easier to
restore names to the list than to continue names whose standing
is problematical and serve no purpose except to confuse the plant-
geographers and ecologist. So far as the exclusion of foreign
weeds and cultivated plants is concerned, if the list is not to
represent known herbarium specimens a much larger number of
probable species might be added. But it is believed that zeal
for accuracy is more commendable than enthusiasm for new
records and large numbers. The writer will greatly appreciate
information which will tend to establish any species in the fol-
lowing hst as a native or introduced Ohio plant:
Acer pennsylvanicum L. No specimens.
Achroanthes monophylla (L.) Greene. No specimens.
Aconitum uncinatum L. No specimens.
Adopogon carolinianum (Nutt.) Britt. No specimens
Agrimonia pvmiila Muhl. The specimen so labeled is A. mollis
(T. & G.) Britt.
Agrostis asperifolia Trin. No specimens.
Allionia nyctaginea ovata (Pursh) Morong. The specimen
labeled thus is the species.
Allium stellatum Ker. No specimens.
Alopercurus pratensis L. No specimens.
Alsine boreale (Bigel.) Britt. Beyond our range.
Alsine longipes (Goldie) Gov. Beyond our range. A specimen
so labeled is too immature for determination.
Amaranthus crispus (Lesp. & Thev.) Br. No specimens.
Amaranthus lividus L. Beyond our range.
Amphiachris dracunculoides (DC.) Nutt. No specimens.
Artemisia abrotanum L. No specimens.
Artemisia absinthium L. No specimens.
Artemisia canadensis Mx. No specimens.
Asrum reflexum ambiguum Bickn. No specimens.
Asplenium fontanum (L.) Bernh. No specimens. Ohio record
probably a mistake of labeling.
Aster acuminatus Mx. No specimens.
Aster claytoni crispens Burg. No specimens.
Aster cordifolius polycephalus Port. No specimens.
Aster divaricatus persaliens Burg. No specimens.
Aster dumosus L. No specimens.
Aster novi-belgii L. No specimens.
Aster novi-belgii laevigatus (Lam.) Gr. No specimens.
Aster ptarmicoides (Nees) T. & G. No specimens.
Aster salicifolius stenophyllus (Lindl.) Burg. No specimens.
Avena fatua L. No specimens.
Betula populifolia Marsh. No specimens.
Bicuculla eximia (Ker.) Millsp. No specimens.
June, 1910.] Plants to be Excluded from Ohio Catalog. 187
Bidens leavis (L.) B. S. P. Beyond our range.
Blephariglottis grandiflora (Bigel.) Rydb. No specimens.
Bromus arvensis L. The specimen so labeled is B. racemosus.
Bromus asper Murr. No specimens.
Bromus breviaristatus (Hook.) Buckl. No specimens.
Broussonetia papyrifera (L.) Vent. No specimens.
Carex bullata Schk. No specimens.
Carex careyana Torr. No specimens.
Carex caroliniana Schw. No specimens.
Carex chordorhiza L. f. No specimens.
Carex deflexa Hornem. No specimens.
Carex formosa Dew. No specimens.
Carex goodenovii J. Gay. No specimens.
Carex interior capillacea Bail. No specimens.
Caerx novae-angliae Schv/. No specimens.
Carex setacea Dew. No specimens.
Carex styloflexa Buckl. No specimens.
Carex tenella Schk. No specimens.
Carex tenera Dew. No specimens.
Carex tenuiflora Wahl. No specimens.
Carex umbellata Schk. No specimens.
Carex xanthocarpa Bickn. No specimens.
Castanea pumila (L.) Mill. No specimens.
Centaurea nigra L. No specimens.
Cerastium viscosum L. No specimens.
Chenopodium urbicum L. No specimens.
Chrysopsis grammifolia (Mx.) Nutt. No specimens.
Cinna latifolia (Trev.) Griseb. No specimens.
Claytonia caroliniana Mx. No specimens.
Claytonia perfoliata Donn. No specimens.
Clintonia borealis (Ait.) Raf. No specimens.
Cincus benedictus L. No specimens.
Convolvulus repens L. No specimens.
Corallorhiza corallorhiza (L.) Karst. No specimens.
Comus baileyi Coult. & Evans. The specimen in the herbarium
is from a cultivated plant.
Cor^dus rostrata Ait. No specimens.
Crepis tectorum L. No specimens.
Cyperus dentatus Torr. No specimens.
Cyperus ovularis (Mx.) Torr. No specimens.
Delphinium consolida L. All the specimens so named are D.
ajacis L.
Delphinium carolinianum Walt. Beyond our range.
Deschampsia caespitosa (L.) Beauv. No specimens.
Eleocharis interstincta (Vahl.) R. & S. No specimens.
Eleocharis rostellata Torr. No specimens.
Equisetum scirpoides Mx. No specimens. /Vs^^^l
[lu , L I B R A R >
4«7 - t^a^.y
1 88 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 8,
Eriophorum vaginatum L. No specimens.
Eriophorum gracile Koch. No specimens.
Eriophorum virginicum album Gr. No specimens.
Eupatoritxm serotinum Mx. No specimens.
Fragaria vesca L. No specimens.
Gahum vernum L. No specimens.
Gentiana detonsa Rottb. No specimens.
Geranium cHssectum L. No specimens.
Gerardia besseyana Britt. No specimens.
Geum macrophyllum Willd. Beyond our range.
Gifolia germanica (L.) Dum. No specimens.
Gratiola aurea Muhl. No specimens.
Gutierrezia texana (DC.) T. & G. No specimens.
Hedeoma hispida Pursh. Beyond our range.
Hehanthus atrorubens L. No specimens.
HeHanthus ambiguus (T. & G.) Britt. No specimens.
Hehotropium indictim L. No specimens.
HeHotropium anchusifoHum Poir. No specimens.
Heteranthera reniformis R. & P. No specimens.
Hieracium greenii Port. & Britt. No specimens.
Houstonia tenuifolia Nutt. No specimens.
Hvoscvamus niger. L. No specimens.
Hypericum adpressum Bart. The specimen so named is prob-
ably H. perforatum L.
Juncus filiformis L. No specimens.
Juncus stygius L. No specimens.
Juncus brachvcarpus Engl. No specimens.
Kneiffia linearis (Mx.) Spach. Beyond our range.
Kuhnistera Candida (Willd.) Ktz. No specimens.
Lacinaria pvcnostachva (Mx.) Ktz. No specimens.
Lactuca pulchella (Pursh) DC. No specimens.
Leontodon hastilis L. The plant so labeled is L. nudicaule (L.)
Port.
Ligusticum scoticum L. No specimens.
Ligusticum canadense (L.) Britt. No specimens.
Limnanthemum lacunosum (Vent.) Griseb. No specimens.
Lithospermum linearifolium Goldie. No specimens.
Lobelia nuttallii R. & vS. Beyond our range.
Lycopodium annotinum L. No specimens.
Lycopus europaeus L. No specimens.
Mariana mariana (L.) Hill. No specimens.
Meibomia arenicola Vail. The plant so labeled is probably
M. marvdandica (L.) Ktz. or M. obtusa (Muhl.) Vail.
Mentha aquatica L. No specimens.
Mentha sativa L. No specimens.
Mitella nuda L. No specimens.
Monarda citriodora Cerv. No specimens.
June, 1910.] Plants to be Excluded from Ohio Catalog. 189
Myosotis palustris (L.) Lam. No specimens.
Myrica cerifera L. No specimens.
Myriophyllum tenellum Bigel. No specimens.
Nabalus serpentarius (Pursh) Hook. No specimens.'
Nymphaea kalmiana (Mx.) Sims. No specimens.
Ophioglossum engelmanni Prantl. Wrong identification.
Onosmodium virginianum (L.) DC. No specimens.
Orchis rotundifolia Pursh. No specimens.
Oryzopsis juncea (Mx.) B. S. P. No specimens.
Oryzopsis asperifoHa Mx. No specimens.
Oxycoccus oxycoccus (L.) MacM. No specimens.
Panicularia obtusa (Muhl.) Ktz. No specimens.
Panicum lanuginosum Ell. No specimens.
Panicum pseudopubescens Nash. No specimens.
Panicum xanthophysum Gr. No specimens.
Papaver dubium L. No specimens.
Parthenocissus quinquefolia laciniata Planch. No specimens.
Paspalum setaceum Mx. No specimens.
Peramium repens (L.) Salisb. No specimens.
Phaseolus polystachyus (L.) B. S. P. No specimens.
Philadelphus grandiflorus Willd. Beyond our range.
Philadelphus inodorus L. No specimens.
Plantago elongata Pursh. No specimens.
Poa debilis Torr. No specimens.
Polygala incarnata L. No specimens.
Polygonum careyi Olney. No specimens.
Polygonum cilinode Mx. No specimens.
Polygonum ramosissimum Mx. This is a salt marsh plant. The
specimen so named is P. camporum Meisn.
Potamogeton spirillus Tuck. No specimens.
Potamogeton vaseyi Robb. No specimens.
Potenlilla canadensis simplex (Mx.) T. & G. No specimens.
Potenlilla sulphurea Lam. The specimens are P. recta L.
Ptihmnium capillaceum (Mx.) Raf. No specimens.
Pyrola asarifolia Mx. Beyond our range
Pyrola uliginosa Torr. Beyond our range.
Quamocht quamoclit (L.) Britt. No specimens.
Quercus nana (Marsh.) Sarg. No specimens.
Ranunculus arvensis L. Probably not in Ohio.
Ranunculus ovalis Raf. Probably not in Ohio.
Ribes nigrum L. No specimens.
Robinia hispida L. Beyond our range.
Rosa canina L. No specimens.
Rosa cinnamomea L. No specimens.
Rosa nitida Willd. Beyond our range.
Rubus baileyanus Britt. No specimens.
Rubus canadensis L. No specimens.
19° The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 8,
Rubus frondosus Bigel. No specimens.
Rubus neglectus Peck. No specimens.
Rubus setosus Bigel. No specimens.
Rubus trivialis Mx. Beyond our range.
Rumex patientia L. No specimens.
Rumex sanguineus L. No specimens.
Rynchospora fusca (L.) R. & vS. The only specimen so labeled
is a Juncus.
Sagittaria engelmanniana Sm. No specimens.
Salix alba coerulea (Sm.) Koch. No specimens.
Salvia verbenaca L. No specimens.
Scirpus sylvaticus L. No specimens.
Sedum reflexum L. Not properly identified.
Senecio lobatus Pers. No specimens.
Silphium integrifolium Mx. No specimens.
Smilax bona-nox L. No specimens.
Smilax pseudo-china L. No specimens.
Solidago odora Ait. No specimens.
Spiraea corymbosa Raf. Beyond our range.
Spiraea prunifolia Sieb. Specimen imperfect.
Trautvetteria carolinensis (Walt.) Vail. No specimens.
Triadenum petiolatum (Walt.) Britt. Beyond our range.
Trillium tnidulatum W^illd. No specimens.
Vaccinium palliduin Ait. Beyond our range.
Valeriana uliginosa (T. & G.) Rydb. Specimen so labeled is V.
officinalis L.
Verbesina occidentalis (L.) Walt. No specimens.
Vernonia glauca (L.) Britt. The two specimens so labeled have
a purplish pappus and are the ordinary V. altissima Nutt.
Vincetoxicum gonocarpos Walt. No specimens.
Woodsia ilvensis (L.) R. Br. No specimens.
Woodwardia areolata (L.) Moore. No specimens.
Xanthium strumarium L. No specimens.
Xvris caroliniana Walt. No specimens.
Zizaniopsis miliacea (Mx.) D. & Asch. No specimens.
NOTE ON THE ORGANIZATION OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
OF THE OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY.
]^I.\LCOLM G. DiCKEV.
On November 2, 1SS8, a number of persons interested in
natural sciences met at the home of Mr. C. M. W^eed to consider
the organization of a biological club. A committee of three
members, Messrs. Lazenby, Thorne and Weed was appointed
to draw up a scheme of organization. Another meeting was held
November 5th, when the formal organization of the club was
June, 1910.] Organization of the Biological Club.
IQI
accomplished, with the following charter members present:
Moses Craig, W. S. Devol, J. F. Hickman, D. S. Kellicott, W. R.
Lazenby, W. G. Green, C. P. Sigerfoos, C. S. Thorne, and C. M.
Weed. The orgainzation was called the Biological Club of the
Ohio State University, and Agricultural Experiment Station.
Meetings were held fortnightly at the homes of the members.
Later the Club met in Horticultural Hall and finally, from
1891 to 1900, in Botanical Hall. The first oflEicers were: Presi-
dent, C. E. Thorne; Vice President, D. S. Kellicott, and Secre-
tary. C. M. Weed.
At the meeting of November Srd, 1891, a committee was
appointed to consider the organization of a State Academy of
Science. This resulted in the organization of our present State
Academy on December 31, 1891.
The club has been active from the time of its organization
with the exception of a period of seventeen months, from Feb-
ruary 21, 1894, to September 19, 1895, during which no meetings
were held. At the latter date the Club was again called together
by Prof. Kellicott, and reorganized.
On March 5, 1900, a committee was appointed, consisting
of Messrs. Herbert Osborn, W. A. Kellerman, and F. J. Tyler, to
consider the advisability of establishing a biological bulletin to be
published by the Club. The scheme was adopted, and the first
editorial staff of the Ohio Naturalist was elected on June
4, 1900.
The following is a list of the officers of the Club previous to
1900, when the printed records of the Club in the Ohio Natur-
alist begin:
1888-1889— Pres., C. E. Thorne; Vice Pres., D. S. Kellicott;
Sec, CM. Weed.
1889-1890— Pres.. D. S. Kellicott; Vice Pres., W. R. Lazenby;
Sec, H. A. Surface.
1890-1891— Pres., W. R. Lazenby; Vice Pres, D. S. Kellicott;
Sec, H. A. Surface.
1891-1892— Pres., W. A. Kellerman; Vice Pres., F. M. Webster;
Sec, W. C. Werner.
1892-1893— Pres., A. D. Selby; Vice Pres.. J. H. McGregor;
Sec, W. C. Werner.
1893-1894— Pres., W. C. Werner; Vice Pres., C. B. Morrey;
Sec, J. H. McGregor.
1894-1895— No meetings held.
Sept. 19 to Nov. 1, 1895— Pres., W. A. Kellerman; Sec, E. M.
Wilcox.
1895-1896— Pres., D. S. Kellicott; Vice Pres., Walter Fischer;
Sec, E. M. Wilcox.
1896-1897— Pres., F. S. Landacre; Vice Pres., J. W. T. Duvel;
Sec, R. C. Osborn
19.2 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. X, No. 8,
1897-1898— Pres.. J. A. Bownocker; Vice Pres., F. L. Stevens;
Sec, E. B. Williamson.
1898-1899— Pres., W. R. Lazenby; Vice Pres., J. H. Schaffner;
Sec, E. L. Fullmer.
1899 1900— Pres., J. H. Schaffner; Vice Pres., J. S. Hine:
Sec, F. L. Landacre.
MEETINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.
Orton Hall, March 7, 1910.
The club was called to order by the President, and the minutes
of the previous meeting were read and approved.
Mr. T. M. Thompson, George T. CaldweH, V. L. Nelson, and
W. C. Lasseter were elected to membership.
Dr. E. F. McCampbell then gave an illustrated lecture on
"Impressions of Mexico." Dr. McCampbell visited Mexico Citv
last December in order to study typhus fever. He gave some
account of the country and its people, and spoke more particu-
larly of the study of typhus fever and observations of conditions
in Mexican hospitals.
A large number of visitors were present.
Orton Hall, April 11 1910.
The Club was called to order by the President and the minutes
of the previous meeting read, and approved.
Mr. O. E. Hatton and J. W. McBurney were elected to mem-
bership.
Prof. J. C. Hambleton spoke of his work on the genus Anasa.
This is typically a Mexican, and Central American genus. There
are six species found in the United States. Prof. Hambleton has
fovmd a specimen which he thinks belongs to a new species.
Prof. Lazenby then gave an account of his investigations of
Catalpa growth. There are four species of Catalpa, two foreign,
and two native, the Southern, and Western or Hardv Catalpa.
The tree is not, .stricth' speaking, native to Ohio, but has become
quite popular for planting for commercial purposes. It makes
a rapid growth, and has a great variety of uses.
Mr. B. F. Wells told of a trip with Prof. Griggs in Hocking
County during the spring vacation.
Prof. Schaffner spoke of the revision of the State Herbarium.
Two hundred species were removed from the list.
Prof. Lazenby made some remarks on the effect of limestone
upon the distribution of plants.
M. G. DicKEV. Secretary.
Date of Publication, June O, 1910.
I'he Ohio 'Naturalist,
PUBLISHED BY
The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni'versity.
Volume XI. NOVEMBER, 1910. No. 1.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Dachnowski— A Cedar Bog in Centnil Ohio 193
Detmers— A Klori.stic Survey of Orchard Ishind 200
Nichols — An Open Valley near Harrisburg, Ohio 210
Hood— Some Economic Monocotyls of Ohio 214
Dickey— Meetiiiii- of the Biological Club v 216
A CEDAR BOG IN CENTRAL OHIO.*
Alfred Dachnowski.
Ohio is one of the states of a central region in which the
dominant vegetation is the deciduous forest. Our forests are a
type of plant formation, with a distinct physiognomy and growth-
form, both of which are an expression of certain definite conditions
of life. Deciduous forests characterize all regions in which there
is an abundant rainfall well distributed through the growing
season, a relatively high percentage of atmospheric humidity, and
a relatively high annual sum total of temperature exposure.
Before settlement by immigrants from Europe, Ohio was almost
completely covered by dense forests. Here and there, in ravines,
in depressions between morainal hills, on the highlands of water-
sheds, were restricted areas of bog and marshland, sometimes
many thousands of acres in extent, "filled in" ponds and lakes,
another type of plant fonnations, of which the component species
now tenanting such areas, and their relative proportion seemed
more like an allusion to the distant north. Indeed they are
relicts of a boreal vegetation which skirted the border of a great
ice sheet covering almost all of Ohio. For reasons which will be
stated in another paper these isolated areas of northern plant
societies maintained themselves, and remained behind during the
great migration of plants, while most of the plant societies adjusted
to a northern climate, retreated northward with the glaciers as the
winter conditions of the glacial period slowly changed to the
present climate.
*By permission of the State Geologist. Contribution from the Botanical
Laboratories of Ohio State University, No. 57.
193
194 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 1,
During the past summer the writer was directed to obtain for
the Ohio State Geological Survey an estimate of the extent and
value of the bog and marshland in Ohio, to detennine the depth
of these vegetable accumulations, the general physical and chem-
ical characters of the deposits, and to study them with a view to
their commercial and agricultural utilization.
The uses of peat are many. There has recently been shown a
renewed interest in the problem of peat utilization. In Europe
this question receives the most careful and exhaustive study by
trained specialists. Reports from Europe indicate the success of
various new processes, and it is therefore a matter of the greatest
importance to determine the extent of our own peat resources, the
conservation of which should be second to none of the other
economic sources of wealth. Peat can be employed as packing
material, bedding, absorbent, fertilizer; as insulating material,
for paper pulp and cardboard; in woven fabrics, artificial wood,
paving and building blocks, for mattresses. There are certain
chemical by-products derived from the distillation of peat as
alcohol, ammonium sulphate, nitrates, and various dyes, the
demand for which is steadily increasing. An interesting chapter
in peat utilization is that of peat as fuel, power or proclucer gas,
and coke. Many of our peat lands make our most productive
agricultural soils when properly reclaimed. The most interesting
studies are connected with the agricultural possibilities of peat
soils; the nutritive value of peat to cereals and legtimes, the
character and variety of crops and garden plants which may be
profitably cultivated on peat land; the sterility and the diseases
of some of these soils; the nattire of functional and structural
responses in plants to such soils, and many other problems. This
is a period of "intensive" agriculture, of investigation and dis-
covery, and attention must sooner or later be turned towards our
immense peat deposits.
The plants concerned in the formation and development of
bogs and marshlands bear a relation of the utmost importance
with reference to the purity, character, thermal, and physiolog-
ical value of peat soils. The bearing of a floristic study upon the
distribution of bog and marsh plants is also of considerable eco-
logical and physiological interest. The aim has been, therefore,
not only to present a list of the plants found in the various areas
visited, but to show also the natural association of the plants into
societies, and the order in which development and succession of
plants in bogs proceeds. Moreover, the present bog and marsh
plant societies are being destroyed so rapidly that some historical
record is indeed of primary importance. In almost all places the
work of man inaugurated conditions by cutting, clearing, fire,
ditching, pasturing, and cultivation, which have destroyed much
of the original flora of Ohio, and hence in many places a mixture
Nov., 1910.] A Cedar Bog in Central Ohio. 195
of arborescent plants, bog relicts, weeds, and invading plants has
established itself. But even under such conditions an order of
invasion and succession is to a certain extent characteristic in the
movement of plants, and depends largely upon the extent to which
the plants are especially enabled to cope functionally with the
changing conditions and hold their ground. The time and chance
factors, i. e., the opportunity for occupancy of the area, the
relative amount of filling, and the degree of decomposition of peat
which has occurred in the basin, are of equal importance in com-
petition and maintenance. In all cases and at all times during
the phases of the development of a plant formation the invasion,
zonation, and succession of plant societies is intimately bound up
with differences in available soil water content, and available food
constituents which go concomitant with the degree of the
decomposition of peat soils.
The most interesting of the many different kinds of bogs in
Ohio is a Cedar bog near Urbana in Champaign County about
forty miles west of Columbus. In a few places the character of
the county is hilly, and in the depressions occur peat deposits. As
a whole, however, the surface of the county is level and made up
of plains. The general fomi is that of a broad shallow trough,
lying north and south. Mad-River runs through the middle of
it, and drains the main body of the territory.
On the east side of Mad River, in the southeastern part of
Mad River Township, and extending largely over into Urbana
Township (T5R11) in sections 31 and 32 is a tract of land known
as the Dallas Cedar swamp. It is about six miles south of Urbana,
and easily reached by means of the Ohio Electric Railway. The
Cedar Swamp is a part of an area of cleared bog which comprises to-
day about GOO acres. There was once an extensive deposit covering
approximately 7,000 acres. On a small portion of land owned by M.
and G. L. Dallas occur as described below groves of arbor vitae
(Thuja occidentalis) in a good state of preservation. The groves
occupy a habitat near which the soil water is derived from cold
springs along the poorly drained river valley. A considerable
number of soundings were made which disclosed for the first two
feet a blackish brown compact, well decomposed, non-fibrous
peat. iVt the third foot level the peat appeared dark brown, some-
what fibrous, with a considerable admixture of marl below. A
number of well preserved logs and branches were encountered.
At four feet the peat appeared brown and compact but fibrous in
texture with fragments of rhizomes and roots. At the five feet
level the sounding instrument encountered a coarse gravel with
stones showing glacial striations. This rested on beds of quicksand
and morainal till. The bog harbors a unique dependent flora which
long throve here unmolested and was once a favorable resort for
botanists. Now the cedars and the accompanying undergrowth
196 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 1,
are rapidly disappearing as the clearing of the area nears comple-
tion. The indications are that in a few years the last vestige of
this interesting aggregation of plants will be destroyed.
This type of bog is distinctly northern in its distribution and
has not been observed by previous writers to occur south of the
central part of Michigan. The brief time which could be given
to the locality made a more detailed study and the mapping of the
area impracticable. Yet the notes and records, made have
' revealed a considerable number of species hitherto supposed to be
confined to the states north of Ohio.
In several places the groves of arbor vitae are dense pure
stands or facies with scarcely any undergrowth. The association
has only a single vertical layer in which the lowermost branches of
the component inchviduals bear a common spacial relation to
light. The ground is littered with cedar foliage and only occasion-
ally small sprouts of the chokeberry (Aronia arbutifolia), and
stunted seedlings of yellow poplar ( Liriodendrcn tulipifera) or
small plants of the spice bush (Benzoin aestivale), alders, and
woodbine are visible; generally there are no members of a subor-
dinate species other than a few mosses and liverworts. In more
open stands in which the effects of fire and cuttings are still
present the arbor vitae is found here in association with the red
maple (Acer rubrum), yellow poplar, (Liriodendrcn tulipifera),
black ash (Fraxinus nigra), white walnut (Juglans cinerea),
Sycamore (Platanus occidentalis), and wild cherry (Prunus
serotina). The undergrowth is not only numerous in species but
of exceptional height and in five layers. The poison sumach
(Rhus Vernix) reaches freciuently a height of twenty-five feet.
Other members of this structural part of the formation, and
determining more specifically the physiognomy of the layer, are
the alders (Alnus incana, A. rugosa), the winter-berry (Ilex
verticillata), the chokeberry (Aronia arbutifolia), and the round
leafed dogwood (Cornus circinata). The inferior layers which
seem to be entirely determined by the density of the mixture of
facies are really overlapping communities of woodland and bog
plants. There seems scarcely no relation to habitat factors.
Seedlings and s]3routs occur in all directions, in various degrees
of abundance, and only the less hardy plants lose ground, thus
producing examples of an indiscriminate alternation. The spice
bush (Benzoin aestivale) is only of relatively less importance in
the (second) stratum of bushes to the red bud (Cercis canadensis)
and the elderberry (Sambucus canadensis).
The subordinate position with regard to the taller species is
occupied by the cinnamon fern (Osmunda cinnamomea), the
meadow rue (Thalictrum dasycarpum), the spikenard (Aralia
racemosa), the bladder fern (Cystopteris bulbifera), and touch-me-
not (Imi)atiens sp.). With them in varying abundance occur
Nov., 1910,] A Cedar Bog in Central Ohio. i^'j
as a lower herbaceous layer the maiden-hair fern (Adiantum
pedatum), the dwarf raspberry (Rubus triflorus), wood ferns
(Aspidium cristatum), mitcrwort (Mitella diphylla), wakerobin
(Trillium erectum, T. <^randiflorum), false Solomon's seal (Smila-
cina trifolia), violet (Viola blanda), the star flower (Trientalis
americana), the Indian cucumber-root (Medeola virginiana),
manna grass (Glyceria Torreyana), and others.
In many places the A^arious shrub layers immediately below the
trees interpose as dense screens. These are often of sufficient
density to reduce the light to a diffuseness which leads to frequent
modification and a consequent rearrangement of the individual
plants in the ground stratum. The number of such plants present
is not large; they are all past flowering when shade conditions
become extreme. The little mayflower (Maianthemum canadense)
and various mosses and liverworts are the more resistant members
of the living ground cover; they tend to disappear only when the
shade condition approaches a light value similar to that of the
pure stands of cedar.
To the east of the mature formation and adjoining it is an
open area; in it occur a number of low wet places. The water of
the cold springs is overcharged with carbonate of lime. The
average soil moisture content is near saturation, and the soil
temperature uniformly low throughout the year. In other places
the water content is not quite so high, but higher usualh- than in
any of the soils frequented by the cedars. Testborings indicate a
surface layer of black non-fibrous peat about two feet deep,
resting on a cream colored, fine grained marl, three feet in depth
and underlain by sandy gravel. The marl is frequently of the
nature of calcareous tufa. In the wetter habitat the plant asso-
ciation resembles that of an open sedge zone. The dominant
plants are the rushes Juncus brachycephalus, Eleoeharis obtusa,
E. palustris, and Scirpus americanus. The physiognomy changes
in places on account of an admixture of shield fern (Aspidium
Thclypteris) and the parnassus (Pamassia caroliniana), with an
occasional lizard's tail (Saururus cernuus), some goldenrcds
(Solidago Riddellii, S. ohioensis), the Canadian burnet (Sanguis-
orba canadensis), twayblade (Liparis Loeselii), water avens
(Geum rivale), millet grass (Milium effusum), the marsh bell-
flower (Campanula aparinoides) , lousewort (Pedicularis lanceo-
lata), the golden ragweed (Senecio aurevis) and swamp asters
(Aster puniceus, var. lucidulum). Until recently orchids (Haben-
aria psycodes) and lady slippers (Cypripedium hirsutum, C.
parviflorum) were not uncommon.
Nearer the cedar groves a low shrub society appears, among
which the shrubby cinquefoil (Potentilla fruticosa), the bog birch
(Betula pumila), several willows (Salix discolor, S. petiolaris), the
buckthorn (Rhamnus alnifolia), and dogwoods (Comus stoloni-
198 The Ohio Naturalist. [A^ol. XI, No. 1,
fera, C. alternif olia) , are tJie more characteristic members. The
gromid cover is ahiiost throughout one of mosses such as Hedwigia
albicans, Anomodon rostra tus, and a species of Chara. In this
association lateral zonation is most clearly in evidence and arises
in part from the characteristic growth fonn of the respective
species, and in part from the physical features of the habitat. Of
the latter the factor chiefly concerned is the water content of the
soil. The essential connection between this is evident where
springs are the source of shallow pools. Tension lines in the
vegetation (ecotones) are not well marked, however. The zones
are too often incomplete or obscure. There is in consequence
more or less of a transition from the ground layer of mats of
mosses and algae to the lower grass and herbaceous layer and to
the tertiary layer of bushes and shrubs.
The habitat across the road and south of the areas just
described, bears less resemblance to extremes in water content.
The cedars are of less mature age and size, and deciduous invaders
are still lacking. Next to the arbor vitae the predominant trees
are the yellow poplar and the red maple. The flora seems
more distinctly related to a transition stage. This may be due to
a former partial clearing of the area. The ^^oung cedar trees
average a height of ten to fifteen feet, and appear to occur in about
equal abundance in every quadrat and line transect studied. The
shrubs resemble those of open bogs, Aronia arbutifolia and Ilex
verticillata, being the most notable species. Betula pumila and
Potentilla fruticosa are rare. The shrubs form a vertical layer
nearly equal in height to the cedars. The interesting peculiarity
of the ground layer is the frequent occurrence of mats of
sphagnum (Sphagnum cymbifolium, S. acutifolium) wath the
round-leafed sundew (Drosera rotundifolia) clinging around the
stems of small bushes of huckleberry (Gaylussacia baccata).
These hummocks are often overgrown with the prostrate black-
berry (Rubus hispidus). Parnassia caroliniana, the fringed
gentian (Gentiana circinata), the marsh bellflower (Campanula
aparinoides), violets (Viola blanda, V. arenaria) and St. John's
wort (Hypericum prolificum) with the great lobelia (Lobelia
siphilitica) , and a similar but slender dwarf form (Lobelia spicata)
are found indiscriminately, but usually near small pools in which
the small bladderwort (Utricularia minor), mosses (Hypnums)
and Algae (Chara sp.), are some of the frequent species. The
cat-tails (Typha latifolia) are still sparse.
Adjoining this open association is a clearing, now used for past-
ure, which was formerly burned over. The peat soil is black in color,
non-fibrous but rather wet. The entire cleared area is densely cov-
ered with the shrubby cinquefoil (Potentilla fruticosa) averaging a
height between three and four feet. In a few undisturbed places a
succession is indicated with arbor vitae as the dominant tree. Seed-
Nov., 1910.] A Cedar Bog in Central Ohio. 199
lings of red maple and yellow poplar are close associates. The suc-
cession is virtually an indeterminate rejuvenation, that is, the habi-
tat still dominates the fonnation. The degree of stabilization is still
one to give expression to xerophytic forms. The physical conditions
are changing extremely slowly, remain unfavorable to invaders,
and tend to preserve many of the most important early vegetation
stages. The persistence and dominance of the cedar fomiation
in this latitude follows for these reasons, but partly also on accoiuit
of the predominance of the trees present; for the formation itself
must be considered as an essential active factor, in furnishing seeds,
and eliminating diversity. Largely, however, the dominance is an
adjustment to the available soil water content. A competition with
seedlings of deciduous trees other than the yellow poplar and red
maple does not seem to ensue although the light relation is
favorable. A relation of seed production to ecesis, i. e., to germi-
nation and establishment, is nowhere obvious. The various species
of deciduous trees have a larger seed production and more effective
dissemination contrivances, but so far as the actual number of
seedlings is concerned the relative absence of them suggests
some edaphic agency in selective operation. There is some sort of
correspondence in the arbor vitae, in plasticity of function, or in
habitat form, to the life relations of the soil. Definite conclusions,
however, can onl}^ be reached by experimental studies. The field
observations would indicate that the natiu-e of the primeval forest
of this region did not consist of a combination of trees such as now
exists on the drier areas described above. The deciduous arbo-
rescent facies in which the sequence is the development to the
deciduous climax forest, is at present decidedly a mixture, and
though a closed formation, yet one whose original members were
allied more to the northern cedar bogs.
To Miss F. Detmers the writer is under many obligations for
aid in the identification of plants.
|uj : L I 8 R rt K r
rriS
200 ^ The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 1,
A FLORISTIC SURVEY OF ORCHARD ISLAND.*
Freda Detmers.
In the development of a floristic survey of Buckeye Lake, it
has been found advantageous to study in detail the flora, on an
ecological basis, of certain typical areas. The banks of the lake
are in large part artificial ; marshes which have fonned in shallow
water have been destroyed through dredging, and the earth has
been walled up with wood, stone and concrete. These alterations
have entirely destroyed the former natural succession of plants,
as they have suddenly introduced new edaphic conditions which
give rise to new biotic relations. The building of docks and
cottages has also largely interfered with the fonner vegetation.
Other areas not thus disturbed remain in much the same condition
as that which developed with the formation of the lake.
Orchard or Well's Island is a good example of an undisturbed
area and also of one in which changes have taken place. It is one
of a group of four wooded islands situated in the southwest portion
of the old reservoir and close to the south shore. These islands
were elevations in the Big vSwamp of which Buckeye Lake is the
successor, and were high enough to escape inundation, when the
swam]) was converted into the reservoir in 1S32, and later, when
the addition of the new reservoir, in 1830, occasioned the raising
of the water level an additional four feet. The highest portions of
these islands remain above water at the standard or high water
level, which is twenty-three inches above the normal. They bear
large forest trees, some of which are twenty-eight inches in
diameter.
Orchard island is the largest of these. It has an area of 2.95
acres and is irregular in shape with the longest diameter from the
southeast to the northwest. It lies about 200 feet from the south
shore of the lake and is connected on the west by a marsh with
State Journal Island. The entire surface has been apportioned
into lots with an undivided area of common ground at the foot of
the public dock, a narrow marginal area, and one in the center of
the island. There are now, October, 1910, eight cottages and five
docks.
Sixteen years ago Mr. Wells leased the entire island, cleared
the center and planted peach trees. His orchard must not have
prospered as not one living peach tree remains today. This area
is now covered with young forest trees; Ulmus americana, Hicoria
minima, H. ovata, Fraxinus nigra, F. americana, Tilia americana,
and others
* Contribution from the Botanical Laboratory of Ohio State University,
58.
Nov., 1910.] A Floristic Survey of Orchard Island. 201
There is a sparse growth of shrubs, Rubus nigrobaccus, Rhus
glabra, R. toxicodendron, Vitis vulpina, etc. The herbage is
also poorly developed, it consists of a thin growth of grass and
common weeds which have been frequently mowed and in some
places burned. A narrow border of larger trees, remnants of the
original forest, surrounds this central area. On the south and
west this forest border is twenty to thirty feet wide; but to the
north and east there is sometimes but a single tree, the lawns
extending to the water's edge.
An interrupted zonation of swamp plants occupies the shallow
water and the now exposed mud plain surrounding the island.
The swamp is well developed on the west, south and southeast,
but has been more or less completely cleared away in the vicinity
of the docks on the north, northeast and east sides.
This island exhibits a striking example of the invasion of plants
into new areas, successful ecesis, the resultant succession, the con-
seciucnt filling of the lake and the upbuilding of new land areas
along the margin; and in the center a secondary succession in a
partially denuded area. A detailed floristic study was made of a
belt sixt}' feet broad and extending directly across the island from
the southeast to the northwest, from a-a' to b-b' on the map.
This belt covers a representative area of the island, including a
section of the well developed marsh on the southeast, and on the
northwest the marsh disturbed and reforming; a section of the
older forest zone and of the rejuvenated central area.
There are three distinct formations based on habitat and
growth fonns:
I. The marsh-herb formation.
II. The swamp-shrub formation.
III. The mesophytic-forest formation.
The first and third formations are well developed, the first
exhibits a striking lateral and vertical zonation, the second is so
fragmentary that it can scarcely be dignified by the name of
formation; but it is of interest as an illustration of the intrusion
and development of a zone between two previously existing ones.
I. The marsh-herb formation on the southeast:
1. Nelumbolutea Society.
Fades.
Nelumbo lutea.
Secondary species.
Potamogeton pectinatus. Potamogeton natans.
Potamogeton var. Cladophora sp.
Ceratophyllum demersum. Spirogyra sp.
The society forms a zone 20-40 feet broad. At the outer
margin the water is 4-4.5 feet deep at the inner about 8 inches.
202
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XI, No. 1,
In the deeper water it is a pure Nclumbo lutea family; in the shal-
lower, the other plants, especially Potamogeton pectinatus and the
variety are quite abundant. There is some evidence of vertical
zonation or layering ; in the deeper water the Nelumbo leaves float
on the surface; and in the shallower rise 12 inches above the
surface.
Fig. I. View of the vegetation from the S. E. side of the island in
belt transect a-a', showing formation I, II and III ; and societies i, 2, 3,
4, 5, 6 and 7 of map.
2. Nelumbo-Polygonum society.
Facies.
Nelumbo lutea. Polygonum emersum.
Secondary species.
Ceratophyllum demersum.
Spirogyra sp.
Lemna minor.
Cladophora sp.
Spirodela polyrhyza.
Brachythecium rivulare.
Riccia fluitans.
Riccia sp.
Ilysanthes gratioloides.
Sium cicutaefolium.
This society fonns a dense zone 60 feet broad, and extends
from water S inches deep to a wholly emersed surface. 35 feet
of the zone covers a mud flat which is submerged at the normal
water level. The Polygonum has advanced into the Nelumbo,
Nov., 1910.] A Floristic Survey of Orchard Island.
203
forming at the outer margin of the zone as dense a growth as the
Nelmnbo. Towards the inner margin the Nelumbo is 2 feet tall
and fruiting freely.
A short distance west of the belt studied the Polygonum has
entirely outdistanced the Nelumbo, replacing society one with
a Polygonum zone external to a mixed Polygonum-Nelumbo zone.
Fig. 2. View farther west than Fig. i. Polygonum emersum forms
the outermost zone, then follow zones or societies 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 of
map.
Of the secondary species Brachythecium rivulare is the most
abundant, especially on the exposed mud surface, quite large
patches of which are covered by a pure growth of the moss. The
Riccias are also conspicuous members of the ground cover. The
herbs are very sparse.
Towards the west of the median line of the belt is
3. A Polygonum-Nelumbo-Typha society.
Facies.
Polygonum emersum.
Nelumbo lutea.
Typha latifolia.
204
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XI, No. 1,
Ohio Naturalist.
PMe XT.
.1 ...•.•■■;:" .'i'V'^^^a <^ ®
-•:'«■■, I p o oi:) •
i^-;; .'"0 o ' 0
■0 Oo 0
° OOq
'V'iiM
1^'?. 0 0-^ .
3"'
Scale
1. Nelumbo society,
2. Polygonum -Nelumbo society,
3. Polygoiium-Nelumbo-Typha society,
4. Polygonum-Typlia-Bidens socielj-,
5. Hibiscus-Typha society,
6. Shrub society,
MAP OF ORCHARD ISLAND.
Legend of Plant Societies.
7. Forest society,
8. Hibiscus society,
9 Polygonum-Scirpus society,
10. Sedt^e society,
11. Beach without vegetation.
Nov., 1910.] A Floristic Survey of Orchard Island.
205
Secondary species.
Spirodela polyrhyza
Lemna minor.
Cladophora sp.
Ceratophyllum demersum.
The secondary species, which are nonnally floating plants, are
stranded on the mud and form but a thin covering. The society
covers a narrow lens shaped area not more than 3 feet in its
broadest portion. At the normal water level the surface is sub-
merged, but now it is wholly exposed. The Polygonum is tall
and vigorous with branches from 3-4 feet tall; the Nelumbo has
large erect leaves and the plants are fruiting freely; the Typha is
stunted in growth and sterile, the largest leaves arc not more
than 4 feet tall.
4. Typha-Polygonum-Bidens society,
Facies.
Typha latifolia.
Polj'gonum emersum
Secondary species.
Cyperus strigosus.
Eleocharis acicularis.
Riccia fluitans.
Riccia sp.
Spirodela polyrhyza.
Brachvthecium rivulare.
Bidens cernua.
Cicuta bulbifera.
Bidens frondosa.
Roripa palustre seedlings.
Hibiscus moscheutos seedlings.
Polygonum emersum seedlings.
Society 4 occupies a narrow zone less than 3 feet in width.
The Typha is larger and more vigorous than in 3, but not fruiting;
Polygonum emersum is still conspicuous but not nearly so much
as in the preceding zone, while the Nelumbo lutea has entirely
disappeared and Bidens cernua, represented by a few large vigorous
plants, has come in. There are but a few of the taller herbs of the
secondary species; but an abundant ground cover of the Cyperus,
Riccia and Eleocharis.
This zone merges into:
5. Hibiscus-Typha society
Facies.
Hibiscus moscheutos
Secondary species.
Taller herbs.
Polygonum acre.
Triadenum virginicum.
Scutellaria lateriflora.
Cicuta bulbifera.
Solanum dulcamara.
Echinochloa walteri.
Homalocenchrus oryzoides.
Aster paniculatus.
Typha latifolia
Erechtites hieracifolia.
Impatiens fulya.
Galium claytoni.
Epilobium stricta.
Boehmeria cylindrica.
Agrimonia sp.
Acnida tamariscina.
luJiLIBR AR Y
>
^ * W:
2o6
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XI, No. 1,
Seedling trees.
Acer rubrum.
Gleditsia triacanthos.
Quercus palustris.
Ground cover.
Cyperus strigosus, small mat plants. Spirodela polyrhyza.
Riccia tiuitans. Brachythecium rivulare.
Riccia sp. Cladophora sp.
Phialea scutula on dead Hibiscus stems.
This zone is -lO feet wide and the ground surface is entirely
above the water, but so recently exposed that the stranded
Spirodela and Algae are still green. The Hibiscus roots form
small hillocks on which the Spirodela and Algae become stranded
and on which the Riccia is very abundant. The taller herbs form
a sparse weak growth due to the density of the Hibiscus which
forms a 7 foot wall difficult to penetrate. The Typha is confined
to the outer portion of the zone and has here obtained optimum
conditions of growth, the plants are not copious, but are tall,
vigorous and fruiting freely.
n. vSwamp-shrub formation.
6. Cornus society.
Facies.
Cornus stolonifera.
Secondary
Rosa Carolina.
Sambucus canadensis.
Micrampeles lobata.
Polygonum acre.
Erechtites hieracifolia,
Scutellaria lateriflora.
Mentha canadensis.
species.
Hibiscus moscheutos.
Solanum dulcamara.
Homalocenchrus oryzoides.
Galium claytoni.
Carex lupulina.
Convolvulus sepium.
Ulmus amcricana.
This society consists of nine Cornus stolonifera in the
section studied and occupies an area 20 feet broad. About
10 feet to the west is another Cornus stolonifera far down
into the Hibiscus-Typha zone ; and about 40 feet still farther west
is a group of 15-18 feet tall Cephalanthus occidentalis which
extends through the Hibiscus zone to the water's edge. Just east
of the eastern margin of the transect is another group of Cornus
with Sambucus canadensis.
The swarnp-shrub formation does not exhibit lateral zonation
but alternations as it consists of isolated shrub societies of
which Cornus stolonifera is the principal species in one and
Cephalanthus occidentalis in another. The associated species
are grouped closely around the Cornus, most of the herbs form a
sparse growth in the shade of the shrubs and the Micrampeles and
Solanum climb over them.
Nov., 1910.] .4 Floristic Survey of Orchard Island.
207
The two bordering formations the marsh-herb on the one side
and the forest on the other, merge in the areas between the shrub
societies. The presence of seedling Ulmus, Quercus and
Gleditsia, in the Hibiscus-Typha society shows clearly that
the forest is invading the marsh, and if the higher portion of the
mud flat is not again submerged, the shrub zone ma}^ never
become more complete than it is now; it may be formed farther
down on the shore or it may be entirely replaced by the forest.
The incompleteness of the shrub zone is due to the existence of
the forest prior to the development of the marsh.
III. Mesophy tic-forest formation.
7. Ulmus-Fraxinus society.
Facies.
Ulmus americana.
Secondary species.
Trees.
Fraxinus nigra.
Hicoria ovata.
Hicoria minima.
Ulmus fulva.
Quercus palustris.
Lianas.
Rhus toxicodendron.
Vitis vulpina.
Parthenocissus quinquefolia.
Shrubs.
Cornus stolonifera.
Rubus nigrobaccus.
Rubus occidentalis.
Herbs.
Muhlenbergia diffusa.
Agrostis perennans.
Syntherisma sanguinalis.
Syntherisma linearis.
Chaetochloa glauca.
Carex tribuloides.
Carex vulpinoidea.
Carex frankii.
Rynchospora alba.
Solidago canadensis.
Aster paniculatus.
Aster sagittatum.
Nepeta cataria.
Teucrium canadense.
Carduus lanceolatus.
Arctium minus.
Helianthus decapetalus.
Fungi.
Agaricus campestris.
Fraxinus americana.
Celtis occidentalis.
Tilia americana.
Gleditsia triacanthos.
Morus rubra.
Salix nigra.
Smilax hispida.
Solanum dulcamara.
Dioscorea villosa.
Rosa Carolina.
Cephalanthus occidentalis.
Urtica gracillima.
Erigeron canadensis.
Hedeoma puligioides.
Mentha canadensis.
Lycopus americanus.
Oxalis stricta.
Onagra biennis.
Solanum nigrum.
Epilobium strictum.
Verbena urticifolia.
Rumex obtusa.
Geum canadense.
Meibomia viridifiora.
Eupatorium ageratoides.
Eupatorium purpureum.
Bidens bipinnata.
Lycoperdon wrightii.
2o8 . The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 1,
The forest formation extends across the island from margin to
margin and presents two distinct zones : 1 . A border zone 20-50
feet wide, consisting in part of large trees, the remnant of the
original forest. It is a very open border, not more than three
trees deep, the tallest of these trees having attained a height of
60-65 feet. The shrub stratum is very poorly developed. It is rep-
resented on the south side by a few Cornus, Rosa and Cephalanthus,
at the outer margin of the zone ; these are wanting on the north side.
The field stratum is composed almost wholly of grasses of which
Muhlenbergia diffusa, Agrostis perennans and Syntherisma san-
guinalis and linearis are the principal species. Associated
with these is a scanty growth of herbs; and on the south side an
abundant growth of Rhus toxicodendron, Parthenocissus quinque-
folia and Vitis vulpina, trailing over the ground. The Rhus has
also climbed two Ulmus americana. The grass and weeds have
been mowed, so that the shrubs too are kept in a stunted condition.
Surrounded by the older forest zone lies a rejuvenated area
clothed with young forest trees, among which Ulmus Americana
predominates, fully nine-tenths of the trees are of this species.
This is a part of the area which was cleared sixteen years ago ; but
the forest has again invaded the area and become established.
The ground slopes gently toward the southeast and more abruptly
toward the northwest. The elevation of the highest portion is not
more than 4 or 5 feet above the standard water level. The gentle
slope and the thin shade of the young trees, together with the
loose light soil, provide a dry sunny habitat on which Carduus,
Aster, Arctium, Hedeoma, Nepeta, Erigeron and other sun loving
plants find a congenial environment. There were the remains of
large Burdocks and large Rubus nigrobaccus canes. There are
scarcely any grasses in this central area ; and as it has been mowed
and burned all the herbage is scanty.
On the northwest margin of the transect the forest formation
is followed immediately by the marsh-herb formation. The
marsh-shrub formation is wanting. The marsh-herb formation is
represented by four societies :
8. Hibiscus moscheutos society,
9. Polygonum-Scirpus society,
10. Scirpus lacustris society, and
11. Nelumbo-Potamogeton society, none of which shows the
development of the marsh zones on the south side.
8. Hibiscus moscheutos society.
Facies.
Hibiscus moscheutos.
Secondary species.
Hypericum mutilum. Bidens cernua.
Impatiens fulva. Xanthium canadense.
Hedeoma puligioides. Rosa Carolina.
Panicum walteri.
Nov., 1910.] A Floristlc Survey of Orchard Island. 209
The society forms a narrow interrupted border, not more
than 4 feet wide of mature fruiting but not tall Hibiscus moscheu-
tos. Of the secondary species the Hypericum is quite abundant
at the outer margin of the eastern portion of the zone. The other
species are very sparse, of the Xanthium and Rosa there is but a
single plant.
9. Polygonum-Scirpus society.
Facies.
Polygonum emersum. Scirpus fluviatilis.
Secondary species.
Typha latifolia. Roripa palustris.
Cyperus strigosus. Roripa americana.
Ilysanthes gratioloides. Alisma plantago.
Hypericum mutilum. Amaranthus hybridus.
Polygonum pennsj'lvanicum. Arctium minus.
Polygonum acre. Acer rubrum seedling.
Agrostis perennans. Ulmus americana seedling.
Gratiola virginiana. Hibiscus moscheutos seedlings.
Erechtites hieracifolia. Cladophora sp.
Echinochloa walteri. Scirpus lacustris.
Eupatorium purpureum.
This society is 40 feet wide, with the entire surface exposed
at the present low water level. Hence the extremely hetero-
genous collection of plants among the secondary species. Dead
Typha latifolia stalks are so abundant in the western portion of
the zone as to warrant considering it a dominant plant; but the
Typha is not at all abundant in the eastern portion of the zone.
Arctium minus and Alisma plantago growing close together illus-
trates strikingly the submerged and emersed stages of the society
and the rapidity with which a new habitat is adopted by
plants. That the ground has been recently exposed is evidenced
by the fresh masses of Cladophora.
10. Scirpus lacustris society. This is a fringing zone 40
feet wide and extending only about half way across the belt, the
surface is partly emersed. There is a 20 foot wide sandy beach
scantily clothed with the Scirpus.
Secondary species.
Potamogeton natans. Potamogeton sp.
Potamogeton pectinatus Nelumbo lutea.
11. Nelumbo lutea society. A small bed of Nelumbo lutea
borders the Scirpus lacustris society to the N. N. E. The
leaves are but few and widely scattered.
Fifteen feet east of the belt is a public dock, 4 feet wide and extend-
ing 7S feet out into the water and .54 feet up onto the shore. The
marsh zones are not formed immediately on either side of the
dock. On the upper portion of the beach close to the dock, the
2IO The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 1,
Hibiscus zone is coming in. Twenty feet east of the western
margin of the belt the marsh zones are interrupted by a boat-house
on the beach with a runway for boats extending into deeper
water. The development of the marsh formations on the north
side has thus been interfered with; and the margin is also more
exposed to storm winds and waves. A sandy beach GO feet wide
is building; it is occupied in part by the Polygonum-Scirpus and
in part by the Scirpus lacustris zone.
At the south end of the section studied both lateral zonation
and layering (etagen) are strikingly shown. There is a marked
increase in elevation from one lateral zone to another, from the
floating Nelumbo leaves to the tall Ulmus americana and Quercus
palustris. This is well shown in the photographs. There is a
poor development of etagen in the individual associations. In
some there are the dominant plants and then the ground cover, in
others a weak irregular growth of taller herbs, while in the forest
the shn.ibs have either been cut or arc young plants, and the vines
generally trail over the ground.
I wish to take this opportunity of expressing my appreciation
of and thanks for the favors shown me by Dr. Alfred Dachnowski,
under whose supervision the survey was made, to Mr. Lionel King
for the two excellent photographs and to Mr. Booton and Mr.
Sawyer of the State Canal Commission for the map and informa-
tion concerning the acreage and history of Orchard Island.
AN OPEN VALLEY NEAR HARRISBURG, OHIO.*
" R. H. Nichols,
The subject under investigation is an open valley near Harris-
burg, Ohio, on the B. & O. Railroad about fifteen miles southwest
from Columbus. This valley at one end joins Big Darby valley
near Harrisburg; at the other end after a circuitous course of
about three miles on the west side of the creek it again joins
Big Darbv.
About a mile from the north end the water parts at present on
a divide (see map) consisting of two small alluvial fans. The
topographic map shows a small stream entering the valley at the
divide from the west and flowing northward through the valley,
but today this stream is buried in a tile drain and no stream nor
channel can be fotmd in this part except a very short one at the
end of the valley.
* This paper covers a field problem worked out as a part of the course in
Advanced Physiograph}^ given by Dr. George D. Hubbard at Ohio State
University.
Nov., 1910.J An Open V alky near Harrishurg, 0.
211
The southern part of the valley has a considerable stream,
which in its lower course has cut deeply into the valley floor;
leaving the old stream level as terraces above the present bed.
The terraces at their down stream end are twenty-five to fifty feet
above the present stream level but run out up stream. Similar
terraces occur along the Big Darby, but in a number of instances
the topographer in making the map has overlooked them, leaving
them either on a level with the till plain; or, as in the case where
this stream comes out to the Darby on the level with the flood
plain.
Contour itJetval ^Ofat.
When one first enters this through valley he is struck by its
size in proportion to the size of the present streams in it. Three
facts lead him to believe that the present streams could not have
carved the valley. First, these little streams would have needed
2 12 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 1,
much more time than post-glacial time. Second, they do not act
like the Big Darby and other streams in the neighborhood. As a
general thing a stream here swings from one side to the other and
undercuts the bluffs; but not so with this one. The third fact is,
that the present streams are out of harmony with the size of the
valley. These facts suggest that the present streams ma\' have
had little part in the formation of the valley, but are only the
result of the present local rainfall. Did this region then at some
previous period have a larger rainfall? And has the rainfall
become less and so reduced the size of the stream? In answer to
these questions it should be pointed out that other streams in the
vicinity should show the same phenomenon. No such lack of har-
mony in size is found in any of the nearby streams. Thus we are
forced to the conclusion that the valley was formed by other
means than that of the present streams or the same enlarged by
heavier precipitation.
vSince the theory that the valley has been made by its present
occupants seems to be untenable another hypothesis is proposed
for its origin, namely, that it has been formed by the ice. At first
this explanation looked very plausible but when one recalls that
the surrounding cotmtry is a till plain from fifty to sixty feet
higher than the ^'alley floor one wonders why the ice in this par-
ticular course cut a deep channel and left the surrounding till
plain smooth. We are unable to give a satisfactory answer to
this question. Further, if the ice carved the valley it seems at
least probable that the Darby would have used the ready-made
channel.
There are several points which seem to indicate that the valley
is really a stream valley even if the present streams did not pro-
duce it. These points may be summarized as follows: (1) The
valley floor is nearly level across from one side to the other as all
stream-made valleys are and not U-shaped like ice-made valleys.
' (2) The valley slopes are well graded and rounded at the top into
the upland plain on either side which would not be the case in an
ice-made valley. (3) A more certain proof that it is a stream-
made valley is that its floor is composed of fine silt with no admix-
ture of rocks. If it were an ice-made valley the floor of the valley
would be of characteristic drift. Thus it appears that it is not
made by ice but by a stream and that the streams found in it at
present are not responsible for its formation.
There is a small stream entering this valley near its northern
entrance to the Darby which possibly might have been responsible
for this valley. This stream comes in from the west and cuts
across the northern end of the valley and flows into the Darby
through the valley's entrance into the same. But investigation
shows that this stream is entirely too small to have been responsi-
ble for such a vallev. A stream to have cut this vallev must have
Nov., 1910.] An Open Valley near Harrishui'g, 0. 213
a larger valley and a broader valley floor upstream than has this
little stream in question. Thus we eonclude that it must have been
made by a much larger and longer stream.
Another theory is that the Darby itself flowed through this
valley at one stage of its development, and later changed its
course for the present one. But the question arises, if the Darby
had this valley for its course in some period of its history, why is
the valley so much smaller than the present Darb}' valley? The
Darby valley is from a quarter to one-half mile or even more in
width, while the open valley is only one-eighth of a mile in width.
Again, the Darby for many miles farther uy its course has a much
wider valley than this open valley. This width of the Darby
valley north of the point where the open valley enters, opposes
the idea that the river in some period of its histor}' flowed through
the open valley. So we must abandon that theory.
A further solution is proposed, namely, that at an early period
in its history, perhaps while still under the ice, the Darby divided
its course so that about one-third or one-fourth of its waters went
through this present open valley, while the greater portion of the
river flowed in its present channel. After time enough to make
this valley, the eastern branch succeeded in cutting below the
western and thus captured its w^aters. The open valley was
thereby left as an abandoned channel of a portion of the Darby.
The floor of this open valley at the point where it joins the Darby
is about forty feet above the present level of the flood plain of the
Darby. This shows how the Darby in its eastern branch was able
to take the waters of the western branch.
These open valleys occur along the Scioto River in several
places in its course and are attributed to the same cause as the one
along the Darby. The division of the streams sometimes, no
doubt, took place under the ice sheet during its last stages. Some-
times an island may have been the cause, separating the stream
into parts and causing it to find two separate covirses. In such
cases the inter-stream area should be sandy.
This Big Darby valley has been abandoned long enough for
the present northward stream to have graded a slope for its
entrance into the Darby w^hile the stream following southward
down the slope once led by the old stream now has in its lower
course a considerable flood plain some thirty or forty feet below
the abandoned valley floor, leaving the old flood plain beautifully
terraced as is that of the Darbv itself.
2 14 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 1,
SOME ECONOMIC MONOCOTYLS OF OHIO.
G. W. Hood.
The monocotyls are perhaps the most important plants.
They include the grass family which is of special consequence to
men and animals. The following brief summary includes some of
the most important economic monocotyledonous plants that are
found in Ohio.
The rhizomes of the Typhaceae are rich in starch and serve as
food for man. The pollen is used to adulterate lycopod powder,
the heads of flowers serve as torches when dipped in coal oil, and
the downy fniit is used to stuff pillows. In many places the
leaves are employed for braid work, and they are also used between
the staves of barrels, and for chair bottoms.
The young roots and shoots of Typha latifolia are eaten by
the Sioux and other Indian tribes, and the lea\TS used for matting.
The Sioux were accustomed to treat smallpox by frying out the
fat of the coyote and making a plaster by mixing it with the down
of the fniit, which they applied to the pustules of the patient.
The pollen is gathered and made into bread and cakes.
The stems of the vSparganiaccae are used for making paper
and thatching roofs, while some of the species of the Naiadaceae,
particularly the Potamogetons, make a good fertilizer and can
be used as food for cattle. Potamogeton natans furnishes food
for swine and the tubers are roasted and eaten by man, while
P. lucens is employed as a protection for fish hatcheries.
The species of Triglochin belonging to the Scheuchzeriaceae
furnish a good tasting greens and the seeds are also used for food.
Among the Alismaceae, the species of vSagittaria produce a
good cattle food, while the rhizomes of Sagittaria latifolia are
used as human food and are found regularly on the markets in
China. They attain the size of a large fist and are called "Wap-
patoo." Before using the rhizomes are soaked in water to take
out the swampy taste.
The nuts of the American Lotus (Nelumbo lutea) which occur
in large numbers in several places in the state are edible, the
large kernels having a sweet taste.
The different species of the Vallisneriaceae furnish an excellent
food for ducks. The species Philotria canadensis, known as the
water pest, is used as a green fertilizer and cattle food.
The family Graminaceae includes probably more economic
species than any other found in the state. The stems of Zizania
aquatica arc used for making joints of barrels intended to hold
whisky, and the Chippewa Indians ate the grain for food; while
Phalaris canarcinsis produces the well known canary seed. Anthox-
Nov., 1910.] Some Economic Monocotyls of Ohio. 215
anthum odoratum gives a fine sweet scent to new hay, and the
large seeds of Milium effusum furnish a fine food for pheasants.
Amniophila arenaria is used to bind the sand on the sea and
lake shores. In England this grass is used for mats and basket
work, thatching material, and its fiber for making paper,
mattings, and agricultural tie bands. The fiber is not used to
any extent in the United States. The fiber of Sporobolus crypt-
andrus is rather too short to be woven but is used to some
extent for tying. Mats and baskets are made from Cynosurus
cristatus by the peasantry of Ireland. This grass is just being
naturalized in Ohio. The species of Festuca are valuable meadow
grasses, and the same is true for Lolium perenne. The seeds of
Lolium temulentum, sometimes found in wheat, produces poison-
ous effects on the system, such as headache, drowsiness and
vertigo, if ground in the flour. Agropyron repens furnishes a
poor pasture grass but if cut when young gives a fairly good fod-
der. It is used to fasten sand on river banks. The juicy rhizomes
and runners are nourishing food for cattle and contain three per
cent of sugar, six to eight per cent triticum, a gumm}^ carbo-
hydrate, and are officially known as radix graminis. The extract
acts as a solvent upon collections of mucous of the intestinal
membranes, and in aftections of the intestinal canal. A syrup
and even an alcohol is made from it.
The entire stems of Scirpus lacustris one of the Cyperaceae are
used for mats and mattings and to make baskets, bee hives and
horse collars. vShoes are made from the plant in England and it is
used in Den nark when thrashing buckwheat to prevent crushing
the grain. The fiber of Ei'iophorum polystachyon furnishes material
from which paper and clothing are made and Elcccharis palustris
is especially valued in Holland for making beautiful matting.
Several species of the Araceae are also important. The eorms
of Arisaema triphyllum are used as a stimulant, diaphoretic,
expectorant and irritant, while Spathyema foetida is administered
in affections of the respiratory organs, in nervous disorders,
rheumatism and dropsical complaints. The dried roots of Acorus
calamus are frequently chewed for the relief of dyspepsia and as
a stiaiulant in feeble digestion.
The different species of Lemnaceae are said to purify water.
They furnish food for water birds and fishes, being especially good
for gold fish.
The Juneaceae include important fiber plants and also excel-
lent paper stock. The fiber of some species is said to make a
good substitute for human hair. The fiber of Juncus effusus is
employed in making chair bottoms and baskets, while the pith
makes a good substitute for candles. J. balticus is u.sed for
weaving mats and light baskets.
2i6 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 1,
Some species of the Alclanthaceae, notably of Veratrum, have
rhizomes from which tincture of veratrum is prepared. V. viride
is used as a poison for insects in spraying for all biting forms and
Chamaelirium lutium is used as a tonic.
Hamerocallis fuh^a and species of Lilium in Liliaceae are very
showy and ornamental plants. Various species of Allium includ-
ing the wild onion and garlic are cooked and eaten by the various
Indian tribes.
In the Convallariaceae the young stems of Asparagus offician-
lis are used as food; while the flowers of Convallaria majalis
and Trillitim grandiflorum arc very ornamental. Narcissus
pseudo-narcissus in the Amaryllidaceae, is an ornamental plant,
and the roots of Dioscorea villosa in the Dioscoreaccae furnishes a
medicine which possesses expectorant properties and promotes
perspiration. The Iridaceae give sc/mc important species of which
Iris versicolor possesses medicinal and ornamental A^alues. It is
regarded as an alternati\'e diuretic and purgative. The species
of Sisyrinchium are used as ornamental plants.
Some of the Orchidaceae arc important, particularly the
orchids which are used for niedicine and for ornamental plants.
Species of Cypripedium yield a medicine used as an antispasmodic
and nerve tonic.
MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.
Orton Hall, May 9, 1910.
The Club was called to order by the President, and the minutes
of the previous meeting read, and approved.
Miss Elsa Leuc, and Mr. J. G. George were elected to member-
ship. Prof. F. R. Marshall then spoke to the Club upon the
subject, "Breed Records in the Study of Inheritance." Mr.
Marshall showed that the keeping of such records is quite impor-
tant, and that interesting facts may be deduced from them. He
gave a brief account of the system of registration of breed stock.
The Secretary read a brief history of the Biological Club,
from the time of its organization in IS.SS to 1900.
"fe"-
M. G. Dickey, Sec.
Date of Publication, Nov. 21, 1910.
The Ohio ^I\(^aturalist,
PUBLISHED BY
The Biological Club of the Ohio Stale Uni'versity,
Volume XI. DECEMBER, 1910. No. 2.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Wells— A Histological SUuly of the Self-dividiiig LamiLiae of Certain Koliis 217
GuiGGS— Viola Hirsiitttla in Ohio 2o2
IIenn'INGER— The ilaoro-Lepidoptera of Seneca County, Ohio 233
ScHAFFNER— Leaf ^Markings of Certain Ohio Plants 2-13
ScHAFFNEK — Xew and Hare Ohio riants added to the State IIerl)arinni in 1910 24t)
Stoveii — Notes oil Ohio Agarics 11 247
LicKEY—Meetinu of the Biological CluV) 248
A HISTOLOGICAL STUDY OF THE SELF-DIVIDING
LAMINAE OF CERTAIN KELPS.'=
Bertram W. Wells.
Among the brown algae the family Laminariaceae or the
kelps, besides comprising the largest species of algae, display in
many other ways peculiarities of extreme interest. One of these
is a novel and unusual method of branching, exhibited by several
of the genera, a character which has caused them to be placed
in a sub-family, the Lessoneatae. In this group branches are
formed, not as outgrowths from the growing point, which in all
the kelps is intercalated between the stipe and blade, but by the
fonnation of a perforation through the growing region, which
upon elongation divides the lamina and to a greater or less extent,
the stipe also. Taking Nereocystis as typical of the subfamily,
a glance at Fig. 1 will make clear this peculiar branching habit.
The figure shows a very young plant in which the primary split
has divided the original blade and secondary splits are seen
fairly started. In Nereocystis lines of modified tissue are always
seen running out in advance of the splits. These appear even
before the basal perforation is developed, as seen in Fig. 1, b.
The repetition of this process of division goes on until hundreds
of laminae are found attached to the basal bladder by a systein
of branching inore or less dichotomous in character.
A few writers on the Lessoneatae have given some attention
to the histological processes involved in developing the fissures.
MacMillan (1S99) in his observations on Nereocystis gives a
* Contribution from the Botanical Laboratory of the Ohio State
University, 59.
217
2i8 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 2,
paragraph to the dividing of the lamina, in which he says: "I
have been able to detennine the origin and nature of the cleft.
A single row of cortical cells immediately below the epideniiis
deliquesces or collapses and the epidermis furrows along the de-
pression. The dclequescence is propagated to adjacent cells,
right and left, and continues down the middle lamella. The fur-
rowing may take place along one surface of the leaf or along both
surfaces until the epidennal cells come to lie against the middle
lamella. The latter then breaks down and the two epidennises
are contiguous. The split takes place along the base of the
furrow and leaves the two halves of the lamina with apparently
nonnal unwounded edges. * * * * The epidermis suffers no disinte-
gration during the process. * * * * The furrow of the epidennis
seems to deepen destroying the inner cells of the lamina as it
progresses." In other accounts the central idea has likewise
been an association of a process of cell disintegration or gela-
tinization with the inception and advance of the split. Rosenthal
(1S90) in his discussion of Macrccystis holds that the inceiJtion
of the split occurs as a parting of the superficial layers, which is
eventually followed by a swelling or gelatinization (ciuellungen)
of the pith-web. In this modified pith-web a cavity is formed,
which, enlarging, finally meets the gaps already developed in the
upper layers and the lamina is divided. No discussion of the ori-
gin of either the inner cavity or superficial clefts was given.
Reinke (19U3) writing on Macrocystis gives Will's (1S97) account
of the splitting process, which account is also confirmed by Skotts-
berg (1907). The fissure occurs b\' the formation of an elongated
cavity filled with a jelly-like substance, arising through gelatini-
zation of the inner tissues. The furrow or depression which pre-
cedes the cleft is formed by a sinking or pushing in of the epi-
derniis due to increased division of the cells overlying the gela-
tinized portion.
Because of the brief and fragmentary nature of the accounts
heretofore given, it was believed that a fuller in\-estigation of the
matter would be desirable. Further it was thought important
to make a comparative study of the splitting processes in the
different genera available, in three of which, Postelsia, Lessoniop-
sis and Dictyoneuron, these processes have heretofore never been
described. Material for the five genera investigated was in the
collection of Prof. Robert F. Griggs of the Ohio State University,
to whom I am greatly indebted, not only for material, but for
much valuable advice and criticism throughout the course of the
study. In view of the diversity found between the different gen-
era, it would be very interesting to study Lessonia and Pelago-
phycus also, but material of these genera could not be obtained.
A part of the plants studied were killed in chrome-acetic acid
and part in formalin. The usual methods of microtomy were
Dec, 1910.] Self-Dividing Laminae of Certain Kelps. 219
followed; paraffine fomiing the embedding medium and the sec-
tions eut 10 mic. thick. The single stain aniline safranin or the
same in combination with gentian violet w^ere used. The first
stain gives the middle lamella of gelatinous interlacing food con-
ducting hyphae a characteristic tint which is of much value in dis-
tinguishing it from the adjacent cortex. All drawings were made
with the camera lueida.
To understand the splitting of the kelp lamina and its relation
to the tissues through which it passes, a digression must be made
to set forth the manner of growth in the kelps, with special con-
sideration of the derivation of the tissues. Three systems of
tissues make up the kelp thallus: the epidermis, the underlying
cortex and the central pith-web. Sections of stipe or lamina
show the hypha-like elements of the pith-web to be highly stretched
and modified cortex cells and the cortex cells are clearly seen to be
derived from the epidennal cells, which form therefore the meristem
in these plants. By periclinal walls the epidermal cells build the
cortex; by anticlinal ones the epidermal area is enlarged. Hypo-
dermal and outer cortical cells are often seen dividing, but the
total meristematic activity of these internal cells is not nearly so
great as that of the epidennal cells. The cells pushed inward
from the epidennis reach their maximum size in the middle cortex.
On the outside of this expanding cortical zone, the epidemiis cor-
respondingly enlarges its area by a constant increase in the number
of its relatively smaller cells; the division walls of course being
anticlinal. On the inner side of the expanding cortical zone the
passive pith-web is seen to consist of much elongated cortical cells
(tnimpet hyphae) between which are large intercellular spaces
filled with a gelatinous matrix. By this method the large and com-
plex kelp thallus originates and the various structures peculiar
to the several genera, including the method of branching tmder
discussion, have their origin in variations of this simple process.
NEREOCYSTIS.
Nereocystis with its prominent splitting line extending far
in advance of the cleft, forms an especially favorable type for
study as portions of the lamina through which the line passed
could be successively investigated down to the actual fissure and
the various stages of the process clearly observed. Fig. 2 shows
a section through the splitting line at a point corresponding to
Fig. 1, a. The changes from nomial lamina are at once seen to be
a diminution in the thickness of cortex and pith-web, resulting
externally in the fonnation of a broad furrow on each side. A
comparison of the affected region with that of nomial lamina at
either side, discloses the fact that in the middle region the ratio-
of periclinal divisions to anticlinal ones has increased as is evi-
220 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 2,
denced by the increased number of pith-web elements, together
with the incipient cell rows from which they were derived. The
unusual number of cortex cells formed rai^idly stretches and atten-
uates the pith-web and inner cortex until the original medulla,
localh', has been almost replaced by the newer and but slightly
modified cortical elements. F'ig. 3 illustrates the process in a
more striking manner. This as well as the remaining figures are
of the same magnification. At this stage periclinal divisions have
been so rapid that small ridges have been formed in the middle
of each broad furrow. The enlarging inner cells give the cortical
structure a fan-like aspect. The inner cortical cells in the middle
region pass into the middle layer before they reach their maximum
size due to the rapid development of the cells over them. This
accounts for the local massed condition of the medulla in the
splitting region, causing the dark splitting line when the blade is
viewed by transmitted light. The final result of all this activity
is the intercalation of a region, made up entirely of new tissue,
which has no strength to resist wave action and is easily torn apart.
Fig. 4 shows the lamina at the critical point with the tear partly
through it. The inner cortex cells of the preceding figure have
passed into the middle layer condition and the lamina is markedly
reduced in thickness. When severely whipped the laminae are
often ripped at their distal ends; the tear if of any depth always
following the weakened zone of the splitting line (Fig. 1.)
The wounds fomied are shown in Fig. .5 which in the serial sec-
tions was taken from the same slide as Fig. 4. By normal acti\'ity
the epidermis and cortex are built out and around the exposed part
•of the medulla (Fig. (i), finally coming in contact (Figs. 7-S). Gen-
erally the two epidermal layers do not exactly meet and the edges
of the new laminae show a scar in section. Subsequent to the
healing, the cells of the inner cortex, overlying the edge of the
middle layer, do not develop to normal .size but become scleren-
chymatized (Fig. S). Growth above presses them inward, notice-
ably bending the hyphae of the middle layer. This condition
disappears later when the thick walled cortical elements pass over
to the medulla.
This method of splitting was observed in several specimens but
in no instance was any deliquescence or cell disintegration observed
as reported by MacMillan in his observations on this plant.
POSTELSI.V
Postelsia and the other Lessoneatae dift'er from Nereocystis in
the absence of a long splitting line fonned in front of the actual
cleft. A close inspection shows, however, the presence of a very
short line indicating that the modification of the inner tissues is
not begun until the fissure is very near. But for the most part the
Dec, 1910.] Self- Dividing Laminae of Certain Kelps. 221
tissue changes involved are confined to the region immediately
around the advancing fissure.
The splitting process in Postelsia cannot be correlated with
that of Nereocystis. Instead of a mass of new tissue being formed
by periclinal activity, there obtains a relative lessening or inhibi-
tion of all cell division, while the modification of the various cells
in the dividing region into cortex and pith-web continues unabated.
Thus the lamina locally becomes thinner and thinner until the
critical point is reached. Fig. 9 shows a nomial portion of a lami-
na at one side of the splitting region. The epidemial and hypo-
dermal cells are markedly elongated perpendicular to the surface ;
the larger middle cortex cells have their usual isodiametrical form
and the inner cortex and pith-web are stretched horizontal to the
surface. Contrasting with this is Fig. 10 froni the middle of the
furrow on the same section as Fig. 9. Here the large cortical cells
have become prematurely elements of the middle layer and even
the outer cortical elements show evidence of horizontal stretching
due to the expansion of the superficial layers, while there are few
divisions in the epidermis.
This lack of meristematic activity fails to build out the lamina
to the normal thickness as .shown in Fig. 9, and reduction in thick-
ness continues progressively as the cortical cells are stretched into
the weak and yielding pith-web elements. In Fig. 11 the lamina
is shown at the critical point where ripping apart may occur. The
cortex has practically disappeared. The development of the
remaining hypodermal cells has parted the inactive epidermis on
each side and the lamina is now in condition to be torn apart by
the slightest twist. Throughout the entire process of reduction
to the critical point no cell gelatinization occurred. After fission
the wounds are healed exactly as in Nereocystis, by activity of the
adjacent epidermal cells building tissue out and around the exposed
edge of the medulla.
LESSONIOPSIS.
The lamina of Lessoniopsis is characterized by a thickened
mid-rib made up chiefly of sclerenchymatized cortex. Upon
division the reduction of the lamina to the critical point may be
divided into two rather definite stages. In the first place as seen
in the development of the perforation, broad furrows are formed
in the basal portion of the mid-rib, resulting in the intercalation
here of a small area of normal undifferentiated lamina. Then
through this, rather than through the mid-rib proper, the cleft
is jjropagated. These two stages are more sharply differentiated
in the case of older and advancing splits, for here the portions of
the divided normal lamina or the reduced mid-rib retain their
thin blade-like character and broaden out until the daughter
laminae are symmetrical and the mid-ribs occupy their nonnal
median position.
22 2 ^ The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI. No. 2,
The origin of the primary shallow furrows is different from any-
thing; seen in either of the preceding genera. In Lessoniopsis the
relative increase in anticlinal activity in the epidermis seems to be
the factor operative in reducing the thickness of the cortical layers.
The undue stress brought to bear on the cortex by the rapidly
expanding superficial layer results in the premature transition
of the inner and middle cortex to the pith-wT'b condition. Ordi-
narily expansion at the surface in inanimate objects results in
buckling. In this case the transmission of the stress to the inner
cortical layers stretches their elements into the thinner or highly
elongated ]Dith-wcb condition, thus markedly lowering the upper
layers so as to produce concavity instead of convexity at the sur-
face. No figure is given to illustrate this condition as the area
concerned was far too extensive to be drawn on a scale sufihciently
large to show the histological changes.
The second stage or splitting proper is by a process as different
from that observed in Postelsia as that is different from Nereocys-
tis. The central part of the mid-rib, after its reduction to the
thickness of ordinar>' lamina, is locally still further reduced by
the action of an internal cortical meristem, associated with a
quiescent epidermis. On both sides of the medulla in the region
concerned the cortical cells are seen dividing with anticlinal walls
(Fig. 12). This has resulted not only in severely attenuating the
pith-web but on one side the epidennis itself has parted and the
critical point has been reached, for the thin-walled cells of this
newly foniied tissue cannot withstand the ripping tendencies in
the wave swayed and twisted lamina. At approximately the same
stage or on the same slide from which the drawing was made, the
lamina portions were already separated.
In healing, the wounds first are covered for a time with a callus
formation but later the epidermis and cortex heal them o\'er
exactly as in Nereocystis.
MACROCYSTIS.
The splitting process in this genus was studied by the Gcmian
writers already quoted, but they evidently confined their attention
to the development of the original perforation and did not study
the elongation of the cleft, which is carried out by a dififerent pro-
cess than that forming the ]jerf oration. This fact at once sets
Macrocystis apart from the preceding genera in which the processes
originating the perforation are also operative in elongating the
cleft. Sufficient material was available showing the incipient and
older splits, to make four or five series of sections illustrating each
of these stages. Part of the material studied came from the
• ruvian coast, part from Vancouver's Island. Sinall and large
venilc laminae, having splits in about the same stage of develop-
Dec, 1910.] Self-Dividing Laminae of Certain Kelps. 223
ment, were used to determine whether the spHtting process varied
in an\' way with the size of the Lamina.
The writer is able to confinn in part Will's account of the
origin of the basal perforation. Broad shallow furrows appear on
either side of the thallus. These depressions may arise as in
Ncrcocystis by a relative lessening of anticlinal divisions, but the
area concerned is so extensive and the slightly constricted portion
passes so gradually into the normal lamina, that no marked differ-
ence of tissue structure could be observed. After these shallow
depressions become well defined, another and wholly different
process is inaugurated. The inner cortical cells lying under the
base of each furrow become gelatinized. A single cell disinte-
grates followed by its immediate neighbors until all the heavy
■walled cortex under the central part of the furrow has disappeared.
Associated with this process of gelatinization is a marked local
deepening of the furrow's at their central parts (Fig. 13-14.) Will
states that this originates by a pushing in of the epidemiis due to
increased division of the cells over the gelatinized portion. The
evidence for this does not appear conclusive as can be seen by com-
paring the size of the hypodermal cells beneath the furrow with
those on either side. The cells lying in the base of the furrow
(Fig. 14) give evidence of relative inactivity, showing a diminution
in anticlinal and especially periclinal divisions. To the lessening
of periclinal activity chiefly, can be ascribed the origin of the more
sharply defined secondary furrow, for the epidermal cells in this
region fail to build out the thallus. This is somewhat similar to
the condition in Postelsia. At about the stage figured normal
growth begins to close in on the gelatinized cavity separating
schizogcnetically the remaining cortical cells underlying the
furrow. The usual gelatin filled pith-web together with the newly
gelatinized regions of the cortex forms a sort of internal cavity or
w^ound which is healed by a process identical with that seen in
Nereocystis (Fig. 1.'5). Here normal development is bringing the
respective sides around the edges of the middle layers. The rem-
nant of one of the gelatinized portions is still present, stretched
across below the furrow.
After the original basal perforation is formed in the manner just
described its advance through the lamina is by a wholly different
process. Unexpected as this might seem the evidence for it is
quite conclusive. Fully formed splits 0 mm. in length and upward
were studied, occurring in laminae of different size and thickness
and from different waters, British Columbia and Peru, but in no
case was there any deviation in the process.
Local and excessive meristematic activity of the cortex is the
fundamental factor in the advancing cleft. First, however, there
is a local increase in the normal growth process which results in
piling up slightly modified cortical cells in the medulla. Next
2 24 The Ohio Naturalist [Vol. XI, No. 2,
a few hypodermal and outer cortical cells begin to divide rapidly
forming a wedge-like mass, which tears the epidennis apart and the
process which succeeds in dividing the lamina is begrm (Fig. Ki.)
The cells exposed by the parting of the epidennis become passive
and subject to the tearing tendencies of the rapidly expanding
tissue beneath them. They are separated and in this manner the
cleft is carried clear through the lamina. So great is the meris-
tematic activity that before the cleft reaches the pith-web this
layer locally has been entirel}" replaced by dividing cortical ele-
ments, through which the cleft is propagated. The final separa-
tion of the last thin walled cortical cells is of course mechanical.
By the continual extension of this cortical activity distally, the
whole lamina is finally divided, while proximally, the separation
is carried some distance down the stipe by the same sort of activity
except the meristematic wound tissue is formed in larger masses
and the cleft advances in a more irregular manner.
In healing, the superficial cells of the exposed wound tissue
arc transformed into epidermal elements. There is however a
tendency to close the wound as previously described, by the
crowding or jDressing around of the tissue adjacent to it.
Material containing clefts of proper age to show the transition
stages, by which the initial gelatinization process gives way to the
secondary process of cortical activity, was not available so this
ntercsting phase of the i)roblem cannot be taken u]) in the ]3rcsent
diiscussion.
DICTYONEURON.
In Dictyoneuron only the method of advance of the older cleft
was studied, as the collection contained no material showing the
incipient or perforation stages. The process involved in the
advance of the cleft was essentialh' the same as that in Macro-
c^'stis but the cortical meristem is more definitely localized than
in that genus and only occurs at first on one side of the medulla. Fig.
17 shows a section of a young lamina in which a split o mm. in
length was present. The half of the section not shown was nor-
mal like the region at the edges of the drawing. Cell division
and growth in the cortex has resulted in the fonnation of a mass
of tissue which presses slightly into the i)ith-web. When this mass
has become somewhat more extensive than that figured, a few cells
near its center begin dividing very rapidly and build up a new
secondary mass within the first (Fig. IS), which pushes out the
older cells on all sides of it, notably below into the pith-web.
On account of this rapid internal division, the original epidermis
is pulled apart from a to b and the beginning of the cleft has been
started by the wedging action of the ball like mass of new tissue.
This cleft shown at Fig. IS, c, next enters the central mass and
passes ra])idly to its center. After the develo]3ment of the cleft.
Dec, 1910.] Self-Dividing Laminae of Certain Kelps. 225
the superficial and hypoclermal cells lining the gap divide chiefly
with periclinal walls until the newer tissue comes to have a fan-
like structure, similar to that seen in Nereocystis (Fig. 19). By
the same process described in that plant though on a much larger
scale, the furrow is strongly widened and deepened. This results
as in Nereocystis not only in attenuating the lamina locally but
in filling up the middle region with young cortical tissue (Fig.
20) which has no strength and is easily torn apart by wave action.
After ripping apart the cortical cells exposed from a to b
(Fig. 20) take on the aspect of epidemial elements with \^•hich is
associated a tendency of the contiguous tissues to close around the
injured portion. The two lamina edges resulting from the entire
process of division are lined with new tissue, the superficial layer
of which becomes epidermal in character and remains so. These
edges show for some time a groove running in them which is wholly
accounted for by the peculiar splitting process obtaining in this,
plant.
GENERAL C0NSIDER.\TI0NS.
That in all cases the split actually progresses through the blade
is clearly shown. The exposure of the inner tissues lying just
behind the apex of the advancing cleft is evidence enough to prove
that the fissure is cleaving the blade and is not a pseudo-cleft
brought about by intercalary growth of the portion divided by the
perforation. This latter, however, is of much importance in the
apparent elongation of the split.
As to the rapidity of advance of the cleft, nothing whatever
was detcnnined. It is doubtful that this can be worked out even
in the field with any degree of accuracy. The facts of intercalary
growth and mechanical ripping would tend to vitiate any measure-
ments that might be made.
In the study of the various genera special attention was given
to the advance of the distal end of the split, or the division of
the blade. In each genus however observations on the proximal
end of the cleft were made, which not only showed that the stipe
was dividing, but the splitting process was in each instance
identical with that described for the blade. Owing to the thick-
ness and compactness of the stipe the changes in it are much slower
than in the blade. The elongation of the stipes is chiefly by inter-
calary growth.
An arrangement of the five genera on a basis of specialization
in the splitting woiild be as follows: PosteLsia, Nereocystis, Les-
soniopsis, IMacrocystis and Dictyoncuron. The relative arrange-
ment of the first three might be ciuestioned but that the process
in Macrocystis and particularly Dictyoncuron is a very definite,
and specialized one admits of no doubt.
226 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 2,
Upon taking up the present investigation, the writer expected
to find that the division of the laminae in the different genera,
was brought about by the same process with of course some minor
variations. It was then very surprising to find the widest differ-
ences prevailing among the various genera, differences in some
instances so great as to make the histological processes involved
appear diametrically opposed. The end result, the branching of
the plant, in all cases is the same so we have in these forms a most
striking example of those numerous instances in nature in which
a common end is attained through totally different means.
SUMMARY.
1. The splitting of the lamina of Nereocystis is due to a rela-
tive increase of periclinal divisions resulting in the intercalation
of weak new tissue which is mechanically torn apart. The
wounds heal by normal growth, building the tissue out and around
the exposed edges of the medulla.
2. In Postelsia cell division in the meristematic epidemiis
ceases almost entirely at the point where splitting is to occur and
the lamina becomes so thin by the continued differentiation of
the tissue already present that it is torn apart by the impact
of the waves. The wounds heal as in Nereocystis.
3. In Lessoniopsis an area within the mid-rib is reduced to
the thickness of normal lamina by relative increase of anticlinal
divisions. Within this area further reduction and weakening
occurs by anticlinal divisions in the cortex. The wounds after
mechanical ripping are at first covered with callus; later healing
as in Nereocystis.
4. Macrocystis shows the perforation to originate by local
gelatinization of the inner and middle cortex and cessation of
periclinal activity in the epidermis over the gelatinized portion,
resulting in a deep sinus on either side of the lamina. The adja-
cent tissues are finally forced in on the gelatinized places until
the epidermis breaks apart forming the perforation. Healing as
in Nereocystis. When once formed the fissure advances by ex-
cessive cortical meristematic activity which first tears apart the
epidermis and finally the whole lamina, which meanwhile has
locally become filled with cortex cells. Healing is b\' transfor-
mation of the exposed cortex into epidermis.
5. In Dictyoneuron only the advance of the cleft was studied.
An internal wedge-like mass of tissue, a cortical meristem, tears
the overlying layers apart. Periclinal division of the cells lining
the gap forms a fan-like structure which reduces the lamina in
.thickness and strength until mechanical tearing follows. The
superficial cells of the new tissue formed on the respective edges
are changed to epidcmial elements and remain so.
Dec, 1910.] Self-Dividing Laminae of Cei-tain Kelps. 227
LITERATURE.
Kjellman, F. R. Laminariaceae in Pfianzenfaniilien, I, 2. 1893.
MacMillan, C. Observations on Nereocystis. Bulletin Torrey
Botanical Chib, 26. 1899.
Oltmanns, F. Morphologie und Biologie der Algen, I. 1904.
Reinke, J. Studien zur vergleicliende Entwickelungsgeschichte
dor Laminariaceen. Kiel. 1903.
Rosenthal, O. Zur Kenntnis von Macrocystis und Tlialassio-
phyllum. Flora 43. 1890.
Setchell, W. A. Classification and Geographical Distribution
of the Laminariaceae. Trans. Connecticut Acad. 9. 1893.
Skottsberg, C. Zur Kenntnis der Subantartischen und Antar-
lischcn Meeresalgen. I. Phaeophyceen. 1907.
Sykes, Miss M. G. Anatomy and Histology of Macrocystis
pyrifera and Laminaria saccharina. Annals of Bot. 22. 1908.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
A Young Nereocystis plant showing splits and splitting lines.
Cross section of Nereocystis lamina at a point corresponding to
to Fig. 1, a.
Cross section of Nereocj'stis lamina at a point near end of split
corresponding to Fig. 1, b.
Cross section of Nereocystis lamina showing mechanical tear.
Cross section of a newdy divided lamina of Nereocystis showing
wounds.
Healing lamina of Nereocystis.
Healing lamina of Nereocystis, later stage.
Completely healed lamina of Nereocystis.
Cross section of normal Postelsia lamina.
Middle stage in splitting Postelsia lamina.
Final stage in splitting lamina of Postelsia.
Last stage of splitting in Lessoniopsis.
Entire section showing position of Fig. 12.
Origin of perforation in Macrocystis, middle stage.
vStructure of portion enclosed in dotted line. Fig. 13.
Final stage in the development of the original perforation in
Macrocystis.
First stage in the advance of the mature cleft in the Macrocystis
lamina.
Primary cortical meristem in splitting region of Dictj^oneuron.
Secondar}^ cortical meristem within the first in Dictyoneuron.
The cleft and fan shaped structure developed in the splitting of
the Dictyoneuron lam.ina.
Fig. 20. Final stage in the dividing process in Dictyoneuron. Cortical
meristem present.
Fig.
1.
Fig.
2,
Fig.
3.
Fig.
4.
Fig.
5.
Fig.
6.
Fig.
7.
Fig.
8.
Fig.
9.
Fig.
10.
Fig.
11.
Fig.
12.
Fig.
12a
Fig.
13.
Fig.
14.
Fig.
15.
Fig.
10.
Fig.
17.
Fig.
18.
Fig.
19.
Ohio Naturalist.
Plate XII.
WELI.S on " Self-dividing Laminae of Kelps."
Ohio Naturalist.
Plate XIII.
Wells on "Self-dividing Laminae of Kelps."
Ohio Naturalist.
Plate XIV.
■ Jo • o „• S-T^ ■ . o. . oi' ■
. \v ' o ' o o' . o
■ <=> V • • • .o
Wells on " Self-dividing Laminae of Kelps."
Ohio Naturalist.
Plate XV.
Wei,i,S on " Self-dividing Laminae of Kelps."
232 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 2,
VIOLA HIRSUTULA IN OHIO.
Robert F. Griggs.
Every spring for several years past the writer has observed a
blue violet in the vicinity of Sugar Grove to which he was unable
to assign a name. But the plant was so common and so clearly
distinct from all of the other violets of the region that he supposed
that his trouble arose from the difficulty of the genus rather than
from any rarity of the plant itself. Finally in 1910 particular
care was taken to collect perfect specimens both at flowering time
and in early summer and from a study of these it was evident
that the plant was Viola hirsutula Brainerd, better known as
Viola villosa Walt., but not, according to Brainerd, Walter's
plant. This determination has since been verified at the Gray
Herbarium. The mature plants are entirely similar to those in
the herbaritmi but those in flower vary somewhat from the usual
form in a tendency toward lobing at the base of the leaf which while
occasionally seen in the herbarium specimens is sufficiently pro-
nounced in almost all of the Sugar Grove plants to make it diffl-
cult to decide which section of the key to follow in their deter-
mination. This tendency is confined to the youngest leaves and
in mature plants the leaves are all cordate. In addition to the
characters given in the manual there is a very distinctive field
character which should be included in the descriptions. This
is the purple \-eining of the upper surfaces of the leaves which
together with their mottling of different shades of green renders
the plants very beautiful for their foliage alone. In the herbarium
specimens this color fades and becomes indistinct but in many
cases it is still \'isiblc and when ]jresent is useful for diagnostic
ptirposes.
The hitherto known range of Viola hirsutula is: Southern New
York and New Jersey to Florida and Louisiana, both in the moun-
tains and on the coastal plain. The present station is about two
hundred miles Avest of the most westerly locality previously
reported, namely in the vicinity of Pittsburgh, where it is reported
b\- Shafcr. At Sugar Grove it is exceedingh- abundant on the
uplands where it occupies much the same place in the plant associa-
tions that the common blue violet fills on the bottomlands. It
is especially a plant of old fields and pine barrens though it is
also to be "found along with many other of the upland plants in
pasttires where the land is more fertile. From the abundance of
the species in this region and the widespread occurrence of similar
habitats over all of Southeastern Ohio, the writer is led to believe
that when once it is recognized by the botanists it will be found
growing almost throughout this region.
Dec, 1910.] MacTO-Lepidoptera of Seneca County. 233
THE MACRO-LEPIDOPTERA OF SENECA COUNTY, OHIO.
W. F. Henninger.
Throtigh a combination of circumstances, comparatively
rich material of the order Lepidoptera has come into my hands,
and on this account I am led to prepare the list which follows.
It is not claimed that the list contains any species new to ento-
mologists, but it has ^•alue in showing the occurrence of certain
species in the state.
Louis Ullrich, of Tiffin, collected butterflies and moths for
many years. He did not publish much but aided other workers
of the country materially, being the first man to obtain a detailed
life history of Debis portlandia as well as to add to our knowl-
edge of various other species. His collection at one time num-
bered fully 22000 specimens, and Spencer F. Baird tried to
induce him to donate it to the Smithsonian Institution. Mr.
Ullrich followed the profession of a druggist for years, but financial
reverses caused him to change and he became a successful florist.
After he became prosperous in this new business, I persuaded
him to take up work on the Lepidoptera again. He had reached
an advanced age, however, and did not live a great while, his
death occurring in 190G.
I purchased what was left of his collection, approximately
3000 specimens, 2100 of which were in excellent condition. He
had collected ninety species of Geometridae in Seneca County
but these were destroyed previously by Dermestes. The collec-
tion also contains many species of European and Indian Lepidop-
tera. The Diurnals were identified by W. H. Edwards, as were
some of the others.
A little later a collection of 2()(J0 specimens belonging to Mr.
Harry F. Murphy, former secretary of Congressman Jackson,
•came into my possession. Many of these are of local interest.
The 5000 specimens thus obtained are responsible for the data
in regard to the rarer species, but some of the more common ones
are of my own collecting at odd moments of a busy professional
life. Much of my spare time too has been spent in bird study.
For a short description of Seneca County, I refer the reader to
the Wilson Bulletin, number 5.5 , page 4<S.
My thanks are due to Prof. H. Osbom, of Ohio State Univer-
sity, for kind advice, and to Mr. Wm. Kayser, of Wapakoneta,
for the use of his fine collection of Lepidoptera for identifying sev-
eral species. A few of the species collected in Seneca County have
not been determined and so arc not included in this list.
The nomenclature used for the butterflies is according to
Holland, while that used for the moths is after Dvar.
2 34 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 2,
Rhopalocera (Butterflies).
Anosia plexippus. Common. Great flight Oct. 3, 1907.
Euptoieta claudia. Casual. I saw H. F. Murphy capture one on Aug. 27th,
1907, in a clover field. Has been taken at Castalia by D. F. Berrenger,
of Fostoria, O.
Argynnis idalia. Rare. 4 taken by I.. Ullrich. 1890.
Argynnis cybele. Common. Extremely variable.
Argynnis aphrodite. Not common.
Argvnnis aphrodite alcestis. Occasional. L. Ullrich. Whether diana has-
ever been taken in this county is not ascertained.
Brenthis bellona. Common.
Brenthis myrina. Mr. L. Ullrich has taken it. (ex verbis).
Melitaea harrisii. Mr. L. Ullrich has taken 2 specimens in June, 1890.
Phyciodes nycteis. Not common in April and May.
Phyciodes tharos. Both very common, very variable. One taken.
Phyciodes tharos marcia. Resembling Melitaea hofmanni in markings.
Phyciodes batesi. Rather rare. Taken by Mr. Ullrich.
Grapta interrogationis fabricii. Common.
Grapta interrogationis umbrosa. Common.
Grapta comma harrisii. Common.
Grapta comma dryas. Common.
Grapta prognc. R'are. Taken by Ullrich and Murphy both.
Vanessa milberti. Rare. 4 taken l>y Ullrich (ex verbis).
Vanessa antiopa. Common.
Pyrameis atalanta. Common.
P3"rameis huntera. Common.
Pyrameis cardui. Common.
Junonia coenia. Taken in 1891 by Ullrich and Murphy.
Basilarchia astyanax. Common.
Basilarchia disippus. Common.
Chlorippe celtis. Not common in open woods.
Chlorippc clyton. Fairly common.
Chlorippe clyton prosperina. vSeveral taken.
Debis Portland ia. Formerly locally common, now rare.
Satyrodes canthus. Common in swampy meadows.
Neonj-mpha phocion. One spec, taken. This record is doubtful.
Neonympha eurytus. Common in woods.
Neonympha sosybius. One spec, taken by L. Ullrich.
Satyrus nephcle. Not common. Taken by L. Ullrich. I have seen this spe-
'cies on the wing in the swamps near the O. S. U. Laboratorv at Cedar
Point, July 3, 1907.
Libythea bachmani. Rare. Taken by Ullrich and myself.
Thecla calanus. Not common.
Thecla calanus strigosa. Rather rare in woods. Common at New Bremen,
Ohio.
Thecla melinus. Fairly common.
Thecla titus. Rare. Several other species of Thecla in the collection v.'ere
undoubtedly taken at TifiTm, but I omit them owing to the lack of
definite data.
Feniseca tarciuinius. Rare. 2 spec, taken Jvme, 1891.
Chrysophanus thoe. Common in swampy meadov.'s.
Chrysophanus hypophloeas. Common in swamp\' meadows.
Lycaena pseudargiolus. Common.
Lycaena pseudargiolus lucia. Rare in early April. Taken by L. Ullrich
only.
Lycaena pseudargiolus violacea. Common. Taken by myself April 22, 1906.
Lycaena pseudargiolus neglecta. Not common.
Dec, 1910,] Macro- Lepidoptera of Seneca County. 235
Lycaena comyntas. Common. A dwarf taken by L. Ullrich no larger than-
exilis.
Pieris protodice. Common.
Pieris protodice vernalis. Common.
Pieris rapae. Commonest fly.
Pieris napi virginiensis. July 6, 1905, I caught one specimen, unfortunately
was destroyed later.
Catopsilia eubule. Accidental. One specimen caught Aug., 1890, by L.
Ullrich.
Terias nicippe. Rare. Taken by L. Ullrich, April, 1891, April 21, 1896.
Seen but not taken by myself, April 22, 1906.
Terias lisa. Common.
Terias lisa alba. Common.
Meganostoma caesonia. Messrs. Ullrich and Murphy both took it years
ago at Bascom 6 miles west of Tifiin.
Colias eurytheme. Not common, flies in Sept. and Oct. Two albino females
taken.
Colias eurytheme keewaydin. Several taken.
Colias eurytheme ariadne. Several taken. (Jne hybrid between eurytheme
and philodice taken 1896.
Colias philodice. Next to Pieris rapae the commonest butterfly. Several
dwarfs taken, one an albino, female, one-third the ordinary size.
Colias philodice anthyale. Several taken.
Colias interior. One specimen taken June, 1890.
Euchloe genutia. Taken by L. Ullrich (ex verbis). Specimens no longer
extant.
Papilio ajax walshi. Common. Several dwarfs of walshi taken.
Papilio ajax abbottii. Not common. 6 spec, taken.
Papilio ajax telamonides. Common.
Papilio ajax marcellus. Common.
Papilio philenor. Fairly common.
Papilio asterias. Very common. One dwarf taken.
Papilio troilus. Common. One dwarf taken.
Papilio turnus. Fairly common. On Aug. 27, 1907, 1 caught a female,
which is intermediate between the black and yellow forms.
Papilio turnus glaucus. Fairly common.
Papilio cresphontes. Very common. Frecjuents the blossoms of ironweed-
Epargyreus tityrus. Common.
Achellarus lycidas. Not common. Four taken.
Tharybes bathyllus. Common.
Tharybes pylades. Rare in woods. April.
Hesperia tessellaris. Common. July till Oct.
Thanaos brizo. Very rare. Early spring.
Thanaos juvenalis. Not quite as rare as preceding.
Thanaos persius. Rare.
Thanaos martialis. Rare.
Pholisora catullus. Exceedingly common. Dwarf taken June 22, 1882.
Ancyloxypha numitor. Common.
Erjmnis sassacus. Rare. Taken by L. Ullrich.
Erynnis comma. Rare. Taken Oct., 1891.
Thymelicus mystic. Common.
Thymelicus aetna. Very common.
Polites peckius. Common.
Hylephila phjdaeus. Rare. Taken Sept. 28, 1891.
Limochores taumas. Common.
Limochores pontiac. One spec, taken by L. Ullrich.
Limochores bimacula. One spec, taken June, 1891.
Limochores dion. Several taken bv L. Ullrich, julv 6, 1908. I took one in
Shelby Co., O.
236 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 2,
Euphycs verna. Very common.
Euphyes metacomet. Very common.
Atrytone zabulon. Very common.
Atrytone zabulon pocahontas. Not common.
Several other Hesperidae are in the collection which were beyond all
doubt taken at Tiffin, but owing to a lack of positive data I omit them.
Heterocer.\ (Moths).
Haemorrhagia thysbe. Fairly common.
Haemorrhagia thysbe cimbiciformis. Fairly common.
Haemorrhagia tenuis. P.are.
Haemorrhagia diffinis. Not common. July IS, 1905.
Haemorrhagia axillaris. Common. On July 5, 1905, I found a regular colonj^
of larvae on weeds.
Amphion nessus. Not common.
Sphecodina abbottii. Fairly, common
Deidamia inscriptum. Rather rare. Taken by Ullrich.
Deilephila gallii. Not common. Taken by L. Ullrich.
Deilephila lineata. Fairly common.
Xylophanes tersa. Rare. Taken by L. Ullrich only.
Pholus fasciatus. Rare. Taken by L. Ullrich only.
Pholus pandorus. Common.
Pholus achemon. Fairly common.
Darapsa pholus. Fairly common. June, 1890.
Darapsa myron. Fairlv common.
Erinnyis ello. Rare, taken Aug. 20, 1891.
Erinnyis obscura. Rare. Taken Sept. 24, 1891.
Protoparce sexta. Common.
Protoparce quinquemaculata. Common.
Herse cingulata. Not common.
Chloeno gramma jasminearum. Rare.
Dolba hylaeus. Common.
Ceratomia amyntor. Not common.
Ceratomia undulosa. Not common.
Ceratomia catalpae. Rare. Taken Ijy Murphy only.
Atreides plebeia. Fairly common.
Hyloicus kalmiae. Fairly common.
Hyloicus drupiferarum. Fairly common.
Hjdoicus gordius. Fairly common.
Hyloicus cremitus. Not common.
Hyloicus chersis. Very common.
Pachysphinx modesta. Not common, in early spring.
Sphinx cerisyi. Not common.
vSphinx jamaicensis geminatus. Fairly common.
Calasymbolus excaecatus. Rare. Taken by L. Ullrich.
Calasymbolus myops." Rare. Taken by L. Ullrich.
■Cressonia juglandis. Fairly common.
■Sarnia cecropia. Very common.
■Callosamia promcthea. Not common.
■Callosamia angulifera. Rare. Taken by I.. Ullrich only.
Actias luna. Fairly common. A dwarf in the collection one-third normal
size.
Telea polyphemus. Common. One dwarf.
Hyperchiria io. Common.
Basilona imperialis. Fairly common.
■Citheronia regalis. Rare now, formerly common.
Adclocephala bicolor. Not common.
Syssphinx bisecta. Not common. Three spec, taken.
Dec, 1910.] Macro-Lepidoptera of Seneca County. 237
Anisota stigma.
Anisota senatoria.
Anisota virginiensis.
Anisota rubicunda.
These four species are now rare, while common in former years.
Hemilenca maia. This species never common, has of late become extinct.
One specimen in the collection. The same conditions are true in this
county (Auglaize) as Mr. Wm. Kayser, a Wapakoneta druggist and
ardent lepidopterist has told me.
Scepsis fulvicoUis. Rather common.
Lycomarpha pholus. Rather common.
Ctenucha virginica. Not common.
Hypoprepia miniata. Rare.
Hypoprepia fucosa. Common at light.
Holomellina opella. One spec, taken June, 1889.
Holomellina immaculata. Not common.
Holomellina aurantiaca ferruginosa. One spec, taken.
Utetheisa bella. Common.
Haploa clymene. Rare. Taken bj- L. Ullrich only.
Haploa lecontei dyari. Rare taken by L. Ullrich onh'.
Haploa lecontei militaris. Rare. Taken by myself only. June, 1907.
Estigmene acraea. Common.
Estigmene congrua. Rare. Taken Ijy L. Ullrich only.
Hyphantria cunea. Common.
Hyphantria textor. Common.
Diacrisia virginica. Common.
Diacrisia virginica fumosa. Rare. Taken by Ullrich and myself.
Diacrisia latipennis. Rare. Taken Jime 27, 1882, June, 1890, and in Shelbv
Co., O., by myself on June 22, 1909.
Diacrisia vagans. Not common. Taken by H. F. Murphy only.
Isia Isabella. Exceedingly common.
Apantesis virgo. Not common.
Apantesis virguncula. Not common.
Apantesis oithona rectilinea. Uncommon.
Apantesis arge. Rare. Taken Sept. 28, 1890.
Apantesis nais vittata. Common.
Apantesis nais phalerata. Common.
Ecpantherid scribonia. Rare. Two taken June 28, 1882.
Parteuchaetias tenera. Common.
Euchaetias egle. Common.
Halisidota tessellata. Not common.
Halisidota caryae. Common, About 40 taken on May 2, 1882.
Alypia octomaculata. Rather common.
Apatela interrupta. Not common.
Apatela hasta. Not common.
Apatela ol)linita. Common.
Apatela americana. Not common.
Apatela lepusculina. Rare.
Apatela lobeliae. Not common.
Apatela albarufa. Not common.
Apatela brumosa. Rare.
Apatela furcifera. Rare. Taken by my.self only.
Apatela xyliniformis. Rare. Taken by myself only.
Arsilonche albovenosa. Not uncommon.
Harrisimena trisignata. Rare. Taken by Ullrich only.
Moma fallax. Rare. Taken by Ullrich only.
Crambodes talidiformis. Rare. Taken by myself only.
Perigea xanthoides. Not common.
2 3^ The Ohio Nahiralist. [Vol. XI, No. 2,
Perigea vecors. Not common.
Hadena miseloides. Rare. Taken Aug., 1890.
Hadena devastatrix. Common.
Hadena arctica. Common.
Hadena verbascoides. Common. June, 1890; July, 190").
Hadena loculata. Rare. One spec, taken.
Hadena lignicolor. Rare. Two spec, taken.
Hadena mactata. Rare. One spec, taken.
Hadena modica. Fairly common.
Hadena dubitans. Fairly common.
Hadena sputatrix. Cominon.
Hyppa xylinoides. Common.
Euplexia lucipara. Not common.
Actinotia ramosula. Not common.
Dypterygia scabriuscula. Common.
Pyrophila pyramidoides. Common.
Prodenia commelinae. Not common. Sept., 1891.
Prodenia eudiopta. Common.
Prodenia eudiopta ornithogalli. Common.
LapliA'gma frugiperda. Common.
Homohadena badistriga. Not common.
Agrotis badinodis. Rare.
Agrotis ypsilon. Not common.
Peridroma saucia. Common. Swarms of this species w'itli Heliophila uni-
puncta, were on the cherry trees in June, 1907, greedily devoured by the
English Sparrows and Cedar Waxwings.
Noctua bicarnea. Common.
Noctua c-nigrum. Common.
Noctua clandestina. Common.
Noctua haruspica. Not common.
Feltia subgothica. Common.
Feltia herilis. Common.
Mamestra meditata. Not common.
Mamestra trifolii. Rare.
Mamestra adjuncta. Rare.
Mamestra renigera. Common.
Mamestra olivacea. Not common.
Mamestra lorea. Not common.
Heliophila unipuncta. Common.
Heliophila multilinea. Common.
Heliophila pseudargyria. Not common.
Xylina antennata. Not common. March 8, 1886.
Xylina laticinerea. Common. March and April, 1889.
Xylina signosa. Common.
Xylina oriunda. Very common. April 28, 1882.
Xylina unimoda. Rare. One specimen taken.
Cuculia asteroides. Common.
Gortyna velata. Not common. One spec, taken by myself.
Papaipema cerrusata. Not common.
Papaipema nitela. Not common.
Papaipema nitela nebris. Not common.
Papaipema furcata. Rare. One spec, taken in my liouse, Sept. 23, 1907.
Pyrrliia umbra. Not common.
Trigonophara periculosa. Common . Aug., 1891.
Eucirroedia pampina. Not common in fall.
Scoliopteryx libatrix. Common.
Orthosia bicolorago. Common.
Orthosia helva. Common.
Dec, 1910.] Macro-Lepidoptera of Seneca County. 239
vScopelosoma indirccta. Rare. Two spec, taken.
Scopelosoma sidus. Rare. March 25, 1889.
Scopelosoma morrisoni. Common. Twelve spec. March 15, 1889.
Heliothis armigcr. One spec, taken by myself.
Rhodophora gaurae. Rare. Taken by L. Ullrich.
Rhodophora florida. Rare. Taken by H. Murphy, 1907.
vSchinia lynx. Rare. Taken Ijy H. Murphy, 1907.
Schinia marginata. Common.
Euthisanotia unio. Common.
Euthisanotia grata. Not common.
•Plagioinimicus pityochromus. Rare. Taken by myself only.
Plusiodonta compressipalpis. Rare. Taken by myself only.
Autographa bimaculata. Not common.
Autographa biloba. Not common.
Autographa precationis. Common.
Autographa falcifera. Common.
Ogdoconta cinereola. Not common.
Alabama argillacea. Common.
Eustrotia musoscula. Not common. June 22, 1882.
Eustrotia apicosa. Common.
Eustrotia carneola. Very common.
Galgula hepara. Common.
Galgula hepara partita. Common.
Chamyris cerintha. Comm.on.
Tarache terminimacula. Rare. June .3, 1890.
Tarache aprica. One spec, taken by H. Murphy.
Tarache erastrioides. Very common.
Tarache candefacta. Common.
Phalaenostoides larentioides. Common.
Hyamia sexpunctata. Common. June 4, 1882.
Hyamia perditalis. Not common.
Homopyralis discalis. Not common. June 14, 1882.
Homopyralis contracta. Not common.
Drasteria erechthea. Not common. May 9, 1882.
Drasteria crassiuscula. Very common.
Euclidia cuspidae. Rare. Two specimens taken.
Syneda graphica. Rare. Two specimens taken, 1882.
Catocala epione. Rare. Three specimens taken.
Catocala lacrymosa. Rare. One specimen taken.
Catocala vidua. Fairly common.
Catocala retecta. Fairly common.
Catocala robinsonii. Fairly common.
Catocala Judith. Fairly common. July, 1891.
Catocala obscura. Not rare.
Catocala insolabilis. Not rare.
Catocala angusi. Not rare.
Catocala flebilis. Rare. Three spec, taken.
Catocala relicta. Very rare. One spec. July, 1892.
Catocala cara. Common.
Catocala amatrix. Common.
Catocala amatrix nurus. Common. Aug. 1890.
Catocala marmorata. Rather rare. Three specimens.
Catocala concumbens. Common.
Catocala unijuga. Common.
Briseis is in the coll. from Columbus, but not Tififin.
Catocala parta. Common.
Catocala ultronia. Common.
Catocala ultronia celia. Common.
2 40 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 2,
Catocala ultronia mopsa. Rare.
Catocala ilia. Rare. Three specimens.
Catocala nebulosa. Not common. Two specimens.
Catocala piatrix. More common than preceding.
Catocala innubens. Common.
Catocala innubens hinda. Rare.
Catocala innubens scintillans. Fairly common.
Catocala neogama. Xot common. Two specimens.
Catocala cerogama. Fairly common.
Catocala subnata. Rare. Two .specimens.
Catocala palaeogama. Fairly common.
Catocala palaeogama phalanga. Rare. Two specimens.
Catocala serena. Very common.
Catocala antinympha. Rare. Two specimens.
Catocala habilis. Very common.
Catocala habilis basalis. Not common.
Catocala polygama. Not common.
Catocala polygama crataegi. Not common. Four spec, taken July 19, 1882.
Catocala preliosa. Not common.
Catocala amasia. Rare. One spec, taken.
Catocala grynea. Very common.
Catocala minuta. Rare. Four taken.
Catocala amica. Very common.
Catocala amica lineclla. Fairly common.
Catocala pura. The moth taken in Aug., 1905, agrees with no other specimen,
but comes fairly close to pura on the one side, and hermia on the other.
Allotrea elonympha. Not common. July and Aug., 1890.
Euparthenos nubilis. Rare. Three taken Aug., 1890.
Hypocala andremona. Two specimens taken Sept. 22, 1891, by L. Ullrich.
Phoberia atomeris. Not common.
Panapoda rufimargo carneicosta. Rare.
Panapoda rufimargo roseicosta. Rare. June 11, 1882.
Parallelia bistriaris. Common.
Celiptera frustulum. Rare. One specimen.
Strenoloma lunilinea. Rare. Taken by Ullrich, seen by myself Juh', 1907.
Zale horrida. Not common. July, 1907.
Phaeocyma lunata. Common. In this species and the related ones I follow
Prof. John B. Smith — "A Revision of some species of Noctuidae, here-
tofore referred to the Genus Homoptera."
Phaeocyma undularis. Fairly common.
Phaeocyma lunifera. Fairly common.
Phaeocyma lineosa. Rare. Two specimens taken.
Thysania zenobia. A specimen of this splendid southern moth was taken
Septembers, 1890. I donated the specimen to the Ohio vState University.
Epixensis lubricalis. Not common.
Epixensis scobialis. Rare.
Epixensis americalis. Not rare.
Epixensis aemula. Not common.
Zanglonatha laevigata. Not common.
Philometra eumelusalis. Common.
Chytolita morbidalis. Not common.
Renia discoloralis. Not common.
Heterogramma pyramusalis. Fairly common.
Palthis angulalis. Fairly common.
Bomolocha manalis. Fairly common.
Bomolocha Vjaltimoralis. Fairly common.
Bomolocha abalinealis. Fairly common.
Bomolocha deceplalis. Fairly rare.
Dec, 1910.] Macro-Lepidoptera of Seneca County. 241
Plathypena scabra. Common.
Hypena humuli. Common.
Hormisa bivittata. Rare.
Pseudothyatira cymatophoroides. Not common.
Euthyatira pudens. Rare. One specimen, date not given.
Apatelodes torrefacta. Rare. Taken June, 1891.
Melalopha inclusa. Not common. April 22, 1882.
Melalopha albosigma. Not common. June 4, 1890.
Datana ministra. Common.
Datana angusii. Rather rare.
Datana major. Not rare.
Datana perspicua. Rare.
Datana integerrima. Not common. July 21, 1882.
Datana contracta. Not common. 1882.
Hyperaeschra stragula. Rare. June, 1890.
Nadata gibbosa. Not common. April' 18, 1882.
Nerice bidentata. Not common.
Sj^mmerista albifrons. Rare. One spec, 1907, taken by Murphy.
Heterocampa biundata. Not common.
Heterocampa bilineata. Not common.
Heterocampa umbrata. Rare.
lanassa lignicolor. Rare. One spec, 1907, taken by Murphy.
Schizura ipomoeae. Rare. One specimen taken, no date.
Schizura unicornis. Rare. Two specimens taken, June 8, 1882.
Schizura leptinoides. Rare. One specimen taken.
Harpyia borealis. Common. June 12, 1882.
Harpyia cinerea. Common. June 12, 1882.
Fentonia marthesia. Rare. One specimen taken.
Hemerocampa leucostigma. Not common. July 12, 1882.
Tolype velleda. Rare. Four specimens taken — two by Ullrich, one by
Murphy, one by mj^self.
Malacosoma americana. Not common. June 28, 1882.
Heteropacha rileyana. Very rare. One specimen taken.
Epicnaptera americana. Uncommon.
Oreta rosea. Uncommon. Aug., 1890. One specimen.
Dj'spteris abortivaria. Common.
Eudule mendica. Common in woods.
Heterophleps triguttata. Common in woods.
Eucymatoge intestinata. Common.
Venusia comptaria. Not common.
Euchoeca albovittata. Ratlier rare.
Hydria undulata. Rather rare.
Eustroma diversilineata. Common.
Percnoptilota fluviata. Common.
Mesoleuca lacustrata. Not common.
Haematopis grataria. Very common.
Erastria amaturaria. Not common.
Synelys alabastaria. Fairly common.
Leptomeris ciuinquelinaria. Fairly common.
Eois ossularia. Fairly common.
Eois inductata. Fairly common.
Eucrostis incertata. Not common.
Synchlora aerata. Fairly common.
Eufidonia notataria. Not common.
Phj-sostegania pustularia. Common.
Mellila inextricata. Common.
Philobia enotata. Not common.
Cleara pampinaria. Not common.
242 The Ohio Xaturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 2,
Erannis tiliaria. Fairly common.
Cingilia catenaria. Rare.
Therina fiscellaria. Rare.
Eugonobapta nivosaria. Common in woods.
Ennomos subsignarius. Rather rare.
Ennomos magnarius. Common. Sept. and Oct.
Xanthotype crocataria. Common.
Xanthotype crocataria caelaria. Common.
Hyperitis amicaria. Common.
Gonodontis hypochraria. Common.
Priocycla armataria. Xot common.
Azelina ancetaria. Xot common.
Caberodes confiisaria. Fairly common.
Caberodes confusaria metrocamparia. Common.
Tetracis crocallata. Common.
Sabulodes sulphurata. Rare. Taken 1907 by myself.
Sabulodes lorata. Xot common.
Sabulodes transversata. Common.
Abbotana clemataria. Xot common.
Abbotana clemataria tranducens. Xot common.
Calledapteryx dryopterata. Xot common.
Thyridopter^-x ephemeraeformis. Very rare.
Cicinnus melsheimerii. Rare. Two sepcimens, June, 1890.
Sibine stimulea. Rare.
Euclea delphini. Xot common. July 12, 1882.
Phobetron pithecium. Rare.
Packardia geminata. Rare.
Heterogenea shurtleffii. Rare. One spec, taken, no longer extant.
Lagoa crispata. Xot common.
Prionaxystus robiniae. Xot uncommon.
Cossus centerensis. Taken by Ullrich. Specimen gone.
Podosesia syringae. Common.
Memvthrus asilipennis. Rare. One specimen taken by L. Ullrich.
Sanninoidea exitiosa. Common.
Sesia tipulitormis. Four specimens taken by L. Ullrich.
Sesia acemi. Taken June 12, 1882.
Sesia pyri. Two specimens taken by L. Ullrich.
Sesia bassiformis. Three specimens taken by L. Ullrich.
Sesia pyralidiformis. Four specimens taken by L. Ullrich.
Dec. 1910.] Leaf Markings of Certain Ohio Plants. 243
LEAF MARKINGS OF CERTAIN OHIO PLANTS.*
John H. Schaffner.
Among the most familiar objects of our fields and gardens are
such plants as the red and white clover with definite Hght-colored
markings on the leaflets. Another equally prominent plant in
gardens is the ribbon-grass (Phalaris arundinacea picta), whose
leaves show variegated longitudinal bands of white and green color.
Sometime ago the writer began to collect data on the native
and introduced plants of Ohio which show any definite type of
markings. The problem is rather difficult since the markings
usually disappear when plants are dried. It becomes necessary,
therefore, to become acquainted with the plants in the living
condition. Diuing the past year a considerable number of
species showing markings of various kinds have been observed,
and the Hst could without doubt be considerably extended.
It has usually been customary- to ascribe some purposeful
eftect or utility to the markings on the animal body and to the fan-
tastic patterns shown by many flowers. It is open to question,
however, whether such an assumption should be generally applied.
The markings on the leaves of plants are favorable objects in this
connection and may throw considerable hght on the subject.
In many species, certain individuals have the markings while
others lack them. There are probably elementary species present
which might be segregated. These forms should make interest-
ing material for the study of mutations and inheritance. In some
species the markings are only on the yoimger leaves, in others only
in connection with the inflorescence and thus on the latest leaves
to be developed.
The markings of the leaves studied may be grouped under
three general heads as follows:
1. Markings due to abnormal or diseased conditions, or
the so-called variegations.
2. Markings more or less accidental, depending on some
internal structtire and evidently having no relation
with the development of a definite pattern.
3. Markings which are of more or less definite patterns
not dependent on fundimental structures.
f nder the first group mentioned above would fall such forms
as Phalaris armidinacea picta, already mentioned and the numerous
vairegated species commonly cultivated in greenhouses. The
white bands or spots being due to a lack of chlorophyll in the parts.
White stripes are frequently to be observed in yotmg plants of
com, Zea mays, and occasionally the entire plant is white. These
latter individuals usuallv do not siu-vive long.
* Read at the meeting of the Ohio Acad, of Sci., Nov. 25. 1910.
244 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 2,
The leaf-markings distinguished in the second group, namely,
those depending on some structural peculiarty, are perfectly
normal and may also be present generally or onh^ on some indi-
viduals. The leaves ma}' be covered with minute spots or dots
caused by internal glands as in Hypericum maculatum where the
dots are often black or dark blue, and as in Boebera papposa
where they are oval in shape and of an orange color. In most
species the dots or punctations are, however, too small to be seen
by the unaided human eye, although conspicuous under a lens.
Nelumbo lutea has a peculiar light-colored marking in the center
of the large peltate leaf that has some resemblance in outline to
certain species of beetles. The marking is purely structural and
accidental, yet were green beetles in the habit of freciuenting
these leaves it might be cited as a remarkable case of mimicry.
The most common markings of this general type are those
which follow the venation of the leaf -blade, often forming retic-
ulations. Examples of species with red A'cins and reticulations
are Hieracium venosum, Viola hirsutula, and Rumex obtusifolius.
Argemone mexicana is perhaps the most striking example among
those with white markings over the veins. The leaves of Mitchella
repens show a pale-green narrow stripe over the midrib and
Euphorbia nutans has ]3art of the midrib marked by a white
streak. The leaves of Peramium pubescens has a beautiful white
reticulation over a dark-green background, with occasional white
blotches.
The most interesting examples of leaf workings, however,
come in the third group designated above. In the first jjlace, the
leaf blade may be some permanent, uniform color other than
green. Oxalis rufa is a plant of this character. The color in
such cases may have a physiological use in protecting the
chlorophyll.
Numerous leaves have a silvery mottled or blotched appear-
ance of more or less definite pattern. Among such are the fol-
lowing: Hydrophyllum appendiculatum, H. macrophyllum, H.
virginicum, Hepatica hepatica, H. acuta, and Chimaphilamaculata.
vSmilax glauca has the same type of markings at least in the young
condition. Cucurbita pepo and C. maxima ha\'e ijrominent
angular silvery patches, covering the leaf blade, in the angles of
the veins. In the Hydrophyllums, the main variegation usually
extends on each side of the midrib and occurs in smaller spots
beyond, especially at the notches of the serrations.
Other plants having mottled or blotched leaves are Erythro-
nium americanum, E. albidum, Lamium album, L. maculatum,
Trillium sessile and T. recurvatum. In Trillium sessile the
markings are usually very prominent, while in T. recurvatum they
are not always visible. Arisaema triphyllum has beautiful red-
dish-bro^\'n and whitish spots on the sheathing bracts, petioles,
and ]jeduncles but the leave blades are green.
Dec, 1910.] Leaf Markings of Certain Ohio Plants. 245
The plants of the greatest interest are those with definite,
often sx'mmetrical patterns, which can have no relation to the
general structure. For here we come face to face with the dififi-
cult problem of symmetrical coloration in general. Oxalis
grandis has beautiful leaves with an ornamental brown margin.
Euphorbia marginata has milk-white bands on the leaves sur-
rounding the flower clusters. In the second example the claim
might be made that the striking color patterns around the flowers
were developed through insect selection. In the first case such
an explanation would, of course, be out of the question. In
Euphorbia maculata and E. nutans, the leaf blades have an
irregular oval dark-red spot in the center, the latter species having
in addition the white streak over part of the midrib, as mentioned
above. Some individuals of Eu])horbia nutans do not show the
red spot.
Trifolium pratense and T. repcns have light-colored orna-
mental markings on the three leaflets which together make a
very striking and symmetrical design. Oxalis violacea often has
a similar marking on the leaflets but it is red or purple in color.
Polygonum lapathifolium has a faint, irregular, elongated spot
in the middle of the leaf on the upper side while P. virginianum
has somewhat similar dull, reddish spots in the center of the
leaves. In Polygonum pennsylvanicum, the leaf has a dark-
colored sagitate spot in the center, the point extending in the
direction of the tip of the blade. In some individuals the leaves
show no markings. The leaves of Polygonum persicaria have a
very definite dark reddish or brownish oval spot in the center.
Occasionally one finds individuals having in addition a distinct
band of the same color running along each margin. The central
spot may also be slightly sagitate in outline. Such leaves are
among the most fantastic in design to be observed and well
deserve careful study.
It seems out of the citicstion to attempt to explain the origin
and presence of ornamental and symmetrical patterns on leaves
from the standpoint of utility. We are led to the position that
there are both useful and useless structures developed in plants,
the useless markings under consideration not representing degen-
erations. By no exercise of the imagination could one see in
these designs and patterns any use to the possessor. The}' have
probably come about through mutative changes and represent
elementary species. The beautiful colors and patterns are of as
much use to the plant as the beautiful colors and fonns are to a
rock crystal or to a snowflake.
Because of the numerous purposeful and useful structures and
functions exhibited by organisms, biology was misled far into the
camp of the utilitarians. But the philosophy of life has many sides
and the recent discoveries in Mendelian inheritance, mutation
and orthogenesis have revealed some of its complexity.
a
246 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 2,
NEW AND RARE OHIO PLANTS ADDED TO THE STATE
HERBARIUM IN 1910.*
JOHX H. SCHAFFNER.
In the catalog of Ohio plants now almost ready for publication,
there will be a considerable number of new names and transferred
species because of critical studies on different groups. These
changes arc not included in this list. The species given below
represent important additions made in the usual way during the
past year. Some species sent in have not yet been carefulh' studied
and so are deferred for a future report.
Adiantum pedatum laciniatum Hopkins. Wayne County, L. S.
Hopkins.
Filix fragilis cristata (Hopkins). Woodworth's Glen, Portage
County, L. S. Hopkins.
Carex decomposita Muhl. Cranberry Island, Buckeye Lake,
Licking County, P^rcda Detmers.
Festuca ovina L. Sheep Fescue-grass. Columbus, Franklin
County, J. C. Hambleton.
Heleochloa schoenoides (L.) Host. Cat-tail Grass. Yellow
Sjjrings, Greene County, L. S. Hopkins.
Clintonia borealis (Ait.) Raf. Yellow Clintonia. P\-matumin
Swamp, Ashtabula County, C. A. Davis, A. Dachnowski,
and Freda Detmers.
Trillium undulatum Willd. Painted Trillium. Pymatuming
Swainp, Ashtabula County, C. A. Davis, A. Dachnowski, and
Freda Detmers.
Polygonum careyi Olncy. Carey's Knotwecd. Union Corners,
Eric County, E. L. Moseley.
Kochia scoparia (L.) Roth. Alock Cypress. Columbus, Frank-
lin County, John H. Schaffner.
Dalibarda repens L. Dalibarda. Pymatuming Swamp, Ashta-
Ijula County, C. A. Davis, A. Dachnowski, and Freda Det-
mers.
Azalea viscosa L. Swarnp Azalea. Pymatuming Swamp, Ash-
tabula County, C. A. Davis, A. Dachnowski, and Freda Det-
mers.
Galium moUugo L. White Bedstraw. Bloomingburg, Fayette
Count \-, H. F. Hughes.
Eupatorium serotinum M.x. Late-flowering Thoroughwort. Col-
lege Hill, Hamilton County, Lucy Braun.
Eupatorium rotundifolium L. Roundleaf Thoroughwort. Hock-
ing County, R. F. (iriggs.
Eupatorium aromaticum L. Smaller White Snake-root. Hock-
ing County, R. F. Griggs.
Gifola germanica (L.) Dum. Herba Impia. Washington, Guern-
•sey County, Emma E. Laughlin.
Presented at the meeting of the Ohio Acad, of Science, Akron. Xov. 25
Dec, 1910.] Notes on Ohio Agarics II. 247
NOTES ON OHIO AGARICS II.
Wilmp:r G. Stover.
During the fall of 19 ID two Agarics were collected by the
writer which seem worthy of especial notice.
Pleurotus corticatus Fr. Pilcus o-20 cm., fleshy, whitish at
margin to grayish-brown at disk, convex, dry, marginate behind;
at first floccose, finally floccose-scaly; margin even, flesh thick,
white.
Lamellae white or lutescent, subdistant, broad (6-10 mm.),
decurrent, often forked, anastomosing behind. Spores white,
oblong, 4-5x9-11 mic.
Stipe 3-11 X 1-4 cm., white, sometimes ^'ellowish at the base,
eccentric, fleshy, fimi, solid, tapering downward; sometimes rather
short but usually long and rooting; pruinate above, floccose-
puh-erulent below.
Veil white, lacerate, rather thin; sometimes foniiing a slight
annulus but mostly appendiculate to margin of pilcus.
Growing from large decayed spot in living elm; somewhat
gregarious. Over twentv pilei were found at the time. Colum-
bus, 0., Oct. 26, 1910.
Morgan* reported this species from the Miami Valley over
twenty-five years ago, and F. M. O'Bryne collected immature
specimens of the same species at Oxford, 0., Oct. 26, 1909. In
both these collections the pilcus was white or whitish. My spec-
imens differ somewhat from the Friesian description, but the differ-
ences are not of specific importance. In some respects they agree
with P. dryinus (Pers.) Fr., but the differences are greater than the
resemblance.
CoUybia tuberosa Bull. Pileus 2-5 mm., convex, subumbonate,
glabrous or nearly so, even, white or with brownish tinge. Lamel-
lae, white, thin; distant and rather broad for size of pileus. Spores
white, elliptical. Stipe, .5x5-20 mm., arising from rounded yel-
lowish or brownish tubercle; flexuous, white to rufescent, fragile,
glabrous at top, white-torn entose toward base.
The plants were growing upon decaying fungi and other vege-
table matter, and were rather smaller than the sizes given by Peck.
The lamellae are usually described as "close," but I should call
them rather distant for the size of the pileus. The species may be
readily recognized by the prominent sclerotioid tuber at the base
of the stipe. Collected at vSugar Grove, 0., Nov. 5, 1910.
The plants reported from the Miami Valley by Morgan
(1. c, p. 73) as C. cirrhata Schum., probably belonged to this
species since C. cirrhata does not have sclerotia. In Morgan's
herbarium, now at Iowa City, Iowa, there are specimens labeled
Marasmius sclerotipes Bres., which probably are also C. tuberosa.
Bot. Dept., Ohio vState Univ.
* Morgan, A. P., Mvcologic Flora of the Miami Vallev, Jour. Cin. Soc.
Nat. Hist. 6 : 79, April,' 1883.
:2 48 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 2,
MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.
Orton Hall, June IG, 191U.
The last meeting of the Club for the school year was called to
order by the President, Mr. Morse, and the minutes of the previous
meeting were read and approved.
The nominating committee reported the following nomina-
tions for the staff of The Ohio Naturalist:
Editor-in-Chief — John H. Schaffner.
Business Manager — James S. Hine.
Asst. Business Manager — G. D. Hubbard.
Associate Editors — F. L. Landacre, Zoology; Freda Detmars,
Botany; W. C. Morse, Geology; W. C. Mills, Archaeology; J. C.
Hambieton, Ornithology; G. D. Hubbard, Geography.
Advisory Board — Herbert Osborn, Charles S. Prosser, John
H. Schaffner.
The report was accepted and the staff elected.
The speaker of the evening was Prof. T. H. Haines. His
subject was "Experimentation on Mental Processes in Animals."
Prof. Haines gave a brief review of the work which has been done
along this line, told of a number of very interesting experiments,
and presented some of the theories which have been worked out.
M. G. Dickey, Secretary.
.Date of Publication, Dec. 15, 1910.
The Ohio V\(^aturalist,
PUBLISHED BY
The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni'versity.
Volume XI. JANUARY, 1911. No. 3.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
OSBORK— Remarks on the Geims Scaphoideus with Revised Key and Descriptiors
of Xew American Sjjeeies 249
OsBORN — A New Species of Tinobregmus (Homoptera Jassidae) 261
Griggs— Phlox Stolonifera Rediscovered in Ohio 261
OsBORN — Some Reasons why a Natural History Survey is Needed in Ohio 263
Fink— Notes on a Collection of Boletaceae 267
Fox— Ohio Grown Rubber, Crop of JiHO 271
Dickey — Meeting of the Biological Club 272
REMARKS ON THE GENUS SCAPHOIDEUS WITH A
REVISED KEY AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW
AMERICAN SPECIES.
Herbf;rt Osborx.
Since the publication of my paper on this genus in 1900* there
have been a number of other species described, and I have secured
records of distribution which considerably increase the range for
a number of the older species, and moreover have recently obtained
material which adds to these records, so that it appears to be an
appropriate time to review the work presented in that paper.
At the time the paper was written the genus seemed to be
quite strictly American and with the exception of a species
clescribed from the West Indies, vSt. Vincent Id., by Professor
Uhler, the range of the genus being distinctly Nearctic. A species
described from Japan, and more recently the description of two
other species from the Palcarctic region shows that the genus has
a wider range and would indicate for it a greater antiquity. Of
the species which have been described as American since my
previous paper on the genus, three are distinctly western, one
distinctly eastern, and one southern or southeastern in range.
Four species apparently new are described in the present paper.
But little has been added with reference to the life histories
of the species, and in general the habits of the species are such
that observations upon the life histories seem not to be verv
readily made. Considering the accessibility of my earlier paper
it is deemed unnecessary to repeat descriptions or bibliographv.
'' The Genus vScaphoideus, Jour. Cine. Roc. Nat. Hist., \"ol. XIX, pp.
1S7-209. (June, 1000.)
249
250 The Ohio Naturalid. [Vol. XI, No. 3,
No type species for the genus was indicated by Uhler and
none so far as I know has been named since. I w^ould therefore
name immistus Say., the first species Hsted by Uhler in his paper
describing the genus, and a distinctly representative species, as
the type.
With some slight emendations the key presented in my former
paper seems to possess the essential basis for the arrangement of
the species, and in the revised key this arrangement has been
followed in the main, simply making such additions and changes
as pennit of the inclusion of the other American species.
Key to the American Species.
Lorae remote from the margin of the eheeks; common elj'tral picture cru-
ciate; claval vein straight, meeting suture at acute angle 1
Lorae contiguous to or merging with border of cheeks, elytral picture not
cruciate, outer claval vein curved or hooked at the distal end. . . .2
1. Face yellow without cross bands sanctus Say
Face with two dark cross bands beside frontal arcs '6
3. Vertex short, very obtuse, size small, 4 mm fasciatus Osb.
Vertex longer, rounded or sub-angular, size larger 4
4. Fore and middle femora yellow annulated with black. . .neglectus nsp
Fore and middle femora black, base and apex yellow. . .cruciatus nsp
2. Post nodal cell scarcely widened distally _ 5
Post nodal cell much widened distally 6
'•). Post nodal cell without cross veinlets 7
Post nodal cell with cross veinlets 8
7. Nodal vein arising from discal cell auronitens Prov.
Nodal vein arising from anteapical cell 9
9. Vertex flat with transverse impressed line 10
Vertex convex, no impressed line, edges rounded 11
10. Nodal vein from front of cell jucundus L'hl.
Nodal vein from middle of cell fumidus Ball
11. Vertex wider than long, obtuse or rounded 12
Vertex as long or longer than wide, acute, scalaris V.D.-stigmosus Uhl.?
12. Vertex subacute 14
Vertex obtuse or rounded, small mexicanus Osb.
14. Nodal cell more than twice as long as wide 16
Nodal cell but little longer than wide unicolor Osb.
16. Claval spots oval distinct albonotatus V. D.
Claval spots elongate faint consors Uhl.
8. With few cross nervures in costal cell . . .' 17
With numerous cross nervures in costal cell 18
17. Clavus reticulate irroratus nsp.
Clavus not reticulate lobatus \\ D.
18. With brown saddle on elytra scrupulosus Ball
19. Without brown saddle on elytra blandus Ball
6. Outer claval not strongly hooked at distal end, cross nervure to
claval suture indistinct or wanting 20
Outer claval strongly hooked at distal end, usually with distinct
cross nervure from outer claval to claval suture 21
20. Outer claval sinuate approaching inner near its middle .22
Outer claval nearly straight and parallel to inner, curved at tip 23
22. Light ochreous, ultimate ventral segment truncate or slightly
notched ochraceous Osb.
Marked with fuscous, ultimate ventral segment produced, productus Osb
Jan., 1910.] Remarks on the Genus Seaphoideus. 251
23. 9 ultimate ventral segment carinate, toothed at middle, carinatus Osb.
9 ultimate ventral segment not carinate, or toothed at mid<llc 24
24. Head and pronotum ivory white or yellowish intricatus Uhl.
Head and pronotum with darker areas luteous or fulvus. .luteolus V. D.
6. No distinct cross veins between claval veins; colors gray or brown
marked with fuscous 25
Usually a distinct cross vein between clavals 26
25. Face brown or light varied with darker markings immistus vSay
Face black with white arcs nigricans nsp.
Face yellow opalescens Osb.
2G. Outer claval approximating claval suture posteriorly; face black
melanotus Osb.
Outer claval remote from claval suture posteriorly 27
27. Vertex obtusely angidate; apex of elytra fuscous or black, obtusus Osb.
Vertex more produced, subacute; elytra entirely gray, .cinerosus Osb.
Seaphoideus sanctus Say.
Seaphoideus picturatus Osborn Proc. la. Acad. Sci. V, p. 243, (1898).
The original description for this species was based on speci-
mens from Indiana, but no type specimens exist. The onl}'
species which has been secured from this region in recent years,
agreeing with Say's description, is the one which I described under
the name picturatus from material collected in Iowa and Kentucky.
Recent collections have shown this forni to occur in Southern
Ohio and at other points in the Ohio valley, but it has not been
taken on the Atlantic slope nor in the Gulf States. Since the
form hitherto known under the name sanctus, following Van
Duzee's reference in 1894, has never been found in the Ohio valle}'
nor outside of the Atlantic coast or Gulf States, there seems
abundant reason to make the change suggested in my former
paper and to recognize the Ohio valley form as sanctus. With
this change the form occurring on the Gulf coast and which has
the broad black band across the face remains undescribed. It
resembles ver}' closely the fasciatus described from Haiti, but as
stiggested by Van Duzee differs from that form in size and details
of head, so that it seems best to recognize it as a distinct species.
(See neglectus, poste.)
The sanctus of Say has a somewhat more pointed vertex, and
the front is entirely without the black band which is so conspic-
uous in the other fonn. Say's statement " feet immaculate " applies
better here than to the other fomi though there are black points on
the tibia. The localities for this species will now stand as Indiana,
(Say), Iowa (Osborn), Missouri, (Riley), Kentucky, (Gannan),
Illinois, Metropolis, "River," C. A. Hart, 3 females, 3 males, in
111. State Lab. Natural History, and Ohio, (Osborn), the localities
in the latter state being Marietta and Portsmouth. Practically
all of these records are based upon single specimens, which indi-
cates a distinct rarity for the species. The specimen I took at
Marietta was found on willows or vegetation close to them, but
2!;2
The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 3,
Avhere there was too much mixture of various plants to warrant
the fixing of the host plant. For the other records no definite
food plant has been given, so that we cannot assume to name the
host species.
This form agrees closely with the others of the fasciatus group
in the cruciate marking upon the dorsum, making with these
forms a distinct subdivision of the genus. The\- differ somewhat
from the other members, but in view of the venation and the
head characters it seems hardly desirable to separate them from
the genus.
;->^
Scaphoideus fasciatus Osb.
Jour. Cine. Soc. X. H., Vol. XIX. p. 190.
This species described in 1900 from Port au Prince Haiti, has
been recognized by \"an Duzee from Florida and is probably best
retained as a distinct species, although it is certainly closely
related to the succeeding species described to cover the southern
form hitherto known as sanctus. In this species the head is
rather short, the points at the tip of the vertex minute, the trans-
verse band on the face double and continued laterally on the
pleurae, and the length is about four millimeters.
There is a specimen in the National Museum bearing a Ms.
(apparently unpublished) name from Granada which agrees closely
with this species. Van Duzee records are for Crescent City and
St. Petersburg, Fla.
Scaphoideus neglectus n. sp.
Scaphoideus sanctus, Van Duzee. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. Vol. XII, p. 300.
Closely resembles fasciatus and cruciatus, but is larger and
with the vertex more angular than the former, smaller, with
different markings on vertex, face, femora, and genital plates than
the latter. Length four to four and one-half millimeters.
Vertex rounded, bluntly angular, about one and one-half times as long
at center as next to the eye; the front broad at base, narrowing very vni-
formly and rapidly to the clypeus; clypeus widening slightly to the apex;
lorae moderate, rounded, not reaching the border of the cheeks, the border
of the cheeks slightly sinuate; pronotum strongly arched in front, truncate,
or very slightly emarginate on hind border; elytra with the venation as in
related species, the reflexed costal veins distinctly and about equally
oblique.
Color, whitish ivory tinged with gra^- and marked with black and
brown; the vertex with transverse black bands just in front of the middle, a
pair of minute, almost obsolete, black points near the apex, and four black
points on the hind border; the front with two black arcs next the vertex end
a black band from below the eyes across the front just beneath the anten-
nae; the apical portion of lorae and clypeus and sub-margin of cheeks blec k
or dark brown; the anterior femora black above, yellowish at base rnd
apex and beneath, middle femora yellow with a black annulus at the tip;
hind femora yellow, hind tibiae yellow with black points; tarsi j^ellow an u-
lated with black; pronotum ivory white in front, gray brown behind, ^\it.h
Jan., 1910.] Remarks on the Genus Scaphoideus. 253
two or four black markings in a transverse line near the front. In the
male the four oval black spots on the hinder half; scutuUum with a black
dot in the anterior angle; elytra similar to the related species wath the
basal part of corium ivory white; the oblique white mark on the apical por-
tion of the clavus straight and scarcely inflated next the commissure; the
ante-apical cells mostly brown with white dashes following the veins; apical
cells, 1 partly white, the remainder black, 2 entirely black, 3 black apically
w-hitish transparent for a large central spot, 4 semi-transparent in the cen-
tral portion; beneath the venter white with black margins to the segments;
base of pygofer black, and a black dash on the apical portion; ovipositor
black, yellow at tip. In the male the valve is black and the plates with a
sub-margin of blackish. There is also a central line of black spots on the
venter.
Genitalia — Last ventral segment of the female short, nearly straight
on hind border, pygofer rather long, equaling the ovipositor. The male
valvesmall, distinctly rounded behind, the plates short, about one-half the
length of the pygofer, broad, rounded on the border and at the tip minutely
ciliate; pygofer rather long and densely ciliate.
Described from five specimens — one female, Piano, Texas, a
male and female labeled "Texas," one male, Clearwater, Fla., and
one male, Frontera Tobasco, Mex. This last the one which was
formerly referred to fasciatus Osb. I have also seen specimens as
stated under sanctus in my previous paper, from Fla. in Van Duzee
Collection, from "Texas" collected by x'Yaron and one from Jack-
sonville, Florida, from Mr. Heideman. Mr. Van Duzee records a
female from Clearwater, and a male from Ft. Alvers.
Scaphoideus cruciatus n. sp.
Scaphoideus sanctus Sav?? Osborn, 20th, Rep. State Entom., N. Y., 1904,
p. 523 (1905).
Closely resembling fasciatus but larger, with the vertex more
produced, and genital plates of the male more distinctly rotmded
and longer. Length cf' -1.5 mm.
Vertex rounded, slightly angular in front, little more than half as long
at middle as between the eyes; the front broad, narrowing sharply to the
clypeus; lorae short, coming far short of the margin; prothorax stronglj-
curved in front, truncate behind; scutellum broad, deeply indented at the
middle; elj'tra extending bej^ond the abdomen. The retiexed veins two in
number, the first one strongly oblique, the second slightl}^ oblique enclosing
a rather short stigma.
Color, yellowish ivory white marked with fuscous and black; the vertex
yellowish with two transverse brown spots just in front of the middle; two
minute black dots in a faint brown splash near the hind border: the front
with two black arcs close to the vertex; a distinct bar from lower border
of eyes crossing below the antennae, and a broader black bar across the
clypeus and enclosing lower half of the lorae and apex of clypeus and con-
tinued for coxae and pleurae; the upper half of lora yellow margined with
black; beak yellow. The fore and middle femora black with yellow at base
and apex; tibiae yellow, tarsi yellow banded with black; elytra with the
common cruciate brown mark bordered distinctly with dark brown or
black; the oblicjue white mark of clavus inflated at commissure. Anteapical
cells brown bordered with black their veins white. First and second apical
cells mostly black, third mosth'' transparent, veins white, together forming
a semi-transparent spot at the inner angle.
Genitalia: Male valve short, broadly roimded behind; plates broad,
short, about half as long as pygofer, rounded on the outer border, slightly
angular, almost acuminate at tip, distinctly ciliate as is also the pygofer. '
254 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 3,
One specimen, male of this fonn from Cold Spring Harbor,
Long Island, from Mr. H. G. Barber. It has hitherto stood
under the name Sanctus vSay? from the reference in my catalogue
of the Jassidae of N. Y., but as indicated under the preceding
species, it cannot be the fonn described by vSay.
It is quite close to neglectus from Florida and Texas but differs
so distinctly in the width of bar on front, the absence of oval spots
on the pronotum, color of femora, the elytral marking, and espe-
cially in shape, and marking of genital plates that it must be
separated at least until inteniiediate fonns arc secured.
Scaphoideus auronitens. Prov.
This species has been found at a good many localities outside
of the original habitat cited, and among these are Channel Lake,
111., Cold vSpring Harbor, L. I., Ohio Pyle, Pa., Crisp, Pa., Knox-
ville, Tenn., and Montcrest, N. C. In these different localities
the species retains very closely its characteristic features, having
very little tendency to variation. The larval stages were recog-
nized and described in mv report on the Jassidae of New York
State, 1904.
Scaphoideus jucundus Uhler.
In the various records for this species it has been limited
mainly to northern localities, Canada, New York, Iowa, and
south to Washington, D. C, but I have seen specimens from
Tryon, N. C, which were taken by Mr. Fiske, and Mr. Van Duzee
records it for Estero, Florida. It may therefore be regarded as
covering the eastern United States.
Scaphoideus fumidus Ball.
Canadian P2ntomologist, Vol. XXXIII, p. S.
"This species resembles blandus in form and size; color rich
testaceous brown, the margins of vertex and pronotum and apex
of elytra. Length five millimeters; width 1..") mm." This
species also was described from Colorado, and no other records
are known to mc.
Scaphoideus consors Uhler.
The additional material secured for this species seems to estab-
lish the point of its distinctness from scalaris, although it is pos-
sible to secure specimens that stand intermediately between the
two species. This species is more distinctly eastern, the various
records covering New York to Texas, and additional records
show its occurrence at Ohio Pyle, Pa., and at Tryon, N. C, and
Van Duzee records it for Crescent City, Fla. The form which
was se])aratcd as variety unicolor in my previous paper seems to
be sufficiently distinct to warrant its separation as a distinct
species, no intermediate or connecting forms having been observed.
Jan., 1910.] Remarks on the Genus Scaphoideus. 255
Scaphoideus unicolor Osb.
Scaphoideus consors var. unicolor Osborn, Jour. Cine. Soc. N. H., Vol. XIX,
p. 196 (1900).
This species, as indicated above, is now separated from consors,
and the characters given in the description of it as a variety will
stand as the specific characters. The essential features in its sep-
aration will be the structure of the genitalia, although the inten-
sity of coloration appears to be a fairly constant character. The
post nodal cell is short and bordered by heavy brown cross veins.
No additional localities have been recorded, but I have specimens
from Chester, Ga., Anacostia, D. C, Provincetown, Mass.,
Staten Id., N. Y., so that its distribution now includes the territory
from Massachusetts to Georgia and Alabama.
Scaphoideus mexicanus OsIj.
This species described from Orizaba, V. C., Mex., from spec-
imens which I secured there in January, 1892, has not been noticed
in any recent collections.
Scaphoideus scalaris Van Duzee.
The various records of this species include localities all the
way from Ohio to California, and more recent records include
New York. I have also a record for Ohio Pyle, Pa.
Scaphoideus albonotatus Van D.
Buflfalo Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. IX, p. 226 (1909).
This species described by Mr. Van Duzee from specimens col-
lected at Estero, Fla., belongs to the scalaris group. It is closely
allied to consors and unicolor, but larger and stouter than either
and marked with three pairs of oval white spots along the com-
missure of the elytra. The length is 53^2 millimeters. The dis-
tinct markings, especially the shape of the elytral spots, and
length of post nodal cell, separate this certainly from unicolor.
The species has not been taken outside of the type locality.
Scaphoideus stigmosus Uhler.
Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1895, No. 6, p. 77.
This was described by Mr. Uhler in his report upon the Hem-
iptera Homoptera of the Island of St. Vincent. According to this
description the species is related to scalaris. Uhler 's description
is in a somewhat inaccessible paper, and for the benefit of Amer-
ican students may be reproduced here, especially as I have not
seen specimens of the species and cannot give a complete
description :
256 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 3,
"Pale fulvous; form similar to S. scalaris, Van Duz., but with a longer
and wider head and antennae nearly as long as the wing-cover. Vertex a
little longer than its width between the eyes, almost flat, very pale fulvous,
with a series of brown dots around the anterior submargin and some less
regular ones on the middle, occasionally with two or three ivory-white dots
before the middle; front irregularly clouded with pale brown, bounded above
by a slender dark brown line. Clypeus broad, bluntly rounded, marked
with a brown subapical spot; the rostrum reaching to the middle coxae.
Eyes with a dark brown band below. Antennae dark brown, paler at base.
Pronotum triangularly sublunate, well advanced into the deeply sinuated
vertex, the surface minutely scabrous, transversely wrinkled, polished,
dotted with pale yellow anteriorly, and minutely speckled with the same
color behind the middle; the posterior angles subacute, a little produced,
the posterior margin slightly sinuated. Scutellum with a dark brown spot
in the basal angles; the disk a little marbled with brown. Wing-covers
marked with three brown spots on the inner margin of the clavus, each of
which has an acute white spot at the tip; veins white interrupted with
brown, inargins pale; the costal margin has a series of broader white streaks
adjoining it inwardly, four large apical cells pale at base, bounded by brown
veins, the apex a little dusky; wings smoky, with dark brown veins. Beneath
and legs pale yellow, the tibiae somewhat marked with brown; the tarsal
joints, nails, and spots at origin of the tibial spines dark brown; the spines
pale brown. Last ventral segment of the female deeply notched, the valves'
of ovipositor set with long, brown, stiff bristles; tergum blackish, with
pale edges to the segments and a pale tip.
"Length to end of venter 3}4 mm., to tip of wing-covers 5 mm.; width
of pronotum, 1 mm.
"Five specimens, all females, were sectired on the island. One
was taken at an altitude of 1500 feet abo^'e the sea, and two were
colleeted at Kingstown."
Scaphoideus lobatus Van D.
This rather rare species described by Van Duzee from New
York has been taken in Ohio at Milan, and I have seen specimens
from Balsam, N. C, Madison, N. J., Cold Spring Harbor, L. I.,
and it has been reported in Iowa, so that it may be considered as
occupying the northern part of the United States, extending
south on the elevated Appalachian region. Nothing has been
added concerning its Hfe history
Scaphoideus blandus Ball.
Canadian Entomologist, Vol. XXXIII, p. 7.
This species described by Professor Ball in 1901 has the
general appearance of jucundus, but is smaller and duller looking,
the reddish tinge of that species being lacking. The costal margin
of elytra with numerous regular cells. Length five millimeters;
width 1.1 millimeters. This species was described from various
localities in Colorado, and has not been recorded from any other
region.
Jan., 1910.] Remarks on the Genus Scaplioideus. 257
Scaphoideus scrupulosus Ball.
Canadian Entomologist, Vol. XXXIV, p. 14.
This species is somewhat out of place in the genus Scaphoideus,
l)ut can not readily be referred to any other genus. The head
characters agree distinctly, but in the appearance of wings and
other features it is more like that of Eutettix. In the description
by Professor Ball he says it is similar to blandus and jucundus in
form, the elytra more flaring, and with the general appearance of
Eutettix, except for the sharply angled vertex, a brown band on
the base of the elytra, another on tip, and a triangular saddle on
the disc. Length five millimeters; width 1.25 millimeters. Pro-
fessor Ball's specimens were from Los Angeles, Cal., and I have
one specimen from Sonoma Co., California, so that the species
appears to be limited to that region.
Scaphoideus irroratus n. sp.
Somewhat resembles scrupulosus, but more distinctly irroratc
and with the female ventral segrnent without any median appen-
dage. Length 9 5 mm.
Vertex distinctly angular, nearly twice as long at center as next the
eyes; the front rather broad, narrowing but little to the clypeus; the clypeus
narrowing at base, widening slightly to the tip; the lorae rather large, oval,
approaching the border; cheek distinctly sinuate under the eye; pronotum
short, distinctly arched in front, slightly emarginate behind; elytra with
numerous veinlets.
Color, fulvus and brownish, distinctly irrorate with fuscus on the pro-
notum and elytra; vertex tawny with indefinite transverse brownish irrora-
tions; face without spots but with front suffused with fulvus; pronotum and
scutellum about equally marked with brownish irrorations; the elytra with
the irroration following the transverse veinlets and brown spots massing so
as to form a rather indefinite saddle in front of the middle, and a transverse
broad band on the apical third, leaving a rather clear space crossing the
apex of clavus and reaching the costa; the costal cell with about three
transverse veinlets; the post nodal cell with about six transverse veinlets
bordered with fuscus; beneath brownish, tibiae and tarsi spotted with
black.
Genitalia, last ventral segment of the female longer than the preceding
and very slightly produced at center; ovipositor reaching the tip of pygofer;
pygofer with short cilia next the border.
Described from a single female specimen from the University
of California campus, Berkeley, from the Department of Ento-
mology of the University of California. This species, while
somewhat resembling scrupulosus and differing from typical
Scaphoideus, presents the head characters of the genus, although
the antennae are shorter than is the general rule with the genus.
258 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 3,
Scaphoideus intricatus Uhl.
Additional records for this species ha\x been secured for
Columbus, Ohio, taken on clover in September, I9U9; at Akron on
Comus, September, 1909, and a record from Professor H. Garman
for Lexington, Ky., September 20, 1909, on cultivated grape, also
from Franconia, N. H., by Mrs. Slosson. The original description
referred this species to Crataegus, but it has been taken on so
many different plants and in some cases so remote from this tree
that it is uncertain as to its normal food plant. So far as I know
the larvae have not been seen, and consequently the food habit as
detemiined by the larvae is uncertain. The species is now known
to range from Kansas and Nebraska to New Hampshire and south
to Virginia and Kentucky.
Scaphoideus ochraceus Osb.
Further records showing distribution of this species have
been secured since the publication of my paper in 1900, for Dur-
ham, N. H., Buffalo, N. Y., 1907, and "Ohio Pyle, Pa., Aug. 10,
1905. It must undoubtedly occur in Ohio, but so far has not
appeared in collections.
Scaphoideus productus Osb.
This species has been recognized at various localities, espe-
cially to the south. I have records for Balsam, N. C, at altitudes
of 4500 to 5000 feet, from the Department of Agriculture of North
Carolina, and have also seen specimens collected at Tryon, N. C,
by Mr. Fiske. Mr. Barbour has sent me a specimen from Cold
Spring Harbor, L. I., so the species is pretty well distributed from
Onaga, Kansas, vSioux City, la., east through Kentucky into
North Carolina, and north to New York.
Scaphoideus carinatus Osb.
This species has been recorded from Cold Spring Harbor,
L. I., (Barbour) and Black Mt. (Beutenmueller) Tryon, N. C.
(at light) from Fiske, Little Mt., Ohio, in addition to the previous
records. So far no specimens ha\'e been obtained from western
localities, so that it a]Dpcars to belong to the Atlantic region from
New Hampshire to North Carolina, and west to eastern Ohio at
least.
Scaphoideus nigricans n. sp.
Closely related to immistus, but much darker and with the
female genital segment longer, and with a polished produced
hinder border. Length 0.0 mm.
Vertex about twice .is long at middle as next the eye, rounding to a
distinct obtuse angle at the tij); front rather narrow, sloping uniformly to
the clypeus which is distinctly widened apieally; lorae large, touching the
border of the cheek; pronotum distinctly emarginate behind; elytra trans-
Jan., 1910.] Remarks on the Genus Scaphoideu.^t. 259
lucent, the claval veins approaching each other near the center, but without
any distinct cross vein; the reflexed venis three, first ante-apical not stylate.
Color, dark brown, mostly black beneath; vertex dark brown with light
areas at the sides in the anterior half; face black with four white arcs on the
upper half of the front; pronotum dark brown, two white spots on the ante-
rior border; scutellum with four white points on the base, one at apex, and
one each side midway from apex to base; elytral markings as in immistus,
but darker; beneath black except median and lateral line on the venter, the
basal part of the last ventral segment white, the lower part of femora and
the tibiae whitish; tarsi annulated with white.
Genitalia. Last ventral segment of the female long, produced and
slightly notched on the posterior border, distinctly polished; ovipositor and
pygofer dark brown with a whitish band near the tip.
Described from a single specimen from Raleigh, N. C, taken
in late May by Mr. Z. P. Mctcalf, to whom I am indebted for the
opporttmity to describe it.
Scaphoideus immistus Say.
This species which stands as the type of the genus, was
described by Say among the earlier descriptions of American
insects, and was doubtless abundant at that time as it has been
since. It is one of the most common species met with in many
parts of the country, and its distribution is very extensive, spec-
imens having been taken all the way from the Atlantic to the
Pacific coasts. It is especially abundant in the Mississippi Valley
and seems to occur on quite a variety of plants. Notwithstanding
its abundance its life history and the food plants of the larval
stages have not been determined, a fact which makes it difficult
to assign any definite limitations to the numerous varieties of the
species.
The species is one of the most variable in the genus, and some
of the more definite of these varieties were described in my paper
of 1900, but as stated in that paper, there are niany other variations
which defy description because of the insensible gradations repre-
sented between the different fomis.
Scaphoideus luteolus Van D.
This species is pretty closely related to immistus, the charac-
ters for its separation being indefinite, but depending mainly on
the characters of the claval veins and the male genitalia. The
distribution has not been modified by recent collections and no
further information regarding the life history has been secured.
Scaphoideus cinerosus Osb.
No further data have been secitrcd regarding this species.
Scaphoideus melanotus Osb.
This species which appears to have been very rare and which
has been known hitherto only from the specimens in hand at the time
of the original description, two of which were from Texas and one
2 6o The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 3,
from Maryland, has recently been sent to me from Pennsylvania
in some material submitted by the Carnegie Museum. This
specimen agrees perfectly with the type material, so that it
strengthens the impression as to the distinctness of the species.
The most evident character is the intensely black face.
Scaphoideus opalinus Osb.
20th Report N. Y. State Entomologist, 1904, p. (1905).
This species was described from specimens taken in 1904 at
Cold S])ring Harbor, L. I., on red cedar, and it has been reported
later from Riverton, N. J., Gowanda, N. Y., and vSeven Oaks,
Fla., by Mr. E. P. Van Duzee. The specimens from these differ-
ent localities agree so perfectly with the type material that the
species may be considered as well defined, although, as stated in
my original description, it stands close to immistus in the immistus
group.
Scaphoideus obtusus Osb.
No further undoubted specimens of this species have appeared
since the original description, but Mr. Van Duzee has collected at
Crescent City, Sanford, Seven Oaks, and Fort Myers in Florida,
specimens which he is inclined to refer to this species. They
appear to me to be somewhat closer to typical immistus than the
type specimens of obtusus and so might be considered as connect-
ing the form with that species; however, Mr. Van Duzee has
taken one specimen at Lancaster, N. Y., which agrees distinctly
with the type material, and so far as these specimens go there is a
fairly distinct separation from immistus.
Scaphoideus festivus Mats.
Termesz Fuget, 25, p. 384, f. 14.
This species described by Matsumuri for Japan has been
recorded for other parts of the oriental region, Ceylon and British
India, and is probably somewhat generally distributed in the
oriental region.
The species corresponds pretty closely with our immistus
which it is said by Matsumuri to closely resemble and occupies for
the old world about the same position that immistus does with us.
Aside from the above species, two other species of the genus
have been described from the old world
Scaphoideus aegypticus Mats.
Jour. Coll. Sc. Un. Tokyo, 23, No. 6, p. 291, f. 7 (vide Oshanin).
The only locality cited is Egypt.
Scaphoideus horvathi Mats.
Jour. Coll. Sc. Un. Tokyo, 23, No. 6, p. 29, tl f 7 (vide Oshanin).
Described from Algeria.
Jan., 1910.] Phlox stolonifera Rediscovered in Ohio. 261
A NEW SPECIES OF TINOBREGMUS (Homoptera Jassidae).
Herbert Osborn.
Tinobregmus pallidus n. sp. Smaller than vittatus and with-
out the stripes un the elytra nor the dark markings on the pro-*
thorax, but with a distinct tenninal border on the elytra, dark
brown or black. Underneath somewhat tinged with black.
Female, length six millimeters to tip of ovipositor.
The vertex narrow as in vittatus, enlarging anteriorly, distinctly
rounded to the front; front narrow, elongate, polished; clypeus elongate,
widening toward the tip; the apex emarginate; beak equaling the clypeus in
length and extending to hind coxae. Cheeks long, sinuate on the border;
lorae narrow, elongate, extending half the length of the clypeus; prothorax
short, hind border sinuate; elytra ovate, extending to the pygofer; veins
rather indistinct; apical cells shortened.
Color, light yellowish or pallid with ivory luster, the vertex and pro-
thorax unmarked, the front with a central lighter stripe bordered by brown-
ish suffused stripes becoming darker on the clypeus; beak blackish at base
and tip; elytra with a distinct black border at the apex, fading toward the
disk; abdomen above irregularly marked with black; the pygofer with
black at base and sides and along the inferior border; venter blackish with
segments bordered with whitish; the ovipositor black.
Genitalia: Last ventral segment of female slightly sinuous, the hind
border of ovipositor for extending about one-fourth its length beyond the
pygofer.
Described from four specimens, all females, received from Mr.
E. S. Tucker, and collected at Piano, Texas, May, 1907. This
species at first sight closely resembles vittatus, but is distinctly
smaller and lacks the characteristic markings of that species for
the elytra, prothorax, vertex and front. Its food plant is not
known.
PHLOX STOLONIFERA REDISCOVERED IN OHIO.
Robert F. Griggs.
Phlox stolonifera vSims., or as it is better known Phlox reptans
Michx., was reported from Ohio by Riddell in his "Western Flora"
in 1835 as occurring on "argilaceous hillsides." No more precise
locality is given than the simple notation, "0., Ky. " Since that
time until the present season the plant has never been observed
within the borders of the state and its known range, "The Alleg-
heny region. Pa. to Ky. and Ga. " gave no ground for expecting
it in Ohio. For this reason Dr. Kellerman in making his "Foiu-th
State Catalog of Ohio Plants" excluded it from the list. It was
therefore a great pleasure to come upon a bed of it in ftill flower
on Little Rocky Branch of Big Pine Creek in Hocking County,
May 30, 1910, where it was growing in a deep cold Hemlock
forest.
262 Tlie Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 3,
One is surprised that such a conspicuous plant as the present
could have eluded the botanists so long. The reason is probably
two-fold. The plant grows only in the wildest ravines in the most
inaccessible part of the state. The place where it was first found
has never been entirely denuded of its virgin timber. Moreover,
it appears to flower rather infrequently as may be seen from the
circumstances attending the discovery. The writer in company
with Mr. B. B. Fulton had spent four days camping in the hills
and had been tramping continuously through exactly similar
country but it was not seen until the afternoon of the last day
when two patches, the first flowering and the second not, were
found. Later in the summer, however, after the vegetative stage
of the plant had become familiar it was found to be common in
similar situations all through the region traversed on the earlier
trip. Had blossoms been abundant it could hardly have been
overlooked, for on account of its stoloniferous habit, it everywhere
grows in large beds. It must be remarked, however, that the
spring of 1910 was marked by very severe frosts which destroyed
the fruit crop, and may have adversely affected the buds of this
plant so that further observations will be necessary to determine
whether the lack of flowers was a usual or an accidental phe-
nomenon.
Except for the Ohio station the species seems to be narrowly
limited to the mountains. It also appears to be rare throughout
most of its range, unless perhaps in Pennslyvania where it is cited
by Porter without comment from five of the mountain counties.
It does not extend into New York, however, but becomes rare
before the northern boundary of Pennsylvania is reached. Dud-
ley in the Lackawanna Flora knew of but two stations, Kingston
and Forty Fort, from the first of which he cites a single plant and
from the second a single bed. It occurs in the mountains which
fonn the boundary between Kentucky and Virginia, being reported
from near the line in both states. In Tennessee, Gattinger cites
but one locality, Ducktown, Polk Co., and significantly adds
another in southwestern Virginia. There are several stations in
the mountains of western North Carolina. It reaches its south-
ernmost limit in Alabama where it is reported from only one county
Cullman, by Mohr, with the notation, "rare." If the species is
as rare through its whole range as these citations would seem to
indicate,- it is a noteworthy exception to the general rule. In
nearly all cases the "rare plants" of any region are merely on the
edges of their ranges and in the proper ])laces are common enough.
•Ian., 1910.] A Natural History Survey Needed in Ohio. 263
SOME REASONS WHY A NATURAL HISTORY SURVEY
IS NEEDED IN OHIO.
The bill to be presented to the General Assembly pro\dding for
a Natural History Survey specifies in part the purposes of such a
Survey, but some notes concerning the scope of such work, the
reasons why it is needed and the extent to which such work is in
progress in adjacent states may be desirable.
It will be generally rccDgnized that the i)]ant and animal hfe
in a region such as Ohio must undergo marked changes as the
result of the settlement and cultivation of the state, and some
reflection upon the character of these changes must make it
apparent that the record of the kinds of animals and plants that
exist and that may be disappearing is desirable. Such forms
have a distinct place in nature and the conditions under which
they can flourish must be such as to affect other organisms of the
same nature, and the recognition of these conditions may have the
greatest importance in reference to the introduction of crops or of
animals for economic purposes. Aside from this consideration,
however, a knowledge of what has actually been in existence in
the state has distinct scientific importance, and such knowledge
may at any time be found to have a most important bearing on
some questions vital to human interests. We know for instance,
that the life of many of our streams is being greatly depleted
either as a result of the contamination of water from the refuse of
factories or other sources, or to other conditions less evident, and
the disappearance of these forms of life in streams and lakes has a
most important bearing u]3on the possibilities of growth for fishes
and some other forms which have distinct importance to mankind.
A careful survey and record, therefore, of what forms are now
found in our streams, and comparison, so far as previous records
makes it possible, with what has been present in the past, and
careful future records as to the changes which may occur in the
aquatic life of the state, u-ill have a value that may be beyond
estimate.
Aside from this economic feature, however, we may particularly
consider the value that such a knowledge has in the educational
work in every school in the state, and hence to the future citizens
of the state. Without such knowledge teachers must depend
upon statements made regarding the animal life of other localities,
and even where this applies very closely to the conditions in our
own state, the difficulty of securing the works in which such
records are to be found makes it practically out of the question
for the majority of teachers to take advantage of them. If all the
teachers of Ohio could be furnished with definite information con-
cerning the kinds of animals, birds, insects and plants that are
2 64 • The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 3.
accessil)lc in their immediate neighborhoods, they would have a
basis for teaching which w^onld be of the utmost service in their
work. Such knowledge is more particularly in demand since
there has been such a general movement in nature study, and so
much demand for instruction in those branches which are closely
related to agriculture and the industries.
In another direction such a survey is desirable because it is
becoming known that many diseases have their means of trans-
mission in the lower fonns of organisins such as the fly, mosquito,
flea, etc., and to the physician it is a matter of distinct importance
to know what animals capable of bearing these diseases are to be
found in the locality in which he is at work.
In connection with the distribution of plant life there is an
important w^ork to be done in recording areas of timber and the
proportion of the different kinds of timber trees in the state.
While this may in its details belong to a distinct division of for-
estry, the general distribution could naturally be. determined in
such a survey as is here contempleted, and unless provided for in
other directions w^ould be an important subject for study. The
distribution of plants with special reference to soil and conditions
would form a very important basis for the experimental work
carried on by the state experiment station, and the necessity for
such a vSurvey has been very pointedly urged by the director of
the Experiment Station.
A feature of the proposed Survey that will concern the various
schools in the state particularly is that of the distribution of the
identified material through the schools, to form local collections in
the colleges, city museums or high schools where they may be
desired. vSuch a distribution is carried on in Illinois and has been
a means of large service in the state. One advantage of this pol-
icy will be to distribute the services of the vSurvey widely over the
state rather than to centralize a large collection in any one place.
It means also that the different communities throughout the
state will have an opportunity to co-operate with the vSurvey
both in the collection of material, the preparation of reports, and
in the direct use of the materials obtained.
Work of the kind here proposed is in progress in Connecticut,
Vermont, Maryland, North Carolina, Alabama, New^ York, New
Jersey, Pennsylvania, Indiana, Illinois, Wisconsin, Minnesota,
Iowa, Nebraska, Kansas, Missouri, Michigan and probably some
other states, and it will be noted that of the northern and central
portion of the country Ohio stands alone in not providing for
such work. The surveys in these different states are organized on
somewhat varied lines, but in all cases provide for more or less of
the work here proposed. In Connecticut the Survey is practically
along the lines here suggested, although it does not provide for
distribution of collections to schools. In New York it is carried on
Jan., 1910.] A Natural History Survey Needed in Ohio. 265
under the State Museum of Natural History, which includes the
work of several bureaus. In Pennsylvania it is provided for in
the form of an office of state zoologist who collects material and
makes frcc^uent reports on progress. In Michigan the Biological
Survey has been in force for a few years only, but its scope is
practically the same as here outlined, except that no provision is
made for the distribution of collections. In Indiana it is associated
with the Geological Survey, but a large amount of work has been
done upon the plant and animal groups. In Illinois where the
work has been continued for some thirty years or more a great
deal has been accomplished in determining the character and dis-
tribution of the organic life of the state, extended studies upon the
food habit of birds, fishes and other forms have been carried
through, and extended series of collections have been distributed
to the high schools of the state. A number of very valuable
reports have been published, many of them inaccessible to people
outside of the state, except as they are distributed to the libraries
or specialists. The organization in Illinois is tenncd the vState
Laboratory of Natural History but its scope is practically that of
the Survey proposed for Ohio. It may be noted, however, that
there is a movement started in that state for a further ecological
survey which would enlarge the scope of the present work. In
Wisconsin the Natural History Survey has been associated with
the Geological Survey and has been in progress for over a ciuarter
of a century, and the same may be said of Minnesota. In Iowa
the present Survey has been in progress for about twenty years
and the surve}^ work of this character in Missouri, Kansas and
Nebraska has been carried on to about the same extent.
In Ohio practicall}' nothing in this direction has been done
since the publication of the reports on birds, mammals and fishes in
the earlier Geological Survey reports, except such as has been done
by individuals. As these older reports are now not only inaccessi-
ble but are entirely out of date the data presented in them is of
service only so far as it may serve as a record for the time of its
publication. The need of a definite Biological Survey was urged
in the report of Director Thorne for the year 1S9(), but appar-
ently no definite steps were taken to organize or j^rovide for such
a survey. The Ohio Academy- of Sciences has during the last
fifteen years through the efforts of individual members published
a number of papers upon local collections or materials representing
a greater or less portion of the state, a considerable number of
these having been provided for by the generosity of Mr. Emerson
McMillen. These studies, however, have necessarih' been re-
stricted in their scope, and of course without any correlation or
connected eft'ort on the part of different individuals to make their
studies blend into a systematic study of the state at large. In
fact such a systematic study of the state at large cannot be hoped
2 66 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 3,
for except under some arrangement which will provide for a general
direction and the means for carrying investigations into all sec-
tions of the state where it is necessary to secure the material
for such a complete Survey. While the amount called for in the
present bill is very modest as compared with what is expended in
some other states, it is believed that with the numerous trained
workers whose time could be CTXiployed for certain periods, that
a gi'cat amount of work could be accomplished, provided it be
connected and the results brought together in systematic form
published in such manner as to be capable of distribution to
those persons in the state who desire it.
Herbert Osborn.
The Tallant Collection. The Department of Zoology and Ento-
mology of the Ohio State Uni^'ersity has recently received as a
donation a fine collection of Lepidoptera from Mrs. Catherine
Tallant of Richmond, Indiana. The collection was made by
Mr. W. N. Tallant during a series of years in the nineties and up
to about 1905. It contains mainly si:iecies occurring in central
Ohio, especially at Columbus, where Mr. Tallant resided for a
number of years, but has also a number of species from different
parts of the United States, and also some fine examples of species
occurring in South America, Japan, China, India, Ceylon, and
Africa. The collection contains about 1(J,(J(J0 specimens in
most excellent condition, very beautifully mounted, and many of
the species contain very full series, showing variations, etc., which
will make them of special value for scientific study. They are,
for the most part, carefully identified, included in good cases and
cabinets, and will be kept under the name of the "Tallant
Collection."
Taken with the other collections in Lepidoptera, the collection
of Odonata left by Professor Kellicott, and those in various groups
Avhich have been accumulated by the efforts of the members of
the Department, the University is now provided with an excellent
collection of insects, including representatives in all the different
orders, the total number of specimens probablv coming close to
100,000.
H. O.
Jan., 1910.] Notes on a Collection of Boletaceae. 267
NOTES ON A COLLECTION OF BOLETACEAE.*
Bruce Fink.
The summer of 1909 was favorable for the development of
fleshy ftmgi on account of the unusually large rainfall. During
the first part of August, the writer was at "Beechwood Camp"
with a party of students. The month was very wet, and fleshy
fungi were brought in and studied in large numbers. The tables
were daily covered with an array of Russulae, Lactariae, Aman-
itae, Boleti, and other forms, which altogether gave an assort-
ment of forms, sizes, and colors seldom seen in these days of
depleted forest lands. While students were working on the
agarics, the writer gave his attention to the Boletaceae, collecting
and making careful notes of each species. The result was fourteen
species, some of them not previously reported from Ohio.
"Beechwood Camp" is located in an almost virgin forest, five
miles north of Oxford, Ohio. Beech trees form the facies over all
the area, except the flood-plain of Tallawanda Creek, where these
are replaced by the plane (sycamore) trees. The forest covers 200
acres. Large trees abound, and many trees have been allowed to
fall and decay, so that stumps and logs are abundant, on which
fungi are plentiful in wet weather.
After the collecting was done at "Beechwood Camp," the last
two weeks of August were spent in the foothills of the Cumberland
Mountains, east of Berea, Kentucky. The rainfall had been
abundant there also, and the fleshy fungi were growing in such
size and profusion as we can never hope to see again in Ohio, since
the forests are so largely removed. Special attention was again
given to the Boletaceae and twenty-four species were collected,
se\"eral of which were unknown from Kentucky. Some of the
species collected contained specimens of unusual size, plants
twenty cm. across being collected several times.
Twenty-eight (28) species were collected in the two locaHties,
during the month. This is not a large number; but the Boletaceae
are rare plants, and only seventy-five species are given for North
America, including the West Indies.
Thanks are due to a number of persons for aid in the work.
Mr. Hugh Willard Fink was a companion and efficient aid in
nearly all of the collecting, and acted as scribe in the note-taking.
Indeed, without the help that he was able to give, the work done
could not have been accomplished in the time at hand. Professor
G. D. Smith, of Richmond, Kentucky, was present during the
study in the Kentucky locality, and aided in the collecting and
photographing and in becoming acquainted with the plants.
* Reported at the meeting of the Ohio Academy of Science, Akron,
Xov. 2.5, 1910.
268 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 3,
Mr. W. G. Stover aided considerably in the collecting and study
at " Beechwood Camp." After the plants were collected, described
in the field, preserved and studied, duplicates were sent to Dr.
W. A. Murrill, who helped with verifications, corrections and
determinations .
Full sets of the plants may be found in the herbarium of the
writer, and in that of the New York Botanical Garden.
Professor Smith found the rather rare Fistulina pallida on an
oak stump in the Kentucky locality
All of the specimens were collected on soil, unless otherwise
stated.
LIST OF SPECIES.
Gyroporus castaneus (Bull.) Quel. Ench. Fung. Kil. l.ssii.
Boletus castaneus Bull. Herb. Fr. pi. ;^2S. 17S().
In beech woods, Oxford, O. No. 2.
Tvlopilus felleus (Bull.) P. Karst. Rev. Mvc. 39: 1(1. ISSl.
Boletus felleus Bull. Herb. Fr. pi. ;i7!). 17S7.
Usvially along edges of woods. Big Hill, Ky. Nos. 19, 24,
39, 40, 4Ua and 41. Also collected in woods near Oxford, 0..
during the summer of 1910. Some of the specimens were
very large, the largest reaching 20 cm. across the pilcus.
Tylo]jilus indecisus (Peck) Murrill, Mycologia l:lo. 1909.
Boletus indecisus Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 41:70. 188.S.
In woods, Oxford, O. Nos. 3, 3a, 7 and 17. Big Hill.
Ky. Nos. 17 and 31. Not common in either locality.
Ceriomyces russellii (Frost) Murrill, Mycologia 1:144. 1909.
Boletus russellii Frost, Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci. 2:104. 1S74.
In woods. Big Hill, Ky. No. 37. Rare.
Ceriomyces betula (Schw.) Murrill, Mycologia 1:144. 1909.
Boletus betula Schw. Schr. Nat. Ges. Leipzig 1:90. 1822.
In moist ravines in woods. Big Hill, Ky. No. 3S. Infre-
quent. Said to be the same as Boletus morgani Peck, Bull.
Torr. Bot. Club 10:73. 1883. Regarded by some to be the
same as Bolcttis russellii Frost, Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci.
2: 104. 1874, but the two are not to be confused in the field.
Ceriomyces auriporus (Peck) Murrill, Mycologia 1:147. 1909.
Boletus^ auriporus Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Cab. 23:133. 1873.
In beech woods, Oxford, O. No. l(i. Rare. In woods. Big
Hill, Ky. Nos. 1(), 20, 34, 36, 57, and 04. Frequent. No. 36
included some unusually large specimens with the pileus
7 cm. across.
Ceriomyces auriflammeus (Berk. & Curt.) Murrill, Mvcologia
1:147. 1909.
Boletus auriflammeus Berk. & Curt. Grevillea 1:36. 1N72.
In pine woods, Big Hill, Ky. No. 2o. Also in mixed woods.
Infrequent. The striations of the sti]je were much elongated.
Jan., 1910.] Notes on a Collection of Boletaceae. 269
Ceriomyces eximius (Peck) Murrill, Mycologia 1:148. 1909.
Boletus eximius Peck, Joum. Mycol. 3:54. 1887.
In woods, Big Hill, Ky. No. 5G. Rare.
Ceriomyces crassus Batt. Fung. Hist. (52. 1755.
In mixed pine woods, Big Hill, Ky. Nos. 32, 32a, 48, 51
and 67. Frequent. The plants under the last number differed
considerably and may not belong here. The largest spec-
imens reached 20 cm. across the top of the pileus.
Ceriomvces affinis (Peck) Murrill, Mycologia 1:149. 1909.
Boletus affinis Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 25:81. 1873.
In pine woods. Big Hill, Ky. No. 49. Not common.
Ceriomyces curtisii (Berk.) Murrill, Mycologia 1:150. 1909.
Boletus curtisii Berk.; Berk. &- Curtis Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. II.
12:429. 1853.
In mixed pine woods, Big Hill, K3' . No. 30. Infrequent.
Ceriomvces inflexus (Peck) Murrill, Mycologia 1:150. 1909.
Boletus infiexus Peck, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 22:207. 1895.
In mixed pine woods. Big Hill, K3\ No. 28. Infrequent.
Ceriomyces retipes (Berk. & Curt.) Murrill, Mycologia 1:151. 1909.
Boletus retipes Berk. & Curt. Grevillea 1:36. 1872.
Open grassy woods, Oxford, O. No. 11. Very rare. In
woods Big Hill, Ky. Nos. 23 and 50. Common.
Ceriomvces miniato-olivaceus (Frost) Murrill, Mycologia 1:152.
1909.
Boletus miniato-olivaceus Frost, Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci.
2:101. 1874.
In beech woods, Oxford, O. Nos. 9 and 18. Infrequent.
Both collections were considered uncertain by Dr. Murrill.
Ceriomvces bicolor (Peck) Murrill, Mycologia 1:152. 1909.
Boletus'^bicolor Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Museum 24:78. 1872.
In beech woods, Oxford, O. No. 15. Rare. The plants
were only about 3.5 cm. across the pileus. In woods, Big
Hill, K3\ Nos. 22, 29, 42, 45 and 53. Common. Plants were
larger, often reaching 12 or 15 cm. across the pileus.
Ceriomvces pallidus (Frost) Murrill, Mycologia 1:152. 1909.
Boletus pallidus Frost, Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. vSci. 2:105. 1874.
In woods, Big Hill, Ky. No. 46. Rare.
Ceriomyces subtomentosus (L.) Murrill, Mycologia 1:153. 19C9.
Boletus subtomentosus L. Sp. PI. 1178. 1753.
In woods. Big Hill, Ky. No. 35. Rare.
Ceriomvces fumosipes (Peck) Murrill, Mycologia 1:154. 1909.
Boletus fumosipes Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 50:108. 1897.
In beech woods, Oxford, O., Nos. 5 and (i. Infrequent. In
woods, Big Hill, Ky. No. 59. Rare.
2 7° The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 3,
Ceriomyces communis (Bull.) Alurrill, Mycologia 1:155. 1901).
Boletus' communis Bull. Herb. Fr. pi. 393,' A. C. 17SS.
In beech woods, Oxford, O. Nos. 4, 12 and 13. In woods,
Bif;^ Hill, Ky. Common and most often found where logs have
rotted.
vSuillellus luridus (Schaeff.) Murrill, Mycologia 1:17. 1909.
Boletus luridus Schaeff. Fung. Bavar. 3:pl. 107. 1770.
In woods, Oxford, O. Nos. 1 and 14. Infrequent. Big
Hill, Ky. Nos. 20, 43, 44, 54, 00, 01 and ()5. Frequent and
variable. No. 44 is a peculiar form with pileus of a dull
olivaceous brown color, and the mouths of the tubes a dark
maroon, even in young specimens, and blackening where
bruised. This has a very different appearance from the
others, but was placed here by Dr. Murrill. In No. 05 the
mouths are a pale pink. In No. 01 the pileus was reddish
i:)ink. vSome of these forms have been commonly placed
under Boletus purpureus Ach. Bol. 11. 1835.
Suihellus frostii (Russell) Murrill, Mycologia 1:17. 1909.
Boletus frostii Russell; Frost, Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci. 2:102.
1S74.
In woods. Big Hill, Ky. No. 27. Common at all elevations.
Suillellus rubinellus (Peck) Murrill, N. Am. Fl. 9:152. 1910.
Boletus rubinellus Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 32:33. ISSO.
In young pine woods. Big Hill, Ky. No. 33. Very numerous.
vSuillellus morrisii (Peck) Murrill, N. Am. Fl. 9:153. 1910.
Boletus morrisii Peck, Btill. Torr. Bot. Club 36:154. 1909.
In mixed pine woods. Big Hill, Ky. No. 00. Rare.
Rostkovites granulatus (L.) P. Karst. Rev. Myc. 39:10. 1S<S1.
Boletus granulatus L. vSp. PI. 1177. 1753.
In woods, Big Hill, Ky. Nos. ()2 and (iS. Rare.
Strobilomvces strobilaceus (Scop.) Berk. Outl. Brit. Fungol. 230.
1800.^
Boletus strobilaceus Scop. Anni. Hist. Nat. 4:148. 1770.
In woods, Oxford, O. No. 8. Big Hill, K}'. No. 70. Common
in both localities.
Boletinellus merulioides (Schw.) Murrill, Alycologia 1:7. 1909.
Daedalea merulioides Schw. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. II. 4:100. 1832.
In beech woods, Oxford, O. No. 10. On or about decaying
sticks or roots. Rare. About tw^o dozen plants were collected
on the campus of Miami University in July, 1910.
Boletinus berkeleyi Murrill, Mycologia 1:(). 1909.
In oak woods. Big Hill. Ky. Nos. 21 and '^'^. Rare.
Miami University.
Jan., 1910.]
Ohio Groicn Rubber, Crop of 1910.
OHIO GROWN RUBBER, CROP OF 1910.*
Charles P. Fox.
Product of Common Milkweed (Asclepias syriaca). A com-
mon plant belonging to tlic Asclcpiadaceac; found abundantly
tlirougliout the United States; classed as a weed, convicted as a
bee-killer, advocated as a rubber producer. Too well known to
need description.
Asclepias syriaca.
Latex. Milk-like, thin; acid or neutral reaction; characteris-
tic odor of milkweed; does not coagulate on standing in a closed
vessel; imperfectly coagulated by acids; thickened or partially
coagulated by ammonia; coagulated by heat; coagulated by
alcohol.
* Presented at the Twentieth Annual Meeting, Ohio Acad, of Sci.,
Akron, Nov. 25.
272 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 3,
Coagulated Latex. The coaglum is plastic and can be moulded
into cakes resembling some of the cheaper grades of rubber.
The whey contains mineral matter and sugar.
Caoutchouc. Obtained from the coaglum. Is flabby; lacks
strength and finnness; is high in gravity. Responds to the sulfur
chloride and bromine tests. Yield of rubber, on basis of latex,
is 2 to .3^7.
Resin. White, tasteless, odorless. Gives "asclepione, "
described by Watts as "radiating crystals insoluble in water and
alcohol, and is not attacked by dilute caustic."
This plant has been suggested as a source of crude rubber.
The project has engaged the serious attention of several parties
during the past twenty years. A careful stud\- of the question,
covering a period of twelve years, indicates that while rubber is a
product of the plant, the amount is so small, its quality is so
inferior, and its cost of production is so high, that a profitable
industry is out of the question.
Ortox Hall, October 3, 1910.
The meeting was called to order by the President, and the
minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.
Professors J. H. Schaffner, J. S. Hine, and J. A. Hambleton
were appointed to act as a committee to nominate officers for the
year.
The program consisted of reports on Summer Work by the
members.
Prof. W. R. Lazenby made some observations on the trees,
and spoke of the scarcity of seed this year.
Prof. Schaffner spoke of his obser^■ations on leaf markings, and
the relation of plants to the substratum.
Prof. Hine carried on his study of the mammals of the state
during the summer.
Prof. Hambleton sjoent the most of the summer at the Lake
Laboratory.
Aliss Detmers gave a few observations on her work at Buckeye
Lake.
C. L. Metcalf reported good early collecting this year for the
entomologist, his special group being the Syrphidae.
B. W. Wells spent the earlier part of the summer at the Lake
Laboratory.
B. F. Fulton made some observations on birds.
Lionel King reported a profitable summer at the Botanical
Gardens in Cleveland.
M. G. Dickey, Secretary.
Date of Publication, January 16, 1911.
ne Ohio Naturalist,
PUBLISHED BY
The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni'versity,
Volume XI. FEBRUARY, 1911. No. 4.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Stauffer— A Review of Literature on the Guology of South America 273
Selby— The Blister Rust of White Pine (Peridermium Strobi Klebahn) Found in Ohio 285
Griggs— Eupatorium Rotundifolium in Ohio 287
Wells— Meetings of the Biological Club 287
A REVIEW OF LITERATURE ON THE GEOLOGY OF
SOUTH AMERICA.
C. R. Stauffer.
ARCHEOZOIC AND PROTEROZOIC (pRE-CAMBRIAn)
The pre-Cambrian of South America is mainly limited to
three regions:
(a) Guiana, including portions of northern Brazil and
southern Venezuela.
(b) The highlands of eastern and southern Brazil.
(c) Narrow strips in the Andes lying north of 40° S. latitude,
together wdth similar strips running north and east from the
main chain in northern Venezuela. These Andean strips may be
of much later age, but they have been referred to the pre-Cambrian.
The first of these regions includes an area of more than 500,000
square miles of elevated broken land. It is separated from the
Atlantic coast by a 10 to 70 mile "wide strip of post-Tertiar}^ sands
and gravels, is (according to Crosby) bordered on the north and
west for a distance of 800 miles by the Orinoco River, and to the
south dips under Paleozoic and more recent sediments along a
line which Derby draws approximately "from the mouth of the
Amazonas, in latitude 1° N., to the confluence of the Rio Negra
and Rio Brancho, between 1° and 2° S. latitude."^
The rocks of this region Crosby has grouped together in
somew^hat the following manner:
Pre-Cambrian
(4) Semi-crystalline schists and marbles.
Great unconformity
(3) Montalban series. Gneisses and schists cut by coarse granite
dikes. Garnets common.
(2) Huronian series. Quartz porphyry and felsite associated with
various hornblende and slaty rocks showing distinct
bedding.
(1) Laurentian series (?). Granite and some syenite.^
1. Crosby, W. O., Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. XX, 1881, p. 484.
2. Crosby, W. O., Loc. cit., p. 493.
2 74 . The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 4,
No thicknesses are given and the value of the classification is
perhaps questionable, but it appears to be the most complete of
any thus far in print.
Concerning the semi-crystalline schists and marbles (No. 4 of
the above section), Crosby says they "represent a horizon near,
but below, the boundary line between the Eozoic and Paleozoic."
And the granite (No. 1) "lies at the base of all the rocks of the
colony (British Guiana) and coarse veins of it have pierced all
the overlying formations including even the sandstone in one
place. ' '^ This rock is identified as Laurentian in age but it either
includes younger intrusives or is itself much younger, as the
sandstone said to have been cut by it is identified as Triassic. At
some places the granite is said to show a gneissic structure and
again to pass over into distinct gneiss.
These old crystalline rocks are thought to have been above the
sea in earliest Paleozoic time, but that they have not remained
above throughout all the succeeding time is suggested by the
great mass of Triassic sandstones capping the hills over 10,000
square miles of British Guiana.
The pre-Cambrian rocks of the highlands of eastern and
southern Brazil cover a much larger area and, as in the former
area, are in part covered by undetermined later formations.
They extend over more than 30° of latitude and 25° of longitude.
Here, as to the north, two great divisions of the rocks are repre-
sented. These consist of "two very distinct series, of which one,
the most ancient, consists of crystalline rocks, including gneiss,
gneiss-granite, and syenite, and the other more modern, of altered,
but in general non-crystalline rocks consisting of quartzites,
metamorphic schists and crystalline limestones."^ The section
is essentially the same as that given for the Guiana region and the
same great unconformity is recognized. The transitional rocks
above the unconfomiity are mainly quartzites and schists, with
some argillite, crystalline limestone and bedded iron ores. The
quartzite frequently passes over into ordinary sandstones, among
which is the well-known flexible sandstone — itacolumite.
As an evidence of the age of the land-surface in this part of
Brazil, Branner says that "the fine-grained gneiss in the vicinity
of the city of Theophilo Ottoni, is so deeply weathered that one
seldom sees a hard rock face."^ The street and railroad cuts are
made in the decomposed rock. At one place near the railroad
station, the rock cut is 10 meters in depth and the schists stand as
a perpendicular clifi^, although so much decayed that one can
thrust a knife into them an^^vhere.
3. Loc. cit., p. 493.
4. Derby, O. A., Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc, 1879, pp. 155-178, 251-258.
5. Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. II, 1900, p. 187.
Feb., 1911.] Literature on Geology of South America. 275
On the Pacific slope of the Andes from Patagonia northward
the old fonnations show a siinilar three-fold division and arc said
to have essentially the same characteristics. It is probable,
however, that these formations are of much later age.
PALEOZOIC.
The Lower Paleozoic Rocks. The lower Paleozoic formations
of South America are not always recognizable and are perhaps
wanting in some regions where later fonnations occur, but it is
probable that a portion of the crystalline schists, quartzites and
slates which have been referred to the pre-Cambrian are in reality
early Paleozoic formations. In the Amazon region Derb}' says
that the Silurian rests unconfomiably "on an extensive series of
quartzites superior to"^ the gneiss, but the age of this assemblage
of rocks is not suggested. In this same region Katzer inaps the
Silurian as unconformable on a series of metatnorphic rocks', which
appear to be of pre-Cambrian age.
In Bolivia and northwestern Argentine occur outcrops of
sandstones and quartzites in which a fauna of Upper Cambrian
age (Agnostus, Olenus, Conocoryphe and Ptychoparia) has been
collected.^ The base of this series of rocks is not exposed and its
thickness is tmknown. In this same general region (Bolivia and
Argentine) the Ordovician is represented by yellow argillaceous or
qtiartzitic sandstones and black shales which are thought to rep-
resent the same horizon as the Orthoceras limestone (base of
Ordovician) of the Baltic.^ Among the fossils collected from
this horizon are Illacnus, Orthoceras and Eudoceras from the
sandstone, and four genera of graptolites from the black pyritic
shales exposed along Rio Corauhuata at Culi, Bolivia.^'' DeLap-
parent says this same fauna also occurs near Lima, Peru; and
again along the coast of Venezuela between Caracas and Puerto
Cabello, the finding of Ordovician fossils, among which is Calyni-
mene senaria,^^ indicates the presence of this system.
Silurian rocks are reported to occur along the coast of Chili
but they are highly metatnorphosed^- and have not been well
described. In southwestern Brazil, southern Peru and north-
western x\rgentine the Silurian rocks outcrop almost continuously
6. Derby, O. A., Amer. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., Vol. XIX, ISSO, p. 324.
7. Katzer. Friederich, Grundztige der Geologie des unteren Amazonas-
gebietes. 1903. (Leipzig), p. 21G.
8. Kayser, E., Beitrage zur Kenntniss einiger palaeozoisher Faunen
vSiidamerikas (Reviewed by Freeh). Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie,
Geologie und Palaeontologie. Band II, 1898, p. 472.
9. DeLapparent, A., Treate de Geologie, Tome III, p. 808.
10. Evans, J. \V., Quart, jour. Geol. Soc. London, Vol. LXII, 190G,
p. 431.
11. Drevermann, Xeues Jahrbuch, Band I, 1904, p. 91.
12. Forbes, David, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, Vol. XVII, 1860,
p. Gl.
276 The Ohio Naturalist [Vol. XI, No. 4,
over a region extending from northwest to southeast more than
700 miles and including an area of 80,000 to 100,000 square miles.
These rocks form the mountain chain of the highest Andes, rising
to a maximum elevation of 25,000 feet above sea-level.^''' In
Peru they consist of blue to gray and black clay slates, shales and
gra\^vackes, with a subordinate amount of sandstone. East of
La Paz the Silurian is thought to be fully developed and here
Forbes estimated its thickness at 15,000 feet,^"* but it is quite
probable that this includes also the Ordovician and a portion of
the Cambrian.
Near Hanco in northwestern Argentine the Silurian is about
4,000 feet thick and consists of bluish gray to yellowish rough
uneven-bedded limestone interstratified with marl, and all quite
fossiliferous.^^ The Silurian strata of the Bolivia-Brazil-Argen-
tine region are not very much folded but are faulted, tilted and
often cut by intrusions of granite, porphyry, diorite, trap, etc.,
and in the vicinity of these masses the strata are altered into
gneissic and schistose rocks whose sedimentary origin is only
occasionally to be recognized.''' Important veins carrying gold,
silver, lead, tin, copper, zinc, nickel, etc., occur in the Silurian
rocks and arc thought to have been formed prior to the extrusion
of the post-Paleozoic lavas.
In the Lower Amazon region Silurian strata outcrop on the
Guiana side in a narrow strip (4 ± miles wide) along the southern
margin of the metamorphic rocks, from the Rio Trombetas
nearly to the Atlantic Ocean. On the river mentioned they have
been studied to some extent and a considerable fauna collected
(Orthis, Lingulops, Telliuomya, Anodontopsis).^'' Here they con-
sist of about 1,000 feet of hard argillaceous and fine-grained
micaceous sandstone, with some shale between the layers and
about twenty feet of schists at the bottom, resting unconfonn-
ably, at one place on felsite and at another on syenite. ^^
At the Morro do Cachorro the Silurian sandstones have a
grayish, yellowish or reddish color, are often banded, and dip to
the S. SW. at an angle of 5°. They frequently contain impres-
sions similar to those recognized in the Medina of North America
13. Forbes, David, Ibid., p. 53.
14. Forbes, David, Ibid., p. 61.
15. Bordenberger, W., Leitschrift der deutschen geologischen Gesell-
schaft, Band XLVIII, 1896, pp. 743-772.
16. Forbes, David, Loc. cit., p. 61.
17. Clarke, J. M., The Paleozoic Faunas of Para, Brazil; Archives do
Museu Nacional do Rio de Janeiro, Vol. X, 1900. pp. 1-24.
18. Derby, O. A., Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc, Vol. XVIII, 1S79, pp.
167-169.
Feb., 1911,] Literature on Geology of South America. 277
under the name Arthrophycus harlani Con.^^ and hence may be
the upper part of the Ordovieian. Sikirian strata are recognized
by fossils to the north of the river only. Those called Silurian to
the south are identified as such by their petrographic appearance
and stratigraphic occurrence.
Devonian. The Devonian of South America is known in
Brazil, Peiti, Bolivia, Argentine and the Falkland Islands.
In Brazil strata referred to this system are found in the state
of Para on both sides of the Lower Amazon; in the province of
Mato Grasso in central Brazil and the province of Parana in
southern Brazil.-'^ In the Lower Amazon region it is best exposed
on the north side of the valley where it fonns a narrow belt along
the border of the Silurian. O. A. Derby divided the Devonian of
this region into three groups-^ as follows: The Maecuru, consist-
ing of about 30 feet of massive coarse white or yellow4sh sandstone
which is sometimes hard and sometimes a mere bank of sand. It
contains an abundance of well-preserved fossils. This group
rests on the Silurian, perhaps confoniiably, and is followed by
the Erere group consisting principally of thin-bedded fine-grained
micaceous sandstone with a subordinate amount of black shale.
These sandstones are generally white in color but weather red,
while the shale weathers to a whitish color. Near the base some
chcrty sandstone occurs. The whole group is quite fossiliferous
and those forms occurring in the shale are different from those in
the sandstone. Derby says there are thirteen distinct beds and
the total thickness is about 200 feet. Above this lies the Curua
group, consisting, in the lower part, of about 300 feet of well-
laminated almost slaty black shale, with concretionary beds con-
taining the cone-in-cone structure and having a strong odor of
petroleum. In the upper part the group consists of an equal
amount (300 feet) of chocolate colored shale mottled with spots
of a darker color and banded parallel to the bedding with various
colored layers. This rock is mostly a clay mixed with much
finely divided mica and sand. The lower part of these red-
brown shales and the upper part of the black shales are abund-
antly marked with Spirophyton. This group is followed by
about 50 feet of coarse sandstone of undetermined age and then
follows (upper) Carboniferous rocks with distinctive fossils.
19. Katzer, Friederich, Grundziige der Geologie des unteren Amazon-
asgebietes, 190.3, p. 216.
20. Thomas, Ivor, Zeitschr. d. deutsch. Geol. Ges., Vol. 57, 1905,
p. 234.
21. Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. for 1879, pp. 169-171.
278 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 4,
A more recent, although less detailed section of the Maccurti
valley is given by Fricdrich Katzer-- as follows:
Carboniferous.
Unconlormity.
Devonian.
6. Black shale.
5. Red micaceous sandstone. The upper fossil-bearing horizon.
4. Darker sandstone.
.3. Hornstone.
2. Spirifer sandstone. The principal fossil-bearing horizon.
1. Thin-bedded sandstone interbedded with shale.
vSilurian.
Mr. vSchuchert makes the hornstone of the above section the
dividing line between the lower and tipper Devonian-''' of the
lower Amazon and on the basis of fossils refers that below to the
age of the Oriskany and that above to Hamilton. In this he
follows Katzcr. The Devonian of this region is frequently faulted,
but only slightly folded and often cut by diabase dikes. In the
province of Mato Grasso the horizon of the Devonian exposed is
not known but it is probably that of the lower part of the Maecuni
group, as indicated by the few fossils collected. The same hori-
zon is reported from Parana-'* where the deposits are principally
brown and black shales.
The Devonian of Bolivia, east of Lake Titicaca, consists prin-
cipally of yellowish to gray sandstones and black shales. Only
in the strongly folded part of the Cordillera does the rock take on
a graywacke character. The Devonian is easily distinguished
from the underlying Silurian by its never failing mica content,
and by its normal sedimentation from the overlying salt and
gypstmi-bearing red sandstones of the Cretaceous. The Devonian
is overlain by Carboniferous only in the northern part of Bolivia.^^
These rocks are all highly fossiliferous and are thought to repre-
sent the Oriskany sandstone, the Onondaga limestone and the
Hamilton beds of North America.-''
In Argentine the Devonian is well exposed in the region of
Rio del Jachal. On the east side of the river the system is 400
meters thick and consists of 200 meters of unfossiliferous shales,
above which lies 200 meters of shales and gra>"wackes with three
fossiliferous horizons. To the west of the Jachal two other out-
crops occur. Here the Devonian consists of 2,000 to 3,000 meters
22. Grundziige der Geologic des Amazonasgiebetes. 1903 (Leipzig), p.
191.
23. Jour. Geol., Vol. XIV, 1906, p. 731.
24. Thomas, Ivor, loc. cit., p. 238.
25. Knod, Reinhold, Neues Jahrbuch ftir Mineralogie, Geologie, und
Palaeontologie, Vol. 25 (Beilage Band), 1908, pp. 574, 575.
26. Steinmann, Gustav, Am. Nat., Vol. 25, p. 856.
Feb., 1911.] Literature on GeoJagy of South America. 279
of graywacke, sandstone, qiiartzitc and shale with a subordinate
amount of hmestone.
In the Falkland Islands at CeiTO del Fuerto the Devonian
rests confonnably on the Silurian and consists chiefly of micaceous
red sandstones.-^
The fauna of South America is closely related to that of
North America. This is shown, especially, by the presence of
such forms as Chonctes coronatus and Tropidoleptus carinatus in
the lower Devonian, which occur later in the Hamilton of North
America.
Carboniferous and Permian. The Carboniferous fomiations
are apparently more restricted in South America than the Devo-
nian, but occur in the same general regions.
The Lower Carboniferous (Mississippian) is made up, in large
part, of non-fossiliferous sandstones. The Upper Carboniferous
(Pennsylvanian) is largely marine and contains representatives of
widely distribtited brachiopods and gastropods. Fusulina lime-
stones occur in Peru, Bolivia and Brazil. ^^
In the lower Amazon region Carboniferous strata (probably
both Mississippian and Penns}dvanian) are well exposed. These
'beds seem to be unconformable on the older formations'^ but dip
with them into the Amazon embayment. Along the Rio Tapajoz,
north of Itaituba in the province of Para, the system is composed
of green shales at the bottom which are followed above by coarse
black shales with numerous concretions (septaria). These shales
are succeeded by laminated green, white, and red arenaceous
shales and sandstones and capped by more than 60 feet of
limestone.'*'^
In the provinces of Parana and Santa Catharina, southern
Brazil, the Carboniferous rests unconfomiably on the Devonian,
or sometimes on the granite itself. In the lower part is a coarse
conglomerate, but from this upward the succession is continuous
through the Trias without any great unconformities. I. C. White
includes the Carboniferous, Permian and Triassic in the Santa
Catharina system.-"*^ His classification of the fonner two is as
follows :
27. Thomas, Ivor, loc. cit., p. 244.
28. Steinman, Gustav, Anier. Nat. ,VoI. XXV, 1891, p. 806.
29. Kavser, Emanuel, Lehrbuch der Geologic, 3d Ed., Vol. II, 1908»
p. 2.38.
30. Hartt, C. F., Bull. Cornell Univ., Vol. I, No. 1, 1874, p. 29.
31. Commissao de Estudos das Minas de Carvao de Pedra do Brazil.
Relatorio Final, 1908, p. 33.
:28o
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XI, No. 4,
Sao Bento series. . . .Sandstones, shale and eruptives..900 m.
(Triassic)
Rocinha limestone 3 m."
Passa Dois series
(Permian)
Santa
Catharina -
System
Tubarao series
(Permo-Carboniferous)
Estrada Nova, gray and
variegated shales with
cherty concretions and
sandv beds loO m. (223 m.
Iraty black shale (contains
Mesosaurns and Stereo-
sternum) 70 m.
Palermo shales 90 m.
Rio Bonito shales and
sandstones (Coal Meas-
ures and Glossopteris
flora) 1.58 m.
180 m.
Orleans conglomerate 5 m.
— yellow sandstones
and shales to granite
floor 27 m.
The lower member of the Carboniferous consists of sandstones
and shales resting on the granite. Overlying these is the Orleans
conglomerate which is made up of "botilders of granite, quartzite
and other hard rocks, some of which are 20 to 25 cm. in diameter"
imbedded in clay. This conglomeratic character is common
throughout southern Brazil. At "several localities near Rio
Negro, 10 kilometers from any outcrop of granite," it contains
"granite boulders in vast numbers up to 3 meters in diameter, all
imbedded in a fine and apparently unstratified gray muddy
sediment. "'■'' White thinks this deposit corresponds in age to the
Dwyka conglomerate (Peniiian) of South Africa, to which it
bears much resemblance, and that it is of glacial origin.
The Rio Bonito beds (Coal Measures) consist of partly consoli-
dated yellowish and grayish white sandstones interbeddcd with
gray shales and several beds of coal. The coals of Brazil are all
poor. In the lower part of the Rio Bonito beds is the Bonito
coal, locally making up most of the formation. Its thickness
frequently runs as high as 2.5 and even 3.22 meters and is quite
persistent in the Minas region, but it contains much shale and
the coal is of poor quality.
Above the Bonito coal bed is a horizon containing many plant
remains, among which the abundant fossils belong to the genera
Sigillaria and Glossopteris.^-'' The only other important coal bed
32. White, I. C, loc. cit., p. 51.
33. White, T. C, loc. cit., p. 79.
Feb., 1911.] Literature on Geology of South America. 281
is the Barro Branco bed, mueh higher in the foniiation. It also
consists of seams of coal separated by thin layers of shale.
The Palermo shales lie conformably (?) on the Rio Bonito
beds and are made up of soft gray and red shales.
Since the Permian is thought to be conformable, or essentially
so, on the Carboniferous, the shales, limestones and cherts of the
Passa Dois series may be considered here.
The Iraty black shale, which is a widely persistent formation,
is distinguished by its Reptilian remains and by the ever present
odor of petroletmi. It contains nearly 20% of volatile matter and
9% of carbon.
The Estrado Nova beds consist of gray and variegated shales
with some sandstones.
The Rocinha limestone is the top of the Pemiian and forms a
persistent dividing line between it and the Triassic.
In northwestern Argentine there is a series of sandstones and
shales with some coal which are at least in part Carboniferous.
They lie unconfomiably on the older Paleozoic rocks (Devonian?)
and are overlain confonnably by the Triassic as in southern
Brazil The Glossopteris flora also occurs herc.-''^
Rocks of (Upper and Lower) Carboniferous age are found in
Bolivia in the vicinity of La Paz and north of Lake Titicaca. The
system is made up of red sandstones, red and green shales, and
some limestone. Some layers have a rich fauna which was at
least locally of marine Pennsylvanian age.'''^ The brown and red
sandstones and conglomerates belonging to the Permian of Peru
carry a considerable amount of copper which is thought to have
been an original deposit. Salt and gypsum beds are also abundant.-'"'
Strata carrying the Glossopteris flora occur in the Falkland
Islands.
MESOZOIC.
Triassic and Jurassic. The Permian, Triassic and Jurassic of
South America are. very closely related and sometimes inseparable.
Most of the continent was above sea-level throughout these
periods, but probable land formations of this age are known at
several localities in Brazil, while marine Triassic and Jurassic
occur in the Cordilleras between 5° and 35° south latitude.'''"
In southern Brazil where the Triassic comes in contact with
the Permian, the fomier consists of massive red sandstones which
rest unconformably on the Rochina limestone (Permian) but the
extent of this unconformitv is unknown.
34. Kayser, E., loc. cit., p. 306.
35. Forbes, David, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, VoL XVII, 1860,
pp. 48-51.
36. Forbes, David, loc. cit. pp. 38-45.
37. Steinman, Gustav, Am. Nat., Vol. 25, 1891. p. 857.
282
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XI, No. 4,
The following section gives the general relations and more
important subdivisions of the Triassic of Brazil:
fSerra Geral eruptives 600 m.
Sao Bento sandstones, cliffs
of red gray and cream
colored sandstones 200 m. |-900 m.
Rio do Rasto red beds with
fossil Reptiles and fossil
trees 100 m..
Sao Bento series
(Triassic)
Santa^^
Catharina ■
System
Passa Dois series 223 m.
(Permian)
, ISO m.
Tubarao series
(Permo-Carboniferous)
The Rio do Rasto beds are composed of loosely consolidated
red sands and conglomerates, while the Sao Bento beds consist of
massive red, gray, and cream-colored sandstones which are some-
times conglomeratic and "often baked and vitrified by contact
with the great sills of diabase which are so frequently intercalated
between the massive layers as well as piled on top of the same/^^
The lower part of these beds (Sao Bento) are mostly red sandstone
flags and the whole is apparently unfossihferous. The hard
vitrified rocks of the upper part of the series frequently form
walls, towers, and buttes near the summits of the elevated peaks.
The top of the section is made up of a great series of lava flows and
the beds beneath are affected by numerous dikes and intrusive
sheets.
The coal-bearing strata of southern Brazil is late Paleozoic,
while that of Argentine and the Chilian Cordilleras belongs to the
Rhaetic group and is partly covered by conformable marine
deposits of lower Lias.'*''
The Triassic fossils of the Cordilleran region are of the same
type as those found in California and western Canada, the leading
fossil being Pseudomonotis semicircularis (?) Graft.
Nearly all horizons of the Jurassic have been found to be
fossihferous and "the rich collections made in different parts of"
the Argentinian, Chilian and Perrtvian Cordilleras have enabled
us to detennine that the succession of marine organic life during
this period was quite the same on the Pacific slope as in Europe
and East India, and there have existed very intimate faunistic
relations between these regions. "^^
38. White, I. C, Commissao de Estudos das Minas de Carvao de
Pedra do Brazil. Relatio Final, 1908, p. 33.
39. White, I. C, loc. cit., p. 211.
40. Steinmann, Gustav, loc. cit., p. 857.
41. Steinmann, Gustav, loc. cit. p. 857.
Feb., 1911.] Literature on Geology of South America. 283
Cretaceous. The Cretaceous deposits are wide-spread in
South America and represent a notable encroachment of the sea
upon the continent. "Marine Cretaceous fossils are found in
nearly all parts of the Cordillera from South Patagonia to East
Venezuela" and a rich marine fauna has also been discovered in
the Cretaceous formations of east Brazil. ^-
" Certain of the characteristic Lower Cretaceous fossils of the
North reappear in the South. The famous genus Aucella, widely
distributed on the slopes of the North Pacific, has been recently
mentioned by N. Ritin from Mexico; by White from Brazil; and I
(Steinmann) know it also from the environs of Lima associated
with Ammonites of the Neocomian of Europe.""*^
The undoubted marine deposits of the central part of South
America disappear to the north and the south and are replaced by
sandy deposits without marine fossils. "Probably a great part
of the red sandstone formations which occur in Brazil, Venezuela,
Bolivia, and in the north of the Argentine Republic, take the
same place relative to the marine sediments as do the Atlanto-
saurus beds, the Trinity and Tuscaloosa fomiations in North
America."^-*
The Ammonite-bearing beds of the Lower Cretaceous in
Patagonia,'*^ Peru, Venezuela'^'' and Columbia'^^, have been worked
out in detail. Gerhardt refers these beds to the European hori-
zons, Neocom (?), Barremien, Aptien, and Albien. The beds
consist of dark blue limestone interbedded with quartzite, white
and red sandstones. In Patagonia these beds have a rather
limited distribution and are overlain unconfomiably (?) by the
Dinosaur beds.'*^ These latter consist of red sandstones, con-
glomerates, with clays, marls and volcanic tuffs.
On the Pacific coast of south Chili glauconitic sandstones are
found which contain a rich fauna of the uppermost Cretaceous.
This is especially shown on the Island of Quiriquina. "Besides
many Ammonites and Baculites, partly identical with those from
south India, this fauna is characterized by the abundance of Gas-
tropods of Tertiary type. The Cretaceous beds are covered
conformably by a lignitic formation whose fauna does not contain
the Cretaceous fossils; but startigraphically both formations are
42. Steinmann. Gustav, loc. cit., p. 858.
4.3. Steinmann, Gustav, loc. cit., p. 8.58.
44. Steinmann, Gustav, loc. cit., p. 8.58.
45. Faru, Francois, Neues Jahrbuch fur Mineralogie, Geologic, und
Palaeontologie, Vol. XXV (Beilage Band), 1908, pp. 601-647.
46. Gerhardt, K. Neues Jahrbuch fur Mineralogie, Geologic, und
Palaeontologie, Vol. XI (Beilage Band), 1897-8, pp. 65-117.
47. Gerhardt, K., loc. cit., pp. 118-208.
48. Roth, Santiago, Neues Jahrbuch fur Mineralogie, Geologic, und
Palaeontologie, Vol. XXVI (Beilage Band), 1908, pp. 94-118.
284 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 4,
intimately united."'*^ (Compare this with the Chico-Tejon of
northern California.) On the western side of the border of Chili
and Peru, where the marine deposits of these fonnations predom-
inate, only a very small part of the rocks are fomied by limestones,
clay slates, or sandstones. These appear, however, to be "inter-
laid between stratified masses of porphyritic, melaphyric and
andesitic material, the entire thickness of which strata reaches
several thousand meters. "-^^
In the lower Amazon region the Cretaceous (?) rests uncon-
formably on the Carboniferous. The Cretaceous consists of yel-
low and white clays with red iron stone and some impure lime-
stone. The fauna of these beds shows a remarkabl}^ Tertiary
aspect. It consists, for the most part, of Gastropods, Pelecypods,
some Bryozoans, Corals and Echinoderms, as well as some prob-
able Reptilian remains.
The plateau region of southern Para is mostly covered by clay
shales interstratified with red sandstones. The age of these
rocks is believed to be middle and older Cretaceous, and perhaps
in part even Triassic''^ or Pemiian.
CENOZOIC.
Tertiary. The Tertiary deposits of South America occur prin-
cipally along the coastal margin especially of Brazil, Argentine,
Chili and Peru. Also in the Amazon basin these beds cover a
large area,^- and again in southern Argentine the same is true.
In eastern Brazil the Tertiary strata consist of slightly con-
solidated sands and clays which are undisturbed and overlie the
Cretaceotis unconfonnably.^^ Fossiliferous Tertiary beds (Upper
Miocene) occur in the vicinity of Coquimbo, Chili. ■^■* These
Chilian Tertiary shell beds, however, are found but sparingly in
Peru.-^^ The Tertiary beds of southern Patagonia vary from
seolian, swamp, and lacustrine deposits to sediments carrying a
marine fauna, and these are often interbedded with each other.
The maximum thickness is about 1500 feet.''" Tertiary lava flows
and intrusions of igneous rock are common throughout the Andes"
and arc not rare even in Patagonia.
49. Steinmann, Gustav, loc. cit., p. 8.59.
50. Steinmann, Gustav, loc. cit., p. 859.
51. Katzer, Fricdrich, Grundziige der Geologie des iinteren Amazonas-
^el)ietes, 1903, pp. 131-139.
i>Z.
Berghaus, Physikali.scher Atlas, No. 14.
53. Hartt, C. F., Geol. and Phys. Geog. of Brazil, 1S70, p. 557.
54. De Lapparent, A., Traitc de Geologie, Vol. Ill, 1906, p. 1621.
55. Forbes, David, loc. cit., p. 9.
56. Hatcher, J. B., Am. Jour. Sci., 4th Ser., Vol. XI, 1900, p. 99.
57. Forbes, David, loc. cit., p. 12.
Feb., 1911.] The Blister Rust of White Pine. 285
The deposits of borax, saltpetre, etc., in the Atacama desert
and vicinity are of post-Tertiary age and are thought to have
been foniied by the deposition of the salts, contained in an inclosed
portion of the sea, as the water evaporated.
Quaternary. Glacial drift (Pleistocene) occurs from Terra del
Fucgo northward at least to 41° S. latitude, while alpine glacia-
tion occurs as far north as 9° vS. latitude. "Besides the true
glacial deposits and the asolian formations of loess and loam,
there exists in South America, especially on the high plateau of
Bolivia, lake deposits of great extent. "-^^
Terraces and tuff deposits, analogous to those of the Great
Basin region of North America, are well developed. Over the
high lands of central Brazil and in Paraguay, river gravels and
silts, similar to those of the Columbia formation, are also well
developed, while the low plains and swamps are covered by
allu^■ium.•^^
58. Steinmann, Gustav, loc. cit., p. 860.
59. Evans, }. W., Ouart.Jour. Geol. Soc. London, Vol. L. 1894, pp.
98, 99.
Chicago, 1909.
THE BLISTER RUST OF WHITE PINE fPERIDERMIUM
STROBI KLEBAHN) FOUND IN OHIO.*
A. D. Sf.lby.
Alany are fainiliar with Circular 3S, Bureau of Plant Industry,
U.S. Department of Agriculture, issued in August, 1909, warning
growers and importers of white pine seedlings that the blister
rust of this species had been introduced into New York state and
probably into Pennsylvania. This rust fungus, (Peridermium
strobi Klebahn) has been found by rust specialists to be one
stage of the blister rust of ctirrants and gooseberries, (Cronartium
ribicola Fisch. de Waldh.). The rust has long been of special
interest in Europe, and particularly in Germany, because of its
apparent preference to the American white pine, (Pinus strobus)
as the host plant for the aecidial or ijeridermium stage. Now by
one of these biological transferences, we have this particular rust
fungus, heretofore unknown in America, brought back to the
native home of the white pine. We have in this fact a situation
which may be a serious drawback to the future successful culture
of white pine in North America. Just how serious the drawback
will finally prove cannot now be determined.
* Presented at the Akron meeting of the Ohio Acad, of Sci., Nov. 25,
1910.
286 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 4,
We know that there has recently been a marked development
in interest in forest planting, and that among all the limiber trees
thus far utilized for this purpose white pine has been a great
favorite. So far as I know, no record exists of the discovery of
the rust (Cronartium ribicolum) on currants and gooseberries in
the United States, but the disease may be serious from this point
of view as well. Through the kindly co-operation of the Depart-
ment of Nursery and Orchard Inspection, the Department of
Botany of the Experiment Station has received specimens of this
rust upon white pine seedlings growing in beds at Painesville,
Ohio. JMr. Evans, the Deputy Inspector, who discovered the
diseased specimens, stated that there was only one found among
the large number of seedlings. The specimen is preserved in the
Station Laboratory at Wooster. And of course both the Depart-
ment of Nursery and Orchard Inspection and the nursery people
are striving to stamp out the disease so far as that shipment is
concerned. The trees at Painesville were imported in the spring
of 1909 from Levavasseur & Co., of Ussey, France. vSubsequently,
Mr. Evans discovered one or more diseased specimens on premises
at Akron, Ohio. This lot of white pine was imported in the
spring of 190S from E. T. Dickinson, Chatenay, France.
Diseased Seedlings Probably of German Origin. We have
from the- observations of American visitors, notes that in the
region of Ussey, and doubtless in that of Chatenay, there are no
white pine grown. The French nurserymen had secured white
pine seedlings more cheaply, as we had, by going to the German
growers, and doubtless this is the explanation of the disease upon
the seedlings imported from France. As stated in the Circular 38
before quoted, it was previously known that many German
growers of white pine had sent diseased seedlings to the United
States, and these had been distributed throughout much of
New York and in parts of Pennsylvania.
Feb., 1911.] Eupatoi'ium Rotundifoliuvi in Ohio. 287
EUPATORIUM ROTUNDIFOLIUM IN OHIO.
Robert F. Griggs.
The known range of Eupatorium rotundifolium L. would not
lead one to expect to find it anywhere in Ohio. The writer was,
however, fortxinate enough to find it in an old field about a mile
north of the discontinued postoffice at Cedar Grove a few miles
east of South Bloomingville, Hocking Co. Here it occurs in
great abundance though not seen in other parts of the Sugar
Grove area. The plants were entirely similar to the northern
representatives of the species preserved in the herbaria but like
them differed somewhat from some of those collected in the
southern portion of the range.
The range of the species as given in the manuals is: Rhode
Island to Florida, Texas and Kentucky. The Gray Herbarium
has specimens from New Jersey, Delaware, District of Columbia,
Virginia, both coastal plain and mountain, North Carolina (Hen-
derson Co. on the coastal plain and Biltmore in the mountains),
Georgia, Florida, Mississippi, Texas ("prairies Rusk Co."),
southwestern Arkansas, and Tennessee. In Pennsylvania it is
reported by Porter from the coastal plain only but Shafer gives a
record, unsupported by herbarium specimens, from Allegheny Co.
I am indebted to Professor Femald for the information that its
range is now known to extend northward to the vicinity of Boston
where it has recently been discovered though at the time of writing
the record has not been published nor is the specimen available.
The Ohio station extends the range known therefore about two
hundred miles.
MEETINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.
Orton Hall, Nov. 7th, 1910.
The meeting was called to order by the President, Mr. W. C.
Morse. The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and
approved. Prof. J. C. Hambleton read the report of the Com-
mittee on Nominations of Officers for the ensuing year, which
was as follows: Dr. A. Dachnowski for President, Mr. Clell L.
Metcalf for Vice-President, B. W. Wells for Secretary-Treasurer.
On motion by Prof. Landacre these persons were unanimously
elected. Mr. W. J. Koster was elected a member of the Society.
After the short business session, Prof. Hambleton introduced
Mr. Morse the retiring President, who gave an illustrated address
on the Maxville limestone. The paper treated of the strati-
graphy, correlation, economic geology, and paleontology of this
2 88 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 4,
fomiation. Especial emphasis was placed on the distribution of
the stratum, 'for this formation only appears in isolated areas.
These isolated areas were foniierly supposed to be the result of
original deposition in separate basins, but the speaker was able to
show" that the isolation is due to the fact that the Maxville was
originally a continuous deposit, which after being raised to a
land surface was swept away in most places; the scattered rem-
nants later being submerged to receive the Pottsville.
In the northern part of the area of exposures it was shown
that the formation consisted of a massive lower half separated from
a medium bedded upper half by a nodular shale zone.
The researches of the speaker resulted in increasing the fauna
by 50% and the new forms clearly show the Maxville to have as
its closest equivalent the Spergen Hill (Salem formation) fauna of
Indiana. It was stated further that Ulrich has shown this Spergen
Hill fauna to recur in the Ste. Genevieve and Tribune limestones
and hence it is difficult to say with w^hich of these the Maxville is
equivalent. In the opinion of the speaker, after considering all
available evidence, the nearest equivalent would be the upper
member (Ohara) of the Ste. Genevieve limestone.
The society adjourned immediately after the address.
Bertram W. Wells, Secretary.
Orton Hall, December 5th, 1910.
The meeting was called to order by the President, Dr. Dach-
nowski. The minutes of the previous meeting were read and
approved. The President then introduced Dr. Joseph A. Leigh ton
who gave an interesting and stimulating address on "Some Con-
tributions of Biology to Philosophy." Prof. Leighton pointed
out the indebtedness of philosophy to biology showing in a num-
ber of instances how biological conceptions have invaded and
modified philosophical thought. Succeeding the address an
interesting discussion was engaged in by the faculty members
present.
The latter part of the evening was taken up by reports of the
Ohio Academy of Science meeting held at Akron during the
Thanksgiving recess. Profs. Landacre, Osborn and Schaffncr
gave accounts of the papers presented and the work of the
academy.
A short business meeting ensued. Mr. W. G. Stover, Mr.
C. H. Goetz, Miss Rose Gormly and Miss A4ary B. Linnell were
elected to membership. The society then adjourned.
Bertram W. Wells, Secretary.
Date of Publication, February 7, 1911.
The Ohio V^aturalist,
PUBLISHED BY
The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni'versity,
Volume XI. MARCH, 1911. No. 5.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SCHAFFNER— The Classilication of Plants. VI 289
Fulton— The Stratiomyidae of Cedar Point, Sandusky 299
HiNE— A New Species of Nothomyia 301
Griggs — An (;hio Station for Phaeelia duljia 303
Griggs — Eupatorinm aromatieiim in Ohio 304
THE CLASSIFICATION OF PLANTS, VL*
John H. Schaffner.
In a previous paper of this series, the writer defined the classes
of plantsf and also divided the Monocotyls and Dicotyls into ten
subclasses. In the arrangement given only a moderate departure
was made from the Engler and Prantl scheme, although it was
recognized that present morphological knowledge would warrant
greater changes. Having become accustomed to thinking along
phyletic lines of classification in the meantime, through rather
extensive investigations, the writer is now prepared to take a
more radical position in the direction of a rational system. The
tiine has come when present accepted facts and theories of mor-
phology and evolutionary doctrines should be reflected in plant
classification. Bessey's "A Synopsis of Plant Phyla" published
in 1907 is a most important contribution to the subject of tax-
onomy and can readily be taken as a basis for further studies.
Some of the groupings given below have been taken from the
"Synopsis," while a considerable part had been worked out inde-
pendently before a copy of that work was received. It was.
therefore, a source of considerable satisfaction to find that the
writer's own results were essentially the same as Bessey's. For if
one breaks away from past "authority," the application of modem
ideas to the problem of relationships should lead to more or less
definite results. In so far as they represent essentially similar
groups, the names adopted by Bessey have also been applied to
the present classification; for the "name of a group is only a name
and not a definition." The names not agreeing with Bessey's
* Contribution from the Botanical Laboratory of Ohio State University, 60.
t The Classification of Plants, IV. Ohio Nat. 9 : 446-455, 1909.
289
290 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 5,
have been adapted from older classifications. In this connection
it might l^e stated that the Bentham and Hooker scheme of
classification contains certain features which should not be thrown
overboard bodily without due consideration.
As stated in a previous article of this series, all possible char-
acters and peculiarities should be considered in segregating
groups. Gross and microscopic, and external and internal mor-
phology, as well as embryology, physiology, and life cycle are
important and must be taken into account if contradictions in
supposed lines of descent are to be avoided. But when the groups
have thus been established, one or at most, a very few definite
characters in combination should give an exclusive definition.
It will be evident to anyone, who has considered the subject
in some detail, that the groups of monocotyls and dicotyls cannot
be segregated on the basis of the flower alone, although the flower
is perhaps the most important stnictm'e in the Anthophyta to
indicate relationship. There may be apocarpous and syncar-
pous, apetalous and choripetalous, monosporangiate and bispo-
rangiate, and numerous other diverse developments in very
closely related groups. From an evolutionary point of view, the
starting-point of floral development inust be sought among the
homosporous and heterosporous Pteridophyta. The flower of
the higher plants then seems to have come from a definite,
bisporangiate strobilus or cone. This is especially apparent in
the angiospenns where the monosporangiate flower usually shows
vestiges of one or the other set of sporophylls. These vestiges in
the angiosperm flower are ver}^ conclusive, and in deciding whether
a given structure is primitive or specialized their recognition
becomes of primary importance.
The general progression is then about as follows:
1. Indefinite bands of sporophylls with further growth of the
axis.
2. Definite bisporangiate strobili.
3. Development of a perianth in the Anthoph^^ta.
4. Reduction of the fioral organs to definite cycles and
numbers.
5. Extreme modifications in the tyjjical floral organs and also
in the parts immediately surrounding.
As often pointed out the evolutionary lines in the flower are
then :
1. From spiral to cyclic and to reduced cycles, in the
monocotyls mostly trimerous, occasionally tetramerous or dimer-
ous, and in the dicotyls mostly pentamerous, but occasionally
tetramerous, trimerous or dimerous.
2. From pentacyclic to tetracyclic or still fewer sets.
3. From hypogynous to pcrigynous and epigynous conditions.
4. From parts free to parts united, as from apocarpy to
syncarpy.
Mar,, 1911.] The Classification of Plants, VI. 291
5. From choripetalous to sympetalous, apetalous or naked
flowers.
6. From spiral to actinomorphic flowers, and further to
isobilateral, unsymmetrical, or zygomorphic types.
7. From bisporangiate to monosporangiate and further from
monecious to diecious flowers.
S. From types with all the organs normal to those that show
vestigal parts.
These developments are repeated again and again. Certain
of these specializations show themselves even in primitive grotips.
In many cases no relation with the environment is evident, but
advancing tendencies apparently originate in the internal consti-
tution of the plant itself. Thus we are led to recognize tendencies
which may or may not come to expression in the diverse species of
a natural group. The whole phylogenetic development bears a
close resemblance to the ontogenetic expression of hereditary
characters in the individual.
The development of the inflorescence is equally interesting
with that of the flower itself. In the primitive groups a single
flower tenninates a main vegetative branch and from this condi-
tion appear all gradations of reduction and clustering through
racemes, corymbs, and panicles to spikes, spadixes, catkins, heads,
and disks, and their various modifications.
In general then, the process of segregation, classification and
arrangement should proceed on the following basis:
1. Development of the floral organs.
2. Specialization and degeneration of the floral parts.
3. Specialization and degeneration of the vegetative parts.
The segregation must be fundamentally phyletic and should
follow a recognition of the gaps produced by variation, mutation,
and the destruction of intermediate types, while the arrangement
in series should follow the evolutionary progression as indicated
by comparative morphology and complexity of life cycle, together
with the presence of vestigial parts. Vestigial organs are of the
highest importance in any classification of the angiospenns
because of their common occurrence. It is necessary, therefore,
to be able to distinguish vestigial organs or vestiges from nascent
organs or primordia. Paleontological evidence would here be of
paramount importance but satisfactory fossil flowers are too rare
for our purpose.
Before taking up the special question of the relationships in
the Anthophyta a word may be said in regard to the importance
of synopses. The synopsis is commonly confused with a key for
identification. A synopsis should show the supposed phyletic
relationship; a key should be the easiest means for ascertaining a
name whether of group or species. In most cases the synopsis
does not make a satisfactory, working key. The genera of
292 The Ohio Naturalist • [Vol. XI, No. 5,
Araceae of the northeastern United States are treated below for
illustration. This synopsis is supposed to show both the natural
relationships and the orderly arrangement, in series, of groups of
lower and higher value. The key is simply a device for the easy
recognition of the genera. The essential mark of a good key is
that it makes use of such characters only as are present at a
certain season of the year or a certain period of the life history.
SYNOPSIS.
I. Flowers bisporangiate; plants without or with lactiferous cells.
1. Without lactiferous cells; with a perianth Pothatae
a. Without a typical spathe 1. Acorns
2. With lactiferous cells; with or without a perianth C.\llatae
a. Without a typical spathe; with a perianth. , . .2. Oronlium
b. With an open spathe; without a perianth; spadix
elongated 3. Calla
c. With an enveloping spathe; with a perianth; spadix
globose 4. Spathyema
II. Flowers monosporangiate; plants with lactiferous cells; without a
perianth.
1. Spadix covered to the tip with flowers Philodexdratae
a. Flowers monecious; leaves simple 5. Peltandra
2. Spadix with a sterile projection at the tip Aratae
a. Flowers monecious or diecious; leaves compound.
6. Arisaema
KEY.
1. Inflorescence without an obvious spathe; flowers bisporangiate, with a
perianth. 2.
1. Inflorescence with a large, expanded spathe. 3.
2. Spadix apparently lateral; scape 3-angled and grooved. Acorns.
2. Spadix terminal; scape cylindrical. Orontium.
3. Leaves compound; spadix with a prominent sterile projection at the
tip. Arisaema.
3. Leaves simple; spadix usually without a sterile projection at the tip. 4.
4. Flowers monecious, on an elongated spadix; leaves prominently sagitate
with rather distinct points. Peltandra.
4. Flowers bisporangiate, on an oval or globose spadix; leaves cordate or
only slightly sagitate. 5.
5. Spathe open, with a slender point; .spadix ovoid or somewhat elongated.
Calla.
5. Spathe enclosing the globose spadix; not with a slender point. Spathyema
At present we do not possess the necessary morphological
details to make a final classification, yet the broad outlines of a
natural arrangement can be laid down with a fair degree of cer-
tainty. When several parallel lines are to be grouped, one can,
of course, use his individual judgment, the better plan probably
being to follow expediency. If the methods and principles
employed are correct there should not be much change in the gen-
eral scheme, in the future, except in matters of detail. The
larger problem of the correct limits of families and orders cannot,
of course, be considered at present. It must be recognized,
however, that some of the families, like Saxifragaceae, as fonnerly
delimited, are mere waste-baskets to receive odds and ends which
Mar., 1911.] The Classification of Plants, 17. 293
may belong elsewhere. It is believed that the segregation into
sub-classes, as given below, is essentailly correct and represents
phyletic developments. In the older arrangements the treatment
of the series is often very inconsistent, in some cases proceeding
from the primitive to the specialized, in others from the most
highly specialized to the most primitive, as in the case of the grass
family. The arrangement must be inverted beginning with the
primitive bamboos and endiiig with such extremely specialized
genera as Indian corn.
The sub-classes at present recognized by the writer are as
follows :
Monocotylae:
Helobiae.
Spadiciflorae.
Glumiflorae.
Liliifl-orae.
DiCOTYLAE :
Thalamiflorae.
Centrospermae.
Calyciflorae.
Amentiferae.
Myrtiflorae.
Heteromerae.
Tubiflorae.
Inferae.
There can be little question but that the Helobiae represent
the lowest monocotyls and the Thalamiflorae the lowest dicotyls.
Any comparative morphology based on phyletic ideas must come
to this conclusion. The lower types of these two subclasses are
about on a level. There is little point, therefore, to the discus-
sions as to whether monocotyls or dicotyls are the higher group.
Since the highest dicotyls go far beyond the highest monocotyls in
floral specialization, it is more convenient to place the monocotyls
flrst in the list, even though the gametophytes of their highest
members, the Orchidaceae, probably represent the most extreme
reduction and specialization. The classification of the vascular
plants should be based primarily upon the sporophyte.
Finally, it should be clear that generalizations as to primitive
conditions and evolutions can not be based upon such extremely
specialized forms as Welwitschia (Tumboa), Piperaceae, Casuarina,
and other peculiar groups. The gametophytes and the minute
morphology have undergone specialization as well as the more
exposed parts.
A general representation of the supposed relationship is given
in Figure 1 . The Helobiae begin with the Alismaceae and related
forms and end with the Vallisneriaceae which are highly special-
294
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XI, No. 5,
ized, monosporanc^iate, and epigynous. The Nymphaeaceae are
an intermecliate lateral branch of the Hclobiae. The morpho-
logical evidence for this view is overwhelming. There is no
reason for separating the Hydrocharitales from the Helobiae as is
frequently done, for their morphology and cytology show the
relationship conclusively.
Whether the Spadiciflorac represent more than one subclass
may be a question, but they nevertheless show a closer relation-
ship among themselves than to either the Helobiae or Liliiflorae.
Fig. 1. Diagram of the Subclasses of Monocotylas and Dicotylae.
The^Glumiflorae may be an offshoot from either the Spadici-
florae or Liliiflorae. They have thus been placed in a neutral
position, in the diagram, between the two. They represent
extreme specializations as indicated by the numerous vestigial
structures.
The main families of the Liliiflorae make a natural group
extending from the Liliaceae to the Orchidaceae. The Liliales
may need some further rearrangement from that indicated below,
but it is not considered advisable to separate them into two orders
as is frequently done.
In the Dicotylae the problem of classification is, of course,
much more difficult than in the Monocotvlae, because of the far
Mar., 1'.) 11.] The Classification of Plants, VI. 295
greater numbers involved, and the complexity of structure. This
is especially true of the choripetalous families, where it is almost
impossible for the mind to grasp the enonnous number of types
to be considered.
The Thalamiflorae are the lowest dicotyls. The first order,
the Ranales, constitute a parallel group to the hypogynous
Helobiae. The Ranales are closely followed by the Sarraceniales,
Brassicales, and the lower Gerianales and Malvales.
The Centrospermae are a small branch having its origin
in the Thalamiflorae. Its lowest family, the Caryophyllaceae,
indicates the relationship while the higher forms are greatly
specialized, passing over into reduced apetalous and naked flowers
with high development of the inflorescence.
The Calyciflorae represent another great, fundamental branch
of choripetalous dicotyls arising from near the Ranales, but some-
what more specialized. The lower genera of Rosaceae show
marked resemblances to some Ranunculaceae. The other fam-
ilies placed in this subclass are fairly certain and there may be
families and genera at present associated with other subclasses
that properly belong here.
The Amentiferae are a small but important group whose real-
tionship may be traced from the lower Calyciflorae through the
Hamamelidaceae, Platanaceae, Ulmaceae, Moraceae, etc., up to
the Salicaccac. A ntunber of families now included arc uncertain.
One of the structures of the group is the highly specialized flower
cluster, the catkin, and there are other significant features as
chalazogamy besides various peculiarities of buds, twigs and leaves.
The Myrtiflorae are an epigynous branch, mostly of chori-
petalous dicotyls, probably derived from the Calyciflorae, from
the vicinity of the Saxifragales. Some of the families may be
excluded in the future but the main mass represents a distinct
type of floral development and appears to be phylogenetically
related, excepting, perhaps the cactales which may even belong to
the Centrospemiae.
The Heteromerae appear to have come from near the same
region as the Centrospermae. The strong resemblance of certain
Caryophyllaceae to Primulaceae is very suggestive and gives
support to this view. The Heteromerae also show their primitive
character by frequent choripetaly and other peculiarities.
From the lower Heterom.erae it is but a step to the Tubiflorae,
the lowest forms of which are represented by the Convolvulaceae
and Polemoniaceae. The families of the Tubiflorae are for the
most part quite certain, except perhaps the Plantaginaceae.
The last and highest subclass of Dicotylae, the Inferae, appears
to be an offshoot from the lower Calvciflorae, the line leading
almost directly from the Saxifragales to the Umbellales, Rubiales,
Campanulales, and Compositales.
296 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 5,
The application of the preceding scheme of classification to
the families of Anthophyta represented in the northeastern
United States will give the following arrangement:
Phylum, ANTHOPHYTA.
Class, MONOCOTYLAE.
Subclass I. Helobiae.
1 . Alismales — Alismaceae, Scheuchzeriaceae, Potamogetonaceae
Xaiadaceae.
2. Nymphaeales — Nymphaeaceae (Nelumbonatac, Nymphae-
atac).
3. Hydrocharitales — Vallisneriaceae.
Subclass n. Spadiciflorae.
-i. Pandanales— Sparganiaceae, Typhaceae.
5. Arales — Araceae (Pothatae, Callatae, Philodendratae, Ara-
tae), Lemnaceae.
Subclass HI. Glumiflorae.
6. Graminales — Cyperaceae (Scirpatae, Rhyncosporatae, Car-
icatae), Graminaceae (Poacatae, Panicatae).
Subclass IV. Liliiflorae.
7. Liliales — Liliaceae (Melanthatae, Liliatae, Convallariatae) ,
Smilaceae, Juncaceae, Commelinaceae, Pontederiaceae,
]\layacaceae, Xyridaceae, Eriocaulaceae.
S. Iridales — Amaryllidaceae, Haemodoraceae, Iridaceae, Dio-
scoreaceae, Bromeliaceae.
9. Scitaminales — Marantaceae.
10. Orchidales — Burmanniaceae, Orchidaceae (Cypripediatae,
Orchidatae) .
Class, DICOTYLAE.
Subclass I. Thalamiflorae.
1. Ranales — Magnoliaceae, Anonaceae, Ranunculaceae, Cera-
tophyllaceae, Berberidaceae, Menispemiaceae, Lauraceae.
2. Sarraceniales — Sarraceniaceae, Droseraceae.
3. Brassicales — Papaveraceae, Fumariaceae, Brassicaceae, Cap-
paridaceae, Resedaceae?
4. Geraniales — Geraniaceae, Oxalidaceae, Balsaminaceae, Tro-
paeolaccae, Linaceae, Zygophyllaceae, Rutaceae, Sima-
rubaceae, Polygalaceae, Euphorbiaceae, Callitrichaceae.
5. Malvales — -Malvaceae, Tiliaceae.
6. Guttiferales — Theaceae, Hypericaceae, Cistaceae, Vio-
laceae, Passifloraceae,
Mar., 1911.] 1 he Classification of Plants, VI. 297
Subclass II. Centrospermae.
7. Caryophyllales— Caryophyllaceae, Elatinaceae, Aizoaceae,
Portulacaceae, Nyctaginaceae, Phytolaccaceac.
8. Chenopodiales— Illecebraceae, Amaranthaceae, Chenopodi-
aceac.
9. Polygonales — Polygonaceae.
10. Piperales — Saururaceae.
Subclass III. Calyciflorae.
11. Resales — Rosaceae (Rosatae, Pomatae, Drupatae), Caly-
canthaceae, Fabaceae (Mimosatae, Cassiatae, Papili-
onatae) .
12. Saxifragales — Crassulaceae (Crassulatae, Penthoratae) ,
Podostemaceae, Parnassiaceae,- Saxifragaceae, Iteaceae.
13. Celastrales — -Rhamnaceae. Vitaceae, Celastraceae, Buxaceae,
Ilicaceae, Cyrillaceae, Staphyleaceae, Thymeleaceae,
Elacagnaceae.
14. Sapindales — Sapindaceae, Hippocastanaceae, Aceraceae,
Empetraceae, Limnanthaceae, Anacardiaceae.
Subclass IV. Amentiferae.
15. Platanales — Hamamelidaceae, Platanaceae.
IG. Urticales — Ulmaceae, Moraceae (Moratae, Cannabatae),
Urticaceae.
17. Fagales — Fagaceae, Betiilaceae, Juglandaceae, Leitneri-
aceae, M^'ricaceae.
18. Salicales — Salicaceae.
Subclass V. Myrtiflorae.
19. Cactales — Cactaceae.
2U. Myrtales — Lythraceae? Hydrangeaceae, Grossulariaceae,
Melastomaceae, Onagraceae, Trapaceae, Haloragidaceae,
Hippuridaceae.
21. Loasales — Loasaceae, Cucurbitaceae.
22. Aristolochiales — Aristolochiaceae.
23. Santalales — Santalaceae, Loranthaceae.
Subclass VI. Heteromerae.
24. Primulales — Primulaceae, Plumbaginaceae.
2.5. Ericales — Clethraceae, Pyrolaceae, Monotropaceae, Dia-
pensiaceae, Ericaceae, Vacciniaceae.
2(). Ebenales — Sapotaceae, Ebenaceae, Symplocaceae, Styra-
caceae.
298 The Oliii) Xafurdlixt. [Vol. XI, No. 5,
Subclass VII. TUBIFLORAE.
27. Polemoniales — Convolvulaceae, Cuscutaceae, Polemoni-
aceae, Hydrophyllaceae.
2s. Gentianales — Oleaceae, Loganiaceac, Gentianaceae, Men-
yanthaceae, Apocynaceae, Ascelpiadaceae.
29. Scrophulariales — Solanaceae, Scrophulariaceae, Orobancha-
ceae, Bignoniaceae, Martyniaceae, Lentibulariaceae,
Acanthaceae.
30. Lamiales — Boraginaceac, Verbenaccae, Lamiaceae, Pliry-
maceae.
3 1 . Plantaginales — Plantaginaceae.
Subclass VIII. Inferae.
32. Umbellales — Araliaceae, Ammiaceae, Cornaceae.
33. Rubiales — Rubiaceae, Adoxaceae, Caprifoliaceae, \'aleri-
anaceae.
34. Campanulales — Campanulaceae (Campanulatae, Lobeliatae).
3"). Compositales — Dipsacaceae, Ambrosiaceae, Helianthaceae,
Cichoriaceae.
o
A Collection of Atlases. There recently came to the
library of Ohio State University a two volume work of IGOO pages,
giving titles, for, and in sonic cases short notes about, the atlases
now in the Hbrary of Congress at Washington There are over
3,400 of these atlases covering a very wide range of data. It
would seem that nearly everything could be reduced to a map.
There are atlases astronomical, cartographical, commercial,
ecclesiastical, geological, historical, ethnographical, physical and
political; business, real estate and military atlases; general atlases,
atlases of discovery, of exploration, of boundaries, of oceans, riv-
ers, harbors, crops, and many resources; atlases of population,
diseases, and many vital statistics.
Twelve pages and ninety titles are devoted to the atlases of
Ohio, beginning with Walling's Atlas of Ohio in 1808, followed
by the Geological vSurvey Atlas, and Hardesty's historical and
military encyclopedias each with an extensive atlas. Then come
most of the counties with atlases and plat-books, followed by
a series of city atlases.
For New York State there are 137 atlases, including 28 devoted
to the city alone.
Almost any scientist or philosopher could find basal material
for research, charted here and ready for comparative studies.
G. D. Hubbard,
Mar., 1911.] The Stratiomyidar of Cedar Point. 299
THE STRATIOMYIDAE OF CEDAR POINT, SANDUSKY.
(Order Diptera)
Bentlev B. Fulton.
A shallow, weedy body of quiet water with a low muddy or
sandy shore, is the ideal "breeding place for most Stratiomyidae.
These conditions are found at Cedar Point. The shore of San-
dusky Bay along the point is low and sandy and in most places
covered with a layer of mud and debris washed up by the waves.
Along the shore there are many patches of swamp land. At the
eastern end of the bay there is a swamp covering several square
miles, through which run many winding flood channels; the
largest of these is called Black Channel. The bottom of the bay
has a thick deposit of mud and supports a luxuriant growth of
submerged plants, while on the surface in many places are thick
mats of algae and floating plants. All these conditions are
favorable and most of the si^ecies found were ver\' common.
Since no collecting has been done at Cedar Point before the
iTiiddle of June, it is probable that there are a number of early
forms which have not been taken.
The family Stratiomyidae is a rather large one, having about
one thousand described species, of which about two hundred are
found in North America. They are bare or thinly pilose flies
with flattened abdomen and often having bright yellow or green
markings which give them the name of Soldier Flies. The
squamae are small or vestigial, tibiae without spurs and the
antennae are three-jointed, the third joint being composed of
several annulations and often bearing a terminal arista. The
wings are clear or smoky and are held along the abdomen when at
rest. Species of this family may be easily recognized by the
venation of the wing; the longittidinal veins being more or less
crowded along the costal margin, while the posterior veins are
often weak or vestigial. The discal cell is usually small and oval
or irregularly six-sided.
C. A. Hart in his "Entomology of the Iflinois River" has given
man}^ interesting observations on the habits of Stratiomyidae.
He found the females of Odontomyia cincta and O. vertebrata
ovipositing on reeds, stakes and dead branches in the water. The
larvae of Stratiomyia and Odontomyia are elongate and flattened,
rather large, and of an opaque greenish, brown, or gray color
obscurely striped. The fonner prefer the low shores and are
found crawling over the mud or living in the plant debris, while
the latter live in the water. The pupa is formed in one end of the
larval skin, which becomes inflated and floats on the water. The
imago emerges through a median slit connecting transverse slits
in the second and fourth segments.
3°° The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 5,
The adults are found about flowers or resting on plants near
the water, and may be collected by sweeping with the net. The
flowers of milkweed (Asdcpias) are very attractive to many kinds
of flies including vStratiomyidae, Syrphidae, Tabanidae,
Muscidae, Tachinidae, vSarcophagidae, Dexidae and Conopidae.
Two species of milkweeds are found at Cedar Point, Asclepias
syriaca L. and .4 . incarnata L. Along the point in the vicinity of
Black Channel there is an abundant growth of the former, and at
times the clusters of flowers are nearly covered with flies and
many more are buzzing around them. The flowers of this genus
have a remarkable adaptation for cross pollination by insects.
As the insect crawls over the flower its claws catch in V-shaped
fissures between the nectariferous hoods and are guided along a
slit to a notched disk which clings to the- foot. To this disk are
fastened two flat, spatiilate pollen masses or pollinia, which are
pulled out by the insect and carried to other flowers. A few of
the small bees and many of the flies are unable to pull out some of
the pollinia and are thus entrapped. This facilitates matters for
the collector, for they can then be picked off with the fingers and
put into the cyanide bottle. Some of the specimens had as many
as ten pairs of pollinia clinging to their feet. The species of
Odontomjda are more often entrapped than vStratiomyia, which
are larger. Those that are not entrapped may often be caught by
clapping them into the bottle with the cork. The swamp milk-
weed {A. incarnata L.) is found at the waters edge or at the edge
of the cat-tail zone. It is not so much frequented by vStratio-
myidae as by other insects, and on many of the flower clusters
there are one or two ambush bugs (Phymata erosa L.), which
probably devour many of the entrapped flies.
The yellow pond lily {Xymphaea advena Ait.) is another flower
on which a number of flies can be found. They must be approached
carefully in a boat, for some of the larger flies will fly out if the
water is much disturbed. On coming near enough one can slip
the hand under the flower and close it up. The whole flower can
then be broken off and put in the cyanide bottle for a short time,
after which it should be removed and the flies sorted out. Other
common plants which are very attractive to flies and other insects
are the blue vervain {Verbena hastata L.), the swamp rose inallow
{Hibiscus Moschentos L.) and the pickerel-weed {Pontederia cor-
data L.) Good collecting can be done b}' sweeping among the
swamp grasses. At times the end of the net, with whatever it may
contain, can be put in the cyanide bottle for about a minute and
then removed and the desirable specimens taken out.
Mar., 1911.] The Stratiomyidae of Cedar Point. 301
The following species have been taken:
Odontoniyia —
cincta Olivier,
hydroleonoides Johnson.
virgo Wied.
vertebrata Say.
nigerrima Loew.
Stratiomyia —
badia Walker,
lativentris Loew.
mei genii Wied.
nonnula Loew.
discalis Loew\
Geosargus elegans Loew.
Pachygaster piilcher Loew.
Nothoniyia viridis Hine.
The first three species of Odontoniyia were very common both
on land and water, while 0. vertebrata and O. nigerrim seem to be
rare, only one specimen of each having been taken. The species
of Stratiomyia were found on land and were commonest in the
vicinitv of Black Channel.
A NEW SPECIES OF NOTHOMYIA.
JAS. S. HlXE.
The genus Nothomyia is one of the little known genera of
Diptera so far as records show. It was described by Loew in
Diptera Americae Septentrionalis, Centuria VIII, 4, 1869, and so
far as I have observed there are no references to it since except in
check lists and manuals. Two Cuban species were described at
the time and Loew expressed the opinion that Oxycera metallica
Weidemann, from St. Thomas should be included.
Members of the genus have the abdomen five segmented,
scutellum with two marginal spines, third antennal segment with
a terminal arista, eyes contiguous in the male and separated in the
female. Wings with four posterior veins, three of which arise
from the discal cell and the fourth from the second basal. Third
\'ein without an anterior branch. Nothomyia scutellata Loew
from Cuba is the type species.
Nothomyia viridis n. sp. Length five millimeters Body shin-
ing green above and clothed rather sparsely with soft white hair.
Front in the female rather narrow above, gradually widened
downward, produced below so that the antennae are at the tip of
a distinct prominence, front of male similar but divided by the
eyes. Antenna with three distinct segments, first segment about
equal to the second, third segment composed of annulations and
;o2
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XI, No. 5,
with a terminal arista which is longer than the remainder of the
antenna, three small ocelli arranged in the form of a triangle
near the vertex, face on the under side of the head, only slightly
oblique and clothed with rather long white hairs, proboscis dark
yellowish, short and fleshy. Thorax shining green above and on
parts of the sides, black beneath, front legs black throughout,
other femora and tibiae and last three segments of tarsi black,
first two segments of tarsi white or very pale yellow. In most
specimens all the femora are dark yellow apically and the same
color may be present on the inner sides of the apices of the tibiae.
Wings hyaline, stigma pale yellow. Knob of Halteres yellow.
Abdomen green above, black beneath, clothed everywhere with
white hair.
The male type and fourteen other specimens taken on Cedar
Point, Sandusky, in July. One male taken by B. B. Fulton.
vSpecimens procured while resting on leaves of variovis species
of plants.
This species varies some in size and in the color of the legs,
but on the whole the specimens at hand are fairly uniform.
Mar., 1911.] An Ohio Station for Phacelia dubia. 303
AN OHIO STATION FOR PHACELIA DUBIA.
Robert F. Griggs.
Phacelia dubia (L) Small has been included in the Flora of
Ohio since Newberry's Catalog which reported it on the authority
of Sullivant. No other collector, however, has since found it and
the state herbariimi has long maintained an empty cover for it.
The writer was therefore glad to discover it growing on the ridge
a mile west of Clark's Crossing in Fairfield County and later to
find SulHvant's specimen in the Gray Herbarium at Harvard
labeled simply "Lancaster, Ohio, SulHvant" in Asa Gray's
handwriting.
The station is a narrow ridge of Black Hand Sandstone from
which all of the overlying rock of the Logan formation has been
removed leaving it bare or clothed with a thin soil. It bears a
growth of fair sized trees mostly pine and rock or black oak and
mmierous rather xerophytic herbs of which the most typical is
the "Wild Sweet Pea," Tephrosia virginiana. In view of this
habitat the manual notation "Shaded Banks" is rather misleading.
Similar habitats are to be found occasionally throughout the
Sugar Grove region but the writer has seen the plant nowhere else
except at "Kettle Hills," a mile or two north of the present
station. Sullivant probably obtained his plant from one of these
stations, and since no one else has found it, it may be doubted if
it occurs elsewhere in the state.
This supposition is supported by the general range of the
species for it seems to be confined to the Allegheny region from
New York and Ohio southward, although it is given in the manuals
as "New York to Kansas and southward." Through the whole
of this range it is rare and local being known from only a few
stations in each state. In New York it is known only near James-
ville where it was discovered a few years ago by Mrs. L. L. Good-
rich growing on limestone rock. In Pennsylvania it is reported
by Porter from Lancaster and Perry Counties. In Maryland
specimens from the Great Falls of the Potomac are marked
"rare." In Tennessee Gattinger knew it only from the vicinity
of Nashville and in Alabama Mohr cites only two counties with
the notation "Local and infrequent."
The record from Kansas is based on a specimen collected by
Hitchcock in Cherokee County in the extreme southeastern comer
of the state. This is, however, not Phacelia dubia but Phacelia
hirsuta Nutt. and corresponds almost exactly with Nuttall's plant
which came from Arkansas. The writer has, however, made a
careful study of the plants and the descriptions and has satisfied
himself that the two are not specifically separable but that hirsuta
is simply a more hairy subspecies. It occurs with the species
304 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 5,
about Nashville, Tennessee, also in Giles County, Virginia, and
on the summit of Stone A-Iountain, Georgia, where it has been
repeatedly collected. But its main range seems to lie to the west-
ward of the species, from JNIissouri (Potosi) to Kansas (Cherokee
County) and southward into Texas.
EUPATORIUM AROMATICUM IN OHIO.
Robert F. Griggs.
So far as the writer is aware Eupatorium aromaticum L. has
never been suspected of being a member of the Ohio Flora. Great,
therefore, was the writer's joy in finding it growing abundantly
along the roadside in the valley of Queer Creek about three
miles east of South Bloomingville, Hocking County, September 7,
1910. The plants were at once recognized as entirely distinct
from the common E. ageratoides with which the species some-
times intergrades and on comparison with herbarium specimens
proved to be perfectly typical representatives of E. aromaticum.
The general distribution of the species as given by the manuals,
Britton and Gray, is "Copses, etc., Massachusetts to Florida near
the coast." Reference to herbarium specimens and local floras
shows however, a considerably wider range. In the Gray her-
barium at Harvard are specimens from Massachusetts, Rhode
Island, District of Columbia, Virginia, (Norfolk Co. on the coast
and Bedford and Craig Counties in the mountains). North and
South Carolina, Georgia, Florida, Alabama, and Louisiana,
(Jacksonville). In addition it is reported from the Tullahoma
fiats near Knoxville, Tenn., by Gattinger and from Jackson
County in southern Illinois by Patterson and from the vicinity of
Pittsburg by Shafer, though in this case the reference is unsup-
ported by a herbarium specimen. Even with these additions the
present station is about two hundred miles from the edge of its
range as previously known. Whether or not it occurs generally
over the area indicated can not be detennined from the data at
hand but in any case the range should be revised to include the
localities given above.
Date of Publication March 10, 1911.
ne Ohio ^JSCaturalist,
PUBLISHED BY
The Biological Club of the Ohio State University.
Volume XI.
APRIL, 1911,
No. 6.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Detmers— The Vascular Plants of the Crauberry Bog in Buckeye Lake 305
HiNE — New Species of Diptera of the Genus Erax 307
Dachnowski — The Ancient Vegetation of Ohio and its Ecological Conditions for
Growth 312
Stekki— Notes on the Anatomy and Physiology of the Unionidae 331
Gloyek— The Occurrence of Apple Bloch in Ohio 334
THE VASCULAR PLANTS OF THE CRANBERRY BOG IN
BUCKEYE LAKE.
Freda Detmers.
A floristic survey is being made of the bogs and swamps in
Ohio; and as soon as it is complete the Hst of plants will be pub-
lished. This present list includes the Vascular plants of the
Cranberry Bog or Cranberry Island in Buckeye Lake. The list
of Thallophyta and Bryophyta is not yet complete and will be
published later.
Osmunda regalis L.
" cinnamomea L.
Dryopteris thelypteris (L.) A Gr.
" cristata (L.) A Gr.
" spinulosa (Retz.) Kuntze.
Tj^pha latifolia L.
" angustifolia L.
Potamogeton natans L.
" zosteraefolius Schum.
" pusillus L.
" pectinatus L.
sp.
Scheuchzeria palustris L.
Sagittaria latifolia Willd.
Echinochloa walteri (Pursh.) Nash.
Panicuin capillare L.
Homalocenchrus oryzoides (L.)Poll.
Muhlenbergia racemosa (Mx.) B.
S. P.
Calamagrostis canadensis (Michx.)
Beauv.
Eragrostis hypnoides (Lam.)B.S.P.
Panicularia nervata (Willd. ) Kuntze.
Cyperus erythrorhizos Muhl.
" strigosus L.
Dulichium arundinaceum (L.)Britt.
Eleocharis obtusa Schultes.
palustris (L.) R. & S.
" palustris glaucescens
(Willd.) A. Gr.
" acicularis (L.) R. & S.
tenuis (Willd.) Schultes.
Scirpus lacustris L.
" fluviatilis (Torr.) A. Gr.
" cyperinus (L.) Kunth.
Eryophorum virginicum L.
Rynchospora alba (L.) Vahl.
Carex alata Torr.
" scirpoides Schkuhr.
" retroflexa Muhl.
" vulpinoidea iXIichx.
" decomposita Muhl.
" diandra Schrank.
" diandra ramosa (Boott.)
Fernald.
" stipata Muhl.
" aquatilis Wahl.
" stricta Lam.
" , leptalea Wahl.
" limosa L.
" filiformis L.
" pseudo-cyperus L.
" comosa Boott.
3o6
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XI, No. 6,
Peltandra virginica (L.) Kunth.
Spirodela polyrhiza (L.) Schleid.
Lemna trisulca L.
" minor L.
Wolffia Columbiana Karst.
Wolffiella floridana (J. D. Sm.)
Thomp.
Juncus effusus L.
" brachvcephalus (Engelm.)
Buch.
" canadensis J. Gay.
Habenaria clavellata (Mx.) Spreng.
" lacera (Michx.) R. Br.
" leucophaea (Nutt.) Gray
Pogonia ophioglossoides (L.) Ker.
Arethusa bulbosa L.
Limodorum tuberosum L.
Gyrostachys cernua (L.) Kimtze.
Salix pedicillaris Pursh. (S. myrtil-
loides (Grav man. Ed. 6.)
" discolor Muhl.
" sericea Marsh.
Alnus rugosa (Du Roi) vSpreng.
Quercus palustris Du Roi.
" imbricaria Michx.
Adicea pumila (L.) Gray.
Boehmeria cylindrica (L.) Sw.
Rumex verticillatus L.
" brittanica L.
Polygonum emersum (Michx.) Britt.
" punctatum Ell.
" arifolium L.
Acnida tamariscina (Nutt.) Wood.
Nymphaea advena Ait.
Castalia odorata (Dryand) Woodv.
and Wood.
Nelumbo lutea (Willd.) Pers.
Ceratophyllum demersum L.
Batrachium trichophyllum (Chaix.)
Bossch.
Roripa palustris (L.) Bess.
" americana (A. Gr.) Britt.
Cardamine bulbosa (Schreb.)B.S.P.
Drosera rotundifolia L.
Rubus nigrobaccus Bailey.
Comarum palustre L.
Geum canadense Jacq.
" virginianum L.
Agrimonia parviflora Soland.
Rosa Carolina L.
Aronia arbutifolia (L.) Medic.
" atropurpurea Britt.
" nigra (Willd.) Britt.
Prunus virginiana L.
Lathyrus palustris L. var. lineari-
folius Ser.
Apios apios (L.) MacM.
Rhus vemix L.
Ilex verticillata (L.) A. Gr.
Acer rubrum L.
Impatiens biflora Walt.
Hibiscus moscheutos L.
Triadenum virginicum (L.) Raf.
Viola blanda Willd.
Decodon verticillatus (L.) Ell.
Epilobium strictum Muhl.
Onagra biennis (L.) Scop.
Cicuta bulbifera L.
Sium cicutaefolium Schrank.
Cornus stolonifera Michx.
Gaylussacia resinosa T. and G.
Oxycoccus macrocarpus (Ait.)Pers.
Bartonia virginica (L.) B. S. P.
Menyanthus trifoliata L.
Asclepias incarnata L.
Convolvulus sepium L.
Cuscuta gronovii Willd.
Teucrium canadense L.
Scutellaria lateriflora L.
Lycopus virginicus L.
Mentha canadensis L.
Solanum dulcamara L.
Chelone glabra L.
Gerardia paupercula (Gr.) Britt.
Utricularia vulgaris L.
" minor L.
Dianthera americana L.
Cephalanthus occidentalis L.
Galium trifidum L.
" asprellum Michx.
Sambucus canadensis L.
Campanula aparinoides Pursh.
Eupatorium purpureum L.
" perfoliatum L.
Solidago uliginosa Nutt.
" pa tula Muhl.
Aster puniceus L.
" puniceus lucidulus Gray.
" paniculatus Lam.
Leptilon canadense (L.) Britt.
Eclipta alba (L.) Hassk.
Bidens cernua L.
" comosa (A. Gr.) Wieg.
" discoidea (T. and G.) Britt.
" frondosa L.
" trichosperma (Michx.) Britt.
" trichosperma tenuilolDa (A.
Gr.) Britt.
Erechtites hieracifolia (L.) Raf.
April, 1911.] New Species of Diptera of the Genus Erax. 307
NEW SPECIES OF DIPTERA OF THE GENUS ERAX.
James S. Hine.
The various species of Asilinae known by the generic name
Erax have been considered difficult for a long time. This largely
comes from the fact that the genus has not been treated with
reference to all the North American species included, but various
writers have described such species as have come to their atten-
tion in collections that have been made here and there throughout
the country. From the study we have made of various species
with a view to a treatment of the entire genus eventually we are
convinced that quite satisfactory characters are available for the
separation of the various forms when they are assembled so that
careful comparison may be made. But until that time comes
students may depend upon it that they will have abundance of
trouble in their attempts at determining these rather large and
attractive insects, even though they may appear easy to one
unacquainted with them.
In western North America there is a group of species of the
genus with two submarginal cells, the first of which is long, or
with its base distinctly anterior to the base of the second posterior
cell. In the male the abdomen is entirely or in large part silvery-
white pollenose and two or more of the segments are furnished
with long white hair which is parted at the middle and directed
outward. The costa is not expanded and a thoracic crest is never
present.
Williston and Osten vSacken have named four species of the
group, stramineus, dubius, splendens and rapax and six others are
described in this paper. It seems that stramineus and rapax are
very much alike and I am not sure but that they are one species.
I have seen other undescribed species from the Pacific coast
region.
Erax rapax Osten Sacken. M\"stax straw-yellow, legs black
except the bases of the tibiae which are reddish, clothed with
abundance of straw-yellow hair and scattering black bristles.
Wings hyaline. Length 18 to 23 millimeters.
Palpi black with straw-yellow hairs, beard pale yellow, occip-
ito-orbital and ocellar bristles black, face and front yellow polli-
nose. Thorax yellowish-brown pollinose with pale hairs on the
sides and black hairs and bristles on the dorsum, but the vestiture
of this region is somewhat variable and specimens occur with
these bristles and hairs partly 3^ellow.
First two segments of the male abdomen colored like the tho-
rax, segments three to five silver white and, except seven, furnished
with white hair parted at the middle and directed outward; the
posterior part of the second segment may show a few white hairs
3o8 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 6,
directed outward in some specimens. Hypopygium rather larc:^e
with an extension at the apex and clothed with rather long yellow
hairs among which are some black ones.
Female abdomen nearly uniform yellowish pollinose with pale
hairs, ovipositor about five millimeters in length, equivalent to the
last three abdominal segments. Several specimens from Colorado
and New Mexico.
Erax dubius Williston. Gray all over, femora black, tibiae and
tarsi red, the latter somewhat darker than the foniier, tibiae with
apices somewhat darkened. Total length of the male, 21 mil-
limeters.
]\l3^stax and beard white, ocellar bristles rather large and
black, occipito-orbital bristles mostly black, otherwise the hairs
and bristles of the rear of the head are white, palpi black and
clothed with white hairs; legs with black bristles and white hairs,
on the tibiae this white hair is long and conspicuous, but on the
femora it is in large part short and recumbent ; wings hyaline, very
slightly darkened at extreme apex; thorax gray pollinose, most of
the hairs and bristles of the dorsum black, of the sides white,
scutellum with white hair, and black bristles on the margin.
First four abdominal segments with long white hairs which on
two, three and four are parted at the middle and directed outward,
fifth and following segnnents white and w4th very short white
hairs. Hypopygivim from above narrower than the last abdominal
segment, black, with hairs mostly white, apex truncate except that
the upper part of each valve is extended backward and inward
toward its fellow of the opposite side thus producing a prominence
from lateral view.
I take this to be the species to which Williston gave the name
dubius in the Transactions of the American Entomological Society
XII, page 64. No description of the species appears to have been
written but the name is inserted in the key and enough characters
pointed out to make identification reasonably certain. There are
two males before me from southern Arizona.
Erax argentifrons n. sp. Much like ra]:)ax. Front white pol-
linose, mystax white, legs with white hair. Length IS to 23
millimeters.
Palpi black with white hair, occipito-orbital and ocellar
bristles black, antennae black, first two segments with white hair,
beard white. Thorax yellowish-brown with the usual middorsal
stripe darker, hairs of the sides almost unifonnly pale, of dorsum
variable between pale yellowish and black; wings hyaline, legs
black, except the extreme bases of the tibiae which are reddish-
yellow, clothed with white hairs and black bristles.
First two segments of the male abdomen colored like the
thorax, segments three to seven inclusive silver white, apex of
two, all of three and four with long white hair parted at the mid-
April, 1911.] New Species of Diptera of the Genus Erax. 309
die and directed outward, hypopygium much narrower than in
stramineus, clothed with black and white hair, and distinctly
notched at the apex.
Female abdomen uniformly yellowish pollenose and clothed
with pale hairs, ovipositor about four millimeters in length,
equivalent to the last three abdominal segments.
Specimens of both sexes taken in Clark County, Kansas, by
Dr. F. H. Snow.
As has been stated the species has much the appearance of
rapax, but the somewhat stouter form, the white mystax and
beard and much slenderer hypopygium designate it as wholly
distinct from that species.
Erax truncatus n. sp. Thorax yellowish-brown, above, abdo-
men gray, first four segments with long white hair, legs black
with the exception of the basal part of each tibia which is light
reddish. Total length 22 to 30 millimeters.
Alystax and beard white, occllar, occipito-orbital and a trans-
verse row of bristles on the dorsum of the prothorax black, palpi
black with black and white hairs intermixed, dorsum of the
thorax, and the scutellum with many black hairs and bristles but
there are some white ones intermixed, wings hyaline.
First segment of the male abdomen with long white hairs on
each side, second, third and fourth segments with long silvery
hair parted at the middle and directed outward, fifth, sixth and
seventh segments silvery white pollenose but without long hair;
hypopygium rather large, from dorsal view about as wide as the
last segment of the abdomen, from side view most prominent
near middle above and cut off at tip so as to give a truncate
appearance.
First seven segments of the female abdomen silvery white,
ovipositor slender, shining black, about seven millimeters in
length.
Several specimens from the Huachuca Motmtains, Arizona,
July 28, 1907.
The large compact hypopygium of the male and the long ovi-
positor of the female give this species a distinct appearance which
makes its separation from others easy.
Erax pallidulus n. sp. A pale colored species with black legs
and hyaline wings. The male has the hypopygium small and,
from dorsal view, very narrow. Total length, 18 to 28 millimeters.
Alystax very pale yellowish, beard white, palpi black with
white hair, occipito-orbital and ocellar bristles mostly black;
thorax dorsally pale yellowish gray with short black hair anteri-
orly and black and white bristles and hairs posteriorly, scutellum
with pale hairs and bristles, legs black, except bases of tibiae
which are pale, wings hyaline.
310 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 6,
Alale abdomen silver white, first four segments with long white
hair, two, three and four with the hair parted at the middle and
directed outward, five, six and seven without long hair, hypo-
pygium small, black, narrowed toward apex where, froin lateral
view, it appears nearly evenly rounded.
Three male specimens from Albuquerque, New Mexico,
collected by J. R. AVatson.
Erax argyrosoma n. sp. Body nearh- unifonnly white all over,
middorsal stripe of the thorax not plainly marked. Length,
23 to 25 millimeters.
Mystax and beard white, palpi black with white hair, some of
the occipito-orbital bristles black and some white; legs black
except the basal parts of the tibiae which are yellowish-red, wings
hyaline; anterior part of the dorsum of the thorax with short
black hair, posterior part and the scutellum with black and white
bristles and hairs.
First four abdominal segments of the male with long white
hair, on two, three and four; this is parted at the middle and
directed outward, segments five, six and seven, silver white but
without long hair, hypopygium black with short white hair, some
what notched at the apex with the lower part extended into a
prominence.
Female abdomen gray pollinose, ovipositor shining black, four
millimeters in length.
Taken by J. R. Watson near Albuquerque, New Mexico.
Erax inflatus n. sp. A dark colored species with the mystax
composed of black and gray hairs intermixed, wings hyaline,
slightly fumose at apices, legs black with the exception of the
extreme bases of the tibiae which are yellowish-red. Length of the
males 20 to 2.5 millimeters, of the females 22 to 26 millimeters.
Front 3^ellowish-gray pollenose, antennae black, first two seg-
ments clothed with gra}' hair, occipito-orbital bristles and ocellar
bristles black, mystax composed of black and gray hairs inter-
mixed, beard silky white, palpi black with black hairs; thorax
brownish-gray pollinose with a dark middorsal stripe abbreviated
posteriorly, clothed with gray and black hairs and bristles existing
in different proportions in difterent specimens; legs black, except
the extreme apices of the tibia which are yellowish-red, furnished
with white hairs and black bristles and some golden pile on the
under side of some of the segments; wings hyaline, slightly dark-
ened at the apex.
Male abdomen with the apex of the second segment and all of
the segments from three to seven inclusive silver white, segments
two and three with long white hair parted at the middle and
directed outward, four and five shows this arrangement somewhat
but the hairs are short; hypopygium clothed inostly with white
hair, enlarged at apical half until it is nearly twice as wide as the
seventh abdominal seginent.
April, 1911.] New Species of Diptera of the Genus Erax. 311
Female abdomen Avith each segment white pollinose at sides
and apex, otherwise black above, ovipositor black, scarcely five
millimeters in length, equivalent to the last three abdominal
segments.
Twenty specimens received from F. Grinnell, Jr., and taken in
Los Angeles County, California. A very distinct species on
account of the male hypopygium which appears as if inflated and
is nearly twice as wide as the seventh abdominal segment.
Erax nemoralis n. sp. A dark colored species with yellowish
mystax and fumose wings. Femora, tarsi and apices of the
tibiae black, bases of tibiae reddish-brown. Length, male about
25 millimeters, female to the tip of the ovipositer, 2-4 to 27
millimeters.
Face and front covered with yellowish dust, mystax and beard
pale yellow, occipito-orbital and ocellar bristles black, as are
most all of the hairs and bristles of the front, palpi black, fur-
nished with many black hairs which often are intermixed with
pale yellow ones. Prothorax mostly clothed with pale hairs,
remainder of thorax with many black hairs and bristles, but
these often are reduced by the presence of greater or less numbers
of pale ones; middorsal stripe dark and well marked, abbreviated
behind and divided anteriorly, on either side the markings are in
the form of ill-defined spots caused by the difference in intensity
of the n.ist -colored dust which gives the thorax its peculiar color;
legs black except the bases of the tibiae which are reddish-brown,
clothed with black bristles and pale hairs of different lengths, the
shorter ones recumbent, some of the segments inwardly, more
especially the metatarsi and front tibia, clothed with golden
recmnbent pile.
In the male abdominal segments one, two and base of three
dark, largely clothed with black hair, apex of three and all of four,
with the exception of a small black triangle on each anteriorly,
white with long white hair parted at the middle and directed out-
ward, five and six silver white with very short hair, remainder of
the abdomen black, with black hair, however, in some specimens
part of seven is whitish and there may be a few pale hairs on the
hypop3^gium.
In the female the segments of the abdomen are gray on the
sides and hind margin, otherwise black above but the latter color
is not well defined, especially if viewed with a lense; ovipositor
about six millimeters in length, equivalent to the last fotir
abdominal segments.
Several specimens of both sexes procured in a brushy woodland
at New Roads, Louisiana, July 15, 1905. The specimens were
captured while resting near or on the ground. It is a predaceous
insect of possible value on account of its size.
312 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 6,
THE ANCIENT VEGETATION OF OHIO AND ITS ECOLOG-
ICAL CONDITIONS FOR GROWTH.*
Alfred Dachnowski.
It is generally agreed that the life relations between plants and
their habitats are an outcome of certain definite processes linked
inseparately with the past. Whatever the possible method of
evolutionary advance, whether under pressure of unusual envir-
onmental conditions or of different inherent irreversible, limits of
organic variability, the behaviour of plants under analytical
experimental tests will continue to contribute the generalizations
of real interest and importance. The facts and the conditions of
the present alone can aid in the interpretation of the past.
The comparatively abundant infoniiation which we possess as
to the present vegetation in aspect, form, structure and function
as related to differences in physical, chemical and biological fac-
tors is in striking contrast to the absence of a correlation of sim-
ilar data as regards environmental conditions during geological
periods. From the point of view of Ecology, either as geographic
ecology interpreting similarities and differences in vegetation
identifiable with factors of latitude and climate, physiographic
ecology constituting evidence of more local and genetic forces
and concomitant organic response, or physiological ecology which
is less floristic in aspect than either of the preceding views and
which offers the adequate basis of organic response from exper-
imental evidence of the physiological behaviour of plants tmder
kno\yn conditions, to one and all the vegetation conditions of the
past are of considerable value, whatever the method of endeavor
to understand the factors which the fossil plants record. Those
who have confined their ecological study to the environmental
investigations of the present must sooner or later test and supple-
ment their investigations by reference to the past. And the aim
should be to reproduce not only an accurate fragment of botanical
history from the study of fossils and their respective strata, but
to correlate stitictural characteristics with physiological condi-
tions of growth, appl\-ing the knowledge of relations gained from
living plants. Whether or not the data can be accepted as sound
links in the chain of evidence rests largely in the value of the
experimental work at hand and in the degree with which they
inter]3ret many apparent anomalies.
The limiting climatic and physiographic features which
characterize bogs, and the structural features and functions of
the vegetation peculiar to them, have seemed to the writer of suf-
ficient interest to invite attention to an inquiry on the probable
* Published by permission of the State Geologist. Contribution from
the Botanical Laboratories of Ohio State University, No. 62.
April, 1911.] The Ancient Vegetation of Ohio. 313
cause of the xerophily of many of the carboniferous plants which
lived in swampy areas. The present paper is intended therefore,
as a continuation of the ecological studies which appeared from
time to time on the vegetation of an Ohio bog and peat deposit.
(7-10). The problems involved in the following discussion are
by no means to be solved within the limits of this paper; merely
an adjustment of perspective is made, leading from a considera-
tion of the fossiliferous plant remains of the coal measures of Ohio.
In attempting to sketch an outline of the geological history of
Ohio it is obviously impossible to go into any details of descrip-
tion, or closely follow the development up to the present. At
most only the briefest introduction can serve and only a general
resume can be noted here. For the specific Geology of the state
and a fuller treatment of the subject, the reader is referred to the
volumes of the Geological Survey of Ohio and to the literature
here cited.
Were we to make a rock section deep enough to reach to the
lowest limits of the known stratified deposits, to the great founda-
tions of the continent, the geological strata underlying the state
would show as a stage of early growth a predominance of lime-
stone and shale in the lower half of the section, and as a stage of
relative maturity widespread horizons of sandstone and conglom-
erate in the upper half of the section. The strata would char-
acterize the gradual dominance of atmospheric over hydrospheric
and volcanic action in a succession of changes, often interrupted
and repeated, of which a mountainous elevation and the graded
plain near sea level are the extreme fonns in the physiographic
cycle.
The strata belong to five principal divisions or ages which
named in ascending order are as follows: Lower vSilurian or
Ordovician; Upper vSilurian; Devonian; Sub-carboniferous or
Alississippian; and Carboniferous, Pennsylvanian, or Coal-
Aleasures. Over the northern and north-western half of the
state these are covered by heavy beds of clay, sand, and bowlders
which taken together constitute glacial drift. No evidences have
been found in Ohio of that group of strata below the Ordovician
known as the Cambrian, and pre-Cambrian (Laurentian, Huro-
nian and Keweenawan), or the great series of systems comprising
the Mesozoic and Tertiary time divisions. They either left no
record within the limits of the state, or much erosion must have
taken place immediately succeeding their formation.
Each of the rock systems is again subdivided, and inasmuch as
the new stratigraphical divisions are coming into use more gener-
ally and are replacing the geological names of the older surveys,
the following table taken from Bulletin 7, (21), has been added to
show the place in the scale, the relationship of old and new names
for the fomiations, and the thickness assigned to the various
formations:
GEOLOGICAL SCALE OF OHIO.
Orton, 1S95.
Prosser, 1905.
Thick-
ness
Glacial drift.
Alluvium and Glacial.
0-550'
Upper Barren Coal Measures.
Dunkard formation.
525' =t
Upper Productive Coal Measures Monongahela formation.
200-250'
Lower Barern Coal Measures. Conemaugh formation.
400-500'
Lower Productive Coal Measures Allegheny formation.
165-300'
Conglomerate Group. Pottsville formation.
250' ±
Sub-carboniferous limestone.
Maxville limestone.
25' ±
Logan Group.
Logan formation.
Black Hand formation.
100-150'
50-500'
Cuyahoga shale. ' Cuyahoga formation.
150-500'
Berea Shale. j Sunbury shale.
5-30'
Berea grit. Berea grit.
5-175'
Bedford shale.
Bedford Shale.
50-150'
Cleveland shale.
Ohio shale. ] Erie shale.
Huron shale.
[Cleveland shale.
Ohio shale. <^ Chagrin formation.
[Huron shale.
300-2600'
Olentangy shale.
Olentangy shale.
20-35'
Upper Helderberg or Cornif- Delaware limestone,
erous limestone. Columbus limestone.
30-40'
110'
Lower Helderberg limestone,
or Waterlime.
T^T „ .- ['Lucas limestone.
Monroe tor-J g^^^^^^.^ sandstone.
mation. [Tymochtee member (?)
50-600'
Niagara
Group.
Hillsboro sandstone.
Guelph or Cedarville
limestone.
Niagara limestone.
^Niagara shale.
"Niagara .
Group."
Hillsboro sandstone.
Cedarville limestone.
Springfield limestone.
West Union limestone.
^Osgood beds.
150-350'
Clinton limestone.
Clinton limestone.
Belfast bed.
10-50'
50-150'
Medina shale.
vSaluda bed. , 20' ±
Hudson River Group.
Richmond formation.
Lorraine formation.
Eden shale.
300' ±
300'
250'
Utica shale, not seen in outcrop.
Trenton limestone.
Trenton limestone. 130'
April, 1911.] The Ancient Vegetation of Ohio. 315
Thus the Lower Silurian or Ordovician system includes the
lowest of Ohio's stratified and fossiliferous rocks, the Trenton
limestone and the several formations of the Hudson River group.
The}' suggest that a broad but shallow arm of an ancient ocean
then covered Ohio. (5). As in the following geologic periods, the
sediments were derived from the various rocks carbonated, oxi-
dized, and exposed to erosion and solution, the beds of limestone
representing for the most part an accmnulation of comminuted
particles of shells and lime-secreting plants in a clear sea, and the
shales representing the deposits of mud made in still water nearer
the land. The adjacent lands were probably too low or too far
away to 3'ield abundant sand or permit wave-action sufficiently
vigorous to keep the mud from settling. Comparatively very few
fossil plants of Ohio have been obtained from the geological
formations of this period (17) ; but the records of the life of the era
in the United States and in Europe though meager, are sufficient
to indicate that development of life was well advanced long before
the known strata were deposited, and that less diversity of climate
existed than now. The testimony of the ancient organisms
implies nearly uniform soil conditions. The plant forms, which
in such rocks must necessarily be rare as fossils, were relatively
simple, living along the shore and in open water in definite zones,
and appear to have varied with the nature and the slope of the
bottom, the depth and clearness of water, etc., much as it is
today. Immense quantities of microscopic unicellular plants
were undoubtedly present as plankton in the protected bays with
sandy and muddy bottoms to form the food supply for the large
and varied fauna of that time. At the close of that period a
folding resulted in an uplift of a broad, fiat island-like area about
Cincinnati. This arch known as the Cincinnati axis traversed in
a northeasterly direction from Tennessee and Kentucky to the
lake basin into Canada. From that time on Ohio was nearer sea-
level and in places the land areas were so far elevated as to allow
sluggish streams and basins, bordered by plants (13, 4, 11).
The Upper Silurian period includes the Saluba and Belfast
beds, the highly crystalline Clinton limestone, the several elements
of the Niagara group, and the Monroe fonnation. It extended
over a vast period of time, pointing to oscillations of level which
covered wide ranges of latitude. The great lagoons and inclosed
salt-water basins which were present suilered rapid evaporation.
They are signs indicating that an unusually arid atmosphere pre-
vailed. The severity of the conditions restricted life almost
wholly to the lowland and the shore of other more favorable
regions. Probably the Arctic regions were then the most favor-
able for growth and development. The fossil plants are few and
at times of doubtful affinity; the data are altogether inadequate
to give any idea of the vegetation and its ecological conditions for
3i6 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 6,
&
growth. This relative absence of fossils, together with the char-
acter of the sediments, the frequent aeolian crossbedding and
frequent niudcracks — are the mark of periods of exposure; they
point to near-shore deposits if not to land origin, and to conditions
of aridity with tropical climate, This does not mean, however,
that a prolific vegetation and perhaps of an advanced order did
not exist. Though nothing that can be called a land flora existed,
or at least is yet known, the plants of the following period show
such marked differentiation and the ancestral relations are so
uncertain, that a long previous history, or else a rapid evolution
and extinction of intermediate forms would be the only alterna-
tives on which to base an interpretation. A number of species
common to Kentucky, Michigan and some parts of Europe have
been described; among them are Buthrotrephis ramulosa (16),
which bears a close resemblance to Galium (Bedstraw), and
Trichophycus venosus, regarded as a plant from the Eden and
Lorraine formations. The animal fossils have many character-
istics in common with the European Siluric.
The sea again invaded the land and submerged it wholly. A
general period of quiet prevailed during the larger part of the
following, the Devonian Age. Toward the close of the Mid-
Devonic renewed emergence was accompanied by erosion. The
era includes the Columbus and Delaware limestones, and the
Olentangy and Ohio shales. Where the changes in the relations
of land and water were favorable, a rapid intercontinental migra-
tion and expansion of life followed, checked only by barriers and
by occasional submergence. The record of plants (18) is too
imperfect in Ohio for definite discussion, but fossil evidences show-
that gigantic marine algae were abundant in the seas together
with fish and ostracodenns, while on the land-islands then exposed,
there were insects, and mollusks, and in the flat lowland surfaces
were broad marshes covered with plants, the larger number of
which were herbaceous and highly differentiated. The Devonian
plants of contiguous areas show no annual rings to bear evidence
of seasonal changes in temperature or intervals of prolonged
drought (25). The flora is far richer than that of the Silurian,
and of great botanical interest, since in this period occurred great
migrations of plants from the Arctic regions, and the development
if not the actual beginning of land plants. These facts suggest
distinct edaphic as well as other environmental changes. The
great inland basins contained a vegetation archaic in many
features yet not unlike that now living in swamps and in the
tropics. The plants were largely the primitive forenmners of
ferns and their allies, and the lower fern-like gymnosperms with
an undergrowth of soft thallose fornis, very much like the liver-
worts of today; their decay was accelerated by bacterial action
(22). The Devonian types were in many respects similar to those
April, 1911.] The Ancient Vegetation of Ohio. 317
of the Carboniferous period, and as the latter are much better
preserved and represented in the Coal flora, a conception of their
ecological conditions for growth may be deferred with advantage
until the discussion of that period.
A renewed expansion of the sea entrapped the fauna and flora
in beds of sediment of great depth. This organic matter is the
chief source of the oil and gas in use today. It is impossible as
yet to state with certainty how these fuels have been formed and
concentrated. Chemists suggest an inorganic origin for these
products. It is thought, and the theory is supported by lab-
oratory experiments, that the great supplies of petroleum were
produced through the agency of iron carbides within the earth,
generating the hydrocarbons upon access with percolating water.
But the quantities traceable to such a source are insignificant in
comparison with the great repositories containing the oil. Buried
accumulations either of plants, animals or both can alone account
for the origin of gas and oil under the observed conditions. The
production of hydrocarbon compounds has been studied in coal
mines as the "fire damp," in bogs and swamps as "marsh gas"
and in the fermentation of cellulose by anaerobic bacteria. Sea-
weeds and diatoms are known to contain globules of oil ; other oily
substances of organic origin are the "cholesterol" found in plants
and the fatty parts of animals. The optical phenomena of
organic oil, that is, the power of rotating the plane of polarization
of light, is not shown by inorganically formed hydrocarbons. In
nature an accvimulation of organic debris, the exclusion of air,
and the existence of an impervious protecting sedimentary stratum
seem to be the essential condition toward rendering the process of
distillation and transformation possible. It is often surprising
the quantity of oil which an apparently dense rock stratum can
hold. Pressure, temperature, viscosity, the nature of surround-
ing rocks, and a flow of the liquids and gases into porous rocks
and cavities, no doubt, must all be taken into account when con-
sidering the changes involved in the origin of gas and oil; but at
present the organic origin of these fuels seems to have the strongest
support (2).
The Sub-carboniferous or Mississippian period which fol-
lowed the interval of widespread submergence consists of the
Bedford shale, Berea grit, the Cuyahoga, Black Hand, and Logan
formations, and the Maxville limestone. An increased land area
gave increased contact between the atmosphere and the rocks.
In the western half of Ohio the period was one largely of sea
extension. Disintegration and much erosion must have taken
place to give the sedimentary material of the equivalent fomia-
tions. A gulf which extended east of the great arch-island enabled
plants as well as animals to flourish in isolation for a period
sufficienth^ long to differentiate species of its own. For Ohio the
3i8 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 6,
record of plant life is poor (2-1:). But enough fossil vegetation has
been recovered in the surrounding states to show that all the lead-
ing groups of the Devonian flora were represented with an asso-
ciated insect life. The different areas exhibit distinct floral and
growth-form differences, and suggest either barriers or differences of
water content in the soil. The plant associations are varied and
of several aspects. The vegetation is remarkably cosmopolitan
in distribution which would premise the absence of climatic zones.
Alany plants exliibit a striking xerophily; the leaves are reduced
to linear organs, the stomata have special constructions and are
heavih^ coated and hardened; the stems show development of
water storage tissue; the roots are extended horizontally. The
general desiccation effects of the habitat resulted, however, not
in the extennination of plants favoring free water, but in the lim-
itation of their functional activity to periods of moist or rainy
seasons and in the increase of functional responses. The differen-
tiation has become a factor in distribution and has given the
plants a greater range of dispersal; the new place-functions had a
survival value in the competitive struggle among the organisms,
and in the environmental selection. These phenomena, as will be
shown below, are not suggestive of greater severity of climate, but
indicate unfavorable conditions in the peat}^ substratum of the
marshes.
The era was brought to a close by an emergence of consid-
erable areas of shallow lowland which with their vegetation con-
stitute the great Carboniferous or Pennsylvanian system and
its important Coal-measures. The land area of Ohio grew in
spite of the fact that it was periodically depressed and degraded.
The withdrawal of the sea ultimately resulted in the union of
separate land masses and the extension to its present borders.
The formations are a series of beds somewhat unlike any hereto-
fore considered. Irregularly distributed through the Carbonif-
erous series are six or eight strata of sandstone, part of them con-
glomerates, characterized by the presence of quartz pebbles which
sometimes are of large size. Next to them are beds of shale in
great variety of colors; they are frequently replaced with sand-
stone la3^ers or sheets of limestone. The former are frequently
crossbedded, the agents of deposition being rivers or the wind; the
latter are all of them thin and partly of fresh water origin, and
partly of marine origin as is shown b}' the abundant fossils which
they contain. The limestones ai^e in many cases deposits of a
calcareous nature, and frequently associated with beds of iron ore
or with a layer of clay of varying degree of purity. The clays are
always overlain with seams of coal ranging from a mere black line
to a dozen feet and more in thickness. Each of these coal seams
stands for a former low and undrained land surface and its vegeta-
tion cover. The well-marked order of arrangement of the strata
April, 1911.] The Ancient Vegetation of Ohio. • 319
underlying the coal seams is intimately connected with a long-
continued growth, sudden submergence, and subsequent fossiliza-
tion of marshes adjacent to an ancient sea, and of great inland
xerophytic vegetation formed in island-like masses very much like
the peat bogs of today, but over much wider areas than any single
present day bog occupies. The Carboniferous S3'stem includes
the Pottsville, Allegheny, Conemaugh, Monangahela and Dankard
formations, all of which have been described in great detail in the
later volumes of the Geological Survey. Over these rocks of at
least two-thirds of Ohio are spread in var^dng thickness the
deposits of the glacial drift. The glacial formations of Ohio have
been very fully described by Leverett (12) ; a brief account follows
in another paper in connection with the present distribution of
vegetation in Ohio lakes and peat deposits and the physiography
of the state.
The mode of arrangement of all geological formations is that of
sheets resting one upon another, but not horizontally. Slow and
comparatively gentle movements of the earth's crust, unaccom-
panied by fractures or displacements have given rise in the state
to a system of northeast and southwest foldings. The most
important of these is, as has been stated at the outset, the Cin-
cinnati axis which traverses the state as an arch from Cincinnati
to the lake shore and beyond into Canada. The other lines of
elevation are relatively weak and come into Ohio from Pennsyl-
vania and West Virginia, and are known respectively as the
Appalachian fold, the Fredericktown and Salisbury anticlines, and
the Wellsburg, Cadiz, and Cambridge anticlines, located near
places of that name. They are undoubtedly folds of the great
series to which the Allegheny mountains of Pennsylvania and
West Virginia belong. This emergence of the rocks of the state
has its approximate date at the close of the Lower Silurian period,
and has never been more than a low mountain chain.
Along a large part of the Cincinnati axis the strata which once
arched over it have been extensively worn away. They are found
resting in regular order on cither side. The geological map of
Ohio recently published shows the areas covered by the principal
systems and their series of strata. In the region about Cincinnati
the erosion has been greatest, exposing there the oldest rocks.
The direction of the draining streams of the western half of the
state has been mainly determined by this great anticlinal axis.
It forms the divide between the waters of the Scioto and the
Aliami, and between the Sandusky and the Maumee. On the
east side of the anticlinal axis the rocks dip down into a basin in
which all the strata form trough-like layers, their edges outcrop-
ping eastward on the flanks of the Allegheny mountains. The
older rocks are deeply buried, and the surface is here underlaid
by the highest and most recent of rock formations, the Coal-
320 The Ohio Naturalist [Vol. XI, No. 6,
measures or ancient vegetation deposits. In the northwestern
corner of the state the strata dip northwest from the anticlinal
axis and pass under the Michigan coal basin, precisely as the same
series east of the anticlinal dip beneath the Allegheny coal field,
of which Ohio's coal area forms a part.
The well-marked order of arrangement which the coal fields
of Ohio present, suggests that at the beginning of the Carbonifer-
ous age an ami of an ancient shallow lake extended inland and
continued in an unbroken sheet up to the Cincinnati arch which
made its western boundary. Year after year for many centuries
an exceedingly dense luxuriant growth of vegetation covered the
surface of the shallow basins as scattered swamps and bog-like
marshes sometimes running into a long connected chain, and
sometimes quite isolated. The vegetation was doubtless of many
kinds of trees, especially giant ferns and clUb-mosses, with an
undergrowth of shrubs, and plants like grasses and sedges. There
were many minor differences between the vegetation of different
basins; zones of predominating lycopods alternated w4th ferns.
The vegetation must have moved into the open water of pro-
tected bays and inland water basics progressively, as groups,
distinct in physiognomy and growth-form, the zones varying in
width with the definite conditions of life and the selective action
of the habitat. The plankton formation must have been followed
by plants nearer the margin and submerged along the gently
sloping shore lines. Free floating forms similar to Azolla, Salvinia,
and to various algae mxust have existed in great masses, easily
transported by winds and currents, at times completely covering
the quiet pools. As their debris formed a slowly rising deposit in
the basin, the littoral or shore formation must have advanced
toward the center of the water basin fomiing a mat of interwoven
rhizomes and roots, harboring various societies and layers accord-
ing to the light and water conditions. In time the basin became
filled with the debris of the vegetation. In many cases the vege-
tation accumulated to a depth of more than fifty feet, but this
great distance from the mineral substratum or the deficiency of
mineral substances never rendered it difficult or impossible for
the plants to grow luxuriantly. Green plants utilize water and
the carbon dioxide of the air to form food, the starches, sugar
fats, and proteins necessary to their nourishment and for the
successive phases of a nonnal development. The mineral soil-
constituents are not the food of plants ; they are indispensable but
their amount is very small in organic substances, and alone they
are incapable of sustaining life in plants.
Trees standing erect within a bed of coal, their horizontal roots
still embedded in the underlying stratum; the corky bark, the
wood, branches, leaves, spores, and fruits of many plants, and
even the remains of fosil micro-organi.sms (22) have given their
April, 1911.] The Ancient Vegetation of Ohio. 321
testimony to what once existed. Though not reported in the
Coal-measures of Ohio, the aggregations and often large masses
of resinous bodies, amber, fossil coral, and a multitude of similar
substances by their varying quantities show the exact character
of the vegetation. With the flora many animals commingled;
and where they were most abundant, their fossil remains are
found. Little is known of the characteristic plants of the upland
vegetation. There are descriptions of about 150 species for Ohio
(14, 19, 24, 25), but most of the interesting fossil plants were
found in the roof of Coal No. 1, that is in the marshes near the
base of the Coal-measures. In Ohio this stratigraphical position
is "more than two thousand feet above the base of the series, as
revealed in the geosynclinal basin of West Virginia, which was
first filled with strata of the Coal-measures and long before any
similar formations took place upon the ancient marginal Waverly
plateau of Ohio" (1.)
The flowering plants (Anthophyta) had not yet appeared.
Bacteria (22, 23) and other fungi were present, no doubt, in great
abundance. Liverworts and Mosses (Bryophyta) were probably
in existence but they still held an unimportant place. There
were principally ferns (Pteridophyta) which at this time had
reached their greatest development and differentiation. Their
first appearance is as strange and distinctive among plants as
that of the brachiopods among the animals. They were in part
more primitive than now and in part more ad^'anced representing
transitional types; but they surpassed all other forms in number
and persistency of type. There were scouring rushes (Calamo-
phyta) of much higher and varied organization and of greater
height and diameter than the present forms. The several species
of the Sphenophyllales long since extinct, were of tree-like aspect,
bearing small wedge-shaped leaves, and sporophylls in cones;
most of them are found as undergrowth beneath the shade of
giant lycopods. The Equisetales had hollow jointed stems with
very small narrow leaves; they are mostly extinct plants of which
but one genus, Equisetum, has survived. The Calamariales also
long since extinct, grew in dense thickets; they often were of tree-
like aspect and dimensions, with narrow distinct leaves in which
the stomata were deeply set. The branches and leaves were
placed in whorles on jointed hollow stems which arose from
underground rhizoms and increased in diameter by the growth of
a cambial zone; their wounds were healed by a development of
cork. There were the Lycopods (Lepidophyta) the largest of the
carboniferous plants, in the form of Lepidodendron and Sigillaria,
both with long needle-shaped leaves and stomata in deep furrows
on the under side, often protected by a hairy covering; the trees
were surface-rooted, the roots spreading out in all directions from
the trunk. There were the Cycads (Cycadophyta) , fern-like gymno-
32 2 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 6,
spernis related to the modern conifers and flowering plants of
which indeed they nia}^ have been the ancestors. Of these the
best known are Cordaites, Megalopteris, Alethopteris and possibly
Lyginopteris with its spiny stem and highly dissected xerophilous
foliage, Bennettites, and perhaps Ginkgo. All these were strik-
ingly cosmojiolitan in distribution, extending to high latitudes.
They were at their climax of vigor and height, and verged into
more recent types.
How the coal fields were formed hundreds of centuries ago
may be seen at any of our lakes today. Our lakes and ponds
represent only one of the several conditions under which vege-
table matter accumulates. Other but less important ways possi-
ble to form coal beds are accumulations (1) built up from the
ground by successive elevations of the water table; (2) in sea
bottoms beneath "sargasso" vegetation; and (3) in marine
swamps including mangrove swamps and coastal salt luarshes.
The slight admixture of sediment which indicates the absence of
waves, tidal currents, wind-formed currents and eroding rivers,
and the fact that at present only one kind of tree, the mangrove,
grows in salt-water, is against the view that the coal was
fomied in salt-water. No records exist to show that in earlier
ages the vegetation of the ocean differed greatly in kind from that
now predominating. Ferns and mosses are entirely absent from
the ocean; the main marine vegetation is still formed by algae,
often highly differentiated, which belong to diverse orders. The
manner in which the bed of vegetable matter accumulated, and
how it was kept from decay, is a long and interesting chapter.
The process has been described elsewhere (10) in more detail.
Critical periods suddenly arrived, possibly subsidence accom-
panied with a deluge of water from an adjacent sea, lake or
aggrading stream, carrying silt, l^urying the vegetation under
deposits of mud and sand and converting the submerged portion
into dry land. The rise in water level brought with it the recur-
rence of swamp conditions, but the succeeding shallow lake had a
narrower area than its predecessor, and around its shores and in
island-like masses flourished again a dense luxuriant vegetation.
In long-continued growth it existed, filling the lake with an accu-
mulation of vegetable debris to the depth and the margin which it
still retains as the present coal field. During its formation the
nature of the sub-soil on which the vegetation grew, and the
drainage relations affected then as now the character of the plants
predominating in an area, and thus influenced the percentage and
kind of ash in the vegetable debris. Frequent local or general
disturbances in topography and sedimentation during times of
flood brought about the occurrence of partings and seams in coal
beds. Not infrequently the vegetation was buried under sheets
of limestone that accumulated through precipitation in the invad-
April, 1911.] The Ancient Vegetation of Ohio. 323
ing water. In the subsequent submergence and fossilization there
followed other marshes and bog-like swamps. These coal beds
represent in some places submerged forests, and in others the
coal was probably formed not by the slow growth of vegetation
in situ, but from drifted vegetable material. But every successive
coal forming area had a narrower lowland basin than its pred-
ecessor. This indicates that the changes in the relative level of
water were not accompanied by oscillations in land level.
The geological evidences of the earlier periods of the state's
development show that CO2 existed in much larger quantities
than tiow, since enonnous amounts have been fixed in the beds of
limestone. The depletion of the COo content, it may be pre-
sumed, produced effects on the atmospheric blanket which tended
to lower the average temperature and moisture and this changed
the climatic character of the region (5). Similarly the tremen-
dous amounts of carbon stored in the basins of the coal measures
by the work of green plants undoubtedly produced a marked
effect on the atmospheric content of carbon dioxide. Far reach-
ing changes in climate must have followed, such as are exemplified
in the periodic glaciations of the Pleistocene.
The duration of the Carboniferous period must have been a
very long one to yield deposits of coal of such thickness, for it
should be remembered that a large part of ihe vegetable matter,
about four-fifths, escaped as gas in the making of coal, and the
remainder has been compressed to a fraction of the original layer
of vegetable debris. It is estimated that from 15 to 30 feet of
peat are required to make one foot of coal. By a series of changes
which are plainly traceable, vegetable matter, peat, lignite,
bituminous or soft coal, and anthracite form a series of substances
which grade one into another in an unbroken line from complex
organic partly oxidized compounds at one end to nearly pure
carbon at the other. The succession is not necessarily a strictly
lineal one, since degree of decomposition and chemical changes,
previous exposure of the vegetation to reduction action or to
oxidation, affect the alterations in various ways. The meta-
morphic changes are hastened where the structural condition
of the overlying rock favors the escape of the gaseous products.
Ligno-cellulose compounds are the initial substances which grad-
ually loose carbon dioxide, marsh gas and water, and so yield the
series of products represented by the different kinds of coal.
Chemical analysis (3) in which the probable combination of ele-
ments is given grouped as moisture, volatile hydrocarbons, fixed
carbon, ash and sulphur show that the value of coal for fuel is
determined mainly by the relative amounts of its volatile hydro-
carbons and the fixed carbons. The former represents the free
burning constituents of coal and the latter its heating power.
Ash and sulphur illustrate the objectionable impurities. Up to a
324 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 6^
certain point the fuel value or fuel ratio of coal can therefore be
determined by dividing the fixed carbon percentage by that of
the volatile hydrocarbons. A number of different kinds of coal
are recognized in the United vStates whose differentiation depends
largely upon these characteristics. But in whatever variety of
fonn, coal is derived from vegetation which grew in lowland, in
ponds and lakes in a manner as we find in sub-tropical swamps
and in peat bogs of temperate and northern regions today; it was
buried under successive layers of matter like itself, and of sedi-
ments such as sand and clay; thus protected from atmospheric
oxidation and subjected to gradually increasing heat, and the
pressure of overlying porous rocks, the vegetation became trans-
formed to the form we now use. The search for coal today is a
search for these ancient marshes, bogs and swamp-forests hidden
under layers of sandstone, shales, and drift (20) .
What Coxditioxs Determixed Xeromorphy axd the Origix
OF Laxd Plaxts.
The characteristic xerophily of the carboniferous vegetation
has been interpreted by geologists (5) as indicative of a warmer,
moister atmosphere, more heavily charged with carbon dioxide
than at present. To the writer the facts are hardly consistent
with the external conditions assumed. The supposition that
xeromorphy involves factors of climate is not necessarily wrong,
but calls for a fuller consideration and comparison along with
additional factors, the character and magnitude of which is
capable of producing like results. A more satisfactory interpre-
tation of the phenomenon of xerophily would be found in the fact
that the present vegetation of undrained swamps and of bogs has
many of these xerophytic features none of which are correlated
with atmospheric influences only. The chief cause for both the
xerophily of the coal flora and the great accumulation of vege-
table matter is not to be looked for merely in climatic implica-
tions. High temperature and humid air promote in a high
degree decomposition. The great thickness of the deposits sug-
gests rather that the preservation of the debris was favored by a
temperate climate and by agents in the soil such as are involved
in the accumulation of peat today. Similarly the force of the
inference from the xerophytic aspect of the carboniferous veg-
etation— namely, the peculiarities of leaf size and leaf stiticture
for maintaining a balance between supply and loss of water —
gives additional support to the view that the plants encountered
adversities of soil-water content rather than of climate. A sat-
isfactory explanation of the phenomenon has been found in the
experimental investigations of the writer on the reduction action
and toxic character of bog water and bog soil (10), the results of
April, 1911.] The Ancient Vegetation of Ohio. 325
which are briefly as follows: Poorly drained and undraincd
water basins and lowlands whether in areas characterized by lime-
stone formations, by sandstone, or glacial drift, become physio-
logically arid habitats with the accumulation of vegetable debris.
Although water is so abundant in bogs and swamps, yet it is
largely unavailable to the plants on account of various decom-
position products due to the activity of low organisms in the
debris-substratum, especially such saprophytes as bacteria and
fungi. Peat soils contain bacteria and other fungi in greater
number than supposed hitherto, inducing diastatic, inverting,
proteolytic, cytohydrolytic and reducing action in the upper
layer of the substratum. They vary in kind and number with
the nature of the substratum, and show marked interdependence
as well as antagonistic action. It has been found that as a gen-
eral rule there is an accumulation of injurious substances which
must be removed if no deleterious action is to follow, and if com-
plete decomposition of the debris is not to be retarded.
The complex and rather ill-defined "humus acids," more
■Specifically humic, ulmic, crenic, and apocrenic acids, are not
the important constituents to which peat owes its antiseptic
properties and which interfere with the action of bacterial organ-
isms. In Ohio peat deposits, at least, the presence of injurious
substances in the substratum is not in direct relation to acidity
in the soil. Tests on the reducing powers of peat soils show that
the wind driven aeration has httle effect on the peat substratum
beneath the two-feet level. A shallow superficial zone of oxida-
tion exists in peat soils, and the debris below this is sometimes so
charged with injurious decomposition products and gases, and so
far unaerated as to be inhospitable to all organisms but anaerobic
bacteria.
In the growing season the temperature of peat soil in the
more xerophytic of the succeeding bog associations is not below
that of other soils. Rapid and passing changes of air tem-
peratures and the occasional extremes do not affect the sub-
stratum temperatures. Only average effects prevail and the
great periodic changes of the dominant climate. The tempera-
tures of the deeper peat strata indicate that there is scarcely
anything of a seasonal descent analogous to the circulation or
"overturn" in lakes or in ocean.
The continued growth and persistence of the closely related
plant association and the slow succession of vegetation types in a
habitat of that character is no longer incomprehensible if we
remember that the vegetation grows on top of the accumulating
debris and that the water table is always at a high level. The
disturbance of the balance produced in the soil is thus not unfavor-
able to the dominance of the associations. There occur natural
successions which are determined, however, not by a deficiency of
326 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 6,
mineral nutrients, but by an excessive, defective or preventive
action in the substratum. The lack of mineral constituents such
as lime, potash, and phosphoric acid does not even render it
difficult for mesophytic shrtibs and trees to invade and grow as
the deposit is built up and oxidation processes become prominent
in the surface layer of the substratum. To what extent bog
plants require the organic compounds arising in peat soils is still
undetennined. The assimilation of organic nitrogenous sub-
stances is undoubtedly made less difficult on account of the
number of saprophj'tic fungi and the endotrophic mycorhiza
usually present.
The characteristic foliage of bog plants is distinctly an
effect to a habitat with a moderate or scanty physiological
soil-water content. Extreme xeromorphy is reached in the
upper layer of open shrub associations; here the CO2 percent-
age of the vertical gradient is least and approximates that of
the free air; the combined effect of the intensity of light and the
greater saturation deficiency of the air is provided for by an
increased thickness of the mesophyll layer in the foliage to min-
imize disturbances in the carbon dioxide supply. This and the
narrow leaves with restricted stomata confined to deep furrows
and in some cases protected by hairs, wax, or heavy cuticle, are
devices common to plants in bogs where the plants must protect
themselves against unfavorable water content in the substratmn,
and not against unfavorable atmospheric influences. The aerial
parts of plants are constantly losing water by transpiration, a
process similar to evaporation but controlled by the plants within
certain limits. To re-establish equilibrium this water loss is
replaced by the supply of water from the substratum by root
absorption. The taller plants are thus subjected to a difficulty
in maintaining the balance between absorption and transpiration
in the same manner as are plants living in deserts or in sandy
regions. Though the amount of transpiration exhibited by
plants is partly influenced by the physical conditions of the
atmosphere such as tem]jerature, humidity and wind, yet these
factors are much more unifonn than are the amounts of available
water supply. The limitations of this paper do not pemiit going
into greater detail in respect to the nature arid the degree of
toxicity in bogs, or in respect to the kinds of plants or the parts of
plants which are most afl^ected.
The nearest analogue of the accumulation and the conditions
of growth for the vegetation of the coal measures are the bogs
and marshes of today. Were there no other trustworthy records
of the occurrence of bacteria and fungi in Palaeozic times (22), it
would still be a natural supposition that these organisms were
abundantly represented, and produced physical and chemical
changes in the substratum. The transfonnation products of
April, 1911.] The Ancient Vegetation of Ohio. 327
whatever nature checked the activity of the roots of plants and
depressed their transpiration. The strildng similarity of the
aerial shoots of the carboniferous plants to those of modem times
in bogs and undrained swamps restrain one, therefore, from
assuming that the atmosphere differed greatly in temperature and
humidity, or was different in the chemical constituents from what
it is now. There may have been moderate variations in the
carbon dioxide content of the air, but this would require experi-
mental proof upon bog plants and the groups of plants similar to
those which lived in carboniferous times, the scouring rushes, the
lycopods, ferns, cycads and gymnosperms, to assign its limits.
The statements in current literature as to the strengths of that
gas which green plants can endure are conflicting (G), and call for
further work in the field and in the laboratory.
The consideration of these facts leads to another point — the
inevitable conclusion that the form characters and the funda-
mental resistance to drought and dessication distinctive of xero-
phytic plants whether in bogs or deserts must have made their
appearance within early geologic time. They are not of recent
development (15). The climate of northern America has under-
gone oscillations between periods of maximum aridity and max-
imum precipitation and humidity, with extreme variations in
temperature during and following the several glacial periods; the
amplitude occupying periods of perhaps many thousands of
years. Variations in climate so wide apart indicate an almost
complete change in the character of the flora during the geologic
periods. The xerophytic features which characterize bogs and
deserts are not to be taken, therefore, as having come about by a
direct and continuously increasing edaphic or climatic aridity.
Aside from the question as to the methods and the activating
conditions in evolutionary development, it seems certain that the
origin of xeroph}' tic forms is not one of recent development in
the vegetable kingdom but must have been concomitant with the
diastrophic and gradation processes of the great geologic periods.
The great floral evolutions of geologic history were principally
one of growth-form, physiognomy, and functional behaviour, and
not of floral structure alone. Water has always been the most
important of all the life relations in the environment of plants.
In the early tyjoes of gametophytic vegetation it remained neces-
sarily of greatest importance for the movements of gametes in
effecting fertilization and for dissemination. The luxurious
development of these fonns in the ancient areas of low lying land
became checked in the stress of aridity encountered with the
accumulation of their debris. With the origin and the develop-
ment of the sporophytic types of vegetation, which were from the
first less dependent upon free water, the prolongation of vegeta-
tion activity enabled the plants to occupy the areas with greater
D
28 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 6,
habit reactions. The effects of dessication in the physiologically
arid habitats resulted in greater differentiation of organs, in pro-
tective and resistance features (9), and in a greater range of
dispersal. The vegetation had now developed to forms capable
of occu]3ying dr}^ land, and able to maintain themselves as bog or
desert vegetation in localities restricting functional activity. The
general movement finally resulted in a land flora of which the
mesophytes are the highest expression. The lowland basins and
regions of coal formation were undoubtedly the regions of the
evolution of the flora as a whole and of the several natural plant
formations which include many diverse species in a unity of
characteristic physiognomy and growth form. Probably the
arctic regions were then the most favorable for the growth and
development of xeromorphic forms. Migration from northern
centers of dispersal, the periods of climatic aridity, and the
changes immediately before and after ice invasion, undoubtedly
accentuated the ecological evolution of this type of vegetation.
The extensive change in floral types which is particularly evi-
dent through the subordination of the ferns to grasses and heath
plants, and the elimination and replacement of the primitive
gymnosperais by the later gymnospenns and angiosperms is
largely one of range and variability of protoplasmic forces. In
some types the characteristics often bear no apparent relation to
the environment and are retained under the most varied condi-
tions, yet many other types arc profoundly and rapidly modified
by changes in climate, physiography, and soil processes.
The great development of form in response to the environ-
mental stress was attended by a rapid and luxuriant expansion in
range, in successions of vegetation fomiations, and in sequence of
associations. Several forms of cycads, Bennettites and conifers
now inhabit desert areas. Not less interesting is the fact that
many species of heather-plants of Europe such as Calltma,
Empetrum, several species of pines (Pinas sylvestris, P.
montana), Juniper (Juniperus communis), birches (Betula,
pubescens, B. nana), Labrador tea (Ledum palustre), bladder-
wort (Utricularia cornuta), and others, can grow both on extremely
dry, warm soil and on extremely cold or wet soils. The observa-
tion has repeatedly been made b}' the writer that in the northern
parts of Michigan several species of bog plants leave the peat
soils entirely and are only found upon dry and poor soils. This
is notably the case with tamarack (Larix laricina), the choke-
berries (Aronia nigra, A. arbutif olia) , the blueberries (Vaccinium
corym.bosum, V. canadense), the black huckleberry (Gaylussaccia
bacata), the shrubby cinquefoil (Potentilla fruticosa), sweet gale
(Myrica gale), the steeple bush (Spiraea tomentosa) and several
other xerophytes of the peat bogs of Ohio. The cranberries
(Vaccinium sp.), creeping snowberry (Chiogenes hispidula), and
April, 1911.] The Ancient Vegetation of Ohio. 329
wild rosemary (Andromeda polifolia) occur in moist ravines and
rich woods, while leather leaf (Chamaedaphne calyculata), the
buck bean (Menyanthes trifoliata) and Labrador tea (Ledum
groenlandicum) are found along slow streams. The majority of
these plants occur in Europe and Asia, in habitats of similar
conditions. They are bog plants only in the southern part of
their range. This departure is in no sense an adaptation to
climatic influences but is an equilibrium relation or balance
between the absorbing organs, the conducting shoots and the
transpiration surface against drought conditions common to
either habitat. The structures and distribution habits are
induced by physiological aridity or poverty of available water;
morphological limitations in the conduction of water do not play
a role. The j^hysiological water relation alone must be taken into
account for the form and habits of bog and swamp xerophytes,
even if the plants inhabit regions of pronounced rainfall and
milder temperatures. The appearance of such differentiation can
not be taken as one of rapid and notable evolutionar\' develop-
ment or as one of the most important in the history of plants; nor
would it be safe to assume that bog and desert floras owe their
origin to gradual adaptations resulting from the action of climatic
changes. The possibilities of survival are very great for forms
thrown into the complex conditions of a locality where the func-
tional and structural capacities are suitable for the limiting
physico-chemical factors encountered in the habitat. The plants
are functionally fitted to occupy the place in a zone with its sys-
tem of factors. The qualities of growth which enable competition
and the crowding out of other forms are not of primary importance
in the struggle and selection where physiological capacities have
the survival value for activity during drier seasons. Invaders
would not exclude the forms b\' which a bog or a desert is char-
acterized, except where the influence of external conditions has
produced irre\'crsible changes in a hereditary line. The struc-
tural alterations in roots and shoots of bog plants can not be
looked u}3on as of coinparativeh' recent origin. The phenonemon
of xeromorphy has exhibited itself too generally in a variety of
plants of conditions in space and time; as such it is the general
response in plants to minimize or balance disturbed physiological
water relations.
Ohio State University, Columbus.
The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 6,
Literature Cited.
1. i\NDRE\vs, E. B. Descriptions of fossil plants from lower car-
boniferous strata. Gcol. vSin-v. Ohio, Palaeontology II:
413-42(3, 1S75.
2. BowNOCKER, J. A. The occurrence and exploitation of petro-
leum and natural gas in Ohio, Geol. Surv. Ohio, Bull. I,
1903.
3. BowNOCKER, y. A., Lord, N. W., Somermeyer, E. E. Coal,
Geol. Surv.' Ohio, Bull. 9, 19US.
4. Claypole, E. W. On the occurrence of a fossil tree in the
Clinton, limestone base of the Upper Silurian of Ohio.
Geol. Mag., 2, V: 55S-564, LS78.
5. Chamberlin, T. C. and Salisbury, R. D. Geologv, New
York. 190().
6. Czapek, F. Die Ernahrungsphysiologie der Pfianzen seit
1896. Progressus Rei Botanicae I; 468. 1907.
7. Dachnowski, a. The toxic property of Bog Water and Bog
vSoil. Bot. Gaz. 46; 130-143. 1908^'
8. Bog toxins and their effect upon soils. Bot. Gaz.
47: 389-405, 1909.
9. Physiologically arid habitats and drought resistance
in plants.' Bot. Gaz.' 49: 325-340. 1910.
10. The yegetation of Cranberry Island, Ohio, and its
relations to the substratum, temperature and evaporation.
Bot. Gaz. ol: 241-000. 1911.
11. Foerste, a. F. An examination of Glyptodendron, Claypole,
and of other so-called Silurian land plants of Ohio. Am.
Geol. 12: 133. 1893.
12. Leverett, F. Glacial formations and drainage features jof
the Erie and Ohio basins. LL S. Geological vSurvey 41, 1902.
13. Lesquereux, L. Land plants recently discovered in the
Silurian rocks of the United States. Proc. Am. Philos.
Soc. 17: 163-173. 1877.
14. Description of the coal flora of the Carbonifer-
ous formation in Pennsylvania and throughout the United
States. Geol. Sury. Pennsylyania, II: 695-977, 1884.
15. McDougal, D. T. Influence of Aridity upon the evolutionary
development of plants. The Plant Worid 12: 217-230, 1909.
16. Miller, vS. A. (Description of Species.) Cincinnati Ouarterly
Journal of Science I: 235, 1874; II: 24-39 and 104-118, 1879.
17. Newberry, J. S. On the so-called land plants from the lower
Silurian of Ohio. Am. Jour. Sci. 3d S. 8: 110-113, 1874.
IS. Devonian plants from Ohio. ]o\\v. Cincinnati
Soc. Nat. Hist., 22: 48. 1898.
19. Descriptions of fossil plants. Geol. Sury. Ohio,
Palaeontology I: 359-385, 1873.
April, 1911.] Anatomy and Physiology of the I'nionidae. 331
20. Orton, E. The coal fields of Ohio. Geol. Surv. Ohio 7: 255-
290, 1893. See also subject index of Ohio reports in BibH-
ography of Ohio Geology; Geol. Surv. Ohio, Bull. 6, 1906.
21. Prosser, C. S. Revised nomenclature of the Ohio Geological
formations. Geol. Surv. Ohio, Bull. 7, 1905.
22. Renault, B. Recherches sur les bacteriacees fossiles. Ann.
des. sci. nat. bot. VIII serie, T II: 275-349, 1896.
23. Scott, D. H. The present position of palaeozoic botany.
Progressus Rei Botanicae I: 139-217, 1907.
24. Ward, L. F. The geological distribution of fossil plants.
U. S. Geol. Surv., Washington D. C., 1889.
25. White, D. The upper Palaeozoic floras, their succession and
range; in Willis, B. and Salisburv, R. D. Outlines of geo-
logic history: 138-160, 1910.
NOTES ON THE ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF THE
UNIONIDAE.*
V. Sterki.
The Unionidae are not only the most conspicuous part of otu"
molluscan fauna, but also the most interesting. Some of their
anatomical and physiological features have come to our knowl-
edge only recently, and in few groups of animals, have the last ten
to fifteen years brought such radical changes of classification.
Up to 1900, the genera were generally based upon the shells: those
with complete (regarding the family) hinges were called Unio,
those with more or less defective hinges were Alasmidonta, or
Margaritana, and those without hinge teeth were Anodonta. Con-
chologists generally know that the groups and genera are now
established principally on the soft parts, mainly the branchiae,
not exactly coincident with the formation of the shells. The
branchiae, or gills, of this group of moUusca, have three very
diftcrent functions: respiration, nutrition (as food gatherers), and
as brood chambers for the ova and embr^^os.
The general morphology and anatomy of the fresh-water
mussels is well known, but the special features are frequently not
mentioned, or very fragmentarily, in text books on zoology, and
not even in recent special works on mollusca. Our lowest form,
at least in one group, and in one direction, the small Anodonta
imbecillis Say, is hermaphrodite, that is: part of the gonad is
ovar}^ another is testis. Other Anodontae have not been suffi-
ciently examined in this respect. The balance of our Unionidae
are typically unisexual, yet among Quadrula, and even Lampsilis
(parva, Barnes), bisexual individuals are occasionally found.
* Presented at the Akron meeting of the Ohio Academy of Science,.
November 25, 1910.
332 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 6,
It is known that the ova, from the ovary, pass through an
oviduct on each side into the branchiae, where they develop into
embryos, the so-called glochidia. The glochidium, of about the
size of the ovum, has a two-valved shell, very different from the
postembryonal shell, and also of markedly different formation in
the several groups, and a very primitive formation of the soft
parts, without alimentary canal, ganglia, branchiae, etc.
The formation of the female reproductive branchiae is varied
and furnishes principal characters for classification. In some of
the groups, the Unioniiiae (Ihiio, Pleurohcma, Quadrula), also the
Anodontinac (Aiiodoiita, Alasmidonta, Gymphynota. etc.), the
branchiae which receive the ova, in their whole extent, show
only slight and macroscopically barely noticeable differences from
the male branchiae, and the non-receptive of the female. In a
still higher group, only a part of each of the outer branchiae is
noticeably differentiated, the so-called marsupium, consisting of
ovisacs, their number being very different in the several groups,
and approximately constant in adult individuals of each species.
Also their configuration shows differences, when barren, and much
more so when charged. This is the groui), or subfamily Lanip-
silinae, and, with some differences, Proptera. In Ptychohranchus
(e. g. phaseolus Hildreth), the outer branchiae are differentiated in
their whole extent, and of a formation markedly different from
that of the others, when gravid.
In the lower forms, there are no or slightly marked differences
of the shells between males and females. With the appearance of
the marsupium which, when filled and distended, projects more
or less over the general contour and the lower edge of the branchiae,
there comes a corresponding distension of the shell in the female,
not or slightly marked in some forms, strongly so in others, e. g.,
most of the species of Lampsilis. It reaches its highest grade in
TrunciUa, W'here that part of the female shell is not only greatly
distended but also of a fomiation and sculpture different from
the rest of the mussel.
These differences, gradations, of both soft parts and shell, are
naturally not in a straight line, the same as in other groups of
animals, but with ramifications and gaps, which latter would
probably be bridged over by extinct forms, and possibly by such
as are living in other zoo-geographical provinces.
In connection wath the different fomiation of the gravid
branchiae, there are also different w^ays of discharging the embryos.
In the Unioninae the young are expelled upward from the brood
chambers into the suprabranchial canal and from there out into
the water through the anal siphonal mantle opening. But in the
Lampsilinae, each ovisac opens, at its inferior end, and
the contents, coherent as a cake ("placenta"), makes its exit
through that rent, and out either through the branchial siphonal
April, 1911.] Anatomy and Physiology of the Unionidae. 333
opening, or simply through the great slit of the mantle on the
ventral side.
Of the first stages of post-embryonal development, we still
know little. It has been observed, in Europe, many years ago,
that the glochidia of Anodoiita attached themselves on fins, gills,
etc., of fishes, are there inclosed in a cyst-like cavity by local
hypertrophy of the host's epidermis or epithelium, and live
as parasites for weeks or months. In our country, some observa-
tions of this kind have been made, but I have not seen a report on
them. There is an excellent opportunity here for observations
and experiments.
At a later stage, small mussels — some less than two milli-
meters long — are found with post-embryonal shells, still bearing
the glochiclium valves in the centers of the beaks. Young Lamp-
silis develop a byssus thread, about the thickness of a horse
hair, and several inches long, fastened to a stone, or shell. The
young mussel begins to develop its gonad in about the third year,
and at that age has comparatively few ova and young in its
marsupia. Only from that age on, young Lampsilinae begin
to show sexual differences of the shells.
There is another physiological feature of interest. By examin-
ing thousands of speciinens at various seasons of many years, it
has been found that the mussels of the several groups are producing
their young at different times. The Unioninae, also Margaritana,
are found with their branchiae barren through autumn, winter
and spring, but ova, and spenus developed in the gonads. In the
summer, about June, the ova are transferred to the branchiae
develop into glochidia within a week or two, and the young are
discharged soon ; the whole process taking about four weeks. In
the Lampsilinae, and the Anodontinae, the marsupia become
gravid in fall, in some as early as August; the transformation into
glochidia here also takes only a week or two, and then the embryos,
without any noticeable changes, are retained over winter and
early spring, that is for eight to even ten months. The former
were called short period or summer breeders, the latter long
period or winter breeders.
To sum up : From these condensed and fragmentary outlines,
it becoines evident that our Unionidae are not of the simple and
unifomi organization as was supposed, and that their study
reveals many interesting features. For these reasons, they well
deserve more attention than has been given them, as an object of
study in the zoological laboratory, for their morphology, anatomy
and physiology.
In conclusion, it may not be amiss to point out briefly the princi-
ple differences between the two groups of our fresh water Pelecypoda :
the Unionidae of the Naiadacea, and the Sphaeriidae {Sphaerium,
Mncsitlini, Pisidium and En per a) of the Cyrenacea The latter.
334 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 6,
of which we have about a hundred species, now known, in North
America, and well worth being studied, are of much smaller size,
the mussels being 1.5 to 20 mill, long when mature; their hinges
are more complete; the mantle is less open and the siphons are
closed, and tubes; the four branchiae are differently arranged; the
young are developed in a special, brood pouch on the inside of
the inner branchiae on each side; the young, when mature, are
much larger than the glochidia of the Unionidae and fully
developed.
New Philadelphia, Ohio.
THE OCCURRENCE OF APPLE BLOTCH IN OHIO.
W. O. Gloyer.
In the early part of September of this year there came an
inquiry to the Department of Botany of the Ohio Agricultural
Experiment Station from an orchard grower of Sharon, Noble
County, seeking advice in regard to the blotched appearance of
some of the apples found in his orchard. Examination of the
specimens, by Mr. Arzberger, of this department, revealed the
presence of the Apple Blotch, PhyUostlcta soUtaria, E. & E. This
disease was reported by Scott* in 1909 as being quite prevalent
in our southern states, causing a great deal of dainage in the
orchards infected. Investigations in the orchards in the vicinity
of Wooster showed its presence on a local variety of apple known
as "Butter Apple." All the trees of this variety in the orchard
were infected to about sixty per cent of their crop, while other
trees under similar conditions were immune.
Inquiries and inspection of the orchards in our southern
counties revealed the fact that the apple blotch was quite prev-
alent in sprayed as well as unsprayed orchards. Usually one
variety in an orchard .suffers to a great degree while the remainder
of the orchard is not infected. In one orchard, for instance,
twenty barrels of Pippins were infected to about ninety per cent,
while the other varieties were immune. The investigations in
Lawrence, Gallia and Jackson Counties showed that Phyllosticta
solitaria occurred frequently on Smith's Cider, Baldwin, Ben
Davis, Stark, Pippin, and Rome Beauty. Often, as was the case
with the Pippin, the entire crop was laiined by this disease. The
disease has also been found in Wayne, Noble, and Athens Counties.
The fungus is not only found on the fruit, but its presence is
also noted on the leaves and twigs; nevertheless, the disease is not
suspected in the orchard unless the disease has made itself evident
on the apples. The dark-brown stellar spots (Figs. 1 and 3),
U. S. Bull. 144, Bureau of Plant Industry.
April, 1911.] Occurrence of Apple Blotch in Ohio.
335
formed by the fungus are irregular in shape, varying from a quar-
ter of an inch to an inch in diameter. However, they may coalesce
and cover a larger portion of the apple. Not until the final stages
does the fungus penetrate more than a few millimeters below the
epidermis where it gives the infected portion a dry pulpy texture.
Fig. 1. Apple blotch (Phyllosticta solitaria), showing the nature of
the disease.
Fig. 2. Pycnida of P. solitaria and sunken areas of infected tissue.
Fig. 3. A group of Smith's cider apples showing the typical blotches.
Fig. 4. Cankers of P. solitaria on apple twigs.
At the time the apples are about to be harvested the blotches are
most prevalent and at this time the pycnidia begin to appear in
the diseased spots below the epidermis (Fig. 2). They are not
found in any definite position, but generally they are only seen in
the older infected tissue at the center. In the mature pycnidia
are found the one-celled, ovoid, hyaline spores varjdng somewhat
but usually 9x6 microns. In certain cases we have transverse
cracking of the infected areas which is soon followed by a general
decav.
336 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 6,
The fungus is also present on the water sprouts (Fig. 4) and
fruit spurs where it fomis tan-colored cankers. These cankers on
the water sprouts are variable in size, often attaining a length of
two inches, and a width of about one-half inch. The cankers on
the fruit spurs are smaller, being usually about a quarter of an
inch in diaineter. However, the cankers are more numerous than
on the water sprouts and often give the fruit spurs a very rough,
ragged appearance due to the cracking of the cankered tissue.
vSometimes the cracks may entirely separate the infected from
healthy tissue, and then the canker wound will be healed by the
growth of the new tissue which crowds away the infected bark.
The pycnidia are found scattered over the entire canker surface
and the spores therein are similar to those found on the fruit.
The leaves, when infected with Phyllosticta solitaria, show
small yellow spots about a sixteenth of an inch in diameter. In
the center of these irregular spots there usually can be found one
or more pycnidia which contain the spores. The presence of the
spots on the leaves are often lacking, especially when the foliage
has been protected b\' ijropef spraying.
From the trees observed in this state, it is evident that very
little infection comes from the infected leaves, but the perennial
cankers on twigs, with their numerous pycnidia, are the great
source of infection. The blotches, which give the apples their
unsightly appearance, begin to appear late in July or in the early
part of August and increase in size vmtil harvesting (Fig. 2).
These apples when kept in storage soon decay, because, through
their injured epidermis other fungi enter.
As to the control of the apple blotch, it is reported by several
of the fruit growers that spraying will control this disease. How-
ever, it has been observed that the blotch was prevalent to a great
degree on certain trees that were well sprayed. The blotched
apples in such cases would tend to discredit the nse of sprays were
it not for the fact that the trees were usually not well pruned,
and hence the cankers were allowed to send forth their spores
unhindered. It appears that spray treatment must extend
throughout the season after the manner of sprays for bitter-rot.
Thus it is clearly seen that while spraying is a great factor in the
control of the apple blotch, ])runing plays just as important a
role in checking a disease which is costing many bushels of apples,
and which, if not checked, will ruin some of the choice crops in
this state.
Date of Publication, April ,5, 1911.
The Ohio T\(^aturalist,
PUBLISHED BY
The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni-versity.
Volume XI. MAY, 1911. No. 7.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Metcalf— Preliminary Report on the Life-history of Two Specie.s of Syrpliidae 337
DiCKEV— A Note on the Evaporation Gradient in a Woodlot 347
Stover — Notes on New Ohio Agarics III 349
Stover— An Ohio Station for Mitremyees cinnabarinus 350
Stover— Two Unreported Ohio Species of Uncinnla 351
Wells— Meetings of the Biological Club 352
PRELIMINARY REPORT ON THE LIFE-HISTORIES OF
TWO SPECIES OF SYRPHIDAE.
C. L. Metcalf.
For many years it has been well known that the lar\'ae of
certain genera of Syrphidae feed upon plant Hce (Aphidae) and
are important agents in keeping these highly injurious insects in
check. It is therefore believed that the following notes on the
immature stages of two species of these flies, although incom-
plete, are of enough interest to warrant this preliminary report.
The work has been done under the able direction of the Pro-
fessors of Entomology at the Ohio State University. It was
taken up at the suggestion of Professor James S. Hine, to whom I
am especially indebted for man}^ valuable suggestions and
criticisms.
DESCRIPTION.
Didea fuscipes Loew.
LARVA.
Length, 12-15 mm., width 5-6 mm., height 3-4 mm. The
larvae are testaceous brown, footless, eyeless grubs. The head
is not distinctly differentiated. Shape flattened, sub-cylindrical
blunt at the posterior end, tapering and obtusely pointed in front
when extended (Fig. 2.) The head segments are usually very much
retracted when the larva is at rest giving to the anterior end a bluntly
rounded appearance. The body is divided up into twelve more
or less apparent segments, each, except the first two and the last,
marked by several transverse folds of the integument. On the
elevations of these folds in each segment are situated twelve long
bristles in a transverse row. Of these the four nearest the mid-
337
33^ The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 7,
dorsal line crown the summits of prominent conical projections
which, like the rest of the dorsum, are close-set with short radiating
black bristles. The second of these projections from the middle
line on each side is about one-third as large as the first and situated
on the succeeding fold. These transverse folds are continued
laterally into distinct V-shaped prominences which with those of
other segments fonn a zig-zag longitudinal carina along each side
of the body. The third spine from the middle-line on each side
is situated at the apex of this V; the fourth at the apex of a sim-
ilar, underlying lateral cone or V; in front of which a small vent-
rall3^-projecting fold fonns two smaller spiny prominences bear-
ing the fifth and sixth bristles. These fomi the lateral borders of
the larva and give to it a \'ery irregular outline of sharp angular
projections.
On the ventral part of the first segment are situated the inouth-
parts and dorsal to these the antennae. The mouth-parts consist
of two jaw-like pieces working longitudinalh^ and at the sides of
these three pairs of mouth-hooks adapted to work transversely
(Fig. 3.) The jaws are continued internally into a tube-like
oesophagus or gullet. All the parts are black and fimily chitinised.
The antennae are ver}- small consisting of a single fleshy joint
with two minute rounded segments side by side at its apex.
Surrounding these parts are a dozen or more small sensory papillae.
In the middle of the third segment is a pair of anterior spiracles.
These are light brown, conical, with a semi-circular slit near the
apex (Fig. 4).
On the anterior part of the dorsum of the last segment is sit-
uated the posterior breathing organ (Figs. 2,b;5). This consists of
two closely apposed, short, cylindrical breathing-tubes, united
along the middle line, slightly divergent at the tip. They are
hard, black, finnly chitinised structures, each with three slit-like
spiracles raised on radiating carinae. ilnteriorly near the middle
line each is inarked by a smooth circular plate; and the surface of
the appendages between the spiracles bears several sharp irregular
ridges. The alimentar\' canal opens ventrally on the last segment.
The integument of these larvae is exceedingly tough but trans-
parent. The entire dorsal and lateral surfaces are beset with
numerous, minute, short black bristles. The ventrum is bare.
Along the mid-dorsal line for the greater part of its length the
dorsal blood-vessel is visible through the body-wall. It is a
poorly-defined, dark line with five or six lateral expansions.
This fl}' is only tolerably common about Columbus. I was
able to find the young fairly common in the autumn of 1909; but
they were rare in 1910, owing perhaps to the greater scarcity of
their food the latter season. From the observations made it is
probable that the larvae of the autumn generation of this fly do
not appear before the last week in September or the first of Octo-
May, 1911.] Two Species of Syrphidae. 339
ber. The middle of September none were to be found. On
October 10, 1910, four larvae of this species were collected from
S3"camore. Eight days later one of them pupated. I have not
determined accurately the duration in the larval stage.
The larvae of Didea fuscipes live in the colonies of the large
aphid, Longistigma {Lachnus) caryae Harris which appear so
abundantly in fall on the under sides of the lower horizontal
branches of the Sycamore (Platanus occidentalis L.). I have also
found the larvae on a Basswood tree (Tilia americana L.) affected
with these plant lice. They are apparently closely restricted in
food-habits to the body fluids of this one kind of aphid and may be
expected wherever Longistigma caryae occurs with any regularity.
They are rather sluggish and probably often spend their entire
lifetime among the particular group of plant-lice in which they
hatch.
When feeding the larva seizes an aphid with the hooks of its
mouth-parts. The body-wall is punctured and the juices, which
alone are eaten, are slowly sucked out leaving the body-wall
shrunken and crumpled. These dried-up skins can frequently be
found on the branches where larvae have fed. It is ni}^ belief
that these flies destroy large enough numbers of the aphids to be
of considerable economic importance in keeping them in check.
The excrement of the larva is dark purplish in color and leaves
conspicuous blotches on the white sycamore bark. The moist
excrement seems to be of use in helping the larva to cling to the
surface of the bark.
I have discovered no habits of protection in the larval stage
more than that derived from the surrounding colon\^ of aphids.
They are certainly not conspicuous when so located. The loca-
tion on the under side of the twigs is no doubt a protection from
the weather and from some birds; but this is, I think, entirely
incidental to the similar location of their prey. The covering of
spines and especially the conspicuous bristly prominences may
be defensive.
I have found no particular enemies of this stage.
PUPA.
The pupa is concealed in the hardened, slightly inflated,
sub-cylindrical, last larval skin, within which the changes to the
adult form take place. As the larva approaches metamorphosis
it attaches itself usually to a somewhat protected place on the
under surface of the limb. The anterior segments are retracted,
the skin becomes inflated filling out the wrinkles characteristic of
the larva. It rounds out anteriorly and dorsally, the point mid-
way between the fourth and fifth segments coming to lie at the
anterior pole, the mouth being shunted backward on the ventral
side
34° , The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 7,
Length 9.5-10 mm., width 4.5-5 mm., height about 4.5 mm.
Color, Roman sepia, a little darker than the larva. The puparium
is broadest a little back of the sixth larval segment, is nicely
rounded in front, and tapers gradually to the last segment which
remains somewhat flattened, especially at the sides. The cover-
ing of small black bristles is retained and the black conical prom-
inences become even more cons])icuous owing to the inflation
(Figs. (), 7). The posterior breathing appendages are retained.
The date of pupation was about the middle of October. Indoors
the duration in the pupal stage was about 20 days.
I have made no observations which would indicate that the
larvae crawl far before changing to the pupae. I have found
pupae on the under sides of the horizontal branches of the Syca-
more not far from the colonies of plant lice among which they fed.
The shining brown color together with the black, s]Diny,
conical projections on the dorsal side give to the pupa of Didea
fuscipes a characteristic appearance easily distinguished from
that of the other Syrphidae I have seen. The pupae are protected
by the indurated puparium and somewhat by the sheltered posi-
tion on the bark taken up by the larvae.
I have found the pupa late in November and it is probable
that the fly passes the winter in this stage.
The adults have been taken from the middle of May to the
last of September. I have studied only the autumn generation
of larvae.
The adults emerge by bursting off a circular lid of the pupa
case (Fig. 7). This is accomplished by expansion of the lower
part of the face
ADULT.
9 , cf. Length 11-15 mm.
Description, sHghtly modified from Williston. Bull. U. S.
Nat. Mus., No. 31, 89 (ISS(l). Face yellow, with a small
elongate brownish si:)ot on the tubercle. Front yellow, with
two brownish spots abo\'e the antennae, or, in the female,
with an inverted V-shaped brown stripe connected with the
black of the upper part of the front. Eyes bare. Orbits
thickly yellowish pollinose, posteriorly with a fringe of yellowish-
whitish pile. Antennae black, the third joint at the base some-
times reddish, elongate oval, obtusely pointed at the tip; arista
reddish. Thorax shining greenish black, on the meso-, ptero-, and
sterno-pleurae yellow, thickly covered with similar colored pollen
and pile. Scuttelum light yellow, translucent. Wings grayish
hyaline, the base before the humeral cross- vein ■ and the stigma
brown; the remainder of the sub-costal cell and the costal cell
may be brownish ; third vein rather deeply curved near the middle
of the first posterior cell. Legs brown, the posterior tibiae and all
the tarsi blackish; sometimes the legs are luteous, the base of
May, 1911.] Two Species of Syrpliidae. 341
femora, distal portion of tibiae, and the tarsi brown. Abdomen
black, with four yellow cross bands, the first consisting of two
large ovate spots, narrowly separated and reaching the lateral
margins in nearly their full width; second and third cross-bands
broad separated from the lateral margins b\^ a black narrow
keeled border; they are much narrower in the middle of the seg-
ments, the front margin straight, touching the anterior edge of
the segments ; fourth band similar, but much smaller and attaining
the margin; all the black is velvety opaque except the narrow
posterior margin of the segments which is shining, dilated in the
middle.
Syrphus torvus Osten Sacken
LARVA.
Length, 10-12 mm., width 3-4 mm., height about 2 mm.
Shape sub-cylindrical, tapering rapidly in front to the mouth
parts, slightly narrowed but blunt and emarginate at posterior end.
The body consists of twelve more or less apparent segments
each except the first two and the last crossed by a transverse row
of twelve light-colored spines. Ten of these are in line, the most
ventral on each side being situated in front of the others. The
integument is raised into numerous transverse folds continued
laterally into a distinct longitudinal keel on each side (Fig. 10).
First three body segments small, retractile, gradually thicker;
next eight sub-equal; tenninal segment flattened, bearing on its
dorsal surface the caudal spiracles. These as in Didea are
borne upon two short cylindrical approximate appendages and
are placed within clefts at the summit of three radially arranged
carinae on each appendage (Fig. 13). These carinae are narrower
and longer than those in Didea. The rounded plate-like piece is
present on the anterior part but the surface shows only a few
blunt projections. On the ventral part of this segment is the
opening of the alimentary canal. The mouth-parts are tenninal
and are similar to those of Didea except for an additional pair of
black chitinous recurved hooklets at the sides (Fig. 11). Sur-
rounding them on the first two segments are a number of small
sense papillae (Fig. 11, h). The first segment also bears the anten-
nae (Fig. 11,/). These are very small, similar to preceding species.
Between the second and third segments dorsally is a pair of small
brownish anterior spiracles (Figs. 10a, 11^); conical, the semi-
circular slit guarded by seven rounded teeth (Fig. 12).
The general color of the larvae is brown pink. The integ-
ument is tough but transparent; naked but very finely papillose.
The black mid-dorsal blood vessel is more prominent than in
Didea and in the living active larvae the blood may be seen
pulsating regularly from posterior to anterior end. Laterad to
this blood vessel are two long yellowish bundles of fat irregularly
342 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 7,
outlined extending practicalh' the full length and var^'ing in
width. At the approach to metamorphosis these adipose masses
increase in extent sometimes covering nearly the entire dorsum
except the blood-vessel. At times also the body fluid invades
more or less the fatty bodies appearing as outlying pulsating
pockets.
This fly is abundant in this region and has been taken from
April 1 to September 1(J. The stages have not been followed
throughout the year and the egg has not been studied.
The autumn generation of larvae appears on cabbage affected
by plant lice usually during the latter half of September, becom-
ing abundant from the first to the middle of October. During
the fall of 1909 the study was not taken up until about the middle
of Octol:)er. At this time larvae were j^lentiful and were found at
the University farm until the first of November when the host
plants were removed. When the writer returned to Columbus
the middle of September, 1910, very few aphids or larvae of
Syrphidae were to be found and none of Syrphus tonus. The
latter appeared after those of other species, not becoming abund-
ant until the first week in October. They were still fairly plen-
tiful the middle of October.
I have not determined the duration in the larval stage. Some
larvae taken Octover 15 and kept on sparse diet remained
unchanged December 3, showing their great tenacity of life.
The larvae live on cabbage and related plants crawling about
on the surface of the outer leaves and as far inward as is accessible
without boring. The food of the larvae is usually the body juices
of the cabbage plant-louse (Aphis brassicae Linn). I have found
some of this species on Sycamore feeding on Longistigma caryae
but they are much more abtnidant on cabbage. Confined larvae
readih' change to the latter kind of food in absence of the cabbage
aphids. The larvae are sometimes found on plants on which
there are no aphids; but usually there is an abundance of prey at
hand.
The louse is seized by the hooks and jaws of the mouth of the
larva and held in the air while the juices of its body are sucked out.
I have found no particular enemies of this stage. They are often
well protected from birds among the inner leaves.
PUPA.
In changing to the pupa the lar\'al skin contracts to form a
puparium. The body becomes shorter, more oval, expanded
dorsally in front and of a darker color. Length S-S.25 mm.,
width .3.5-4.3 mm., height 3.75-4 mm. Testaceous brown, naked,
smooth except for slight remains of the transverse wrinkling of
larva. (Fig. 14). Broadest in front of the middle, nicely rounded
in front, descending rapidly at the posterior end to the projecting
caudal spircales (Fig. 15).
May, 1911,] Two Species of Syrphidae. 343
ADULT.
Length, cf 9 10-12.5 mm.
Description, slightlv modified after Osten Sacken. Proc.
Bost. Soc. N. H., XVIII, 139 (1S75).
Female (Fig. 9) : Face and cheeks yellow with a very slight blu-
ish reflection, covered with fine scattered yellow and black pile; a
faint grayish spot on the cheeks under the eyes; oral margin in
front nan-owly brownish. Front and vertex shining black with
black pile; the front on both sides along the eyes with a broad
border of ^-ellowish pollen sometimes meeting the similar border
of the opposite side. This pollen continues in dilute form down
the sides of the face crossing narrowly beneath the antennae.
Eyes pubescent (in many specimens the pubescence is very
much rubbed off and very difficult to perceive) posterior orbits
covered with white pile and pollen. Antennae inserted beneath
a double arched ledge of front. The dark color of the front
begins immediately above their root form.ing a blackish brown
arch with a projecting angle in the middle. Antennae dark
brown; third antennal joint below and the bare arista sometimes
more or less reddish. Face in profile perpendicular beneath the
antennae produced but little below the eyes, slightly concave
beneath the antennae to obHque tubercle, receding below (Fig.
16). Thorax dull greenish with but little lustre; in well preserved
specimens with three faint dorsal longitudinal darker stripes,
divergent posteriorly; scutellum dull yellowish with a slight
bluish reflection. The black pile of scutellum and dorsum of
thorax changes to yellow on the sides of the latter where it is also
much thicker and longer. Wings large considerably longer than
abdomen. Third longitudinal vein nearly straight; anterior
cross-vein a third of the way from base to apex of the discal cell;
anterior outer angle of flrst posterior cell acute. Entire sub-
costal cell brown; root of wings as far as humeral cross-vein and
the costal cell sHghtly tinged with brown. Legs slender; coxae
and basal third of femora black ; on the hind pair the black reaches
beyond the middle of the femora ; hind tibiae often with a brown-
ish ring; four anterior tarsi brown the root of the first joint often
reddish; hind tarsi dark brown.
Abdomen oval slightly broader than thorax; about twice as
long; with three prominent yellow cross bands, the first inter-
rupted in the middle, all attaining the lateral margins. First
segment entirely black; second segment with a yellow elliptical
spot about the middle on each side prolonged usually as a narrow
neck which reaches forward and touches the margin. Third and
fourth segments each with a yellow cross-band on its anterior half,,
the hind margins of these bands very gently biconvex with a very
shallow sinus at the middle; on each side the cross bands are
344 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 7,
attenuated and curved forward so as to reach the anterior margin
of the segment. The band on the fourth segment also touches its
anterior margin in the middle, while that on the third is more
remote from the anterior margin; the black interval between the
bands is twice as broad as the bands. The fourth and fifth seg-
ments have yellow posterior margins, the fifth usually with two
yellow spots on each side at the anterior margin.
Male. "Similar to the female but abdominal cross bands
broader, the biconvexity on their hind side stronger, and the
sinus in the middle deeper; the gray spot on the cheeks under the
eye often larger, sometimes occupying a considerable portion of
the cheek; the brown ring on the hind tibiae usually expanded so
as to reach the tip of the tibiae. The eyes (contiguous) are more
distinctly pubescent, the front is beset with yellow pollen except a
narrow black space above the antennae."
Explanation of Plates XVI and XVII.
Figures 1-S, Didea fiiscipes Loew.
Fig. 1. Adult female x6.
Fig. 2. Larva about six times natural size; a, anterior spiracle; h, caudal
spiracles.
Fig. 3. Antero-ventral view of head and mouth-parts of larva, enlarged;
a, upper jaw with a small pair of hooklets at the side; b, lower
jaw; c and d, lateral hooklets; e, antenna;/, sense papillae.
Fig. 4. Right anterior spiracle much magnified.
Fig. 5. Posterior breathing organs enlarged; a, one of the radiating
spiracles.
Fig. 6. Dorsal view of puparium a little more than five times natural size;
a, caudal spiracles.
Fig. 7. Puparium from the side showing arrangement of spines and line of
cleavage for escape of adult.
Fig. 8. Head of male in profile.
Figures 9-16 Syrf^hus lorvus Loew.
Fig. 9. Adult male natural size and enlarged.
Fig. 10. Larva natural size and enlarged; a, anterior spiracle; b, posterior
spiracles.
Fig. 11. Antero-ventral view of head and mouth-parts much enlarged; a
and h, upper and lower jaw partially separated; c, outer pair of
mouth-hooks; d and e, two inner pairs of mouth-hooklets;
/, antenna; g, anterior spiracle; h, sense papillae.
Fig. 12. Anterior spiracle of larva highly magnified.
Fig. 13. Posterior breathing appendages much enlarged; a, one of the six
caudal spiracles.
Fig. 14. Puparium from above natural size and enlarged; a, posterior
spiracles.
Fig. 15. Puparium from side showing line of cleavage for escape of adult.
Fig. 16. Head of female in profile.
^
5;
<
K
O
S^
■;«
s
-?*"
^^%J
°' Ji%;
,^
^■' , ^;>:
/■ Yv'- t-fvi^f '■^i.ifc;^' V""
^^^ .:;r^
'^f '^^'t^^' '''f'V^^S^ '"f^'*^^ "^
Ohio Naturalist.
Plate XVII.
%
15
Metcalf on "Species of Syrphidae."
May, 1911.] Evaporation Gradient in a IVoodlot. 347
A NOTE ON THE EVAPORATION GRADIENT IN A
WOODLOT.*
Malcolm G. Dickey.
The subject of evaporation has received much attention
within the past few years. Very significant results have been
obtained from the standpoint of plant physiology, and ecology as
well as meteorology. The question in general, as to its relation
to plant societies, has been discussed in connection with an earlier
paper on evaporation in a local bog habitat. f
More recently, further work has been carried on in the same
habitat to ascertain the evaporation at different heights, J and in
this connection, it was thought desirable to obtain similar data as
to the evaporation gradient in a wooded area.
Owing to the intimate relation between forests, climate, and
waterflow, and the important bearing of the subject upon our
national conservation policy, forest meteorology has been made
the subject of a very careful study. Of especial value are the
results of investigations, extending over a number of years,
conducted by the Gennan Forest Service. A summary§ of these
results reveals the fact that the average evaporation from the
ground within woods is about 44% of that within the fields.
This reduction of evaporation is accounted for by a greater relative
humidity due to lower temperature by shade, breaking of winds,
and the protection of the soil litter. The forest, though perhaps
less effective in adding moisture to the air than some other types of
vegetation formations, gives off' a more unifonn supply, and con-
tinues to do so when elscAvhere the saturation deficiency of the air
is relatively high.
Although, some general conclusions have been presented as to
the vertical gradient of temperature and humidity in the forest,
there seem to be no similar data for evaporation. The experiment,
discussed here, was undertaken with a view to gaining some light
on this phase of the subject. The station selected was located in
a woodlot about ten miles north of Columbus. The predom-
inating species is beech, (Fagus americana), with a mixture of
white oak, (Quercus alba), maple (Acer Saccharum), and hickory
(Hicoria ovata). The stand is fairly dense, and the ground is
*Contribution from the Botanical Laboratories of Ohio State Univer-
sity, No. 63.
jDiCKEY, M. G. Evaporation in bog habitat. Ohio Xatur,\list 10:
17-23. 1909.
JD.^CHNOwsKi, Alfred. Vegetation of Cranberry Island (Ohio), and its
relation to the substratum, to temperature, and evaporation. Bot. Gaz.
51. 1911.
§Harrin'Gtox, M. W. Review of forest meteorological observations. In
Forest Influences. U. S. Dept. Agr. Div. of Forestry. Bull. 7. 1893.
348
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XI, No. 7,
well shaded. The undergrowth is quite sparse and the soil is
covered with a thick layer of leafy litter.
The instruments were the porous cup atmometers similar to
those used in previous experiments. A graduated cylinder served
the purpose of a reservoir. The cups were loaned by the Carnegie
Desert Laboratory at Tucson. Four instruments were installed,
one on the ground, at the three-inch level, one at one foot above
the soil, another on an upright support at 6 feet, and a fourth
resting on a light framework which was raised to a height of
thirty-five feet. The instruments were set up on May 28, and
weekly readings were begun on May 30, and continued until
June 27. At this time, the cups at the one foot, and six foot levels
were removed, and returned to the laboratory to be used in other
investigations. The remaining instruinents were read for three
weeks longer. The sixth reading, June 27 to July 12, is for a
period of two weeks, and cannot be compared with the other
readings. It was the intention to supi^lement the evaporation
readings with the temperature, and htunidity data, but unfortu-
nately, the instruments were not available at the time. The
data are indicated in the following table:
Table To Show The Evapor.'Mion Gradient In A Woodlot.
Date
3 Inches
1 Foot
6 Feet
35 Feet
May 28-30
30.6
41.5
36.7
91.1
83.1
74.2
54.4
29.8
36.5
38.2
74.7
73.8
61.6
77.0
75.9
154.0
140.8
Maj' 30 to June 6
June 6-13
June 1.3-20
June 20-27
June 27 to July 12. . ..
July 12-18
56.0
54.0
126.0
116.0
198.0
88.0
It will be seen by comparison of the readings at the various
levels, that the greatest evaporation has occurred in every case at
the six foot level, pointing to a decrease in relative humidity from
below upwards. The thirty-five foot reading exhibits a modifica-
tion of this relation, which is due to the moisture given off in the
transpiration of the leaves in the forest crown. Contrary to
results obtained from similar investigations on Cranberry Island
at Buckeye Lake, 1. c. 2 and also to the observations of Yapp in an
English marsh,* the data do not show a unifonn increase of the
*Yapp, R. H. On Stratification in the vegetation of a marsh, and its
relations to evaporation, and temperature. Annals of Botany 23:275-320.
1909.
May, 1911.] Evaporation Gradient in a Woodlot. 349
saturation deficiency from the lowest level upward. With the one
exception of the reading of June 6-13, which is doubtful in its
accuracy, and is further made unreliable on account of heavy
rainfall during the week, a greater evaporation has occurred at the
one foot level than at the three inch level. Bigelow* has pointed
out a similar relation in evaporation from open pans over a sandy
desert soil, and explains it by data which show that the temper-
ature at the ground level was from one to two degrees higher than
that at ten inches. It may be said, of course, that there is a
marked difference between the sandy soil of the desert exposed to
the rays of the sun, and the shaded forest floor. However, similar
temperature phenomena have been observed in Cranberry bogs
of Wisconsin! which have entirely filled the former lake basin.
They consequently differ from the bog at Buckeye Lake in that
they are not surrounded by an exposed water surface, and have a
much lower water table. There is also a distinct difference
between the vegetation cover with its high water table in the bog
at Bucke}'e Lake, and the forest litter of our station. Temper-
ature readings at the bog show a much greater range at the three
inch level than at one foot or five feet. In the forest, the litter of
leaves, and mold acts as an insulator and prevents rapid changes
in evaporation, absorption, and radiation from the soil. A much
more constant temperature might therefore be expected here, and
a more unifomily low evaporating power of the air. Whether
this explanation is sufficient to account for the difference pointed
out, can not be stated with certainty. Further data are needed
to throw light on the subject.
*Bigelo\v, F. H. Studies on the phenomena of the evaporation of
water over lakes, and reservoirs. Monthlv Weather Review, U. S. Dept.
Agr. 36:437. 1908.
t Cox, H. J. Frost and temperature conditions in the Cranberry marshes
of Wisconsin. U. S. Dept. of Agr. Weather Bureau. Bulletin T.
NOTES ON NEW OHIO AGARICS III.
WiLMER G. Stover.
The following Agarics, collected at Oxford, Ohio, by the
writer during 1909 and 1910, have not been previously reported
for this state.
Russula ochrophylla Peck. Pileus 5-9 cm., dark red or pur-
plish red, convex, becoming depressed, dry, glabrous, smooth,
margin even; flesh white, taste mild. Lamellae ochraceous yel-
low, dusted with the spores, 6-S mm. broad, rather close, adnate,
interspaces venose. Spores ochraceous, globose, echinulate, 8-9
microns. Stipe -1-7X1-2.5 cm., pale reddish, nearly equal, solid
or spongy within. Growing on ground beneath beech trees.
August.
35° The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 7,
Mycena cyaneobasis Peck. Pileus 7-20 mm., conical to sub-
campanulate, often deep blue or brownish blue when young,
usualh" fading to gray or dingy white when older or in drying,
margin striate. Lamellae white or grayish, close, narrow, adnexed.
Spores white, subglobose, 6-S microns. Stipe as much as 11 cm.
long, whitish above, pale brownish below, mycelium at the base
often blue. The plants were growing in leaf mold in woods. May.
Marasmius semihirtipes Peck. Pileus 1-2 cm., reddish
brown becoming alutaceous, glabrous, margin sometimes striate.
Lamellae white, narrow, subdistant, adnate. Stipe 3-5 cm. XI
mm., brown or reddish-brown, velvety-tomentose at base to nearly
glabrous above. Growing among old leaves and grass. June.
Marasmius scorodonius Fr. Pileus 1-1.5 cm., iDay or reddish
brown, convex then plane, dry, glabrous, even. Lamellae whit-
ish, narrow, subdistant, interspaces venose. Stipe 2-3 cm. long,
blender, horny, dark brown below to pallid at apex, hollow,
smooth, polished. Growing in grass at base of pine tree. May be
readily recognized by its odor of garlic when fresh. July.
Hard in his mushroom book (p. 144, Fig. 109), gives an excel-
lent illustration of this species. He also describes Russula ochro-
phylla (p. 187) and Marasmius semhirtipes (p. 145). In none
of these cases, however, does he state that the plants were col-
lected in Ohio. It has been thought advisable, therefore, to report
them at this time as members of the Ohio flora.
AN OHIO STATION FOR MITREMYCES CINNABARINUS.
WiLMER G. Stover.
During the early part of April, Mr. B. W. Wells brought into
the laborator}^ several specimens of Mitremyces cinnabarinus
Desv. which he had collected near Gibsonville, Hocking County.
A specimen in the state herbarium shows that the species had been
collected near the same place, April 5, 1910, by Prof. R. F. Griggs.
The plants were growing in leaf mold in a deep ravine among
hemlocks, tulip-trees and undergrowth.
Morgan* refers all the American plants of this genus to M.
lutescens Schw., but had no Ohio specimens. Lloydf states that
its range is from Massachusetts to Florida and that it does not
extend into the Mississippi basin. Hard| gives an illustration
but says that while he has seen it growing in the mountains of
West Virginia he has never collected it in Ohio. So this is the
first the plant has been found in the central West.
* Morgan, A. P. North American Fungi. jour. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist.
12:21. 1889.
t Lloyd, C.G. The Genus Mitremyces. Myc. Notes 2:239. 1905.
I Hard, M. E. Mushrooms, Edible and Otherwise, f. 481, p. 563.
May, 1911.] Ohio Species of Uncinula. 35 1
The plant is sometimes known as Calostoma cinnabarinum.
The thick rooting base is made up of a number of anastomosing,
somewhat gelatinous, cord like fibers. The fruiting portion of the
plant is subglobose and has two coats. The outer coat (exoper-
idium) is gelatinous when wet and at maturity breaks into pieces
and falls away. The inner (endoperidium) is thin and bright red
when fresh but soon fades. The mouth is a radiate opening, red
on the inner margin and with the border raised. Lining the
endoperidium is a special membrane which contains the spores.
At maturity, this is said to contract so as to force the spore mass
out through the rayed mouth. The spores were shed from all
our specimens but are said to be elliptical and G-SX 10-20 microns
in size.
This find extends the range of this species and adds to the
number of known Ohio Gastromycetae.
TWO UNREPORTED OHIO SPECIES OF UNCINULA.
WiLMER G. Stover.
In the Ohio Naturalist for May, 1910, W. C. O'Kane* listed
and described six Ohio species of Uncinula. Recently, in working
over material collected at Oxford, Ohio, in 1908 and 1909, the
writer has found two other species of that genus. Though doubt-
less collected by others, this seems to be the first published notice
of their occurrence in the state. Specimens haA^e been placed in
the State Herbarium.
In the descriptions which follow, the writer has drawn rather
freely from Salmon's paper on the Erysiphaceae.f
Uncinula parvula Cooke & Peck. Amphigenous; mycelium
evanescent; cleistothecia usually hypophyllous, scattered, 86-122
microns in diameter; appendages 50-160, one-half to three-fourths
the diameter of the cleistothecium, simple, colorless, nonseptate,
smooth, 3-4 microns wide, apex simply uncinate; asci 5-8, broadly
ovate; spores 4-7. On leaves of Celtis occidentalis. Oxford, O.
October, 1908.
Uncinula geniculata Gerard. Epiphyllous; mycelium thin,
forming definite patches or more or less effused, sometimes evan-
escent; cleistothecia somewhat gregarious on the patches or scat-
tered, 90-120 microns in diameter; appendages 24-46, one and
one-fourth to twice the diameter of the cleistothecium, 3-4 microns
wide, some usually abruptly bent or geniculate, simple, colorless,
*0'Kane. W. C. The Ohio powdery mildews. Ohio Naturalist 10:
166:176. pL 9-10. 1910.
t Salmon, Erxest S. A monograph of the Erysiphaceae. Memoir Torr.
Bot. Club 9:1-292. pi. 1-9. New York. 1900.
352 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 7,
nonseptate, smooth or minutely roughened at the base, apex
simply uncinate; asci 5-8, broadly ovate; spores 4-6. On leaves of
Mortis rubra. Oxford, O. October, 1909.
These species may be distinguished from other Ohio species by
the narrow, colorless appendages and the 4-7 spored asci; from
each other, by the number and length of the appendages.
MEETINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.
Orton Hall, Jan. IGth, 1911.
The meeting was called to order by the president, Dr. Dach-
nowski. The minutes were read and approved. Dr. William E.
Henderson then favored the society with an interesting and
instructive address on "Some Recent Theories of Solution and
Osmosis and Their Biological vSignificance. He gave an exposi-
tion of the kinetic theory and contrasted it with the recent solu-
tion theory of Kahlenberg. The importance of possessing true
and definite conceptions concerning osmotic phenomena when
attacking physiological problems, was made very evident by
the speaker.
After a discussion of the address, the society listened to a
report of the American Association meeting at Minneapolis, by
Prof. Barrows and a report of the meeting of American physiol-
ogists at Yale University by Prof. Seymour. In the short bus-
iness meeting Prof. T. M. Hills was elected a member of the
society. No further business being presented, the society
adjourned.
Orton Hall, Feb. 13th, 1911.
The president. Dr. Dachnowski, called the meeting to order.
The minutes were read and approved. The first of a series of
papers on the history of biology was presented by B. W. Wells.
The early history of biological science was covered down to the
time of Galen. Mr. B. B. Fulton gave a description of Hocking
County as a collecting ground, setting forth the wild and primitive
conditions that still obtain in this locality. Mr. J. L. King pre-
sented a paper on "Insect Photography," in which he outlined the
essentials necessary for success in this special line of work and
discussed the methods used by experiment stations in illustrating
their entomological bulletins. A number of lantern slides, made
from photographs by the speaker, were of much interest.
A short business meeting was held in which Mr. A. R. Shadle
was elected a member of the clul), after which the society
adjourned.
Bertram W. Wells, Secretary.
Date of Publication, May 9, 1911.
ne Ohio Naturalist,
PUBLISHED BY
The Biological Club of the Ohio State University.
Volume XI. JUNE, 1911. No. 8.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
OVERHOLTS— The Known Polyporaceae of Ohio 353
NiswoNGER— Two Species of Diptera of the Genus Drosophila 374
Bembowee— Pollination Notes from the Cedar Point Region 378
Wells— Meetin,i.'i< of the Biological Club 384
THE KNOWN POLYPORACEAE OF OHIO.^
L. O. OVERHOLTS.
The purpose of the present paper is to give a Hst of the Poly-
poraceae that have been reported from Ohio. While it is highly
probable that some species have been overlooked, yet the list is
as complete as could be made from the literature at hand. The
floral literature of Ohio is singularly wanting in published lists of
our fungi. Perhaps no Basidiomycetes are more difficult to iden-
tify than those annual foniis of the Polyporaceae which have the
white pileus and white context. Even our best mycolygists have
trouble in distinguishing them. More than half of the species listed
have been collected in the Miami valley by the writer and others
connected with the Department of Botany of Miami University.
The nomenclature followed is that of Mr. W. A. Mm-rill in his
monograph of the family. The most generally used synonyms
have been added to correlate this paper with other writings on
the famih^ A bibliography of the best American and foreign
literature has been appended and an effort has been made to cite
as many illustrations as possible. The paper has been prepared
with the hope that a number of persons will become sufficiently
interested to do collecting in various parts of the state. From
such the writer would be glad to receive specimens, and will
determine all sent to him for that purpose. Any species not
included in this list and those marked as doubtful, are especially
wanted for examination.
The writer wishes to express his thanks to all who have aided
in the preparation of the paper. Especial thanks are due to
the Lloyd Brothers of Cincinnati, for free access to the liter-
ature contained in the Lloyd library; to Mr. C. G. Lloyd for his
determinations and verifications and for access to his excellent
herbarium; to Mr. W. A. Murrill for determinations and verifi-
cations and to Dr. Bruce Fink under whose direction the work
has been done.
' Contributions from the Botanical Laboratory of Miami University. V.
354 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 8,
1. Hydnoporia fuscescens (Schw.) Murrill, N. Am. Flora 9 :3.
19U7.
Sislotrema fuscescens Schw.
Generally known as Irpex fuscescens Schw. and I. cin-
namomeus Fr. This species is wholly resupinate, with a
narrow, sterile border. The tubes are at first very short
but soon become elongated and irpiciform. The color is a
dark yellowish brown. Rather common on dead branches
of oak and sugar trees, over the state.
2. Fuscoporia ferruginosa (Schrad.) Murrill, N. Am. Flora
9 : 5. 1907.
Boletus ferruginosus Schrad.
Known as Poria ferruginosa (Schrad.) Fr. On dead decid-
uous wood. Not common.
3. Fomitiporia obliquiformis Murrill, N. Am. Flora 9 : 9. 1907.
Collected near Cincinnati on hardwood logs by Morgan
and referred to Poria obliquus Pcrs., a European species.
Common.
4. Fomitiporella inermis (Elhs & Ev.) Murrill, N. Am. Flora
9 : 13. 1907.
Poria inermis Ellis Sc Ev.
On deciduous wood. Not common.
5. Melanoporia nigra (Berk.) Murrill, N. Am. Flora 9 : 15. 1907.
Polyporus niger Berk.
Characterized by a black hymenium. On oak wood.
Probabh' rare.
6. Irpiciporus mollis (Berk. & Curt.) Murrill, Bull. Torr. Club
32 :471. 190.5.
Irpex mollis Berk. & Curt.
Also known as I. crassus Berk. & Curt. On dead decid-
uous wood. Not common.
7. Irpiciporus lacteus (Fr.) Murrill N. Am. Flora 9 : 15. 1907.
Sislotrema lacteum Fr.
Commonly known as Irpex tulipifcra Fr. The most
common of all the resupinate forms. It is found on all
sorts of dead deciduous branches, frequently with the inar-
gin reflexed on both sides.
Illustration: Hard, p. 448, f. 376.
8. Poronidulus conchifer (Schw.) Murrill, Bull. Torr. Club
31 :42G. 1904.
Boletus conchifer Schw.
Known as Polyporus conchifer Schw. and as P. virgineus
Schw. This species is a very peculiar one. The young
plant is a sterile, cup-shaped body about 1 cm. in diameter,
varying in color from pure white to dark brown, and marked
June, 1911.] The Known Polyporaeeae of Ohio. 355
with dark concentric rings. The pileus develops from the
under side of this cup, which often entirely disappears.
The pileus is fan-shaped and generally narrowly attached.
The species is easily recognized by the sterile, concen-
trically zoned, cup shaped structure. Very common on
fallen elm branches, from September until winter.
9. Coriolus versicolor (L.) Quel. Ench. Fung. 175. 1SS6.
Boletus versicolor L.
Commonly known as Polyporus versicolor (L.) Fr. The
most common and variable of all the Polypori of this region.
The writers' specimens include seA^eral collections from dif-
ferent localities and no two of them are alike in their com-
binations of colored zones. It is frequently found encircling
small twigs in a spiral manner. It may be found from
July until December on all kinds of deciduous wood, in the
woods, fields, yards, or along the roadsides. It is frequently
found on the lilac and is said to cause a serious disease of
that plant. Readily recognized by its thin, coriaceous,
multizonate, pileus.
Illustrations: Hard, p. 143, f. 343; Sow. Eng. Fungi, pi. 229
10. Coriolus hirsutulus (Schw.) IMurrill, BuH. Torr. Club 32 : 643.
1900.
Polyporus hirsutulus Schw.
This plant is closely related to C. versicolor and may be
but a variety of that species. On dead deciduous wood.
Common.
11. Coriolus pubescens (Schum.) Murrill, Bull. Torr. Club
32 : 045. 1900.
Boletus pubescens Schum.
Commonly known as Polyporus pubescens (Schum.) Fr.
The entire plant is white or yellowish and the pileus is
pubescent but becomes glabrous with age. The hymenium
has a silky luster and the walls of the pores are sometimes
lacerated. The writer has seen rotten beech logs entirely
covered with this fungus. Found from September until
winter, on dead wood, especially beech.
Illustration: Hard, p. 410. f. 339.
12. Coriolus nigromarginatus (Schw.) Alurrill, Bull. Torr. Club
32 : 409. 190(i.
Boletus nigromarginatus Schw.
Known as Polyporus hirsutus (Wulf.) Fr. This is a very
common species in this region. It is ver}' variable, espe-
cially in the character of the pileus. The typical form is
rather thick, hirsute, and concentrically zoned, and has a
dark colored margin. The hymenium varies in color from
356 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 8,
white to brown, but the mouths of the tubes are ahvays
regular and have thick dissepiments. Found on all sorts of
dead deciduous wood throughout the 3^ear.
Illustration: Hard, p. 412, f. 342.
13. Coriolus biformis (Klotzsch) Pat. Tax. Hymen. 94. 1900.
Polyporus biformis Klotzsch.
A very constant species found on logs and stumps from
September until winter. The hymenium is at first porous
but soon becomes lacerate and irpicifonii and dries out to a
light bay color. It is frequently found much imbricated
and laterally confluent, sometimes for several feet along
the log. Common.
Illustration: Hard, p. 412, f. 341.
14. Coriolus prolificans (Fr.) Murrill, N. Am. Flora 9 : 27. 1907.
Polyporus prolificans Fr.
Also known as P. pergamenus Fr. A variable species
quite common on sugar maple, elm, wild cherry, and other
deciduous wood. The mouths of the tubes are a beautiful
purple color when the plant is young, but they fade out to
bay or almost white. The hymenuim becomes irpiciform
at an early stage. The purple colored hymenium will serve
to identify this species. It is found from July until winter.
Illustration: Hard, p. 41.5, f. 345.
15. Coriolellus sepium (Berk.) Murrill, Bull. Torr. Club 32 : 481.
1905.
Tr a metes sepium Berk.
Common on fence posts, dry rails, pickets, and old struc-
tural timber. The single pilei are never more than 1 cm. in
length but they are often found laterally confluent and
sometimes almost wholly resupinate. The species can be
readih' distinguished by its size, habitat, and b}" the pores,
which are very large for such a small plant.
16. Coriolellis serialis (Fr.) Mumll, N. Am. Flora 9 : 29. 1907.
Polyporus serialis Fr.
Generalh^ known as Trametes serialis Fr. This species
was reported by Morgan, but is probably rare in this state.
On deciduous wood.
17. Tyromyces guttulatus (Peck) Murrill, N. Am. Flora 9 : 31.
1907.
Polyporus guttulatus Peck.
A doubtful species for Ohio. On coniferous wood.
IS. Tyromyces spraguei (Berk. & Curt.) Murrill, N. Am. Flora
9 : 33. 1907.
Polyporus spraguei Berk. & Curt.
The writer has collected this species but twice, both col-
lections being taken from beech logs. The whole plant
June, 1911.] The Known Polyporaceae of Ohio. 357
is white, becoming more or less dingy with age, and is
easily identified by its very disagreeable odor. When fresh
and growing, the plant is soft and watery, but when dried it
becomes exceedingly hard. Found during July and August.
Perhaps not common.
19. Tyromyces caesius (Schrad.) Murrill, N. Am. Flora 9 : 34.
1907.
Boletus caesius Schrad.
Known as Polypoiiis caesius (Schrad.) Fr. The pileus is
white with a bluish tinge. Probably rare. On dead limbs
on the ground.
20. Tyromyces semiDileatus (Peck) Miirrill. N. Am. Flora
9 : 35. 1907.'
Poly par us semipileatus Peck.
A doubtful species for Ohio. On deciduous wood.
21. Tyromyces chioneus (Fr.) Karst. Rev. Myc. 3^ : 17. ISSl.
Polyporus chioneus Fr.
On deciduous wood. Rare.
22. Tyromyces lacteus (Fr.) Murrill, N. Am. Flora 9 : 36. 1907.
Polyporus lacteus Fr.
Probably rare. On beech wood.
Illustration: Fries, Ic. Hymen, pi. 1S2, f. 1.
23. Spongipellis unicolor (Schw.) Murrill, N. Am. Flora 9 : 37.
1907.
Boletus unicolor Schw.
Also known as Polyporus obtusus Berk. Rare. On living
maple trees.
Illustrations: Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. 16: pi. 13-16; Kalchbr.
Ic. H^^men. Hung. pi. 34, f. 1.
24. Spongipellis borealis (Fr.) Pat. Tax. Hymen. 84. 1900.
Polyporus borealis Fr.
This species is found only on the wood of the spruce tree.
Rare in Ohio.
25. Spongipellis delectans (Peck) Murrill, N. Am. Flora 9 : 3S.
1907.
Polyporus delectans Peck.
On living maj^le trees. Common.
Illustration: Jour. Cine. Soc. Nat. Hist. S : 99. pi. 1.
26. Spongipellis galactinus (Berk.) Pat. Tax. Hymen. 84. 1900.
Polyporus galactinus Berk.
On deciduous wood. Rare.
27. Bjerkandera adusta (Willd.) Karst. Medd. Soc. Faun. Fl.
Fenn. 5 : 38. 1879.
Boletus adustus Willd.
358 • The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 8,
Known as Polyporus adustus (Willd.) Fr. A very abun-
dant and rather variable species, common on dead decid-
uous wood, especially of the beech and elm. The pileus is
white or pallid and the hymenium is smoke-colored in the
young plants, but becomes black in older specimens. It is
.' • sometimes found partly resupinate and always much imbri^-
cated. From August until winter.
Illu.strations : Bull. Herb. Fr. pi. 501, f. 2; vSow. Eng.
Fungi pi. 231.
28. Bjerkandera fumosa (Pers.) Karst. Medd. Soc. Faun. Fl.
Fenn. .) : 3S. 1879.
; Boletus fiimosus Pers.
Known as Polyporus fumosus (Pers.) Fr. This plant is
closely related to the preceding species, but is larger and
thicker. The hymenium is lighter in color and the mouths
of the tubes are larger and more irregular. On willow and
elm. Common.
29. Bierkandera puberula (Berk. Sz Curt.) Alurrill, N. Am.
Flora 9 :41. 1907.
Daedal ea puberula Berk. & Curt.
More commonly kno^^'n as Polyporus puberula Berk. &
Curt., and P. fragrans Peel-:. This plant can be easily recog-
nized by its fragrant odor which persists even after the
plant has been dried. The tubes are dark colored; the
mouths are large, unequal, and becoming lacerate at matur-
ity. Found most frequently on dead elm wood, from Octo-
ber until DeccmVjer.
32
30. Trametes suaveolens (L.) Fries, Gen. Hymen. 11. 18c
Boletus suaveolens L.
Also known as T. odora Fr. The willow tree is the only
host of this species. Probably rare in Ohio.
Illustrations: Hussey, 111. Brit. Myc. pi. 43; Sow. Eng.
Ftuigi pi. 228.
31. Piptoporus suberosus (L.) MiuTill. Jour. Myc. 9 : 94. 1903.
Boletus suberosus L.
Generally known as PolyiDorus betulinus (Bull.) Fr.
Common in the northern imrt of the state on birch trees.
Illustrations; Bull. Herb. Fr. pi. 312; Sow. Eng. Fungi
pi. 212; Hard, p. 40S, f. 337.
Porodisculus pendulus (Schw.) Murrill, N. Am. Flora 9 : 47.
1907.
Peziza pendula Schw^
Also known as Polyi^orus pocula (Schw.) Berk. 8c Curt.,
and as P. cupulacformis Berk. & Curt. Found on chestnut
and sumac bushes. Rare.
June, 1911.] The Known Polyporaceac of Ohio. 559
33. Hexagona alveolaris (DC.) .Murrill, Bull. Torr. Club 31 : 3.27,
UH)4.
Merullus alveolaris DC.
Also known as Favolus canadensis Klotzsch, and F.
europaeus Fr. This is the only species that we have in
which the pores radiate outward from the point of attach-
ment of the pileus. The color of the pileus is reddish brown,
due to radiating fibrils of that color. The fibrils disappear
with age and the pileus becomes pallid and glabrous. The
pores are large. The stipe is sometimes well developed, but
more often it is short or altogether wanting. When present
it is always lateral. The plant is common on dead decid-
uous wood, especially hickory, and is found from early
spring until winter.
34. Hexagona striatula (Ellis & Ev.) Murrill, N. Am. Flora
9 : 4S. 1907.
Favolus striatulus Ellis & Ev.
Closely resembles H. alveolaris, but distinguished by its
smaller pores. On wood of the birch and the beech. Rare.
35. Polyporus polyporus (Retz.) Murrill, Bull. Torr. Club
3U : 33. 1904.
Boletus polyporus Retz.
Known as P. brumalis (Pers.) Fr. A common and beau-
tiful species found in the fall, and often persisting far into
the winter. The pores are angular, somewhat resembling
those of Hexagona, and the pileus is generallv umbilicate.
Illustrations: Bull. Herb. Fr. pi. 469; Hard, p. 406, f. 335;
Atk. vStud. Amer. Fung. f. 186.
36. Polyporus arcularius (Batsch) Fries, Syst. Myc. 1 : 342. 1821.
Bolclus arcularius Batsch.
This species is closely related to the preceding one, but
the pores are larger and more decurrent and the pileus is
less umbilicate. It occurs more abundantly in the spring
on all kinds of dead deciduous wood.
Illustrations: Micheh, Nov. PI. Gen. pi. 70, f. 5; Hard,
p. 407, f. 336.
37. Polyporus caudicinus (Scop.) Murrill, Jour. Myc. 9 : 89.
1903.
Boletus caudicinus Scop.
The same as Polyporus ulmi Paulet, and also P. squamosus
(Huds.) Fr. It is a large wound fungus found on elm and
maple trees. Not common.
Illustrations: Schaeff. Fung. Bavar. 3: pis. 101, 102; Sow.
Engl. Fungi pi. 266; Bull. Herb. Fr. pis. 19, 114.
360 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 8,
38. Polyporus elegans (Bull.) Fries, Epic. Myc. 440. 1838.
Boletus elegans Bull.
This plant resembles the next species in color and form,
but it is very much smaller and has smaller pores. The
stipe is black at the base. Abundant in some parts of the
state, on dead deciduous wood.
Illustrations: Bull. Herb. Fr. pi. 124; Pat. Tab. Fung,
f. 137.
39. Polyporus fissus Berk. Lond. Jour. Bot. 6 : 318. 1847.
This plant has been generally known to American mycol-
ogists as P. picipes Fr. It is very common from September
until December on dead deciduous wood, especially hickory
and elm. It is easily recognized by the reddish brown, leath-
ery, pileus, which is depressed or infundibulifonii, and by the
stipe, which is black at the base. The pileus sometimes
reaches a width of 20 cm. or more, and the stipe is eccentric
or lateral.
Illustration: Hard, p. 388, f. 319.
40. Abortiporus distortus (vSchw.) Murrill, Bull. Torr. Club
31 : 422. 1904.
Boletus distortus vSchw.
Known as Polyporus distortus Schw. A very variable
species found in the late fall around sttmips of deciduous
trees, especially of the ash. It is normally stipitate and
alutaceous in color, but specimens in the writer's collection
named by Mr. Murrill are entirely resupinate and pure white
in color. Common.
41. Scutiger radicatus (Schw.) Murrill, Bull. Torr. Club 30 : 430.
1903.
Polyporus radicatus Schw.
This species is characterized by having a black, rooting
stipe. It grows on the ground and is found from September
until December. The stipe is central and the tubes are
decurrent. The pileus reaches a width of from 5-9 cm. and
the stipe is about 10 cm. long. Not common.
Illustrations: Ohio Mvc. Bull. 10: f. 40; Hard, p. 400,
f. 329.
42. Grifola poripes (Fr.) Murrill, Bull. Torr. Club 31 : 335. 1904.
Polyporus poripes Fr.
Also known as P. fiavovirens Berk. & Rav. On the ground
in woods. Probably rare.
43. Grifola sumstinei Murrill, Bull. Torr. Club 31 : 335. 1904.
This plant was collected by Morgan and referred to P.
giganteus (Pers.) Fr., and has been known vnider that
name. According to Mr. Murrill, P. giganteus is a Euro-
pean species to which our plant is closely related. It is not
June, 1911.] The Known Polyporaceae of Ohio. 361
uncommon to find several large clusters of the plant about
the base of a stump, especially beech. It resembles G.
frondosa (Dicks.) Gray, but the pileoli are fewer in number
and much larger. In the fresh specimens the hymenium
turns to black when bruised, and this characteristic will
identify the species. Found from July until September.
44. Grifola frondosa (Dicks.) Grav, Nat. Arr. Brit. PL 1 : 643.
1S21.
Boletus frondosus Dicks.
Commonly known as Polyporus frondosus (Dicks.) Fr.
Resembles the preceding species in form and habit but
easily separated. The pileoli are much narrower and more
numerous, and are grayish cinerous in color. The plant
generally attains a breadth of 20 or 30 cm. and a height of
20 or more cm. Found at the bases of elm and oak stumps
during the late fall.
Illustrations: Sow. Eng. Fungi pi. S7; Atk. Stud. Am.
Fungi f. 181, 182; Mcllv. Am. Fungi pi. 128; Hard, p. 391,
f. 321.
45. Grifola ramosissima (Scop.) Murrill, Bull. Toit. Club
31 :33G. 19U4.
Boletus ramosissinius Scop.
Generally known as Polyporus umbellatus Fr. Found at
the base of oak trees. Reported from the sotithem part of
the state, but probably rare.
Illustrations: Schaeff. Fung. Bavar. pi. Ill; Atk. Stud.
Am. Fungi f. 178; Hard, p. 390, f. 320.
46. Grifola berkeleyii (Fr.) Murrill, Bull. Torr. Club 31 : 337.
1904.
Polyporus berkeleyii Fr.
The same as P. anax Berk. ''Nobilissimus inter-omnes
mihi cognitos Polyponis," to quote from Fries. A rather
common species found around oak or ash stumps in August
and September. It has globose, echinulate, spores which
will identify it, as no other closely related species has such.
Capt. Mcllvaine cites an instance of a plant of this species
being found near Boston several years ago, which "was
ftdly four feet high and from two to three feet broad. "^
Illustration: Hard, p. 393, f. 323.
47. Pycnoporus cinnabarinus (Jacq.) Karst. Rev. Myc. 3" : 18.
1891.
Boletus cinnabarinus Jacq.
Commonly known as Polyporus cinnabarinus (Jacq.) Fr.
This species is easily identified by its color, which is a cinna-
- One Thousand American Fungi, p. 484.
362 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 8,
bar red both on the pileus and on the hynienium, although
the pileus fades out with age. The fungus is quite common
on dead wood of the wild cherry, sugar, etc. From August
until December.
Illustrations: Jacq. Fl. Austr. pi. 304; Bull. Herb. Fr. pi.
501, f. 1; Hard, p. 409, f. 338.
48. Aurantiporus pilotae (Schw.) Murrill, Bull. Torr. Club
32 : 487. 190.3.
Polyporus pilotae Schw.
A very rare plant in this state and is said to grow on oak
and chestnut wood.
49. Laetiporus speciosus (Batt.) Murrill, Bull. Torr. Club
31 : 007. 1904.
Agaricus speciosus Batt.
Known as Polyporus sulphurus (Bull.) Fr. Polyporus
cincinnatus Morg. is the same plant. Easily recognized by
the color of the hymenium, which is a bright sulphur yellow.
The pileus varies in color from yellow to reddish orange
and specimens in the writer's collection are faded to almost
white. It frequently occurs as a parasite and is said to
cause much damage to forest trees. It is always found
much imbricated and often substipitate. Common from
August until November, on stumps and trunks of oak,
locvist, etc.
Illustrations: Batt. Fung. Hist. pi. 34, f. B; Bull. Herb.
Fr. pi. 429; Gibson, pi. 20; Hard, p. 397, f. 326.
50. Cerrenella farinacea (Fr.) Murrill, N. Am. Flora 9 : 74. 1907.
Irpex farinaceiis Fr.
Ohio is almost out of the range of this species, which is
more common farther south. On dead deciduous wood.
51. Coriolopsis rigida (Berk. & Mont.) Murrill, N. Am. Flora
9 : 75. 1907.
Trametes rigida Berk. & Mont.
A semi-resupinate form found on dead wood, especially of
the sugar-maple. The pileus is never more than 2 cm. in
width, and is often entirely wanting. The hyinenium is
wood-colored. Common.
52. Funalia stuppea (Berk.) Murrill. Bull. Torr. Club 32 : 356.
1905.
Trametes stiippeus Berk.
Easily recognized by the very villous pileus, the dark
colored hymenium, and the large angular pores, which are
about 1 mm. in diameter. Most frequently found on poplar
and Cottonwood logs, but also on willow. Probably rare, at
least in the southern part of the state.
June, 1911.] The Known Polyporaeeae of Ohio. 363
53. Hapalopilus rutilans (Pers.) Murrill, Bull. Torr. Club 31:
410. 10U4.
Boletus rutilans Pers.
The same as Pol3"porus nidulans Fr. Not common. On
dead deciduous wood.
54. Hapalopilus gilvus (Schw.) Murrill, Bull. Torr. Club 31 : 418.
19U4.
Boletus gilvus Schw.
Known as Polyporus gilvus Schw. Common on dead
deciduous wood, especially beech. In very young specimens
the pileus is often covered with a purplish tomentum which
disappears with age. The pileus is generally rough and of a
tawny color. The hymenium is darker in color than the
pileus. The plant is generally found imbricated but is
frequently found singly.
55. Ischnoderma fuliginosum (Scop.) Murrill, Bull. Torr. Club
31 : GUG. 1904.
Boletus fuliginosus Scop.
Known as Polyporus resinous Schrad. A handsome
fungus with dark pileus. When young the plant is soft and
fleshy and filled with a colored juice. As the plant gets
older the pileus becomes harder. The pore surface is pallid
and turns immediately to brown when touched. The
pores are very minute. Common from October until
December on dead deciduous logs.
Illustrations: Fries, Ic. Hymen, pi. 4S3, f. 2; Hard, p.
403, f. 331.
56. Antrodia mollis (Sommerf.) Karst. Medd. Soc. Faun. Fl.
Fenn. 5 : 40. 1879.
Daedalea mollis Sommerf.
Known as Trametes mollis (Sommerf.) Fr. and as T.
cervinus Pers. A sessile or resupinate form on dead wood.
Not common.
57. Inonotus hirsutus (Scop.) Murrill, Bull. Torr. Club 31 : 594.
1904.
Boletus hirsutus Scop.
Reported by Morgan as Polyporus endocrocinus Berk.
Also known as P. hispidus (Bull.) Fr. On trunks of deciduous
trees. Rare in Ohio.
Illustrations: Bull. Herb. Fr. pi. 210; vSow. Eng. Fungi
pi. 345.
58. Inonotus dryophilus (Berk.) Murrill, Bull. Torr. Club 31:
597. 1904.
Polyporus dryophilus Berk.
Very rare. Always found on oak wood.
364 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 8,
59. Inonotus perplexus (Peck) Murrill, Bull. Torr. Club 31 : 596.
19U4.
Polyporus perplexus Peck.
This species is a very variable one. When fresh and
growing it is spongy and tonientose, but becomes quite
glabrous with age. The mouths of the pores are grayish
brown, becoming darker. A common fungus on dead wood,
especiallv of the beech, from September until December.
Illustration: Hard, p. -tOl, f. 330.
60. Inonotus radiatus (Sow.) Karst. Rev. Myc. 3 : 19. 1881.
Boletus radiatus Sow.
Known as Polypoitis radiatus (Sow.) Fr. Found on the
alder. Rare.
61. Coltricia cinnamomea (Jacq.) Murrill, Bull. Torr. Club
31 :343. 1904.
Boletus cinnamomeus Jacq.
The same as Polyporus subsericeus Peck and Polystictus
cinnamomeus Jacq. The distinguishing characteristic of
this species is its thin, shining pileus, bright cinnamon in
color and marked by silky striations. It is a small plant,
with a slender, central stipe, and usually grows on mossy
ground. The pileus is always somewhat depressed at the
center, and sometimes very much so. A rare plant as far as
the writer's collecting goes, but it is small and easily over-
looked.
Illustrations: Atk. Stud. Am. Fungi f. 187; Hard, f. 344;
Jacq. Coll. pi. 2; Myc. Notes f. 200.
62. Coltricia perennis (L.) Murrill, Jour. Myc. 9 : 91. 1903.
Boletus perennis L.
Known as Polyporus perennis (L.) Fr. Very similar to
the preceding species but lacks its shining zones. Probably
rare. Cn ground in woods.
Illustnitions: Sow. Eng. Fungi pi. 192; Bull. Herb. Fr.
pi. 28.
63. Coltricia focicola (B^rk. (.% Curt.) Mm-rill. N. Am. Flora
9 :92. 1907.
Polyporus focicola Berk. & Curt.
Known as Polyporus connatus Schw. On ground in
woods. Not common.
64. Coltricia obesa (Ellis & Ev.) Murrill, Bull. Torr. Club
31 :34(). 1904.
Polystictus obesus Ellis & Ev.
This fungus was collected in the Miami Valley by Lea and
referred to P. montagnei Fr. by him. Rare. On ground
in woods.
June, 1911.] The Known Polyporaceae of Ohio. 365
65. Fomes roseus (Alb. & Schw.) Cooke, Grevillea 14 : 21. 1SS5.
Boletus roseus Alb. & Schw.
Known as Fomes carneus Cooke. On dead wood not
common.
Illustrations: Nees, Nova Aceta Acad. Leop. Carol. 13:
pi. 3; Fries, Ic. Hymen, pi. 180, f. 1.
66. Fomes fraxineus (Bull.) Cooke, Grevillea 1-1 : 21. 1S85.
Boletus fraxineus Bull.
A rare species for this country, although a few good col-
lections have been made, all of which are annual. Generally
found on ash trees.
Illustration: Bull. Herb. Fr. 10: pi. 433, f. 2.
67. Fomes ohiensis (Berk.) Murrill, Bull. Torr. Club 30 : 230.
1903.
Trametes ohiensis Berk.
This little fungus (very small for the genus Fomes) is
found abundantly on fence posts, rails, pickets, dead spots
on certain deciduous trees, and on old structural timber.
The pileus becomes black only at the base, and the tubes are
longer than in F. scutellatus (Schw.) Cooke with which it
is often confused. The hymenium is white and the walls of
the tubes are almost as thick as the diameter of the mouths.
68. Fomes scutellatus (Schw.) Cooke, Grevillea 14 : 19. 1885.
Polyporus scutellatus Schw.
Rare, growing only on the alder in this state.
69. Fomes fraxinophilus (Peck) Sacc. Syll. Fung. 6 : 172. 1888.
Polyporus fraxinophilus Peck.
This species is found on species of Fraxinus and is a
wound parasite. It grows to be very large, specimens
having been brought in which were 30 cm. across. It is
perennial and most commonly grows from 30 to 40 feet
above the ground. The pileus is at first white but becomes
black and rimose with age. Common.
Illustrations: Bull. U. S. Dept. Agr. PL Ind. 32: pi. 2.
1903; Hard, p. 421, f. 3.50.
70. Fomes populinus (Schum.) Cooke, Grevillea 14 : 20. 1885.
Boletus populinus Schum.
Known as F. connatus Gill. Always found at the bases of
sugar trees, between the roots, and generally covered with
moss. Common.
Illustrations: Fries, Ic. Hymen, pi. 185, f. 2; Gill. Champ.
Fr. pi. 466.
o
66 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 8,
71. Pyropolyporus igniarius (L.) Murrill, Bull. Torr. Club
30 : IIU. iyU3.
Boletus igniarius L.
Fomes nigricans Fr. is the same plant. A large perennial
fungus with a woody pileus which becomes black and rimose
with age. Occurring on deciduous trees, but not common.
Illustration: Gill. Champ. Fr. pi. 290.
72. Pyropolyporus fulvus (Scop.) Murrill, Bull. Torr. Club
30 : 112. 1903.
Boletus fulvus vScop.
Listed by Morgan as P. supinus Fr. Also known as Fomes
fulvus (Scop.) Gill, and F. pomaceus Pers. Found only on
plum trees. Frequent.
73. Pyropolyporus everhartii (Ellis & Gall.) Murrill. Bull. Torr.
Club 30 : 114.
Mucronoporus everhartii Ellis & Gall.
Known as Fomes everhartii Ellis & Gall. Generally
found on oak wood. Not common.
Illustration: Jour. Myc. 5: pi. 12. LSS9.
74. Pyropolyporus robiniae Murrill, Bull. Torr. Club 30 : 114.
1903.
Generally known to American mycologists as Fomes
rimosus Berk. A wound parasite found onh' on living
trunks of Robinia pseudacacia. It is quite a large fungus,
and the pileus becomes black and rimose with age. The
hynienium is tawny. Common.
Illustrations: Rep. Mo. Bot. Card. 12: pi. 1-3; Hard,
p. 41,S, f. 347.
75. Pyropolyporus conchatus (Pers.) Murrill, Bull. Torr. Club
30 : 117. 1903.
Boletus conchatus Pers.
Commonly known as Fomes conchatus (Pers.) Fr. This
species is a very variable one, generally found wholly resupi-
nate on the under side of dead deciduous logs, especially the
oak. It is perennial and the hymenium is a dark chestnut
brown. In the pileate forms the pileus is concentrically
zoned and black. Common.
Illustration: Fries, Ic. Hymen, pi. IS."), f. 2.
ro. Porodaedalea pini (Thore) Murrill, Bull. Torr. Club 32 : 367.
190.3.
Boletus pini Thore.
Commonly known as Trametes pini Fr. A parasitic,
perennial fungus, easily identified by the black, ungulate
surface and yellowish brown hymenium, with more or less
labyrinthiform pores.
June, 1911.] The Known Poly poraceae of Ohio. 367
77. Globifomes graveolens (Schw.) Mtirrill, Bull. Torr. Club
31 :424. 11)U4,
Boletus graveolens Schw.
Known as Polyporus conglobatus Berk, and Fomes
graveolens (Schw.) Cooke. A very peculiar fungus, forming
an imbricated, cylindrical mass of overlapping pileoli.
Generally found on beech logs. The color while growing is
a rusty brown, but the old plants become black. Found in
September and October. Not common. Commonly called
"sweet knot" on accomit of its fragrant odor. The writer's
specimens were collected in a growing condition, but no
odor was noticeable.
Illustrations: Ohio Myc. Bull. 9: f. 41 ; Hard, p. 405, f. 334.
78. Elfvingia fomentaria (L.) Murrill, Bull. Torr. Club 30 : 298.
1903.
Boletus fomentarius L.
Commonly known as Fomes fomentarius (L.) Fr. On
beech and birch. Rare.
Illustrations: Gill. Champ. Fr. pi. 467; Sow. Eng. Fungi
pi. 133.
79. Elfvingia lobata (Schw.) Murrill, Bull. Torr. Club 30 : 299.
1903.
Fomes lobatus Schw.
Known as Fomes reniformis Morg. An annual fungus,
which, however, frequently revives, but the second year's
growth comes out below that of the previous year.
This point distinguishes it from the next species, which it
resembles. Rather common about the bases of old stumps.
SO. Elfvingia megaloma (Lev.) Murrill, Bull. Torr. Club 30 : 300.
1903.
Polyporus megaloma Lev.
Known as Fomes leucophaeus Mont, and incoiTectly
called Polyporus applanatus Pers. It is perennial and in
point of size is perhaps the largest of all that are found in
the state. A specimen collected at Oxford, Ohio, in June of
1909 measures 50x30x30 cm. It frequently grows imbri-
cated, but more often it is found single. Very common
throughout the year on all kinds of dead deciduous logs and
stumps, and frequently on living trees. It is generally
found near the ground, but the writer has seen specimens on
a living sugar tree, 40 feet above the ground. At certain
seasons of the year the pileus is covered with the brown
conidia which are produced on the upper surface. When
fresh, the hymenium turns brown w^hen rubbed.
368 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 8,
81. Ganoderma curtisii (B.) Murrill, Bull. Torr. Club 29 : 602.
1902.
Polyporus curtisii Berk.
Closely related to the next species, but probably rare in
this state. vSaid to grow on ash and maple wood.
82. Ganoderma sessile Murrill, Bull. Torr. Club 29 : 604. 1902.
This species has always been known to American col-
lectors as Polyporus lucidus (Leys) Fr. Collectors should
have no trouble in identifying it, as it is the only species
with a varnished pileus that is at all common here. It
occurs both with and without a stipe, but when the stipe is
present it is always lateral. Common at the bases of stumps
of different deciduous trees.
Illustrations: Atk. Stud. Am. Fung. p. 192, pi. 72; Hard.
' p. 404, f. 332.
83. Cerrena unicolor (Bull.) Murrill, Jour. Myc. 9 : 91. 1903.
Boletus unicolor Bull.
Known as Daedalea unicolor (Bull.) Fr. The collector
who finds this plant for the first time is very likely to decide
immediately that it belongs to the genus Coriolus, as the
thin, leathery, pileus and irpiciform hymenium would
indicate. But the hymenium is at first plainly labyrinthi-
form, and only becomes irpiciform with age. The hymenium
is at first white but later takes on a darker color. The
pileus is densely strigose- villous, mtilti-zonate, and frequently
covered with a green alga. Common on all kinds of dead
deciduous wood. The writer frequently finds specimens
which have continued their growth the second year from the
margin of the first vear's growth.
Illustrations: Bull. Herb. Fr. pi. 408, 501; Bolt. Hist.
Fung. app. pi. 16; Sow. Eng. Fungi pi. 325.
84. Daedalea quercina (L.) Pers. Syn. 500. 1801.
Agaric us querciiius L.
On dead oak wood. Said to be common in some i^arts of
the state.
Illustrations: Sow. Eng. Fungi pi. 181.; Bull. Herb. Fr.
pi. 352; Hard, p. 42S, f. 357.
85. Daedalea confragosa (Bolt.) Pers. Syn. 500. LSOl.
Boletus confragosus Bolt.
Trametes rubescens Fr. is a thin form of this plant. It is
the only species of the genus that is at all common here.
Various conditions of the hymenium are found, grading
from strictly poroid to labyrinthiform and lamellate, some-
times all stages being found in one plant. The hymenium
changes from white to reddish brown when touched. Found
from August until December, on dead willow wood.
Illustrations: Bolt. Halifax Fung. Suppl. pi. 160; Alb. &
Schw. Consp. Fung. pi. 11, f. 2; Hard, p. 429, f. 358.
June, 1911.] The Known Polyporaceae of Ohio. 369
86. Daedalea aesculi (Schum.) Murrill, Bull. Torr. Club 32 : 89.
1905.
Boletus aesculi Schum.
Commonly known as D. ambigua Berk. Very common in
some parts of the state. The whole plant is pure white.
On dead deciduous wood.
Illustration: Hard, p. 427, f. 355-356.
87. Lenzites betulina (L.) Fries, Epicr. Myc. 405. 1838.
Agaricus betulinus L.
Because of its lamellate hymenium, this plant is often
given under the white spored Agarics. It is very common
on dead deciduous wood. The lamella are thick and often
anastamose. The pileus is multi-zonate and variously
colored. May be found at any time of the year, on all
kinds of deciduous wood.
Illustrations: Sow. Eng. Fungi pi. 182; Hard, p. 230, 231,
f. 184. 185.
88. Gloeophyllum trabeum (Pers.) Murrill, Bull. Torr. Club
31 : 605. 1904.
Agaricus traheus Pers.
Known as Lenzites vialis Peck. A common species over
the state, occurring on dead wood.
Illustration: Sow. Eng. Fimgi pi. 182.
89. Gloeophyllum hirsutum (Schaeff.) Murrill, Jour. Myc. 9 : 94.
1903.
Agaricus hirsutus Schaeff.
Same as Lenzites saeparia Fr. Found only on pine wood.
Not common.
Illustration: Sow. Eng. Fungi pi. 418.
90. Cycloporus greenei (Berk.) Murrill, Bull. Torr. Club 31:
423. 1904.
Cyclomyces greenei Berk.
A curious fungus with the pores arranged in concentric
circles. Grows on the ground. Rare.
Illustrations: Lond. Jour. Bot. 4: pi. 11; Hard, p. 430,
431, f. 360, 361.
Besides the above species, there are a few which have not been
provided for in Mr. Murrill's classification. His work on the
species with the gelatinous hymenium and on the Porias which
have a white hymenophore, has not yet been pubHshed. The
following is a list of those recorded from Ohio :
91. Fistulina hepatica Fr. Not common.
92. Fistulina pallida Berk. & Rav. Rare. On chestnut and oak
wood.
93. Polyporus rhipidium Berk. Not common.
37° The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 8,
94. Polyporus dichrous Fr. Common. Has a reddish purple
lix'nu'tiiuni.
9.5. Poria purpurea Fr. Not common.
90. Poria attenuatus Peck. Not common.
97. Poria rufa Schrad. Rare.
98. Poria xantholoma Schw. Perhaps common.
99. Poria contiguus (Pers.) Fr. Common.
100. Poria unita Pers.
101. Poria bombycina Fr.
102. Poria cinerea Schw.
103. Poria vulgaris Fr. The same as P. pulchella vSchw.
104. Poria obducens Pers.
10.3. Poria mollusens Fr.
100. Poria viridans Berk. & Br.
107. Poria gordoniensis Berk. & Br.
108. Poria vaporarius Fr.
109. Poria tenuis Schw.
110. Poria callosa Fr.
111. Poria spissus Schw.
112. Merulius tremellosus Schrad. Common.
113. Merulius rubellus Peck. Common.
114. Merulius himantioides Fr.
11.3. Merulius corium Fr.
110. Merulius molluscus Fr.
117. Merulius porinoides Fr.
118. Merulius lachrymans Fr.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
Albertini, J. B. DE, and Schweinitz, L. D. von. Conspectus
Fungoitnn in Lusiatae superioris Agro Niskiensi Crescentium,
I-XXIX. 1~37(). pi. 1-12. Lipsiae. Sumptibus Kummerianis.
180.3.
Atkinson, George F. Mushrooms, Edible, Poisonous, etc. ed. 2.
I-VII. 1-322. f. 1-2.30. pi. 1-SG. New York. Henry Holt &
Company. 1903.
Battarra, Antonio. Fungorum Agri Ariminensis Historia. ed.
2. I-VIII. 1-80. pi. 1-40. Faventiae. Typ. Ballanti. 1759.
Bolton, James. An Historv of Funguses growing about Halifax.
I-XVI. 1-182. f. 1-200. p]. 1-51. Huddersfield. 1788-1791.
Bulliard, Pierre. Herbier de la France, pi. 1-002. 1780-1793.
(Consisting of plates only.)
Cooke, M. C. Praecusores ad Monographia Polyporum. Grev.
14: 1-130. London. WilHams and Norgatc. 1885-1886.
Fries. Elias. Systema Mycologicum. 1 : I-LVH. 1-520. 1821.
2 : 1-020. 1822. 3 : 1-524. 1829. Gryphiswaldiae. Ex officina
Berlin qui ana.
June, 1911.] The Known Polyporaceae of Ohio. 371
Gibson, W. H. Our Edible Toadstools and Mushrooms, and how
to distinguish them. 1-337. pi. 1-3S. New York. Harper &
Brothers. 1S95.
GiLLET, C. G. Les Champignons de France. 1-230. Alencon.
E. DeBroise. 1S79.
Gray, vS. F. A Natural Arrangement of British Plants. 1 : 1-
XXVIII. 1-824. 2 : 1-757. London. Baldwin Cradock &
Joy. 1821.
Hard,^M. E. Mushrooms, Edible and Otherwise. I-X. 1-G09.
f. 1-5U4. Colmnbus, Ohio. The New Franklin Printing Co.
1908.
HussEY, Mrs. T. J. Illustrations of British Myeologv. 1 : I-VIII.
pi. 1-90. 1847. 2 : pi. 1-50. 1855.
Jacquin, N. J. Florae Austriacae. 1-289. pi. 1-500. Viennae. 1775.
Jacquin, N. J. Collectanea Austriaca ad Botanicum. 1 : 1-386.
pi. 1-22. 1786. 2 : 1-374. pi. 1-18. 1788. 3 : 1-306. pi. 1-23.
1789. 4 : 1-359. pi. 1-27. 1790. 5 : 1-171. pi. 1-16. 1796.
Vindobonnae. Ex ofhcina Wappleriana.
Kalchbrenner, C. and Schulzer, S. von Muggenburg. Icones
Selectae Hymenomvcetem Hungariae. 1-150. pi. 1-30. Pest.
1873-1878.
Karsten, p. a. Enumeratio Boletinearum et Polyporum Fen-
nicarum. Rev. Myc. 3 : 16-19. 1881.
Kellerman, W. a. Mvcological Bulletin. 1 : 33, 35, 36, 39, 43.
1902. 3 : 109, 128, 175, 176. 1905. 4 : 203, 221, 259, 263, 276.
1906. 5 : 352, 354, 466. 1907. Columbus, Ohio. Vance Poland
Co. (Articles without titles.)
McIlvaine, Charles and Macadam, Robert K. One Thousand
American Fungi. ed. 2. I-XXXVIII. 1-729. pi. 1-181.
Indianapolis, Ind. The Bowen-Merrill Co. 1902.
MiCHELi, P. A. Nova Plantarum Genera iuxta Tourneforth
Methodum Disposita. 1-234. pi. 1-108. Florentiae. 1729.
Morgan, A. P. The Mycologic Flora of the Miami Valley. Jour.
Cine. Soc. Nat. Hist. 8 : 91-174. pi. 1. 1885. 9 : 1-7. 1886.
10 : 14-15. 1887.
MuRRiLL, William A. The Polvporaceae of North America-1.
The Genus Ganoderma. Bull. Torr. Club 29 : 25-26. 1902.
MuRRiLL, W. A. A New Family of the Basidiomycetes-Xylo-
phagaceae. Torreya 3 : 1-7. 1903.
MuRRiLL, W. A. A Historical Review of the Genera of the Poly-
poraceae. Jour. Myc. 9 : 87-102. 1903.
MuRRiLL, W. A. The Polyporaceae of North America — II. The
Genus Pyropolyporus. Bull. Torr. Club 30 : 109-120. 1903.
MuRRiLL, W. A. The Polyporaceae of North America — III. The
Genus Fomes. Bull. Torr. Club 30 : 225-232. 1903.
MuRRiLL, W. A. The Polyporaceae of North America — IV. The
Genus Elfvingia. Bull. Torr. Club 30 : 296-301. 1903.
^to^
372 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 8,
MuRRiLL, W. A. The Polyporaceae of North America — V. The
Genera Cryptoporus, Piptoporus, Scutiger and Porodiscus.
Bull. Torr. Club 30 : 423-434. 1903.
MuRRiLL, W. A. The Polvporaceae of North America — VI. The
Genus Polyporus. Bull. Torr. Club 31 : 29-44. 1904.
MuRRiLL, W. A. The Polyporaceae of North America — VII.
The Genera Hexagona, Grifola, Romellia, Coltricia and
Coltricella. Bull. Torr. Club 31 : 325-348. 1904.
MuRRiLL, W. A. The Polyporaceae of North America — VIII.
Hapalopilus, Pycnoporus and New Monotypic Genera. Bull.
Torr. Club 31 : 415-428. 1904.
MuRRiLL, W. A. The Polyporaceae of North America — IX.
Inonotus, Sesia and Monotypic Genera. Bull. Torr. Club
31 : 593-GlO. 1904.
MuRRiLL, W. A. A Key to the Perennial Polyporaceae of North
America. Torreya 4 : 165-167. 1904.
MuRRiLL, W. A. The Polyporaceae of North America — X.
Agaricus, Lenzites, Cerrena and Favolus. Bull. Torr. Club
32 : 83-103. 1905.
MuRRiLL, W. A. The Polyporaceae of North America — XI. A
vSvnopsis of the brown pileate species. Bull. Torr. Club
32:353-371. 1905.
MuRRiLL, W. A. The Polyporaceae of North America — XII. A
vSynopsis of the white and bright colored pileate species.
Bull. Torr. Club 32 : 469-493. 1905.
MuRRiLL, W. A. The Polyporaceae of North America — XIII.
The Described Species of Bjerkandera, Trametes and Cori-
olus. Bull. Torr. Club 32 : 633-656. 1905.
MuRRiLL, W. A. The Polyporaceae of North America. N. Am.
Flora 9 : 1-131. New York. The New York Botanical
Garden. 1907.
Patouillard, N. Essai Taxonomiquc sur les Families, et les
Genres des Hymenomycetes. 1-184. Paris. Lucien declume.
Lons-Le-Saumier. 1900.
Patouillard, N. Tabulae Analyticae Fungorum. 3 fascicles.
f. 1-700. Poligny. Jules Gindre. 1883.
Persoon, D. C. H. vSynopsis Methodis Fungorum. I-XXX.
1-706. Gottingae. Henricum Dietcrich. 1801.
QuELET, L. Enchiridion Ftmgorum. I-XI. 1-352. Lutetiae. Ex.
Typ. Renaudet.
Saccardo, p. a. Sylloge Fungorum. 6 : 1-928. Patavii. Typis
Seminarii. 1888.
ScHAEFFER, J. C. Fungorum qui in Ba\'aria et Palatinatu circa
Ratisbonam nascunter icones. ed. 1. pi. 330. Regensburg.
1762-1774.
ScHRENK, Hermann von. A Disease of the Black Locust. Rep.
Mo. Bot. Card. 12 : 26-31. pi. 1-3. St. Louis, Mo. 1901.
June, 1911.] The Known Polyporaceae of Ohio. 373
ScHRENK, Hermann von. A Disease of the White Ash caused by
Polyporus fraxinophilus. Bull. U. S. Dept. Agr. PL Ind.
32 : 9-20. pi. 2-5. Washington, D. C. The Government
Printing Office. 1903.
SowERBY, James. Colored Figures of EngHsh Fungi or Mush-
rooms, pi. 1—440. London. Davis. 1797-1809.
Spaulding. Perley. a Disease of Black Oaks caused by Poly-
porus 'obtusus Berk. Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. 16 : 109-116.
pi. 13-16. St. Louis, Mo. 1905.
374 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 8,
TWO SPECIES OF DIPTERA OF THE GENUS DROSOPHILA.
H. R. NiSWONGER.
The minute flies of the genus Drosophila are especially abun-
dant about decomposing vegetables, and fermented fruit, around
€ider refuse, wine vats, vinegar, etc. ; attracted to these substances
for food and as places of oviposition, since the larvae live in
-decaying organic matter. The two species under consideration are
Drosophila busckii Coq. and Drosophila funebris Fab.
The species of this genus arc of a dusty red, yellow or black,
.and somewhat plump appearance. The feathered or comb-like
.arista of the antennae, the distinct oral vibrissae, and the peculiar
venation of the wings are es]Dccially characteristic. The arista is
plumose or feathered on both sides mostly on the upper from the
middle on. The wings are longer than the abdomen, the distance
between the anterior and posterior cross-veins less than the third
segment of the fourth longitudinal vein. The second basal cell
is united with the discal cell and consequently seeming to be
.absent. The costa reaches to the fourth longitudinal vein.
Drosophila busckii Coq. This species is recorded as reared
from rotten potatoes and from the burrows of "Chion cinctus"
one of the long-horned beetles whose larva tunnel in the solid
wood of hickory trees. The writer succeeded in having this spe-
cies oviposit in decayed fruit, but was unable to carry the life
history any farther than the egg stage. Decaying vegetables
seem to be the chief breeding places. The exact period of the
different stages was not determined, but about two weeks are
required for the develo]3mcnt from the egg to the adult. The
eggs are laid in the decaying matter and the entire larval period
is passed within this. About the time the larva enters the pupal
stage it leaves the decaying material and i)upates near by within
the old larval skin. The adult emerges in a few days.
Description of insect: Egg, Fig. Ic. The egg is elongated in
fonn and white in color. Near the cephalic end are slender
appendages varying in number from three to five. The egg with
appendages is about five-tenths (.5) millimeters in length, and the
whole surface is ornamented with a net-like pattern.
Larva. Fig. Id. The larva is a slender white maggot and when
full grown measures about four (4) millimeters in length. It is
widest near the middle and tapering toward each end, more
toward the cephalic end than the caudal. The main trachael
trunks are visible, the cephalic spiracle prominent, compound,
consisting of several, usually eight divisions, each division opening
separately. Fig. If. This compound spiracle may be exerted quite
a distance or may be withdrawn into the prothoracic segment. Two
■caudal spiracles project prominently backward. Caudal segment
June, 1911.] Two Species of Diptera. 375
truncated bearing dorsad a pair of blunt tubercles and a longer
pair situated laterad of the caudal spiracles. The dorsal surface
of the abdomen bears six rows of tubercles, segmentally arranged,
the two outer rows larger than the other four which are ver}^
small; laterad of each outer row is a row of small tubercles. The
mouth is armed with two strong black curved parallel hooks
which are used in rasping the food. The black oral hooks and
the two pair of spiracles are visible to the naked eye but their
structure can only be made out by the aid of the microscope.
Pupa. Fig. le. The pupa is shorter than the larva, about
three and seven-tenths (3.7) millimeters in length but much
thicker. The cephalic and caudal spiracles projecting, the
fonner very conspicuously; the two larger rows of tubercles
visible. There is a large concavity on the dorsal surface of the
cephalic end.
Adult. Fig. 1. Head and thorax yellow, with black bristles and
hairs; two rusty yellow frontal vittae; two pairs of outer vertical
bristles; three pair of orbital bristles, the anterior pair directed
forward the others backward; a few short bristly hairs at the base
of each antennae. First two joints of antennae dark rusty yel-
low, the third dark brown. Fig. lb. Black ocellar dot. Eyes
pale red; mouth parts yellow. Dorsal surface of abdomen inarked
sometimes by five black vittae, usually four, of which the medium
one is forked posteriorly; the pleuron marked by three black
vittae. Abdomen black, a median yellow vittae. the first seg-
ment light rusty yellow, the others marked anteriorly by yellow
cross bands; legs yellow; wings hyaline, the costa reaching to the
fourth longitudinal vein. .
Drosophila funebris Fab. This species is common to Europe
and North America and its habits resemble the species Drosophila
ampelophila, described by Comstock. It is recorded as breeding
in rotten cherries and in the waste of pressed olives.
Adult. Fig. 2. Thorax rusty yellow, a little glossy, marked
with dark spots giving it a brownish appearance; abdomen broad,
black, a median pale yellow vittae, the first segment usually black
the others marked at outer angles by 3"ellow cross bands and a
pale yellow line, often whitish, at the posterior border; under side
of face yellow; front broad dark rusty yellow, above the antennae
lighter; a black ocellar dot; three pair of orbital bristles, the two
bristles composing the anterior pair directed forward, the others
baclcward; pair of ocellar bristles; two pairs of outer vertical
bristles, pair of median vertical bristles; antennae reddish yellow,
third segment the longest, often dark; arista long, for a distance
plumose, the under side of the basal part naked; legs pale yellow
often becoming darker; wings of a very pale yellow tint, veins
rusty yellow; the distance between the two cross veins somewhat
smaller than the ultimate segment of the fourth longitudinal vein.
376 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 8,
BlBLIOGR.\PHY.
Drosophila busckii, Coq.
Coquillet, Ent. News XII. 18.
Howard, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., II. 590.
Drosophila funebris Fab.
Howard, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., II. 590.
Schiner, Fauna Austr., II. 278.
EXPL.ANATION OF Pl.\TE XVIII.
Fig. 1. Drosophila busckii.
la. Head from the side.
lb. Antenna enlarged.
Ic. Eggs with appendages.
Id. Full grown larva-dorsal view.
le. Pupa — dorsal view.
If. Compound spiracle, magnified.
Fig .2. Drosophila funebris.
Ohio Naturai^ist.
Plate XVIII
NiswoNGER on " Two Species of Diptera of the Genus Drosophila.
378 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 8,
POLLINATION NOTES FROM THE CEDAR POINT REGION.
Wm. Bembower.
An extremely interesting phase of the study of Ecology in the
vicinity of the Ohio State Lake Laboratory is that of pollination.
There are various reasons for this: the plants range from purely
Hydrophytic to quite Xerophytic, with numerous intennediate
groups, and there are represented self -pollinated as well as all of
the various classes of cross-pollinated plants.
Another interesting feature is that during the summer term
only one specimen of the Honey Bee (Apis mellifica) was taken on
Cedar Point. The supposition is that there are no colonies of the
bees on the Point and that the occasional visitor came over from
the mainland, three miles distant. A common pollinator is thus
eliminated from the Cedar Point list.
Of the self-pollinated types of flowers, as found on Cedar
Point, there are the cleistogamous flowers of the violet which are
fertilized before the buds open, as well as the various types in
which self-pollination is inevitable from the situation of the stig-
matic surface below the discharging anthers.
In the cross-pollinated types we find most of the different
general classes represented; as, wind, pollinated, insect-pollinated,
bird-pollinated, snail-pollinated, and water-pollinated flowers.
The wind-pollinated flowers are easily recognized by their
inconspicuousness ; by the absence of any particular attraction for
animals, such as odors, food, etc.; and by the abundance of pollen.
The water-pollinated type is represented by the Eel Grass (Val-
lisneria spiralis) in the coves on the south shore of the Point.
Of the bird-pollinated plants only a few observations were made.
The Humming Bird was observed to visit the Pickerel Weed
(Pontcderia cordata) and the Buttonbush (Ccphalanthus occi-
dentalis) about the 20th of July, at about which time this bird is
recorded to put in its appearance each year on the Point. This is
presumably after the nesting season, after the young have flown
from the nest, and as in the two plants mentioned seeds which
were approaching maturity were observed previous to this date
the conclusion is that the bird may aid in pollination but is not
essential to it.
Turning now to the Entomophilus or insect-pollinated plants
which comprise the largest class on the Point we find many adap-
tations between plants and insects. Many ingenious theories
have been devised to explain why certain insects are attracted to
certain flowers and considerable experimentation has been carried
on in attempts to prove these theories. For the most complete
work on this subject we have referred to a three-volume work by
Knuth.^ Quotations will be made from this work having ref-
'Knuth, Dr. Paul. Handbook of Flower Pollination. 3 vols. Translated
by J. R. Ainsworth Davis. Oxford. 1906-1909.
Jnue, 1911.] Pollination Notes. 379,
erence to various structures of some of the Cedar Point plants
upon which insect -visitors were collected. Most of the insects-
observed were members of the following orders, namely: Diptera,,
Lepidoptera, Coleoptera, and Hymenoptera.
We will now take up a consideration of some of the character-
istics of a few of the summer-blooming plants of Cedar Point and
note some of their insect -visitors. These studies were carried on
under the direction of Mr. O. E. Jennings, Instructor in Ecology
during the term of 1910.
Nymphaeaceae (Water Lily Family).
"The large floating flowers are protected from creeping ani-
mals by their aquatic habitat, and are only accessible to flying
insects. The inner side of the sepals is colored like the petals, so
that both whorls are conspicuous. A more or less distinct odor
of honey also serves as a further attraction to insects."^
Castalia tuberosa. "The faintly odorous large white flowers
which open in the morning and close towards evening are homo-
gamous, according to observations. Kemer states that the
stigmatic papillae are mature at the beginning of antithesis,
remaining receptive for several days. The anthers dehisce a day
— or rarely a few da^^s — later. Tlie filaments bend into the form
of a siclde, so as to bring the anthers above the stigmas, which
spread out into a plate-like surface so that self-pollination must
result from the falling of pollen. Insect visitors may effect either
cross- or self-pollination, but they are few in number."-^
Visitors: Diptera; EristaJis flavipes.
Nymphaea advena. This water lily also may be self- or cross-
polHnated. The visitors taken are as follows:
Visitors: Diptera; Mesograpta marginata; Coleoptera; Dona-
cia pus ill a.
Nelumbo lutea. Sprengel says: "The increased size and yel-
low color of the upper surface of the sepals have taken on the
function of the corolla, and the under sides of the petals secrete
honey" which serves to attract insects.
Visitors: Diptera; Allograpta obliqua, Eristalis teiiax, Meso-
grapta marginata; Coleoptera; Disonyca penn-
syhaniea, Diabrotica 12-punctata; Hymenoptera;
Microbembex monodonta, Agapostemon radiatus.
Malvaceae (Mallow Family).
Hibiscus moscheutos. This plant is quite conspicuous on the
edge of the marsh and with its pink or whitish color and its abund-
ance of pollen proves attractive to certain insects. Insect vis-
itors are essential to pollination since the stigma is slightly above
20p. cit., II. 59.
»0p. cit., II. 59.
380 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 8,
and to one side of the anthers. The stigmatic surface furnishes a
convenient Hghting place for insect visitors when they first
arrive, thus affecting cross-pollination.
Visitors: Diptera; Phthiria sulpJiurea, Lucilia caesar; Cole-
optera; Disonycha pcnnsylvanica; Hymenoptera;
Agapostemon splendens, Monarda macidata. A
Bombus, probably B. americana, was observed
but not taken.
Rosaceae (Rose Family).
Rosa Carolina. A not uncommon plant around the edge of the
marsh or around ponds and swampy places.
Visitors: Diptera; Eristalis americana, Eristalis tenax, Allo-
grapta obliqua; Hymenoptera; Agapostemon radi-
atus.
Cactaceae (Cactus Family).
Opuntia rafinesquii. This cactus, a true Xerophyte, has a yel-
low flower that attracts many insects which may efTect either self-
or cross-pollination. The filaments are sensitive to mechanical
stimulation. They incline inwards on being touched by insects,
or ev^en spontaneously, and thickly cover the stigmas with pollen.
Autogamy thus regularly takes place and is always effective.*
In observing the opening of a bud it was noted that within ten
minutes after the petals began to separate a visitor (Ceratina
dupla) appeared and began delving into the base of the stamens.
Here, as well as among some of the other fiow^ers observed, it was
noted that while a given insect is visiting certain flowers they
usually confine themselves to that species alone, this of course
being advantageous in effecting cross-pollination.
Visitors: Coleoptera, Trichius piger, Strigoderma arboricola,
Cciitrinits scutcUum-albnm; Ilymoioptcra; Micro-
bembcx monodonta, Agapostemon radiatus, Bom-
bus americana, Vespa borealis, Ceratina dupla.
Cornaceae (Dogwood Family).
Cornus amomum. "Here the flowers are homogamous with
exposed nectar, secreted by a ring st:rrounding the style. The
stamens and stigmas develop simultaneously. The anthers are
introrse and at the same level as the stigma, though some distance
from it. Larger insects will effect cross-pollination while small
flies and beetles, owing to their erratic movements, will sometimes
effect cross-, sometimes self-pollination."^
Visitors: Diptera; Lucilia caesar, Polenia rudis; Coleoptera;
Cyrtophorus verrucosus, CryptorJiopalum triste;
Hymenoptera; El is plum pies, Polistcs pallipes,
Xylocopa virginica, Microbembex monodonta.
*See Op. cit., II. 45S-459.
^Op. cit., II. 518-519.
June, 1911.] Pollination Notes. 381
Rubiaceae (Madder Family).
Cephalanthus occidentalis (Button Bush. This curious plant
with flowers arranged in a sperical cluster offers nectar to several
species, the only one taken being Eristalis tenax. The Humming
Bird previously recorded was also a visitor.
Compositae (Composite Family).
Cirsium arvense (Canada Thistle). Numerous visitors were
collected on this Composite, as follows:
Visitors: Diptera; Odontomyia virgo, Lucilia sericata, Strat-
iomyia lalivciitris, Helophilus chrysostomus, Syr-
phiis amcricanus, Musciiia assimilis, Eristalis
flavipes, Eristalis tenax, Stomoxys calcitrans;
Lepidoptera; Chrysophaniis thoe, Argynnis cybele.
Apocynaceae Dogbane Family).
Apocynum hypericifolium. (Clasping-leaved Dogbane).
Visitors: Diptera; Chrysopus mocreus, Phormia regina, Eris-
talis dimidiatus, Stratiomyia lativentris; Lepidop-
tera; Argynnis cybele, Chrysophaniis thoe, Hari-
sina americana, Alypia octomaculata; Coleoptera;
Donacia pusilla; Hymenoptera; Microbembex
monodonta.
Asclepiadaceae (Milkweed Family).
"In the sub-family Cynanchatae the five filaments are broad-
ened, generally fused into a tube, and provided with external
appendages, . . . pollen aggregated into polHnia, attached in
pairs to the clip glands of the large capitate stigma. The cHps
grasp the legs of the insect-visitors when the nectar-secreting spots
are on the same radii as the stamens (Asclepias), or the proboscis
if these spots alternate with the stamens. . . . The clips are
thus drawn out of their recesses by the legs or proboscis of visit-
ors, and transferred to other flowers. (Pinch-trap Flowers). The
extremely specialized flower mechanisms are adapted to insect
visitors in a very perfect manner, so that a comparison may be
made with orchids, though in this case there is nothing like the
same variety.'"'
Asclepias. Pinchtrap Flowers.
Pollination is here effected by the legs of insects.
Asclepias syriaca. This plant bears flowers of a kind adapted
to bees, the claws of which become entangled in the clips and
carry off the pollinia to be introduced into the stigmatic chambers
of other blossoms. An odor of honey is exhaled. The petaloid
appendages of the anthers are in the form of fine fleshy nectar
pockets, which alternate with the clips. From the bottom of each
60p. cit., III. 90.
382 The Ohio Naturalist [Vol. XI, No. 8,
of the nectar pockets arises a curved horn-shaped process that
bends inwards over the stigmatic disc.
"An insect searching for nectar shps about on the smooth
flowers which make up the umbel until its feet get a firm hold in
the lower part of a slit. When it wishes to go and draws up the
leg the claws are guided upwards in the slit so that the clip becomes
attached to the foot. During the subsequent movements the
pollinia are introduced into one of the slits of another flower, and
effect cross-pollination, while at the same time another clip affixes
itself.
The development of the pollinia was investigated by Corry.
He also found that flowers are infertile not only with their own
pollen, but also with that from plants raised vegetatively from
the same stock. Pollination is fully effective only when it takes
place between flowers belonging to plants grown from the seeds of
•different stocks. Stadler worked out the histological details of
the secretion of nectar and found that this is produced, not only
in the petal oid cuculli, but also by internal nectaries on the inner
wall of the stigmatic chamber. The approximated lower edges
of the slits serve as nectar-covers for the latter.'
The fact of the plants being infertile to their own pollen as
well as to pollen from plants raised vegetatively from the same
stock probably explains the small number of fertile pods observed
later in the season as compared with the large number of flowers
originally observed.
Visitors: Diptera; PoUenia rudis, Lucilla caesar, Chrysopus
moercus: Lepidoptera; Harrisina amcricana; Hy-
mcnoptera; Microbembex monodoiita.
Asclepias incarnata (Swamp Milkweed).
Visitors: Diptera; Peleteria robust a, Midas cahatus, PJior-
niia regina, Lucilia sericata, Phthiria sidphurea;
Lepidoptera; Anosia plexippiis, Satyrodes eury-
dice, Argynnis cybele; Cokoptera; Donaeia pusilla
Hymenoptera; Microbembex mouodonta.
Asclepias tuberosa (Butterfly-weed).
Visiiovs: Lepidoptera; Ilarrisiiia americaiia, Anosia plex-
ippiis; Hymenoptera; Microbembex monodoiita,
Xylocopa virginica.
Bignoniaceae (Bignonia Famih').
Tecoma radicans. In making collections on this plant it was
found that most of the visitors had little to do with pollination
but were busy collecting some material from the calyx. The nectar,
which is secreted at the base of the long corolla-tube is availa-
ble to certain insects onh'. The arrangement of the stamens
^Op. cit., III. 93-94.
June, 1911.] Pollination Notes. 3^3
and pistil is interesting as they were found in every case to be on
the upper side of the fused corolla-tube so that an insect of similar
proportions to a Bombus would be effectual in cross-pollination.
Visitors: Diptcra; Mesogramma geminata; Coleoptera; Stri go-
derma arboricola; Hymcnoptera; Pollstes paUipes,
Microbembex monodonta, Chorion caeruleum,
Spharophtalma ferruginata, Agapostemon radia-
tus.
Family Labiatae (Mint Family).
Monarda fistulosa. (Wild Bergamot).
Visitors: Lepidoptcra; Hemaris diffinis; Hymenoptera; Bom-
bus separatus, Agapostemon splendens, Apathus
ciirans, Cetrania dupla.
Nepeta cataria. (Catnip).
Visitors: Diptcra; Eristalis tenax, Mesograpta marginata;
Lepidoptcra; Pieris rapae, Chrysophanus hypo-
phlaeas; Coleoptera; Trichius pigcr; Hymenop-
tera; Ccratina dupla, Elis plumipcs, Microbembex
monodonta, Coclioxys S-dentata, Mcgachile pru-
ina, and Mcgachile sp.
Pontederiaceae (Pickerelweed Family).
Pontederia cordata. Here we have an example of a tri-mor-
phous flower. Apparently no observations had been made on this
plant, as Knuth made no record of such. On this account special
care was taken in collecting and labeling the various visitors.
During the collecting it was noted that a bee-fly (Eristalis fiavipes)
visited about sixty individual flowers, on several spikes, during
a one-minute period.
Visitors: Diptcra; Helophilus chrysostomus, Eristalis ft auipes;
Lepidoptcra; Hemaris thisba, Papilio polyxcnes,
Pieris rapae; Coleoptera; Megilia maculata,
Strigoderma arboricola, Disonycha pennsyhanica,
Trirhabda tomcntosa; Hymenoptera; Bombus
virginicus, Agapostemon splendens, Agapostemon
radiatus, Mcgachile (several species unidentified)
In the above list of plants studied we have seen various types of
pollination, in fact, hardly two of the families show any close
similarity. Many more collections might have been inade on
the plants studied, as well as others of the same vicinity, but time
would not pennit. Insects laden with pollen and others who
sought only nectar were observed but no special studies were
made of these. It is the chief aim of this paper to emphasize the
broadness of this field of work on Cedar Point and, possibly, to
bring the subject to the attention of some one who can add or
encourage succeeding chapters on this subject for the Naturalist.
384 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XI, No. 8,
MEETINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.
Orton Hall, March 7, 1911.
The meeting was called to order by the President, Dr. Dach-
nowski, and the minutes of the preceding meeting read and
approved. The President then introduced Dr. Wm. McPherson,
of the Department of Chemistry who addressed the society on
The Formation of Carbohydrates in Plants. The address. was a
review of the speaker's recent paper in Science on this subject.
He gave a summary of the theoretical and experimental results
accomplished up to the present time and emphasized the necessity
of the botanist and chemist working conjointly in the solution of
the intricate problems presented. The address was followed by a
lively and interesting discussion.
The next topic of the evening w^as the second of a series of
papers on the History of Biology. The period from Galen to
Lamarck was treated in a very interesting manner by Miss Marie
McLellan.
No business being presented the society adjourned.
Bertram W. Wells, Secretary.
Orton Hall, April 4, 1911.
The President, Dr. Dachnowski, called the meeting to order
and the minutes of the preceding meeting were read and approved.
Dr. R. J. Seymotir then read a paper on A Theory of Nerve
Activity, in which he presented an interesting theory proposed by
Herring. This theory supposes the nerve fibres to be qualitatively
and inherently different. The hypothesis was discussed in its
various aspects and it was pointed out that w^hile not yet proven
the theory had no w^eighty arguments against it.
Mr. Clell L. Metcalf, followed with the third of a series of
papers dealing with the history of biology, discussing the period
from Cuvier to Pasteur. His paper was particularly valuable in
that it made prominent a ntunber of the less well known biologists
of that period.
Mr. A. R. Shadle reported that he had observed a pair of
evening grosbeaks on Alarch 19th, at Delaware, Ohio. This, it
appears, is one of a number of observations made this year of this
western bird in the eastern Mississippi Valle}' and New England.
No business being presented the society adjourned.
Bertram W. Wells, Secretary.
Date of Publication, June 2, 1911.
T^he Ohio ^J^aturalist,
PUBLISHED BY
The Biological Club of the Ohio State University,
Volume XII. NOVEMBER. 1911. No. 1.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Fink and Lantis— Climatic Conditions and Plant Growth in Southwestern Ohio 385
Metcalf— Life-Histories of Syrphidiie II 397
■GoETZ— Fluctuating Characteristics of Apples 406
CLIMATIC CONDITIONS AND PLANT GROWTH IN
SOUTHWESTERN OHIO IN 1908 AND 1909.
Bruce Fink and Verxon Laxtis.
The spring of 190S was cold, wet and backward, and it was
almost impossible to plant eariy in fields or gardens. It rained
or snowed nearly every da}^ in April. The sky cleared before
noon on the second day of May, and there was no further precip-
itation of moisture at Oxford, Ohio, where the observations given
in this paper were made, until the twentieth of June, except two
showers that barely laid the dust. July second, third and fourth
gave showers, which altogether wet loose soil down one to two
inches. vSimilar showers came on the fourth and fifth of August
and again on the twelfth and seventeenth of the month, but at
no time was loose soil wet down more than two inches. A rain
on the twenty-eighth of September wet down one inch, and another
like it came during the last week of October. From the middle
to the last of November, we had several light showers that set
the grass growing. The soil of cultivated fields was watched for
three days after each shower or series of showers, and for six
months, from the second of May to the middle of November, it
was at no time wet by rain to a depth greater than two inches.
The total number of light rains during the six months was nine.
The drought that occurred during these six months was probably
the most severe and disastrous known in this locality since its
settlement.
The precipitation for March and April, 1908, was excessive,
and the government Monthly Weather Review for both months
put us in the area of four to six inches. We were also put in the
area of four to six inches precipitation for May, 190S; but this is
very likely an error of compilation from few stations for a large
.area, since so much precipitation probably did not occur before
^Contributions from the Botanical Laboratory of Miami University. VII.
385
386 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 1,
noon of the second day of the month. For June we were put in
the area of 2 to 4 inches, with a considerable area of 0 to 2 inches
a short distance north of us, extending from Illinois to the Atlantic
coast. This is an error, and we should have been included in the
latter area. For July we were near the border of a small area marked
0.83 inches. We were in this area again in August and September;
and the area gradually increased until it covered a large portion
of the United States east of the Mis.sissippi River, and there was
inaugurated one of the most extensive and severe droughts ever
experienced in the region. The area was still larger in October,
extending from the Gtilf of Mexico far north into Canada with
precipitation ranging from 0 to 2 inches and marked about 0.25
inches for our area. The dry area changed form in November,
the northern and southern portions of it receiving more precip-
itation, but w^e were still in the area with precipitation not exceed-
ing one inch for the month. The map for December shows
another change of form of this area, but our region is still included
with 0 to 2 inches precipitation.
Putting together our local observations of showers, which
were carefully recorded, and the government reports, it is certain
that however the areas of drought changed from the first of May,
1908, until the first of January, 1909, our area where observations
were made, at Oxford, was always included. In Chart XI of
the Monthly Weather Review for May, 1909, our area is included
in the only one in the Mississippi valley having a deficiency of
precipitation as high as 10 inches for the year 1908. The area is
a small one covering about one-fourth of southwestern Ohio and
extending westward to Indianapolis. The Ohio portion of the
area extends to the south boundary of the state at Cincinnati.
This Review says that the Ohio valley experienced "one of the
most disastrous droughts in the meterological history of the
district. * * * 'pj^g drying up of the streams and springs
greatly incon\'cnicnced farmers in procuring water for their
cattle and domestic supplies, and the supplies to cities and towns
were greatly reduced. * * * t^q occurrence of this drought
rather late in the season of crop growth and develo]3ment did not
result in such widespread disaster to agricultural interests as.
might have resulted had it occurred slightly earlier." The
above quotation expresses well the conditions in towns and in the
country as seen in October and November, 1908, while botanizing
in the Miami valley. However, the drought was on at Oxford,
and at least in other portions of Butler County, by the last of
May so that vegetation suffered more severely here than in most
other portions of the country that suffered from drought in 1908.
One of the writers visited northern Illinois the latter part of
September, and central Kentucky a month later. All of the region
covered was reported very dry, but the region of dead grass
scarcely extended forty miles from Oxford, either southeast cr
northwest.
Nov., 1911.] Climatic Conditions and Plant Growth. 387
It is unfortunate that no record of precipitation of moisture is
kept nearer Oxford than Cincinnati, 30 miles distant. However,
the figures kept there are valuable for our piu"pose and are given
below :
The Record
OF Pr]
ECU
>iat:
noN
AT i
Cincinnati
FOR 1908.
January
1.40
inches.
Relation to i
normal precipitation — 2.0 inches.
February
4.50
a
a
a
a
a
+ 1.2
II
March
3.66
u
it
u
u
u
0.0
II
April
4.07
u
u
a
a
u
+1.1
11
May
.5.84
u
a
a
a
II
+2.3
It
June
2.00
ti
a
a
u
II
—2.0
It
July
0.83
a
a
u
a
II
—2.7
It
August
1.69
a
a
a
a
II
—1.6
II
September
0.26
a
u
a
a
II
—2.0
It
October
0.35
If
a
u
a
II
—2.1
It
November
1.09
It
a
u
ti
II
—2.1
If
December
1.60
a
a
a
u
II
—1.3
It
Total
27.29
inches.
Defi
.cienc
y for
the year,
11.13 inches.
Cincinnati does not fall within the area given by the govern-
ment reports as having a deficiency as high as 10 inches for the
year; but the precipitation for the year was only 27.29 inches,
which is, according to the figures of the government observations,
11.13 inches below the normal 38.42 inches for the station at
Cincinnati. The record of precipitation at Cincinnati for May
very probably exceeds ours, and ovir deficiency for the year was
almost certainly not less than 14 inches. Taking into account our
lack of rain in May and the table for Cincinnati, which shows a
deficiency of 13.80 inches for the last seven months of the year, it
will be seen that our deficiency for the last eight months of the
year was probably more than 16 inches.
We shall want to compare climatic and vegetation conditions
for 1908 with those obtaining in 1909, and the precipitation
record for Cincinnati for 1909 is given below to be used in these
comparisons :
The Record of Precipitation at Cincinnati for 1909.
January 2. .50 inches. Relation to normal precipitation — 0.8 inches.
February-
5.65
11
March
2.44
It
April
3.62
It
May
4.21
It
June
6.05
If
July
3.83
II
August
1.82
II
September
1..30
It
October
3.20
It
November
1.42
ti
December
2.40
It
Total
38.44 :
inches
ft
It
It
It
It
It
II
It
It
ft
+2.4
If
—1.2
tf
+0.7
ft
+0.7
ft
+2.1
ft
+0.3
If
—1.5
ff-
—0.9
it.
+0.7
ti.
—1.8
ft
—0.5
tf
0.02 inches.
Excess for the year
The figures for 1909 show the year to have been about normal
for total precipitation, but to have had an excess of 4.4 inches
for the four growing months, April, May, June and July. The
388 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 1,
bearing of this excess on our stvidies of vegetation will be seen
later. It is remarkable that, though the month of August showed
numerous heavy storms in southern Ohio and the northern half
of Kentucky, with rainfalls of more than 3 inches in twenty-four
hours, and in two instances more than 4 inches, the station at
Cincinnati showed a record below nornial. In spite of this
record, August, 1909, was a very wet month over the portions of
Ohio and Kentucky named.
The year 1908 was regarded a very dry one for Ohio generally
and the following year a wet one. In order that the conditions
endured by vegetation in southwestern Ohio may be compared
with the average conditions endured over the state, the precip-
itation records for the two years are given below:
Precipitation Records eor Ohio in 190S and 1909.
1908 1909
January 1.S2 inches 3.24 inches
February 4.10 " 5.39 "
March 2.43 " 2.77 "
April 3.09 " 4.13 "
May 4.72 " 4.72 "
June 2.52 " 5.86 "
Julv 4.08 " 3.90 "
August 2.59 " 3.68 "
vSeptember 0.58 " 1.56 "
October ' 1.17 " 2.46 "
November 1.06 " 1.93 "
December 2.33 " 2.68 "
Totals 31.09 " 42.32 "
The mean annual precipitation for the state for twenty-seven
years, according to the meteorological summaries published by
the Experimental Station at Wooster is 37.56 inches. This
makes 1909 little less above the average for total precipitation
than was 190S below, the deficiency for the latter year being 6.49
inches. This deficiency is to be compared with one of 10 to 12
inches or more endured by vegetation in southwestern Ohio
in 1908.
The monthly mean temperatures for 1908 and 1909 are as
follows in degrees Fahrenheit:
1908 1909
January 29.1 degrees 32.2 degrees
FebruaVy 26.6 " 34.7 "
March 45.5 " 37.3 "
April 51.7 " 49.1 "
May 62.2 " 58.7 "
June 69.2 " 70.1 «
"July 73.9 " 66.4 "
August 71.2 " 72.1 "
September 68.0 " 63.7 "
October 54.1 " 49.2 "
November 41.7 " 40.4 "
December 33.1 " 26.1 "
Year 52.1 " 50.7 "
Nov., 1911.] Climatic Conditions and Plant Growth. 389
From the tabulation it is seen that the year 1908 was 1.4
degrees warmer than 1909; but what is more to the point, the
wami gro'^A'ing months from April to September inclusive averaged
2.8 degrees wamier in 1908 than in 1909. This higher temper-
ature made the drought more disastrous for plant life.
A porous cup atmometer was operated near Oxford, by
Professor S. R. Williams, through the months from June to Sep-
tember, 1908, inclusive. The work was done for Messrs. Burton
E. Livingston and Forrest Shreve, who have kindly given us the
figures for use. Without correcting for depth, the figures are
valuable in showing the atmospheric conditions under which
vegetation existed here for these months, and in making possible
comparisons with those obtaining in other portions of the country.
The porous cup atmometer records the evaporating power of the
air as this affects the water layer covering the moist clay surface
of the cup. This surface is in many respects comparable to that
offered by transpiring foliage under the influence of air conditions.
The cups were operated during the same months at a large number
of selected stations in various portions of North America, and
the results obtained near Oxford may be compared readily with
those found elsewhere. The average weekly evaporation in the
vicinity of Oxford was as follows: June, 1.32 cc. ; July, 182 cc;
August, 211 cc; September, 212 cc. The evaporation for June
over the region east of the 100th meridian was somewhat more
than 100 cc. per week. In July there was a local area covering
northeastern Ohio, eastern Michigan and a large part of Penn-
sylvania and New York that showed a weekly average of about
200 cc. The conditions remained about the same over this area
during August. Comparison proves that we were, during all of
this time, in a region of very dry atmospheric conditions where
the evaporation was high, compared with records for other portions
of eastern North America.
The evaporation from the porous cup atmometer is independent
of soil moisture and depends upon the atmospheric conditions.
Therefore, conditions of soil moisture can not be deduced from
evaporation figures, but must be worked out separately. Our
study of soil moisture conditions began early in October, 1908,
when the drought was at its height and the cumulative effect on
the soil was marked. The study was continued for nine months,
extending into July, 1909. The results would have been more
valuable, had the study begun five months earlier. Below is
given the table of soil moisture:
^ c
(LI <u •-.
t-- >— I to 00 02 lO
GO c; "* -* CO t^
C: C: C^l (M 1-^ -^
ic iM cc t^ c; CO
iM ^ Oa CO O t^
lO IC t^ t^ i-t Lt
'^ IC ^ CO
.-H O I^ '^
-f -f CO -f
CO "+ lO >— I
o 00 ;o r^
(M X ^ ^
01 ^ 01 oi
o -i^ r^ o
OC C5 t^ o
LO lO C<1 CO
(M 00 O 00
CO 10 o ■*
CO (M "* t^
CU OJ M
00 C^l t^ c: t^ ^H
o o o o — t" o
oc c; -- -H o o
CO ^ -tT O CC !M
(M ^ t-^ CC' CO -f
CO CO ^ -* O O
cr. iM 00 ici
CO CO o t^
03 iM (M <M
00^ O '^
O 00 00 QO
00 »o t^ t^
Ci LO CO lO
o t^ CO i-o
CO CO -—I 1— I
^ r^ (M 00
>— I >— I CO 00
I IM TjH
u
o
in
+-I
M
u
>-0 O C-. (M LO O
o ^H CO ^ o r^
C-l C: iC O O O
•-< GC' -^ CO O C5
lO ^H CO CO
CO CO -+ CO
o o ooco
1:^ CO O 00
o o lo CO
O 10 t^ 00
CO CO o »o
00 00 o o
10 10 CO O ' — ^10
(M C^l 01 (M C^l 01
>C lO iO O Ol lO
01 C^l 01 (M C^ IM
01 'O 'C lO
(M CM (M (M
-rfH O ^ 10
(M (M CN (M
>0 C<1 LO LO
(M (M !M <M
(M (M (M (M
T3
o
o
C/3
PlH
>— I LO CO O CO o
CO 00 c; 1^ (M o
'^^ 00 cr- O -^ t^
t^ CO CO O CO o
CO O CO o
o ■-< o 0
t^ CT- CO t^ "O O
CO CO X CO O lO
1-- t^ i^ zr. X X
--H CO CO O CO t^
l^ O CO t^ ^ X
X X X X X t^
00x0
C-. t^ O -f
I- t^ t^ t^
O CO' ;
C I- ■
O O'O
CO CO O ^^ 'O o
iC CO CO CO X' CO
X X X cr. X C-.
C^l lO CO t-~ o o
o »c to o
X -r o i^
to 10 to CO to to
X O "O' O to iM
C: C-. C: C: X X
to CO X o
C: CO X '^
X X l^ X
r^ X o o
to t^ to o
O CO o o
X -* t^ o
CO (M CO O
(M Tf< X (M
-t O to t-^
C "M C". to
t^ t^ 1^ o
■^ CO O X
CO CO CO (M
X 1^ c; 1>-
10 CO 01 to
X '—I X to
t^ X O 1>
(M t^ '^ (N
to X CO CO
<— I to c^j to
^H CO 'O 'CO
O O CO r)H
to ^ ^^ (M
(M CO ^ (M
CO CO -* t^
X X cs t^
<M to CO CO
X CO CO o
O X O X
CO CO Ci CO
t-^ O CO CO
X C2 t^x
o
Q.S
CO O CO O ' — ^ 1— <
CO CO to to X X
>— I >— I CO CO CO CO
'^i ■* to to >— I i-H
O CO o o
(M <M to to
CO CO CO CO
CO CO to to
X X CO CO
CO CO to to
t^ t^ X X
(M (M ^ Tf<
o
ci
o
03 o c
'^ o o
^pq ci
+J o
v^ t <A o
o
: (M
+J
r;;
h/-
0
3
/,
m
P-lc=
p
T^
0
n
Cu
0
-t-»
r-i
J:;
S
0
CO
0
fo
o
M O
O +-I
■r.
A!
o
z
S.2
pq
^co
n 4::; O
fo «
d
o
>»t/^
CQ
rt +->
O
OJ ,-1
cc: X
O o
X X X X X X
10 to to to to to
O O O O O CJ
O O C O O O
+-> +J +J -M +-> -M
O O O O O CJ
000000
(M (M O) (M
CO CO CO ^
+J 4J +J -1-^
CJ CJ O CJ
0000
> > > >
0000
> > > >
0000
22Z2
CO CO CO CO
(M (M (M 05
0000
CJ o <u o
PQQP
o
T-H C-l CO -^ to 'CO
I <M CO Tt^ to CO
t^XC:2
O O O O O 'O
000000
0000
ZZZZ
r- 1 -f to r-H
<M t^COCO
0000
ZZZZ
0000
ZZZZ
i(N CC*
0000
ZZZZ
u
o ;
o,
a;
Pi
0^
cc!
O
h4
o-
no OCi O •*
<S lO Ci '-^
lO O --H 1— I
CC (M ^ O
CO r^ ■— I ci
C5 O (M O
Oi CO lO C2
CO^ lO o
I O CO o
, T-f. CO CO
oo '00 o C2
'Tf io 00 00
OJ (M r^ -— I
CO r^ t^ t^
(M (M (M (M
t^ t^ t^ t^
C^l (M (M (M
uo CO I^ O
iM (M ^ IM
■to O C: t^
M< O O CO
: CO ;
I CO '^
CO t-^ 35 ^
ca CO CO CO
00 lO O Tfi
CO lO CO ■*
m c^ ct ao
-t ~ t^ o
t> i>c; X
■ O 'O 'O
I (M .-^ ^
(M (M (M (N
!M (M (M (M
O O '^f t^
(N (M -^ rt
»0 CO (M O
02 t^ O 00
f^ O iC o
00 C5 00 CO
<M CO O O
00 GC' (M (M
O t-^O 00
CO lO ^ CO
-f 00 o CO
(M O fM CO
1— I tc C^ CO
(N (M Oa (M
Tf ^ IQ O
(M C^ OJ (>)
^ lO (M 't*
<M (M !M (M
O lO CO o
(M C^ IM !M
iM 10 lO -t<
(M C^l CI C^
00 o o o
^ C; !M 3
(M O O CO
CO O CO CO
(M CO ^ Tt<
C: CO CO (M
O O LQ O
00 00 C-5 O
t-- (M O O
CO C. lO O
00 iM (M C»
^ -*i rt c^
lO r- 1 t^ 00
»0 C; CO X
CO o t^ t^
O CO -f t^
C2 CO X 1^
l^ CO CO CO
CO C5 t^ o
CO Ci T— I ut
l^ CO t^ CO
X '-0 !M CO
o; CO CO o
l^ CO l^ t^
oo ^ o
O O ■-< iC-
o o oo
LO CO o t^
CO lO lO (M
X O O r-4
(M lO O "O
O O <M CO
C^ t^ rt rl
lO (M ^ ;;:H
o o c; o
1^ ^ X (M
xco ^ ^
t>. X X C2
t^ (M t^ t^
»0 -— I CO d
X X X X
(M t- O -^
O O X CI
O X X t^
iM X CO !M
I^ CO t^ !M
C: X X X
O C2 o o
(N (M ^ "^
X X CO CO
^ "^ CO CO
CO CO lO lO
1^5 lO CO CO
o o ^ -*
CO CO lO ItO
X X Ol Ol
04 (M CO O
w^ lO
a. !
o
o t" rt
o
4-:i
CM
c5 G
OS
tH '+3
aj ci
"I
Qj c;;
h4
M O
>^ 1- ccj
g tuOC/3
m
•X ^ 6
■Sos
ii O +2
CO 00 CO CO
o o o o
(D O 'OJ 'O
OPQQ
ICCO I>X
<M (M C^l !M
r^ r^ r^ r^
OJ (U dj o
T-^ C^ CO -+1
1-H 1-H 1^ Vh
a ex a< a
X X X X
lO CO t^ X
^ !M CO '^
X X X X
>, >. >, >,
lO CO t^ X
o o o o
^2ZZ
o o o o
ZZ22
o o o o
ZZZ2
o o o o
Z22Z
o o
Z2Z2
o
ID 3
c
o
6
o
u
o
o== o
O CO
(US 'd :
13-
c
o
392 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 1,.
In the soil studies, two samples were taken from the same
place and the same depth at the same time in order that each
might serve as a check upon the other. In order to compare soil
moisture for different locations, dctenninations were made of soil
taken from both places on the same day and at about the same
depth. In order to decrease the chances of error, a considerable
amount of soil was taken in each sample. The drying process
was continued until several weighings made at intervals of four
or five hours, gave exactly the same results. In no case was the
temperature allowed to rise to 100° C. The instruments used
were a shovel, a hoe, a meter rule, a number of quart tin cans,
and an oven. The geotome was not used because the amount or
soil taken for each sample made this instrument impracticable.
The location of a station once decided upon, all the soil was
quickly remo\^ed to the depth at which the two samples were to
be taken. If any loose soil rolled into the excavation before the
samples were secured, it was carefully removed, so that the
samples would be entirely of the soil at the depth decided upon.
The excavations were made large enough so that a surface of
about two square feet w^ould be exposed. Then a layer of soil
not exceeding one inch in depth was loosened carefully so as not
to get any soil from a higher level mixed with it. put into the cans,
and the lids tightly sealed. The cans were taken to the labora-
tory, w^here they were weighed. The lids were then removed
and the drying process begun. In some instances the drying
extended over a period of four days, the cans being kept where
they w^ould be undisturbed and at a temperature below 100° C.
so that no humus would be burned. After the drying was com-
pleted, the cans w^ere weighed again and the percentage of moisture
for both moist and dry soil calculated. For instance in the first
sample in the table' (853— 7S7.01)-^ (853—125.05) gives the
proportion of moisture relative to the weight of the moist soil.
This reduced to per cent gives S.9S. For getting the per cent drv
soil weight for the first sample we used (853 — 787.61)^787.61 —
125.05). The five stations were selected mainly to represent
different types of soil, as the red clay of station number one, the
mixture of red and white clay of station number 2, the loam and
white clay of station number 3 and the loam of station number 4.
Stations numbers 1 and 2 were in the open and heavily sodded >
A large elm stood 16 feet from the first station. There were no-
trees within 100 feet of the second station. Station 3 was among
apple trees planted in April of the same year. A poor crop of
oats had been harvested; and the ground had been seeded to
clover and timothy, which failed because of drought. The
ground was hard and dry at the surface, and had not been stirred
since sowing the grain in April. vStation 4 was a rich, black loam
that had been carefully worked all summer, up to the time when
Nov., 1911.] Climatic Conditions and Plant Growth. 393
the first samples were taken. Station 5 was of the beech forest
type. The surface is nearly level at all of the stations. Stations
1 and 2 are 35 rods apart, and stations 3 and 4 are 15 rods apart.
Stations 3 and 4 are 656 feet lower than stations 1 and 2, and
about one-third of a mile distant. Station 5 is a few rods distant
from station 2.
The difficulties of studies of soil moisture are very great owing
to daily variations of temperature, of evaporation rate at different
hours, and other variable factors. While we have given the per cents
of water based both on moist soil and dry soil, we shall use in the
discussion only the former. A given per cent of water in one soil
may mean a very different condition for the plant than the same
per cent in another soil, and a given per cent in any soil affects
different jDlants differently. Clay soils will hold approximately
40 to 50 per cent of water; and most land plants can not secure
water from clay when the per cent falls below 9 or 10, while few if
any can secure water from such soil containing less than 6 per cent.
Loams and humus will hold approximately 50 to 65 percent of
water; and most plants cannot extract water when the percent
falls below 10, and few if any when it falls below 6. Sand will
scarcely hold more than 15 per cent of water, but most plants can
still obtain water from sand when the per cent falls below one.
Plants that can obtain sufficient water only when the per cent is
high are hydrophytes, those that can obtain it when the per cent
is moderate are mesophytes and those that can still obtain it
when the per cent is low are xerophytes.
It will be seen from the table above that the soil moisture on
October 8, 190S, at station number 1 had reached the point where
mesophytes, which include most of the land plants of the region,
whether wild or cultivated, would have great difficidty in securing
water from the clay at a depth of 36 cm. At station number 2
on October 15, 190S, mesophytes could secure water from the clay
at depths of 56 and 41 cm., but not at a depth of 13 cm., where
even xerophytes might fail utterly to secure soil moisture. At
station number 3, on October 21, 1908, mesophytes could secure
soil moisture at 50 and 26 cm. deep, but with some difficulty.
But at the same station, on July 8, 1909, mesophytes would have
no difficulty in securing abundant soil moisture at these depths.
At station number 4, on November 6, 1908, garden plants should
be able to obtain soil moisture, though probably with some
difficulty. But in this station, on July 8, 1909, garden plants
would have no difficulty in securing sufficient soil moisture. At
station number 5, in the heavy beech woods, most plants would
not be able to secure soil moisture from the clay soil at depths of
29 and 40 cm. on December 23, 1908, while moisture could be
secured easily at such depths on April 19, 1909. Hundreds of
stations and daily testings throughout the season would be neces-
394 The Ohio NaturaliaL [Vol.XIT, No. 1,
sary to give results as accurate as possible, but our figures indicate
that most plants would fail to secure soil moisture or would secure
it with difficulty at the depths tested on the dates on which the
samples were taken in 1908. Our data are valuable only when
con-elated with the observations below regarding the character
of plants that were able to remain green above ground throughout
the season of 1908.
Related to the lack of rain after May 2, 1908, stands the fact
that corn planted after the middle of Ma}- came up very unevenly
and in some fields scarcely at all. Much of the corn failed to
produce ears and drie>1 up in August. Other fields, often near the
poor ones, made a good showing of ears. The difference was due
in part to difference in tending as well as to local climatic and soil
conditions. The crop reports probably overestimate the amounts
harvested in Butler Count}- in 1908; but the bushels per acre
reported for some of our principal crops for 1908 and 1909
respectively, are winter wheat, 16.2 and Ki, oats 10.4 and 33,
com 28.1 and 34, potatoes 44.0 and 73. Winter wheat was a very
unpromising crop in the fall of 1908, and much that was sown did
not germinate until the following February. In some fields the
seed failed completely in the fall. But a heavy snow came in
January, 1909, and when this disappeared early in February, the
seed had germinated; and in many places the fields were green
with wheat about an inch high. Frost killed much of this, and
the prospects were very poor. But the spring rains came, and the
wdieat stooled so that 25 and 30 stalks from one kernel were
reported by reliable agriculturists. Thus, fields that were so
thin in early spring that it seemed scarcely worth while to let
them stand produced about a normal amount of straw, but too
many stalks from a single kernel for a good yield. So the effect of
the drought of 1908 was felt in the wheat crop of 1909 as well as
in that of 1908. Of the other three crops, the average for 1908
was little more than half that for 1909, according to the statistics
for the two years.
The pastures were browm and the grass dead above ground
from the middle of June until late in November. The timothy
and blue grass of the hay fields were dead above ground soon
after the hay was cut. From the middle of August until Novem-
ber, the country, except cultivated fields, presented the appear-
ance of a desert with scattered vegetation consisting of xerophytes
with succulent stems, deeply penetrating roots, tough exteriors, or
milky juice. In open fields, along roadsides and in yards and
gardens were seen conspicuously resisting the drought, dandelion
(Taraxicum officinale), mullein (Verbascum thapsus), moth
mullein (Verbascum blattaria), wild carrot (Daucus carota), milk
purslanes (Euphorbia maculata and E. preslii), amaranths
(Amaranthus retroflexus, A. blitoides and A. graecizans), asters
Nov., 1911.] Climatic Conditions and Plant Growth. 395
(species of Aster), sunflowers (species of Helianthus), goldenrods
(Solidago canadensis and S. nemoralis), plantains (Plantago
major, P. rugelii and P. lanceolata), yard grass (Polygonum
aviculare), docks (species of Rumex), goosefoots (Chenopodiimi
album and C. urbicum), milkweeds (Asclepias cornuti), lettuces
(Lactuca scariola and L. canadensis), purslane (Portulaca oler-
acea), evening primrose (Oenothera biennis) and crab grass
(Panicum sanguinale). Some of the above ripened or succumbed
sooner than others. In woods, in low meadows and along streams
grasses and sedges were able to persist in good quantity, but on
higher open ground wild grasses and sedges were for most part
dead and brown above ground by the middle of August.
The leaves of many trees, especially maples and ashes, became
dry and brown before the middle of September, and it was sus-
pected that a considerable number of these would die the following
season. The many planted trees of the campuses of Miami Uni-
versitv and The Western College for Women, at Oxford, were
carefully watched through the season of 1909. The campus of
the former institution has a shallow soil, the solid limestone
rocks being within three to six feet of the surface, while rocks
have not been reached on the campus of the latter institution in
digging, except in very low places. Many large, planted trees
have died on the campus of Miami University since the summer
of 1908; but only two planted trees have died on the campus of
The Western during the same years, and these two were badly
injured by Cenangium abictis. Of 213 maple trees on the campus
of Miami University before the drought, 9 were dead in the fall
of 1909; and 3S more were in a dying condition as shown by thin
foliage or more frequently by more or less of the crown of the
tree being dead. Of 90 planted ashes, 9 showed a larger or smaller
number of dead branches, and 7 died before the summer of
1911. Of 10 spruces, 4 were in a dying condition in 1909.
About 35 other trees died or were in a dying condition in 1909;
but these were scattered through many genera, and while the num-
ber is large, great damage was not shown by any of the genera
involved. Trees have been dying on the campus of Miami
University in considerable numbers since 1908, and the dying is
largely confined to the trees that showed the injurious effects of
the drought of 1908. The superintendent of grounds for Miami
University informs us that not a single large, planted tree on the
campus died from 1898 to 1908, but that dying has been going on
constantly since the latter date.
The contrast in crop conditions between 1908 and 1909 has
been given above. Other contrasts in vegetation conditions
were also very marked. In 1909, all kinds of herbaceous vegeta-
tion of the region was green and luxuriant throughout its natural
cycle, and trees not considerably injured by the drought of the
39^ The Ohio Naturalist [Vol. XII, No. 1,
previous year showed abundant foliage. Botrydium wallrothii
and Cyathus vernicosus appeared on black loam of gardens and
fields in such abundance as is seldom seen. In 1908 Botrydium and
Anthoceros could not be found in sufficient quantity for class use;
but in 1909, the latter, like the fornier, was remarkably abundant.
It could be found in the average woods of the region, wherever
soil was bare, in five minutes. This is remarkable since in
ordinary years, Anthoceros is rarely seen here and only along
shaded clay banks. The fleshy fungi were also very abundant
in 1909. At "Beechwood Camp," in August, students brought
in such an array of Russulae, Lactariae, Amanitac, Boleti, and
other forms as is seldom seen in these days of depleted forest
lands. Contrasted with this, there was almost a total absence of
these fungi during the same month in 1908. Of the Boletaceae,
only a few specimens of SkUIcUus luridus were seen in 19UN, while
Gyroporus castaneus, Tylopilus felleus, T. indecisus, Ceriomyces
auriporus, C. retipcs, C. miniato-olivaceus, C. hicolor, C. fumosipes,
C. communis, SitillcUus luridus, Strobilomyces strobilaccus and
BolctincUus meruUoidcs were all collected in 1909.
To have accomplished results of great ccologic value, it would
have been necessary to keep several operators at work during two
years, obtaining data regarding precipitation, temperature, light,
evaporation, soil, and vegetation conditions in a limited area and
at the level of vegetation. Though it was not possible to carry
out the work with such detail and accuracy, it is believed that
our results are valuable for record for the locality and the state.
Nov., 1911.] Life- Histories of Syrphidac II. 397
LIFE-HISTORIES OF SYRPHIDAE II.
C. L. Metcalf.
Paragus bicolor (Fabricius).
Larva.
Length about S mm., height about 2.5 mm., width 3.25 mm.
(Fig. 21). In superficial appearance somewhat suggesting larva
of Didea fasciato fuscipes.*
Elongate-oval in outline, somewhat fiattened-dorso-ventrally,
attenuated gradually to the obtusely pointed anterior end slightly
to the truncate posterior end. The color of the integument is
light yello\\dsh brown, but it is semi-transparent and various
tints of visceral organs show through, making a light line along
each lateral carina limited medially by darker. The mid-dorsal
region surrounding the black pulsating blood-vessel is a light
brick-red color about one-third the width of the larva, due to
underlying fatty bodies. On each side of this for a third the
remaining width jet-black visceral matter shows through fre-
quently in pulsating pockets. This is limited laterally by a
little wider band of yellowish white as contrasted with the narrow
remaining margin and the conical elevations which appear drab.
However, the color varies considerably with different larvae and
at different times in the same larva.
The integument is tough but pliable thrown into numerous
transverse folds; papillose but bare.
There are apparently twelve body-seginents the anterior three
strongly retractile so that when the larva is at rest segment four
usually forms the anterior outline of the body. Each of these
segments except the first few and the last is marked by about
four lateral wrinldes or folds and bears, as in Didea, twelve conical
elevations each with a spine or bristle at the summit. (Fig. 22).
For convenience of reference we may name these segmental
spines and the elevations on which they are borne according to
their position. Beginning at the mid-dorsal line on either side
they are in order: median, dorsal, dorso-lateral, lateral and two
ventro-laterals, a posterior ventro-lateral and an anterior ventro-
lateral, as one is in front of the other. This will be made clear by
refrering to Figures 27 and 28 where these spines are indicated on
the puparium. The fourth and fifth body-segments in Paragus
bicolor have the median, dorsal, dorso-lateral and lateral eleva-
tions of about equal size (see Fig. 21). The third and the sixth
to the eleventh segments, inclusive, have the dorsal ones very
much shorter, about one-sixth as large, almost obscure, and sit-
uated on the succeeding fold of the integument. The dorso-
*The Ohio Naturalist, Vol. XI, No. 7, pp. 337-344, 2 plates, May, 191L
398 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 1,
lateral elevations are continuous at their base with two of the
transverse folds in each segment and these are so produced as to
make a distinct, zig-zag, longitudinal carina along each side of
the body. The lateral elevations make a similar underh'ing
carina less pronounced. The ventro-laterals are small, situated
on projecting folds antero-ventral to the laterals. Ventrally in
segments five to eleven, there are seven pairs of small rounded
bare elevations of the integument which serve as pro-legs.
The other appendages consist of mouth-parts, antennae and
anterior and posterior spiracles. The mouth-parts are terminal;
they consist (Fig. 32) of two beak-Hke jaws (Fig. 23, d and /),
working vertically, and four pairs of mouth-hooks (Fig. 23,
a and e). The upper jaw is a V-shaped chitinous piece with
slender arms, sharply pointed at the apex; the lower one slenderer,
more hooked, of solid chitin nearly to the base where there is a
spur-like projection ventrally on either side. Three pairs of the
mouth-hooks are at the sides of the jaws; slender, the bases
embedded in the flesh for half their length, the outer one broader
distally and with a lateral spur ventrally; the fourth pair consists
of two triangular hooks well separated from the other parts along
the side of the first segment. The mouth parts are all black,
firmly chitinizcd and the jaws arc continuous internally with
broad chitinous plates surrounding the oesophagus (Fig. 23, b).
Just dorsal to the mouth-parts is the pair of short antennae each
with a basal sub-conical fleshy piece and two rotmded tenninal
segments. (Figs. 21, a, and 23, c). On the anterior part of the
third body-segment is a pair of very small spiracles (Fig. 2 1 , ^) . These
are difficult to see clearly but apparently consist of a crescent-
shaped slit guarded by seven rounded teeth-like lobes (Fig. 24).
The posterior respiratory organ (Fig. 21, c) consists as in other
species of two short cylindrical appendages fused along the
middle line and each bearing on the end three slit-like spiracles
radiating from a dorsal circular plate. The appendage in
Paragus bicolor (Figs. 25, 26), is slightly longer than broad, the
length being from 0.25 mm. to 0.4 mm., the width 0.25 to 0.3 mm.
About mid-length is a slight constriction beyond which the
appendage is strongly chitinized and the surface smooth, tes-
taceous brown; proximal to the constriction the surface of the
tube is roughly papillose and nearly black. The spiracles are
well elevated above the surface of the appendage and are
noticeably curved in their extent. (Figs. 25 and 2(5, b).
The inter-spiracular spines* are inconspicuous but the one
median to the rather inconspicuous circular plate (Fig. 26, c), is
large, spoon-shaped, broad dorso-ventrally, narrower from side
to side and concave laterally (Figs. 25 and 26, a).
* Inter-spiracular spine, a projection of the chitinous surface between
any two of the spiracles on the posterior respiratory organ.
Nov., 1911.] Life-Histories of Syrphidae II. 399
The anus is ventral on the last segment.
These larvae were first taken at Columbus, Ohio, on May 31,
1911, when a dozen or more of various sizes were collected on
Curled Dock {Rtimex crispus L.) very badly infested with an
aphid (Myzus sp.).
On June 4, eggs and larvae were taken from the same host,
the eggs hatching the following day. The young thus made their
first appearance at this station the latter half of May and the
first of June. At Lakeville, Ohio, seventy miles north-east,
larvae of differing sizes were collected from both Curled Dock and
Broad Leaf Dock {Rumex obtusijolius L.) June 15-18. At San-
dusky, on Lake Erie, larvae of this species nearly full grown were
collected from Curled Dock on June 21 and July 1. At Castaha,
June 29, larvae were abundant on Common JBurdock {Arctium
minus Schk.) On July 8 both pupae and larvae were taken in
considerable numbers from Burdock at Kelley's Island. Again on
August 27th larvae were found on thistle {Carduus sp.) at
Lakeville, Ohio, among aphids {Aphis sp.).
From all the observations made on this species two distinct
generations seem evident : one appearing in spring at dates varying
from the middle of May to the middle of June or a Httle later in
different parts of the State, a second appearing in August and
perhaps later.
On Rumex these larvae are to be found among the aphids
{Mvzus sp.) which cluster especially on the heads or flower
spikes and the smaller leaves ; on thistle on the upper tender parts
of stems; on Arctium they are more especially on the under side
of the large lower spreading leaves. They are parasitic on the
aphid colonies catching the individuals with their mouth-parts
and killing them by slowly picking out and sucking out all the
soft body-contents within the chitinous wall. During this
process the mouth parts are manipulated by strong muscles
which also move the large chitinous plates about the oesophagus
out and in like a battering ram. The anterior two or three seg-
ments are pushed inside the sac-like body-wall, and the contents
very carefully and completely picked out all around and into the
bases of the appendages. Empty skins are dropped and may
sometimes be noted.
The larvae are sluggish when plenty of food is at hand, usually
nicely protected by position among the aphids and somewhat by
colors similar to those of the host plant. They can, however,
move actively by looping movements with the assistance of the
pro-legs. When in search of food the larva advances a short
distance, raises the anterior half of the body and lashes it rapidly
from side to side, then advances again and repeats the side lashing
until it touches the desired food.
400 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 1,
The only particular enemy noted is a small Ichneumonid
parasite (Bassus sp.) which oviposits through the skin of the larva.
The parasitic larva does not prevent the formation of a more or less
complete puparium, but emerges as adult about four weeks after
pupation of host by gnawing a small irregular hole in the anterior
end of the puparium (see Fig. 3G). The first indication of the
presence of the parasite is usually a failure of the pupal envelope
to inflate completely, remaining less rounded up dorsally and often
with the anterior segments but little retracted ventrally. Very
soon the pupa becomes darker in color than normal, in this species
becoming purplish instead of testaceous brown. These char-
acters should be easily told and one with a very little experience
might do great good by destroying all such parasitized pupae
before the hymenopteron has time to emerge.
Pupa.
Dimensions, average of ten: Length 5.3 mm., height 2.2 mm.,
width 2.4 mm. Pupation takes place within the indurated
larval skin which becomes inflated dorsally and anteriorly,
retracted ventrally so that the mouth comes to lie well back on
the ventral side. As seen from above (Fig. 27) the puparium is
near oval in outline but with sides somewhat straightened and
with the breathing appendages giving a more extended outline
posteriorly. From in front the puparium is almost circular in
outline. As seen from the side (Fig. 28), the ventrum is nearly
straight, dipping down slightly anteriorly and posteriorly, thence
rounding up strongly to the dorsum. In many specimens the
anterior end of the larva has been more strongly retracted ventrally
and the anterior and posterior ends more equally rounded up
than is shown in Fig. 2S.
The color varies from brown-pink to darker sometimes with
obliquely transver.se banding of testaceous brown and blackish.
The long segmental spines contrasted with the short-dorsals,
or their apparent absence on the principal segments, and the
short posterior respiratory appendage with its prominent spoon-
shaped spurs at the end, dorsally, should serve easily to identify
the species.
Date of pupation: Columbus, June 6th and later; Lakeville,
June 23 to 26; Sandusky, July 3 and later; Kelley's Island, Lake
Erie, July 8 to 13. The duration in the pupa stage was from
5 to 15 days with the majority about 12 days.
The pupae are to be found lodged and fastened among the
flowers in the spike and the axils of the leaves, or on the upper
side of the leaves of the host plant. They are stuck to the leaves
by their posterior end. Protective coloration may be of some
importance to the pupae as well as to the larvae.
The adult emerges by pushing off a circular operculum from the
anterior end of the pupa-case.
Nov., 1911.] Life-Histories of Syrphidae II. 40 r
Adult.
Genus Paragus Latrcille.
Description slightly modified from Williston. Btill. U. S. Nat.
Mus., No. 31, 89, (1SS6), p. 17. vSmall neariy bare species,
abdomen curved downward at the tip black or greenish black
with yellow on the face and reddish on the abdomen. Head
broader than thorax; antennae about as long as the head, first and
second joints short third longer than first two together; arista
before the middle bare. Face convex with an obtuse tubercle.
Eyes pilose, narrowly contiguous and often with an area of
erilarged facets on the upper anterior part in the male. Abdomen
as wide as thorax and twice as long of nearly equal width through-
out, a shallow transverse depression on each segment, the distal
end bent downward. Hind metatarsi much thickened as long as
the remaining joints together. Marginal cell of wing open, third
longitudinal vein straight, anterior cross-vein near the base of
discal cell, the last section of fourth vein sinuate, terminating in a
right angle on the third vein at a considerable distance before the
tip.
Paragus bicolor (Fabricius).
cf 9 Length 5-(3 mm. Eyes pubescent, the pile mostly grouped
in two vertical stripes separated by a distinct vertical glabrous stripe
(Figs. 29, 30). Face in the female white pilose with a shining
black stripe reaching from antennae to the oral margin, narrower
below; in the male wholly pure light sulphury yellow with yellow
pile. Oval margin and cheeks shining black. Antennae black
with some whitish pollen, the under side of the third joint reddish.
Front of female narrowed above, not more than half as wide at the
vertex as at the base of the antennae (Fig. 30) ; shining black
narrowly dusted with whitish on the sides below, the latter not
quite reaching the light color on the sides of the face; frontal
triangle sulphur yellow, the eyes touching midway, and for about
one-fifth the distance, between the anterior ocellus and the base
of the antennae; "vertical triangle black light pollinose in' front.
Thorax black, a little shining with yellowish pile, in front with two
whitish pollinose stripes. Pleurae silvery white pilose. Scutellum
with a whitish border not extending to the anterior angles.
Abdomen chiefly red, but variable in color; first segment black;
second segment, often wholly black sometimes more or less red
behind, sometimes only black on the sides. The black usually
extends narrowly along the sides of the third segment, sometimes
of the fourth and fifth also ; rarely, the third segment has a blackish
band. Pile on the sides of the segments in front and on the lateral
margins, and on the fifth segment, white, elsewhere obscure.
Legs variable, frequently the basal portion of the front and mid-
dle femora and the hind femora except the tip are black, elsewhere
yellowish. Wings, nearly hyaline; stigma, dilutely yellowish."
402 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 1,
Paragus tibialis (Fallen).
Larva.
Length about 7.5 mm., width 2 to 2.5 mm., height 1.5 mm.
Similar in superficial appearance to the previously described
Paragus bicolor but slenderer and smaller. Color markings
variable. Ususally the heart line is rather prominent as is also a
similar looking dark line along each side of the body about under
the dorsal segmental spines. The reddish color is of much less
-extent than in P. bicolor and is largely replaced by a sulphur
yellow tinge. In some specimens the general color is unifomi light
yellowish brown. The segmental spines are shorter and situated
■on smaller conical elevations than those of P. bicolor (Fig. 32),
but the dorsal one in segments (J to 11 is less reduced proportion-
ately, being about one-third as long as the median and dorso-
lateral ones. (See Fig. 31).
The most convenient means of separation of the two species
in the larval stage is in the length of the posterior breathing
appendage. This in P. iibialis ranges from about O.-i mm. to
0.G5 or 0.7 mm., with an average of about 0.5 mm. as compared
with P. bicolor where the length is near 0.3 mm. The width at
the tip is about 0.25 to 0.3 mm. as in P. bicolor. The appendage
besides being distinctly longer is somewhat more bifurcate at the
tip in P. tibialis and the general surface is slightly more depressed
between the spiracular elevations. This will be made clearer by
reference to Figs. 25, 26, 33 and 34.
Larvae were taken from common Burdock (Arctium minus
Schk.) at Lakeville, Ohio, June 21st;" at Sandusky, Ohio, from
July 30 to August 5; and at Kelley's Island, July 8th. They
were found on the upper, but chiefly on the lower side of the
leaves of Burdock parasitic in colonies of aphids (species unde-
termined) the body fluids and viscera of which they devour in
the usual manner.
They were found parasitized to a slight extent by the
hymenopteron Bassus sp.
Pupa:
Dimensions, average of flve: length 4.3 mm., width l.S mm.,
height 1.75 mm. Nicely rounded out anteriorly and dorsally,
flattened to the surface of the leaf ventrally and attenuated
strongly to the posterior respiratory appendage both by depression
and by compression (Fig. 35). The posterior appendage is very
frequently turned to one side or other from the middle line.
General color unifonn pale brown to darker, the six spiracular
elevations black.
Compared with P. bicolor the puparium is less rounded up
posteriorly, more attenuated (Fig. 35, cf. Fig. 28). The characters
of the posterior, breathing appendage and the segmental spines
Nov., 1911.] Life-Histories of Syrphidae II. 403
remain essentially as in the larva viz., the appendage is longer
than in P. bicolor the tubes slightly divergent at the tip and the
spoon-shaped spine at their tips longer; the segmental spines as a
whole are shorter, the dorsal ones in segments 6-11 becoming
inconspicuous or entirely invisible.
Pupa from the larva taken at Lakeville, Ohio, June ISth, was
formed June 23. Pupae were common in the field at Kelley's
Island, July 8. They were taken at Sandusky, Ohio, August 2.
Duration in the pupal stage was from 5 to 11 days. Pupation is
accomplished within the hardened larval skin. The posterior
part especially flattens out on the surface of the leaf becoming
glued fast to it while the anterior end becomes inflated, the head
segments being retracted ventrally.
For the emergence of the pupa the operculum splits off usualh^
between larval segments 5 and 6 dorsally and jtist back of the
mouth-parts ventrally. The adult emerges with wings crumpled
and a conspicuous U-shaped loop in the costal margin about the
temiination of the first longitudinal vein. The wings expand and
harden in an hour or so and the fly is ready for flight.
Adults have been taken from the tenth of May to the latter
part of August more often in the flrst half of June and the first
half of August. They are flower feeders but found most com-
monly in deep meadowy wooded spots hovering in the sunlight or
may be taken by beating.
Adidt.
Paragus tibialis (Fallen).
cf 9 Length 3 to 5 mm. Antennae nearly as long as the
head, blackish brown varying to yellowish brown on parts. Face
light yellow pilose ; yellow on the sides with a broad median black
band from antennae to oral margin; projecting below and with a
distinct tubercle above the oral margin (Fig. 37). Front in
female black, with black pile of nearly equal width throughout
(Fig. 38). Frontal triangle in male yellow, vertical triangle large,
black, yellowish pilose at the apex, elsewhere the pile darker.
Eyes pilose, the pile not massed in tivo vertical stripes, dilute.
Thorax entirely greenish-black, shining, with yellowish pile.
No yellow on the scuteUum. Legs light yellow, black on the base of
the femora; the hind femora all black except at the tip. Wings
hyaline slightly tinged with grayish.
Schiner in Fauna Austrica cites several varieties separated on
the color of the abdomen. The ones I have reared from larvae
:show the following abdominal markings : In the male the first and
second segments are black, the following ones reddish brown
with some black, whitish yellow pilose. In the female entirely
.greenish-black like the thorax with more or less whitish pile.
Fig.
24
Fig.
25
Fig.
2G
Fig.
27
404 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 1,
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX.
Figures 21-30 Paragus hicolor (Fab.)
Fig. 2L Mature larva x 10; a, antenna; b, anterior spiracle; c, posterior
respiratory organ.
Fig. 22. A segmental spine of the larva x 40.
Fig. 23. Antero-lateral view of mouth-parts of larva, much enlarged;
a, outer pair of mouth hooks; b, broad chitinous plates sur-
rounding the oesophagus; c, antenna; d, upper jaw; e, three
pairs of lateral mouth-hooks;/, lower jaw.
Right anterior spiracle highly magnified.
Dorsal view of posterior respiratory organ x 60; a, the dorsal
spine; b, one of the radiating spiracles.
End view of posterior respiratory organ x 70; a, its dorsal spine;
b, a spiracle; c, the circular plate.
Dorsal view of puparium x 0; a, posterior respiratory organ;
b, median segmental spine of sixth larval segment; c, dorsal
and d, dorso-lateral spines of sixth and seventh larval segments,
respectively.
Fig. 28. Lateral view of puparium x 5; a, posterior respiratory organ;
b, median spine; d, dorso-lateral spine; e, lateral spine; /, pos-
terior ventro-Iateral; and g, anterior ventro-lateral.
Adult male about seven times natural size.
Front view of head of female x 12.
Figures 31-38 Paragus tibialis Fallen.
Posterior part of a young larva from the side greatly enlarged.
Segmental spine of a full grown larva x 40.
Dorsal view of posterior respiratory organ of larva x 60; a, the
dorsal spine; b, one of the paired radiating spiracles.
Fig. 34. End view of posterior respiratory organ x 60; a, its dorsal spine,
b, a spiracle; c, the circular plate.
Fig. 35. Lateral view of puparium x 5; a, posterior respiratory organ.
Fig. 36. Puparium which has been parasitized by hymenopteron, Bassus
sp. showing typical form and the irregular hole through which
the parasite has escaped.
Fig. 37. Outline drawing of adult male from the side x 8.
Fig. 38. Head of female x 12.
Fig.
29
Fig.
30
Fig.
31
Fig.
32
Fig.
33
Ohio Naturalist.
Plate XIX
Metcalf on " Life-Histories of Syrphidae II."
4o6 The Ohio Naturalist [Vol. XII, No. 1,
FLUCTUATING CHARACTERISTICS OF APPLES.
C. H. GOETZ.
In taking up the study of fluctuating characteristics in apples,
the intention was to show in how far there was a fluctuation of
characteristics in apjiles. The work was carried on at Pullman,
Washington, dtiring the years 1909 and 1910.
In the fall of the year as the apples ripened in the orchard of
the Washington State College, there was gathered from the trees
of fifty different varieties of apples, enough fruit to make one
hundred apples of each variety, for use in the investigation.
These apples were taken promiscuously from the trees. They
were stored in boxes in the cold storage, each box being marked
with name and number.
During the winter the apples were cut up for investigation and
study. One-half of them were cut lengthwise for a study of the
longitudinal outline fonn; for size; shape, form and size of tube,
for shape of core line; depth, size and fonii of cavity and basin:
for position of stamens, and length of stem.
The other half of the apples were cut into cross sections for the
study of the core line or fibro vascular bundles; for size, shape and
nature of cavities; for cross-section outline; for position form and
nature of core.
These halves of the apples were as near as possible true halves.
They were inked with indelible pencil on the face in such a way as
to have them make clear cut and true impressions of the form and
various characteristics of the apples as they were pressed upon
paper.
Two impressions were made. The first impression was made
on an absorbing paper, making a very strong impression. This
was used for making a tracing of the apples. The second
impression was made on a fine grained paper, to be used for
further study.
The investigation of the fluctuating characteristics of the
apples brings out the following:
1. That there is a more or less fluctuation in certain char-
acteristics and that this is true more of certain varieties of apples
than of others.
2. That certain varieties of apples show a tendency toward a
constancy of characteristics, while others have a great tendency
toward fluctuation.
Perhaps the most fluctuating characteristic in all apples is
found in size, shape and appearance of the seed cavities.
Second to this comes the fluctuation in the length of the
peduncle in any variety.
Nov., 1911.] Fluctuating CharaHeri sties of Apples.
407
U3
>
O
0
C
u
0
1- c
%
29
%
56
%
37
%
30
30
45
44
35
29
45
44
35
33
52
66
88
31
23
12
43
11
77
22
13
18
41
17
16
89
21
6
41
16
87
31
32
87
74
68
76
75
77
68
81
92
84
14
43
37
68
67
39
6
9
88
25
33
85
4
13
92
6
95
4
89
58
59
77
76
69
32
21
17
36
75
85
46
65
66
42
85
66
39
28
13
82
21
32
50
48
53
34
48
38
53
16
92
37
84
32
34
24
15
25
54
37
25
43
67
77
43
29
77
66
25
28
96
36
28
19
85
/o
23
12
62
74
34
28
83
90
39
30
88
16
37
19
11
78
88
33
69
84
35
27
53
76
35
52
75
18
29
77
54
63
27
37
53
77
73
83
83
29
18
20
53
27
38
44
91
85
31
17
90
51
80
69
60
71
65
39
60
16
10
82
94
95
97
38
64
75
88
64
90
16
87
83
86
74
28
42
c
a,
0)
t-i
0
0
c
S
+->
to
4J
U
0
0
%
76
%
54
%
25
%
20
82
33
24
61
82
77
49
73
64
32
23
37
76
45
21
21
9
8
32
8
71
78
31
11
95
39
13
7
86
84
25
27
22
74
84
73
76
92
43
41
75
83
19
74
63
84
42
77
78
68
14
75
92
86
10
7
8
66
37
53
17
58
76
78
18
86
17
58
84
75
16
18
61
47
16
89
84
7
39
87
8
18
29
67
38
54
65
35
38
54
65
46
79
15
96
42
77
11
39
27
76
85
88
87
27
29
36
27
72
61
28
67
17
18
8
16
86
85
24
35
80
70
42
60
72
82
47
48
11
32
24
60
20
65
28
86
65
37
74
46
20
95
49
63
67
26
34
55
64
84
82
53
25
73
54
68
14
13
21
88
83
48
47
88
80
64
62
53
53
72
78
88
30
74
18
61
77
11
72
31
8
14
83
12
84
56
43
58
88
89
19
85
78
17
29
65
%
28
23
24
25
33
19
27
9
36
19
28
65
9
8
5
11
20
21
22
26
32
26
46
44
10
26
13
64
26
9
38
31
60
28
19
35
83
10
73
26
15
23
54
55
38
33
10
40
9
23
Janet
North Carolina
Pickapoo
Smith
Limber Twig
Houghtahng
Ortlcv
Rock
Jones
Gold Ridge
Agrippa
Nancy Jackson
Shakleford
Black Warrior
Nelson
Hugenot
Goin
Gill
Duncan
Stark
Williams Early Red. .
Stone's Eureka
Nansemond
Black Annette
Fink
Stayman
Kinnaird
Red Siberian
Andrews' Winter
Crotts
Red Romanite
Yates
Belmont
Vanoz
Marshal
Arabka
Plumb Cider
Latah
Hiley Eureka
Bomshell
Rome Beauty
Indiana Favorite
Lowver
Fallen Water
Lankford
Lake Winter
York Imperial
Loy
Superior
Longevity
%
75
80
65
50
57
66
76
85
76
68
90
83
69
71
8
57
88
73
94
77
63
59
65
14
63
57
72
45
67
51
54
68
89
78
85
70
53
67
66
76
73
63
72
59
86
58
57
84
62
71
%
49
66
67
25
23
10
28
8
69
21
72
24
49
86
93
7
84
65
78
41
27
15
43
33
24
26
32
11
74
23
98
69
81
10
30
56
81
32
38
56
92
28
78
70
82
26
29
29
36
28
4o8 The Ohio Naturalist [Vol. XII, No. 1,
Third in line, is the fonn, size and outline of the apple, and
also the core line.
Fourth in rank of inconsistency is the tube, while the stamens,
apical and lower basins fluctuate least.
As far as could be observed there is very little fluctuation in
shape, size or form of the calyz in any variety of apples.
In general, while there are no two apples exactly alike in any
one variety, yet there is a certain similarity running through one
'variety that makes the apples look alike.
On the following pages is shown in percentages the amount
of fluctuation of each variety along the various parts of the apples
The per cent indicated shows the per cent of fluctuation while
the negative amount is the per cent of constancy.
In conclusion it might be said that the investigation, if it were
continued with all the difl:erent varieties of apples that we have,
would probably bring out the same facts as have been brought
out in the study of these fifty varieties.
There is a slight possibility that where only one variety is
grown in an orchard there may not be such a great tendency
toward fluctuation of characteristics as there would be in an
orchard like the State College of Washington orchard where there
are hundreds of different varieties of apples.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
1. The American Fruit Culturist, John J. Thomas.
2. Systematic Pomology, F. A. Waugh.
3. Principles of Fruit Culture, Bailey.
4. Encyclopedia of Agriculture, Bailey.
5. The Apples of New York, Beech.
The Ohio V\(^aturalist,
PUBLISHED BY
The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni'versity,
Volume XII. DECEMBER, 1911.
No. 2.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
SCHAFFNER— The Classification oi Plants, VII
MacCoughey— The Birds of Darke County, Ohio
409
420
Fox — Ohio Grown Perilla
40fi
THE CLASSIFICATION OF PLANTS, VII.^
John H. Schaffner.
There can be little question as to the general importance of a
correct taxonomy; for the views of all botanists, whether they
deal directly with classification or not, must be more or less
influenced by the scheme of supposed relationships which they
follow. On the arrangement accepted must depend one's ideas
of what are high and low plants, and this again must have its
effect on one's views about derivation and evolution. Thus one
finds the arguments advanced by various authors based very
largely on the classification followed. The viewpoint must
certainly be fundimentally different when, on the one hand,
primitive forms are recognized in such remarkably specialized
trees as Casuarina, or, on the other, in a general type like Magnolia.
Ecological adaptations must be explained on the same basis.
One must determine whether anemophilous and hydrophilous
flowering plants are the more primitive or those that are ento-
mophilous ; whether the bisporangiate or monosporangiate flowers
represent the original type; whether vestigial organs are to be
regarded as being derived from normal ones and thus as indicat-
ing lines of evolution.
When a correct series is established, there is often a remarkable
parallelism between the evolutionary development and special-
ization of the flower and the completeness of the ecological adap-
tation. Thus in the lowest Alismales the plants are aerial with
showy bisporangiate flowers having numerous parts in spirals
and usually possessing nectar glands, while the most specialized
species are completely aquatic with reduced monecious or diecious
flowers without perianth and with hydrophilous pollination.
1. Contributions from the Botanical Laboratory of Ohio State
University, 64.
409
41 o The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 2,
Such a sequence can be traced more or less completely in other
hydrophytic groups.
Anemophily has also been developed indeiDcndently in numer-
ous groups; nearl}^ always accompanied by the monosporangiate
condition, loss of part or all of the perianth, and general reduction
of the flower and the inflorescence.
Peculiar morj^hological conceptions of development arc fre-
quently formulated on the basis of an improper taxonomy, and
transformations and re-creations are either tacitly or openly
advocated, the acceptance of which would require a credulity
greater than a belief in an innumerable series of special creations.
Even the interpretation of the geological history of plants depends
somewhat on our scheme of classification; since the geological
history of plants, so far deciphered, is exceedingly incomplete
and must still be interpreted through the morphology of living
species.
Three general systems of plant classification have been in
vogue: (1) the artificial system, (2) the so-called natural system,
and (3) the phyletic or evolutionary system. For the larger
groups, the old natural system is still largely in use, and in the
detailed arrangements of genera and species, one can still detect
much of the artificial method. The natural system was not based
on evolutionary principles, and probably prevented many of its
followers from accepting the doctrine of descent because of the
impossible transformations which would have been required to
obtain genetic continuity in the series of plant fomis expressed
in the classifications of the time.
To reconstruct classification on a phyletic basis will require
much shifting, not only of the larger phyla and classes but also
of orders, families, genera, and species. But we may safely
formulate a principle of procedure which, although not always
giving final results at present, will eventually lead to a true "nat-
ural" classification and will give us a more or less reliable present-
ation of the evolutionary history of the plant kingdom.
In tracing derivative relationships between two groups of
plants, one of the essential considerations is the possibilit}^ of
the transformation of the structures of the one into the other.
Every morphological structtire of the entire organism must be
reasonably derived from some ancestral type, and the fact kept
constantly in mind that one organ may be evolving or specializing
rapidly while another is undergoing little change. In discussions
of this nature carried on by those who do not follow the phyletic
idea but divide plants arbitrarily by some more or less constant
peculiarity, which may or may not indicate relationship, the
result often becomes so artificial that whole groups of normal or-
gans are derived bodil}' from the most extreme vestiges. So long
as we do not see the course of evolution proceeding from vestigial
Dec, 1911.] The Classification of Plants, VII.
Lll
to normal organs it is not necessary to give much weight to such
results. In the higher plants vestiges are exceedingly abundant
and give a plain index to the course of phylogenetic development.
Derivations or supposed relationships are also frequently based
on assumptions from isolated morphological peculiarities which
can be explained equally well on other assumptions that will not
require the complete re-creation of the species from its supposed
ancestor.
The basis of a modern taxonomy must at all events include the
following principles :
1. The comparative study of the organography and anatomy
of plants, proceeding from the simple to the more complex.
2. The definite recognition of primordia and transformations
on the one hand and of vestiges on the other.
3. A study of incepts, embryological developments and
juvenile forms.
4. The investigation of lines of degeneration and special-
ization, in both low and high types, leading from complex to simple
structures.
5. The segregation of the units into genetically or phylogenet-
ically related groups.
6. The arrangement of the branches thus segregated into
series extending from the lowest and least differentiated to the
most highly specialized.
7. In a word, the whole scheme of classification must show
the result which has come about through progressive evolution,
segregation, degredation, and specialization.
In the sixth article of this series of papers, an arrangement
of the orders and families of Anthophyta found in the North-
eastern United States was given. Since then the scheme has
undergone some slight change in the writer's hands. It is be-
lieved that after this no important changes need be made foi^
some time except perhaps the transfer of a few families after a
wider knowledge of them is gained. The changes are as follows :;
Transfer the Limnanthaceae to the Geraniales following the
Oxalidaceae.
Interchange the subfamilies Melanthatae and Liliatae, placing
the latter as the lowest group of the Liliaceae.
Divide the Hydrangeaceae into two subfamilies, Philadel-
phatae and Hydrangeatae.
Following the order, Saxifragales, insert the order Thyme-
leales including in sequence the families, Lythraceae, Thyme-
leaceae, Elaeagnaceae.
A preliminary synopsis is now given of the subclasses and
orders of the Anthophyta. It is hoped that this may present a
better view of the phyletic classification as applied to the higher
plants and stimulate to further study.
412 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol, XII, No. 2,
The Alismales and Ranales lead in the two classes, Monoco-
tylae and Dicotylae. The Helobiae do not represent the most
primitive leaf and stem arrangements because of nmnerous
hydrophytic adaptations. These adaptations are, however, direct
modifications of primitive types. But the flowers in the lowest
Alisimales and Nymphaeales are by far the most primitive to be
found among Monocotyls. However, the frequent dichotomous
venation of certain species is very suggestive of primitive seed
plants and ferns. The more primitive leaf and stem arrangements
to be found among the Monocotyls are preserved in such groups as
the palms, screw-pines and yuccas.
Following the synopses, a complete classification is given of
the phyla, classes and subclasses, with a slight improvement over
the schemes published in fonner papers.
'Synopsis of the vSubclasses and Orders of Anthophyta.
HELOBIAE.
Usually aquatic or marsh herbs with hypogynous or epigynous,
actinomorphic, spiral or cyclic, bisporangiate or monosporangiate
flowers; flowers solitary, axillary, racemose, or occasionally
closely clustered; perianth frequently with prominent corolla,
sometimes undifferentiated, vestigial or absent; carpels in the
lower forms numerous and free, in the higher few and united;
sperms in the pollengrain two.
Synopsis.
I. Flowers hypogynous or somewhat perigynous; carpels free or
united, spiral or cyclic.
1. Plants nomial, with chlorophyll.
a. Hypocotyledonary expansion, if present not lobed or
only slightly notched; ovules usually anatropous or
campylotropous ; leaves often narrow, not peltate
and not with a narrow basal sinus but sometimes
sagitate, or deeply cordate. Alismales.
b. Hypocotyledonary expansion parted into two lobes or
deeply notched ; ovules orthotropous ; aerial or float-
ing leaves peltate, with a deep basal sinus, or if some-
what sagitate then with carpels mimerous and
united. Nymphaeales.
2. vSmall yellowish or reddish phagoph\'tes. Triuridales.
II. Flowers epigynous; carpels united, cyclic. Hydrocharitales.
SPADICIFLORAE.
Trees, herbs, or climbing plants, usually with clustered flowers;
the inflorescence being a crowded panicle, spike or spadix, rarely
reduced; flowers hypogynous, often monosporangiate, the perianth
present or absent, not definitely differentiated into calyx and
corolla and commonh^ inconspicuous; carpels 4-1, usually 3, free
or united.
Dec, 1911.] The Classification of Plants, VII. 413
Sy)iopsls.
I. Inflorescence not a typical spadix.
1. Leaves usually plicate and more or less split at maturity.
a. Carpels free or united, usually 3, forming a unilocular
or plurilocular ovulary with one ovule for each
carpel. Palmales.
b. Carpels united; ovulary unilocular with numerous
seeds on 2 or 4 parietal placentae. Cyclanthales.
2. Leaves linear or sword-shaped, not plicate and not splitting
at maturity; flowers monecious, spikate or capitate,
Pandanales.
XL Inflorescence a fleshy spadix, with or without a spathe; or
minute plants without leaves floating free, the flowers few
or solitary on the modified stem. Arales.
GLUMIFLORAE.
Usually grass-like herbs or rarely woody plants with hypo-
gynous, inconspicuous flowers; carpels united, with 3-1 stigmas;
perianth of G-2 chaffy segments, or none; inflorescence usually
consisting of spikelets or spikes; endosperm mealy or starchy.
Synopsis.
I. Ovulary 3-1-locular; ovules solitary in the cavities, ortho-
tropous, pendulous. Restionales.
II. Ovulary unilocular, l-o\'uled, ovules anatropous, erect or
ascending. Graminales.
LILIIFLORAE.
Herbs, sometimes shrubs, lianas or trees, usually with prom-
inent flowers, with showy petals or staminodes, hypogynous or
epigynous, solitary or clustered; carpels 3 or sometimes 2, united;
flowers pentacyclic and trimerous or some modification of this
type, usually bisporangiate but occasionally monecious or diecious,
actinomorphic in the lower and prominently zygomorphic in the
higher types; endosperm mealy, fleshy, or homy, sometimes none.
Synopsis.
I. Flowers hypogynous, seeds -with endospemi. Liliales.
II. Flowers partly or completely epigynous.
1. Seeds with endosperm.
a. Flowers mostly regular. Iridales.
b. Flowers very irregular, usually zygomorphic.
Scitaminales.
2. Seeds without endosperm, very numerous and minute;
flowers usually irregular and zygomorphic. Orchidales.
414 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 2,
THALAMIFLORAE.
Herbs or woody plants with hypogynous, choripetalous or
apetalous flowers, calyx commonly of distinct sepals and inserted,
with the other parts of the flower, directly on the floral axis.
Synopsis.
I. Carpels many to one, spiral or cyclic, usually free or only
shghtly united; stamens usually numerous. Ranales.
II. Carpels more or less united, cyclic.
1. Herbs with insectivorous leaves; carpels .5-3. Sarraceniales.
2. Herbs or woody plants with normal leaves, not
insectivorous.
a. Carpels 2 or more with parietal placentae; perianth
usually with an even number of segments, the
flowers commonly isobilateral. Brassicales.
b. Carpels mostly 5 or 3; stamens mostly 10 or 5, or a
reduction from 10; ovules pendulous. Geraniales.
c. Carpels many to 3, ovules few; stamens indefinite,
monadelphous, branched or clustered, or by reduc-
tion separate and few; sepals valvate. Malvales.
d. Carpels 2 or more, commonly with parietal placentae;
stamens usually indefinite ; sepals and petals usually
5, sepals imbricated or convolute. Guttiferales.
CENTROSPERMAE.
Mostly herbaceous plants Avith hypogynous syncarpous
flowers; usually apetalous except in the lowest families; ovulary
usually with a central basal ovule or with many ovules on a
central placenta.
Synopsis.
I. Perianth present consisting of a calyx and corolla or of a
calyx only.
1. Embryo curved, coiled, or annular, fruit not an achene.
a. Emit a capsule, berry, or anthocar]r, calyx present;
corolla present or absent. Caryophyllales.
b. Fruit a utricle; calyx present, corolla none.
Chenopodiales.
2. Embryo straight or nearly so; fruit an achene. Polygonales.
II. Perianth none or vestigial; ovules usually orthotropous.
Piperales.
CALYCIFLORAE.
Perianth and stamens usually borne on a perigynous disk or
hypanthium which is sometimes united with the ovulary; carpels
free or united; calyx usually of united sepals, petals when present
separate.
Dec, 1911.] The Classification of Plants, VII. 415
Synopsis.
I. Carpels free or united, spiral or cyclic.
1. Endosperm usually little or none; leaves mostly with
stipules; carpels spiral or cyclic, often reduced to one,
usually free or only slightly united, with a few evident
exceptions. Resales.
2. Endospemi present and usually copious; leaves usually
without stipules; carpels cyclic, free or united, some-
times slightly epigynous. Saxifragales.
II. Carpels united, cyclic.
1. Hypanthium tubular or urn-shaped, often constricted
above and enclosing the ripe fruit; endosperm commonly
little or none. Thymeleales.
2. Receptacle developing a glandular, annular, or turgid
disk which is somewhat united with the perianth or
ovulary, endosperm present or none. Celastrales.
3. Disk tumid, united with the perianth, sometimes reduced;
endosperm usually none. Sapindales.
AMENTIFERAE.
Mostly trees or shi-ubs with hypogynous or perigynous flowers,
commonly in aments or ament-like clusters; flowers mostly
apetalous or naked, generally monecious or diecious.
Synopsis.
I. Flowers not in typical aments, often in pendant heads or
ament-like spikes or clusters; usually monosporangiate.
1. Leaves alternate or rarely opposite.
a. Stamens alternate with the petals (when present),
or numerous; perianth sometimes none. Platanales.
b. Stamens mostly 4, opposite the usually 4 sepals.
(a) Calyx not petaloid. Urticales.
(b) Calyx petaloid; stamens usually united with
the sepals. Proteales.
2. Leaves whorled, reduced to scales, ovulary unilocular
with two ovules. Casuarinales.
II. Flowers, at least the staminate ones, in aments, mono-
sporangiate.
1. Seeds not with a tuft of hairs, fruit a typical or modified
nut, achene or samara; plants monecious or diecious.
a. Fruit 2-or more-seeded, ovules with 1 integiunent.
Balanopsidales.
b. Fniit usually 1 seeded. Fagales.
2. Seeds with a tuft of hairs at one end; several in the capsule;
flowers diecious without perianth; leaves usually alter-
nate. Salicales.
4i6 _ The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 2,
MYRTIFLORAE.
Epigynous plants usually with large showy flowers, with or
without a prominent hypanthium; more commonly chorijjetalous,
but sometimes sympetalous or completely apetalous; ovules
commonl}- ntunerous.
Synopsis.
I. Fleshy usually prickly and spiny plants with jointed stems and
reduced leaves; perianth segments usually very numerous.
Cactales.
II. Herbs, shruljs or trees not spiny like the preceding; calyx-
segments rarely more than 5.
1. Petals usually present, choripetalous ; sometimes apetalous
or sympetalous.
a. Flowers usually bisporangiate, placentae usually axile
or apical, rarely basal. Myrtales.
b. Flowers bisporangiate or monosporangiate; placentae
usually parietal; mostly herbs or herbaceous vines.
Loasales.
2. Petals usually absent; if present either choripetalous or
sympetalous.
a. Ovulary with several ca^^ities, usualh" 6-locular;
herbs or vines. Aristolochiales.
b. Ovulary unilocular; mostly parasitic herbs or shrubs.
Santalales.
HETEROMERAE.
Low, often evergreen, shrubs, trees, or herbs usually with
hypogynous flowers which are usually sympetalous but sometimes
choripetalous; perianth usually regular or nearly so inserted on
the floral axis; stamens united with the corolla or free, usually as
many or twice as many as the corolla-lobes; carpels usually 5-3.
Synopsis.
I. Ovulary mostly unilocular and usually with a free central
placenta; stamens opposite the petals or more ntunerous,
united with the corolla, mostly herbs. Primulales.
II. Ovulary mostly 2-or more locular or with parietal placentae;
herbs, shrubs, or trees.
1. Stamens mostly free from the corolla, alternate with its
lobes or twice as many; seeds minute; flowers bispo-
rangiate, hypogynous, sometimes choripetalous. Ericales.
2. Stamens united with the corolla, opposite its lobes or
twice as many or more; seeds usually solitary or few,
usually large; flowers hypogynous or sometimes epi-
gynous, sometimes choripetalous. Ebenales.
Dec, 1911.] The Classification of Plants, VII. 417
TUBIFLORAE.
Herbs, shrubs, or trees with hypogynous, sympetalous, occa-
sionally choripetalous or apetalous flowers; flowers normally
tetracyclic, usually with two united carpels; stamens united with
the corolla, as many as its lobes and alternate, or fewer.
Synopsis.
I. Corolla not scarious, nerved.
1. Fruit usually a capsule, follicle, berry, drupe, or samara;
carpels commonly several-to-many-seeded.
a. Corolla regular; stamens usually of the same number
as the corolla lobes.
(a) Leaves alternate or opposite; ovularies not
separating. Polemoniales.
(b) Leaves usually opposite; ovularies frequently
separating below, with a common style; if
not separating, usually with two cavities
or two placentae. Gentianales.
b. Corolla mostly irregular or oblique; fertile stamens
commonly fewer than the corolla lobes.
Scrophulariales.
2. Fruit indehiscent but usually splitting and fomiing -l
nutlets around the style; carpels 1-2-seeded. Lamiales.
IL Corolla usually scarious, nerveless; calyx and corolla 4-lobed.
Plantaginales.
INFERAE.
Mostly herbs, occasionally shrubs, trees, or lianas, with epi-
gynous, choripetalous or sympetalous, or rarely apetalous flowers;
stamens usually as many as the petals or corolla lobes and alter-
nate with them; carpels two or more, united; calyx often vestigial.
Synopsis.
I. Anthers separate.
1. Corolla choripetalous; flowers usually in umbels or cymes.
Umbellaies.
2. Corolla sympetalous. Rubiales.
IL Anthers, with few exceptions, united; corolla sympetalous.
1. Flowers not in involucrate heads. Campanulales.
2. Flowers in dense involucrate heads; gynecium of two, or
rarely three, united carpels, unilocular; seed one.
Compositales.
Phyla, Classes, and Subclasses of Plants.
Phylum L SCHIZOPHYTA. Fission Plants.
Class 1. Cyanophyceae. Blue-green Algae.
Class 2. Glaucocysteae.
Class 3. Schizomycetae. Fission Fungi.
Class 4. Myxoschizomycetae. Slime Bactera.
4i8 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 2,
Phylum II. MYXOPHYTA. Slime Molds.
Class 5. Plasmodiophoreae. (?)
Class 6. Myxomycetae.
Subclasses, Acrasieae.
Myxogastreae.
Phylum III. ZYGOPHYTA. Conjugate Algae.
Class 7. Diatomeae. Diatoms.
Class 8. Conjugatae.
Phylum IV. GONIDIOPHYTA. Zoospore Plants.
Class 9. Pleurococceae.
Class 10. Protococceae.
Class 11. Archemycetae.
Class 12. Hydrodictyeae.
Class 13. Monoblepharideae.
Class 14. Siphoneae. Tube Algae.
Class 15. Conferveae.
Phylum V. PHAEOPHYTA. Brown Algae.
Class IG. Phaeosporeae.
Class 17. Cyclosporeae.
Class 18. Dictyoteae.
Phylum VI. RHODOPHYTA. Red Algae.
Class 19. Bangieae.
Class 20. Florideae.
Phylum VII. CHAROPHYTA. Stoneworts.
Class 21. Chareae.
Phylum VIII. MYCOPHYTA. Higher Fungi.
Class 22. Zygomycetae.
Class 23. Oomycetae.
Class 24. Ascomycetae. Sack Fungi.
Subclasses, Hemiascae. Intemiediate Sack Fungi.
Aspergilleae. Tuber Fungi.
Discomycetae.
Discolichenes.
Pvrenoinycetae.
Pyrenolichenes.
Exoascae.
Deuteromycetae. Imperfect Fungi.
Class 25. Laboulbcnieae. Beetle Fungi.
Class 26. Teliosporeac. Brand Fungi.
Class 27. Basidiomycetae. Basidium Fungi.
Subclasses, Protobasidiae.
Hymcnomycetae.
Hymcnolichenes.
Gastromycetae.
Dec, 1911.] The Classification of Plants, VII. 419
Phylum IX. BRYOPHYTA. Mossworts.
Class 28. Hepaticae. Liverworts.
Class 29. Sphagneae. Bogmosses.
Class 30. Andreaeae. Granite Mosses.
Class 31. Musci. True Mosses.
Class 32. Anthoceroteae. Hornworts.
Phylum X. PTENOPHYTA. Fernworts.
Class 33. Filices. Ferns.
Subclasses, Eusporangiatae. Primitive Ferns.
Leptosporangiatae. Modem Ferns.
Class 34. Hydropterides. Water-ferns.
Class 35. Isoeteae. Quillworts.
Phykmi XL CALAMOPHYTA. Horsetails and Allies.
Class 36. Equiseteae. Horsetails.
Class 37. Calamariae (Fossil) Calamites.
Class 38. Sphenophylleae (Fossil) Wedge-leaf Calamites.
Phylum Xn. LEPIDOPHYTA. Lycopods and Allies.
Class 39. Lycopodieae. Lycopods.
Class 40. Selaginelleae. Selaginellas.
Phyllum XIII. CYCADOPHYTA. Cycads and AlKes.
Class 41. Pteridospermae (Fossil) Seed Ferns.
Class 42. Cycadeae. Cycads.
Class 43. Cordaiteae (Fossil). Cordaites.
Class 44. Ginkgoeae. Maiden-hair-trees.
Phylum XIV. STROBILOPHYTA. Conifers and AlHes.
Class 45. Coniferae. Conifers.
Class 46. Gneteae. Joint -firs.
Phylum XV. ANTHOPHYTA. Flowering Plants.
Class 47. Monocotylae. Monocotyls.
Subclasses, Helobiae.
Spadiciflorae.
Glumiflorae.
Liliiflorae.
Class 48. Dicotylae. Dicotyls.
Subclasses, Thalamiflorae.
Centrospermae.
Calyciflorae.
Amentiferae.
Myrtifiorae.
Heteromerae.
Tubiflorae.
Inferae.
420 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 2,
THE BIRDS OF DARKE COUNTY, OHIO.
Vaughan MacCoughey.
The following is a list of the birds of the Darke County region,
in southwestern Ohio. During the years 1902-1904, inclusive,
while the author was a lad in High school, the observations
leading to this list were made. His coinpanions in many pleasant
rambles were Mr. Robert Boice, deceased, and Air. Walter Sawyer,
and identifications by one were commonly checked by the other
two.
Darke County is a distinctly agricultural region, a large por-
tion of the land being under the plow. There are many scattered
woodlands, and meandering meadow-land streams or "creeks".
There are no coniferous forests, no marsh formations, and no
"rough" lands worthy of mention.
The sequence and nomenclature is that of Chapman's Hand-
book of Birds of Eastern North America.
1. Green-winged Teal, Anas carolinensis Gmel. Seen A]3ril 4,
190.3.
2. Pintail Duck, Dafila acuta (Linn). Seen Sept. 5, 1903.
3. Lesser Scaup Duck, Aythya aflinis (Eyt). Seen Dec. 27, 1902.
4. Canada Goose, Branta canadensis (Linn). Seen April 29, 1903
5. American Bittern, Botaurus lentiginosus (Montag). First
seen, April 27, 1903; May 6, 1904. Summer resident,
A]jril to vSeptember.
6. Great Blue Heron, Ardea hcrodias Linn. Seen April 2, 1904.
7. Little Green Heron, Ardea viresccns Linn. First seen May
11, 1904. Siunmer resident. May to October. '
S. Virginia Rail, Rallus virginianus Linn. Seen April 4, 1903.
9. Sora Rail, Porzana Carolina (Linn). Seen Sept. 2S, 1903.
10. American Coot, Fulica americana Gmel. Seen April 14, 1903.
11. American Woodcock, Philohcla minor, (Gmel). Seen April 10,
1903; March 20, 1904.
12. Wilson's Snipe, GalHnago dclicata (Ord). Seen April 2S, 1903.
March 24, 1«)()4.
13. Semipalmated Sandpiper, Ereunctes pusillus (Linn). Seen
April 29, 1903.
14. Yellow-legs, Totanus flavipes (Gmel). Seen April 30, 1903.
15. Solitary Sandpiper, Totanus solitarius (Wils). First seen
A]jril 29, 1903, 1904. Transient visitant April, May,
and August, vSeptember.
16. Spotted Sandpiper, Actitis macularia (Linn). First seen
May 7, 1903; May 11, 1904. Summer resident. May
to September.
Dec, 1911.] The Birds of Darke County, Ohio. 421.
17. Killdeer, Aegialitis vocifera (Linn). First seen March 10,
liiU2; March 2, 1903; Feb. 29, 1904. Summer resident,
March to November.
IS. Bob-White, Cohnus virgianus (Linn). Permanent resident.
19. Mourning Dove, Zcnaidura macroura (Linn). Pennanent
resident, common, except in winter.
20. Turkey Vulture, Cathartes aura (Linn). First seen, March
20, 1904. Summer resident, March to October.
2L Cooper's Hawk, Accipiter cooperi (Bonap). Pemianent
resident.
22. Red-tailed Hawk, Buteo boreahs (Gmel). Permanent
resident.
23. Pigeon Hawk, Falco cohimbarius Linn. Seen Aug, 22. 1903.
24. Sparrow Hawk, Falco sparverius Linn. Permanent resident.
25. Fish Hawk, Pandion hahaetus carolinensis (Gmel) . First
seen, May 7, 1903; April 16, 1904. Summer resident,
April to vSeptember.
2(). Short-eared Owl, Asio accipitrinus (Pall). Seen Nov. 2, 1902.
27. Barred Owl, Symium nebulsoum (Forst). Seen April 12, 1902.
28. Screech Owl, Megascops asio (Linn). Permanent resident.
29. Great Horned Owl, Bubo virginianus (Gmel). Seen April 26,
1903.
30. Yellow-billed Cuckoo, Coccyzus americanus (Linn). First
seen. May 21, 1904. Summer resident. May to Sept.
31. Black-billed Cuckoo, Coccyzus erythrophthalmus (Wils).
First seen, May 17, 1902; May 7, 1903; May 23, 1904.
Summer resident, May to September.
32. Belted Kingfisher, Ceryle alcyon (Linn). Permanent
resident.
33. Hairy Woodpecker, Dryobates villosus (Linn). Permanent
resident.
34. Downy Woodpecker, Dryobates pubescens (Linn). Perma-
nent resident.
35. Yellow-bellied Sapsucker, Sphyrapicus varius (Linn). First
seen, March 21, 1903; April 2, 1904. Transient visitant,
March, A])ril and September, October.
3(). Red-headed Woodpecker, Melanerpes erythrocephalus
(Linn). Permanent resident.
37. Red-bellied Woodpecker, Melanerpes carolinus (Linn).
Permanent resident.
3S. Flicker, Cokptes auratus (Linn). Permanent resident.
39. Whip-poor-whill, Antrostomus vociferus (Wils). Seen
May 10, 1903.
40. Night-hawk, Chordeiles virginianus (Gmel). First seen,
April 24, 1902; May 25, 1904. Summer resident,
April to October.
42 2 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 2,
41. Chimney Swift, Chaetura pelagica (Linn). First seen, April
19, 1902; April 11, 1903; April 16, 1904. Summer
resident, April to October.
43. Ruby-throated Humming-bird, Trochilus colubris (Linn).
First seen, May 7, 1903; May 11, 1904. Summer
resident. May to September.
44. Kingbird, Tyrannus tvrannus (Linn). First seen. May 2,
1902; April 29, 1903; May 20, 1904. Stmimer resident,
April to vSeptember.
45. Great Crested Fly-catcher, Myiarchus crinitus (Linn). First
seen. May 18, 1902; May 4, 'l903; May 24, 1904. Summer
resident .
40. Phoebe, Sayornis phoebe, (Lath). First seen, March 14, 1903;
March '20, 1904. Summer resident, March to October.
47. Wood Pewee, Contopus virens, (Linn). First seen, May 12,
1903; May 11, 1904. Summer resident. May to October.
4S. Least Flycatcher, Empidonax minimus Baird. First seen,
April 27, 1902; May 9, 1903. Summer resident, April
to AucTList.
49. Horned Lark, Otocoms alpestris (Linn). Winter visitant,
November to April.
50. Blue Jay, Cyanocitta cristata (Linn). Permanent resident.
51. Crow, Corvus americanus Aud. Permanent resident.
52. Bobolink, Dolichonyx oryzivorus (Linn). First seen. May 12,
1 903 ; May 11, i 904 . ' Summer resident .
53. Cowbird, Molothrus ater (Bodd). First seen, April 23, 1902;
Alarch 14, 1903; April 4, 1904. Summer resident,
March to October.
54. Red-winged Blackbird, Agelaius phocniceus (Linn). First
seen, April 12, 1902; March 13, 1903; March 8, 1904.
Summer resident.
55. Meadowlark, Sturnella magna (Linn). Permanent resident.
50. Baltimore Oriole, Icterus galbula (Linn). First seen, April 23,
1902; April 28, 1903; April 25, 1904. Summer resident,
Ai^ril to September.
57. Rusty Blackbird, Scolecophagus carolinus (Mull). Transient
\-isitant, Sci:)tember and October.
58. Bronzed Grackle, Ouiscalus quiscala aeneus (Ridgw). First
seen, March l,l902; March Ki, 1903; April 4, 1904.
59. Purple Finch, Carpodacus purpureus, (Gmel). Winter
visitant, October to April.
00. English Sparrow, Passer domesticus (Linn). Pemianent
resident.
01. American Goldfinch, Spinus tristis (Linn). Permanent
resident.
Dec, 1911.] The Birds of Darke County, Ohio. 423
()2. Vesper Sparrow, Poocaetes gramineus (Gmel). Summer
resident, March to October. First seen, April 30, 1903;
March 19, 1903; March 23, 1904.
03. Grasshopper Sparrow, Ammodramus savannarum passerinus
(Wils). Seen May 13, 1904. Probably a smiimer
resident.
G4. Lark Finch, Chondestes grammacus (Say). First seen,
March 26, 1903. Spring migrant, March and April.
65. White-crowned Sparrow, Zonotrichia leucophrvs (Forst).
First seen, Alay 15, 1902; May 12, 1903; May 10, 1904.
Spring migrant. May.
66. White-throated Sparrow, Zonotrichia albicollis (Gmel).
First seen, April 17, 1902; March IS, 1903; April 23,
1904. Migrant, March to May, and Sept. -Oct.
67. Tree Sparrow, Spizella monticola (Gmel). Winter resident,
November to April.
68. Chipping Sparrow, Spizella socialis (Wils). First seen, March
22, 1902; Alarch 21, 1903; March 26, 1904. Summer
resident, March to September.
69. Field Sparrow, Spizella pusilla (Wils). Permanent resident.
70. Junco, Junco hyemalis (Linn). Winter resident, Oct. to April.
71. Song Sparrow, Melospiza fasciata (Gmel). Pennanent
resident.
72. Lincoln's Sparrow, Melospiza lincolni (Aud). Seen Nov. 6,
1903.
73. Swamp Sparrow, Melospiza georgiana (Lath). First seen,
April 18, 1903. Migrant, April and September-October.
74. Fox Sparrow, Passcrella ihaca (Merr). First seen, April 20,
1902; Alarch 21, 1903; March 20, 1904. Migrant, March
April and September-October.
75. Townee, Pipilo erythrophthalmus (Linn). In some years
probably a pennanent resident; my records show it
]:)resent from February to November, inclusive.
76. Cardinal, Cardinalis cardinalis (Linn). Permanent
resident.
77. Indigo-bird, Passerina cvanea (Linn). First seen, May 1,
1902; May 4, 1903; 'May 24, 1904. Summer resident.
May to August.
78. Dickcissel, Spiza americana (Gmel). First seen. May 17,
1902; May IS, 1903; Spring migrant, May-June.
79. Rose-breasted Grosbeak, Habia ludoviciana (Linn). Seen
September 17, 1903.
80. Scarlet Tanager, Piranga erythromelas Vieill. First seen,
April 29, 1903; Mav 11, 1904. Spring migrant, April-
May.
424 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 2,
81. Purple Martin, Progne subis (Linn). First seen, April 18,
1902; April 19, 1903; April 10, 1904. Summer resident,
April to August.
82. Barn Swallow, Chelidon erythrogaster (Bodd). First seen,
Alay 2, 1902; May 2, 1903; April 29, 1904. Simimer
resident, April to September.
83. Bank Swallow, Clivicola riparia (Linn). First seen, April 30,
19(13. Summer resident, April to September.
84. Rough-winged Swallow, Stelgidopteryx serripennis (Aud).
First seen. May 19, 1902; April 29, 1903; April 30 1904.
Summer resident, April to September.
85. Cedar Wax-wing, Ampelis cedrorum (Vieill). First seen,
May 21, 1902; April 14, 1903; May 24, 1904. Summer
resident, April to October.
86. Loggerhead Shrike, Lanius ludovicianus Linn. First
seen, Alarch 23, 1902; iMarch 22, 1903; March 23, 1904.
Summer resident, March to September.
87. Red-eyed Vireo, Vireo olivaceus (Linn). Fall migrant,
Se]jtember.
88. Philadelphia Vireo, Vireo philadelphicus (Cass). Very
rare fall migrant ; September.
89. Warbling Vireo, Vireo gilvus (Vieill). First seen, April 28,
1903; May 11. 1904. Summer resident, April to Sept.
90. Yellow-throated Vireo, Vireo flavifrons Vieill. First seen,
May 7, 1903. Summer resident, May to September.
91. White-eyed Vireo, Vireo noveboracensis (Gmel). Seen May
12, 1904.
92. Black and White Warbler, Mniotilta varia (Linn.) First
seen. May 1, 1902; May 4, 1903. Migrant, May and
Sei^tember.
93. Blue-winged Warbler, Helminthopliila pinus (Linn). First
seen, April 28, 1 903 ; April 29, 1 904. Migrant, April-May
and vScptember.
94. Yellow Warbler, Dendroica aestiva (Gmel). First seen,
May 1, 1902; April 18, 1903; April 23, 1904. Spring
migrant, April-May.
95. Black-throated Blue Warbler, Dendroica caerulescens (Gmel).
First seen, Alay 4, 1903. Migrant, May and Sept-Oct.
90. Yellow-rumped Warbler, Dendroica coronata (Linn). First
seen, April 26, 1903; May 20, 1904. Migrant, April-May
and vScpt . -November.
97. Magnolia Warbler, Dendroica maculosa (Gmel). First
seen. May 15, 1902; May 11, 1904. Migrant, A'lay and
August.
98. Chestnut-sided Warbler, Dendroica pennsylvanica (Linn).
Seen September 20, 1903.
Dec, 1911.] The Birds of Darke County, Ohio. 425
99. BlackpoU Warbler, Dendroica striata (Forst) . Seen May 11,
1904.
100. Blackburnian Warbler, Dendroica blackburniae (Gmel).
First seen, April 29, 1903. Migrant, April and Sept.
101. Black-throated Green Warbler, Dendroica virens (Gmel).
First seen, October 12, 1902; September 20, 1903.
Migrant, September-October.
102. Yellow Red-poll Warbler, Dendroica palmarum hypochry-
sea Ridg. Seen May 3, 1903.
103. Oven-Bird, Seiurus aurocapillus (Linn). Seen only in
September.
104. Water-Thrush, Seiurus noveboracensis (Gmel). First seen,
May 17, 1903. Seen only in May.
105. Louisiana Water-Thrush, Seiurus motacilla (Vieill). Seen
May 11, 1904.
lOG. Kentucky Warbler, Geothlypis formosa (Wils). First seen,
vSc]3teml;)cr 13, 1903. Seen only in September.
107. Maryland Yellow-throat, Geothlypis trichas (Linn). First
seen, April 27, 1902; April 29, 1903; April 29, 1904.
Summer resident, April to September.
lOS. Yellow-breasted Chat, Icteria virens (Linn). First seen,
Mav 1, 1902; May 9, 1903; May 11, 1904. Seen only
in May.
109. Canadian Warbler, Sylvania canadensis (Linn). Seen May
11, 1904.
110. American Redstart, Setophaga ruticilla (Linn). First seen,
May 4, 1903; May 11, 1904. Migrant, May and Sept.
111. American Pipit, Anthus pensilvanicus (Lath). First seen,
October 4, 1902. Seen only in October.
112. Catbird, Galeoscoptes carolinensis (Linn). First seen, April
27, 1902; April 29, 1903; April 28, 1904 Summer resident,
April to October.
113. Brown Thrasher, Harporvnchus i-ufus (Linn). First seen,
April 17, 1902; Aprif4, 1903; April ,5, 1904. Summer
resident, April to September.
114. Carolina Wren, Thryothorus ludovicianus (Lath). Per-
manent resident, uncommon in winter.
115. Bewick's Wren, Thryothorus bewickii (Aud). First seen,
May 18, 1902. Smnmer resident. May to October.
IIG. House Wren, Troglodytes aedon Vieill. First seen. May 1,
1902; April 4, 1903; April 2, 1904. Summer resident.
117. Winter Wren, Troglodytes hiemalis Vieill. First seen,
March 19, 1903; April 5, 1904. Recorded in March,
April, Ma3% Se]5tember, October.
118. Short-billed Marsh Wren, Cistothorus stellaris (Licht).
One record, April 1902.
426 The Ohio Naturalist [Vol. XII, No. 2,
119. Long-billed Marsh Wren, Cistothoixis palustris (Wils).
One record, October 11, 1902.
120. Brown Creeper, Certhia familiaris americana (Bonap).
Winter resident, October to April.
121. White-breasted Nuthatch, Sitta carolinensis Lath. Per-
manent resident.
122. Red-bellied Nuthatch, Sitta canadensis Linn. Migrant
A] nil and September-October.
123. Tufted Titmouse, Parus bicolor (Linn). Permanent resident.
124. Chickadee, Parus atricapillus (Linn). Permanent resident,
most aVjtmdant, Sc])tember to May.
125. Golden-crowned Kinglet, Regulus satrapa Licht. First
seen, March 19, 1903; March 29, 1904. Migrant, March,
and April, October and November.
120. Ruby-crowned Kinglet, Regulus calendula (Linn). First
seen, Ajnil IS, 1903. Migrant, April.
127. Blue-gray Gnatcatcher, Polioptila caerulea (Linn). First
seen. May 17, 1902; April 14, 1903; May 11, 1904.
^Migrant, April-May and September.
12S. Wood Thrush, Turdus mustelinus Gmel. First seen,
May 31, 1904. Migrant, May and September.
129. Veery, Turdus fuscescens Steph. First seen, April 7 1903;.
]\Iay 11, 1904. Spring migrant, April-May.
130. Olive-backed Thrush, Turdus ustulatus swainsonii (Cab).
First seen, May 10, 1904. Migrant, May-June and
Se])tember.
131. Hermit Thrush, Ttuxlus aonalaschkae pallasii (Cab). First
seen, April 3, 1903; April 17, 1904. Migrant, April-May
and September-October.
132. Robin, Meitila migratoria (Linn). Permanent resident,
uncommon in December and January.
133. Blue-bird, Sialia sialis (Linn). Permanent resident; uncom-
mon in December and January.
In all cases dates given are inclusive. First seen means the
first record of the year for the species mentioned. Unfortunately,
my records do not contain the dates of departure for migratory
species.
It should be distinctly understood that the above records are
those of a lad interested in bird-lore, rather than the field-results
of a mature and experienced ornithologist. The determinations
were all made in the field, with the aid of opera-glasses.
The College of Hawaii, Honolulu.
Dec, 1911.] Ohio Grown Perilla. 427
OHIO GROWN PERILLA.
Chas. p. Fox.
The Perilla plant is an indigenous Labiatae of China, Japan
and India. Several varieties of Perilla nankensis are grown as
ornamental plants. Perilla ocimoides is not an ornamental plant,
but is grown to a large extent in Japan and China for its oil.
Perilla ocimoides is a tall, rough plant with square, much branched
stems, simple, ovate leaves of light green. Blooms in September.
Flowers, small, white, blotched with purple, numerous, in compact
spike. Seeds ripen soon after flowering. Perilla seeds are 1-16
inch in diameter, irregular, about the same color, and much resem-
ble those of the radish. They have a pleasant, slightly sweet,
oily taste. Outer surface of seed reticulated. All portions of the
plant contain a volatile oil or camphor, with strong minty odor.
The seed contains a fixed oil similar in taste, odor and drying
qualities to our common linseed oil. In Manchuria, this oil is
used for edible purposes. In Japan, the drying qualities of the
oil are utilized in waterproofing paper umbrellas, in the manufac-
ture of paints, varnishes and lacquers, in making transparent
paper for windows, and in fabricating artificial leather. Its use
in manufacture of window paper is very important. Commercial
name of this oil is Yo-Goma.
In September, 1910, U. S. Consul Sammon, at Yokahama,
Japan, reported on the uses of this plant and suggested its intro-
duction into the United States. According to this report, (Daily
Trade Reports, Bureau of Manufactures, Sept. 14, 1910), the
plant thrives on the sandy soils of the colder portions of Japan
and China.
In Japan, 300,000 bushels are produced annually. About 20
bushels per acre is the average yield. The oil is obtained by
pressing, a bushel of seed producing a gallon of oil. The oil has
a ready market at 35c per sho or 70c per gallon. The seed sells
at 10c per pound.
Following the suggestion of Mr. Sammon, we imported,
direct from Japan, early in 1911, a small quantity of this seed.
Seed sown in mid April on the dry, sandy upland soil of West
Akron. Its growth during the following summer, indicated that
it is not a drought resisting plant. The plant develops, at an
early date, a strong root system made up of many fine rootlets.
These roots are surface feeders and, on this account, the plant is
easily affected by dry weather. On moist, clayey soil the growth
was much better. Estimates made on the basis of a small area
gave a yield of 400 pounds of clean seed per acre. Our crop did
not fill well. Only about 80% of the seed pockets contained a
1. Presented at the Twenty-first Annual Meeting of the Ohio Acad, of
Sci., December 1, 1911, Columbus.
428 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 2,
good sound seed. Many of the seeds were light. Compared
with the original Japanese seed, Ohio grown seed is fully 19%
lighter in weight per equal volume.
According to Lewkowitsch (Oils, Vol. 3, p. 38), Perilla oil
occurs to the extent of 36% in the nutlets of Perilla ocimoides.
In our own sample of Japanese perilla, we found, by extraction
with benzol, 45% oil. Ohio grown perilla from same seed, by the
same method, gave 41% oil. Ohio grow perilla oil is much darker
and thinner than oil of Japanese origin, and when first extracted
retains the strong odor of the growing plant.
Perilla oil when exposed to warm air, drys rapidly to a film.
In Japan, the boiled hot oil is applied by means of bnish or cloth,
to the common paper sun shades and the treated articles exposed
to the sun for five hours.
The drying qualities of perilla oil is said by authorities to be
inferior on account of the tendency of the oil to gather in drops
during the spreading operation. We do not find this to be the
case. Japanese perilla oil and linseed oil agree very closely in
their spreading qualities. In their drying qualities they differ,
linseed oil drying much faster. Perilla oil, however, gives a smooth
film. Films are equal in toughness and strength.
With paper, duplication of Japanese umbrella test, linseed
shows to the l^etter in giving a perfectly dry coating in much
shorter time than perilla. Quality of coatings practically the
same. In the same test, Japanese oil gave better results than the
Ohio oil. This poor showing ma}^ be due to the newness of the
seed. Old flaxseed oil or tanked linseed oil dries much better than
new oil. Ohio oil, however, is much more fluid than oil of Japanese
origin. This, also, may be due to the presence of the natural
stearoj^tencor perilla camphor found in the fresh plant.
Compared with flax, the crop with which it will compete, we
get this data: An acre of flax yields 9 bushels or 504 pounds of
seed containing 176. 4 pounds (22.6 gallons) of oil, making, at 90c
per gallon, an oil value of .'ii>20.34 per acre. To this must be added
the returns from two valuable by-products, oil-cake and fibre.
An acre of perilla will give 400 pounds of seed containing 164
potmds (21.3 gallons) oil, making, at 70c per gallon, an oil value
of SI 5. 61 per acre. Perilla stems arc worthless for fibre or fodder,
and the value of the press cake for cattle food or fertilizer is
unknown. It is possible that the cake residue could be directed
towards a supply of bread stuft" and that the essential oil or camphor
could be obtained on the same lines as the peppermint oil industry.
Assuming that the cost of production is the same, and that other
conditions are equal, facing a loss of $4.73 per acre, it is hardly
probable that this new crop will supplant flax as an Ohio crop. On
the other hand, the argument presented points to the substitution
of flax for perilla in Japanese agriculture and in the old opium
fields of the new Chinese Republic.
Akron, Ohio.
The Ohio T^aturalist,
PUBLISHED BY
The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni'versity,
Volume XII. JANUARY, 1912. No. 3.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FoERSTE— The Arnheim Formatiou within the Areas Traverseil by the Cincinnati
Geanticline 429
SCHAFFNER— New and Rare Plants of Ohio 457
Metcalf — Meetiniis of the Biological Club 458
THE ARNHEIM FORMATION WITHIN THE AREAS
TRAVERSED BY THE CINCINNATI GEANTICLINE.
By Aug. F. Foerste.
CONTENTS.
1. Subdivisions of the Arnheim 429
2. Eastern Kentucky, from Maysville to Stanford 431
3. Central Kentucky, from Stanford to Lebanon 435
4. Western Kentucky, from Nelson to Trimble Counties 437
5. Indiana 439
6. Ohio 440
7. Nodular top of Arnheim in Ohio 443
8. Arnheim includes first advent of Richmond fauna 445
9. Adair County, with outcrops in Marion and Casey Counties,
Kentucky 445
10. Western Tennessee 446
11. Southern Kentucky, along the Cumberland River 447
12. Globular bryozoans in Casey and Lincoln Counties, Kentucky .... 447
13. Diastrophic movements during the deposition of the Arnheim 448
14. Origin of the Arnheim fauna 449
1. Subdivisions of the Arnheim.
Along the eastern line of outcrop of the Ordovician formations
in Kentucky, and in the immediately adjacent parts of Ohio, the
lower part of the Arnheim inember of the Richmond is compara-
tively unfossiliferous, while the upper part is abundantly supplied
with fossils. The transition is sufficiently abrupt to be traced
readily in the field. In fact, the line of separation between the
lower, comparatively unfossiliferous division and the upper
richly fossiliferous part of the Arnheim may be traced more
readily, with greater exactness, and for a greater distance than any
other horizon in the Richmond along its eastern line of outcrop.
For this reason, the line of separation between the upper and lower
Arnheiin is inore definitely known than any other horizon in the
Richmond of eastern Kentucky, and it has been found convenient
429
43°
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XII, No. 3,
to give special designations to these divisions; the upper Arnhcim
being called the Oregonia division, and the lower Amheim, the
Sunset division.
The ease with which the two divisions of the Arnheini may be
traced is due largely to the fact that the Oregonia division includes
a characteristic fauna which may be identified readily even by a
beginner in the study of fossils. This fauna includes Dinorthis
carleyi, Rhynchotrema dentata var., Leptaena richmondensis va
and Platystrophia ponder osa. BH
In Ohio and Indiana Dinorthis carleyi recurs in a slightly
different form at the base of the Blanchester division of the
Waynesville member; Rhynchotrema dentata is found in the
Blanchester division of the Waynesville member and near the
upper part of the Whitewater member; and Leptaena richmonden-
sis ranges from the Clarksville division of the Waynesville to the
top of the Whitewater. But none of these fossils is found asso-
ciated with Platystrophia ponder osa anywhere except in the lower
part of the Oregonia division of the Arnheim. It is this association
of fossils which gives them such great value as horizon markers.
Moreover, if attention be confined to Kentucky, then Dinorthis
carleyi and Rhynchotrema dentata here occur only in the Oregonia
division, and within this limited territory they are strictly charac-
teristic of the upper Arnheim.
TABLE OF SUBDIVISIOXS OF
CINCINNATIAN STRATA
'
[Elkhorn
' Whitewater
_Saluda
Liberty
Waynesville
Richmond <
Laughcry
Blanchester
Clarksville
Fort Ancient
Arnheim
Arnheim
Oregonia
Sunset
.
{
'Mount Auburn
- Corryville
McMillan
Maysville ,
,,Bellevue
Fairview
.
f
/Fairmount
iMount Hope
'McMicken
Eden
Eden
1 Southgate
1 Economy
[Fulton
Catheys J
Catheys
/Nicholas
\Greendale
Jan., 1912.] The Arnheim Formation. 431
2. Eastern Kentucky, from Maysville to Stanford.
Platystrophia ponderosa ranges from the middle Fairmount to
the base of the Richmond. Alone ,it does not designate any special
horizon within this large vertical range, unless advantage be taken
of some of the slight variations in form which may be recognized
at certain horizons. However, associated with any of the other
fossils mentioned above, it at once designates the Oregonia division
of the Arnheim.
At weathered exposures, the upper or Oregonia division usually
is represented by a limestone rubble. This term is used to desig-
nate a mass of small, irregular limestone fragments. The lime-
stones from which the fragments are derived are thin, their upper
and lower surfaces frequently are irregular, they are more or less
penetrated by argillaceous material, and they break readily,
especially along the surfaces of the included fossils. Some layers
consist chiefly of entire shells and large fragments of fossils em-
bedded in a matrix of clay which is somewhat more indurated than
the clays immediately above and below. This induration is due
to a greater lime content, probably owing to the imbedded fossils
which may have given up part of their lime to the infiltrating
waters. On weathering, these layers are reduced to a mass of
fossils, partly free, but largely attached to one another more or less
irregularly at their surfaces of contact. These masses of free
fossils, of fossils partly cemented together by lime or indurated
clay, and of irregular fragments of limestone are very character-
istic of the upper or Oregonia division of the Arnheim.
The lower or Sunset division of the Arnheim presents a very
different lithological appearance, but this appearance varies along
the line of exposure.
At the deep railroad cut three miles southeast of Maysville, in
Kentucky, the Sunset division, 16 feet thick, consists chiefly of
comparatively unfossiliferous argillaceous limestone layers inter-
bedded with clay. The limestone layers usually are several inches
thick, they are of rather even texture, and their upper and lower
surfaces are not conspicuously irregular. They, therefore, do not
wear into a rubble, as in the case of the upper division of the
Arnheim.
Northward, in Ohio, the quantity of clay interbedded with the
limestones of the lower division of the Arnheim increases, fossils
become fairly numerous, some of the limestone layers are distinctly
less argillaceous, and the strata forming the upper and lower divi-
sions of the Arnheim are less readily distinguishable, except by
means of their fossil content, the species of Platystrophia, Leptaena^
Rhynchotrema, and Dinorthis, mentioned above, occurring at the
base or in the lower part of the upper or Oregonia division of
the Arnheim.
432 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 3,
South of Maysville, however, the hthologic differences between
the upper and lower Arnhehn become even more striking.
About a third of a mile southwest of Sunset, and two miles
southwest of Hillsboro, in Fleming county, Kentucky, the Sunset
division, 13 feet thick, consists of a rather uniform section of
dense, argillaceous, dark blue limestone, nearly unfossiliferous,
but containing a few specimens of Platystrophia ponderosa about
three feet below the top. The overlying Oregonia division contains
considerable clay, interbedded with fossiliferous limestone which
has weathered into a limestone rubble.
East of Wyoming, four miles south of Sunset, the lower Am-
heim, 15 feet thick, presents the same lithological appearance as
at Sunset. Occasional specimens of Platystrophia ponderosa
occur at different elevations. A variety of Lcptacna ric/iinoiidensis
and one of Rhynchotrema dentata are found at the base of the
Oregonia division.
The dark blue argillaceous limestone phase of the lower or
Sunset division of the Arnheim bed may be traced as far south as
Howards Mill, five miles east of Mount Sterling, Kentucky. East
of the mill, it is 18 feet thick and contains occasional specimens of
Platystrophia ponderosa near the base. The overlying Oregonia
division consists of rubble limestone with numerous bryozoans.
South of Howards Mill, the lower division of the Arnheim
becomes more shaly and weathers into a more sandy rock. Platys-
trophia ponderosa disappears, southward, from the lower division
but becomes more abundant in the upper division. Half a mile
southwest of Howards Mill, the lower division, 14 feet thick,
consists of rather unfossiliferous, brown, shaly, sandy rock,
weathering to a sandy clay. In the overlying Oregonia division,
Rhynchotrema dentata is rather rare and Heterospongia subramosa
occurs. Platystrophia ponderosa is abundant.
At the mouth of the Red river, at Merritts Ferry, Platystrophia
ponderosa is abundant in the lower 8 feet of the Oregonia division.
Leptaena richmondensis is found at the base, and Rhynchotrema
dentata occurs one foot above the base of this division. The top
of the lower division is formed by a very fine grained, bluish
limestone, containing small gasteropods, chiefly Lophospira.
Traces of this limestone are found as far northward as Indian
Fields, eight miles northeast of Merritts Ferry.
The same limestone, blue, fine grained, and containing gas-
teropods, occurs one mile east of College Hill, four iniles south of
Merritts Ferry. Here the upper layer of limestone is one foot
thick, the lower layer is a foot and a half thick, and the underlying
shaly part of the lower Arnheim has a thickness of 11 feet. In the
Oregonia division, Platystrophia ponderosa is confined to a section
about two feet thick, two feet above the base of the division.
Jan., 1912.] The A rnheim Formation. 43 >
At Cobb Ferry, 0 miles south of the mouth of the Red river,
only the upper third of the shaly part of the lower Arnheim is
exposed. The fine <2jraincd, blue limestones, with gasteropods, at
the top of this division forms a section about 4 feet thick. In
descending order this section consists of one foot of limestone,
two feet of sandy shale with several thin limestone layers, and one
foot of limestone, underlaid by the upper third of the characteristic
shaly section. The Oregonia division here appears practically
unfossiliferous.
East of the reservoir, two and a half miles east of Richmond,
Kentucky, the shale bed fonning the major portion of the lower or
Sunset division of the Arnheim, is 11 feet thick. It is overlaid
by very fine grained blue limestone, one foot thick; thin layers,
poorly exposed, having a total thickness of two feet; and hard
dense limestone, two feet thick, probably forming the top of the
lower Arnheim division. The basal part of the Oregonia division
consists of very dark shaly rock, one foot thick. This is overlaid
by hard blue limestone, 4 feet thick, containing fossils; spalling
clay rock, two feet thick; and light colored clay, bluish or greenish
in tint, assumed to form the base of the Waynesville or the top of
the Arnheim section. According to this interpretation, the thick-
ness of the Oregonia division of the Arnheim here is about 7 feet.
The light colored clay, which occurs at the top of the Arnheim
section east of Richmond, is seen also east of College Hill, where the
thickness of the Oregonia division is estimated at 11 feet. At
^Merritts Ferry, there is a layer of light blue clay sixteen and a half
feet above the base of the Oregonia division. At Ophelia, four
miles north of Richmond, the light colored clay is 11 feet above the
base of the Oregonia division. These data suggest a local thin-
ning of the Oregonia division southward as far as Richmond,
accompanied by a diminution of its fossils content.
North of Ophelia, only the upper part of the lower Arnheim
division is well exposed. The lower part of the exposure, 5 feet
thick, consists of rather shaly limestone. The immediately over-
lying part of the section, 4 feet thick, consisting of fine grained
limestone more or less interbedded with clay shale, is regarded as
fonning the top of the lower Arnheim. Two of the component
limestone layers contain small gasteropods. The lower part of
the Oregonia division, six and a half feet thick, consists of rubble
limestone, containing Platystrophia ponderosa, Leptaena rich-
mondensis, and Rhynchotrema dentata. This more fossiliferous
part of the section is overlaid by 4 feet of argillaceous strata
containing Stromatocerium in the lower half.
Stromatocerium occurs in the upper half of the Oregonia divi-
sion also at Alerritts Ferry, at the mouth of the Red river. Here
it is found 9 feet above the base of this division, above the richly
fossiliferous horizon, and 7 feet below the top of the Arnheim.
434 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 3,
Stromatocerium occurs also four and a half miles south of Paint
Lick, or 15 miles southwest of Richmond. Here it occurs about
S feet above the base of the Orcgonia division. The richlv fos-
siliferous part, containing PJatystrophia ponderosa and Lcptaena
richmondensis, forms the lower five and a half feet of this division.
The top of the lower Arnheim consists of fossiliferous dove colored
limestone, 5 feet thick, representing the fine grained limestone
layers containing gasteropods, as seen at Cobb Ferry, College Hill,
and at the mouth of Red river. Below the dove colored limestone,
the characteristic shale bed of the lower Arnheim, 13 feet thick,
is found.
The unfossiliferous shaly layers, characteristic of the lower or
Sunset division of the Arnheim, may be traced with confidence as
far west as Stanford. At three localities along the southwestern
border of Garrard county, the thickness of the shaly layers varies
from 16 to 17 feet, and that of the overlying dove colored lime-
stones, at the top of the lower Arnheim, from four to five and a
half feet. These localities are: half a mile east of the northern end
of Preachersville ; three miles southeast of Lancaster, a few hun-
dred yards west of the pike, along Gilbert creek; and two and a
half miles southwest of Lancaster, west of the pike to Stanford.
Farther westward, apparently, the shaly part of the lower Arnheim
thins rapidly. Two miles northeast of Stanford, and also two and
three-quarter miles north of Stanford, along the road to Lancaster,
the thickness of the shaly section is reduced to 7 feet, the overlying
dove-colored limestone, at the top of the lower Arnheim, measur-
ing three and five feet respectively.
The territory between Stanford and the mouth of Red river
may be regarded as representing a distinct phase of the Arnheim
sedimentation. Within this territory the lower Arnheim is
characterized by an unfos.'-'iliferous shaly rock overlaid by a thinner
section of dove colored limestones. The basal part of the upper-
Arnheim division contains Lcptaena richmondensis and RJiyncho-
trema denlata, the latter at a slightly higher elevation whenever a
difference in elevation is noted. The overlying part of the upper
Arnheim section usually is richly fossiliferous, and contains among
other fossils rather numerous specimens of Platystrophia ponderosa.
At the top of the Arnheim section there is a layer of light colored
clay, one or two feet thick, frequently containing numerous
specimens of bryozoans. This clay layer has been assumed to
form the base of the Waynesville bed, but it may be necessary to
revise this classification when the fauna is better known. It is
probable that most of these features ma\' be detected as far north
as Howards Mill, in the eastern part of Alontgomery county.
The territory from Montgomer}' county to Mason county,
already described, includes another phase of Arnheim sedimenta-
tion. Here the lower Arnheim consists of a rather uniform
Jan., 1912.] The Arnheim Formation. 435
argillaceous limestone section containing few fossils, although
occasional specimens of Platystropkia ponderosa are found. The
shaly layers and the dove colored limestone are absent. Platys-
tropkia ponderosa is not abundant in the upper Arnheim at any
horizon, but specimens occur in moderate quantities at the base
of this upper division. The exact horizon of the various fossils
has not been worked out in all of this territory, but at Maysville,
and northward, the Plalystrophia ponderosa horizon is below, not
above, the horizons containing Leptaena richmondensis and
Rhynchotrema dentata.
3. Central Kentucky, from Stanford to Lebanon.
The most western locality in Lincoln county at which Leptaena
richmondensis at present is known from the Arnheim is found by
going from the center of Stanford three-quarters of a mile south-
ward and then the same distance south west ward. The nearest
point at which Rhynchotrema dentata is known, is four miles
northeast of Stanford, three-quarters of a mile directly south of
Gilbert Creek station. West of these localities there is a gap of
14 miles within which no specimens of Leptaena or Rhynchotrema
are known in the Arnheim. Within this gap it has been found
difficult to assign definite limits between the upper and lower
divisions of the Arnheim, although a few data are known which
may prove of assistance.
At the locality a mile and a quarter southwest of Stanford,
already mentioned, it is possible to identify the light colored clay
with bryozoans, at the top of the Arnheim; the richly fossiliferous
zone containing Platystrophia ponderosa and forming the lower
part of the upper or Oregonia division of the Arnheim; and the
Leptaena richmondensis horizon at the base of this division. At
the top of the lower or Sunset division of the Arnheim, dove
colored limestones occur, and these contain a globular bryozoan,
which has been called Prasopora in the field.
This globular bryozoan occurs three and a half miles southwest
of Stanford, a mile south of the Turnersville pike, east of the former
site of a creamery at the home of Katie Ador. Here the globular
bryozoan is fairly common in massive argillaceous rock, 4 feet
thick. The layers with HeberteUa, and a species of Platystrophia
near PI. clarksvillensis, are regarded as equivalent to the light
colored clay layer at the top of the Arnheim. It was not possible
to assign a definite limit to the base of the Arnheim.
The same globular bryozoan occurs also on the hill northwest
of McKinney; in the railroad cut south of Moreland; and north of
Knob Lick branch, a mile south of Shelby City station. The
significance of this globular bryozoan horizon can be best under-
stood after an examination of some of the sections still farther
west, at which Leptaena and Rhynchotrema again occur at the
Arnheim horizon.
43^6 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 3,
One of the most instructive sections in this connection is that
exposed along the lower part of Walloway creek, opposite the home
of J. W. Isaacs, in Marion county. The locality may be reached
by going one mile west of Rileys station and then following a road
southward almost two miles. The section is described in descend-
ing order.
Argillaceous nodules and globular bryozoan 1 ft. 10 in.
Interval with various fossils 3 ft. 6 in.
Richly fossiliferous horizon with Platystrophia ponderosa 6ft. Gin.
Leptaena richmondensis at various levels, Ijut rare except at base. 5 ft. 6 in.
Argillaceous limestone, fossils few 3 ft. 6 in.
Large branching bryozoans resembling Batostoma 1 ft.
Same large bryozoans and the globular bryozoans resembling
Prasopora 6 in.
Argillaceous limestone with the same large branching bryozoans 1 ft.
Argillaceous rock, fossils few 3 ft.
Dove colored limestone with Platystrophia ponderosa 5 ft.
Opposite home of J. F. Crews, remainder of section down stream
not visited.
In this section, the Leptaena horizon is regarded as the base
of the upper or Oregonia division of the Arnheim. Globular
bryozoans occur at two horizons ; at the top of the Arnheim section,
associated with argillaceous nodules; and a short distance below
the Leptaena horizon in strata which may belong to the lower
division of the Arnheim but whose exact stratigraphical equivalent
can be determined only after further study. It is possible, for
instance, that the lower Arnheim practicall}' thins out west of
Stanford. The two horizons for the Prasopora usualh' may be
distinguished readily. At the upper horizon, argillaceous nodules
frequently are present, and both the globular bryozoans and the
nodules occur in a whitish or light colored clay which is regarded
as the stratigraphical equivalent of the light colored clay at the
base of the Waynesville section northeast of Stanford as far as the
mouth of the Red river. This liorizon is always above the highest
layers containing Platystrophia ponderosa. The lower horizon
with the globular bryozoan occurs at the top of a section consisting
of dove colored limestones and usually is overlaid by a small
section of strata containing Platystrophia ponderosa. Near the
base of this upper Platystrophia ponderosa horizon, Leptaena
richmondensis and Rhynchotrema dentata occur at numerous
localities, but where the latter species arc fotmd, the globular
bryozoan is not needed as a horizon marker.
The globular bryozoan has a fair distribution at both the
upper and the lower horizon. At the upper horizon it occurs
from the vicinity of Lebanon as far east as Scrubgrass creek
southwest of Mitchellsburg in Boyle county, and a mile east of
Harveyton, in Casey county. Southward it is known as far as
Rush Branch, in the southeastern corner of Marion county. At
the lower horizon, it is known at numerous localities southwest of
Jan., 1912.] The Arnheim Formation. 437
Rileys, in Marion county, and thence southward to Rush Branch
and eastward to Gravel Switch in Marion county, and EUisburg, in
Casey county. At several localities, among these the one about
a mile east of Harveyton, in Casey county, the globular bryozoan
occtu"s apparently immediately above the horizon containing
Leptaena richmondensis and Rhynchotrema dentata.
At most of the localities in Marion, Boyle, and Casey counties,
at which Leptaena richmondensis and Rhynchotrema dentata occur,
the latter arc found about IG to 18 feet below the top of the upper
horizon at which the globular bryozoans, associated with the
argillaceous nodules occur. Below the Leptaena horizon, within
a moderate distance, dove colored limestones are found. Near
Lebanon, these dove colored limestones occur sufficiently far
below the Leptaena horizon to suggest their equivalence to strata
elsewhere assigned to the upper Corryvillc. In the area between
Hankla, in Boyle county, and the locality southwest of vStanford,
within which Leptaena richmondensis and Rhynchotrema dentata
are unknown, these dove colored limetsones appear to lie nearer the
lower Prasopora or globular bryozoan horizon, suggesting a thin-
ning of the lower Arnheim and the absence of the Mount Auburn
along this axial region of the Cincinnati geanticline.
4. Western Kentucky, from Nelson to Trimble Counties.
Between Lebanon and Cox Creek, seven miles north of Bards-
town, a total distance of 25 miles, the Arnheim horizon has not
been studied. North of Cox Creek, on the pike to Mount Wash-
ington and Louisville, Leptaena is associated with Plastytrophia
ponderosa. Seven miles farther northward, in the southwestern
corner of Spencer county, between High Grove and Smithvillle
Leptaena richmondensis and Rhynchotrema dentata occur in the
Arnheim member. The exposures here are so evidently related
lithologically to those near Mount Washington, in Bullitt county,
about five miles farther, toward the northwest, that they will be
discussed in the same relation.
Southwest of Mount Washington, along the pike to Smithville
and Bardstown, the following section is exposed:
Argillaceous limestone with Platystrophia ponderosa and Con-
stellaria polystomella 2 ft. 8 in.
Hard fossiliferous limestone forming a small fall near the home
of F. C. Porter, where a fence crosses the creek 2 ft. 6 in.
Richly fossiliferous argillaceous rock with Platystrophia pon-
derosa a foot and a half from the top and with Leptaena
richmondensis near the base , 5 ft. 4 in.
Argillaceous rock and thin limestone, richly fossiliferous, with
Leptaena richmondensis at various intervals. Platystrophia
cypha-conradi occurs rather abundantly. Rhynchotrema
dentata is present at the base, on the eastern side of the
creek, where a wagon road crosses the creek near the level,
485 feet above sea 14 ft.
438 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 3,
Interval with Leptaena richmondensis rather common in the
upper part, the lowest specimens occurring near the home
of J. D. Stansbury 10 ft.
Strongly cross bedded, rather coarse grained limestone layers,
forming crescentic sweeps of strongly inclined limsetone
laminae, striking in a general way North 40° West. The
concave sides of these crescentic curves face the southwest.
The length of the curves averages about 20 feet. The total
thickness of this crossbedded section is not known; it can
not be less than 6 feet and may equal 12 ft.
The base of the strongly cross-bedded section is directly east of
the most northern farm house seen on the western side of
the creek.
The most striking features of this section, southwest of Mount
Washington, are: The presence of Leptaena richmondensis
throughout a vertical range of 24 feet, with Rhynchotrema dentata
near the middle of this range. The presence of Platystrophia
ponderosa for a distance of 10 feet above the Leptaena horizon.
This strongly cross bedded limestone is regarded as equivalent to
the lower Amheim elsewhere. It suggests the presence of shallow
waters with strong currents and in this respect is in rather strong
contrast with the exposures so far described. Possibly the thick-
ness of the strata containing Leptaena, and the thickness of the
underlying cross bedded limestone section have been greatly
exaggerated, in attempting to estimate their thickness along
the creek.
About two and a half miles sovitheast of Mount Washington,
Leptaena richmondensis has a vertical range of 14 feet. Platys-
trophia cypha-conradi is common. Dinorthis carleyi occurs at the
base. Platystrophia ponderosa occupies a section about 4 feet
thick, at a distance 10 feet above the Leptaena horizon. Cross
bedded limestones occur at the base of the Amheim section, but
some of the layers near the top also are coarse grained.
The greatest thickness of coarsed grained, cross bedded lime-
stone at the base of the Amheim section is seen about a mile
northwest of High Grove, in the southwestern corner of Spencer
county. Here it is 12 feet thick, and is immediately overlaid by
strata containing Leptaena richmondensis and Rhynchotrema
dentata. The vertical range of Leptaena has not been established
here.
About a mile southeast of Smithvillc, along the pike to Bards-
town, coarse grained limestone, 5 feet thick, occurs below layers
containing Leptaena richmondensis and Dinorthis carleyi. Loose
specimens of Rhynchotrema dentata also are found. The exact
succession has not been established beyond doubt.
About a mile west of Smith\'ille, on the north side of vSalt river,
the coarse grained limestone in the Arnheim section is about
three and a half feet thick. Platystrophia ponderosa occurs at
a higher level.
Jan., 1912.] The Arnheim Formation. 439
Near the home of Asa Lutes, southwest of the Grinwell ford,
Leptaena is present within two feet above a cross bedded Hmestone
containing PlatystropJiia ponderosa.
In this area inckiding the eastern part of BulHtt county, the
southeastern part of Jefferson county, and the adjacent parts of
Spencer county, the Arnheim is more variable from exposure to
exposure than in any other known area of equal size. This prob-
ably is due to shallow water conditions and current action.
About a mile west of Fisherville, Dinorthis carleyi is overlaid
by strata containing Leptaena richmondensis and Rhynchotrema
dciitata, and the latter by layers containing PlatystropJiia pon-
derosa.
This is the most northern locality at which Platystrophia
ponderosa is known to occur above the Leptaena horizon, on the
western side of the Cincinnati geanticline. North of Fisherville,
Platystrophia ponderosa is known only froin below the Leptaena
horizon. A similar succession is noted on tracing the Arnheim
strata on the eastern side of the Cincinnati geanticline northward.
As far as the mouth of the Red river and Howards Mill, Platys-
trophia ponderosa is found above the Leptaena horizon as well as in
the underlying Maysville beds, but toward the Ohio river and
northward, this species occurs only below the Leptaena horizon.
About a mile northeast of Pendleton, in Henry county, Dinor-
this carleyi occurs immediately above a section, two feet thick, in
which Leptaena richmondensis is common, but the latter species
occurs also 6 feet farther up.
At Scott's Hill, in the eastern part of Trimble cotmty, four
miles east of Bedford, Dinorthis carleyi and Leptaena richmondensis
occur in the Arnheim, and they occur also at Milton, on the Ohio
river, with Dinorthis carleyi about two feet above the Leptaena
richmondensis horizon.
5. Indiana.
Along the railroad in the northwestern part of Madison,
Indiana, Dinorthis carleyi is rather common in a section abotit a
foot and a half thick. Leptaena richmondensis occurs about four
feet lower, and the horizon for Platystrophia ponderosa is seven
and a half feet farther down.
Platystrophia ponderosa is not known in the Arnheim of Indiana
anywhere north of Madison. Leptaena richmondensis is associated
with Dinorthis carleyi about a mile southeast of Sparta, or eight
miles west of Lawrenceburg ; five miles east of Brookville, on Big
Cedar creek; and a mile north of Brownsville or five miles north-
west of Liberty. It is a comparatively rare fossil in Franklin and
Union counties, however, and it has not been found at any locality
between Franklin county and the Ohio river except at Madison.
Even Dinorthis carleyi is comparatively rare in the area south of
44^ The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 3,
Franklin county, although this is the only one of the fossils charac-
teristic of the basal part of the upper or Orcgonia division of the
Arnheini which has a fairly general geographic distribution in the
area designated. In most of this territory, the Arnheim consists
of argillaceous limestone, and indurated clay layers interbedded
with much larger quantities of soft clay. The lower Arnheim
does not differ lithologically from the upper part.
The chief characteristic of the Arnheim in Franklin and Union
counties, in Indiana, is the presence of a variety of Dahnanclla
jugosa in rather large numbers. Northwest of the home of William
Bauman, two miles southwest of Brookville, DalmaneUa has a
considerable vertical range above the Dinorthis carlcyl horizon.
At New Trenton, Indiana, Dahnauclla has a considerable vertical
range below the Dinorthis carle yi layer; in fact, it occurs even as
low as the Mount Auburn. North of Brookville, as far as the
northern boundary of Franklin county, DalmaneUa ranges from
several feet above the DinortJiis carleyi horizon to at least 10
feet below that level.
6. Ohio.
DalmaneUa has a considerable vertical range in the Arnheim
also in the western half of Hamilton and Butler counties, in Ohio.
Farther eastward, as far as Adams county, on the Ohio river,
DalmaneUa is restricted, in the Arnheim, to a vertical range of only
a few inches, at or immediately above the Plaiystrophia ponderosa
horizon, and distinctly beneath the Leptaena richmondensis and
Dinorthis carleyi horizons. Wherever, at these more eastern
localities, DalmaneUa has a considerable vertical range, it is known
to characterize the Waynesville member. The result is that,
fsirther eastward, DalmaneUa may be used to identify readily the
Waynesville member, especially the lower part, where other con-
spicuous characteristic fossils are not common, while in the western
part of Butler and Hamilton counties, and in Franklin county,
this species may prove misleading if only a superficial study be
given to a line of outcrops.
A most peculiar section, differing in some respects from any
other known, occurs about a mile north of Collinsville, or eight
miles northwest of Hamilton, Ohio. The top of the Arnheim
is not exposed.
Nodular argillaceous limestone near the top of the Arnheim... 2ft.
Interval with Byssonychia and Rafinesquina common 11 ft. 6 in.
Clay with DalmaneUa and with a single loose specimen of
Dinorthis carleyi which may have come from this horizon. . 3 ft. 6 in.
Clay and limestone. Topmost layer wave-marked 7 ft. 4 in.
DalmaneUa abundant in clay and thin limestone 6 ft. 8 in.
'Clay interbedded with limestone G ft. 9 in.
Argillaceous rubble limestone 2 ft. 9 in.
Highest Leptaena richmondensis horizon.
Interval with Plaiystrophia ponderosa at various levels 1 ft. 9 in.
Leptaena richmondensis.
Interval 1 ft. 8 in.
Flalyslrophia ponderosa just above creek level.
Jan., 1912.] Ihe Arnheim Formation. 44 1
Lithologically, the rock from the creek level as far up as the
argillaceous rubble limestone above the highest Leptaena horizon
resembles the rock forming the Mount Auburn member in most of
Ohio and adjacent Kentucky. Moreover, there is a considerable
interval between this part of the section and the Dinorthis carleyi
horizon. However, Leptaena richmondensis is unknown in the
Mount Auburn member from any of the numerous exposures
where this horizon has been definitely identified. Hence, the
CoUinsville section may be merely an Arnheim exposure in which
the interval between the PlatystropJiia ponder osa horizon and the
Dinorthis carleyi horizon is represented by an unusual thickness
of strata.
As a rule, Leptaena richmondensis occurs in the Arnheim of
Ohio only a short distance below the Dinorthis carleyi horizon.
The interval rarely exceeds five feet, and frequently is reduced to
only a few inches.
At the Blacksmith hollow, a short distance north of the railroad
station, at Oregonia, Ohio, six miles northeast of Lebanon, the
following section is seen :
Massive nodular argillaceous limestone 5 ft. 6 in.
One specimen of Strophomena concordensis .
Rubble clay rock with some argillaceous limestone 15 ft.
Dinorthis carleyi common 6 in.
Rubble clay rock with Dinorthis at various intervals 5 ft.
Rubble clay rock with Rafinesquitia 1 ft.
Dinorthis carleyi common and one specimen of Leptaena
richmondensis in thin limestone.
Interval 9 in.
Dinorthis carleyi, one specimen.
Leptaena richmondensis common 1 ft. 6 in.
Rubble clay 1 ft. 6 in.
PlatystropJiia ponderosa rare.
Rubble clay rock, with Cyclonema humerosnm, Rafinesquina
loxorhytis, and Zygospira modesta 12 ft.
Interval not exposed 17 ft.
Estimated level of base of Arnheim. No exposures here.
A similar succession of strata is found near the home of G. W.
Robertson, at the mouth of Lick run, opposite the mouth of
Caesar creek, less than three miles north of Oregonia:
Nodular limestone, forming small falls.
Interval 15 ft. 6 in.
Dinorthis carleyi at various intervals 6 ft.
Leptaena richmondensis common 6 in.
Interval 3 ft. 6 in.
Strongly wave marked limestone layer, trend of ridges about
north and south.
Interval 3 ft.
Platystrophia ponderosa rather common 4 in.
A similar succession of strata is seen three miles northeast of
Goshen, at the middle part of the northern edge of Clermont
442 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 3,
county. Here Dinorthis carleyi, Leptaena richmondensis, Dal-
manella jiigosa, and PlatystropJiia poiidcrosa are found in descend-
ing order.
The typical exposure of the Arnheini bed is located on Straight
creek, about a mile south of Arnheim, and five miles northeast of
Georgetown, in Brown county:
Strophomena concordensis near top of blue, nodular clay rock. . . .6 ft.
Limestone interbcddecl with much clay 12 ft.
Strongly wave-marked limestone.
Limestone interbedded with clay 7 ft.
Dinorthis carleyi rare.
Thin limestones and clay, with Leptaena richmondensis and
Rhynchotrenia den lata 6 in.
Limestone and clay with Leptaena richmondensis 9 in.
, Clay with layers of nodules 2 ft. 4 in.
Thin limestone with Leptaena richmondensis abundant 2 in.
Limestone and clay 5 ft.
Platystrophia ponderosa abundant in limestone 8 in.
Dalmanella jugosa var., abundant, largest specimens 22 milli-
meters wide, associated with Platystrophia ponderosa, rather
few 9 in.
Poorly exposed 7 ft.
Coarse grained, cross bedded limestone, with wave-marked
layer five inches above the base 5 ft. 6 in.
Limestone and clay interbedded , 7 ft. 6 in.
Raftnesquina very aljundant 4 ft. 6 in.
Limestone with bryozoans and other fossils 1 ft. 6 in.
Mount Auburn top, consisting of clayey limestone with Platy-
strophia ponderosa rather abundant 3 ft. 9 in.
Wave-marked limestone layer.
At Eddies run, one mile east of the line between Brown and
Adams counties, and about six miles west' of West Union, the
following section is seen :
Strophomena concordensis common in nodular clay rock 5 ft.
Interval 18 ft. 6 in.
Leptaena richmondensis rare 4 in.
Interval .5 ft.
Leptaena richmondensis abundant 1 ft.
Interval 10 ft.
Platystrophia ponderosa and Dalmanella jugosa var. associated
in the same layers 1 ft.
Half a mile east of Manchester, the Beasley fork pike to West
Union crosses Island creek, and a mile northward the Mount
Auburn bed is exposed. A quarter of a mile farther northward,
northwest of the home of A. H. Foster, Leptaena richmondensis is
exposed five feet above layers containing Dalmanella jugosa var.
and Platystrophia ponderosa. Strophomena concordensis occurs
farther up stream.
About three miles south of Maysville, in Kentucky, the deep
cut at the highest point reached by the railroad exposes the
following section :
Jan., 1912.] The Arnheivi Formation. 443
Strophomena concordensis, associated with Dahnanella jugosa in
bluish limestone 2 ft.
Argillaceous limestone 16 ft.
Dinorthis carleyi occurs somewhere in this argillaceous
limestone section. Loose specimens have been found at
various intervals between five and eight feet above the
base of this argillaceous limestone, but, although the spec-
imens are fairly abundant in the rock quarried out while
making the cut, no specimens have been seen in place.
Leptaemi richinondensis abundant 1 ft.
Rhynchotrema dentata belongs somwehere near this horizon
since it occurs loose on the slopes below.
Argillaceous limsetone 3 ft. 6 in.
Softer clay rock, weathering back 1 ft. 6 in.
Limestone 10 in.
Platystrophia ponderosa 2 ft. 4 in.
Dalmanella jugosa abundant, associated with Platystrophia
ponderosa 6 in.
Argillaceous limestone interbedded with considerable clay,
forming the Sunset division of the Arnheim 18 ft.
Mount Auburn member.
The presence of Platystrophia ponderosa and Dalmanella jugosa
var. at the base of the upper or Oregonia division of the Arnheim
may be detected throughout the Ohio area of exposure, although
these fossils are common as a rule only in the more eastern expo-
sures and are entirely absent at many of the western localities.
At Pisgah, ten miles southeast of Hamilton, the following
section is seen:
Dinorthis carleyi fairly common 4 ft,
Dinorthis carleyi rare, associated with Leptaena richmondensis.. . . 2 ft.
Interval 2 ft. 6 in.
Platystrophia ponderosa rare 2 ft.
At Reileys, seven miles west of Hamilton, a thin horizon con-
taining Dalmanella is overlaid by Leptaena richmondensis, and the
latter by Dinorthis carleyi.
Along the railroad northwest of Bridgetown, seven and a half
miles northwest of the center of Cincinnati, a single specimen of
Platystrophia ponderosa was found just beneath Leptaena rich-
mondensis and Dinorthis carleyi.
7. Nodular Top of Arnheim in Ohio.
The so-called nodular argillaceous limestone at the top of the
Arnheim section in many parts of Ohio, is in reality not nodular
at all, in the ordinary acceptance of this temi. The limestone is
irregular bedded and breaks up into lumps, so that the term
lumpy limestone is more descriptive. It forms a very character-
istic part of the Arnheim sections first studied, namely those near
Lebanon and Oregonia, in Warren county, Ohio. Similar exposures
occur at the southern edge of Montgomery county, opposite the
Franklin Chautauqua. At Oregonia the thickness of this lumpy
limestone is five and a half feet. North of Lebanon, it is four and
444 The Ohio NaturaiisL [Vol. XII, No. 3,
a quarter. At the Franklin Chautauqua, it is three feet. About
four miles west of Middletown, or two and a half miles south of the
southeastern corner of Preble county, the thickness of the massive
argillaceous limestone at the top of the Arnheim section is two
feet three inches. These data suggest a thinning of the lumpy
limestone section westward, and indicate why it is so difficult to
identify the so-called nodular limestone at the top of the Arnheim
section still farther westward.
At the locality on the Dry fork of Elk run, four miles west of
Middletown, the following section is seen:
Massive argillaceous, more or less lumpy, limestone 2 ft. 3 in.
Interval with Anomalodonta gigantea, Rafinesquina loxorhytis, and
Cyclonema hitmerosum at various intervals 11 ft. 6 in.
Dinorthis carleyi 4 ft. 6 in.
The interval between Dinorthis carleyi horizon and the lumpy
limestone may have been considerably greater than 12 feet since
it was measured along the creek which here has a very low gradient.
Two and a quarter miles northwest of Hamilton, and also a
mile southwest of McGonigle, or seven miles a little north of west
from the center of Hamilton, the base of the Waynesville bed
consists of very coarse grained, cross bedded limestone, five feet
thick at the latter locality. In this limestone, Dahnanella jugosa
is abundant. Southward from these localities, in the western
parts of Butler and Hamilton counties, it is difficult to draw an
exact line between the Waynesville and Arnheim beds, although
the approximate position of this line is indicated by the first
appearance of limestones with Dahnanella, which on weathering
tend to take a reddish hue. The Dahnanella bearing beds at the
Arnheim horizon appear not to be inclined to take this tint, and
are more likely to change to yellowish or brownish colors.
Strophomena coneordensis appears limited to the lumpy lime-
stone horizon at the top of the Arnheim bed, but it is not known
farther west than the southeastern part of Butler county, or
farther north than Lebanon and Oregonia, in Warren county.
Southeastward from these localities, Strophomena coneordensis is
found at practically every exposure of the top of the Arnheim as
far as Maysville and Concord, in Kentucky. As a rule, the lumpy
limestone section is about five feet thick, and Strophomena con-
eordensis often ranges throughout the entire section. South of
Arnheim, in Brown county, the lumpy limestone is about six feet
thick, and the Strophomena occurs chiefly near the top. The
lumpy argillaceous character of the limestone continues through
Adams county nearly as far as the Ohio river. Three miles south
of the Ohio river, at Maysville, Strophomena coneordensis occurs
in a limestone, weathering reddish and containing numerous
specimens of Dahnanella jugosa, difficult to distinguish litholog-
ically from the overlying Waynesville section.
Jan., 1912.] The Arnheim Formation. 445
Along the creek directly east of Concord, Lewis county,
Kentucky, Strophomena concordensis is confined to an argillaceous
rock, similar to the lumpy limestone, and a foot in thickness. This
exposure is unique among all those known in Ohio, Indiana,
Kentucky, and Tennessee, in containing Strcpielasma canadensis
and Opisthoptera casei five and a half feet below the Strophomena
concordensis horizon, and Streptelasma canadensis and Columnaria
alveolata five feet above this Strophomena layer.
The only other locality at which Columnaria alveolata is known
from the Arnheim is at Clifton, on the Tennessee river, in western
Tennessee, where it is associated with Dinorthis carleyi, Rhyn-
chotrema dentata, Leptaena ric/imondensis, and a variety of Dal-
manella jugosa.
8. Arnheim includes first advent of Richmond fauna.
The presence of Strophomena concordensis, Streptelasma cana-
densis, and Colicmnaria alveolata at the top of the Arnheim bed,
at Concord, Kentucky, suggests the advent of the Richmond
fauna. In fact, the nodular or lumpy limestone, at the top of the
Arnheim section as originally defined, could with propriety be
removed to the Waynesville member of the Richmond. However,
Leptaena richmondensis, Rhynchotrema dentata, and Dinorthis
carleyi, near the base of the upper or Oregonia division of the
Arnheim, also suggest the advent of a Richmond fauna, and
although limited to only a part of the Oregonia division, the latter
also may be added to the Richmond section. The Sunset division
is included in the Richmond only for the reason that southward,
in Kentucky, it represents a period of diastrophic movement,
the nearest thing to a sandstone sedimentation found in this part
of the Cincinnatian section, and is regarded as inaugurating a new
period of sedimentation rather than closing a former period. It
is quite in keeping with this view, that northward, where no
similar diastrophic movements are recorded, there should be no
e\'idence of a faunal break sufficient to demand the separation of
the lower or Sunset division of the Arnheim from the Mount
Auburn member.
Before discussing this subject further, some of the more
southern exposure of the Arnheim, in southern Kentucky, and in
Tennessee, should be noted.
9. Adair County with nearest outcrops in Marion and Casey
Counties, Kentucky.
The most southern localities, in the widespread Ordovician
area including central and northern Kentucky, southwestern
Ohio and southeastern Indiana, at which the characteristic fauna
of the Arnheim has been found, occur along the South Fork of
Rolling Fork. In the southeastern corner of Marion county,
446 The Ohio Naturalist [Vol. XII, No. 3,
about three-quarters of a mile southwest of Rush Branch postoffice,
Leptaena richmondensis and Rhynchotrcma dentata occur at the
base of several feet of argillaceous limestone containing Platys-
trophia ponder osa. On the Steele Knob road from Chilton post-
office to Liberty, about a mile south of South Fork of Rolling
Fork, near the northwestern edge of Casey county, Leptaena
richmondensis occurs three feet below strata containing Platys-
trophia ponder osa.
Near the northeastern edge of Adair county, about a quarter
of a mile south of the road from Dunnville to Neatsville, along
Damron creek, twenty miles south of the localities on the South
Fork of Rolling Fork, Leptaena richmondensis and Platystrophia
cypha-conradi occur in the following section:
Greenish clay shale 7 in.
Irregular hard cla^^ nodules 1 in.
Greenish clay shale 5 in.
Argillaceous limestone rublsle interbedded with irregular indu-
rated fossiliferous clay masses and consideraljle softer clay,
containing Leptaena richmondensis, Platystrophia cypha-
conradi, Anomalodonta gigayitea, Byssonychia radiata, Heher-
tella occidentalis and other fossils 3 ft. 2 in.
Spalling clay rock 1 ft. 2 in.
Shaly material weathering into small fragments 5 in.
Argillaceous limestone 8 in.
Argillaceous rock, splitting into irregular thin layers and break-
ing up into small fragments owing to vertical cracks 6 ft.
Interval, covered 4 ft. 6 in.
Damron Creek.
Platystrophia ponderosa is exposed at a lower horizon, farther
up the creek, in hard, fine grained, bluish limestone, apparently
corresponding to the dove colored limestones below the Arnheim
horizon in Lincoln, Garrard, and Madison counties, northward.
10. Western Tennessee.
Nearly a hundred miles southwest of Damron creek, nearly
four miles north of Gallatin along the railroad toward South
Tunnel, Leptaena richmondensis associated with Platystrophia
ponderosa occurs at the Arnheim horizon in a section about 12 feet
thick. In the lower half of this section consisting of argillaceous
limestone, both species are common. In the upper part, consisting
of more coarse grained limestone, only occasiorial specimens of
Leptaena occur. At the very top of the section, small specimens
of Dalmanella are found. Platystrophia ponderosa continues
common for ten feet below the lowest strata at which Leptaena
occurs.
Rhynchotrcma dentata is common in the Arnheim eight miles
northeast of Goodletsville, about ten miles west of Gallatin, in
Tennessee. It occurs in the Arnheim, associated with Dalmanella
jngosa var. and an occasional specimen of Platystrophia ponderosa,
Jan., 1912.] The Arnheim Formation. 447
also at Newsom, about 15 miles southwest of Nashville. At
Clifton, on the Tennessee river, about So miles southwest of Nash-
ville, Rhynchotrema dentata occurs associated with Dinorthis
carleyi, Leptaena riclimondensis, DalmaneUa jugosa var., and
Cohunnaria alveolata, at the Arnheim horizon.
The connection of these Arnheim localities in Tennessee with
those in Kentucky is hidden at present by the covering of later
rocks. This connection probably extended from the vicinity
of Gallatin, in Tennessee, northward toward Bullitt county, in
Kentucky. It is significant that the most southern exposures in
Kentucky containing Dinorthis carleyi are in the northern part of
Nelson county, on the western side of the Cincinnati geanticline,
and in Mason county, on the eastern side. In the large series of
exposures of the Arnheim, connecting these localities across central
Kentucky, Dinorthis carleyi is unknown. Moreover, even Lep-
taena richmondensis and Rhynchotrema dentata disappear from the
Arnheim along the axial part of the Cincinnati geanticline and along
its eastern side long before reaching the Cumberland river in
southern Kentucky.
11. Southern Kentucky along the Cumberland River.
Richmond strata, containing Streptelasma, Stromatocerium,
and Cohunnaria, probably Coluninaria vacua, are exposed along
the Cumberland river, in the northern part of Wayne cotmty,
opposite the mouth of Forbush creek, and about a mile farther
west, below the mouth of Little Cub creek. This horizon probably
"Corresponds approximately to the base of the Liberty member of
the Richmond, as exposed in central Kentucky. Farther down
the river, the thin bedded strata, fonning the Waynesville member,
are exposed. Along the southern border of Russell county, at the
northern end of the first bend made by the Cumberland river on
reaching the county, a globular Prasopora and Heterospongia
-subramosa are present immediately above strata containing
Tlatystrophia ponderosa. Stratigraphically, this Prasopora here
occurs at the Arnheim horizon, but no diagnostic fossils were
found. The same horizon is exposed again at Harmon creek
shoals, about four miles farther down the river.
No specimens of Prasopora have been seen at the exposures
below Creasy creek, below Indian creek, below Willis creek, or at
any of the other exposures farther down the Cumberland river,
in Kentucky, where strata equivalent to the Arnheim might be
expected to occur.
12. Globular bryozoans in Casey and Lincoln Counties, Kentucky.
At Kidd's store, in Casey county, about eight miles northeast
of Liberty, on the road to Huston ville, a globular bryozoan identi-
iied in the field as Prasopora, occurs at the Arnheim horizon,
448 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 3,
above strata in which Platystrophia ponderosa is rare. It is im-
portant to remember that the globular bryozoan frequently referred
to Prasopora in this discussion has not been subjected to micro-
scopic investigation, so that its real affinities remain to be deter-
mined.
Northwest of Ellisburg, Prasopora occurs eleven feet below a
light blue clay layer containing clay nodules. In the lower part
of the intervening section, interpreted as upper Arnheim, Platys-
trophia ponderosa occurs. Prasopora is abundant on the hill
supporting the stand-pipe northwest of McKinney, in Lincoln
county; also along the railroad, a short distance south of Moreland.
About a mile south of Shelby City, where the pike crosses Knob
Lick branch, Prasopora occurs below strata containing Platys-
trophia ponderosa. The locality at the former site of the creamery,
three and a half miles southwest of Stanford has been mentioned.
All of these localities belong to the territory in which Leptaena
richmondensis and Rhynchotrema dentata are absent. Even
Prasopora is not present at all of the exposures regarded as belong-
ing to the Arnheim horizon, at least approximately. In its
absence, the identification of the Arnheim becomes difficult, in
the territory under discussion.
Possibly the difficulty of identifying the Arnheim in some
parts of Casey and Lincoln counties may be due to a thinning out
of this member of the Richmond southeastward. This might
account also for the disappearance of the Leptaena and Rhyncho-
trema fauna at all the more southern exposures in Kentucky,
with the single exception of the exposure along Damron creek, in
the northeastern corner of Adair county.
13. Diastrophic movements during deposition of the Arnheim.
The Arnheim period of deposition apparently began with a
slight diastrophic elevation on the southeastern side of the Arnheim
sea. This gave rise to the thin bedded, unfossiliferous, argilla-
ceous strata forming a characteristic part of the Lower or Sunset
division of the Arnheim, in Kentucky, from Lincoln county north-
ward beyond the mouth of the Red river. It produced apparenth*
the paucity of life in the argillaceous limestones forming the
Lower Arnheim farther northward, from the vicinity of Howards
Mill to the Ohio river at Maysville. Still farther northward,
there was a sudden extinction of the great Platystrophia pon-
derosa colonies which characterized the Mount Auburn in many
parts of Ohio. In Indiana, there is no evidence of any consider-
able change either in the character of the sedimentation or of the
enclosed fauna on passing from the Mount Auburn to the Lower
Arnheim.
Possibly the lower Arnheim thins out southward also on the
western side of the Cincinnati geanticline, at least locally. The
Jan., 1912.] The Arnheirn Formation. 449
coarse grained, more or less cross bedded limestones at the base
of the Amheim section, in the southern part of Jefferson county,
in Kentucky, and thence southward to the northern part of Nelson
county, suggest the presence of strong, irregular currents, but
do not necessarily indicate an elevation of the sea bottom.
These coarse grained limestones ma}^ represent in part the lower
division of the Arnheim, east of the Cincinnati geanticline.
The sudden influx of Leptaena richmondensis, Rhynchotrema
dcnlata, and Dinorthis carleyi during the deposition of the lower
part of the upper or Oregonia division of the Arnheim, suggests
the lowering of some barrier which for long geologic periods had
kept any representatives of this group of species from Cincinnatian
areas. The most astonishing feature of this faunal immigration
is its great geographical range compared with its extremely short
duration. What were the favorable conditions which in a brief
time permitted this fauna to reach points as remote as southern
Tennessee and southwestern Ohio? What were the unfavorable
conditions which with equal suddenness caused the disappearance
of this fauna' Where was the basin from which this fauna
entered the Cincinnatian areas?
14. Origin of Arnheim faunas.
These questions are easier asked than answered. For instance,
the general geographical distribution of Dinorthis carleyi in south-
western Ohio, southeastern Indiana, and western Kentucky, as
far south as Nelson county, suggest its origin from some northern
source, until it is remembered that this species occurs also at
Clifton, in southwestern Tennessee. The northern origin of
Dinorthis carleyi is favored also by the greater abundance of this
species and by its greater vertical range in southwestern Ohio com-
pared with its occurrence in southeastern Indiana, western Ken-
tucky, or southwestern Tennessee. Moreover, the species attains a
larger size and the valves are thicker as a rule in Ohio. In most
of Kentucky, and at almost all localities in western Tennessee,
from which the Arnheim is known, Dinorthis carleyi is absent.
These facts suggest that the conditions were much more favorable
for the growth of this species northwards, rather than southwards.
As a matter of fact, however, the Arnheim is absent also along
Lake Huron and Lake Ontario, and no trace of it has been recorded
from Wisconsin or Minnesota on the northwest, nor from Pennsyl-
vania or New York on the northeast. Dinorthis carleyi is so
closely related to Dinorthis retrorsa from the Bala group of Wales
that it certainly must be regarded as a derivative, but by what
path did it enter Cincinnatian areas? Billings figured a specimen
of Dinorthis retrorsa from the Trenton in the vicinity of Ottawa,
in Canada, but this species is not mentioned by Dr. Ami, in any of
his more recent studies from this locality.
45° The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 3,
The species of Dalmanella, which occurs so abundantly in the
Arnheim of southwestern Ohio, is found also in the adjacent parts
of Indiana. vSouthward, it is absent until the exposures at Newsom
and Clifton, in western Tennessee are reached. There may have
been a connection between southwestern Ohio and Tennessee by
a path farther west than any now exposed. The origin of the
Dalmanella found in the Arnheim of southwestern Ohio and the
adjacent part of Indiana, however, may have been indigenous.
In Franklin and Dearborn counties, in Indiana, Dalmanella
occurs at various levels in the Arnheim, being quite abundant in the
low^er half. It occurs in the same area also at various levels in
what is identified as the Mount Auburn. Near Brookville, it is
very abundant in the Corryville, and it occurs in moderate numbers
also in the more northern exposures of the Corryville in Ohio.
Not all of the specimens of Dalmanella found in the Fainiiount
belong to Dalmanella fairmountensis. That species has a rather
restricted geographical range. A derivative of Dalmanella
multisecta is rather widely distributed at the Strephomena plano-
convexa horizon, and it is from the Eden Dalmanella multisecta that
the Arnheim species may have evolved. The vertical distribution
of Dalmanella is limited to the lower part of the upper or Oregonia
division of the Arnheim southeast of Butler and Hamilton counties,
in Ohio, suggesting an entry into this area from the northwest,
from Indiana.
Leptaena richmondensis is one of the most widely distributed
species found in the Arnheim. It occurs almost over the entire
area investigated, both north and south, wherever the Arnheim
is known. It is a typical eastern Richmond species, and was
certainly not derived from Leptaena unicosta, the western Rich-
mond form. It is the latter species which has varied most from
the primitive form. Leptaena richmondensis is least abundant in
sotitheastern Indiana, and is entirely absent in southern Kentucky,
along the Cumberland river. It is most abundant in southwestern
Ohio and in central Kentucky. Probably the latter areas were
once connected by Arnheim deposits which since have been
eroded away, since there is a small area in western Lincoln and
eastern Casey and Boyle counties, in Kentucky, from which
Leptaena is ab.sent. Rhynchotrema dentata is absent from the same
area, in central Kentucky, and may have used the same hypo-
thetical passage a moderate distance northward.
Rhynchotrema dentata is much more abundant southwards, in
Kcntuck}', than northwards, and in Ohio and Indiana it is confined
to the most southern exposures. Certainly, it would be difficult
to imagine a northern origin for this species, as far as its entry
into the Arnheim is concerned. Moreover, it occurs also at
Goodletsville, Newsom, and Clifton, in western Tennessee. As
in the case of Dinorthis carleyi, and Leptaena richmondensis, it had
Jan., 1912.] The Arnheim Formation. 451
its precursors already in the Trenton. The Trenton of New York,
and New Jersey, for instance, contains a species of Rhynchotrema
which is sufficient!}" like the Arnheim form to have served at least
as an ancestral form. But this does not furnish a hint as to the
direction from which the Arnheim fauna invaded the Cincin-
natian areas.
Platystrophia ponderosa is another species which appears to
have entered the Cincinnatian areas from the south. The species
may have been of indigenous origin. It certainly is known in
Kentucky as early as the Fairmount, if not the upper Eden, and
was ver}' abundant during the Corryville, and locally also during
the Mount Auburn. In the Mount Auburn it is found in great
numbers froin the eastern half of Hamilton and Butler counties,
in Ohio, southeastward to Maysville, in northern Kentucky, and
thence southward toward Lincoln county. It is very rare at the
Mount Auburn horizon in most parts of Indiana and in the adja-
cent parts of western Kentucky. During the lower or Sunset
division of the Arnheim it occurs apparently only in the dark
blue, argillaceous limestone between the southern part of Fleming
county and the eastern part of Montgomery county. It occurs
here in such small numbers that it is difficult to believe that it
could have spread during the upper Arnheim over by far the larger
part of the Cincinnatian areas from such a restricted source.
During the earlier part of the upper Arnheim, before the advent of
Lcptaena richmondensis, Rhynchotrema dentata, and Dinorthis
carlcyi, it spread over southwestern Ohio, and along the eastern
side of the Cincinnati geanticline as far south as Maysville,
Kentucky.
Along the more southern exposures on the eastern side of the
Cincinnati geanticline, from the eastern part of Montgoinery
county, in Kentucky, southward to Lincoln, and westward to
Marion county, Platystrophia ponderosa occurs distinctly above the
Leptaena-Rhynchotrema horizon. Between the more northern
areas, in which Platystrophia ponderosa occurs beneath the Lcp-
taena richmondensis horizon, and the more southern areas in
which Platystrophia ponderosa occurs chiefly above the Leptaena
horizon, there is an intermediate area, on both sides of the gean-
ticline, in which Platystrophia ponderosa and Leptaena richmon-
densis occur together, in the same restricted zone, near the base
of the upper or Oregonia division of the Arnheim. The anomalous
association of these fossils at Collinsville, in the northern part of
Butler county, has been mentioned already.
The occurrence of Stromatocerium, in the Arnheim is limited
to a relatively small area in central Kentucky, where, usually, it
is quite rare excepting at a few localities. A single locality is
known, in the southern part of Fleming county, where Stroma-
452 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 3,
toccrium is present in the Mount Auburn bed. In southern
Kentucky, along the Cumberland river, it occurred already
during the upper Fairmount, often in great numbers. During
the deposition of the Waynesville and later deposits of the Rich-
mond, the species has a much wider geographical distribution.
In the table of Cincinnatian strata, the temi Laughery is used
to include the Waynesville and Liberty members of the Richmond,
the Saluda being regarded as deposited during one of the more
important diastrophic movements during this period. The typical
exposures occur along the Laughery creek, in Ripley county, from
the vicinity of Versailles to Osgood, Indiana.
On the accompanying charts, the letters designate the localities
at which the writer found the species in question. The letters
have the following signification:
D — Dinorthis carleyi.
R — Rhynchotrema dentata — arnheimensis.
L — Leptaena richmondensis — precursor.
P — Platystrophia ponderosa.
A — Dalmanella jugosa, var.
S — Stroinatocerium huronense.
Platystrophia and Leptaena occur also 10 miles south of the
southern margin of the area covered by these charts, in Adair
county, Kentucky, as indicated by the direction of the small
arrow on the charts. (See plates XX, XXI.)
Jan., 1912.] The Arnheim Formation. 453
PLATE XXII.
Fig. 1. Dalmanella jugosa. A, B, pedicel valv'es; C, D, brachial valves.
E, F, G, interiors of brachial valves; H, interior of pedicel valve.
Arnheim bed, south of Arnheim, Ohio.
Fig. 2. Heterospongia subramosa-knotti. Lateral view showing osculum
surrounded by radiating channels. Arnheim bed, northwest of
home of Col. J. B. Wathen, about a mile west of Lebanon, Ky.
Fig. 3. Platystrophia cypha-conradi. A, pedicel valve; B, C, anterior
views. Arnheim bed, half a mile south of Smithville, in Bullitt
County, Kentucky. These figures, in the order named, represent
other views of the specimens illustrated by figures 14 A, 7 B, and
7 A, on Plate IV, in Volume XVI, of the Bulletin, Scientific
Laboratories, Denison University, 1910.
Fig. 4. Platystrophia with outline of PI. clarksvillensis, but the prominent
median fold on the brachial valve has the two median plica-
tions much more conspicuously elevated than the lateral ones on
the fold, as in PI. cypha, to which it is closely related. Arnheim
bed, south of Arnheim, Ohio. •
Fig. 5. Platystrophia cypha. Anterior view of specimen represented by
Figure 5, on Plate III, Bulletin, Denison University, 1910. Arn-
heim bed, three miles south of Maysville, Kentucky, in deep
railroad cut.
Fig. G. Platystrophia wallowayi. A, brachial valve; B, C, posterior views;
D, anterior view; E, lateral view with the beaks directed down-
ward. Arnheim bed, on Walloway Creek, two miles south of
Rileys, in Marion County, Kentucky. Horizon, 15 feet above the
lowest strata containing Leptaena richmondensis. A globose form
with rather strong growth striae in the majority of specimens.
Fig. 7. Leptaena richmondensis-precursor. Brachial valve. Arnheim bed,
one mile south of Pisgah, in the southeastern corner of Butler
County, Ohio.
Fig. S. Dinorthis carleyi. A, brachial valve; B, C, pedicel valves; D,
interior of pedicel valve. Arnheim bed, Oregonia, Ohio. In
Dinorthis retrorsa, of Wales, the median part of the brachial
valve is figured as more angular in its elevation, with somewhat
flattened lateral slopes.
Fig. 9. Rhynchotrema dentata-arnheimensis. A, pedicel valve, from
Arnheim, Ohio, from same .specimen as Fig. 12, Plate IV, Volume
XIV, Bulletin, Denison Univ., 1909. B, lateral view, of specimen
from Mount Washington, Bullitt County, Kentucky. Arnheim
bed.
Fig. 10. Strophemona concordensis. A, interior of brachial valve, three
miles south of Maysville, Kentucky; B, interior of pedicel valve,
more abruptly thickened along the anterior and lateral margin
than in the great majority of .specimens. Arnheim, bed, on Eddies
Run, in Adams County, one mile east of Clermont County, along
the pike from West Union to Decatur, Ohio.
Fig. 11. Platystrophia ponderosa. Pedicel valve, rather strongly water
worn, with holes bored by some other animal. Arnheim bed,
south of Arnheim, Ohio.
Ohio Naturalist.
Plate XX
^^'
PENDLETON
FalmoutK/
CLERMoKrr- : l'^y/L^>^'i°'^'^M^ ■•; i : '-'^
•;>4.-'?'»''°""v/- •ADAMS
OWEN
O
Willitimtown \
-^.'l (HENRY
LD: ""
0
Owenlon
BRACKEN
\ Brooksvillc o
t Olliti
o
ROBERTSON
HARRISON
Cynlhiancl
SCOTT
^-S^^^^S-i^^^^*^^^
FRANKU^
Ffankfon ^
kWOODFORDf
BULUTT ^>rA''i'y->r7^^^^^-
O
► VetiaJlles
Georgclown \.
0
FAYETTE
BOURBON
P.rii
J WincKMler
o
M«ysvKle6_, ^i^
i^/// /'''.'.•''.■'!■'
'•lASONVrr "■
1/ /
^a^'A'
..*^'> BATH-/ 'V^Z/yTT'^
-?».//»
JESSAMINE '
0
Nicholas villc^
i'^A'^^Ria^^
/'MENEFEE
-.'^RL'-'-////;^'-//;;
//, POWELL
HAR
I .<^\/ ^/ OCampbtifc.ilfc;/*""^, : Liberty /J^'>////AV//«<r777\/'^ ///^ , ', > ',/'Q\
JACKSON
)A'^^\
DISTRIBUTION OF DINORTHIS CARLEYI, RHYNCHOTREMA DENTATAVAR.,
AND LEPTAENA RICHMONDENS IS VAR. IN THE ARNHEIM .
Ohio Naturalist.
Plate XXI.
HANCOCK
WAYNE
Richmond jO
->V^/^ Liberty -
'UNION'
PREBLE
EdlonO)
MONTCOMERY~3°,,
_; Hamilton' ^ <^ ^ '
-'•x '<- '^, •
gp
Springfield
CLARK
OXci
GREENE
,^;:jWarren**/^
">• ' ':; ,. .Lebanon'- 1 - "^J'
OWjIr
iington
rTr
■0^-
%.
PA^<^/'^:^^^-'>^''x/<V-. CLINTON
ERMONT'';^i<<;/PA BROWN ^., /-■
CLERMONT '-/N^'VPA BRpWN . , ^ ^
Ai„.„dna\.. t'^X'^>;pA^-;;/?k^;,
k.«ivi(-BLLL 1 .. / •f<,V;OG™'e'io«;'' ^/ MADAMS
yy/^ ^y/, ^p/Wei, Union Q
PENDLETON \ "ViJf*^°"'*yiH^x^%^^-v/^'*
BRACKEN
IBrooltsvillco
MaV5%i!lcb^
l^OBERTSON
LEWIS
P
NELSON
"Bardslown^
MERCER
• • 0 . , . . v. Ai'* • ' V— ,
Nlcholasvilit ^/^ trOC^
WASHINGTON
O Springfield
Hairodsbutp J
I 0
Danville
o
=,t*o^^
;P^
LARUE]
0
Hodgen!
HART
' MARION ,
BOYLE
O Lebanon o pi P
pp ^Jw
.GARRARD
.bUnc
\P
• CLARK
MADISOri,' ■
MENEFEE
POWELL
5T11X
TA'iLOR
CASEY
P P ^
* Stanford bP p\P
xpP
Pi p
p p\ UNCOLN
ROCKCASTLE
OMi. Vernon-
McKee'O
/Camplono
VWOLFE
. Bealtyville
QjLEE
booncvijle
OWSLEY
( GREENE \ ••. ifrSi : /^ X / om v .'^ JACKSON \
I ; \ OCampbelliville:/ S*" ^Libertv /^ \ y ( O Ml. Vernon ) \ ■
DISTRIBUTION OF PL^TYSTROPHIA PONDEROSA, DAlMANELLA JU
AND STROMATOCERIUM HUKONENSE IN THE ARNHEIM.
STROMATOCERIUM AT BASE OF MOUWT AUBURN. = A.
}yxi\
GOSA,
Ohio Naturalist.
Plate XXII.
Foerste on "The Arnheim Fonualioii."
Jan, 1912.] New and Rare Plants of Ohio. 457
NEW AND RARE PLANTS OF OHIO.
John H. Schaffner.
The following interesting plants have been added to the Ohio
State Herbarium during the year 1911. Several species show a
considerable extension of the range hitherto known:
Lycopodium clavatum L.
South Blooming\411e, Hocking Co. R. F. Griggs.
Chenopodium vulvaria L. Fetid Goosefoot.
Columbia Station, Lorain Co. Sent by E. L. Fullmer; col-
lected by Rev. E. H. Thompson.
Acnida concatenata Moq. Glomerate Water-hemp.
Columbus, Franklin Co. John H. Schaffner and Forest B.
H. Brown.
Acnida tamariscina fNutt.) Wood. Western Water-hemp.
Columbus, Franklin Co. John H. Schaffner and Forest B.
H. Brown.
Magnolia tripetala L. Umbrella Magnolia.
On Turkey Creek, near Portsmouth, Scioto Co. Edmund
Secrest.
Fragaria vesca alba (Ehr.) Rydb. White Strawberry.
Big Pine Creek, Hocking Co. R. F. Griggs.
Opuntia humifusa Raf. Western Prickly-pear.
Adams County, Ohio, opposite Vanceburg, Ky. Mr. and
Mrs. Jesse E. Hyde.
Pyrola rotundifolia L. Roundleaf Wintergreen.
South Bloomingville, Hocking Co. John H. Schaffner.
^Presented at the meeting of the Ohio Academy of Science, Columbus,
X)ecember 1, 1911.
458 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 3,
MEETINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.
Orton Hall, May 1, 1911.
The meeting was called to order iDy the President, Dr.
Dachnowski, and the minutes of the previous meeting read and
approved. The major paper of the evening was by Prof. J. H.
Schaffner, who gave an interesting and instructive address on
"The Classification of the Flowering Plants," presenting in
general outline his own system of classification and arrangement.
He emphasized the importance of working from a strictly evolu-
tionary standpoint out of which a natural phyletic arrangement
of the various large groups is bound to come. The actual working
out of the phyletic groups is a most difficult problem but this
should not in the least minimize its importance. Concerning
plant organs and structures as a basis for classification, attention
must constantly be given to their progressive development,
segregation of parts, degeneration and their degree of specialization.
The season made it possible for the speaker to illustrate his
address with numerous flowers both cultivated and wild.
The next paper of the evening was by Mr. Wencil J. Kostir on
"Evolutionary Thought in the Nineteenth Century"; The
speaker gave a very concise yet thorough resume of the rise and
development of modem evolutionary conceptions and presented
the present day ideas relative to the important factors of the
evolutionary process. This paper was the last of a series contin-
ued through the year on the History of Biology.
A short business meeting was held in which, on motion by
Prof. Schaffner, the president was directed to appoint a nominating
committee of three to select editors for the Ohio Naturalist
for the ensuing year. No further business being presented the
society adjourned.
Bertram W. Wells, Secretary.
Orton Hall, October 2, 1911.
The Biological Club met with President Dachnowski, presiding.
C. L. Metcalf was appointed secretary pro tem. Messrs. Metcalf,
King and Fulton were named as a committee to nominate a staft'
for the Ohio Naturalist. The reading of the minutes of the
previous meeting was postponed. On motion the chair appointed
Prof. Hine, Miss Detmers and Mr. Kostir a committee to nominate
officers for the Club.
The program of the evening consisted of reports of summer
work or observations. Prof Schaffner gave a short discussion of
nutation habits of plants. Prof. Hine spoke of the Southern
Jan, 1912.] Meetings of the Biological Club. 459
Cotton Wonn which is an occasional visitor far to the North of its
usual range. The past year this insect occurred in extremely-
large numbers in the State as far north as Lake Erie. It is unable
to winter even in the northern part of the cotton belt and is believed
to fly northward in fall. The adults have been reported as
puncturing the fruit of the peach.
Prof. Griggs reported finding Lycopodium davatum near Rock-
bridge in Hocking Co. This plant has been reported only once
before for Ohio, and the present report extends its known range
about 100 miles.
Mr. Bentley Fulton spoke of a large colony of the Cicada-killer
which he observed in the Hocking county region. Mr. Schadle
also collected in Hocking county. Mr. Lyonel King spoke of the
condition of forest near Lake of Bays, in northern Canada.
Although distant from a railroad this region is well settled and very
little virgin forest remains. Many of the trees are similar to those
in Ohio. Mr. Kostir spent the summer in Hocking county, and
spoke of the interesting topography of the region. Miss Sweatman
devoted some time to the study of bird's nesting habits on Cedar
Point and found that the natural materials at hand were largely
used. Miss McAvoy told of finding the mocking bird in large
numbers in Hamilton county, where they nest. Mr. Brown gave
an interesting report of an experiment in landscape gardening.
Prof. Dachnowski spent a part of the time in the Geological
Survey and the latter part of the summer in Europe.
Orton Hall, November 0, 1911.
The Club met at the usual time. After reading and approval
of the minutes the following ofificers were elected for the year.
President, W. M. Barrows; Vice President, T. M. Hills; Secre-
tary, C. L. Metcalf.
The committee reported the following nominations for the
staff of The Ohio Naturalist:
Editor-in-Chief, John H. Schaffner; Business Manager,
James S. Hine.
ASSOCIATE EDITORS.
Zoology, W. M. Barrows; Botanv, Robert F. Griggs; Geology,
W. C. Morse; Physiography, T. M. Hills; Archeology, W. C. Mills;
Ornithology, J. C. Hambleton.
ADVISORY BOARD.
Herbert Osborn, John H. Schaffner, Charles S. Prosser.
This report was accepted and the staff elected. Mr. Forest
Brown, Mr. Charles K. Brain and Miss Blanche McAvoy were
elected members of the club.
46o The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 3,
Vice-President Hills then took the chair and the society was
favored with an address by the retiring President, Dr. Alfred
Dachnowski. Prof. Dachnowski spoke on "Modern Tendencies
in Science and their Relation to the Individual." He pointed
out the restless activity of industry and the international organi-
zation of scientific work. The question was raised whether we
are fitting men for institutions or institutions for men and whether
we are proceding in biological sciences and in politics, commer-
cialism, etc., on the principle that all things are made for man,
sovereign over inanimate things.
Date of Publication, January 19, 1912.
C. L. Metcalf, Secretary.
The Ohio Vs(^aturalist,
PUBLISHED BY
The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni'versity.
Volume XII. FEBRUARY, 1912. No. 4.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Walton— Symbiotes duryi, a New Species of Endomychidae 461
LiNNELL— The Mallows of Ohio 465
Fox— Another C»hio Grown Rubber 469
Claa&en— Plants Not Reoorded in the Ohio List from Cuyahoga and Lake Counties. . . 471
Fullmer— A Preliminary List of the Myxomycetes of Cedar Point 472
Fullmer -Additions Made to the Cedar Point Flora During the Summer of 1911 473
ScHAFFNER— The Diurnal Nodding of the Wild Carrot and Other Plants 474
Claasen — Plants Recognized on a Dumping Ground at Foot of Ninth St., Cleveland, O. 475
SYMBIOTES DURYI, A NEW SPECIES OF
ENDOMYCHIDAE.^
L. B. Walton.
(Contributions from the Biological Laboratory, Kenyon College, No. 7.)
The genus Syinbiotes of the family Endomychidae belonging
to the Coleoptera has prior to the year 1908, been unrepresented
by any described species from North America although Leconte
and Horn (1883) erroneously referred Rhymhus ulkei Crotch, and
Rhymbus minor Crotch, to this genus in their classification of the
Coleoptera of North America.
Consequently it was with much interest that the writer in
November, 1907, collected two specimens at Gambler, O., which
through acquaintance \vith the European representatives of
Symbiotes were immediately referred to that genus. This
occurred only a few days prior to the annual Thanksgiving meeting
of the Ohio Academy of vScience at Oxford, presided over by the
President, Mr. Charles Dury, of Cincinnati, an indefatigable
collector of Coleoptera as well as a keen student of nature. It
therefore seemed most appropriate that the name duryi should be
conferred upon the species which had so opportunely presented
itself, an. idea Avhich was carried into effect at the ineeting, the
specimens also being exhibited.
This was noted in the Proceedings of the Academy for 1907
(mailed about June 1, 1908). Blatchley, (1910), after communi-
cating with the writer as to the systematic arrangement of the
iRead before the meeting of the Ohio Academv of Science, Columbus,
December 1, 1911.
461
462
The Ohio Naturalut.
[Vol. XII, No. 4,
Endomycliidae and the generic characters of the genus Symbiotes
for his forthcoming paper on the Coleoptera of Indiana, gave a
description of "Symbiotes duryi Walton MS" (p. 536) in that
most excellent report. The collection and study of representatives
of the genus however, had not at that time proceeded sufficiently
so that the description is of value in differentiating this species
from the several other species of vSymbiotes occurring in North
America.
6" 5
Fig. 1. Symbiotes duryi n. sp. (x25).
Is = longitudinal sulcus. ss = subsutural
stria.
The genus was founded by Redtenbacher in 1849 for the recep-
tion of 5'. latus the generic name being based on the supposition
that the sijccies was myrmekophilous. While at times S. latus as
well as other European forms appear to have been found in associa-
tion with ants, it is evidently not characteristic in general of the
species and the actual habitat is rather one of association with the
lower forms of fungi on the spores of w^hich the individuals feed,
as noted in another part of the present paper.
Only six species of Symbiotes have thus far been described,
three from the European region, two from Japan, and one from
South America.
The two representatives of the species which have been found
were taken under a slightly decayed hardwood log near the south
side of the "Hotel Hill" road bridge at Gambler, the log being
partially covered with one of the lower forms of fungi, on the spores
of which the Symbiotes feed. In accordance with other represent-
atives of the genus, the species is exceedingly small, being less
than 2 mm. in length. The drawings below (Fig. 2) indicate cer-
tain anatomical details. The description follows:
Feb., 1912.] Symbiotes duryi, a New Species of Endomychidae 463
Symbiotcs duryi n. sp.
Characters. — Form more or less broadly oval, moderately
convex, scarcely pubescent, color dull testaceous; head scarcely
punctuate, antennae with club moderate in size, 1. segment large,
2. segment narrow but of approximately the length of the 1. segment
and equal to the 3. and 4. together, 3.-8. subequal in length but
slightly increasing in diameter, 9. larger, triangular, 10. transverse,
about three-fourths as long as the 9. 11. asymmetrically pointed.
Prothorax twice as wide as long, strongly rounded anteriorly,
broadest at middle, margins toothed, median region convex, base
with a strong transverse sulcus from the lateral portions of which
extend on each side triangular longitudinal sulci reaching anter-
iorly about half the length of the prothorax.
B
A
C
Fig. 2. Symbiotes diiryi. A = head (xoO). ep = epicranium. o = eye.
a= second segment antennae. Cl = clypeus. mp = distal segment maxillary
palpus. lb = labrum. md. = mandible.
B = antenna (x.50). C = metathoracic tarsus (xlOOj.
Elytra short, oval, decidedly broader than the prothorax,
attaining their greatest width about one-fifth of their length from
the base; punctures arranged in more or less confused rows;
subsutural striae broadly curved at the scutellum and attaining
the middle of the base of the elytra; composed of extremely large
punctures which reach their maximum size near the scutelltmi.
Length 1.9 min.
Distribution. — Gambier, Ohio, (U. S. A.).
The species is easily distinguished from its nearest ally S. gib-
berosus Lucas, of Europe, and from other undescribed North
American species, through the comparatively much broader elytra
and the extremely large punctures near the scutellmii in the
subsutural striae. Furthermore it is darker in color, and there is
a difference in the arrangement of the ordinary elytral striae.
One of the specimens was partially dissected which afforded an
opportunity of observing the contents of the digestive tract. This
464 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 4,
was found to contain a mass of minute spores each somewhat
oval in form and 10 mic. in length. The entire tract from the mid
portion of the metathorax was filled with the spores, and by
counting the number in a given area, an approximation of the total
gave 13,500 for the number in the tract. Unfortunately the
fungus with which the species was in association was not collected,
so even the family to which it belonged cannot be noted with
certainty.
It seems certain that S}anbiotes will be found widely distributed
in North America.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
Redtenbacher, L., 1849. Fauna Austriaca. Die Kafer nach der Analy-
tischen Methode bearbeitet. Wein.
Gerstaecker, a., 1858. Monographic der Endomychiden. Leipzig.
LeConte and Horn, 1883. Classification of the Coleoptera of North
America.
Walton, L. B., 1907, Proceedings of tlie Ohio State Academy of Science,
Vol, V, pt. 1.
Blatchley, 1910. Coleoptera or Beetles of Indiana. Bull. Ind. Dept. Geol.
Feb., 1912.] The Mallows of Ohio. 465
THE MALLOWS OF OHIO.
Mary B. Linnell.
MALVACEAE Mallow Family.
Mucilaginous, innocent herbs or shrtibs with alternate, pal-
mately- veined leaves and small deciduous stipules. Flowers
hypogynous, regular, often large and showy, usually bisporangiate ;
calyx usually of 5 sepals more or less united,. often with bracts at
the base; corolla of 5 petals, convolute; andrecium of numerous
stamens, the filaments united into a tube around the gynecium
and also united with the base of the petals; ovulary with several
cavities, styles united below, distinct above; stigmas usually as
many as the cavities of the ovulary. Fruit a capsule with several
cavities; the carpels falling away entire or else loculicidally
dehiscent.
Synopsis of Genera.
I. Stamen-column anther-bearing at the tip; carpels 5-20 in a ring around
a prominent central axis from which they separate when ripe.
A. Carpels 1-seeded.
1. Flowers bisporangiate.
(1) Stigmas linear, on the inner face of the styles.
a. Involucre of 1-3 bracts.
(a) Carpels beakless; petals obcordate. Malva.
(b) Carpels beaked; petals truncate. Callirrhoe.
b. Involucre of 6-9 bracts. Althaea.
(2) Stigmas terminal, capitate. Sida.
2. Flowers monosporangiate, diecious. Napaea.
B. Carpels 2 — several seeded. AbutUoti.
II. Stamen-column naked at the .5-toothed tip; carpels forming a loculi-
cidal capsule.
A. Involucre of many bracts. Hibiscus.
Key.
1. Flowers without an involucre. 2.
1. Flowers with involucre below the calyx. 4.
2. Leaves not lobed; flowers bisporangiate. 3.
2. Leaves deeply lobed; flowers diecious. Napaea.
3. Leaves broadly cordate, abruptly acuminate. Abutilon.
3. Leaves ovate-lanceolate, acute. Sida.
4. Stamen-column anther-bearing below the entire or 5-toothed summit;
involucre of numerous linear bracts. Hibiscus.
4. Stamen-column anther-bearing at the summit. 5.
5. Involucre of 6-9 bracts united at the base. Althaea.
0. Involucre usually of 3 free bracts. 6.
6. Carpels beakless; petals obcordate; leaves divided or only slightly
lobed. Malva.
6. Carpels beaked; petals truncate; leaves parted or divided. Callirrhoe.
Malva L.
Pubescent or glabrate herbs with dentate, lobed, or dissected
leaves, and axillary or terminal, solitary or clustered flowers.
Carpels beakless, arranged in a circle, indehiscent; cavities of
ovulary several or numerous, 1-ovuled; seed ascending.
466 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 4,
1. Leaves with shallow rounded lobes; flowers clustered in the axils. 2.
1. Leaves deeply 5-7 lobed or pinnatified; flowers only in the upper axils. 4.
2. Stems procumbent; root perennial; petals 1-2 times the length of the
calyx. M. rotundifolia.
2. vStems erect, annual or biennial. 3.
3. Leaf margins not much crisped; biennial; petals 2-4 times the length of
the cah^x. M. sylvestris.
3. Leaf margins very much crisped; annual; petals 1-2 times the length of
the calyx. M. crispa.
4. Stem leaves 5-parted; the divisions pinnatified into linear lobes, carpels
downy, cleft, the divisions broad. M. moschata.
4. Stem leaves deeply 5-lobed, carpels smooth. M. alcea.
1. Malva sylvestris L. High ^Mallow.
Biennial, erect or ascending, pubescent with spreading hairs;
leaves obicular and renifomi, tnnicate or cordate at the base;
flowers reddish purple, carpels about 10. In waste places and
along roadsides. Auglaize, Cuyahoga Co.
2. Malva rotundifolia L. Roundleaf Mallow.
Anmial or biennial, procumbent and spreading; leaves orbicular
renifomi; blades 2 inches wide, petioles about 6 inches long.;
flowers clustered in the axils, petals pinkish white with 3 reddish
nerves, carpels about 15. In fields and waste places. General.
3. Malva crispa L. Curled Mallow.
Annual, glabrous, or nearly so; leaves nearly orbicular with
shallow, angular, crenate lobes with wrinked crisped margins;
blades 5 inches wide; petioles 5 inches long; flowers 3^ inch long,
y2 inch in diameter. In waste places. No specimens.
4. Malva alcea L. European Mallow.
Perennial, procmnbent, pubescent. Stem leaves only once
5-7 parted or cleft, the lobes dentate or incised, blades 3 inches
long, 43^ inches wide, petiols 13^ to -ij^ inches long; flowers
1^ inches in diameter. In waste places. Escaped in Cuya-
hoga Co.
5. Malva moschata L. Musk Mallow.
Perennial, ptiljescent with long hairs. Basal leaves orbicular
with broad, rounded, dentate lobes; stem leaves deeply divided into
linear or crenate, pinnatified or cleft segments; stem leaf blades
2 inches long, 2 inches wide, petiols Ij^ inches long. Flowers 13^
to 2 inches in diameter. In waste places. Northern part of the
State as far south as Muskingum Co.
CALLIRRHOE Nutt.
Herbs with lobed or divided leaves and showy flowers. Bracts
of the involucre 1-3, separate, or none. Petals ctmeate, often
toothed or flmbricate. Carpels beaked, 10-20, forming an ovulary
with equal number of cavities. Cavities 1-ovuled and 1-seeded.
Feb., 1912.] The Mallows of Ohio. 467
1. Callirrhoe involucrata (T. & G.) A. Gray. Purple Poppy-
mallow.
Perennial, procumbent, ascending herbs, 1-2 feet long, pube-
scent with long hispid hairs ; taproot fleshy sometimes reaching to
depth of 10 or more feet. Leaves cordate-orbicular, the lobes
dentate or incised, blades 3 inches wide, 2^/2 inches long; petioles
3-5 inches long. Flowers bright red purple, l}^ inches wide.
A waif in Franklin Co.
ALTHAEA L.
Pubescent herbs with lobcd or divided leaves and solitary or
racemose flowers. Livolucre of 6-9 united bracts; carpels and
cavities of the ovulary numerous, separating at maturity into
1 -seeded fruits.
1. Leaves more or less -S-lobed, very velvety, the lobes acute.
A . officinalis.
1. Leaves with .5-7 rounded lobes, with hairy pubescence. A. rosea.
1. Althaea officinalis L. Marsh -mallow.
Perennial plants; leaves ovate, dentate, and generally 3-lobed,
blades 23^2 inches broad and 2^ inches long. Waif in Scioto Co.
2. Althaea rosea Cav. Hollyhock.
Perennial plants 10 feet or less tall; leaves cordate, dentate,
blades 3-6 inches broad, 3^4= to 4^ inches long, petioles 3-7 inches
long; flowers 4 inches in diameter. Lucas, Erie, Madison, A-Iont-
goniery, Brown, and Scioto Co.
SIDA L.
Herbs with serrate, crenate, or lobed leaves and bisporangiate
flowers. Involucre none, cavities of the ovrdary 1-ovuled, inde-
hiscent, or two-valved at apex.
1. Leaves not lobed, ovate, or oblong-lanceolate. 5. spinosa.
I. Leaves palmately lobed or i5almately veined, glabrous, or nearly so, tall.
S. hermaphrodita.
1. Sida spinosa L. Pricldy Sida.
Anntial ascending, finely pvibesccnt; leaves ovate, blades
1 inch wide, 2 inches long, petiole 1 inch long. Rather general.
2. Sida hermaphrodita (L.) Rusby. Tall Sida.
Perennial; leaves ovate, orbicular, deeply 3-7 lobed, the lobes
lanceolate or ovate, incised, dentate, acute or acuminate, blades
4 inches wide, 5^ inches long; flowers white and numerous.
No specimens.
NAPAEA L.
Erect, perennial herbs, with palmately-lobed leaves and small,
white diecious flowers in corymbose panicles; involucre none,
carpels 8-10, separating at maturity into 1-seeded fruits.
468 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 4,
Napaea dioica L. Glade-mallow.
Stems and leaves glabrous, or nearly so, leaves 5-9 lobed, lobes
incisely cut and acute, leaf blades S-20 inches wide, 4-10 inches
long; flowers white, diecious. Defiance, Clark, Madison, Franklin,
Fairfield and Highland Co.
ABUTILON Gaertn.
Ours annual herbs, soft pubescent with cordate leaves; in-
volucre none; carpels usually 1{)-15 tinited, each cavity 3-9
ovuled, dehiscent at maturity.
Abutilon abutilon (L.) Rusby. Velvet-leaf.
Annual, stout, G feet high, densely velvety pubescent; leaves
long petioled, cordate, orbicular, dentate or nearly entire; l^lades
3-9 inches wide, 3-9 inches long. General and abundant.
HIBISCUS L.
Herbs or shrubs with dentate or lobed leaves and showy
campanulate flowers. Bracts of the involucre nirmerous and
narrow; gynecium of 5 united carpels, ovulary 5-locular with
3 or more ovules in each cavity, capsule 5-valved.
1. Leaves lobed. 2.
1. Leaves deeply divided. H. trionum.
2. Leaves ovate, not prominently lobed, obtuse at the base; stem and
lower surface of leaves pubescent. H. moscheutos.
2. Leaves commonly halberd-form; three-lobed, truncate at the base;
stem and leaves glabrous. H. militaris.
Hibiscus moscheutos L. Swamp Rose-mallow.
Erect, leaves ovate or ovate-lanceolate, cordate or obtuse at
the base, acute or acuminate at the apex, sometimes lobed at the
middle, palmately veined, dentate or crenate, leaf blades 33^-4
inches wide, 4-5^ inches long, petiole 2-23/2 inches long; flowers
6 inches in diameter. Ashtabula, Cuyahoga, Erie, Wayne,
Licking, and Perry Co.
Hibiscus militaris Cav. Halberd-leaf Rose-mallow.
Erect, nearly glabrous, leaves ovate in outline, acute or acimi-
inate, cordate or trtmcate at the base, margins dentate-crenate,
the lower or all of them hastately lobed, leaf blades 33^ inches
wide at the base, 33^^-4 inches long, petioles 23/2~3 inches long;
flowers 23^2 inches in diameter; reddish pink in color. Lucas,
Defiance, Paulding, Auglaize, Shelby, and Franklin Co.
Hibiscus trionum L. Bladder Ketmia.
Annual, pubescent; leaves ovate or orbicular in outline, 3-7
lobed or divided, lobes obtuse, dentate-crenate or cleft, leaf blades
134 inches wide, 1-2 inches long; fruiting calyx inflated, mem-
branous, 5-winged. General.
Feb., 1912.] Another Ohio Grown Rubber. 4«9
ANOTHER OHIO GROWN RUBBER.'
Chas. p. Fox.
Of the many kinds of crude nibber, the botanical family,
Apocynaceae, produces its share of good grades. Mangabeira
(genus Hancomia in Brazil), Benguela root rul^ber (Landolphia)
and Funtunia, both Africans, are notable examples.
The Apocynaceae are trees, shrubs, and herbs, with a milky
acrid juice, numbering some 1000 species, grouped into 130
genera, inhabiting sub-tropical areas. This family of plants
produces a varied line of economic products, such as edible fruits,
dyes, drugs, fibres, ornamental plants and caoutchouc. The
]\iadagascar Ordeal Plant, whose seed contains the most powerful
poison known, and Eden's Forbidden Fruit, register here.
Several members of the type genus Apocynum, of this family,
are common to the United vStates, the so-called Indian Hemp,
Apocynum cannabinum and A. androsaemifolium. During the
past summer, I have examined the latex of the latter species for
quantity and quality of its rubber. The results of this investi-
gation show that the latex of this plant gives a small quantity of
good grade rubber.
The latex is white, viscous, neutral or slightly acid, and has the
strong acrid odor peculiar to this plant. The latex reacts with
the usual coagulating reagents, in the following manner:
Acids do not coagulate; latex becomes thin.
Alkalies do not coagulate; restore the viscosity; change the
color from white to brownish yellow.
Boiling coagulates slightly and slowly.
Acetone in proportion of 1/10 volume, coagulates immediately
and completely; liquid is colored chocolate red.
Formaldehyde coagulates readily, but is much slower than
acetone.
Phenol coagulates the latex, but gives a soft product.
Salt Solution coagulates slowly, giving a finely divided precip-
itate, hard to coalesce. Boiling the saline solution gives a soft
product; not successful. Of the above methods, the use of
acetone or alcohol, and formalin, are the only ones recommended.
Of these two, acetone is preferred.
The latex of Apocynum differs from that of Asclepias in that it
coagulates spontaneously, even if it is kept in closed containers.
The spontaneously coagulated latex gives:
Liquid portion G7.58%
Cheese (wet) 32.42%
1. Presented at the Twenty-first Annual Meeting of the Ohio Acad, of
Sci., Dec. 1, 1911, Columbus.
47° The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 4,
The liquid is white, slightly acid and acrid odor. This liquid
failed to coagulate after addition of more acid. Slight excess of
alkali increased its viscosity, changed its color from white to
brownish \'ellow, but did not coagulate or precipitate it. Boiling
had no effect. Excess of acetone gave a finely divided precipitate
the particles of which were not cohesive. Evaporation of the
mixture, after washing with water and treatment with boiling
acetone, gave a small quantity of black, soft rubber, destitute of
strength. The cheese was composed of:
Water 33.46%
Rubber 3.99%
Resin 62.95%
Working up this cheese of the plant in the usual manner with
solvents, straining through gauze to remove dirt, evaporating,
with low heat, the excess of solvent adding an excess of precipitant,
washing the precipitant and dissipating the precipitating agent,
gave a good grade rubber.
The rubber obtained in this manner is black, finii, not tacky,
odorless and strong. In qtiality it is much better than the product
obtained from its neighbor. Milkweed. The qualities of this
rubber confirm the old adage "that blood is thicker than water,"
and proves a more apt one, "that Apocynaceous rubbers are good
rubbers."
Milkweed latex, however, is richer in rubber than that of
Indian Hemp. The proportion of rubber in the entire plant
remains on the same ratio as the ainount of latex remains equal,
and in both cases is entirely too small to be profitable. Of the
total rubber present in the latex, 96% of it is won in the cheese
formed by the natural coagulation of the latex. Ninety-six
per cent of the total rubber found, ranks as Grade A, and four
per cent grades as C.
The resin is mahogany red, transparent, medium hard, slight
characteristic odor and tasteless.
During this investigation we have found that the soil condi-
tions under which the plant was grown, exerts an influence upon
the amount of rubber in the latex. Plants grown upon dry,
sandy soil of West Akron, gave a latex containing 2.27% rubber
and 20.69% resin. The latex of plants grown upon the wet swamps
of South Akron, contained 1.12% rtibber and 15.04% resin.
Rubber from dry grown plants is of better quality than that of
wet grown plants.
Natural latex from dr}^ land Apocynum contains:
Water 72.29%
Solids 26.21%
Ash 1.59%
Feb., 1912.] Plants from Cuyahoga and Lake Counties. 471
This rubber content in fresh latex is 2.36%.
The above figures refer to latex taken from plants near the
end of the gro\ving season.
Apocynum also gives apocyiiin, a drug having a similar
action to digitalis and, according to Biddle, being an efficacious
remedy in dropsy. The bark of this plant gives a strong, tough
fibre, at one time much esteemed by the American Indians for
bowstrings and fishing nets.
Akron, Ohio.
PLANTS NOT RECORDED IN THE OHIO LIST FROM
CUYAHOGA AND LAKE COUNTIES.
Edg Claassen.
1. Crucibulum vulgare, Tul. On dead willow-bark. Cuyahoga
and Lake; on manure: Cuyahoga; on plant-remnants: Cuyahoga.
2. Cyathus stercoreus, (Schw.) De Ton. On manure:
Cuyahoga.
3. CA^athus striatus, (Huds.) HofTm. On the ground and
on decayed bark between moss: Cuyahoga.
4. Cyathus vemicosus, (Bull.) DC. On clayey ground;
Cuyahoga.
5. Erysiphe cichoraceanim, DC. Cuyahoga. On Aster
macrophyllus, L.; collected September 10. Helianthus tuberosus,
L.; collected September 20 and October 10. Phlox paniculala, L. ;
collected October 10 and 16.
6. Microsphaera alni, (DC.) Winter. Cuyahoga. On Ligus-
trum vulgare, L. (cult.), collected October 2 and 10 and 20.
1. Aristida oligantha, Michx. ; Cuyahoga.
2. Eragrostis pectinacea, (Michx.) Steud.; Cuyahoga.
Specimens of the above plants are contained in the writer's
herbarium.
472 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 4,
A PRELIMINARY LIST OF THE MYXOMYCETES OF
CEDAR POINT.i
E. L. Fullmer.
Eight species were represented by specimens in the herbarium
at Cedar Point at the beginning of the present season, as follows:
Arcyria nutans (Bull.) Grev.
Dictydium cancellatum (Batsch) Macbr.
Diderma crustaceum Peck.
Lachnobolus globosus (Schw.) Rost.
Lindbladia effusa (Ehr.) Rost.
Mucilago spongiosa (Leyss.) Morg.
Physarclla oblonga (B. & C.) Morg.
Trichia inconspicua Rost.
Specimens representing the following fourteen species were
added to the herbarium during the summer of 1911.
Arcyria cincrea (Bull.) Pers.
Arcyria dcnudata (L.) Sheld.
Badhamia orbiculata Rex.
Didymium squamulosum (A. & S.) Fr.
Didymium crustaceum Fr.
Hemitrichia intorta List.
Lycogala epidendnmi (Buxb) Fr.
Lycogala flavo-fuscum (Ehr.) Rost.
Ophiotheca wrightii B. & C.
Stemonitis fenestrata Rex.
Stemonitis maxima Schw.
Stemonitis smithii Macbr.
Tilmadoche alba (Bull.) Macbr.
Tubifera ferruginosa (Batsch) Macbr.
1. Presented at the meeting of the Ohio Acad, of Sci., Dec. 1, 1911.
Feb., 1912.] Additions to the Cedar Point Flora. 473
ADDITIONS MADE TO THE CEDAR POINT FLORA
DURING THE SUMMER OF 1911.i
E. L. Fullmer.
Additions made to the Cedar Point Flora during the summer
of 1911:
Lithospermum arvense L.
At the edge of a recent lagoon near the Breakwater, and
growing in the Juncus association, Jmie 28, 1910. O. E.
Jennings. Seed very likely reached this place by means of
water transportation.
Cycloloma atriplicifolium (Spreng.) Coult.
On sandy banks of newly fonned lagoons near the Break-
water. O. E. Jennings, June 26, 1911. Prof. Moseley had
known of the occurrence of this species here in previous years
but evidently had not reported it. Probably introduced by
water-transportation frojm the upper Great Lake region.
Archangelica atropurpurea (L.) Hoffm.
In marshy vegetation surrounding a lagoon near the
Breakwater. O. E. Jennings, June 2G, 1911.
Dipsacus sylvestris Huds.
In wave-washed debris along the shore of the Bay about
two miles south of the Laboratorv. 0. E. Jennings, July
13, 1911.
Triadenum virginicum (L.) Raf.
Around the shore of the Lily Pond, northwest of the
Breakers Hotel. O. E. Jennings, July IS, 1911. The sudden
appearance of this species around the pond in a narrow strip
of vegetation, which had been thoroughly surveyed the
year before, suggests that birds must have brought in the
seeds.
Miss Blanche McAvoy did some work upon the Grasses and
Sedges of Cedar Point and as a result of her work the following
three species are added to the list:
Panicum ovale Ell. June 23, 1911.
Panicum villosissimum Nash. June 23, 1911.
Scirpus occidentalis (Wats.) Chase. June 27, 1911.
1. Presented at the meeting of the Ohio Acad, of Sci., Dec. 1, 1911.
474 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 4,
THE DIURNALlNODDING OF THE WILD CARROT AND
OTHER PLANTS.
John H. Schaffner.
Many plants exhibit periodical movements during the twenty-
four hours of a day. Among the more interesting of such move-
ments is the daily nodding in the evening, shown by a number of
species common along the roadside.
During the past summer the writer obtained considerable
pleasure in making observations on some of the common plants of
Columbus. One of the most striking in this respect is the wild
carrot (Daucus carota L.) In thrifty plants there are usually a
number of branches which all begin to nod at an early age and
continue the habit until the plant is in full bloom. The best time
to study this peculiar jjhenomenon is from the middle of June to
the middle of July. The long peduncles, bearing the young
umbels nod before the sun goes down, the curving being prominent
by six o'clock. The various branches nod in a radial manner
outward from the central axis of the plant. The length of time
taken to develop the curve was not ascertained but it was
observed that the peduncles are erect in the morning and remain
so during the day. Late in the afternoon, the curving begins and
continues until in some cases the peduncle describes nearly a
circle. The nodding is most striking just before the blooming
period in plants with numerous long peduncles. At this period
the umbel frequently moves through an angle of over 270°.
Frequently the upper face of the umbel touches the side of the
peduncle. The diameter of the curve in a medium sized peduncle
is about two inches. The curved peduncle is quite rigid and should
show an interesting cellular condition if properly studied. The
diurnal nodding of the peduncle stops at the time of anthesis,
although there are subsequent interesting movements in the rays
of the umbel itself at a later period.
The common Dogfennel (Anthemis cotula L.) also has the
diurnal nodding habit. Its numerous lateral branches bearing
heads of flowers nod in the evening and at night and become erect
again early in the morning. The nodding takes place in the
same radial manner as in the wild carrot.
In Lactuca hirsuta Muhl., before and dviring anthesis a decided
drooping or nodding of the large flower cluster occurs, the main
axis bending about six inches from the tip. The stems were
found erect in the morning. Euphorbia nutans Lag., as its
name indicates, also has a nodding of the tips of the stems each
evening and a return to the erect position in the morning.
One may well ask as to the purpose of the nodding habit so
prominently developed in the wild carrot. Is the cause of the
Feb., 1912.] Plants Recognized on a Dumping Ground.
475
movement the lowering of the temperature, the decrease of light,
or the fatigue of the protoplasm? These problems are for the
plant physiologist. But anyone will find the habits interesting
in themselves. They show that there is a real plant behavior as
well as an animal behavior and by taking an evening ramble
before and after sunset the fact will become evident that many
plants change their ]30sitions with the coming of the night even as
do most of the animals.
PLANTS RECOGNIZED ON A DUMPING GROUND AT THE
FOOT OF NINTH STREET, CLEVELAND, OHIO.
Edo Claassen.
It was during the month of June that I visited this locality.
Being quite surprised by the great number of different plants I
saw growing there, I resolved to make a close inspection of a
part (about 40 acres) of this tract of land in the course of several
weeks. The result is contained in the following list, which is.
arranged in confonnitv with "Britton and Brown's Flora."
Mosses.
Funiiria hygrometrica, L.
Bryum argenteum, L.
Leptodon piriforme, Hampe.
Gramineae, Jnss.
Agrostis alba, L.
Avena sativa, L.
Cenchrus tribuloides, L.
Eragrostis eragrostis, (L.) Karst.
Eragrostis pilosa, (L.) Beauv.
Festuca elatior, L.
Hordeum vulgare, L.
Ixophorus glaucus, (L.), Nash.
Panicum capillare, L.
Panicuni crus galli, L.
■Panicum proliferum, Lam.
Panicum virgatum, L.
Phleum pratense, L.
Poa annua, L.
Poa compressa, (L.) Bcauv.
Poa pratensis, L.
Syntherisma sanguinale, (L.) Nash.
Triticum vulgare, L.
Zea Mays, L.
Juncaceae, Vejtt.
Juncus bufonius, L.
Salicaceae, Lindl.
Populus alba, L.
vSalix nigra. Marsh.
Polygonaceae, Lindl.
Polygonum aviculare, L.
Polygonum cilinode, Michx.
Polygonum erectum, L.
Polygonum lapathifolium, L.
Polygonum persicaria, L.
Rumex acetosella, L.
Rumex altissimus, L.
Rumex crispus, L.
Rumex obtusifolius, L.
Chenopodiaceae , Dumort.
Atriplex hastata, L.
Chenopodium album, L.
Chenopodium ambrosioides, L.
Kochia scoparia, (L.) Roth.
Salsola Tragus, L.
Amaranlhaceae, J. St. Hil.
Amaranthus graecizans, L.
Amaranthus retroflcxus, L.
Aizoaceae, A. Br.
Mollugo verticillata, L.
Cruciferae, B. Juss.
Lepidium Virginianum, L.
Sisymbrium altissimum, L.
Sisymbrium officinale, (L.) Scop..
Rosaceae, B. Jtiss.
Potentilla Monspeliensis, L.
Driipaceae, DC.
Amygdalus persica, L.
476
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XII, No. 4,
Papilionaceae, L.
Medicago sativa, L.
Melilotus alba, Desv.
Melilotus officinalis, (L. )Lam.
Trifolium pratense, L.
Trifolium repens, L.
Oxalidaceae, Lindl.
Oxalis stricta, L.
Euphorhiaceae , J. St. Hil.
Euphorbia maculata, L.
Malvaceae, Neck.
Malva rotundifolia, L.
Onagraceae, Dumort.
Onagra biennis, (L.) Scop.
Umbelliferae, B. Jiiss.
Anethuni graveolens, L.
Daucus carota, L.
Convohmlaceae, Vent.
Convolvulus sepium, L.
Verbenaceae, J. St. Hil.
Verbena hastata, L.
Labiatae, B. Juss.
Nepeta cataria, L.
Solanaceae, Pers.
Datura Stramonium, L.
Lycopersicum Lycopersicum,
(L.) Karst.
Physalis pruinosa, L.
Solanum carolinense, L.
Solanum nigrum. L.
Solanum tuberosum, L.
Scrophulariaceae , Lindl.
Verbascum thapsus, L.
Plantaginaceae, Lindl.
Plantago major, L.
Cichoriaceae, Reichenb.
Lactuca canadensis, L.
Lactuca Seariola, L.
Ambrosiaceae, Reichenb.
Ambrosia artemisiaefolia, L.
Xanthium canadense, Mill.
Compositae, Adans.
Achillea millefolium, L.
Anthemis cotula, L.
Arctium Lappa, L.
Artemisia biennis, L.
Aster paniculatus. Lam.
Bidens cernua, L.
Bidens frondosa, L.
Carduus arvensis, (L.) Robs.
Carduus lanceolatus, L.
Erigeron annuus, (L.) Pers.
Erigeron canadensis, L.
Erigeron ramosus, (Walt.) B. S. P.
Euthamia graminifolia, (L.) Nutt.
Galinsoga parviflora, (Cav.) DC.
Helianthus annuus, L.
Solidago canadensis, L.
Date of Publication, February 16, 1912.
T^he Ohio ^N^aturalist,
PUBLISHED BY
The Biological Club of the Ohio State University,
Volume XII. MARCH, 1912. No. 5.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Metcalf— Life-Histories of Syrphidae III -177
SCHAFFNER— A Revised Taxonomy of the Grasses 490
TIiNE— Ohio Moles aud Shrews 494
LIFE-HISTORIES OF SYRPHIDAE III.
C. L. Metcalf.
Syrphus Americanus Wiedemann.
This is one of the most common species in the state, the adults
especially abundant about all kinds of blossoms in July and August,
as well as very early in the spring. The larvee are active and
greedy and found preying on a number of different aphids in large
numbers. It would seem to be one of the most important species
of Syrphidae in the state from an economic standpoint
Egg.
Elongated-ovate in outline, sub-cylindrical, narrower and
truncate at micropylar end, nicely rounded off at the opposite
end, broadest in front of the middle (Fig. 42); somewhat flat-
tened to the surface to which it is attached, slightly humped or
rounded up above (Fig. 41). Length about 0.9 mm., diameter at
middle about 0.3 mm. Color chalk white, hence conspicuous on
the darker surface of leaf or twig on which it is usually deposited.
The entire exposed surface of the egg is beautifully sculptured
except a small region around the dark micropyle. This sculptur-
ing consists of microscopic projections of the surface arranged in
lines running longitudinally-obliquely around the egg. Each
projection consists of a long, slender, irregular body (seven or
eight times as long as broad) sometimes bent, with about twelve
to twenty slender arms reaching out in all directions from it. The
space between these bodies is roughly a half wider than the body
itself. Into these spaces the anns project, most of them meeting
similar projections from the same or another body, many branching
so as to form a delicate network of slender white anns between the
larger bodies. Fig. 43 is a fair representation of a small part of
the surface of the egg-shell, highly magnified. The projections
are chalk white, the depressions between them shaded, appearing
477
478 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 5,
grayish or yellowish. The bodies are of such a size that one may
count about 25 the length of the egg and about 50 around it.
transversely.
Eggs of this species were deposited on braches and leaves of
apple at Columbus, the spring of 1911, from about May 8 to May
15. As this was a late season, however, oviposition for the first
spring generation may usually be expected somewhat earlier.
Two females taken on May 8, about blossoming apple oviposited
late the same day and on the following day. 35 to 40 eggs were
deposited by each female. Oviposition, although rapid at times,
extended over parts of two days. Apparently at times the hind
legs assisted in deposition of the eggs. They are deposited singly
sometimes not over a minute apart but usually some little
distance away.
At Cedar Point, Ohio, eggs were found on Phragmites from
June 20 to July 10. At Lakevillc, Ohio, on Dock {Rumex sp.)
June 1.5-20.
Duration in the egg stage indoors at a temperature of about
90° Fahr. was from 55 to 60 hours.
On apple these eggs were laid on the smaller, tenderer shoots
and on young leaves, the parts most affected by plant lice. On
dock they are placed on leaves, on buds, in leaf -axils, or on the
stems. On Phragmites the eggs were found on both the under and
the upper side of the leaves. On Black Willow along the smaller
outer twigs.
The eggs are deposited on the surface of the twigs and leaves.
They lie flat and are glued rather firmly so that sometimes they
break before being dislodged. Flies imprisoned in glass jars
oviposit mostly on the surface toward the light although twigs or
leaves enclosed receive some eggs.
The eggs of Syrphidee so far as known to me have a rather char-
acteristic appearance. The shape and white color may serve to
distinguish them from eggs of many other insects. I know of no
naked eye characters that are specific. The size of the egg and
number and characteristics of the microscopic, sculptured bodies,
as described above, may serve to distinguish those of Syrphiis
americaniis.
I have noted no methods of natural protection unless it be the
sheltered positions in which they are sometimes placed; nor have
I discovered any egg parasites.
Larva.
There is a considerable change in appearance and character-
istics during the growth of the larva. Just after hatching the
characters are as follows (Fig. 45) : Length 1.2 mm., width 0.2 to
0.3 mm. Shape sub-cylindrical, smaller anteriorly, not enlarged
.medially. Color, light yellow or with a greenish tinge. Body
Mar., 1912.] Life-Histories of Syrphidae III. 479
surface wrinkled, sides irregular. Segmental spines on second
thoracic (Ith) to penultimate (Uth) segments, inclusive, and the
dorso-lateral ones on the prothoracic (ord) very long, slender,
black, gi\'ing the young larva a very hairy appearance, so far as
I know characteristic of this species. The posterior breathing
appendages are short, slightly divergent (Fig. 45, a). General
body surface bare. The dorsal blood-vessel shows faintly in the
posterior half of the body.
During subsequent growth these slender segmental hairs are
replaced by shorter, stouter, more spine-like bristles ; the posterior
breathing appendages are slightly elevated becoming united on
the median line; and minute black spines appear all over the
dorsal surface of the body.
Mature larva: Length 11 mm., width 2.5 mm., height 2 mm.
(Fig. -16). Eruciform, legless. The segments are not all definitely
marked. On the basis of the segmental spines ten segments can
be clearly made out posterior to, and including, the one bearing the
anterior spiracles (Fig. 40, b). These spiracles may be considered
prothoracic, hence we have ten segments exclusive of the head.
The head segments are small retractile somewhat indefinite with
some appearance of being two in number. For convenience of
reference, therefore, the total number has been considered as 12,
making the prothoracic, number 3.
Compared with many other aphidaphagous larvae those of this
species are noticably slenderer, in outline with more nearly parallel
sides. Segments 6 to 11 are of nearly equal width; the last one is
narrower and much depressed; while anterior to segment 6 the
body tapers evenly to the mouth-parts when extended, or rounds
off at segment 4 when at rest, with the head segments retracted.
The body wall is prominently wrinkled, transversely, and with
the usual two longitudinal carinae at each side. From above as in
Figure 46, the ventral of these carinae is hidden by the dorsal one.
General color yellowish, or salmon-brown, marked with black
and white or yellowish white. The whitish markings consist of
a transverse rectangular bar on each segment from 0 to 11 and a
narrow line along each side of the larva in the dorsal lateral
carinfe. Interrupted by the transverse white bars in the median
line is the heart line or dorsal blood-vessel, consisting of six,
elongate, wedge-shaped black marks broadly margined with brown.
Laterad of the brown are other prominent black blotches extending
obliquely outward and back to the whitish lateral carinte. The
anterior end for two or three segments is unmarked with the black
or brown and is light greenish yellow in color.
Examined more in detail the color markings may be described
as follows : The brown color is resident in bodies of globular fatty
material w^hich is visible through the thin and transparent, though
tough, body wall. It begins in the head segments where there is
48o The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 5,
a small rounded mass; runs in a narrow median line back to seg-
ment 5 ; forks around the first division of the heart Hne ; and thence
the forks extend as broader and broader lines to the posterior end
of the body. In each segment back of 5 these forks are connected
by a whitish bar, already mentioned, just beneath the two median
segmental bristles; and more or less by scattered brownish globules
between the dorsal segmental bristles.
These bundles of fat, and consequently the amount of brown
color, vary considerably in extent in different individuals, or at
different times in the same individual. Frequently they cover the
entire dorsum except the blood-vessel in segments 10, 11, 12.
Usually anterior to this the black body-fluid appears again next
the surface in the lateral pockets, already described, entirely
surrounded and somewhat interrupted by the adipose mass. The
sides of the body appear yellowish white.
When magnified the entire dorsum of the larva is seen to be
covered with short, close set black spines. The segmental bristles
are larger, but light in color and not conspicuous, about equal in
size, situated on slight elevations. Ten of the body segments
show twelve such bristles, situated as previously described in
Paragns bicolor*
The posterior breathing appendages on the dorsum of the last
segment, (Figs. 46, c; 49; and 50) are short (0.2-0.25 mm. long)
and nearly twice as broad (0.4-0.5 mm) ; divergent for half their
length; the dorsal spiracular spines (Figs. 49 and 50, a) moderately
long, sharply conical, with a very small lateral sub-basal spur.
The six elongate spiracles (b) are irregularly and considerably
curved, about 0.2-0.25 mm. long, the median one on each side
nearer to the ventral than to the dorsal one.
The anterior prothoracic spiracles on the third segment
(Figs. 40, b\ 47, a) are small, sub-crescent shaped, the lip of the
spiracle marked by nine rounded, tooth-like lobes, (Fig. 48).
The head segments bear antennje, (Figs. 40, a; 47, b) and
mouth parts (Fig. 47, r, d, c). The antenna are short, fleshy,
rudimentary. The mouth parts consist of the usual i^air of beak-
like jaws (c, d) and three pairs of mouth-hooks {e). The jaws are
V-shaped, sharp, slightly hooked at the tip, somewhat shorter than
usual, the dorsal extending slightly beyond the ventral when
apposed. The latter has a ventrally projecting basal spur on
each side. The mouth booklets are unequal in size the outer pair
largest; the other two ]jairs are situated close beside the jaws,
the dorsal ones heavier, the ventral pair small, slender.
To the mouth parts is attached internally a complex system
of strong muscles and a broad, chitinous, oesophageal framework
(Fig. 5l', d).
The Ohio Naturalist, Vol. XII, No. 1, p. 397, Nov., 1911.
Mar., 1912.] Life- Hi stories of Syrphidae III. 481
The ventrum of the body is bare; seven pairs of ventral folds
of the body-wall making fairly well-defined prolegs.
The larva emerges from the egg very slowly. The anterior end
of the egg splits and the sides spread under the contractions and
expansions of the larva. Then by stretching out and clinging to
some object it pulls itself out little by little. The egg shell is
tough rather than rigid and yields to the contortions of the larva.
When first hatched the larvae are inactive and will lie quietly
for hours if undisturbed. If an aphid is forced upon them they
will often attack it and attempt to eat it frequently with the result
that they are carried away by the larger insect and finally dis-
lodged. However, after the lapse of eight or ten hours the larvae
begin active crawling movements in search of food. Apparently
their prey is located not by a chemotropism but by thigmotropism
as they frequently pass by an aphid so closely as almost to touch
it and go on in search of others. The characteristic movements of
these larvae when searching for food are familiar to many and have
been described for another species (l. c). Frequently the larvse
grasp first a leg or antennae of the aphid and cling to it until they
can reach the thorax or abdomen.
A young, one-da^'-old larva barely a millimeter and a half long
looks preposterous attacking an aphid fully three times its size.
Yet so firmly does the larva cling or become cemented to the surface
by its posterior end that the aphid is tmable to escape.
These younger larvs do not eat rapidh\ I have at various
times observed them in one place sucking the juices of a single aphid
for from a half to two-and-a-half hours. Sometimes the aphids
continued to struggle for an hour or more.
Growth is rapid. By the end of the second day some of the
specimens had reached a length of 7 or S mm. and a width of
1.2 mm.
In order to determine something of the capacity of these insects
for devouring plant lice and hence their degree of economic
importance, the writer tried feeding them with cabbage aphids
{Aphis brassiccB. Linn.) The aphids were touched to the mouth
of a larva which had not been kept from food. A four day old
larva devoured the first aphid in 4.5 minutes, a second, third,
fourth, and fifth smaller than the first in 2, 1, 1, and 0.5 minutes
respectively. The sixth a larger one was retained for 3.25 minutes.
These were very thoroughly eaten, all the viscera and body
fluids being picked and sucked out. After this the lice tendered
were not eaten so closely, but killed, a seventh in 2 minutes an
eighth in 1.75 ininutes and a ninth in 1.5 minutes.
On another occasion the same test was made with an older
larva which devoured a dozen or two before the writer's patience
became exhausted. The tests were sufficient, however, to establish
the voraciousness of the appetites of these larvae.
482 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. Xll, No. 5,-
It is, of course, not probable that any larva would ever norm-
ally devour aphids so rapidly. Yet when plenty are at hand the
number eaten by a larva during its life of eight days to two weeks
or more must be very considerable. It should be kept in mind
also that it is not the actual individuals eaten, alone, that deter-
mines the amount of benefit from these insects; but the fact that
in this way the production of enomious numbers of aphids may be
prevented. If as Reaumour has calculated, and others have
substantiated, one aphid may be the progenitor of over 5,000,000-
000 individuals during her existence of a month or six weeks, we
can see at once the important benefit that must arise from the
destruction of one or two of these aphids early in the establish-
ment of the colony. It is a fact that the eggs of Syrphidas are
often deposited on the host-plant very early or even in anticipation
of the arrival of the aphids.
The great factor in determining the duration in the larval stage
seems to be the abundance or scarcity of food. Indoors with
plenty of food at hand the larval period from emergence from
egg to formation of puparium was 8 to 9 days. When less food
was supplied this period was extended frequently to two weeks
sometimes as much as 20 days. The larva are very tenacious of
life, some of them existing for over three weeks with very little
food.
Out-of-doors the larva seem to be little affected by climatic
conditions so long as food is available. They endure very wet
weather and I have seen them in Autumn sur^'ive several periods
of cold freezing weather.
In my experience these larvee may be expected wherever
aphids or other soft-bodied insects occur in colonies. They are
not restricted to one kind of prey. I have found them most abund--
antly on cabbage and some other cruciferae at Columbus the latter"
half of May in an open greenhouse, and out-of-doors in Autumn
from the latter part of September to the middle of October; and
on Phragmites at Cedar Point from the last week in June to the first
week in August.
On cabbage they are very destructive to Aphis brassicae Linn.
On Phragmites they were predaceous in large numbers on a very
abundant unidentified aphid. I have also found them commonly
on apple feeding on the European grain aphis {Siphocoryne avenae
Fab.) during May. Occasionally on curled Dock {Rumex crispiis
L.) and broad-leafed Dock {R. obtusijoJius L.) among Aphis
rumicus Linn, the first of June. One of these larvse w^as observed
devouring a Syrphid larva (Paragus bicolor Fab.) from the same
host plant. On Black Willow the larva? parasitized colonies of
the Willow Grove Plant-house {Melanoxanthus soliciti Harris.) on
the University campus the first half of October.
Mar., 1912.] Life-Histories of Syrphidae III. 483
On these plants the position of the larvas is determined by that
of the aphids. On cabbage they are largely on the under side of
the outer drooping leaves but may be found well in among the
more compact leaves of the head. On Phragmites they are mostly
on the upper, but also on the under side of the long linear leaves ;
on Rumex spp. chiefly among the flower spikes, and lower leaves;
and on apple and willow on the outer small and tender twigs.
Parasites.
I have noted one very bad enemy of Syrphus americanus — the
Ichneumonid parasite, Bassus laetatorius Fabr. I have reared
this species from larvse and pupae not only of 6". americanus but
also of Paragus bicolor, Paragus tibialis, Allograpta obliqua, and
Sphaerophoria cylindrica.
It appears most abundantly on 5'. americanus especially during
irddsummer, July and August, on Phragmites and again in Septem-
ber to November on specimens from cabbage. At times I have
found fully 75% of those collected were destroyed by this parasite,
I have not reared the parasite from specimens taken previous-
to July.
This parasite oviposits through the body wall of the larvas, the
eggs hatch and the larvae develop without preventing the fonnation
of a more or less complete puparium by the host. Within the
puparium the development of the larval parasite goes on at the
expense of the Syrphid. The latter is entirely devoured and the
parasitic larva reaches in size nearly the capacity of the puparium.
Pupation then takes place and the adult emerges by gnawing a
small irregular hole in the anterior end of the dipterous puparium
about 3 or 4 weeks after pupation of the host. Only one parasite
develops in each host individual.
The larvae when full grown measure about 4 mm. in length by
1.8 mm. in height, by 2 mm. in width. They are plump, whitish,
erusiform, ovate in outline; median segments largest, humped
dorsally and with the posterior end smaller than the anterior. As
their orientation is the same as that of the puparium it will be seen
that the full grown larva fits very nicely, in size and shape, the
puparium of the host. There are 14 body-segments clearly
shown; the only conspicuous appendage is a U- or V-shaped
chitinous piece in the region of the mouth. Sketches of a larva
and a pupa are given as Figures 58, 59.
The adult may easily be recognized by the following descrip-
tion from G. C. Davis' "A monograph of the Tribe Bassini"
Trans. Am. Ento. Soc. XXII, p. 19, Feb. '95, who also states that
it is one of the most common arid wide spread species in Europe
and America.
484 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 5,
" 9 . Length 6 mm. Head, thorax, base and tip of abdomen,
hind tarsi , base and lower middle of hind tibiae black ; four anterior
legs, posterior coxse, femora, and often tips of tibiae, tip of abdom-
inal segment 1, whole of 2 and .'3 and more or less of 4, rufous;
anterior orbits, mouth, tegulae, spot in front, line beneath, cunei-
form spots on mesonotum, scutellum, post-scutellum, and band
on posterior tibise white.
cT — Differs only in having the face, scape beneath and a stripe
on pleura yellowish white. "
As previously pointed out for Paragus hicolor (I. c.) the pres-
ence of the parasite is usually indicated at the time of pupation by
a failure of the pupariuni to inflate completely anteriorly and
dorsally, and retract on the ventral side, and also by its darker
color. The following are the average dimensions of 15 puparia
from which Bassus laetatorius had emerged: length 6 mm., height
2.25 mm., width 2.45 mm. Compared with the dimensions of
an equal number of unparasitized individuals as given below, it
will be seen that these are slightly less in all dimensions than the
nomial ones, with a little more difference in height than in length
or width. The difference in shape is more conspicuous than
these figures would indicate (See Fig. 56) and together with the
difference in color makes them rather easy to distinguish when
once the characteristics are learned.
As suggested in the previous paper it ought to be easy to
accomplish a great deal of good by destro3-ing these parasitized
puparia before the parasite emerges.
Pupariuni.
Dimensions, average of 15: length 6.5 mm., height 2.5 mm.,
width 2.6 mm. (Fig. 55). Pupation occurs within the indurated
larval skin after shortening and dorsal and lateral inflation espec-
ially at the anterior end. The head segments are retracted
ventrally so that segments 3 to 5 lie at the anterior pole and the tip
of the mouth-parts (tenninal in the larva) are about 0.5 cm., back
on the ventral side. The wrinkling of the skin, characteristic in
the larva is largely lost, due to the inflation. The vestiture
remains as in the larva, the segmental spines inconspicuous, but
the exposed parts of the wrinkles of the larva, densely covered
with very small, short, sharp, black spines. Sometimes this gives
a rather prominent transverse banding of black where the spines
are thickest.
The posterior three segments are proportionately less inflated
than the middle ones. Shape from dorsal aspect ovate with the
last segment and its respiratory appendage projecting; very
slightly broadest in front of the middle, nicely rounded out in
front. From the side (Fig. 56) the anterior and dorsal inflation
Mar., 1912.] Life- Histories of Syrphidae III. 485
is evident; the puparium is not strongly elevated posteriorly,
being eonvexly depressed gradually from about the middle. From
in front the puparium appears nearly circular in outline, very
slightly flattened ventrally.
The posterior breathing appendage (Fig. 55, a) is as in the larva
but entirely black, the segment inflated beneath it. The anterior
spiracles remain visible externally, antero-dorsal to the tip of the
mouth-parts, with parts of the tracheae leading from them visible
flattened against the inside of the puparium (Fig. 51, a). The
larval mouth parts also become flattened against the puparium on
their right or left side. (Fig. 51, b, c, d). At first the pupa
shrinks away from these parts but later as the adult head develops
fills up the space again. A fine of weakness develops in the
puparium i-unning from the apex of the mouth-parts dorsally
between segments 6 and 7. The expanse of the ventral part of
the face then forces off a circular operculum along this line for the
emergence of the adult. Posteriorly part of the large tracheal
trunks remain in connection with the spiracles.
Color of the puparium, empty: pale brown, transparent; with
pupa enclosed: variable, darker brown, strongly tinted with
salmon. A day or two before emergence the prominent colors ol
the adult become plainly visible.
Pupa.
The coarctate pupa (Fig. 54) is covered with a delicate trans-
parent membrane {a) with pockets encasing the developing legs,
wings, etc. The changes visible externally are gradually produced
and give little indication of the radical internal histolysis and
histogenesis.
At an early stage (Fig. 53) when the dorsal part of the abdomen
is simply a mass of fatty granules as in the larva with the
position of the dorsal blood vessel indicated and the head and
thorax irregular, angular masses; the legs, or the cases enclosing
them (Fig. 53, a, b, c) have already reached their full size; although
there is no vestiture developed on them and their outline and
segmentation are indefinite. The wing-pads, also, (</), are as
large as they will become before emergence but show no signs of
the venation which is proininent at a later stage. They are folded
ventrally about the sides of the body.
The mouth-parts are visible as long, cylindrical, fleshy buds {e).
The eyes are not indicated externally except as irregular oval
areas about half the size of the adult eye antero-dorsal in position,
bounded by a slightly elevated ridge.
A considerably later stage shows the abdomen still cylindrical
without color and with only a little vestiture, the segments faintly
indicated by constrictions, the fatty granules gone. The head is.
486 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 5,
well developed, the eyes pale but full sized, the facets faintly
marked. The ocelli are white, rounded projections. The anten-
nse full-sized but colorless, bent ventrally, arista pale extending
laterally. The thorax is hardly fully expanded, pale fleshy, the
vestiture very faint. A decided flexure at the junction of thorax
and abdomen throws the scutellum beneath the anterior part
of the abdomen.
The mouth-parts are short, thick, fleshy cjdinders. The eyes
approach each other at the lower part of the head more closely
than in the adult. The legs are definiteh^ segmented and of
definite outline the vestiture and claws pale. The femora extend
antero-laterally, the fore and middle tibiae and tarsi postero-
medially parallel to the femora. The hind tibi« however develops
a strong flexure (Fig. 52, a). This leg is bent up under the wing-
pad and back, the tarsus projecting to the tip of the abdomen on
the median ventral line. The tibia is bent beyond the middle at
an angle. of 150° thus shortening the extent of the leg posteriorly.
The wings are pale and fleshy but show the de\-elopment of
the adult venation. There is a prominent U-shaped loop about
the middle of the costal margin and the rest of the wing is very
much crumpled and folded.
In a later stage (Fig. 54) very shortly before emergence, the
dark reddish-brown color of the eyes and the black and yellow
banding of the abdomen showed clearly; the vestiture was well
developed and the shape and segmentation that of the adult with
the following exceptions: The scutellum is broader and flatter
than in the adult condition, the thorax flesh}', without any of the
adult coloring, but with the \'estiture well developed, showing
three longitudinal bands. The mouth-parts are fleshy, flattened,
unextended. Wings much as in the earlier stage but with hairs
on the margin, veins black. The two wing membranes are not
apposed and much corrugated, blue-gray in color.
Since the generations are considerably confused during any
season, the date of pupation can be stated only in a general wa}^
This ma^' be inferred from the dates given for the occurrance
of the larvte. In experiments indoors from the flrst eggs deposited
in spring, I secured pupas on May 22. AVinter is sometimes
passed in the pupa stage but whether this is the only method of
wintering I cannot say.
This stage is for the most part passed in the same location as
the larval. I have found puparia glued by the posterior segment
to leaves of cabbage and among flower- and leaf -axils of Rumex
crispus. Some of the specimens kept on potted cabbage, were
found as pupa? buried under a half inch or more of the soil in the
pot. The puparium becomes very hard and more or less impervious.
Mar., 1912.] Life-Histories of Syrphidae III. 487
Adult.
Description after Wiedemann, Auss, Zw. Ins. II, 129, 22, and
Osten Sacken, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. XVIII, Ho.
cf , 9 . Length S-10 mm. Female. Face yellow, in certain
positions with a pearly luster, with a brown stripe in the middle,
which begins at the oral margin but does not reach the antenna;
the latter brownish-black, reddish on the underside of the third
joint. Cheeks blackish, but separated from the mouth by a narrow
yellow border, which on the underside of the mouth completely cuts
off connection between the black color on both sides. Front
brownish bronze color, powdered with yellow on each side. Im-
mediately above each antenna there is a brownish spot sometimes
continued above into an indefinite black stripe; vertex metallic
bronze or black, eyes bare. Thorax metallic greenish black,
unstriped; with scattered luteous pile; on the sides, in front of
the base of the wing, yellowish; elsewhere metallic green; scutel-
lum metallic yellow, with a bluish reflection and sparse 3^el-
low pile. First abdominal segment metallic blue; the rest of the
abdomen black with bright yellow cross-bands. The first abdom-
inal cross-band is not interrupted but co-arctate in the middle;
its ends do not touch the margin of the abdomen, but are separated
from it by a narrow black l3order; sometimes a brownish mark in
the middle of this band gives it the appearance of being sub-
interrupted. The second cross-band is nearly as broad as the
black cross-band between it and the next yellow band ; it is usually
perfectly straight (in some specimens the hind margin is gently
sinuate) ; its ends do not touch the lateral margin of the abdomen ;
they are cut obliquely, fonning a sharp angle anteriorly, and a
rounded one posteriorly ; the fornier almost touches the margin of
the abdomen. The third band is similar to the second, only its
hind margin is more perceptibly arcuated. The posterior margin
of the fourth segment has as usual, a narrow yellow border; the
fifth likewise, and two yellow spots at the base besides. Femora
yellow; the four anterior ones in some specimens brownish at the
extreme base only ; the hind pair with a more or less dictinct brown
ring on the distal half; four anterior tibia? and tarsi yellow; the
hind tibiae sometimes with a brownish ring, the hind tarsi brownish.
Male (Fig. 44). Front yellow, with a more or less distinct
brown spot above each antenna; cross-bands on the abdomen
broader than in the female, and distintly broader than the black
interval between them; posteriorly, they are often nearly straight,
sometimes distinctly arcuate, especially the third band. The
yellow spots on the second segment are not coalescent, but sepa-
rated by a narrow black interval (in some specimens sub-coales-
cent) ; the fifth segment is yellow, with a black spot in the middle.
The four anterior femora are black at the base; the hind femora
488 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 5,
are usually black, with a yellow tip; sometimes there is a trace of
^•ellow at the base; hind tibiae usually with a brown ring in the
middle.
The adults have been taken in large numbers about blossoming
willow (Sah'x sp.) as early as the last few days of Alarch and the
first of April, and again about blossoming apple and pear, the
first of Alay. They are abundant in mid-summer and can be
taken about all kinds of blossoms.
They are pollen and nectar feeders and doubtless of consider-
able importance as pollenizers of fruit trees and other plants.
For this, and their work in checking a]:)hids, they are worthy every
jDrotection that can possibly be afforded them.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
41,
42
43
Fig.
Fig.
44
45
EXPLAXATIOX OF PLATE XXIII.
Egg from the side x 17.
Dorsal view of egg x 17.
A small part of the surface of egg-shell showing sculpturing,
highly magnified.
Adult cf about 5 times natural size.
Larva just hatched x 50; a, posterior respiratory appendage.
Fig. 4G. Full-grown larva x 7; a, antenna, h, anterior spiracle, c,
posterior respiratory appendage.
Fig. 47. Anterior view of larva, much enlarged, showing mouth-parts,
antennae, etc.; a, right anterior spiracle; b, antenna; c, upper
jaw; d, lower jaw; e, the three pairs of mouth-hooks.
Fig. 48. Dorsal view of right anterior spiracle, highly magnified.
Fig. 49. End or posterior view of posterior respiratory organ x 55; a,
dorsal spiracular spine; b, one of the three pairs of slit-like
spiracles.
Fig. .50. Side or dorsal view of posterior respiratory organ x oo\ lettering
as in Fig. 49.
Fig. 51. Appearance of a part of the puparium externally in the region of
the mouth-parts much enlarged; a, right anterior spiracle with
short piece of trachea attached; b, lower jaw of larva; c, upper
jaw of larva; d, chitinous oesophageal framework; e, mouth-
hooks of larva.
Fig. .52. Hind leg of pupa showing flexure of tibia at a.
Fig. 53. An early pupal stage from the side; a, b, and c, developing legs;
d, wing-pad; e, mouth-parts.
Fig. .54. A much later pupal stage, ventral view; a, the delicate investing
membrane.
Fig. 55. Dorsal view of puparium x 5; a, posterior respiratory organ.
Fig. .56. Outline of puparium from the side. The dotted outline is given
to show the typical shape of a parasitized puparium.
Fig. 57. Lateral view of head of female x 7.
Fig. 58. Larva of parasite, Bassus laetatorius, mouth-parts at a, ventral view.
Fig. .59. Pupa of B. laetatorius, ventral view.
Figs. 53, .54, .58, and .59 each about 5 times natural size.
Ohio Naturalist.
Plate XXIII.
53 z^ ^ 54
Metcalf on " Life-Histories of Syrpliidae III."
*55
49° The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 5,
A REVISED TAXONOMY OF THE GRASSES.^
John H. Schaffner.
Ha\'ing had occasion to study the grass flora of Ohio in connec-
tion with the preparation of a forthcoming catalog of Ohio plants
and having paid considerable attention to the phyletic arrange-
ment of the flowering plants, it soon became evident to the writer
that the usual arrangement, as given in recent systematic works,
reverses the order of nature and the rational method of presenta-
tion. To begin the grass series with plants having such specialized
structures as one finds in Zea, Coix, and Tripsacum, is to intimate
that the grasses have been evolving from the specialized to the
unspecialized, from the unique to the nomial, from the particular
to the general.
If one makes a general study of the spikelet and flower, the
order of progress is indicated in a remarkably clear manner by a
long series of degenerations and vestigial parts. The evidence
is incontrovertable to anyone ^^'ho can entertain any modern
views on the doctrine of evolution as applied to these plants. The
conclusion seems inevitable — the bamboos and arundinarias are
the most primitive grasses while gama-grass, Job's-tears, and
Indian corn are among the most extreme specializations to be
found not alone in the Graminaceae but even in the whole group of
flowering plants.
In order to present the arrangement clearly to students of
systematic botany, a brief description of the teniiinology, with a
synopsis of the tribes usually recognized and a systematic list of
the local genera, is given below.
TERMINOLOGY OF THE GRASS INFLORESCENCE
The inflorescence of a grass is made up of compact flower-
bearing branchlets known as spikelets. In general, the spikelet
of a grass is of the same importance in identification as the flower
in most other groups. The spikelet usually has two bracts at the
base which are called the empty glumes. These may be disting-
uished as the outer and inner empty glumes. Each flower is also
normally inclosed in two bracts, called the flowering glumes. The
outer of these glumes is called the lemma the inner the palet. All
of these bracts can thus be called glumes collectively. Through
reduction of the spikelet and degeneration of the flower, part of
the glumes may be absent or vestigial, or extra glumes may
be present. Usually there are 2 (sometimes 3) minute bracts or
scales at the base of the flower, within the flowering glumes. These
1 Contribution.s from the Botanical Laboratory of Ohio State
University, 67,
Mar., 1912.] A Revised Taxonomy of the Grasses. 491^
are called lodicules and are supposed to represent a vestigial
perianth.
The synopsis given below corresponds quite closely with that
of Bessey, given in his "Outline of Plant Phyla, Second Edition."
I might add however, that my own arrangement was worked out
independently several >'cars ago before I knew that Dr. Bessey
was working on the same problem. To anyone interested, a
coinparison of the two synopses will indicate in some degree the
basis on which phyletic classification rests and the extent of
agreement to be attained by workers not influenced by nor follow-
ing any adopted "authority. "
SYNOPSIS OF THE TRIBES OF GRASSES.
I. Spikelets many — 1-flowered; rachilla usually articulated above
the empty glumes which are persistent after the fall of the
flowers; spikelets usually more or less laterally compressed.
1. Aerial stems entirely woody or at least woody at the base,
perennial; lodicules usually 3; leaf -blade with a
short petiole articulated with the sheath.
Subfamily, Bambusatae.
a. Tribe, BambusecB.
2. Aerial stems herbaceous and annual; lodicules usually 2;
leaf-blades sessile, without a joint.
Subfamily, Poacatae.
(1). Spikelets 2 — many-flowered; in panicles, spike-like
panicles or racemes.
a. Flowering glumes as long or longer than the empty
glumes, unawned or with a straight awn from
the apex. Tribe, Festucea.
b. Flowering glumes generally shorter than the empty
glumes, usually with a bent awn on the back;
callus and usually the rachilla-joints hairy.
Tribe, AvenecB.
(2). Spikelets 1 — several-flowered, in rows, forming an
equilateral or 1 -sided spike or raceine ; sometimes
monosporangiate .
a. Spikelets sessile in 2 opposite rows, forming an
equilateral spike; leaf -blades bearing at base a
more or less well-marked pair of auriculate
appendages. Tribe, H or decs.
b. Spikelets sessile in 2 rows on one side of a flattened
axis, fonning 1 -sided spikes which are digitate
or paniculate, or sometimes solitary.
Tribe, Chloridece.
492 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 5,
(3). Spikelets with but one perfect flower, or monosporan-
giate; always in panicles or racemes, not in rows.
a. Spikelets with 4 or more glumes.
(a). Third glume enclosing a perfect flower just
above the empty glumes ; palet of the perfect
flower usually 2-nerved. Tribe, Agrostidece.
(b). Fifth ghmie enclosing a perfect flower on the
top of the spikelet ; palet of the perfect flower
usually 1 -nerved or nerveless.
Tribe, PhalaridecB.
b. Spikelets usually with but 2 glumes, or the lower
empty glumes reduced; spikelets often mono-
sporangiate. Tribe, Oryzea.
II. Spikelets usually 2-flowered or by degeneration 1 -flowered;
rachilla articulated below the empty glumes which are thus
deciduous with the flowers; spikelets more or less dorsally
compressed; aerial stems annual.
Subfamily, Panicatae.
1. Flowering glumes, at least of the perfect flowers, similar in
texture to the empty glumes, or frequently coria-
ceous or chartaceous (indurated), never thin
and hyaline.
a. Flowering glumes of the perfect flowers chartaceous or
coriaceous, very different from the empty glumes.
Tribe, PanicecB.
b. Flowering glumes membranous.
(a). Inflorescence paniculate, spikelets deciduous
singly from the ultimate branches; first empty
glume usually smaller and narrower than the rest.
Tribe, Tristeginece.
(b). Inflorescence spikate; spikelets deciduous singly
or in groups; first empty glume usually larger
than the rest, the second one often spiny.
Tribe, ZoysiecB.
2. Flowering glumes thin and hyaline, much more delicate in
structure than the thick-membranous or coriaceous
empty glumes.
a. Spikelets in pairs, one usually sessile the other pedi-
cellate, the sessile spikelet with a perfect flower,
the pedicellate one with a perfect, staminate, or
sterile (vestigial) flower; lemmas of the perfect
flowers usually awned. Tribe, Andropogonece.
b. Spikelets monosporangiate, in separate inflorescences
or in different parts of the same infloresence, the
carpellate portion or inflorescence below, the
staminate above; lemmas awnless.
Tribe, Maydece.
Mar., 1912.] .4 Revised Taxonomy of the Grasses.
493
SERIAL LISTS OF
Bromus.
Uniola.
Melica.
Festuca.
Panicularia.
Poa.
Dactylis.
Eragrostis.
Danthonia.
Arrhenatherum.
Trisetum.
A vena.
Lolium.
Agropyron.
Triticum.
Secale.
Spartina.
Beckmannia.
Capriola.
Sporobolus.
Calamagrostis.
Agrostis.
Apcra.
Cinna.
Ammophila.
Alopecurus.
Heleochloa.
Savastana.
Phalaris.
Homalocenchrus.
Zizaniopsis.
Panicum .
Syntherisma.
Echinochloa.
Sorghum.
Sorghastrum.
Tripsacum.
Coix.
THE LOCAL GENERA OF GRASSES.
Festucece.
Eatonia.
Koeleria.
Korycarpus.
Tricuspis.
Triplasis.
Cynosurus.
Phragmites.
Avenece.
Hordece.
Chloridece.
AgrostidecE.
Phalaridece.
OryzecB.
Panicece.
AndropogonecE.
Maydece.
Deschampsia.
Aira.
Holcus.
Elynius.
Hystrix.
Hordeum.
Eleusine.
Atheropogon.
Bouteloua.
Phleum.
Muhlenbergia.
Brachyelytrum.
Milium.
Oryzopsis.
Stipa.
Aristida.
Anthoxanthum .
Zizania.
Paspalum.
Chaetochloa.
Cenchrus.
Manisuris.
Andropogon.
Zea.
494 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 5,
OHIO MOLES AND SHREWS.
Jas. S. Hixe.
The Ohio members of the Order Insectivora,, coinmonlY called
moles and shrews, have been quite extensively collected in the
state and some things in regard to their habits and distribution
msij be said. The moles are easily distinguished from the shrews
by their larger size and wider front feet. Three of each have been
taken and there is a possibility that other species of shrews exist
within our territory, at least the adjoining states that have pub-
lished lists of mammals all enumerate more than three, but as
Ohio is between the East and the West from the famial standpoint
one is not surprised when some of the species listed from Pennsvl-
vania and Indiana are not taken.
The common or short tailed shrew, Blarina brevicauda, is the
most abundant species of the order in the state. Trapping in
any section and under various conditions is sure to reveal this
species at the outset and it continues to appear in the traps day
after day until the collector, who is always desirous of variety,
feels more or less disgusted and resolves to try another locality
only to find the same condition of things. Deep woods, open
fields, high or low grounds seem to attract it, in fact, one is not
able to name a single place where it may not be found.
This little animal is near the size of the common house mouse
and is largely camiverous in its feeding habits. Some authors
state that habitually it never takes vegetable food. Insects of
various kinds are taken in large numbers, angle worms and snails
are eaten commonly and small rodents, like mice of some species,
often lose their lives to satisfy its insatiable appetite. Shull has
given a very full account of the short-tailed shrew in the American
Naturalist from observations taken at Ann Arbor and one should
read this paper in order to know the ecomonic value of the species.
Since mice and injurious insects are so often used as food by it the
amount of good done is considerable and since it is not known to
eat anything of special value we should consider this shrew almost
wholh^ beneficial and worthy of consideration.
The shrews do not have the habit of heaving the ground to the
same extent as the moles and consequently are not considered
particularly injurious from that standpoint. Although the
common shrew is so abundant and found in every section of the
state it is not seen usually by people who are not looking for it.
Its retiring and more or less nocturnal habits prevent it from being
: seen often, and the odor which is associated with it is more or less
.^ of a protection from some animals which would otherwise prove
Mar., 1912.] Ohio Moles and Shrews. 495
to be its serious enemies. Hawks and owls as well as various spe-
cies of snakes are known to feed upon the common shrew occasion-
ally but it seems that this animal, although so abundant, is not
used as food by various camiverous animals to the extent that is
the case with some of the small rodents.
The least shrew, Blarina parva, appears to be present in most
parts of Ohio as it has been observed and taken in Ashtabula,
Summit, Franklin and Hamilton counties. The appearance of
the species in Ashtubala county is of interest as most authors do
not record it so far north. R. J. Sim, who lives at Jefferson,
states that he usually sees three or four each year without making
special efforts to find them, so it is not particularly rare. In Summit
county numerous specimens have been taken and some of them
are in the museum at the University.
The long-tailed or masked shrew, Sorex personatus, has been
taken in Mahoning and Ashtabula counties only, but from its
range in adjoining states, probably exists in other sections but on
account of its retiring habits and small size has been overlooked.
The prairie mole, Scalop aquaticus machrinus, is known to be
distributed quite generally over western Ohio. It is a subspecies
of the common mole of eastern United States east of the Allegheny
Mountains. Rhodes studied the fauna of Pennsylvaina west
of the Allegheny Mountains very^ carefully without finding evi-
dence of the existence of either the common mole or its subspecies.
Since the prairie mole is known to be veiy common in western
Ohio from Michigan to the Ohio River, the eastern limit of this
subspecies falls within the state and so we are interested in deter-
mining the most eastern station where specimens liave been
taken. It is well known from Columbus but in the vicinity of
Akron where I have collected quite extensively it has not been
taken. Because one does not take a certain species in a locality
is not always conclusive proof that it docs not occur but on the
other hand the distribution of animals is stated from the
actual evidence procured and this evidence points towards the
conclusion that the mole in question does not appear in Summit
and Medina counties but is replaced by the two other species of
Ohio moles, both of which have been taken. It is very desirable
that persons finding any of the moles and shrews in their localities,
let the facts be known so that some of these questions of distribu-
tion may be better understood.
The very peculiar star-nosed mole, Condylura cristata, is
known to be a resident of Ohio by the capture of more than a
dozen specimens, including one taken as late as 1910. Summit
county can claim most records, for at least nine specimens have
been captured in this county as the records kept by Eugene F.
Cranz, of Ira, show. The species is known from Ashtabula,.
496 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 5,
Cuyahoga, Richland and other counties, and if the facts were
known I suspect it occurs throughout northern Ohio, at least
wherever suitable conditions are to be found.
The hairy-tailed or Brewer mole, Parascolops breweri, is
abundant in some parts of eastern Ohio where its injuries to lawns
and gardens compare favorably with the work of the prairie
mole in the western part of the state. Records of the occurrence
of the species are at hand from Cuyahoga, Summit, Franklin and
Adams counties which so far as known marks what has been con-
sidered somewhere near the western limit of the range of the species,
although recently Hahn mentions it in his Mammals of Indiana
and says that the occurrence in that state is not beyond the range
of possibilities. I would like to know of any records which extend
the known distribution of this mole westward from the line
indicated by the comities named.
It develops therefore that the known records of Ohio moles
give each species a somewhat definite distribution in the state
and that so far no locaHty is known to have all three although two
are known from \^arious places.
Date of Publication, March 15, 1912.
The Ohio Naturalist,
PUBLISHED BY
The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni-versity.
Volume XII. APRIL, 1912. No. 6.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SCHAFFNER— The North American Lycopods without Terminal Cones 497
Conger— Some EIntomophilous Flowers of Cedar Point, Ohio 500
ScHAFFXER— Key to the Fruits of the Genera of Trees of the Northern United States, 506
JI ETC ALF— Meeting of the Biolog:eal Club 512
THE NORTH AMERICAN LYCOPODS WITHOUT
TERMINAL CONES.
John H. Schaffner.
There has been some hesitancy among fern students in recog-
nizing the validity of Lycopodimii porophikmi Lloyd and Under-
wood as a species. By some it is regarded as a variety or form of
L. lucidulum Mx. This is probably due to the intermediate
character of the juvenile forms. Mature plants of L. porophilum,
however, as determined by the writer resemble L. selago L. more
closely. In Ohio one can collect either form without difficulty
and numerous specimens have been sent to the Ohio vState Her-
barium. The species was reported for Ohio by the writer in the
spring of 1905 (Ohio Nat. 5: 301) as occurring in Fairfield county.
In December, 1906, while in New York the matter was discussed
with Dr. Underwood himself and a careful examination was also
made of the original specimens at the New York Botanic Garden.
Since that time the Ohio plants have been L. porophilum to the
writer and the species a good species.
Underwood's description in "Our Native Ferns and their
Allies, Sixth Edition, Revised" defines the typical Ohio specimens
very well and also gives the characterization of the two related
species correctly in their typical form, although it does not empha-
size the character of the general habit. Condensations of the
species, descriptions arc as follows:
Lycopodium porophilum. Leaves flattened at their bases
and ultimately more or less reflexed. Prostrate portion of stems
short, abundantly rooting, curving upwards, then dichotomously
branching 1-3 times to form a rather dense tuft (.^-4- in. high) of
vertical stems, densely clothed ivith spreading or reflexed leaves; leaves
entire or very minutely denticulate. Sandstone rocks.
497
498 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 6,
Lycopodium lucidulum. Leaves flattened at their bases and
ultimately more or less reflexed. Prostrate portion of stem longer,
freqtientlv rooting, curving upward, and dichotomously branching
1-3 times to form a loose cluster 4-8 in. high. Margin (of leaf)
erose denticulate above the middle
Lycopodium selago. Leaves hollow at their bases and ap-
pressed. Prostrate portion of stem very short, abundantly rooting,
soon curving upward and dichotomously branching to form compact
tufts {2-7 in. high) of vertically placed branches with dense foliage;
leaves more or less appressed, or at least upwardly directed, entire.
^ig 1 Lycopodium lucidulum, Hocking County, Ohio.
JFig! 2. Lycopodium porophilum, Fairfield County, Ohio. Photograph
by Forest B. H. Brown.
The accompanying figures are given as representative speci-
mens of the three species. The L. lucidulum was collected ni
Hocking countv, while the L. porophilum comes from Fairfield
county. L. lucidulum is successively dichotomous in habit at rather
regular intervals'; L. porophilum is several times dichotomous in
close succession with long unbranched branches. The leaves agree
with Llovd and Underwood's descriptions.
There has been some question as to whether the Ohio forms
referred to L. porophilum might not be L. selago. In order to gain
an insight into the character of the European L. selago, the speci-
mens at the United States Natural Herbarium were studied.
Through the kindness of Mr. W. R. Maxon, an English specimen
and an Alaskan specimen were loaned to the writer for special study.
April, 1912.]
North American Lycopods
499
Photographs of what are regarded as typical examples are here
presented. The English plant was from Tilgate forest, Sussex.
Both the American and European plant show plainly that the
branching habit of L. selago is similar to that of L. lucidulum.
The branching is a successive dichotomy at rather regular intervals.
In the European specimens the leaves are smoother and more
rigid in appearance than in the Alaskan jjlants. In the Alaskan
specimens the lea\-es are slightl\' crinkled and not so rigid and the
surface has a silk}--glossy appearance. Specimens in the Ohio
State Herbarium from Europe and from the Roan Mountains of
North Carolina show the same differences. The Ohio specimens
of L. porophilum do not show the crinkled character nor the silky-
glossy surface of the American L. selago. Although there is a
slight difference between the American and European L. selago,
it is too insignificant to be considered.
.*K«
Fig. 3. Lycopodium selago, from Tilgate Forest, Sussex, England.
Fig. 4. Lycopodium selago, from Alaska. Photograph by Forest B. H.
Brown.
L. porophilum is readily distinguished from L. selago by its
mode of branching and by its refiexed lower leaves. Mature
specimens seem, however, to be frequently included with L.
selago in collections.
As stated above, incorrect determinations may easily be made
from young specimens, but the recapitulation of ancestral charac-
ters does not invalidate a species that is well differentiated at
maturity. The figures presented above show that we have in
America three very characteristic fomis of the group of Lycopods
under consideration each of which is distinct enough to be regarded
as a valid species.
500 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No.6,
SOME ENTOMOPHILOUS FLOWERS OF CEDAR POINT,
OHIO.
Allex C. Conger.
In a region with such a diverse flora, and where even the
casual observer is struck by the great numbers of Hymenoptera
(bees) and Diptera (flies), it is but natural that the study of those
flowers depending upon insects for pollination should prove
interesting and instructive. The observations which fonn the
basis for this article were made during the summer of 1911 under
the direction of Dr. O. E. Jennings, Instructor in Plant Ecology
at the Lake Laboratory, Cedar Point, Ohio, and his suggestions
have been of great aid. Reference has been freely made to books
at hand, especially to the "Hand-book of Insect PolHnation"
by Knuth.
Sir John Lubbock and Hemiann Mueller state that blue
flowers are the favorites of bees and the occurrence in this region
of a fauna, rich in H}nmenoptera, especially the solitary forms,
and a flora marked by many blue and violet flowers, especially
in or near the sandy spots chosen by the bees for their burrows
would tend to confirm this theory.
Labiates and others alike show a remarkable similarity in the
relative positions of stamens and stigma. The majority of types
under consideration possess two pairs of stamens of unequal
length, the outer pair being the longer. In nearly all cases the
anthers are found in the upper lobe of the two-lipped corolla,
this being the most advantageous position for scattering pollen
upon the insect visitor. In addition, such a position makes
difficult the stealing of pollen by unwelcome visitors, especially
the creeping forms. The styles, especially in the Labiates were
found to elongate with age and undoubtedly in some cases self-
pollination could occur as the stigmatic surface was being pushed
past the anthers.
The species, with one exception are found in Knuth 's Class 4,
Flowers with Concealed Nectar. This class of flowers shows
much zygomorphism, thus indicating a high degree of flower
specialization. Reds, blues, and violets are the predominating
colors as opposed to the whites and yellows of the flowers with
more exposed nectar. The higher degree of specialization in the
flowers calls for a corresponding advance in the specialization of
their visitors. The nectar can be conveniently sipped by short-
tongued bees and long-tongued wasps, as well as by certain of the
Diptera (Bombylidae and Syrphidae) and a number of the Lep-
idoptera. This is more difficult for the shorter tongued flies
(Muscidae) and for the same reason the beetles are very infre-
A.pril, 1912.] Entomophilous Flowers of Cedar Point. 501
quent visitors. A comparison with the observations of Bem-
bower, made in the summer of 1910, shows a remarkable but not
unexpected contrast in the type of insect visitors noted. The
shorter-tongued flies and the flower beetles (Donacia and Dia-
brotica) were not observed on the flowers under consideration in
this report, while in the white and yellow forms studied by Bem-
bower these were almost invariable visitors. Undoubtedly some
of the flowers under consideration are hymenopterid flowers, that
is, flowers modified especially for the Hymenoptera. Knuth
states (Hand-book of Insect Pollination, Vol. 1, p. 117) that in
the case of flowers with completely concealed nectar, accessible
to bees, similarly colored species are in flgjvq:; tog'ether. This
was especially noteworthy in the case Of Stachys, Teucrium,
Verbena, and Mimulus, as described below.
Nearly all the species observed were found to be protandrous,
which appears to be a common method for preventing self-pollin-
ation in entomophilous flowers.
Labiatae (Mint family.)
Blephilia ciliata.
Found here, growing in communities closely associated with
Nepeta cataria (catnip) this bluish-purple flower, though small in
size, the corolla tube being about 9 mm. in length, is conspicuous
because of the dense, globose whorls of the inflorescence. The
corolla is nearly equally two-lipped; the upper lip entire, the lower
three-cleft, the lateral lobes rounded and longer than the middle
one. The throat of the corolla tube is dilated and here are found
the style and anthers, the fonner slightly exceeding the latter
in length.
Visitors — Diptera; Syritta pipiens; Hymenoptera; Micro-
bembex monodonta, Agapostemon radiatus, A. splendens, Odyn-
erus forminata, Bombus virginicus, B. fervidus, Megachile lati-
manus: Lepidoptera; Pieris rapae.
Stachys tenuifolia, var. aspera.
Found along the shores of the coves and marshes, closely
associated with Teucrium. The lilac or pinkish corolla is bila-
biate, the upper lip arched and entire, the lower lip longer and
spreading, three-lobed, with the middle lobe entire and marked
by a darker colored nectar guide. Nectar is secreted at the base
of the ovulary and stored in the smooth lower part of the corolla
tube, which is 8 mm. long. The flowers are protandrous. The
four stamens are in two pairs of unequal length, the outer dehis-
cing first, followed by the shorter, inner pair. The former then
diverge so that they project laterally between the lips of the
corolla. The style elongates with age, so that the stigma lobes
are brought to the mouth of the flower, thus receiving pollen from
the dorsiun of the larger insect visitors.
502 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 6,
Visitors — Diptera; Sphaerophora cylindrica: Hymenoptera;
Microbembex monodonta, Agapostemon radiatus, Odynenis fora-
miiiata, Bombus fervidus, B. affinis, Andrena carlini, Megachile
latimanus.
Teucrium canadense.
This species, which varies in color from cream to purple, is
common along the shores of the coves in this region. It was
observed that the species was closely associated in habitat with
Asclepias incarnata (swamp milk-weed), a flower of about the
same hue, and insects were seen to be attracted first to the Ascle-
pias, then later to visit the Teucrium.
The corolla is very irregular, the four upper lobes are approxi-
mately equal in size, but so placed and directed forwards that there
appears to be no upper lip, the lower lip is larger and forms a con-
venient landing-place for insects. The four stamens are unequal
in length, the outer pair exceeding the inner by about 3mm. The
style, which lies between the inner pair is approximateh^ the
length of the outer pair, but curves less, so that without external
causes self-pollination would not occur.
The larger bees alight on the lower corolla lobes and insert the
proboscis at either side into the corolla tube. As the bee's head
is pushed down into the corolla the anthers are brought into
contact with the dorsal part of the visitor's thorax, which in many
bees is distinctly pilose, and thus pollen is dusted off. Since this
could hold true for larger insects, the writer does not believe that
smaller Hymenoptera or Diptera are important factors in cross-
pollination. Several smaller species of Hymenoptera and Syr-
phidae were observed to alight directly on the anthers, grasping
the filaments for support, and possibl}^ in this way could affect
cross-pollination.
Visitors — Diptera; Syritta pipiens, Allograpta obliqua, Syr-
phus americana, Eristalis tenax: Hymenoptera; Agapostemon
radiatus, A. splendens, Ccratina dupla, Odynerus foraminata,
Melissodes sp., Bombus virginicus, B. americanorum, B. affinis,
Psittyrus clatus, Xylocarpa virginica, Andrena carlini, Elis
plumipes: Lepidoptera; Papilio philenor, Epargyreus tityrus,
Pieris rapae.
Acanthaceae (Acanthus family.)
Dianthera americana.
Along the water's edge on the sand spits in Sandusky Bay,
the water willow forms close communities. The corolla is two-
lipped and spreading, the upper lip notched, the lower spreading
and three-parted. The anthers are bi-lobed, the lobes separated
and somewhat unequal, giving to the genus its name, since the
separated lobes appear like two anthers on each filament. The
styles lies against the upper lip, its position being marked by a
April, 1912.] Entomophilous Flowers of Cedar Point. 503
groove in the basal part of the lip. The corolla tube is short,
being about 4 mm. in length, and the nectar is more accessible than
in the other species under consideration. Microbembex mono-
donta, which was the most frequent visitor, either alighted in the
lower lip thus coming in contact with the anther lobes facing
inward, or alighting on the upper lip reaching the nectar by crawl-
ing down with in\'erted body, thus touching the anther lobes on
the ends of the filaments.
Visitors — Coleoptera; Anomala lucicola: Lepidoptera; Pieris
rapae; Diptcra: Syritta pipiens, Tropidia quadrata, Lucilia
caesar: Hymenoptera; Microbembex monodonta, Agapostemon
radiatus, Andrena sp., Megachile latimanus.
Scrophulariaceae (Figwort family.)
Minulus ringens.
This rather conspicuous blue flower is found in the marshes
along the bay shores of Cedar Point. The corolla is irregular
bi-labiate, with a narrow tubular throat 15 mm. in length; the
upper lip bi-lobed and erect, the lower lip three-lobed and spread-
ing, the middle lobe with a yellow platform or palate which par-
tially guards the entrance to the corolla tube. The stamens are
arranged as in Stachys. The style, which exceeds the outer
stamens in length, lies between the inner pair and bears a bi-lobed
plate-like stigma. No evidences of protandry or protogyny were
noted, but the action of the irritable stigma renders this unneces-
sary, for an insect forcing its way into the flower, first comes in
contact with the stigmatic lobes, and these being irritable close,
preventing self-pollination .
ViTiSTORS — Diptera; S3^ritta pipiens, Allograpta obliqua, Sphaer-
ophora cylindrica, Syrphus americana: Lepidoptera; Papilio
philenor, Epargyreus tityrus: Hymenoptera; Microbembex mono-
donta, Agapostemon splendens, A. radiatus, Ceratina dupla,
Bombus virginicus, B. americanorum, Megachile latimanus.
Verbenaceae (Vervain family.)
Verbena hastata.
This well-known herb, the "Simpler's Joy", decorates the
sedge communities along the cove shore with its slender spikes of
small blue flowers. The corolla tube is about 4 mm. in length,
with a distinct curve so that the upper part of the tube lies hori-
zontal, affording both nectar and pollen protection from dew
and rain.
The limb of the corolla is five-lobed, the lower three lobes
slightly exceeding the upper two. The throat of the slender
corolla tube i= closed by a ring of stifT hairs that efTectually pro-
tects against . entrance of creeping forms. The stamens,
504 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 6,
which are of two lengths, are united with the corolla tube for some
distance above the stigmatic surface. As the bee's proboscis is
inserted into the flower it pushes past the retrorse anthers to the
nectar at the base of the tube. As the proboscis is withdrawn, in
passing the anthers it bends them upward so that the dehisced
surfaces, which nonnally lie downward and against the corolla
tube, deposit pollen upon the tip of the proboscis wet with nectar.
Should insect visits fail, automatic self-pollination may occur
between the shorter stamens and the stigma, according to Knuth.
Visitors — Lepidoptera; Epargyreus tityrus, vSpragueia ona-
grus, Lycaena scudderi: Diptera; Syritta pipiens, Allograpta
obliqua, Sphaerophora cylindrica, Tropidia quadrata, Helophilus
latifrons, Phthiria cyanoceps; Hymenoptera; Microbembex mono-
donta, Agapostemon radiatus, Ceratina dupla, Odynerus for-
aminata, Megachile latimanus.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIV.
Fig. 1. Blephilia ciliata.
Fig. 2. Stachj^s tenuifolia, showing relative po-sition of anthers and stigma.
Fig. 3. Teucrium canadense, showing relation of anthers to stigma.
Fig. 4. Dianthera americana showing separated anther lobes.
Fig. 5. Mimulus ringens.
Fig. 6. 'Verbena hastata.
Fig. 7. Longitudinal section of V. hastata, showing ring of hairs in throat
of corolla, retrorse anthers with dehiscent surfaces downward and
against corolla tube.
•Ohio Naturalist.
Plate XXIV.
Conger on " Entomophilous Flowers."
5o6 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 6,
KEY TO THE FRUITS OF THE GENERA OF TREES OF THE
NORTHERN UNITED STATES.
John H. Schafkner.
The complete fruit at maturity, including the peduncle, is recjuired
for determination.
1, Fruit a cone, a cone-like catkin, a compact aggregate, or an
ordinary catkin. 2.
1. Fruit simple, consisting of a single carpel or set of united
carpels, not cone-like or catkin-like, but often clustered. 22.
2. Fruit drv at maturity. 3.
2. Fruit fleshy. 16.
3. Fruit a globular aggregate of flowers on a long slender
peduncle. 4.
3. Fruit not globular, except in some true cones, but ovoid or
cylindrical, peduncle short or if rather long then thick
and rigid. 5.
4. Fruit an aggregate of dehiscent spiny-pointed capsules with
several seeds Liquidambar.
4. Fruit an aggregate of 1-seeded nutlets, not spiny-pointed.
Platanus.
5. Fruit a true cone with naked seeds, or an aggregate of closed
carpels showing stamen, petal and sepal scars on the
peduncle. 6.
5. Fruit a catkin or a cone-like catkin. 19.
6. Seeds in closed carpels, the cone-like fruit showing stamen,
petal, and sepal scars at the base on the peduncle. 7.
6. Fruit a tnie cone wnth naked seeds, not showing stamen,
petal, and sepal scars on the peduncle. S.
7. Carpels of the fruit forming dehiscent follicles at maturity;
the fleshy seeds suspended from the ]^ink or rose tissues of
the fruit by slender threads. Magnolia.
7. Carpels samara-like, dry and indehiscent. Liriodendron.
8. Cones with numerous ovuliferous scales, more than 15. 9.
S. Cones with 3-12 ovuliferous scales. 12.
9. Cones erect, their scales deciduous from the persistent axis;.
ovuliferous scales orbicular or broad, obtuse. Abies.
9. Cones pendulous or projecting from the branch, the scales
persistent. 10.
10. Cone scales woody and thickened at the outer end, elongated,
often with a rigid point, spine, or prickle. Pinus.
10. Cone scales sub-orbicular or oval, sometimes with erose or-
emarginate tips. 11.
11. Cone with subulate leaf -scales at the base. Larix.
11. Cone without subulate leaf -scales at the base, short and
ovoid, usually less than 13^2 in. long. Tsuga.
April, 1912.] Key to the Fruits of the Genera of Trees. 507
11. Cone without subulate leaf-scales at the base, cylindric or
long ovoid, usually 1-G in. long, scales often with erose
or emarginatc tips. Picea.
12. Carpels spirally arranged. 13.
12. Carpels opposite. 14.
13. Cone globose, the scales closely compressed on the outside,
seeds not winged. Taxodium.
13. Cone ovoid, with subulate leaf-scales at the base, the car-
pellate scales loose and open; seeds somewhat winged.
Larix.
14. Cone oblong or ovoid; the scales not peltate, each with
2, winged seeds. Thuja.
14. Cone globular or spherical, the scales peltate. 15.
15. Carpellate scales with many narrowly-winged seeds.
Cupressus.
15. Carpellate scales with 2-3 more or less winged seeds.
Chamaecyparis.
16. Fruit globose, over 2 in. in diameter. 17.
16. Fruit elongated, ovoid or cylindrical. IS.
17. Fruit green or yellowish-green, 3-5 in. in diameter. Toxylon.
17. Fruit an aggregate of red drapes projecting beyond the per-
sistent perianths. Broussonetia.
18. Fruit very juicy, consisting of a catkin-like aggregate of
small fleshy flowers. Morus.
18. Fruit an aggregate of carpels, the ripe follicles dehiscent,
and the seeds pendant from slender threads. Magnolia.
18. Frait a small blue berry-like cone. Juniperus.
19. Catkin composed of capsules with numerous seeds having
tufts of cottony hairs. 20.
19. Catkin containing 1-seeded nutlets, achenes, or samara-like
nutlets. 21.
20. Capsule with a little cup at the base. Populus.
20. No cup at the base of the capsule but 1 or 2 little glands
may be present. Salix.
21. Fruiting catkin with leaf -like bracts; nutlets with ridges,
somewhat compressed. Carpinus.
21. Fruiting catkin hop-like, with bladder-like bracts; nutlets
somewhat compressed, ridges inconspicuous. Ostrya.
21. Fruiting catkin woody and cone-like, nutlets small com-
pressed, winged or wingless. Alnus.
21. Fruiting catkin compact with rather thin scale-like bracts,
cone-like; nutlets compressed, membranous-winged; sa-
mara-like. Betula.
— 22 —
22. Fruit a dry or nearly dry samara, nut, achene, bean, or
capsule, or a dry drupe. 23.
22. Fruit fleshy, indehiscent. 00.
5o8 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 6,
23. Fruit or the peduncle prominently winged. 2-i.
23. Fruit and peduncle not with wings. 30.
24. Peduncle of the fruit cluster with a large wing; fruit a dry
drupe. Tilia.
24. Peduncle not winged; fruit a true samara, or with 1 or more
~ prominent wings. 25.
25. Fruit with a prominent spine-like beak at the tip and with
2 or 4 wings, large. Mohrodendron.
25. Fruit not with a prominent spine-like point. 26.
2C. Fi*uit double with 2 cavities and 2 large wnngs. Acer.
26'. vSamara with a wing all around or with a single wing at the
end. 27.
27. Samara circular, oval, or broader than long. 28.
27. Samara elongated. 29.
28. Wing extending around the fruit, very veiny, glabrous; long-
peduncled, calyx not present or very inconspicuous;
cavities 2, 1 usually empty. Ptelea.
28. Wing notched at the apex, usually veiny; fniit long-pedun-
cled, calyx present ; cavity 1 w4th 1 seed. Ulmus.
28. Wing on the two sides of the fruit, with 2 stigmas at the apex;
fruit sessile, small. Betula.
29. Wing extending as far Ijelow the central seed as beyond it.
Ailanthus.
29. Wing terminal or extending along the sides of the seed but
not beneath it. Fraxinus.
30. Fruit a dehiscent bean, follicle, or capsule, usually with
several seeds. 31.
30. Fruit an indehiscent nut, achene, or dry drupe with 1 cavity
and 1 seed; often partly or completely enclosed in a cup
or husk. 47.
31. Fruit a bean or legume with 1 cavity and 2 sutures; seeds
not winged. 32.
31. Fruit a capsule; if bean-like then with 2 cavities. 35.
32. Bean an inch or more broad, mostly with pulp. 33.
32. Bean about }/2 in. broad, without pulp. 34.
33. Bean very hard and thick, seed % in. long. Gymnocladus.
33. Bean not very woody, thin, seed less than I'o in. long.
Gleditsia.
34. Bean with a prominent ridge on each side of one suture,
apex long-acute. Cercis.
34. Bean with the 2 sutures nearly alike, apex mucronate, or with
a slender point, sometimes bristly. Robinia.
34. Bean usually irregular and somewhat constricted into joints,
apex abruptly acute, calyx containing long filaments.
Cladrastis.
2>o. Seed with wings or a tuft of cottony hairs. 30.
April, 1912.] Key to the Fruits of the Genera of Trees. 509
35. Seed without wings or hairs. 39.
36. Seed with a tuft of hairs, capsule small. 37.
36. Seed with wings, the wings sometimes with a fringe of
long hairs. 38.
37. Capsvtle with a little cup at the base. Populus.
37. No cup at the base of the capsule but 1 or 2 little glands
may be present. Salix.
38. Capsule very long, wings of seed with a fringe of hairs.
Catalpa.
38. Capsule short, wing of seed without hairs. Paulo wnia.
39. Seeds very large, 3^-2 in. in diameter. 40.
39. Seeds much less than 3^2 in- in diameter. 41.
40. Seed smooth with a large light spot at one end, without
ridges or angles. Aesculus.
40. Seed with two or inore vertical ridges, without a special light
spot — a nut in an enclosing husk which may be mistaken
for a capsule. Hicoria.
41. Seeds with a fleshy, scarlet aril, capsule lobed. Euonymus.
41. Seeds without an aril. 42.
42. Seeds 1 or 2, capsule not bladdery. 43.
42. Seeds several to many. 44.
43. Capsules small without a cup at the base. Xanthoxylum.
43. Capsule woody, 3^2 in. long, with a prominent cup at the
base; seeds 2, oblong. Hamamelis.
44. Capsule triocular, large, bladdery. 45.
44. Capsule with 5 — ^many cavities, small. 40.
45. Capsule 3-lobed at the tip, with 3 styles, usually widest at
the middle or toward the outer end. Staphylea.
45. Capsule with a long, acute tip, with a single style, widest
below the middle. Koelreuteria.
46. Capsules mostly woody, oblong, ]3ubcrulent; in corymbose
or umbellate clusters. Rhododendron.
46. Capsules depressed-globose, somewhat 5-lobed; in corjrmbose
or umbellate clusters. Kalmia.
46. Capsules ovoid-]jyraniidal, 5-angled; in large panicled
racemes. Oxydendrum.
47. Fruit a dry diTipe, or diiipe-like; exocarp softer than the bony
endocarp. 48.
47. Fi"uit a nut or achene, the pericarp not in 2 layers; often
partly or completely enclosed in a cup or husk. 49.
48. Fruit globose, 3<£ in. or more in diameter, on winged peduncles
Tilia.
48. Fruit obliquely ovoid, compressed, ridged on the back and
covered with prominent soft processes. Planera.
48. Fruit subglobose, nearly symmetrical, | in. long, pubescent
or if not the stone striate. Rhus.
510 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 6,
48. Fruit obliquely oblong or oval, compressed, gibbous, | in.
long, reticulate-veined. Cotinus.
49. Nut sharply 3-angled; usually 2 together in the 4-valved
bur. Fagus.
49. Nut not 3-angled. 50.
50. Nut less than }4 in. long, somewhat compressed. 51.
50. Nut large, more than 3^ in. long, or if not then circular in
cross-section. 52.
51. Nut with ridges; fruiting bract 3-cleft and incised. Carpinus.
51. Ridges of the nutlet inconspicuous, fruiting bract bladder-
like. Ostrya.
52. Nut with 2 or 3 prominent ridges, sometimes with rough
wrinkles. 53.
52. Nut not with ridges. 54.
53. Nut rugose or sculptured; husk indehiscent. Juglans.
53. Nut smooth or angled, husk at length splitting into seg-
ments. Hicoria.
54. Nut ovoid-oblong or subglobose; cup with imbriacted, more
or less united bracts. Quercus.
54. Nut plano-convex or rounded ; bur globose and very prickly.
Castanea.
54. Seed, which may be mistaken for a nut, not showing a style,
large and shining; capsule splitting into 3 valves.
Aesculus.
-55-
55. Fruit a pome, the carpels enclosed by an adnate, perigynous
disk or hypanthium. 5(3.
oo. Fruit a berry, or berry-like, wifh several seeds. GO.
do. Fruit a drupe, or drupe-like, with a stone or pit and with
1 or rarely 2 seeds. 66.
56. Ripe carpels of the ]oomc papery or leathery. 57.
56. Ripe carpels bony. Crataegus.
57. Pome small and berry-like. 58.
57. Pome large, fleshy like the apple. 59.
58. Pome scarlet when ripe, cavities not more than 5. Sorbus.
58. Pome purplish-red to purplish-blue when ripe, cavities
usually 10. Amelanchier.
59. Seeds not more than 3 in each cavity; pome tapering into the
peduncle; flesh with grit-cells. Pyrus.
59. Seeds not more than 3 in each cavity; pome sunk in at both
ends, its flesh without grit-cells. Mains.
59. Seeds many in each cavity, flesh of pome hard. Cydonia.
(JO. Berry large, very much elongated, green with }'ellow pulp
and large brown seeds. Asimina.
iH). Berry ovoid or globose. 61.
April, 1912.] Key to the Fruits of the Genera of Trees. S^^
61. Berry about 1 in. in diameter, reddish-yellow, with 4-12
large, flat, hard seeds and with the enlarged calyx at the
base. Diospyros.
61. Berry not over ] 2 in. in diameter. 02.
62. Fruit inferior, showing scars or parts of the perianth and
stamens at the tip. 63.
62. Fruit superior, showing only the style at the tip, with scars
or perianth parts if present at the base. 64.
63. Fruit scarlet, cavities 5. Sorbus.
63. Fruit purplish-red to purplish-blue, cavities usually 10.
Amelanchier.
63. Fruit black, small, cavities .5. Aralia.
64. Fruit really a berry-like blue cone, showing the carpel tips
on the sides, on close inspection. Juniperus.
64. Fruit not a modified cone, but a true berry. Cw.
65. Berry-like drupe usually red or \-ellowish, with 4-S bony or
crustaceous nutlets. Ilex.
65. Berry-like drupe black, with 2-4 seed-like nutlets.
Rhamnus.
Gb. Berry very saponaceous, dark; seeds 1-3, crustaceous,
globose. Sapindus.
(So. Berry black, with 1 erect, shining seed. Bumelia.
66. Fruit large, usually 2 in. or more in diameter; stone or nut
deeply j^itted, corrugated, or sculptured, usually 1)^ in, or
more long. ()7.
66. Stone not deeply pitted, corrugated, or sculptured, not more
than ^i in. long; if reticulated, then less than Yl ii^-
long. 6S.
67. Flesh of fruit black or greenish, hard, with strong odor; seed
in the nut much wrinkled. Juglans.
67. Drupe pubescent, its flesh sweet; seed in the stone smooth.
Amygdalus.
68. Drupe white-waxy, less than I4 in. in diameter, globose,
tuberculate. Myrica.
68. Drupe not white-waxy, if somewhat resinous then much
larger. 69.
69. Fruit superior, showing only a style or its scar at the tip but
usually the remains of a calyx below. 70.
69. Fruit inferior, showing sepals, petals, and stamens or .their
remains or scars at the tip. 75.
70. Drupe small, with red acid hairs, or if gray then the stone
striated. Rhus.
70. Drupe not with red acid hairs nor gray with striated stone. 71.
71. Drupe narrowly oblong, about 1 in. long. Adelia.
71. Drupe globose, oval, or globose-oblong. 72.
72. Stone ridged and reticulated, showing prominent teeth in
cross-section. Celtis.
512 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 6,
72. Stone, smooth, or if somewhat roughened then with a promi-
nent suture all around. 73.
73. Fruiting pedicel much thickened below the prominent calyx
base, red; drupe oblong-globose, blue. Sassafras.
73. Fruiting pedicel not thickened below the calyx or if so the
fruit not blue. 74.
74. Fruit light greenish-yellow; flesh with a sickening-sweet
odor and a sticky juice; embryo in a large kernel; a gym-
nospermous seed. Ginkgo.
74. Drupe often large and sweet, stone with a suture all around,
often flattened. Prunus.
74. Drupe with a 4-6 lobed calyx; oblong-ovate, blue; endosperm
large with a small embryo in the center. Chionanthus.
74. Fruit really a small black berry; seed shining, with the hilum
at the base. Bumelia.
75. Stone with 2 cavities and 2 seeds, calyx 4-toothed; drupe with
stylar beak, red, white, or blue. Cornus.
75. Stone with 1 cavity and 1 seed, grooved and somewhat
ccpipressed; drupe glabrous, blue or nearly black.
Nyssa.
75. Fruit with prominent nerves and ridges, with 5 sepal-tips,
oblong-ovate, pubescent, nearly dry, nut -like. Symplocos.
75. Stone 1-seeded, sometimes flattened; drupe with a prominent
stylar beak, blue, black, or red. Viburnum.
MEETING OF BIOLOGICAL CLUB.
Orton Hall, Dec. 4, 1911.
The meeting was called to order by the President, W. M.
Barrows. The minutes were read and approved. The Club then
had the pleasure of listening to an interesting lecture by Prof.
Herbert Osbom on "Some Collecting Trips in Western States."
The trips of which Prof. Osbom spoke carried him through about
forty states and territories. Their principal object was the study
and collection of Jassidae affecting various forage crops. Certain
of these insects were found to be strikingly adapted to conditions
which must have prevailed for a long period of years. The talk
was illustrated with a number of excellent lantern slides and was
followed by an interesting discussion.
The meeting closed after a short business session in which
Messrs. Schlopp, Mote, Busby and Bilsing were elected to mem-
bership.
C. L. Metcalf, Secretary.
Date of Publication, April 17, I9I2.
ne Ohio ^JSCaturalist,
PUBLISHED BY
The Biologica.! Club of the Ohio State University,
Volume XII. MAY. 1912. No. 7.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
HiNE— Five New Species of Xortli Aiuerican Tabanidae 613
Detmees— A Preliminary Report on a Physiographic Study of Buckeye Lalie
and Vicinty 517
FIVE NEW SPECIES OF NORTH AMERICAN TABANID^.
JAS. S. HlXE.
Tabanus floridensis n. sp.
Female, length 10 millimeters. Size and general appearance
similar to T. pumilus from which it differs by the distinctly wider
front. Frontal collosity transverse, as wide as the front, shining
black and with a small denuded marking above it. Antenna
narrow, distinctly narrower than in pumilus, first and second
segments pale with black hairs above, third segment nearly black;
face clothed with long white hair, palpi narrow, pointed, and
clothed with short white hair, proboscis dark, eyes naked.
Thorax dark gray above with lighter stripes, wings hyaline,
furcation of the third vein without a fork, legs dark reddish.
Abdomen dark colored, hind margins of the segments, a series of
more or less plainly marked middorsal triangles and a row of rather
large spots on either side gray.
Type female from Fort Meade, Florida, April 4, 1909. Twelve
other females taken at different places in southern Florida in
April.
Although the species suggests pumilus it is entirely distinct.
The front is much wider, the antennas are narrower, the legs are
colored differently and the gray spots on either side of the abdo-
men are larger. It is distinct from sparus and fratellus also, as
will be found by comparing these same characters.
.513
Ohio Naturai^ist.
Plate XXV.
1. Merycomyia mixta.
2. Antenna of M. geminata.
3. Antenna of M. mixta.
4. Merycomyia geminata.
HiNE on "North American Tabanidae.
May, 1912.] New Species North Avieriean Tahanidae. 5^5
Tabanus fulvistriatus n. sp.
Female, length 8 millimeters. Antennec yellow, sides of the
front nearly parallel, frontal callosity shining blaek, prominent,
occupying the entire width of the front and with a raised line
connects with the upper side. A denuded spot at vertex but no
ocelli present. Thorax brown without stripes, wings dilute
brownish; legs largely yellow, front femora brown, apial half of
front tibiae and entire tarsi black, other legs with each tibia
narrowly brow^n at apex and each tarsus almost wholly black
beyond the apex of the metatarsus. Abdomen brown in ground
color, a wide middorsal stripe and lateral and hind margins of the
segments pale yellow; venter pale at base, darkened toward
the apex.
The type female and one other specimen taken at Dona Maria,
Chiapas, Mexico, by D. L. Crawford.
This fly shows some resemblance to Tabanus unistriatus of
Costa Rica and appears to be related to T. maculifrons of Guate-
mala. The small size, together with the wide middorsal abdom-
inal stripe easily designates the species however.
Merycomyia n. gen.
Closely resembling Tabanus, but distinct on account of the
presence of well developed ocelli in both sexes and the anomalous
antenna which show only three annulations in the third segment
instead of five, although this last character shows some tendency
to vary. Eyes naked, no spurs at the apex of the hind tibia, wing
venation as in Tabanus, anal cell closed and petiolate. No
stump on the anterior branch of the third vein. Type species
Merycomyia geminata.
There are in my collection three specimens of two distinct
species of this genus. I have held these specimens a long time
and have compared many descriptions without finding anything
that suited, hence the conclusion to refer them to a new genus,
Merycomyia geminata n. sp.
Male, length 21 millimeters. A dark colored species with pale
brownish wings. Third segment of the antenna largely reddish,
proboscis short and dark colored, eyes contiguous, ocelli promi-
inent. Thorax dark colored with the usual gray stripes, all the
femora dark reddish, tibiae darker, tarsi black; wings brownish
gray with the veins in the anterior part quite plainly margined
with brown. Abdomen nearly black, slightly reddish on the sides,
fourth segment with a large transverse gray patch which is plainly
indented anteriorly on the middorsal line by a black triangle, fifth
segment with two small gray spots.
5i6 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 7,
Female much like the male but more reddish in ground color,
eyes widely separated, front slightly widest below with a rather
extensive denuded patch but no distinct frontal callosity. Total
length slightly less than the male measurement.
The type male from which the accompanying drawing was
made, was taken at Lyme, Ct., by B. H. Walden, and sent in by
Dr. W. E. Britton. The female was procured at Wheatlands,
Indiana, by Harold Morrison.
The widely separated localities at which the specimens were
taken indicates that the species has an extensive distribution.
There does not appear to be the least doubt but that the two
specimens in m}^ possesion are sexes of the same species.
Merycomyia Mixta n. sp.
Female, length 21 millimeters. General color reddish brown.
Eyes widely separated, front slightly widest below with an elongate
denuded patch which narrows to a point above. Ocelli conspicu-
ous. Thorax gray with darkened stripes above; wings wholly
brown anteriorly, veins widely margined with the same color
posteriorly, legs brown. Abdomen reddish brown with the lateral
margins and a middorsal marking nearly black, venter rather
dark.
The type female from which the accompanying drawing was
taken was procured at Bainbridge, Georgia, by J. C. Bradley,
June 2, 1911.
Stibosoma flavistigma n. sp.
Female, length 17 millimeters. A black species with apex of
the wings hyaline and a yellow marking including the stigma and
reaching from the costa to the opposite side of the discal cell.
Front and face black, antenna with the basal process of the
third segment much produced. Thorax black, legs with all the
tibiae somewhat swollen, wing black, except the apex is hyaline
and a patch in the region of and including the stigma is yellow;
knob of the halteres green. Abdomen black, narrow margins of
all of the segments, both dorsally and ventrally, gray.
Type female, taken in Vera Cruz, Mexico, by D. L. Crawford.
May, 1912.] .4 Study of Buckeye Lake and Vicinity, . 517
A PRELIMINARY REPORT ON A PHYSIOGRAPHIC STUDY
OF BUCKEYE LAKE AND VICINITY.
Freda Detmers.
For the past three years, beginning with the spring of 1909, I
have been engaged in a study of the plant geography of Buckeye
Lake. An understanding of the physiography and of the physio-
graphic history of any region is essential to a comprehension of
the development of the flora of that region; therefore as the
physiographic study is so closely correlated with the botanical, the
two were carried on at the same time.
A careful inspection of the topography, and an examination of
the literature on the physiography of Buckeye Lake and its
vicinity soon developed three topics of especial interest. These
w^ere: I, the existence or nonexistence of Lake Licking, a post or
interglacial lake occupying the plains to the south and southwest
of Newark, including Buckeye Lake; II, the physiographic history
of Buckeye Lake and III, the location and extent of the Newark
river valley, a preglacial valley, from Newark westward to the
Franklin county line.
These three problems are discussed in this paper in the same
order as presented above.
I. The existence or nonexistence of Lake Licking, a large
post glacial lake south and southwest of Newark.
In the report on the geological survey of Licking county, by
M. C. Read,^ the statement is made that to the south and south-
west of Newark a lake of considerable size covered the surface
"in the latter part of the glacial epoch." The statement gives
opportunity for a very wide interpretation as to the possible or
probable age of this lake and it makes no reference at all to its
longevity. As the region in question is covered by the Illinoian,
the early and the late Wisconsin drift-sheets,^'^ the lake may
have been post glacial, that is: formed by the recession of the Late
Wisconsin ice, or interglacial and formed by the advance or retreat
of the Early Wisconsin or retreat of the Illinoian and still fall
within the "latter part " of the entire glacial epoch.
In another paragraph of the same report Mr. Read* says:
"The larger channels are now filled with water- washed pebbles
resting ordinarily upon the old rocky bed, but in places upon the
remains of the original drift clay, by a succession of terraces and
corresponding water plains. South and southwest of Newark
these water plains expand covering a large area." From this
1. Read M. C. Geology of Licking County. O. Geol. Survey 3: 348-361, 1878.
2. Leverett, Frank. Mon. 41: U. S. G. S.
3. Chamberlain, T. C, and Salisbury, R. D. Geology. Earth History. 2: 3: 1906.
4. Read M. C. Geology of Licking County, O. Geol. Survey 3: 1878.
5i8 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 7,
statement I infer that the "water plains", according to Mr. Read
fonn the present surface of the region and were the bed of the
former lake, presumably post -Wisconsin, which must have existed
until very recent times; and that the present and recently drained
swamps of this region were remnants of the lake.
In June, 1894, W. G. Tight'"^ published an article in which several
pages are devoted to the topography and present drainage of Lick-
ing county. In this article he says: "The South Fork of the
Licking flows with a sluggish current over a broad alluvial plain
which is covered with a black lacustrine deposit of several feet in
thickness. This is especially true of that portion lying between
the Licking Reservoir and Newark. We have suggested the name
Lake Licking for the body of water in which these deposits were
made and of which the original lake in the Reservoir was a part,
occupying a large kettle hole in the drift when the main body of
water was drained away. "
The aboA^e statement by Mr, Tight definitely refers Lake Lick-
ing to post Wisconsin times; as these "lacustrine deposits" and
Licking Reservoir, the present Buckeye Lake, are at the surface
and must therefore lie on the drift.
Black alluvial deposits indicate river beds or swamps rather
than lakes. Moreover black soil does not prevail throughout
this area, but is seen only in depressions, which have evidently
been shallow kettles.
The region to the south and southwest of Newark is charac-
terized by a mature topography, as an inspection of the country
or a study of the topographic sheets of the Thurston, Thornville,
Granville and Newark quadrangles clearly show. The hills are
low and rounded, with gentle slopes; the streams flow in broad
open valleys, which together with the hills are deeply covered with
a drift mantle to a maximum depth of 453 feet. The valleys are
so deeply filled that the present highest elevations are but 200-214
feet above the valley floors. This extensive leveling up has
converted the low lands into a region with the topography of
youth, characterized by low watersheds separated by broad
plains and drained by numerous small, shallow, irregular streams,
many of which are wet weather streams only ; and also by numerous
surface depressions varying in size from small kettles a few square
yards in extent to swamps covering several hundred acres.
There is no well-defined either rock or morainal ridge of hills
which could serve as the rim of a large lake. The surface cover,
except in the kettles and beds of streams is unassorted glacial till,
consisting of clay containing many small sharp angled stones,
and with a srtiking absence of large boulders. I can nowhere find
lake beaches, lake clays, sand or stream delta deposits. Glacial
Den. U
5. Tight, \V. G. A contribution to the knowledge of the preglacial drainage of Ohio. Bull.
1. Univ. 8: 1. .38. 1894.
May, 1912.] A Study of Buckeye Lake and Vicinity, 519
till devoid of boulders and composed largely of clay is easily
transported by streams and readily lends itself to delta fomiation.
This is well shown by the relatively extensive deltas built by several
small streams flowing into Buckeye Lake. One of these called the
Southwest Feeder, a distributary from the Licking River,
near Kirkersville, flows across the plain in a southerly direction and
enters Buckeye Lake just north of Millersport. The Feeder dates
from the completion of the Reservoir in 1S32 and is therefore 80
years old. In this time it built a delta approximately 200 feet
long. A dense mat of pond plants has so blocked the outlet that
but little water is received by the lake from this source during
periods of ordinarily dry weather.
The mouth of Buckeye creek, one of the largest tributaries to
Buckeye Lake from the south, is so shallow and so choked with
aquatic and marsh plants that it is obliterated during the summer
months. The same condition would prevail at Honey creek,
another tributary from the south, if the channel were not dredged
and thus kept open.
Streams dating from the recession of the Wisconsin ice must
have built deltas so extensive, that they would be readily recog-
nizable. Moreover, there cannot have been an extensive post
Wisconsin lake of long duration if we accept Mr. Mather's'' con-
clusion as to the age of the gorge of the Licking River at the
Licking Narrows. From his study of this gorge Mr. Mather
concludes that it antedates the Wicsonsin ice age. If this can be
accepted, a post Wisconsin lake would have been drained by the
eastward flowing Licking River, for this outlet is broad and
deep enough to have prevented the retention of a large body of
water to the west at the fort of the glacier.
It seems to me that all the positive and negative evidence
which the region affords precludes the possibility of the existence
of a large post Wisconsin lake or anything more than a temporary
and shallow body of water which would naturally result from the
melting of an extensive ice sheet.
What is the evidence for or against the existence of a large
interglacial lake in the region under discussion? Such a lake if
formed by the recession of the Illinoian ice sheet, must have extended
20 miles from north to south and 20 or more miles from east to
west and with its bed at least as deeply excavated as the streams
which entered it. The record of a gas well in the Raccoon creek
valley, just before it suddenly widens to join the broad plain west
of Newark and f of a mile north of the crossing of the creek b}^
the Ohio Electric railway, shows that the rock has been excavated
to a depth of 453 feet below the present surface. This well marks
the greatest depth in an old \'alley whose stream would have been
6. Mather, K. F. Age of Licking Narrows. Bull. Den. Univ. U: 174-187. 1908, '09.
^
I-l
«
t-t
<
Pi
<
May, 1912. J A Study of Buckeye Lake and Vicinity. 52 [
a tributary to this lake. Moreover this lake if not with a larger
oulet than inflow of water must have existed for a long span of
time and would have left unmistakable evidence of its presence in
lake beaches, sand? and clay deposited on its floor and deltas at
the mouths of its tributaries.
All the records of gas wells in this region, from which I was
able to obtain details, show a thin mantle, in some wells but 8-10
feet thick, of glacial clay overlying a heavy bed of gravel. In one
such well close to the Baltimore and Ohio railroad tracks and 134
miles north of the lake the gravel is but 2 feet below the surface
and is 100 feet thick. In another well in the field west of the Ohio
Electric railwa\^ and but a few rods from the north shore of the
lake, there was, according to the foreman's notes, 10 feet of loam
and 350 feet of sand and gravel. All the water wells near Buckeye
Lake are in the gravel. In one at the Glass Hotel on the north
shore, sand was entered at 10 feet below the surface, and the well
is in gravel at 75 feet. In some of these wells sand lies above the
gravel and in others beneath it. This thick stratum of gravel was
not deposited in the quiet waters of a lake. So massive a load can
only have been carried by the flood waters from a glacier. The
gravel is evidently an outwash deposit.
II. The physiographic history of Buckeye Lake.
Btickeye Lake is situated in Licking, Fairfield and Perry
counties, in Ranges 17 and 18, Townships 17, 18 and 19. It is a
long irregular body of water with its longest diam.eter froin east to
west. It is approximately 7| miles long from the southeastern
most extremity to the western and varies in width from 3<4 niile in
the eastern portion to 13^ miles at the extreme western end. The
area covered is estimated at 4,200 acres. The lake is quite
shallow; the water over large areas does not exceed a depth of
6-8 feet at the normal water level; but there are a few deeper
depressions. Soundings just off the south shore of Cranberry
island revealed a depth of 15 feet, and near Avondale a depth of
25 feet, which Mr. Bootin, the engineer of the Canal Coinmission
assures me is the greatest depth he has found.
This basin was built in 1832 to serve as a reservoir for the Ohio
canal. On May 21, 1894, the General Assembly of Ohio passed
an act reserving it for a public park and summer resort to be known
as Buckeye Lake.
The site of the reservoir was a more or less completely tree-
covered impassable swamp, known to the Indians and early
settlers as the "Big Swamp," "Two Lakes" or "Big and Little
Lake."' It lay diagonally across the southeast corner of Town-
ship 17 and almost half across the southern border of Township 19.
In shape and area it approximated the present lake. In the
7. Graham, A. A. History of Licking County. O. Chap. XVII, p. 16.5. 1881.
522 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 7,
center of the swamp was, according to the surveys of 1799 and
ISOl, a long narrow lake fed by several small streams. This lake
drained into the South Fork of the Licking River near the "Black
Diamond, " 3^ mile southwest of the present Waste Weir.
The location seemed well suited for a reservoir. It was a
quite extensive natural basin, lying on a plain, with a rim of hills to
the south, east and northeast immediately bordering the swamp;
so that no levee would be necessary along these margins. To the
north and west of the present lake are low fields which very likely
were wholly or at least in part included in the original swamp.
The swamp drained towards the north, the lowest place in the
rim is indicated on the topographic map of the U. S. G. S. by a
small stream, which apparently unites Buckeye Lake with the
South Fork of the Licking River. This outlet, however, no
longer exists.
The so-called "Old Reservoir" was begun on the morning of
Jiily 4, LS25, and was finished in 1S2S. The swamp was not
deepened nor even cleared of trees. A levee, with a maximum
height of 18 feet at the "Black Diamond" and decreasing some-
what to the east and west, was built along the north side from the
present "Park" to the western extremity and was continued
around the west end. This latter served as the tow-path of
the canal.
The "old reservoir" did not furnish the canal with sufficient
water to permit the carrying of even half a load during the drier
summer months, therefore an additional 500 acres on the west were
added in 1S32. This addition was called the "new reservoir."
An additional supply of water was also provided by a distributary
from the Licking River, which taps the river just north of
Kirkersville and enters the reservoir | of a mile north of the
western exit of the canal.
The old swamp lay in the preglacial valley of a tributary of the
Newark valley, a valley now occupied in part by the west fork of
Jonathan creek. Just east of Thorn ville station the tracks of
the Newark and Shawnee Branch of the Baltimore and Ohio
railroad, which parallel the east shore of the lake, and the Zanes-
ville and Western railroad from the south meet in a cut or gap and
continue eastward as parallel tracks. The floor of this gap is but
little broader than the width of the two tracks.
A loop moraine was formed in Late Wisconsin time across the
valley at this point and completely blocked the then westward
flowing stream. The lower or westward portion of the valley was
still filled with ice. As the ice receded, the water ponded behind
the moraine broke through forming the gap now occupied by the
railroad tracks, and flowed eastward down the valley. This over-
flow gap is very distinct and was first referred to by G. F. Wright,*
8. Wright. G. F. The glacial boundary in Ohio, Incl., and Ky. 1884.
May, 1912.] A Study of Buckeye Lake and Vicinity. 523
who says: "The reservoir occupies a great kettle-hole, the rail-
road which here cuts through the moraine follows for several miles
towards the southeast an outlet for the glacial floods. "
The overflow channel is 900 feet above sea level, whereas the
surface of the present lake is 892 feet. This eastern outlet could
drain the lake only when the water surface exceeded the 900 foot
level. During the time when the water stood at or slightly above
the 900 foot level, the area covered was much greater than the
present one. The broad plain to the north between the present
lake and Newark is less than 900 feet, with small irregular isolated
areas from 900 to 960 feet above sea level. It is 10 miles from
north to south. At the southern limits of Newark it is 3 miles
from east to west and 10 miles from east to west at the northern
margin of Buckeye Lake. When therefore the ice receded from
this plain the latter was covered by a body of water measuring 10
miles rom north to south by 10 miles from east to west at the south-
ern and 3 miles at the northern end. This lake, if lake it can be called,
stood at or above the 900 foot level for so short an interval that
careful search has disclosed no beaches, deltas, lake sands or clays.
The soil in the fields south of Thorn ville station at the 920 foot
contour line, contains some fine sand, it is fine grained sandy loam;
and there is also sand in the banks of a small stream which flows
north and enters the southwestern lobe of the lake at Thornville
station. There is however so little sand that it certainly does not
form a well defined beach.
The water must have very soon drained away to the
northeast and must have been in the nature of a broad river,
rather than a lake over the plain southwest of Newark.
The recession of the ice from this plain uncovered an outlet
lower than the 900 foot level and the southeastern one at Thorn-
ville station was abandoned. This new outlet was not deep
enough nor w th sufficient fall to completely drain the basin; for a
long, narrow, irregular, typical finger lake, conforming in shape to
the old river valley remained in the western portion of the pre-
glacial valley of Jonathan creek. All of this lake but a narrow
channel near the center had been reduced to a swamp by the close
of the 18th century.
That this swamp, which was known as the "Big Swamp,"
dates from early post-Wisconsin time is shown by the presence of
a cranberry-sphagnum bog which still exists in Buckeye Lake.
This bog, locally known as the Cranberry marsh, lies in the eastern
part of the lake, close to and parallel with the north shore. It is
3,250 feet from northeast to southwest by 750 feet from northwest
to southeast, and has an approximate area of 45 acres, according
to the survey made in the winter of 1910 by Professor Chamberlain
of the Civil "Engineering Department of the Ohio State University.
a:
a
.2
to
S
>
tn
-J)
<u
>
o
<
as
p
O
o
>
May, 1912.] .4 Study of Buckeye Lake and Vicinity. 525
The outline is very irregular due to many indentations and small
fringing islands, and changes from year to year. This is due to
the frequent and extreme changes in water level in the lake. For
four years within my knowledge, the water was lowered every
summer, over 6 feet in 1909, so that repairs might be made. The
storm winds of winter every year detach fragments of the island
and sweep them away.
The vegetation is of peculiar interest ; for it consists of typical
bog plants characteristic today of high temperate latitudes and
generally accepted to be relicts of early post-glacial times, stranded
and persisting and now surrounded by the nomial vegetation of
the present climatic conditions.
The typical bog plants are several species of Sphagnimi, the
Cranberry (Oxycoccus macrocarpus) , the Sundew (Drosera rotun-
difolia), several species of bog sedges as Carex limosa and C.
filifomiis, the Buckbean (Menyanthes triloba) and Scheuchzeria
palustris fomiing a bog-meadow bordered by a zone of bog-shrubs
of which the Poison Simiac (Rhus vemix) the Black Alder (Ilex
verticillata) and the Choke Berry (Aronia arbutifolia and A nigra)
are the most characteristic
Soundings in the bog revealed the presence of a sandy shell
marl, a lake deposit, at a depth of 28 feet. The marl was still
foun in soine places at the IS foot level giving a depth of 10 feet
of shell marl. The presence of marl may be taken as an indication
of Characeae or Cyanophyceae. Immediately above the marl
was a dark brown or black plastic deposit with fragments of
Potamogeton and Scirpus lacustris. These are pond plants
growing in water not deeper than 53^ to 6 feet. In another
sounding the core from the 22 foot level showed a fine gradation
between the marl and the pond deposit. At 15 feet the core
showed a preponderance of sedge material, which indicates water
at less than 5 feet. At 7 feet the core contained Sphagnum
mixed with the sedge remains. At 5 feet the peat was loosely
matted, coarsely fibrous but little modified Sphagnum fragments
with roots and stems of cranberry and other plants. Large water
pockets were encountered near the surface and even at a depth
of 17 feet. At the bottom of this series containing evidence of
lake and pond deposits is a fine grained blue clay. The blue clay
varied from the 28 to the 40 foot level. Soundings deeper than
40 feet could not be taken as that was the maximum length of the
sounding rod. This fine grained blue clay belongs I believe to the
Illinoian drift.
The records of these soundings sketch the history of the island.
At the northern margin of the ancient lake species of Potamogeton
and other aquatics formed a more or less dense mat. The water
gradually became more shallow through the accumulation of silt
and plant remains; and the aquatics were succeeded by semi-
t2
i
Zt4
ir.
u
u
XI
a
u
o
01
D
o
May, 1912.] A Study of Buckeye Lake and Vicinity. 527
aquatic plants with fixed roots and submerged or floating leaves.
Such plants as the pond lilies and lotus with large leaves and
rhizomes add rapidly to the vegetal deposit and prepare the soil
for sedges and other marsh plants which grow in quite shallow
water. Sedges are well adapted to holding and adding to the soil
and adding to the mat. Thus a sedge meadow was formed. The
sedge mat in turn was succeeded by a sphagnum-cranberry bog.
In such a mat the circulation of the water becomes impeded, gases
set free in processes of decomposition collect and the mat is buoyed
up so that it remains at or near the surface of the water. As the
mat increased in thickness the surface finally rose above the water,
became better aerated and the soil was prepared for shrubs and
finally trees. The older portion of the bog was of course on the
landward side. As the changes sketched were taking place in the
bog it was constantly spreading out farther into the lake.
When thru the conversion of the swamp into the reservoir,
the water level rose rapidly, all the fixed plants were submerged
and killed but the floating mat of the cranberry-sphagnum bog
was buoyed up on the surface and escaped extermination. Cut
off from the shore by the water it became an island.
The presence of this bog presents conclusive evidence that the
body of water in which it developed dates from the close of the
glacial epoch.
The map of the survey of 18U1 contains a number of smaller
swamps to the west and northwest of the "Big Swamp." All of
them have been drained and are either wood lots or are under
cultivation. They vary in size from mere depressions in cultivated
fields and meadows to 400 acres in area. Of these swamps the
largest, known as "Bloody Run" or "Pigeon Roost" swamp, is 2
miles east of Kirkersville and 3^ mile south of the Ohio Electric
railway. It is now almost wholly under cultivation, but 13 years
ago it was a bog forest of soft maple, swamp ash and white elm
with an undergro\\1:h of willow and poison sumac. A drove well
on one of the farms show^s 17 feet of peat, then 3 feet of yellow clay,
below this hard pan covering the gravel from which comes the
water supply. These smaller swamps all lie at a lower elevation
than the 900 foot level and as even the largest has a substratum of
glacial clay they must have occupied depressions which were due
to the inequalities of deposition.
III. The location and extent of the Newark river valley
from Newark westward to the Franklin county line.
Frequent reference has been made to the existence of a broad
and deep pre-glacial valley extending from Hanover westward to
the Scioto Basin. Mr. M. C. Read was, I believe, the first to
mention this valley. In the Report of the Geology of Licking
county^ Mr. Read writing of this pre-glacial channel says: "A
9. Read, M. C. Geology of Licking County, O. Geol. Survey 3: .348, 1878.
528 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 7,.
deep pre-glacial channel from the north enters the county a little
west of the Sandusky Branch of the Baltimore and Ohio Railroad,
extending southward to Newark and is now occupied by the
northern branch of the Licking River. At Newark it divides,
one branch turning directly to the east in the valley of Licking
River, and one branch extending *north westerly, through what
was evidently at one period a broad lake, and in which now the
south branch of the Licking flows with a reversed current to join
the main stream at Newark. "
The presence of this old valley has been corroborated by W. G.
Tight^° and Frank Leverett.^^
Mr. Leverett^" sketches the position and extent of the old valley
in the following paragraphs:
"Tight has shown that the greater part of the Muskingum
drainage system was fomierly connected with the Scioto system
by a broad valley leading from Dresden (a few miles above Zanes-
ville) westward past Newark to the Licking reservoir and thence
into the Scioto Basin near Circle ville. The present southward
course past Zanesville is there a much narrower valley than the
old line leading westward to the Scioto Basin, and the rock floor
is markedly higher along the present course of the Muskingum
than along the old course.
"At Hanover, an open valley sets in which extends westward
to the vicinity of the Licking reservoir, where it is so filled with
drift as to render its further course difflcult to determine. A
series of gas borings however, indicate that it passes southward
about to Hadley Junction and then turns westward, passing near
Canal Winchester and Groveport and coming to the Scioto River
about midway between Columbus and Circle ville, where it seems
to have joined the old Kanawha system. "
I have quoted Mr. Leverett at length, for his location of the
valley is in the main verified by the data I have been able to secure.
The mantle of drift throughout this region is so thick that the
beds in the streams lie in it, neither railroad cuts nor water wells
cut through to the rock. The only data therefore which give the
entire depth of drift must be obtained from gas wells, which
fortunately are very numerous in this section. I obtained records
from a large number of wells from Newark southwestward to a
point on the Little Walnut about 2^^ miles east of Lockville.
'Northwesterly must be an error. The South Fork of the Licking flows from the southwest to
the northeast across the plain, west and southwest of Newark. Northwesterly should undoubtedly
read southwesterly.
10. Tight, W. G. Drainage modifications in southeastern Ohio and adjacent parts of W. Va.
and Ky. U. S. G. S. Prof. Paper. 13.
n. Leverett, Frank. Glacial formations and drainage features of the Erie and Ohio
Basins. Mon. 41: U. S. G. S. 155, 1902.
12. Leverett, Frank. Glacial formations and drainage features of the Erie and Ohio Basins.
Mon. 41: U. S. G. S. p. 1.55, 1902.
May, 1912.] A Study of Buckeye Lake and Vicinity. 529
From these logs the direction, location, depth and in many places
width of Newark valley can be plotted quite accurately.
Beginning with the southwestern portion of Newark, a well
just north of the junction of the South Fork of the Licking and
Raccoon creek and half way between the union of these streams
and the tracks of the Shawnee Branch of the Baltimore and Ohio
railroad shows that the rock has been excavated to 527 feet above
sea level, 323 feet below the present river at that point. From
this point southwestern for a distance of 5 miles the center of the
old valley lies a little to the west of the Ohio canal and the Ohio
Electric railway. It then turns directly south to Buckeye Lake.
A well 23^ miles northeast of Hebron shows the rock to have been
excavated to 510 feet above sea level, which is 360 feet below the
present surface. Here the width of the ancient valley is clearly
shown by well defined valley walls. To the west just north of
Luray on the National road the rock walls are 930 feet above sea
level ; but 30 feet below the present surface ; and to the east a well
f of a mile north of the National road and 300 feet east of the
Baltimore and Ohio railroad tracks struck the rock at 920 feet
above sea level, but 40 feet l^elow the present surface.
Measuring from these points I find the valley to have been 4^
miles wide along the National road. The greatest depth in this area
was found in a well in the field along the north shore of Buckeye
Lake. Bed rock in this well was struck at 430 feet below the present
surface, 450 feet above sea level. Buckeye Lake lies along the
southern margin of the valley and not in the center. The trend
from the lake is south and southwest to Basil and Baltimore.
Between the lake and Baltimore I found but few wells so that the
valley is not so clearly defined in this section, but it is much
broader than immediately north of the lake.
Gas wells are very numerous at Basil, Baltimore and in the
immediate vicinity of the two towns. Here the valley is at least
8 miles wide, is open and level. At Basil it turns more directly
to the southwest following in general the course of the Little
Walnut. It crosses the Franklin county line and connects with
the valley mapped by Dr. Hubbard^^ in Franklin county. Newark
valley as I have traced it coincides quite closely with the one
described by Tight" and Leverett^'^ except in the southern portion.
Among the well records of this section the greatest depth is re-
corded in a well in Basil, which shows that the rock has been
excavated to 452 feet above sea level, 3S8 feet below the level of
Little Walnut creek. If this greatest depth was approximately
the center of the valley the stream was here farther north than the
one mapped by Tight.
13. Hubbard, George D. The Geology of Columbus and vicinity. Bull. 14: Geol. Survey
of Ohio. 1912.
14. Tight. G. W. Drainage modifications in southeastern Ohio and adjacent parts of West
Virginia and Kentucky. U. S. G. S. Prof. Paper 13.
15. Leverett Frank. Mon. 41: U. S. G. S. p. 410.
Ohio Naturalist.
Plate XXIX.
Le<}e Tid
St re Q ms
Canal
Ra I I rca.i S
Contour Lines
C o unt u L .Tie
Prcijlacio I Va Ilai^
Map of thu region to the west and south of Newark, showing the present streams (heavy
unbroken lines), and the preglacial Newark valley (broken lines), from Newark southwest to
the Franklin county line. The largest preglacial tributaries are also shown. The light unbroken
lines are the one hundred foot contours.
May, 1912.] .4 Study of Buckeye Lake and Vicinity. 531
Newark valley had several large pre-glacial tributary valleys.
There is one from the northwest and now occupied by Raccoon
creek, which near its mouth must have been of the nature of a
gorge, bordered on cither side by rock hills ^ of a mile apart ; and
now covered by a thin drift mantle. Two well records in the
center of the valley at the mouth or point where the pre-glacial
tributary joined the Newark valley show that bed rock has been
excavated to 436 and 427 feet above sea level, 444 and 453 feet
respectively below the present surface level. The valley of the
tributary broadens abruptly from this point into that of the
Newark river. Farther south is a tributary from the northwest.
This valley is now occupied by the South Fork of the Licking
river. It trends almost due east, then turns abruptly to the
southeast and must have entered the Newark valley near the
Bloody Run Swamp, where it suddenly widens. From the east
Newark valley received a large branch which is now occupied in
part by the eastern portion of Buckeye Lake and in part by the
western portion of the now eastward flowing Jonathan creek. It is
very evident from an inspection of the region and a study of the
topographic maps of the Thorn ville and Zanesville quadrangles,
that Jonathan creek is a composite stream. ^'^ That part of the
creek west of its union Avith Turkey Run flows in a larger, more
open and older valley than that immediately to the east of this
point. In the eastern portion to within a mile of Fultonham the
stream flows in a narrow gorge like valley between rock hills.
Turkey Run, a tributary from the south, flows northwest, which
is almost at right angles to the course of Jonathan creek, then near
its outlet makes a decided curve, turning north and then east,
following closely the base of the hills, before it joins the larger stream.
The valley of the headwaters of Jonathan creek broadens toward the
west. A mile east of Thomville station it is 2 miles wide. Valley
Run, its largest tributary from the north, also occupies a valley
out of proportion to the size of the present stream. Moreover it
comes in from the northeast and joins Jonathan creek headed or
pointed up stream. These data seem sufficient on which to base
the conclusion that the western portion of Jonathan creek is flow-
ing with reversed current in an old valley, (a valley whose maturity
suggest that it is at least pre-Wisconsin, probably pre-Illinoian.)
This valley continues westward to its union with Newark valley,
at the northern margin of the lake and about a mile west of the
Buckeye Lake terminal of the Ohio Electric railway. A gas well
record in this field bordering the lake at this point shows that the
rock floor has been excavated to 450 feet above sea level, 442 feet
below the level of the lake. This is the deepest record found close
to the lake and indicates the location of the outlet of the ancient
tributarv.
16. Davis, H. J. Modification in the Jonathan creek drainage basin. Bull. Den. University
U: 16.5-173. Mar. 1899.
532 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 7,
SUMMARY:
There seems to be sufficient evidence on which to base the
conclusion that no large lake occupied the plain to the west and
southwest of Newark after the recession of the late Wisconsin
time.
The heavy bed of gravel between the late Wisconsin and
Illinoian clays cannot have been deposited in a lake.
During the recession of the Wisconsin ice sheet a loop moraine
was fonned across the ancient valley of Jonathan creek just east
of Thornville station.
The water impended between the ice and moraine converted
the lower portion of the valley into a lake.
The waters broke through the moraine forming a well defined
overflow channel, not deep enough however to completely drain
the valley.
This ancient basin is now occupied by Buckeye Lake.
The evidence obtained from gas well records corroborates the
statements made by Read, Tight and Leverett of the existence
and establishes the location and extent of Newark valley a pre-
Illinoian valley from Newark, southwest to the Franklin county
line.
This work was done under the direction of Dr. George D.
Hubbard, now of Oberlin College, to whom I am much indebted
for the assistance given in the field work and thru suggestions
concerning and criticisms on this paper. I also take this oppor-
tunity to acknowledge my obligation to Miss Clara G. Mark for
the excellent photograph and to Messrs. Bootin and Sawyer of the
Canal Commission for information of Buckeye Lake.
Date of Publication, May 21, 1912.
The Ohio Naturalist,
PUBLISHED BY
The Biological Club of the Ohio State University,
Volume XII. JUNE. 1912. No. 8.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Metcalf— Life-Histories of Syrphidae IV 633
Claassen— Alphabetical List of Lichens Collected iu Several Counties of Northern
Ohio 543
^rETCALF— Meetings of the Biological Club 549
LIFE-HISTORIES OF SYRPHIDAE IV.
C. L. Metcalf.
Allograpta obliqua (Say).
(Plate XXX, Figs. 61-70).
£.?,?•
Elongate oval in outline, narrowing slightly to the roundly-
pointed anterior end and the truncate, posterior, micropylar end.
The egg is slightly inflated dorsally, flattened against the surface
to which it is attached ventrally. Length about 0.8 mm., diame-
ter 0.3 mm. (Figs. 61 and 62.)
Color chalk-white with the usual microscopic sculpturing. (Fig,
63). When highly magnified, sometimes tinted with yellowish in
the depressions between the sculptures. In this case the main
bodies of the projections are broader than in Syrphus americanus
(3 to -1 times as long as broad) ; somewhat oval in shape, the arms
thicker and not so long as in S. americanus; usually about fifteen
around each body. The space between the bodies is about two-
thirds as wide as the body. There are about 28 of these projections
the length of the egg, about 55 around it transversely at the
middle.
Oviposition for the first spring generation began about the
middle of May. A female taken on May 17 laid 35 eggs on May
22, 13 the following day, and by May 26, when she died, had
deposited nearly 100 eggs. The first of these hatched the morning
of the 25th, a few others the 26th, making the duration in the
egg-stage (indoors) from 2.5 to 3.5 days.
533
534 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 8,
In the field I have found eggs of this species on persimmon trees
(Diospyros virgin iaiia L), at the University Campus the last of
May, and on curled dock (Rumex crispus L.) at Lakeville, Ohio,
June 16-18. The eggs are deposited singly and laid fiat on the
surface of the leaf, twig, or flower.
I know no way of distinguishing these eggs from those of related
Syrphidas except by the size, shape and the microscopic character-
istics of sculpturing described above ; these may prove insufficient
for specific separation when the eggs of more species are known.
Larva.
When just hatched (Fig. 65) the larvae have a length of 1.2 mm.,
width 0.25 mm. They are irregular in outline, nearly cylindrical,
broadest near the middle; feeble and inactive. Color whitish,
with a yellowish or greenish tinge. The usual small, fleshy,
conical elevations are present, twelve to each segment, but the
segmental bristles were not discernible, apparently absent. The
posterior breathing appendages are rather prominent, longer than
in a young larva of S. americanus, and light in color like the rest of
the body. Their tips are, at first, rather remote from each other
though with subsequent growth and their greater elevation above
the general body surface they become contiguous. The two longi-
tudinal fat bodies are discernible as a white line on each side of the
dorsal blood-vessel which is more prominent in the posterior half
of the body. The skin is faintly wrinkled transversely.
From this condition there seems to be a gradual growth until
the larva, when full-grown, has reached a length of about 8 mm.,
width 2 mm., heigth 1.25 mm. It may then be described as
follows: Shape elongate oval, but much more pointed at the
anterior end when extended. The outline is somewhat irregular
due to folding and wrinkling of the skin. The posterior end is
rounding, truncate except for the projections of the posterior
breathing organ; (Fig. tj()).
Color green, very similar to that of the cabbage leaf (on which
they occur commonly) with two longitudinal white stripes. This
color is due to colored visceral bodies which show through the
transparent skin. Along the mid-dorsal line for two-thirds the
length can be seen the narrow, dark, pulsating blood-vessel, its
prominence varying with different specimens. It is irregularly
limited at the sides by a narrow mass of greenish, fatty globules
changing gradually to whitish. This whitish adipose matter forms
the two prominent longitudinal white stripes, 0.2 or 0.3 mm. wide
and extending to within a few millimeters of either end where they
become much attenuated. The rest of the body, except the ap-
pendages is green, darker on the sides. The breathing tubes are
light brown, black at the tips where the spiracles are located.
June, 1912.] Life-Histories of Syrphidae IV. 535
The skin is finely papillose when magnified. The character
of the visceral matter often gives the larva a very granular appear-
ance. The segments are marked by the usual twelve bristles in a
transverse row. These are light in color, not elongate and not at
all consi^icuous ; and are the only vestiture present.
The character of the mouth-parts is more or less perfectly
represented by Figure 67. Owing to the lack of favorable material
I was unable to verify this drawing and it may not be perfectly
accurate. The outer pair of mouth-hooks is present.
The caudal branchial appendage is prominent, elongate, about
0.5 mm. in length by 0.125 mm. in breadth; of two cylinders fused
mesad except at the extreme tip where they diverge slightly( Figs.
66, c; 68). The usual three elongate spiracles and circular plate
are present on each half. The spiracular elevation is about three
times as long as broad. There is a short, spur-like spiracular
spine between each two spiracles, one between the most dorsal
spiracle and the plate, and one mesad from the most ventral
spiracle. These spines are continued down the sides of the tube
as more or less evident ridges.
Larvae of this species were fotmd abundant on the leaves of
flowers and fruit of the persimmon {Diospyros virginiana L.) on the
University Campus June 1 and 2*. They were feeding on the
nymphs of an undetermined species of Aleyrodidce which caused a
curling of the leaves.
An autumn generation occurs commonly on cabbage and related
plants w^here they are predaceous on Aphis hrassicce. Larvae were
taken from this host-plant at the University Farm from September
20 to October 10.
Near Lakeville in Wayne Co., larvae were taken from curled
dock, June 16-18; and at Sandusky, Ohio, from the same plant
June 23. These were among colonies of Aphis riimiciis.
The larvae are thus seen not to be closely restricted in their
food habits, attacking at least two species of Aphid idee and one of
Aleyrodidce.
These larvfe live entirely on the surface of the plants where they
are found and probably do not move farther than is necessary to
secure their food. On the persimmon the larvae were found on the
flowers, but chiefly on the leaves, especially under the rolled up
edges, where the Aleyrodid nymphs were commonest. On Rumex
they were to be found mostly in the spikelets and on the under side
of the leaves where the plant lice occur.
Whatever the host, the method of feeding is the same. The
body-wall of the aphid is pierced by the mouth parts and the soft
contents picked and sucked out while the head is pushed farther
and farther inside the victim's skin.
*I am indebted to my fellow-student, Mr. J. Lyonel King, for first
calling my attention to these specimens.
536 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 8,
The larvse have no defensive structures so far as I am aware.
Their color is probably of a great deal of protective value to them.
On cabbage and on dock they very closely resemble the color of
the leaves. On cabbage they are frequently in a position among
the leaves inaccessible to predaceous enemies; on dock the under
side of the leaf is not a conspicuous position; and on persimmon
they are most commonly closely rolled about by the curling leaf.
Numerous larvffi of the autumn generation on cabbage are
parasitized by the small Ichneumonid, Bassus Icetalorius Fabr.f
Pupa.
Dimensions, average of eight: Length about 5.25 mm., max-
imtmi breadth 2.5 mm., maximum height 2.o mm. This neglects
the breathing tubes at the posterior end of the body which may
project 0.5 mm. farther posteriorly or be directed more dorsally.
The puparimn is broadest and deepest in front of the middle,
the anterior end bulbous ; strongly and evenly depressed and com-
pressed to the posterior end, the posterior elevation verv gradual.
(See Figs. 69 and 70).
The color in this stage changes very decidedly during the devel-
opment of the nymph within the translucent puparium. The
color is not resident in the pupal envelope but due almost entirely
to the inclosed matter. Consequently at first the colors are those
of the larva — light pea-green with a brownish retnnant of the dorsal
blood vessel and, at the sides of this, the two whitish lines. The
flattened posterior end of the puparium, including the breathing
tubes, however, is light testaceous brown, the tips about the spira-
cles black. Midway on the length of the breathing appendages is
a dark brown ring.
As the pupa developes within, the color changes, gradually
losing all trace of the green and assuming more and more the colors
of the adult. The first thing to be noticed is the reddish browm
color of the eyes replacing the green in the anterior third of the
pupa. Later the black and yellow abdominal markings become
apparent.
The puparium is smooth, bare; the segmental spines incon-
spicuous. The breathing tubes as in the larva, proininent sub-
cylindrical, the tips around the spiracles becoming black. The
wrinkles of the skin often remain rather prominent.
Pupce were found on persimmon June 1 to 5; on Rumcx more or
less continuou.sly from the latter part of June, through July to
August; and on cabbage from September 15 to October 15. In
captivity a number of pupa? were formed between September 21
and October 1.
fwSee The Ohio Natir.\list, Vol. XII, No. 5, pp. 483, 484, Mar., 1912.
June, 191:^.] Life- Histories of Syrphidae IV. 537
The duration in the pupal stage varied in captivity from 3.5 to
5.5 days in the case of those taken from persimmon in the spring,
while in Autumn in specimens from cabbage the duration in the
pupal stage was in some cases as much as 10 days.
These pupa^ are fastened by a viscid substance secreted by the
anal glands of the larva which, in drying, glues them to various parts
of the host-plant of the aphids among which they live. They
attach to the flowers and in the curls of the leaves of persimmon,
in leaf -axils, or flower spikes of Rum ex and on cabbage among the
outer leaves. In jars they attach to the cloth cover, the glass, or
to leaves enclosed, apparently with no discretion.
The body shortens and thickens and the larval skin inflates
and hardens in the usual manner. Within this puparium profound
changes take place which culminate in the completely formed
nymph, which has only to spread its wings and harden, after
bursting out of the pupa case, to fonn the perfect fly.
Adult.
Description after Williston, Synop. N. A. Syrph., 9G, 1886.
(See Fig. 64.) " cf 9 . Length, 6 to 7 mm. Face yellow, often
with a bluish reflection, slightly brownish on the tubercle. Frontal
triangle yellow ; front in the female shining black on the vertex, con-
tinued as a broad stripe (broadest below) to the antennae; on the
sides the yellow of the face continues up along the eyes nearly to
the ocelli. Antenna? reddish-brown, blackish on the upper part
of the third joint. Thorax deep shining green, on the sides with
a 3'ellow stripe, reaching from the humeri to the suture, where it is
sharply truncate ; post-alar callosity also yellow. Scutellum wholly
light yellow, faintly reddish on the disk; pile black. Abdomen
black, or brown; first segment, except a slender transverse spot on
each side behind, yellow; second segment with a slender yellow
anterior fascia, and a broader one in the middle, about a third of
the width of the segment, straight and but slightly widened at the
sides ; third segment with a broad arcuate band, not quite touching
the posterior angles on the sides ; fourth segment with two slender
parallel stripes, leaving a slender black stripe between them, on
each side a broader, oblique, oval spot, touching, or narrowly
separated fron the anterior end of the yellow longitudinal stripe,
and reaching to the posterior angles; fifth segment similar, but
the side spots less oblique. Legs light yellow; last three joints of
all the tarsi, the hind tibise, except the base and a middle ring, and
a ring on outer part of hind femora, brownish. Wings hyaline,
veins black."
538 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 8,
Syphaerophoria cylindrica (Say).
(Plate XXX, Figs. 71-7S).
Egg.
Length ().!) mm., diam.eter 0.3 mm. Elongate oval, less
pointed anteriorly than that of AUograpta ohliqua but scarcely
discernible from the latter, or from egg of Syrphus americaiius,
except possibly by microscopic examination.
Color chalk- white, sculpturing very similar to that of AUo-
grapta ohliqua. The projecting bodies however, appear, on the
whole, to be shorter and broader than in that species, about two
or three times as long as broad; distance between any two bodies
about one-half the width of the body itself ; number of arms around
it 12 to 20, rather short, not much branched. Many of them
ending at half the distance across the intervening space. Numbers
of bodies around the egg at the middle about 50 ; number the length
of the egg from pole to pole, very close to 30.
A female of this species taken on May 8, 1911, over grass, was
confined and fed sweetened water. Four days later, May 12, 22
eggs were laid, and two the following day. None of these eggs
hatched up to May 22, and were probably infertile, though it is
possible that other conditions might have prevented normal
development. Another female taken on May 13 laid only 2 eggs
May 14; and a third, after being enclosed for some days, oviposited
several dozen eggs on May 31. None of these hatched.
The eggs were deposited in the usual manner, the posterior
ventral portion being glued to the surface. These little glistening
w^hite eggs seem to have no method of natural protection except the
egg-shell which is leathery rather than fragile.
Larva.
Length 9 to 10 mm., height 1.25 mm., width 2.25 mm. Elongate
oval, tapering at anterior end, somewhat truncate except for
respiratory appendage at posterior end, depressed. Outline irreg-
ular, dorsal integument much wrinkled transversely, and with
lateral, longitudinal carinse. (Fig. 7(5).
Color pea-green with two, narrow, longitudinal, white stripes,
laterad of and paralleling the rather conspicuous dark heart line.
These white stripes and other coloring produced as in AUograpta;
the stripes attenuated and confluent a little before the anterior end,
not reaching the respiratory appendage posteriorly.
Respiratory appendage brownish black at the tip. The skin
is papillose, bare except for the visual segmental bristles which are
here short, light-colored and inconspicuous. There are a number
June, 1912.] Life- Histories of Syrphidae IV. 539
of poorly defined pro-leg-like projections of the body on the ventral
side. The mouth-parts (Fig. 77) consist of three pairs of hooklets
in addition to the pair of jaws. One i^air of hooklets is short and
heavy, triangular, lateral in position (Fig. 77, d), the other two
pairs, situated close beside the jaws (c), are slender, elongate,
slightly curved. The jaws (b) are of the usual type but U-shaped
rather than V-shaped, the shoulders rather prominent, with a
median, terminal, pointed projection.
The antennge (Fig. 77, a) and anterior spiracles are rather well
elevated. The latter on a fleshy base with a prominent constric-
tion beyond the middle showing at the apex a small number of
rounded teeth or lobes about three larger and three smaller ones.
(Figs. 74, 75). . ■ . .
The shape, color and general appearance is very similar to the
larva of Allograpta obliqua. vSo much so in fact that I was unable
for a long time to distinguish the two and was being constantly
bafBed by the issuance of adult Sphcerophoria from my stock of
supposedly AUograptid larvae and pupae. There is an indefinable
difference in the naked eye appearance as near as I can express it,
due to the more finely and evenly granular appearance of the fat
bodies visible through the dorsal wall in Sphcerophoria. But I am
not sure that this is constant.
The two species can, however, be very certainly and definitely
separated on the basis of the posterior respiratory appendages.
These are about the same length and other dimensions; the differ-
ence lies in the distal end. As described in Allograpta obliqua the
two tubes are slightly divergent at the tip making them l3roader
here than at mid-length, and bear between each two spiracles a
short, but readily visible, spur-like elevation continued as a slight
ridge down the side of the tube. Now in Sphcerophoria cylindrica
the end of the tube is very nicely and evenly rounded off; the
spiracles very slightly elevated; the two tubes slightly emarginate
but not at all divergent, and all trace of inter-spiracular spines or
projections lacking. With the aid of a good hand lens one can
always separate these two species at a glance when the characters
have once been fixed in mind. (See Figs. 72 and 73 and compare
Figs. 6Gand6S).
On June 4th larvee of this species were taken from among
Aphis brassiccB in a greenhouse on the University Campus. At
Sandusky, larvae were found commonly on curled dock (Rumex
crispus) June 20th and later. At Lakeville, larvee w^ere taken
from thistle (Cardiius sp.) among Aphis sp. ilugust 27, 1911. In
Autumn they are rather common on cabbage, in gardens during
September. Aphis brassicce Linn, seems to be their favorite prey,
though they are not restricted to this species, and may be found to
be rather ubiquitious.
540 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 8,
As in Allograpta obliqua these larvae are colored like the leaves
on which they commonly feed and this is probably of some protec-
tion to them. The}' are also parasitized by Bassus Icetatoriiis.
Pupa.
Dimensions, average of six: Length, neglecting the posterior
respiratory appendage, 5.3 mm., height 2.05 mm., width 2.1 mm.
In general shape, color, and appearance so similar to Allograpta
ohliqiia as scarcely to permit of separate description. The pupa-
rium is generally less strongly elevated posteriorly, (See Fig. 7Sc/,
Fig. 70.) The characters of the posterior respiratory appendages
however remain as in the larva and will always serve to distinguish
the species from A. obliqua.
Pupation was observed to occur in an open greenhouse Colum-
bus, Ohio, June 5, 1911. On Rume.x crispus, vSandusky, the 23rd
of June and later, and from the middle of September to the middle
of October on cabbage. The pupae were glued to the more or less
exposed surfaces of the leaves among which the larvae had fed.
The duration in the pupal stage (indoors) was 5 to 7 days.
Adult.
The following description modified after Williston, Synop.
N. A. Syrph. applies to the adults reared from the larvae and pupae
described above. (wSee Fig. 71).
c^. Length, 6 to 8 mm. Face and front light yellow,
shining; tubercle and anterior oral margin somewhat fuscous.
Antennre reddish yellow, sometimes brownish above on third
joint. Dorsum of thorax dark greenish olivaceous, somewhat
shining, with an abbreviated lateral stripe reaching only to the
suture, or very indistinct back of the suture; two more or less
prominent grayish pollinose stripes on the anterior part near the
middle line; pleura deep shining, somewhat bluish black, with
light yellow spots as follows : a large one under the base of the wing,
irregular in shape, imperfectly divided, covering the pteropleura
and parts of the mesopleura and metapleura; and three smaller
ones, one above the base of each coxa; which, except the front one,
may be continuous with the larger spot ; scutellum sulphur yellow.
Abdomen slender; first segment black except on the sides; second
segment with a broad yellow cross-band in the middle, and a brown
or black band half its width in front and behind, not reaching the
lateral margin. Remaining abdominal segments more or less
variable; third seginent narrowly brown or blackish in front and
behind, elsewhere reddish yellow; fourth segment yellow and ob-
sciu-ely brownish; fifth segment and hypopygium wholly reddish
yellow, the latter globose and with a tuft of pile below in front.
Legs yellow including the coxae, the tarsi more or less infuscated.
Wings nearly hyaline, not exceeding the abdomen.
June, 1912.] Life-Hutories of Syrphidar IV. 541
9 . Front shining Ijlack, yellow on the sides below;
yellow lateral stripes of thorax extending only to the suture.
Abdomen moderately broad, shining black with the extreme
lateral margins continuously yellow and a moderately arcuate,
entire, 3'ellow band, reaching the yellow on the sides, on each of
the segments from two to four inclusive. These bands cover about
one-third the length of the segment. Fifth segment with a similar
but slenderer yellow band interrupted in the middle. Sixth seg-
ment yellow with some black on the disk. In other respects as
in the male.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXX.
Figures 61-70 Allograpta obliqua (vSay).
Fig. 6L Egg from the .side x 20.
Fig. 62. Dorsal view of egg x 20.
Fig. 63. A small part of the surface of egg-shell showing sculpturing,
highly magnified.
Fig. 64. Adult 9 about 7 times natural size.
Fig. 65. Larva, 12-24 hours after hatching x 50; a, antenna; b, internal
oesophageal framework; c, posterior respiratory organs.
Fig. 66. Mature larva x9; a, antenna; b, position of anterior spira-
cles; c, posterior respiratory appendages.
Fig. 67. Antero-ventral view of the head of the larva, much enlarged;
a, antenna; h, upper jaw;c, outer pair of mouth-hooks; d, the two pairs of
lateral mouth hooklets; e, chitinous oesophageal framework (internal);
/, lower jaw.
Fig. 68. End view of posterior respiratory organ x 200; n, one of the
six elongate spiracles, b, the dorsal, circular plate; c, c, the interspiracular
spines.
Fig. 69. Dorsal view of puparium x 5; a, posterior respiratory
appendage.
Fig. 70. Outline of puparium from the side x 3.5; o, posterior
respiratory appendage.
Figures 71-78 SphaeropJwria cylindrica (Say).
Fig. 71. Drawing of the adult male from the side x 7.
Fig. 72. Terminal part of mature larva x 60, showing respiratory
apparatus; a, slit-like spiracles; b, dorsal circular plate.
Fig. 73. End-view of posterior respiratory appendage x 120; lettering
as in Fig. 72.
Fig. 74. Side view of anterior respiratory appendage, highly magnified.
Fig. 75. The same from the end, showing teeth-like lobes.
Fig. 76. The larva from the side .x 5; a, posterior respiratory
appendage.
Fig. 77. Antero-ventral view of head segments, much enlarged; a, the
antenna; b, the upper jaw; c, the two pairs of mouth-hooks close beside the
jaws; d, the outer pair of mouth-hooks; e, chitinous oesophageal framework
(internal);/, lower jaw.
Fig. 78. Outline of puparium from the side x 7.5; the dotted lines
indicate several variations in the shape of puparia.
Ohio Naturalist.
Plate XXX.
MetCAI^F on " Life-Histories of Syrphidae IV."
June, 1912.]
Lichens of Northern Ohio.
543
ALPHABETICAL LIST OF LICHENS COLLECTED IN
SEVERAL COUNTIES OF NORTHERN OHIO.
Edo Claassex.
Very little attention appears to have been given to the collec-
tion of Lichens in Ohio since E. E. Bogue published his list of
Ohio Lichens. The cause of this- may be to some extent in a lack
of the necessary assistance in their determination. Since the
appearance of Tuckerman's work, the most important is, no doubt,
Finlc's "The Lichens of Minnesota." As nearly all Lichens of
Northern Ohio are apparently treated in this work it is of great
value to all students desiring to determine the Lichens of the
northern counties. Together with Tuckennan's "Synopsis,"
Sydow's "Die Flechten Deutschlands, " Boistel's "Les Lichens de
la France," Hepp's "Abbildungen der Flechtensporen, " and
several other works, it was of great use to the writer in his deter-
minations.
The names of the counties, where each lichen was collected,
are abbreviated in the list: C stands for Cuyahoga, E for Erie,
G for Geauga, L for Lake, M for Medina, O for Ottawa, P for
Portage, S for Simimit, and St for Stark. The numbers following
the abbreviations indicate the number of places where each
species was found. Most of the Lichens were noted to occur in
Cuyahoga county, where the writer's residence is located. As
much as possible of the mode of occurrence was noted, namely,
on bark, on rock, etc. Notwithstanding careful investigation in
the course of about 10 years, several Lichens were found in but
one or two localities; they are considered to be rare or hard to
detect on account of their small size. The following ones may
be named here :
Acarospora f uscata (Schrad.) Th.Fr.
Arthopyrenia conoidea (Fr.) Fink.
Bacidia umbrina (Ach.) Branth.
& Rostk.
Bilimbia naegelii (Hepp) Zwackh.
Bilimbia sphaeroides (Dicks. )Koerb
Cetraria islandica (L.) Ach.
(This lichen has disappeared from
its locality, without having
been found somewhere else.)
Cladonia coccifera (L.) Willd.
Conotrenia urceolatum (Ach.) Tuck.
Lecanora muralis (Schreb.) Tuck.
Lecidea uliginosa (Schrad.) Acli.
Parmelia conspersa (Ehrh.) Ach.
Rhizocarpon alboatrum saxicolum
(Fr.) Fink.
Sphinctrina tubaeformis Mass.
Stereocaulon coralloides Fr.
Teloscliistes chrysophthahiius (L.)
Fr.
More species undoubtedly occur in these counties and by dili-
gent work all may be found sooner or later. Specimens of those
listed above and from all the localities are deposited in the writer's
544 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 8,
herbarium. It is to be hoped, that this list may be helpful to
students of lichenology in this state and induce other botanical
workers to commence the study of this very interesting branch
of natural science.
List of Lichens :
Acarospora puscata (Schrad.) Th. Fr. On sandstone: C 2 G 1.
Alectoria jubata chalvbeiformis (L.) Ach. On fencerails: C 4 G 2
P 4 S 1 ; on rock: L 1.
Arthonia jjunctiformis Ach. On bark (Ash, hickory, ptelea):
02 E i.
Arthonia radiata (Pers.) Ach. On Ijark (Alder, ash, basswood,
hickory, maple, sycamore): C IG L 3 O 1.
A. radiata swartziana (Ach.) Willey. On bark: C 1 E 1.
Arthopyrcnia conoidea (Fr.) Fink. On limestone: O 1.
Arthopyrenia gemmata (Ach.) Mass. On bark (Dogwood,
sycamore) : C 4 S 1 .
Arthopvrcnia punctiformis (Pers.) Mass. On bark (Ash, maple) :
OS.
Arthothelium spcctabile Mass. On bark (Ash, birch, horse-
chestnut, maple): C43L10 1S3.
Bacidia fuscorubclla (Hoffm.) Am. On bark (Dogwood, elm,
maple): C S L 1 S 1.
B. fuscombella suffusa (Fr.) Fink. On limestone: O 1.
Bacidia rubeUa (Hoffm.) Mass. On bark (Ash, elm, maple,
willow) : C 12.
Bacidia Schweinitzii (Tuck.) Fink. On bark (Ash, birch, maple) :
C 16 G 2 L 1 M 1.
Bacidia umbrina (Ach.) Branth. & Rrostk. On argillaceous slate
and sandstone: C 4.
Baeomyccs byssoides (L.) Ach. On clayey ground: C 2.
Bilimbia hypnophila (Ach.) Fr. On bark (Hickory, sycamore,
willow) and moss covered rock: C18G202P2S2.
Bilimbia naegehi (Hepp) Zwackh. On bark (Basswood) : C 1.
Bilimbia sphacroides (Dicks.) Kocrb. On old bark (Witch-
hazel): C 1.
BueUia parasema (Ach.) Koerb. On bark (Alder, ash, beech,
chestnut, hickory, maple, oak, w. cherry): C 11 E 1 G 1
L 1 P 2 S 3.
Cahcium parietinum Ach. On bark (Sycamore) : C 3.
Cetraria ciliaris Ach. On fence rails and dead Tamarack 1)ranches :
C 2 G 2 L 1 P 3 S 2.
Cetraria islandica (L.) Ach. On earth: C 1.
Cetraria lacunosa Ach. On fence rails and old wood: C 2 P 1 S 4.
Cladonia bacillaris (Del.) Nyl. On rotten wood: C 1.
Cladonia caespiticia (Pers.) Floerke. On old wood: C 4 L 1 M 1.
Cladonia coccifera (L.) Willd. Over moss on earth: C 1.
June, 1912.] Lichens of Northern Ohio. 545
Cladonia cristatclla Tuck. On earth, old wood and over moss
on rock: C 30 E 1 L 1 S 2.
Cladonia fimbriata (L.) Fr. In its varieties: cornutoradiata
Coem., simplex (Weiss) Wainio, subulata (L) Wainio. On
decaying wood : C 3.
Cladonia furcata (Huds.) Schrad. On earth, old bark and old
wood: C20L 1 S 1.
Cladonia gracilis (L.) Willd. On old bark and wood: C 5 E 1 S 1 Stl
Cladonia mitrula Tuck. On earth, old bark and wood: C 19 G1S2
Cladonia pyxidata (L.) Hoffm. On earth, old bark, old wood and
over moss on the ground: C 32 E 1 S 3.
Cladonia rangiferina (L.) Hoffm. On earth, rock and old wood:
C 7 E 1 L 3.
Cladonia silvatica (L.) Hoffm. On earth: C 3 E 1.
Cladonia squamosa (Scop.) Hoft'm. On rock, old bark and wood:
C9 L2 S 1.
Cladonia subcariosa (Nyl.) Wainio. On earth: C 4.
Cladonia verticillata Hoffm. On earth, old bark and wood:
C 32 L 2 S 1.
Coniocybe pallida (Pers.) Fr. On moss and old bark: C 2.
Conotrema urceolatum (Ach.) Tuck. On bark (Chestnut) : L 1.
Dermatocarpon miniatum (L.) Fr. On limestone: 0 3; on
sandstone: S 1.
Evernia prunastri (L. )Ach. On fence rails: C 1 G 1.
Graphis scripta L. On bark (Alder, ash, beech, chestnut, elm,
hickory, ironwood, sycamore, whitewood) : C36G3L201.
G. scripta recta Nyl. On bark (Birch): C 3.
Gyalecta cupularis (Hdw.) Schaer. On limestone: O 3.
Lecanora hageni Ach. On bark (Dogwood): S 1.
Lecanora muralis (Schreb.) Schaer. On sandstone: C 1.
Lecanora pallida (Schreb.) Schaer. On bark (Ash, hickory,
maple) : C IS E 2 G 4 L 2 P 1 S 2.
Lecanora pallescans (L.) Schaer. On old bark and bark (Beech,
maple, oak) : C 3 G 1.
Lecanora subfusca (L. )Ach. On bark (Alder, ash, beech, birch,
hickory, ironwood, maple, w. cherry, willow): on fence rail;
on rock (Amphibolite) , limestone and sandstone: C 38 E 4
G2L30 5P2S6.
L. subfusca allophana Ach. On Ijark (Beech, birch, hickory,
whitewood): C3E 1.
Lecanora varia (Hoffm.) Ach. On bark (Alder, beech, cherry,
hemlock, hickory, sycamore, tamarack, wild cherrv, willow)
and dead wood: C 4 E 1 G 6 O 1 P 5 S 2.
Lecidea albocoerulescens (Wulf.) Schaer. On sandstone: C 10
G2L1 S 1.
Lecidea coarctata (G. E. Smith) Nyl. On argillaceous slate
.and sandstone; C 4.
546 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 8,
Lecidea contigua Fr. On sandstone: C 2.
Lecidea cyrtidia Tuck. On sandstone: C () S 1 .
Lecidea entcrolcuca Ach. On bark (Alder, ash, hickory, willow)
and on rock : C3G102S1.
Lecidea platvcarpa Ach. On argillaceous slate and sandstone:
C 28 S L
Lecidea speirea Ach. On sandstone: C 4 S 1.
Lecidea uliginosa (Schrad.) Ach. On earth: C 2.
Lecidea vemalis (L.) Ach. On decayed wood: C L
Lecidea viridescens (vSchrad.) Ach. On decayed roots and over
moss: L 1 S L
Leptogium lacerum (Retz.) vS. F. Gray. On old bark and over
moss on rock: C 2 O 2.
Leptogium pulchcllum (Ach.) Nyl. On old bark and moss: C 4 Ml
Leptogium tremelloides (L.) S. F. Gray. On moss over old bark
and limestone and on boulder : C (i 0 1 S L
Mycoporum sparsellum Nyl. On bark (Iron wood): S L
Nephroma laevigatum Ach. On old bark: C 2.
Omphalaria pulvinata (Schaer.) Nyl. On limestone: O L
Opegrapha varia Pers. inch var. notha, (Ach.) Nyl and pulicaris,
(Ach.) Nyl. On bark (Basswood, chestnut, elm, maple,
sycamore, willow) : C14G1L102.
Opegrapha viridis Ach. On bark (Elm, oak) : C 3 0 1 vS L
Opegrapha vulgata Ach. On bark (Ash, maple, sycamore) : C 4.
Pannaria nigra (Huds.) Nyl. On limestone: C 1 O 3.
Parmelia borreri rudecta (Ach.) Tuck. On bark (Hickorv, maple,
oak, red cedar) and old bark: C 6 E 9 O 3 P 1 St L
Parmelia caperata (L.) Ach. On bark (Beech, hickory, oak,
svcamore, willow); over moss; on fence rails and on rocks:
C IGGILI M20 1 P4St 1.
Parmelia conspersa (Ehrh.) Ach. On sandstone: C 1.
Parmelia olivacea (L.) Ach. On bark (Birch, oak, willow):
C 1 E 3.
Pamiclia perforata (L.) Ach. On bark (Maple, oak): C 1 M 1.
Parmcha perlata (L.) Ach. On bark (Maple); on rock: C 4
E 1 G 1 M 1.
P. perlata ciliata (Lam. & DC.) Schaer. On bark (Hickorv,
maple) : C (3 G 1 O 2.
Parmeha physodes (L.) Ach. On bark (Ash, willow); on fence
rails and dead tamarack branches: C 2 G 1 P 3.
Pamieha saxatiHs (L.) Ach. On bark (Hickory, maple, willow);
on old bark, on rock and moss over rock: C 12G1L1M2
O 1 P2.
Pannelia tiliacea (Hoffm.) Ach. On bark (Alder, ash, hickory,
maple, willow) : C 9 G 3 L 1 M 3 P 4 S 2.
Peltigera aphthosa (L.) Willd. On rock and over moss on rock:
C5 L 1 S L
June, 1912.] Lichens of Northern Ohio. 547
Peltigera canina (L.) Hoffm. On earth, rock and bark: C 12
G 1 P 1.
P. canina spuria (Ach.) Tuck. With moss on old wood and bark
and on earth : C 3 E 1 .
Peltigera horizontalis (L.) Hoffm. Over moss and decayed
leaves ; on earth and on rock : C 6 L 1 .
Peltigera polydactyla (Neck.) Hoffm. Over moss on earth and
rock: C 3.
Pertusaria communis Lam. & DC. On bark (Ash, beech, birch,
hickory, maple) and on rock: C 2G G 2 L 4 M 1 O 1 S 2.
Pertusaria leioplaca (Ach.) Schaer. On bark (Maple) : C 3 E 1 L 1.
Pertusaria multipuncta (Turn.) Nyl. On bark (Hickory) :
C2E 1 02.
Pertusaria pustulata (Ach.) Nyl. On bark (Alder, apple, ash,
birch, chestnut, hickorv, ironwood, oak, thorn, wild cherry) :
C16 G 2 L 7 O 2 S 3.
Pertusaria velata (Turn.) Nvl. On bark (Ash, hickorv, maple):
012 G 3 S 3.
Physcia adglutinata (Floerke) Nyl. On bark (Basswood, hickory,
maple, oak, willow) : C 8 E 1 0 2.
Phvscia aguila detonsa (Fr.) Tuck. On bark ( Beech, birch,) : on
" old bark and moss over old bark: C18E2L1M3S2.
Phvscia hvpoleuca (Ach.) Tuck. On bark (Maple, willow) and
' on old bark: Cll E 2 M 3.
Physcia obscura (vSchaer.) Nyl. On bark (Ash, basswood, elm,
hickorv, maple, poplar, willow) ; on rock and over moss on
bark and rock: C12 E 2 O 2 St 1.
P. obscura endochrysea (Hampe) Nyl. On bark (Willow) : C 1.
Physcia speciosa (Wulf.) Nyl. On bark (Elm, poplar) ; on fence
rail; on boulder; on moss over old bark and rock: C 8 E 2
G 1 M 2 O 2 St 1.
Physcia stellaris (L.) N}'!. On bark (Apple, ash, elm, maple,
oak, poplar, red cedar, willow) and on rock: C 40 E 15 G 4
M 1 06P3S2St 1.
Physcia tribacia (Ach.) Nyl. On bark (Apple, crab-apple,
hickory, maple, sycamore, thorn, wild cherrv, willow) :
C 9 E 4 G 1 O 2.
Placodium aurantiacum (Lightf.) Hepp. On limestone, on sand-
stone and on dead bark: C 6 E 1 0 2.
Placodium cerinum (Hoffm.) Hepp. On bark (Ash, hickory,
maple, oak, willow) : C 5 E 1 M 1 0 2.
Placodium vitellinum (Hoffm.) Hepp. On sandstone: C 2 G 1.
Pvrenula cinerella (Plot.) Fink. On bark (Birch, hemlock, oak,
wild cherry): C7L302S 1.
Pyrenula leucoplaca (Wallr.) Koerb. inch var. pluriloculata, Fink.
On bark (Beech, birch, maple, oak, wild cherry) : C (5 L 2.
548 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 8,
Pyrenula nitida (Weig.) Ach. On bark (Ash, beech, birch,
ironwood, oak, poplar): C 23 S 1.
Ramalina calicaris (L.) Fr. On bark (Alder, ash, hickory, oak,
willow) and on dead wood: C4G3M301P3
R. calicaris farinacea (L.) -Fr. On sandstone: C 1 L 1.
R. calicaris fraxinea (L.) Fr. On bark (Oak) : C 2 E 1.
Rhizocarpon alboatrum saxicohini (Fr.) Fink. On limestone: 0 1.
Rhizocarpon petraeum (Wulf.) Koerb. On sandstone: C 5.
Rinodina sexigua Ach. On bark (Apple): C 1.
Rinodina sophodes (Ach.) Koerb. On bark (Ash, hickory,
ptelea) ; on limestone and sandstone : C 3 E 3 G 1 .
Sphinctrina tubaeformis Mass. On thallus of Pertusaria ptistulata
(Ach.) Nyl. occurring on hickory bark: O 1.
Stereocaulon coralloides Fr. On sandstone: C 2.
Sticta amplissima (Scop.) Mass. On bark (Beech, maple, oak,
sycamore) and over moss on old bark and rock : C 17 G 1 P 1 .
Sticta pulmonaria (L.) Schaer. Over moss on bark (Ash) and on
old bark (vSycamore) : C 2 M 1 O 1 .
Synechoblastus nigrescens (Huds.) Stitzenb. On bark (Maple)
and on old bark : 0 3.
Teloschistes chrysophthalmus (L.) Fr. On bark (Oak) and dead
branches (Red cedar) : El.
Teloschistes eoncolor (Dicks.) Tuck. On bark (Apple, hickory,
maple, oak, poplar, red cedar, willow) : C7E203P3.
Teloschistes lychneus (Ach.) Fr. [inch var. polycarpus, (Hoftni.),
Tuck.] On bark (Apple, oak, poplar, willow) : C 4 E 6 M 1.
Trypethelium virens Tuck. On bark (Beech, ironwood) : C 6 L 1
S 1.
Usnea barbata Fr. On bark (Alder) : P 1 .
U. barbata hirta (L.) Fr. On bark, on dead branches (Red cedar)
and on rock: C3G1L2M1P3S1.
Verrucaria fuscella (Turn.) Ach. On sandstone: C 1.
Verrucaria muralis Pers. On limestone and sandstone: C 3 O 4.
Verrucaria nigrescens Pers. On sandstone: C 1.
V. nigrescens viridula (Schrad.) Nyl. On argillaceous rock: C 1.
June, 1912.] Meetings of Biological Club. 549
MEETINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.
Orton Hall, February 12, 1912.
The Biological Club met at 7:30 p. m. with the president,
W. M. Barrows, presiding. The program of the evening consisted
of an interesting and instructive lecture, "Among the White
Mountains" by J. C. Hambleton.
For several years Mr. Hambleton has had charge of a boys'
cam]3 located in southwestern New Hampshire near the Connect-
icut River. During the course of his lecture a goodly number of
fine lantern slides were shown. The lecture was particularly
valuable in showing the many interesting physiographic, geological,
floral and aesthetic features of the region around the camp; and
particularly those incident to a trip in the White Mountains and
the climbing of Mt. Washington.
Professors Schaffner and Osbom gave brief reports of a few of
the more interesting papers presented at the Washington meeting
of the American Association for the Advancement of Science.
Dr. R. J. vSeymour and Mr. Charles F. Stiles were elected to
membership.
Ortox Hall, March 4, 1912.
The Club was called to order at 7:45 p. m. by the president.
The first subject of the evening was by Prof. C. J. West on "The
Law of Probability. ' ' Prof. West spoke of the necessity of
mathematical knowledge on the part of the biologist who is doing
statistical work. While this w^ork does not require very difficult
matheinatics it does require great care to avoid errors.
The development of statistical work was shown from its
beginning in solving the problems of the gambler to its present
status. Since a finite number of measurements is never absolutely
correct this science is now used in all the more delicate experi-
mental sciences as a corrector of our erroneous senses. By this
means also a set of constants may be made to stand for a great
series of unintelligible data. Prof. West explained the develop-
ment of a number of the formulae as those for the law of mortality,
the law of probability and the probable error.
J. L. King read an interesting paper on "The Life of Galton. "
Galton was one of the earliest scientists to use the statistical
methods.
R. D. Whitmarsh was elected to membership.
55© The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XII, No. 8,
Orton Hall, April 1, 1912.
After reading and approval of the minutes, the Club listened
to an informal talk by Dr. A. M. Bliele on a recent trip to Italy.
Dr. Bleile told in a delightful manner about the people of the
different places visited, their characteristics and manners of life;
of visits to a half-extinct volcano and to Pompeii; of the monu-
ments and ruins, the art palaces and cathedrals at Rome, Florence
and Venice; and of the museum, aquaria, bacteriological and
zoological institutes and other educational institutions at Naples,
Pompeii and Vienna.
Mr. Forest Brown reviewed a series of papers by Raunkiaer on
"The Statistics of Life-fonns as a Basis for Biological Plant
Geography." The author has made numerical studies of the
position of buds in plants surviving the unfavorable season. He
is able thus to classify plants into some thirty types the distribu-
tion of which he has traced in North America, Europe, and various
other portions of the globe. Five of these are as follows: (1)
Phanerophytes (trees) with surviving buds supported above the
soil; (2) Geophytes with surviving buds at the earth's siu-face;
(3) Hemicryptophytes with surviving buds just beneath the sur-
face; (4) Cryptophytes with surviving buds deep in the earth; (5)
Therophytes which survive only as seed.
With such data Raunkiaer has been successful in plotting
biochores, or biological boundary lines, and in defining a number
of life-zones which he farther shows to be determined by climate.
C. L. Metcalf, Secretary.
Date of Publication, June 7, 1912.
INDEX TO VOLUMES X, XI AND XII.
Adiantum, 180.
Agar, 13.
Agarics, 177, 247, 349.
Allograpta obliqua, 533.
Anatomy of Unionidae, 331.
Ancient vegetation, Ohio, 312.
Apocynum, 469.
Apocynum hypericifolium, 184.
Apple blotch, 334.
Apples, 406.
Arnheim formation, 429.
Asclepias rubber, 271.
Bacterial flora, 137.
Bembex, 163.
Biological club, meetings, 15, 63,
152, 192, 216, 248, 272, 287, 352,
384, 458, 549.
Biological club, organization, 190.
Birds, Darke Co., Ohio, 420.
Blister rust of white pine, 285.
Bog, Cedar, Ohio, 193.
Bog, evaporation, 17.
Boletaceae, collecting, 267.
Bolbodimyia, 150.
Botrychium habitat, 8.
Buckeye Lake, physiography, 517.
Buckeye Lake, plants, 305.
Carrot, wild, 474.
•Cedar bog, Ohio, 193.
Cedar Point, flora, 61, 473.
Myxomycetae, 472.
Naiades, 183.
pollination notes, 378.
Stratiomyidae, 299.
Celithemis, 1.53.
Cerastium arvense webbii, 136.
Chytridiales, 44.
Cincinnati geanticline, 429.
Classification of plants, 289, 409.
Cleveland plants, 475.
■Climatic conditions, southwestern
Ohio, 385.
Coleoptera, 1.
CoUybia tuberosa, 247.
Coniferae, 10.
Cranberry Bog, 305.
Cuyahoga Co. lichens, 543.
Cuyahoga Co. plants, 471.
Cystopteris, 181.
Darke Co. birds, 420.
Dictyoneuron, 224.
Didea fuscipes, 137.
Diptera, .307, 374, 513.
Drosophila, 374.
Ecological conditions, 312.
Economic Monocotyls, Ohio, 214.
Endomychidae, 461.
Erax, 307.
Erysiphaceae, 166.
Eupatorium, 287.
Eupatorium aromaticum, 304.
Evaporation gradient, 347.
Evaporation in bog, 17.
Ferns, Mahoning Co., 86.
Ferns, new varieties, 179.
Film test, 146.
Flora, Cedar Point, 61, 473.
Floristic Survey, 200.
Geology, vS. Amer., literature, 273.
Girdler, Twig, 1.
Graminaceae, 490.
Grasses, taxonomy, 490.
Gymnosperms, Ohio, 9.
Horseflies, 149.
Insects affecting maple, 36.
Jassidae, 261.
Kelps, self-dividing laminae, 217.
Laboratory guide, 40.
Labrador tea, 13.
Lake Co. plants, 471.
Leaf markings, 243.
Ledum, 13.
Lepidoptera, 233.
Lepidoseloga, 149.
Lessoniopsis, 221.
Licking Reservoir, 17.
Lichens, northern Ohio, 543.
Lichens, Ohio, 41.
Life-histories, Syrphidae, .397.
Limestone, Pennsvlvanian, 89.
Macrocystis, 222."
Macro-Lepidoptera, 233.
Mahoning Co. ferns, 86.
Mallows, Ohio, 465.
Maple insects, 36.
Medicinal plants, .55, 73.
Merycomyia, 515.
Mice, Ohio, 65.
Mitremyces cinnabarinus, .3.50.
Mocking bird, 14.
Moles, Ohio, 494.
Monochytrium, 44.
Monocotyls, economic, Ohio, 214.
Mvxomycetae, 472.
Naiades, Ohio, 183.
Natural history survey, 263.
Nereocystis, 219.
New Ohio plants, 39, 246, 457.
-^/V<^^
Index to Volumes X, XI and XII.
Nodding, diurnal, 474.
Nothomyia, 301.
Odonata, 153.
Ohio agarics, 177, 247, 349.
birds, 420.
gymnosperms, 9.
lichens, 41.
mallows, 465.
medicinal plants, 55, 73.
mice, 65.
moles and shrews, 494.
naiades, 183.
orchids, 24.
plants, 39, 160, 185, 246, 457.
Polyporaceae, 353.
powdery mildews, 166.
rubber, 469.
Unc inula, 351.
Oncideres, 1.
Open valley, 210.
Ophioglossum, 8.
Orchard Island, 200.
Orchids, Ohio, 24.
Paragus, 397.
Pennsylvanian limestones, Ohio, 89.
Peridermium, 285.
Perilla, 427.
Perisporiales, 166.
Phacelia dubia, 303.
Phlox stolonifera, 261.
Phyllosticta solitaria, 334.
Physiography, Buckeye Lake, 517.
Plants, classification, 289, 409.
Ohio, Barnesville, 160.
Ohio list, excluded, 185.
on dumping ground, 475.
New Ohio, 39, 246, 457.
Pleurotus, 247.
Pollination notes, 378.
Polyporaceae, Ohio, 353.
Postelsia, 220.
Potato agar, 13.
Powdery mildews, Ohio, 166.
Rubber, 469.
Rubber, crude, 146.
Rubber, Ohio grown, 271.
Rust, white pine, 285.
Scaphoideus, 249.
Selasoma, 150.
Self-dividing laminae, 217.
Seneca Co. Lepidoptera, 233.
Shrews, Ohio, 494.
Snowiellus, 151.
Soils, improductive, 137.
South x'Vmer. geology, 273.
Southwestern Ohio, climatic con-
ditions, 385.
Spirodela, winter-buds, 181.
Stibosoma, 516.
Stratiomyidae, Cedar Point, 299.
Symbiotes, 461.
Syphaerophoria cvlindrica, 538.
Syrphidae, 337, 397, 477, 533.
Syrphus, 477.
Syrjshus torvus, 341.
Tabanidae, new species, 513.
Tabanus, 513.
Tallant collection, 266.
Taxonomy of grasses, 490.
Tinobregmus, 261.
Twig girdler, 1.
Uncinula, Ohio, 351.
Unionidae, 331.
Valley, open, 210.
Viola hirsutula, 232.
Wasps, 103.
Winter-buds, vSpirodela, 181.
Woodlot, evaporation gradient, 347.
Xerophytic adaptations, 184.
.'3^
NOVEMBER.
VOLUME X. 1909. NUMBER I.
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
^■f^
A Journal Devoted more
Especially to the N&tural ^^i»r,
History qf Ohio. X^^fi^^'
OFFICIAL ORGAN cf THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
Cf tfte OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, and qf THE
OHIO ACADEMY qf SCIENCE.
Ohio State University, Columbus.
Annual Subscription Price, $1.00.
Single Nuniber 15 cents.
Entered at the Port-Office «t Columbnt. Ohio, as Secoad-cltss Mattet
The Ohio Naturalist.
A journal deTOled more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The ofBcial
organ of Thb Biological Club of the Ohio State University, and of Thk Ohio
ACADKMT OP Science. Puolished monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price $1.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, 81.25. Single copies, 15 cents.
Ediior-in-Chief, John H. Schaffner.
Business Manager, Jamks S. Hine.
Assistant Biisiness Manager, G. D. Hubbard
Associate Editors.
EMII.Y HOLLISTER, Zoology, W. C. Mil,LS, Archaeology,
R. F. Griggs, Botany, J. C. Hambi,eton, Ornithology,
W. C. Morse, Geology, G. D. Hubbard, Geography.
Advisory Board,
Herbert Osborn. John H. Schaffner.
Chari.es S. Prosser.
The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled hy the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University. , ^^ t.t mi v
In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.
By a special arrangement with the Ohio Academy of Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.
The first nine volumes may be obtained at 81.00 per volume. -, c, t.
Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. HiNB.
Addrc. THE OHIO NATURALIST, I'&l^^l^to^Vo
OMo Academy of Science PubljLcatlons.
First and Second Annual Reports TPrice 25 cts. each
Third and Foiu-th Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each
Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each
SPECIAL PAPgRS,
" Sandusky Flora." pp. 167. E. L. MosEtEY 35 cts.
"The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116. David S. KelwcoTT 35 cts.
"The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio." pp. 75- W. G. Tight,
J. A. Bownocker, J. H, Todd and Gerard Fowke 35 cts.
" The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105. Raymond C. Osburn 35 cts.
" Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63. James S. Hine 35 cts.
"The Birds of Ohio." pp.241. Lynds JonES 50 cts.
"Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie." pp.96-
Thomas A. Bonser 35 cts.
"The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66. James G. Sanders. . . .35 cts.
"Batrachians and B,eptiles of Ohio." pp. 54- Max Morse. . . 35 cts.
"Ecological Study of Brush Lake." pp.20.
J. H. Schaffner, Otto E. Jennings, Fred. J. Tyi.er.. .35 cts.
" The Willows of Ohio." pp. 60. Robert F. Griggs 35 cts.
"Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of Ohio." pp. 35.
V. Sterki 35 cts.
"The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity."
F. L. Landacre 35 cts.
" Discomycetes in the Vicinity of Oxford, Ohio." pp. 54-
Freda M. Bachman 35 cts.
"Trees of Ohio and Surrounding Territory." pp. 122.
John H. Schaffner • 50 cts
Address: "W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
II
12
S3
14
15
The Ohio State University,
COLUMBUS.
Seven colleges well equipped and prepared to present the
best methods offered in modern education. The following list of
departments will suggest the organization of the institution :
Agricultural Chemistry, Agronomy, American History and
Political Science, Anatomy and Physiology, Animal Husbandry,
Archaeology, Architecture, Art, Astronomy, Bacteriology, Bot
any, Ceramic Engineering, Chemistr3^ Civil Engineering, Daif/
ing. Domestic Science, Economics and Sociology, Education,
Engineering Drawing, Electrical Engineering, English, Euro-
pean History, Forestry, Geology, Germanic Languages and
Literatures, Greek, Horticulture, Industrial Arts, Latin, Law,
Mathematics, Mine Engineering, Mechanical Engineering,
Mechanics, Military Science and Tactics, Metallurgy and Miner-
alogy, Pharmacy, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics,
Psychology, Romance Languages, Rural Economics, School
Administration, Veterinary Medicine, Zoology and Entomology.
Consult the Catalogue for the particulars in any of these
departments. Short courses in the Colleges of Agriculture and
Engineering are provided for the convenience of those who can-
not pursue the full courses. Superior opportunity is offered for
the study of Dairying.
Special attention is called to the Summer Term, which offers
work in many departments. Send for bulletin of the Summer
Term.
The University aims, to so relate itself to the best high
schools of the State a,$ to make a universit}': course within the
reach of all their graduates. The buildings are ample for the
purpose of instruction. Send freely for information.
Address allinquiries to the President,
DR. W. O. THOMPSON,
Coiumbus, Ohio.
When writing to advertisers, please mention the "Ohio Naturalist."
THE RAPIDLY INCREASING POPULARITY OF
SPENCER
MICROSCOPES
Is but the natural
result of
f OPTICAL SUPERIORITY
MECHANICAL PERFECTION
and the embodiment of many
Improvements which mark
them as being adapted best of
all to their purpose.
We Lead in these Improvements,
Spencer = Lens Co,,
BUFFALO, N. Y.
Our New No. 36 H.
Bucket Engtaving Co,
Process and Wood Engraving, Electro-
typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping
and Engraving Machinery. X X ^ \ X
80^2 North High Street,
COLUMBUS, OHIO,
DIE STAMPING.
PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING.
SPAH% & GLENN,
PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS.
50 EAST BROAD STREET.
COLUMBUS, OHIO.
When writing to advertiBera, please mention the " Ohio Naturalist."
DECEMBER.
VOLUME X. i 9 0 9 . NUMBER 2.
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
A Journal Devoted more
Especiaiiy to the Natural
History of Ohio.
OFFICIAL ORGAN qf THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
qf the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, and qf THE
OHIO ACADEMY qf SCIENCE.
Ohio State University, Columbus.
Annual Subscription Price, $1.00.
Single Nuniber 15 cents.
Entered at the Post-Office at CohiinbuiE, Oliio. as SecoBd'Cl««s Matter.
The Ohio Naturalist.
A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The ofllcial
organ of Thb Biological Cltib of the Ohio State University, and of The Ohio
ACADEMT OF SciBNCE. PuDlished monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price 81.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, -81.25. Single copies, 15 cents.
Editor-in-Chief, . . . . . . John H. Schaffner.
Business Manager, . . . . ' . . . James S. Hine.
Assistant Business Manager ^ . . . . G. D. Hubbard
Associate Ediiofs.
Emily Hoxi,ister, Zoology, W. C. Mills, Archaeology,
R. F. Griggs, Botany, J. C. Hambleton, Ornithology,
W. C. Morse, Geology, G. D. Hubbard, Geography.
Admsbry Board.
Herbert Osborn. ., John H. Schaffner.
Charles S. Prosser.
The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.
In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist wilFbe
mailed regularly until notice of discoutimumce is received by the management. ' "
By a special arrangement with the Ohio Academy of Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for anniial dues. " - -
The first nine volumes may be obtained at $1.00 per volfaine.
Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to ttie Business Manager, J^S. Hine.
Addre., THE OHIO NATURALIST, '^^l^'^iStq^^
OMo Academy of Science Publications.
First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each
Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each
Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each
SPECIAL PAPERS.
1. " Sandusky Flora." pp. 167. E. L,. Moseley 35 cts.
2. " The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116. David S.Kellicott 35 cts.
3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio," pp.75. W. G. Tight,
J. A. BowNOCKER, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke 35 eta.
4. " The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105. Raymond C. Osburn 35 cts.
5. " Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63. James S. Hine 35 cts.
6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp.241. Lynds Jones 50 cts.
7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie." pp. 96.
Thomas A. Bonser 35 cts.
8. "The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66. James G. Sanders. . . .35 cts.
9. " Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio." pp. 54. Max Morse. . . 35 cts.
10. "Ecological Study of Brush Lake." pp.20.
J. H. Schaffner, Otto E. Jennings, Fred. J. Tyler. ..35 cts.
11. " The Willows of Ohio." pp. 60, Robert F. Griggs 35 cts.
12. "Land and Fresh-water MoUusca of Ohio," pp. 35.
V. Sterkx 35 cts.
13. "The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity,"
F. L. IvAndacre 35 cts.
14. < ' Discomycetes in the Vicinity of Oxford, Ohio," pp. 54.
Freda M. Bachman 35 cts.
15. "Trees of Ohio and Surrounding Territory." pp.122.
John H. Schaffner ..,,,.. 50 cts
Address : W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.
THE RAPIDLY INCREASING POPULARITY OF
SPENCER
MICROSCOPES
Is but the natural
result of
OPTICAL SUPERIORITY
JVIECHANICAL PERFECTION
and the embodiment of many
Improvements which mark
them as being adapted best of
all to their purpose.
We Lead in these Improvements,
Speiicer=Lens Co.,
BUFFALO, N. Y.
Our New No. 36 H.
Bucket Engzaving Co.
Process and Wood Engraving, Electro-
typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping
and Engraving Machinery. Sw S* S» 5^ Su
80^4 North High Street,
COLUMBUS, OHIO,
DIE STAMPING.
PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING.
SPAH% & GLENN,
PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS,
50 EAST BROAD STREET.
COLUMBUS, OHIO.
When writing to advertisers, please mention the " Ohio Naturalist."
The Ohio State University,
COLUMBUS.
Seven colleges well equipped and prepared to present the
best methods offered in modern ed'iication. The following list of
departments will suggest the organization of the institution :
Agricultural Chemistry, Agronomy, American History and
Political Science, Anatomy and Physiology, Animal Husbandry,
Archaeology, Architecture, Art, Astronomy, Bacteriology, Bot
any, Ceramic Engineering, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Dauj
ing, Domestic Science, Economics and Sociology, Education,
Engineering Drawing, Electrical Engineering, English, Euro-
pean History, Forestry, Geology, Germanic I^anguages and
Literatures, Greek, Horticulture, Industrial Arts, Eatin, Eaw,
Mathematics, Mine Engineering, Mechanical Engineering,
Mechanics, Military Science and Tactics, Metallurgy and Miner-
alogy, Pharmacy, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics,
Psychology, Romance Languages, Rural Economics, School
Administration, Veterinary Medicine, Zoology and Entomology.
Consult the Catalogue for the particulars in any of these «
departments. Short courses in the Colleges of Agriculture and
Engineering are provided for the convenience of those who can-
not pursue the full courses. Superior opportunity is offered for
the study of Dairying.
Special attention is called to the Summer Term, which offers
work in many departments. Send for bulletin of the Summer
Term.
The University aims to so relate itself to the best high
schools of the State as to make a universit)'^ course within the
reach of all their graduates. The buildings are ample for the
purpose of instruction. Send freely for information.
Address all inquiries to the President,
DR. W. O. THOMPSON,
Columbus, Ohio.
When writing to advertisers, please mention the " Ohio Naturalist."
JANUARY,
VOLUME X. 1910. NUMBER 3-
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
A Journal Devoted more
Especially to the N&tural
History of Ohio. . ^"-Cv
^ » h
OFFICIAL ORGAN gf THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
ef Hit OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, end ef THE
OHIO ACADEMY «f SCIENCE.
Ohio State University, Columbus.
Annual Subscription Price. $1.00.
Single Number 15 cents.
Entered at tlie Post'Office at Cohimbat, Ohio. •• Secoad'claii Matter.
The Ohio Naturalist.
A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official
organ of Th» Biological Club op thk Ohio Statb UNtvEMiTY, and of Thb Ohio
XcADEMT OF SciSNCE. PuDlished monthly during the academic year, from
NoTember to June (8 numbers.) Price $1.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, $1.26. Single copies, 15 cents.
Editor-in-Chief, John H. Schaffner.
Business Manager, Jambs S. Hinb.
Assistant Business Manager, G. D. Hubbard
Associate Editots.
Emily Hollister, Zoology, W. C. Mills, Archaeology,
R. F. Griggs, Botany, J. C. HamblbTon, Ornithology,
W. C. Morse, Geology, G. D. Hubbard, Geography.
Advisory Board.
Herbert Osborn. John h. Schaffnbr.
Charles S. Prosser.
The Ohio Natukalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.
In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discoutinuance is received by the management.
By a special arrangement with the Ohio Academy of Science, the Ohio
Nattjralist is sent without additional expense to all memberi of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.
The first uine volumes may be obtained at $1.00 per volume.
Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. Hink.
Addre.. THE OHIO NATURALIST, ^^l^'^lSto^ns
Ohio Academy of Science Publications.
First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each
Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each
Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each
SPECIAL PAPERS.
1 . " Sandusky Flora." pp. 167, E. L. Moseley 35 cts.
2. " The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116. David S. Kellicott 35 cts.
3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio." pp. 75. W. G. Tight,
J. A. BowNOCKER, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke 35 cts.
4. *• The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105. Raymond C. Osburn 35 cts.
5. " Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63. James S. Hine 35 cts.
6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp.241. Lynds Jones 50 cts.
7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie." pp.96.
Thomas A. Bonser. 35 cts.
8. "The Ooccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66. James G. Sanders 35 cts.
9. "Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio." pp. 54. Max Morse. .35 cts.
10. "Ecological Study of Brush Liake." pp.20.
J. H. Schaffner, Otto E. Jennings, Fred. J. Tyler. . .35 cts.
11. " The Willows of Ohio." pp. 60. Robert F. Griggs 35 cts.
12. "Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of Ohio." pp. 35.
V. Sterki _. 35 cts.
13. "The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity."
F. L,. Landacre 35 cts.
14. " Discomycetes in the Vicinity of Oxford, Ohio." pp. 54.
Freda M. Bachman • • • 35 cts.
15. "Trees of Ohio and Surrounding Territory." pp. 122.
John H. Schaffner 50 cts
Address: W. 0. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.
THE RAPIDLY INCREASING POPULARITY OF
SPENCER
MICROSCOPES
Is but the natural
result of
OPTICAL SUPERIORITY
MECHANICAL PERFECTION
and the embodiment of many
Improvements which mark
them as being adapted best of
all to their purpose.
We Lead in these Improvements,
Spencer=Lens Co.,
BUFFALO. N. Y.
Our New No. 36H.
Bucket Engtaving Co.
Process and Wood Engraving, Electro-
typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping
and Engraving Machinery. \ \ ii. K \
SOVz North High Street,
COLUMBUS, OHIO,
DIE STAMPING.
PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING.
SPAH% & GLENN,
PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS.
50 EAST BROAD STREET.
COLUMBUS, OHIO.
When writing to advertisers, please mention the " Ohio Naturalist.'
The Ohio State University,
COLUMBUS.
Seven colleges well equipped and prepared to present the
best methods offered in modern education. The following list of
departments will suggest the organization of the institution :
Agricultural Chemistry, Agronomy, American History and
Political Science, Anatomy and Physiology, Animal Husbandry,
Archaeology, Architecture, Art, Astronomy, Bacteriology, Boc
any. Ceramic Engineering, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Dau^
ing, Domestic Science, Economics and Sociology, Education,
Engineering Drawing, Electrical Engineering, English, Euro-
pean History, Forestry, Geology, Germanic Languages and
Literatures, Greek, Horticulture, Industrial Arts, Latin, Law,
Mathematics, Mine Engineering, Mechanical Engineering,
Mechanics, Military Science and Tactics, Metallurgy and Miner-
alogy, Pharmacy, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics,
Psychology, Romance Languages, Rural Economics, School
Administration, Veterinary Medicine, Zoology and Entomology.
Consult the Catalogue foV the particulars in any of these
departments. Short courses in the Colleges of Agriculture and
Engineering are provided for the convenience of those who can-
not pursue the full courses. Superior opportunity is offered for
the study of Dairying.
Special attention is called to the Summer Term, which offers
work in many departments. Send for bulletin of the Summer
Term.
The . University aims to so relate itself to the best high
schools of the State as to make a university course within the
reach of all their graduates. The buildings are ample for the
purpose of instruction. Send freely for information.
Address all inquiries to the President,
DR. W. O. THOMPSON,
Columbus, Ohio.
When writing to advertisers, please mention the " Ohio Naturalist."
FEBRUARY.
VOLUME X. I 9 I 0 . NUMBER 4.
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
A Journal Devoted more
Especially to ihe Natural
History of Ohio.
OFFICIAL ORGAN ef THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
ef the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, md ef THE
OHIO ACADEMY ef SCIENCE.
Ohio State University, Columbus.
Annual Subscription Price, $1.00.
Single Number 15 cents.
Entered at the Poet-Office at Coteoibusi, Ohio, it Second-claii MattcK
The Ohio Naturalist.
A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The ofBcial
organ of Thb Biological Club of the Ohio Statb Univeebity, and of The Ohio
Academy of Science. PuDlished monthly during the academic year, from
Noremher to June (8 numbers.) Price $1.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, 81.25. Singl* copies, 16 cents.
Editor-in-Chief, John H. Schaffner.
Busitiess Manager, James S. Hinb,
Assistant Business Manager, G. D. Hubbard
Associate Editots.
Emily HollistER, Zoology, W. C. Mills, Archaeology,
R. F. Griggs, Botany, J. C. HamblsTon, Ornithology,
W. C. Morse, Geology, G. D. Hubbard, Geography.
Advisory Board.
Herbert Osborn. John H. Schaffner.
Charles S. Prosser.
The Ohio Nattjralist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
8tat« University.
In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.
By a special arrangement with the Ohio Academy of Science, the Omo
Katubaust Is sent without additional expense to all member* of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.
The first nine volumes may be obtained at 81.00 per volume.
Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. 8. HiM>.
Addre.. THE OHIO NATURALIST, gg£g^lu"s"B^1^
Ohio Academy of Science Publications.
First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each
Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each
Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each
SPECIAL PAPERS.
1. " Sandusky Flora." pp. 167. E. I/. Moseley 35 cts.
2. " The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116. David S. Kellicott 35 cts.
3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio." pp. 75. W. G. Tight,
J. A. BowNOCKER, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke 35 ct«.
4. *' The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105. Raymond C. Osburn 35 eta.
5. " Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63. James S. Hine 35 cts.
6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp.241. Lynds Jones 50 cts.
7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie." pp.96.
Thomas A. Bonser 35 cts.
8. "The Coecidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66. James G. Sanders 35 cts.
9. "Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio." pp. 54. Max Morse 35 cts.
10. "Ecological Study of Brush Lake." pp.20.
J. H. Schaffner, Otto E. Jennings, Fred. J. Tyler. ..35 cts.
11. " The Willows of Ohio." pp. 60. Robert F. Griggs 35 cts.
12. "Land and Fresh-water MoUusca of Ohio." pp. 35.
V. Sterki 35 cts.
13. "The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity."
F. Iv. Landacre 35 cts.
14. " Discomycetes in the Vicinity of Oxford, Ohio." pp. 54.
Freda M. Bachman 35 cts.
15. "Trees of Ohio and Surrounding Territory." pp.122.
John H. Schaffner 50 cts
Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.
THE RAPIDLY INCREASING POPULARITY OF
SPENCER
MICROSCOPES
Is but the natural
result of
OPTICAL SUPERIORITY
'MECHANICAL PERFECTION
and the embodiment of many
Improvements which mark
them as being adapted best of
all to their purpose.
We Lead in these Improvements,
Spencer = Lens Co.,
Our New No. 36 H.
BUFFALO, N. Y.
Buchet Engtaving Co.
Process and Wood Engraving, Electro-
typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping
and Engraving Machinery. U l^ K K \
dOyi North High Street,
COLUMBUS, OHIO,
DIE STAMPING.
PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING.
SPAHIi & GLENN,
PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS.
■J
50 EAST BROAD STREET.
COLUMBUS, OHIO.
When writing to advertisers, please mention the " Ohio NatvirsliBt.'
The Ohio State University,
COLUMBUS.
Seven colleges well equipped and prepared to present the
best methods offered in modern education. The following list of
departments will suggest the organization of the institution :
Agricultural Chemistry, Agronomy, American History and
Political Science, Anatomy and Physiology, Animal Husbandry,
Archaeology, Architecture, Art, Astronomy, Bacteriology, Bot
any. Ceramic Engineering, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Daii/
ing, Domestic Science, Economics and Sociology, Education,
Engineering Drawing, Electrical Engineering, English, Euro-
pean History, Forestry, Geology, Germanic Languages and
Literatures, Greek, Horticulture, Industrial Arts, Latin, Law,
Mathematics, Mine Engineering, Mechanical Engineering,
Mechanics, Military Science and Tactics, Metallurgy and Miner-
alogy, Pharmacy, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics,
Psychology, Romance Languages, Rural Economics, School
Administration, Veterinary Medicine, Zoology and Entomology,
Consult the Catalogue for the particulars in any of these
departments. Short courses in the Colleges of Agriculture and
Engineering are provided for the convenience of those who can-
not pursue the full courses. Superior opportunity is offered for
the study of Dairying.
Special attention is called to the Summer Term, which offers
work in many departments. Send for bulletin of the Summer
Term.
The University aims to so relate itself to the best high
schools of the State as to make a university course within the
reach of all their graduates. The buildings are ample for the
purpose of instruction. Send freely for information.
Address all inquiries to the President,
DR. W. O. THOMPSON,
Columbus, Ohio.
— I ■ I .1 I. - , . . . . .■■-.,— — .— . , ■ . , . ■ ■ -y— ^- . ..-■■
When -writing to advertisers, please mention the *' Ohio Naturalist."
MARCH,
VOLUME X. I 9 I 0 . NUMBER S.
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
A Journal Devoted more
Especially to the N&tural
History of Ohio.
OFFICIAL ORGAN ef THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
ef th* OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY. mS qf THE
OHIO ACADEMY qf SCIENCE.
Ohio State University, Columbus.
Annual Subscription Price, $1.00.
Single Number IS cents.
Eotered at the Post-Office at Columbus, Ohio, as Second-class Mstter.
The Ohio Naturalist,
A journal <levoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official
organ of The Biolosical Clcb of the Ohio State Unitersity, and o£ Thb Ohio
AcADEUY or SciBNCK. Piiolished monthly during the academic year, from
NoTember to June (8 numbers.) Price fl.OO per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, $1.25. Sinele copies, 16 cents.
Editor-in-Chiefs John H. Schaffner.
Business Manager, James S. Hike.
Assistant Business Manager, . . . . G. D. Hubbard
Associate Editors.
Emily Hoi.i<ister, Zoology, W. C. Mills, Archaeology,
R. F. Griggs, Botauy, J. C. Hambleton, Ornithology,
W. C. Morse, Geology, G. D. Hubbard, Geography.
Advisory Board.
Herbert Osborn. John H. Schaffnkr.
Charles S. Prosser.
The Ohio Natcralist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
8tat« University.
In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Natdralist will be
mailed regularly -antil notice of discontinuance is received by the management.
By a special arrangement with the Ohio Academy of Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual d'les.
Si The first nine volumes may be obtained at 81.00 per volume.
Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. HiNi.
Addre.. THE OHIO NATURALIST. goTfM^I&^/B'if/S'
Ohio Academy of Science Publications.
First and Second Annual Reports ^ Price 25 cts. each
Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each
Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each
SPECIAL PAPERS.
1. " Sandusky Flora." pp. 167. E. L. Moseley 35 cts.
2. " The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116. David S. Kellicott 35 cts.
3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio." pp. 75. W. G. Tight,
J. A. Bownocker, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke 35 eta.
4. " The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105. Raymond C. Osburn 35 eta.
5. " Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63. James S. Hine 35 cts.
6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp.241. Lynds Jones 50 cts.
7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie." pp.96.
Thomas A. Bonser 35 cts.
8. "The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66. James G. Sanders 35 cts.
9. "Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio." pp. 54. Max Morse 35 cts.
10. "Ecological Study of Brush Lake." pp.20.
J. H. Schaffner, Otto E. Jennings, Fred. J. Tyler. ..35 cts.
11. " The Willows of Ohio." pp. 60. Robert F. Griggs 35 cts.
12. "Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of Ohio." pp. 35.
V. Sterki 35 cts.
13. "The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity."
F. L. Landacre 35 cts.
14. ** Discomycetes in the Vicinity of Oxford, Ohio." pp. 54.
Freda M. Bachman 35 cts.
15. "Trees of Ohio and Surrounding Territory." pp.122.
John H. Schaffner 50 cts
Address: "W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.
THE RAPIDLY INCREASING POPULARITY OF
SPENCER
MICROSCOPES
Is but the natural
result of
OPTICAL SUPERIORITY
ECHANICAL PERFECTION
and the embodiment of many
IrKprovements which mark
them as being adapted best of
all to their purpose.
We Lead in these Improvements,
Spencer=Lens Co.,
BUFFALO. N. Y.
Our New No. 36 H.
Bucket Engtaving Co.
Process and Wood Engraving, Electro-
typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping
and Engraving Machinery. 5u St. S» ft» 5;
80y2 North High Street,
COLUMBUS, OHIO,
DIE STAMPING.
PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING.
SPAH% & GLENN,
PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS.
50 EAST BROAD STREET.
COLUMBUS, OHIO.
When writing to advertisers, please mention the " Ohio Naturalist."
The Ohio State University,
COLUMBUS.
Seven colleges well equipped and prepared to present the
best methods offered in modern education. The following list of
departments will suggest the organization af the institution :
Agricultural Chemistry, Agronomy, American History and
Political Science, Anatomy and Physiology, Animal Husbandry,
Archaeology, Architecture, Art, Astronomy, Bacteriology, Bot
any, Ceramic Engineering, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Dair^
ing. Domestic Science, Economics and Sociology, Education,
Engineering Drawing, Electrical Engineering, English, Euro-
pean History, Forestry, Geology, Germanic Languages and
Literatures, Greek, Horticulture, Industrial Arts, Latin, Law,
Mathematics, Mine Engineering, Mechanical Engineering,
Mechanics, Military Science and Tactics, Metallurgy and Miner-
alogy, Pharmacy, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics,
Psychology, Romance Languages, Rural Economics, School
Administration, Veterinary Medicine, Zoology and Entomology.
Consult the Catalogue for the particulars in any of these
departments. Short courses in the Colleges of Agriculture and
Engineering are provided for the convenience of those who can-
not pursue the full courses. Superior opportunity is offered for
the study of Dairying.
Special attention is called to the Summer Term, which offers
work in many departments. Send for bulletin of the Summer
Term.
The University aims to so relate itself to the best high
schools of the State as to make a university course within the
reach of all their graduates. The buildings are ample for the
purpose of instruction. Send freely for information.
Address all inquiries to the President,
DR. W. O. THOMPSON,
Columbus, Ohio.
■When writing to advertieere, please mention the "Ohio Naturalist."
APRIL,
VOLUME X. I 9 I 0 . NUMBER 6.
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
A Journal Devoted more
Especially to the N&tural
jf
Hxstory of Ohio. Mi.^^^
OFFICIAL ORGAN qf THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
qf the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, or? cf THE
OHIO ACADEMY qf SCIENCE.
Ohio State University, Columbus.
Annual Subscription Price, $f.OO.
Single Number 15 cent*.
Batered tt the Pott-Office at Cokinibni, Ohio, at Secokd-claaa Mtttei.
The Ohio Naturalist.
K journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official
organ of The Biologici.l Club of the Ohio Statk Univeesity, and of Thk Ohio
AcADBMT OF SciEKCE. Puolished monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price 81.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, $1.25. Single copies, 15 cents.
Editor-in-Chief, John H. Schaffner.
Business Manager, James S. Hine.
Assistant Business Manager, . . . . G. D. Hubbard
Associate Editors.
Emily Hollister, Zoology, W. C. Mir,i^, Archaeology,
R. F. Griggs, Botany, J. C. Hambleton, Ornithology,
W. C. Morse, Geology, G. D. Hubbard, Geography,
Advisory Board.
Herbert Osborn. John h. Schaffner.
Charles S. Prosser.
The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
Stat* University.
In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Natuealist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontiniiance is received by the management.
By a special arrangement with the Ohio Academy of Science, the Ohio
Nattjbalist is sent without additional expense to all memberi of the Academy who
are not In arrears for annual dues.
The first nine volumes may be obtained at 81.00 per volume.
Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. 8. Him.
Addre.. THE OHIO NATURALIST, ?§l^^lSt&Sli
Ohio Academy of Science Publications.
First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each
Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each
Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each
SPECIAL PAPERS.
1. " Sandusky Flora." pp. 167. E. Iv. Moseley 35 cts.
2. " The Odonata of Ohio." pp. ri6. David S. Kellicott.^ 35 cts.
3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio." pp. 75. W. G. Tight,
J. A. Bov/NOCKER, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke 35 ct«.
4. '* The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105. Raymond C. Osburn 35 cts.
5. " Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63. James S. Hine 35 cts.
6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp. 241. Lynds Jones 50 cts.
7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie." pp.96.
Thomas A. Bonser. 35 cts.
8. "The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66. James G. Sanders 35 cts.
9. "Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio." pp. 54. Max Morse 35 cts.
10. "Ecological Study of Brush Lake." pp.20.
J. H. Schaffner, Otto E. Jennings, Fred. J. Tyi^er.. .35 cts.
11. " The Willows of Ohio." pp. 60. Robert F. Griggs 35 cts.
12. "Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of Ohio." pp.35.
V. Sterki 35 cts.
13. "The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity."
F. ly. Landacre 35 cts.
14. " Discomycetes in the Vicinity of Oxford, Ohio." pp. 54.
Freda M. Bachman 35 cts.
15. " Trees of Ohio and Surrounding Territory," pp.122.
John H. Schaffner 50 cts
Address: W. C. HILLS, Librarian, Ohio Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.
THE RAPIDLY INCREASING POPULARITY OF
SPENCER
MICROSCOPES
Is but the natural
result of
OPTICAL SUPERIORITY
ECHANICAL PERFECTION
and the embodiment of many
Improvements which mark
them as being adapted best of
all to their purpose.
We Lead in these Improvements,
Spencer=Lens Co.,
BUFFALO, N. Y.
Our New No. 36 H.
Bucket Engtaving Co.
Process and Wood Engraving, Electro-
typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping
and Engraving Machinery. 5* 5» ft* S» S;
80y2 North High Street,
COLUMBUS, OHIO.
DIE STAMPING.
PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING.
SPAH% & GLENN,
PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS.
50 EAST BROAD STREET.
COLUMBUS, OHIO.
When writing to advertisers, please mention the " Ohio Naturalist."
The Ohio State University,
COLUMBUS.
Seven colleges well equipped and prepared to present the
best methods offered in modern education. The following list of
departments will suggest the organization of the institution :
Agricultural Chemistry, Agronomy, American History and
Political Science, Anatomy and Physiology, Animal Husbandry,
Archaeology, Architecture, Art, Astronomy, Bacteriology, Bot
any, Ceramic Engineering, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Daiij
ing, Domestic Science, Economics and Sociology, Education,
Engineering Drawing, Electrical Engineering, English, Euro-
pean History, Forestry, Geology, Germanic Languages and
Literatures, Greek, Horticulture, Industrial Arts, Latin, Law,
Mathematics, Mine Engineering, Mechanical Engineering,
Mechanics, Military Science and Tactics, Metallurgy and Miner-
alogy, Pharmacy, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics,
Psychology, Romance Languages, Rural Economics, School
Administration, Veterinary Medicine, Zoology and Entomology.
Consult the Catalogue for the particulars in any of these
departments. Short courses in the Colleges of Agriculture and
Engineering are provided for the convenience of those who can-
not pursue the full courses. Superior opportunity is offered for
the study of Dairying.
Special attention is called to the Summer Term, which offers
work in many departments. Send for bulletin of the Summer
Term.
The University aims to so relate itself to the best high
schools of the State as to make a universitj' course within the
reach of all their graduates. The buildings are ample for the
purpose of instruction. Send freely for information.
Address all inquiries to the President,
DR. W. O. THOMPSON, _
Columbus, Ohio.
Wben writing to adveitiBers, please mention the " Obio Naturalist."
MAY.
VOLUME X. I 9 I 0 . NUMBER 7.
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
A Journal Devoted more
Especially to the Natural
History qf Ohio.
OFFICIAL ORGAN ef THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
ef tht OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, and qf THE
OHIO ACADEMY «f SCIENCE.
Ohio State University, Columbus.
Annual Subscription Price, $1.00.
Single Number 15 cents.
Entered at tht Pott'Office at CohimbHt, Ohio, at SecoBd-«laai Mattec
The Ohio Naturalist.
A Journal devoted more especi&Ily to the natural history of Ohio. The official
organ of Th« Biological Clcb of the Ohio Statb UNivEMrxY, and of The Ohio
ACADKMT OF 8ci«NCE. PuDllshed monthly during the academic year, from
Norember to June (8 numbers.) Price $1.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, fl.25. Single copies, 16 cents.
Editor-in-Chief, . . . . . . John H. SCHAifpNER.
Business Manager, Jambs S. Hinb.
Assistant Business Manager G. D. Hubbard
Associate Editots.
Emily Hollister, Zoology, W. C. MrcLS, Archaeology,
R. F. Griggs, Botany, J. C. Hambleton, Ornithology,
W. C. Morse, Geology, G. D. Hubbard, Geography.
Admsory Board.
Herbert Osborn. John H. Schaffnbr.
Charles S. Prosser.
The Omo Naturaxist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
Stats University.
In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will bo
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.
By a special arrangement with the Ohio Academy of Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dnes.
The first nine volumes may be obtained at $1.00 per volume.
Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. Him.
Addre.. THE OHIO NATURALIST, ggggJS^IJSr^ag^'
Oblo Academy of Science Publications.
First and Second Annual Reports Price 30 cts. each
Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each
Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each
Seventeenth Annual Report Price 40 cts. each
SPECIAL PAPERS.
1. "Sandusky Flora." pp. 167. E. L. Moseley 60 cts.
2. " The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116. David S. Kellicott 60 cts.
3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio." pp. 75. W. G. Tight,
J. A. Bownocker, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke 50 ct«.
4. " The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105. Raymond C. Osbdrn 60 eta.
5. " Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63. James S. Hine 50 cts.
6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp.241. Lynds Jones 75 cts.
7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie." pp.96.
Thomas A. Bonser 50 cts.
8. "The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66. James G. Sanders 50 cts.
9. " Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio." pp. 54. Max Morse. . . .50 cts.
10. "Ecological Study of Brush Lake." pp.20.
j. H. ScHAFFNER, Otto E. Jennings, Fred. J. Tyler... 35 cts.
11. " The Willows of Ohio." pp. 60. Robert F. Griggs 50 cts.
12. "Land and Fresh- water MoUusca of Ohio." pp. 35.
V. 'Sterki 50 cts.
13. "The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity."
F. L. Landacre 60 cts.
14. " Discomycetes in the Vicinity of Oxford, Ohio." pp. 54.
Freda M. Bachman 50 cts.
15. "Trees of Ohio and Surrounding Territory." pp.122.
John H. Schaffner 75 cts.
16. "The Pteridophytes of Ohio." pp. 41. John H. Schaffner, 50 cts.
Address: W. 0. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus. Ohio.
THE RAPIDLY INCREASING POPULARITY OF
SPENCER
MICROSCOPES
Is but the natural
result of
OPTICAL SUPERIORITY
ECHANICAL PERFECTION
and the embodiment of many
Improvements which mark
them as being adapted best of
all to their purpose.
We Lead in these Improvements,
Spencer = Lens Co.,
BUFFALO, N. Y.
Our New No. 36 H.
Bucket Engtaving Co.
Process and Wood Engraving, Electro-
typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping
and Engraving Machinery. i». i», \ \ K
80}4 North High Street,
COLUMBUS, OHIO,
DIE STAMPING.
PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING.
SPAH% & GLENN,
PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS.
50 east:broad street.
COLUMBUS, OHIO.
When writing to advertisers, please mention the ' Ohio Katuralist,"
The Ohio State University,
COLUMBUS.
Seven colleges well equipped and prepared to present the
best methods offered in modern education. The following list of
departments will suggest the organization of the institution :
Agricultural Chemistry, Agronomy, American History and
Political Science, Anatomy and Physiology, Animal Husbandry,
Archaeology, Architecture, Art, Astronomy, Bacteriology, Bot
any, Ceramic Engineering, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Daif/
ing. Domestic Science, Economics and Sociology, Education,
Engineering Drawing, Electrical Engineering, English, Euro-
pean History, Forestry, Geology, Germanic Languages and
Literatures, Greek, Horticulture, Industrial Arts, Latin, Law,
Mathematics, Mine Engineering, Mechanical Engineering,
Mechanics, Military Science and Tactics, Metallurgy and Miner-
alogy, Pharmacy, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics,
Psychology, Romance Languages, Rural Economics, School
Administration, Veterinary Medicine, Zoology and Entomology.
Consult the Catalogue for the particulars in any of these
departments. Short courses in the Colleges of Agriculture and
Engineering are provided for the convenience of those who can-
not pursue the full courses. Superior opportunity is offered for
the study of Dairying.
Special attention is called to the Summer Term, which offers
work in many departments. Send for bulletin of the Summer
Term.
The University aims to so relate itself to the best high
schools of the State as to make a university course within the
reach of all their graduates. The buildings are ample for the
purpose of instruction. Send freely for information.
Address all inquiries to the President,
DR. W. O. THOMPSON,
Columbus, Ohio.
' When writing to advertieere, pleaie mention the "Ohio KaturaUst."
7 . ' ^
JUNE.
VOLUMe X. 1910. NUMBER 8.
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
A Journal Devoted more
Especially to the Natural
History cf Ohio. (^ A?
OFFICIAL ORGAN ef THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
^ Iht OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, on? ef THE
OHIO ACADEMY ef SCIENCE.
Ohio State University, Columbus.
Annual Subscription Price, 91.00.
Single Nun>ber 15 cents.
Eatcred at the Pott-Office at Cokimbat. Ohio, at Secoad-cUat MattM
The Ohio Naturalist.
A journal deroted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official
organ of The Biological Club of the Ohio Statb Ukivkhsity, and of Thb Ohio
ACADEUT OF SciKNCE. PuDlished monthly during the academic year, from
NoYcmber to June (8 numbers.) Price $1.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, 11.25. Single copies, 16 cents. *
Editor-in-Chief, John H. Schaffner.
Business Manager, . . . . . Jamks S. Hinb.
Assistant Business Manager, . . . . . G. D. Hubbard
Associate Editots.
Emily Holwster, Zoology, W. C. Mii^LS, Archaeology,
R. F, Griggs, Botany, J. C. HambleTon, Ornithology,
W. C. Morse, Geology, G. D. Hubbard, Geography.
Advisory Board.
Herbert Osborn. John H. Schaffner.
Charles S. Prosser.
The Ohio Natuealist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
Stattt University.
In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Natubaust •will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.
By a special arrangement with the Ohio Academy of Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.
The first nine volumes may be obtained at 81.00 per volume.
Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. 8. Hinb.
Addre» THE OHIO NATURALIST. 8g£&*iu"s':"<5'i?^'
FOR SALE!
A COMPLETE SET OF
Ohio Geological Survey, and
Duplicate of Volume II ^nd Y.
Two Ancient Indian Pipes,
From Northeastern Ohio.
Mounted Deer's Mead.
L. B. GARY,
263 Moyt Street, BUFFALO, N. Y.
THE RAPIDLY INCREASING POPULARITY OF
SPENCER
MICROSCOPES
Is but the natural
result of
OPTICAL SUPERIORITY
MECHANICAL PERFECTION
and the embodiment of many
Improvements which mark
them as being adapted best of
all to their purpose.
We Lead in these Improvements,
Spencer=Lens Co.,
BUFFALO. N. Y.
Our New No. 36 H.
Buchet Engtaving Co.
Process and Wood Engraving, Electro-
typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping
and Engraving Machinery. Sw S^ 5t» Sw 5»
80}4 North High Street,
COLUMBUS, OHIO,
DIE.:STAMPING.
PLATE Ar>lD LETTER PRESS PRINTING.
SPAH% & GLENN,
PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS,
50 EAST BROAD STREET.
COLUMBUS, OHIO.
When -writing to adveitiaers, please mention. tUe " Oliio Naturalist."
The Ohio State University,
COLUMBUS.
Seven colleges well equipped and prepared to present the
best methods offered in modern education. The following list of
departments will suggest the organization of the institution :
Agricultural Chemistry, Agronomy, American History and
Political Science, Anatomy and Physiology, Animal Husbandry,
Archaeology, Architecture, Art, Astronomy, Bacteriology, Bot
any, Ceramic Engineering, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Dauj
ing. Domestic Science, Economics and Sociology, Education,
Engineering Drawing, Electrical Engineering, English, Euro-
pean History, Forestry, Geology, Germanic Languages and
Literatures, Greek, Horticulture, Industrial Arts, Latin, Law,
Mathematics, Mine Engineering, Mechanical Engineering,
Mechanics, Military Science and Tactics, Metallurgy and Miner-
alogy, Pharmacy, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics,
Psychology, Romance Languages, Rural Economics, School
Administration, Veterinary Medicine, Zoology and Entomology.
Consult the Catalogue for the particulars in any of these
departments. Short courses in the Colleges of Agriculture and
Engineering are provided for the convenience of those who can-
not pursue the full courses. Superior opportunity is offered for
the study of Dairying,
Special attention is called to the Summer Term, which offers
work in many departments. Send for bulletin of the Summer
Term.
The University aims to so relate itself to the best high
schools of the State as to make a university course within the
reach of all their graduates. The buildings are ample for the
purpose of instruction. Send freely for information.
Address all inquiries to the President,
DR. W. O. THOMPSON,
Columbus, Ohio.
When miting to adTertieers, ple«ae mention the " Ohio Katuraliit."
NOVEMBER,
VOLUME XI. I 9 I 0 . NUMBER I.
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
A Journal Devoted more
Especially to the N&tural
History of Ohio.
OFFICIAL ORGAN cf THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
gf the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, atiS qf THE
OHIO ACADEMY gf SCIENCE.
Wf^
Ohio State University, Columbus*
Annual Subscription Price, $1.00.
Single Number 15 cents.
Entered at the Post'Office at CoVumbuf. Ohio, as Secoad-clais Matter
The Ohio Naturalist,
A journal devoted more eepecially to the natural history of Ohio. The official
organ of Thb Biologicax Club of the Ohio State University, and of The Ohio
Academy of Scibnce. PuDlished monthly during the academic year, from
NoTember to June (8 numbers.) Price 81.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, 81.25. Single copies, 15 cents.
Editor-in-Chief, John H. Schaffner.
Business Manager, James S. Hinb.
Assistant Business Manager, . . . . G. D. Hubbard
Associate Editots.
F. L. Landacre, Zoology, W. C. MiIvLS, Archaeology,
Freda Detmers, Botany, J. C. Hambleton, Ornithology,
W. C. Morse, Geology, G. D. Hubbard, Geography.
Advisory Board.
Herbert Osborn. John h. Schaffner.
Charles S. Prosser.
The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.
In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.
By a special arrangement with the Ohio Academy of Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent vrithout additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.-
The first ten volumes may be obtained at 81.00 per volume.
Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. Hinb.
Addre., THE OHIO NATURALIST, g^'Eg^1&"otl'/S
OMo Academy of Science Publications.
First and Second Annual Reports Price 30 cts. each
Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each
Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each
Seventeenth Annual, Report Price 40 cts. each
SPECIAL PAPERS.
1 . " Sandusky Flora." pp. 167. E. L. Mgseley 60 cts.
2. " The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 1 16. David S. Kelwcott 60 cts.
3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio." pp.75. W.G. Tight,
J. A. BowNOCKER, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke. 50 cts.
4. '* The Fishes of- Ohio." pp. 105. Raymond C. Osburn 60 cts.
5. '* Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63. James S. Hike. 50 cts.
6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp. 241. Lynds Jones. 75 cts.
7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie." pp.96.
Thomas A. Bonser 50 cts.
8. "The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66. James G. Sanders. . . 50 cts.
9. "Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio." pp. 54. Max Morse. . 50 cts.
10. "Ecological Study of Brush Lake." pp.20. "
J. H. Schaffner, Otto E. Jennings, Fred. J. Tyler. . .35 cts.
n. " The Willows of Ohio." pp. 60. Robert F. Griggs 50 cts.
12. "Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of Ohio." pp.35.
V. Sterki.. 50 cts.
13. "The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity,"
F. L. Landacre 60 cts.
14. " Discomycetes in the Vicinity of Oxford, Ohio." pp. 54.
Freda M. Bachman 50 cts.
15. "Trees of Ohio and Surrounding Terrjtoiy." pp.122.
John H. Schaffner 75 cts.
16. "The Pteridophytes of Ohio." pp.41. John H. Schaffner, 50 cts.
Address : W. 0. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.
THE RAPIDLY INCREASING POPULARITY OF
SPENCER
MICROSCOPES
Is but the natural
result of
OPTICAL SUPERIORITY
MECHANICAL PERFECTION
and the embodiment of many
Improvements which mark
them as being adapted best of
all to their purpose.
We Lead in these Improvements.
Spencer=Lens Co,,
BUFFALO. N. Y.
Our New Ko. 36 H>
Buchet Engtaving Co.
Process and Wood Engraving, Electro-
typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping
and Engraving Machinery. St. S» lu 5; 5;
80y2 North High Street,
COLUMBUS, OHIO,
DIE STAMPING.
PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING.
SPAH% & GLENN,
PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS.
50 EAST BROAD STREET.
COLUMBUS, OHIO.
When writing to advertisers, please mention the " Ohio Naturalist,"
The Ohio State University,
COLUMBUS.
Seven colleges well equipped and prepared to present the
best methods offered in modern education. The following list of
departments will suggest the organization of the institution :
Agricultural Chemistry, Agronomy, American History and
Political Science, Anatomy and Physiology, Animal Husbandry,
Archaeology, Architecture, Art, Astronomy, Bacteriology, Bot
any. Ceramic Engineering, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Dan^
ing. Domestic Science, Economics and Sociology, Education,
Engineering Drawing, Electrical Engineering, English, Euro-
pean History, Forestry, Geology, Germanic I^anguages and
I^iteratures, Greek, Horticulture, Industrial Arts, Latin, Law,
Mathematics, Mine Engineering, Mechanical Engineering,
Mechanics, Military Science and Tactics, Metallurgy and Miner-
alogy, Pharmacy, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics,
Psychology, Romance Languages, Rural Economics, School
Administration, Veterinary Medicine, Zoology and Entomology.
Consult the Catalogue for the particulars in any of these
departments. Short courses in the Colleges of Agriculture and
Engineering are provided for the convenience of those who can-
not pursue the full courses. Superior opportunity is offered for
the study of Dairying.
Special attention is called to the Summer Term, which offers
work in many departments. Send for bulletin of the Summer
Term.
The University aims to so relate itself to the best high
schools of the State as to make a university course within the
reach of all their graduates. The buildings are ample for the
purpose of instruction. Send freely for information.
Address all inquiries to the President,
DR. W. O. THOMPSON,
Columbus, Ohio.
When writing to advertisers, please mention the "Ohio Naturalist.
DECEMBER.
VOLUME XI. I 9 I 0 . NUMBER 2.
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
A Journal Devoted more
Especially to the Natural
History of Ohio.
OFFICIAL ORGAN ef THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
Cf the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, and qf THE
OHIO ACADEMY ef SCIENCE.
Ohio State University, Columbus.
Annual Subscription Price, $1.00.
Single Number IS cents.
Entered at the Port-Office »t Cohtmbut, Ohio, as Second'clast Matter.
The Ohio Naturalist.
A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The oflaclal
organ of Thb Biological Club of the Ohio State Univeesity, and of Thk Ohio
Academy of Science. Puolished monthly during the academic year, from
NoTember to June (8 numbers.) Price 81.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, 81.25. Single copies, 16 cents.
Editor-in-Chief, . - John H. Schaffner.
Business Manager, James S. Hike.
Assistant Business Manager, G, D. Hubbard
Associate Editofs.
F. L. LandacrE, Zoology, W. C. Mills, Archaeology,
Freda Detmers, Botany, J. C. Hambleton, Ornithology,
W. C. Morse, Geology, G. D. Hubbard, Geography.
Advisory Board.
Herbert Osborn. John H. Schaffnkr.
Charles S. Prosser.
The Ohio Natubaust is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the 0hi«
State University. , .^ ^^
In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management. The
Naturalist will pay for illustrations not exceeding two pages for any article.
By a special arrangement with the Ohio Academy of Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.
The first ten volumes may be obtained at $1.00 per volume.
Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. Hihb.
Addre.. THE OHIO NATURALIST. 8g£g]5,*|&".TH%
Oblo Academy of Science Publications.
First and Second Annual Reports Price 30 cts. each
Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each
Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each
Seventeenth Annual Report Price 40 cts. each
SPECIAL PAPERS.
1. " Sandusky Flora." pp. 167. E. L. Moseley 60 cts.
2. " The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116. David S. Kellicott 60 cts.
3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio." pp. 75- W. G. Tight,
J. A. BowNOCKER, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke 50 cts.
4. " The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105. Raymond C. Osburn 60 cts.
5. " Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63. James S. Hine 50 cts.
6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp. 241. Lynds Jones 75 cts.
7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie." pp.96-
Thomas A. Bonser 5° cts.
8. "The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66. James G. Sanders 50 cts.
9. "Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio." pp. 54. Max Morse — 50 cts.
10. "Ecological Study of Brush Lake." pp.20.
J. H. Schaffner, Otto E. Jennings, Fred. J. Tyler.. .35 cts.
11. " The Willows of Ohio." pp. 60. Robert F. Griggs 50 cts.
12. "Land and Fresh-water MoUusca of Ohio." pp. 35.
v. Sterki 50 cts.
13. "The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity."
F. L. Landacre 60 cts.
14. ' ' Discomycetes in the Vicinity of Oxford, Ohio." pp. 54.
Freda M. Bachman 5° cts.
15. "Trees of Ohio and Surrounding Territory." pp. 122.
John H. Schaffner 75 cts.
16. "The Pteridophytes of Ohio." pp. 41- John H. Schaffner, 50 cts.
Address : "W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.
THE RAPIDLY INCREASING POPULARITY OF
SPENCER
MICROSCOPES
Is but the natural
result of
OPTICAL SUPERIORITY
MECHANICAL PERFECTION
and the embodiment of many
. Improvements which mark
them as being adapted best of
all to their purpose.
We Lead in these Improvements,
Spencer=Lens Co.,
BUFFALO, N. Y.
Our New No. 36 H.
Bucket Engtaving Co.
Process and Wood Engraving, Electro- [
typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping
and Engraving Machinery. ^ U l^ U }l
8OV2 North High Street,
COLUMBUS, OHIO.
die:stamping.
PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING.
SPAH% & GLENN,
PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS.
50 EAST^BROAD STREET.
COLUMBUS, OHIO.
When writing to advertisers, please mentioa the " Ohio NatiiraliBt,'
The Ohio State University,
COLUMBUS.
Seven colleges well equipped and prepared to present the
best methods offered in modern education. The following list of
departments will suggest the organization of the institution :
Agricultural Chemistry, Agronomy, American History and
Political Science, Anatomy and Physiology, Animal Husbandry,
Archaeology, Architecture, Art, Astronomy, Bacteriology, Bot
any. Ceramic Engineering, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Dair^
ing, Domestic Science, Economics and Sociology, Education,
Engineering Drawing, Electrical Engineering, English, Euro-
pean History, Forestry, Geology, Germanic I^anguages and
Literatures, Greek, Horticulture, Industrial Arts, Latin, Law,
Mathematics, Mine Engineering, Mechanical Engineering,
Mechanics, Military Science and Tactics, Metallurgy and Miner-
alogy, Pharmac5^, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics,
Psychology, Romance Languages, Rural Economics, School
Administration, Veterinary Medicine, Zoology and Entomology.
Consult the Catalogue for the particulars in any of these
departments. Short courses in the Colleges of Agriculture and
Engineering are provided for the convenience of those who can-
not pursue the full courses. Superior opportunitj'^ is offered for
tiie stud)'^ of Dairying.
Special attention is called to the Summer Term, which offers
work in many departments. Send for bulletin of the Summer
Term.
The University aims to so relate itself to the best high
schools of the State as to make a university course within the
reach of all their graduates. The buildings are ample for the
purpose of instruction. Send freely for information.
Address all inquiries to the President,
DR. W. O. THOMPSON,
Columbus, Ohio.
When writing to advertisers, pleaie mention the " Ohio KaturaliBt."
JANUARY,
VOLUME XI. I 9 1 I . NUMBER 3.
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
A Journal Devoted more
Especially to the N&tural
History qf Ohio.
OFFICIAL ORGAN ef THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
af the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY. anS cf THE
OHIO ACADEMY ef SCIENCE.
Ohio State University, Columbus.
Annual Subscription Price, $1.00.
Single Nuraber 15 cents.
Eatered at the Po«t>Office at Cohtmbut, Ohio, at Secomd-claii Mattec
The Ohio Naturalist,
A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official
organ of The Biological Club of the Ohio State University, and of The Ohio
Academy of Science. Puolished monthly during the academic year, from
NoTember to June (8 numbers.) Price 81.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, 81.25. Single copies, 16 cents.
Editor-in-Chief, John H. Schaffner.
Business Manager, ....... James S. Hike.
Assistant Business Ma^iager, . . . . G. D. Hubbard
Associate Editors,
F. L. Landacre, Zoology, W. C. Mii^ls, Archaeology,
Freda DETMERS, Botany, J. C. Hambleton, Ornithology,
W. C. Morse, Geology, G. D. Hubbard, Geography.
Advisory Board.
Herbert Osborn. John H. Schaefner.
Ch ARISES S. PROSSER.
The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Oblo
State University.
In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Natuealist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management. The
Naturalist will pay for illustrations not exceeding two pages for any article.
By a special arrangement with the Ohio Academy of Science, the Ohio
Natuealist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.
The first ten volumes may be obtained at $1.00 per volume.
Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. Hike.
Addre,. THE OHIO NATURALIST, ^^l^^^Sto^ro
Oblo Academy of Science Publications.
First and Second Annual Reports Price 30 cts. each
Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each
Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each
Seventeenth Annual Report Price 40 cts. each
SPECIAL PAPERS.
" Sandusky Flora." pp. 167. E. L. Moseley. .60 cts.
" The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116. Hawd S. Kei<i.icott 60 cts.
"The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio." pp. 75- W. G. Tight,
J. A. BowNOCKKR, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke 50 cts.
" The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105. Raymond C. Osburn .60 cts.
" Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63. James S. Hine 50 cts.
"The Birds of Ohio." pp. 241. Lynds Jones 75 cts.
"Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie." pp.96-
Thomas A. Bonser 5° cts.
"The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66. James G. Sanders 50 cts.
"Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio." pp. 54- Max Morse 50 cts.
"Ecological Study of Brush Lake." pp.20.
J. H. Schaefner, Otto E. Jennings, Fred., J. Tyi,er.. .35 cts.
"The Willows of Ohio." pp. 60, Robert F. Griggs 50 cts.
"Land and Fresh-water MoUusca of Ohio." pp. 35.
V. Sterki 50 cts .
•'The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity."
F. L. Landacre 60 cts.
< ' Discomycetes in the Vicinity of Oxford, Ohio." pp. 54.
Freda M. Bachman 50 cts.
"Trees of Ohio and Surrounding Territory." pp. 122.
John H. Schaefner 75 cts.
"The Pteridophytes of Ohio," pp. 41. John H. Schaefner, 50 cts.
Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.
4
5
6
' 7
8
9
10
II
12,
13
14
15
16
THE RAPIDLY INCREASING POPULARITY OF
SPENCER
MICROSCOPES
Is but the natural
result of
OPTICAL SUPERIORITY
MECHANICAL PERFECTION
and the embodiment of many
Improvements which mark
them as being adapted best of
all to their purpose.
We Lead in these Improvements,
Spencer = Lens Co,,
^^^'^l^^^iWaB^W'*?' BUFFALO, N. Y.
Our New No. 36 H. '
Bucket Engtaving Co.
Process and Wood Engraving, Electro-
typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping
and Engraving Machinery, 3; l; s; 5; 3;
80y2 North High Street,
COLUMBUS, OHIO,
DIEISTAMPING.
PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING.
SPAH% & GLENN,
PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS,
50 EAST; BROAD STREET.
COLUMBUS, OHIO.
When writlngr to advertisers, please mention the " Ohio NatnraUst."
The Ohio State University,
COLUMBUS.
Seven colleges well equipped and prepared to present the
best methods offered in modern education. The following list of
departments will suggest the organization of the institution :
Agricultural Chemistry, Agronomy, American History and
Political Science, Anatomy and Physiology, Animal Husbandry,
Archaeology, Architecture, Art, Astronomy, Bacteriology, Bot
any. Ceramic Engineering, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Dair^
ing, Domestic Science, Economics and Sociologj^, Education,
Engineering Drawing, Electrical Engineering, English, Euro-
pean History, Forestry, Geology, Germanic Languages and
Literatures, Greek, Horticulture, Industrial Arts, Latin, Law,
Mathematics, Mine Engineering, Mechanical Engineering,
Mechanics, Military Science and Tactics, Metallurgy and Miner-
alogy, Pharmacy, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics,
Psychology, Romance Languages, Rural Economics, School
Administration, Veterinary Medicine, Zoology and Entomology.
Consult the Catalogue for the particulars in any of these
departments. Short courses in the Colleges of Agriculture and
Engineering are provided for the convenience of those who can-
not pursue the full courses. Superior opportunity is offered for
tiie study of Dairying.
Special attention is called to the Summer Term, which offers
work in manj'^ departments. Send for bulletin of the Summer
Term.
The University aims to so relate itself to the best high
schools of the State as to make a university course within the
reach of all their graduates. The buildings are ample for the
purpose of instruction. Send freely for information.
Address all inquiries to the President,
DR. W. O. THOMPSON,
Columbus, Ohio.
'Wben writing to advertisers, please mention the " Obio Naturalist."
FEBRUARY,
VOLUME XI. I 9 I I ■ NUMBER .4
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
A Journal Devoted more
Especially to the Natural
History gf Ohio.
OFFICIAL ORGAN ef THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
qf tk« OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, ma ^ THE
OHIO ACADEMY ef SCIENCE.
Ohio State University, Columbus.
Annual Subscription Price, f 1.00.
Single Number 15 cent*.
Batered at tb« Pott-Office at Cokmbvi, Ohio, as SecoBd-clcaa MattM
The Ohio Naturalist,
A journal devot«d more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official
orjran of Thb Biological Club of thb Ohio Statk Univkeaity, and of Thb Ohio
ACADKMT OP Science. Puolished monthly during the academic year, from
Norember to June (8 numbers.) Price $1.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, 81.25. Single copies, 16 cents.
Editor-in-Chiefy John H. Schaffner.
Business Manager, , James S. Hikb.
Assistant Business Manager, G. D. Hubbard
Associate Editors.
F. L. LandacrE, Zoology, W. C. MiLLS, Archaeology,
Freda Detmers, Botany, J. C. Hambleton, Ornithology,
W. C. Morse, Geology, G. D. Hubbard, Geography.
Advisory Board.
Herbert Osborn. John H. Schaffner.
Charles S. Prosser.
The Ohio Natxtralist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
Stat« University.
In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management. The
Naturalist will pay for illustrations not exceeding two pages for any article.
By a special arrangement with the Ohio Academy or ' Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.
Th« first ten volumes may be obtained at $1.00 per volume.
Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. 8. HiMS .
Addre.. THE OHIO NATURALIST, ?Sl^^^St&^
Ohio Academy of Science Publications.
First and Second Annujil Reports Price 30 cts. each
Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each
Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each
Seventeenth Annual Report Price 40 cts. each
SPECIAL PAPERS.
1. " Sandusky Flora." pp. 167. E. I/. M0SE1.EY 60 cts.
2. " The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116. David S. Kelwcott 60 cts.
3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio." pp.75. W. G. Tight,
J. A. BowNOCKER, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke 50 cts.
4. " The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105, Raymond C. Osburn 60 cts.
5. " Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63. James S. Hine .50 cts.
6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp.241. Lynds Jones 75 cts.
7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie." pp.96.
Thomas A. Bonser 50 cts,
8. "The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66. James G. Sanders — 50 cts.
9. *' Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio." pp. 54. Max Morse 50 cts.
10. "Ecological Study of Brush Lake." pp.20.
J. H. Schaffner, Otto E. Jennings, Fred. J. Tyxer.. .35 cts.
11. " The Willows of Ohio." pp. 60. Robert F. Griggs 50 cts.
12. "Land and Fresh- water MoUusca of Ohio." pp. 35.
V. Sterki 50 cts .
13. "The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity."
F. L. Landacre 60 cts.
14. *' Discomycetes in the Vicinity of Oxford, Ohio." pp. 54.
Freda M. Bachman 50 cts.
15. "Trees of Ohio and Surrounding Territory." pp. 122.
John H. Schaffner 75 cts.
16. "The Pteridophytes of Ohio." pp. 41. John H. Schaffner, 50 cts.
Address: W. 0. MILLS, Librtuian, Ohio Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.
THE RAPIDLY INCREASING POPULARITY OF
SPENCER
MICROSCOPES
Is but the natural
result of
OPTICAL SUPERIORITY
MECHANICAL PERFECTION
and the embodiment of many
Improvements which mark
them as being adapted best of
all to their purpose.
We Lead in these Improvements,
Spencer=Lens Co.,
BUFFALO. N. Y.
Our New No. 36 H.
Bucket Engtaving Co.
Process and Wood Engraving, Electro-
typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping
and Engraving Machinery. 9; 9; 3; a; V
80y2 North High Street,
COLUMBUS, OHIO,
DIE^STAMPING.
PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING.
SPAH% & GLENN,
PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS,
50 EASTfBROAD STREET.
COLUMBUS, OHIO.
Wben writing to advertiaers, pleMO mention the "Oliio Katoraliat.'
The Ohio State University,
COLUMBUS.
Seven colleges well equipped and prepared to present the
best methods offered in modern education. The following list of
departments will suggest the organization of the institution :
Agricultural Chemistry, Agronomy, American History and
Political Science, Anatomy and Physiology, Animal Husbandry,
Archaeology, Architecture, Art, Astronomy, Bacteriology, Bet
any. Ceramic Engineering, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Dair/
ing. Domestic Science, Economics and Sociology, Education,
Engineering Drawing, Electrical Engineering, English, Euro-
pean History, Forestry, Geology, Germanic I^anguages and
Literatures, Greek, Horticulture, Industrial Arts, Latin, Law,
Mathematics, Mine Engineering, Mechanical Engineering,
Mechanics, Military Science and Tactics, Metallurgy and Miner-
alogy, Pharmacy, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics,
Psychology, Romance Languages, Rural Economics, School
Administration, Veterinary Medicine, Zoology and Entomology.
Consult the Catalogue for the particulars in any of these
departments. Short courses in the Colleges of Agriculture and
Engineering are provided for the convenience of those who can-
not pursue the full courses. Superior opportunity is offered for
tiie study of Dairying.
Special attention is called to the Summer Term, which offers
work in many departments. Send for bulletin of the Summer
Term.
The University aims to so relate itself to the best high
schools of the State as to make a university course within the
reach of all their graduates. The buildings are ample for the
purpose of instruction. Send freely for information.
Address all inquiries to the President,
DR. W. O. THOMPSON,
Columbus, Ohio.
V. 'When writing to sdvertisera, pleaa« mention the " Ohio Katuralist."
MARCH.
VOLUME XI. I 9 J I • NUMBER S-
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
A journai Devoted more
Especially to the Natural
History of Ohio.
OFFICIAL ORGAN qf THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
fif the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY. an3 cf THE
OHIO ACADEMY gf SCIENCE.
Ohio State University, Columbus.
Annual Subscription Price. $1.00.
Single Number 15 cents.
Entered at the Post-Office at Cotambos, Ohio, ai Secosd-clasi Matter
The Ohio Naturalist,
A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official
•rgan of Thb Biological Club of the Ohio State Ukiyersity, and of Thk Ohio
Academy of Science. Puolished monthly during the academic year, from
NoTcmber to June (8 numbers.) Price $1.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, 81.25. Single copies, 16 cents.
Editor-in-Chief, . . . . . . John H. Schaffner.
Business Manager, . , , . . . . James S. Hike.
Assistant Business Manager, . . . , G. D. Hubbard
Associate Editors.
F. Iv. LandacrE, Zoology, W. C. Mii,i<s, Archaeology,
Freda Detmers, Botany, J. C. Hambleton, Ornithology,
W. C. Morse, Geology, G. D. Hubbard, Geography.
Advisory Board.
Herbert Osborn. John h. Schaffnsr.
Chari,es S. Prosser.
((
The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the 0hi«
State University.
In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Natoealist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management. The
Naturalist will pay for illustrations not exceeding two pages for any article.
By a special arrangement with the Ohio Academy of " Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.
The first ten volumes may be obtained at 81.00 per volume.
Kemittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. 8. Hin«.
Addr-. THE OHIO NATURALIST, ggEa^li^/oBfe
OMo Academy of Science Publications.
First and Second Annual Reports Price 30 cts. each
Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each
Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each
Seventeenth Annual Report Price 40 cts. each
SPECIAL PAPERS.
«* Sandusky Flora." pp. 167. E. I/. Moseley 60 cts.
The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116. David S. Kellicott.. 60 cts.
"The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio." pp. 75- W. G. Tight,
J. A. BowNOCKER, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke 50 cts.
" The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105. Raymond C. Osburn 60 cts.
" Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63. James S. Hine 50 cts.
"The Birds of Ohio." pp.241. Lynds Jones 75 cts.
"Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie." pp.96.
Thomas A. Bonser 50 cts.
"The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66. James G. Sanders 50 cts.
"Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio." pp. 54. Max Morse — 50 cts.
"Ecological Study of Brush Lake." pp. 20.
J. H. Schaffner, Otto E. Jennings, Fred. J. Tyler... 35 cts.
" The "Willows of Ohio." pp. 60. Robert F. Griggs 50 cts.
"Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of Ohio." pp. 35.
V. Sterki 50 cts.
"The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity."
F. L,. IvANDacre 60 cts.
* ' Discomycetes in the Vicinity of Oxford, Ohio." pp. 54.
Freda M. Bachman 50 cts.
"Trees of Ohio and Surrounding Territory," pp. 122.
John H. Schaffner 75 cts.
"The Pteridophytes of Ohio." pp. 41. John H. Schaffner, 50 cts.
Address : W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
II
12
13
14
15
16
THE RAPIDLY INCREASING POPULARITY OF
SPENCER
MICROSCOPES
Is but the natural
result of
OPTICAL SUPERIORITY
ECHANICAL PERFECTION
and the embodiment of many
Improvements which mark
them as being adapted best of
all to their purpose.
We Lead in these Improvements,
Spencer=Lens Co.,
BUFFALO, N. Y.
Our Neir No. 36 H.
Buchet Engtaving Co.
Process and Wood Engraving, Electro-
typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping
and Engraving Machinery. 5» S» 5; J; S»
80}4 North High Street
COLUMBUS, OHIO.
DIE STAMPING.
PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING.
SPAHIi & GLENN,
PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS.
50 EASTfBROAD STREET.
COLUMBUS, OfflO.
When writing to advertiaera, pleasa mention tho " Ohio Naturalist. "
The Ohio State University,
COLUMBUS.
Seven colleges well equipped and prepared to present the
best methods offered in modern education. The following list of
departments will suggest the organization of the institution :
Agricultural Chemistry, Agronomy, American History and
Political Science, Anatomy and Physiology, Animal Husbandry,
Archaeology, Architecture, Art, Astronomy, Bacteriology, Bot-
any, Ceramic Engineering, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Dairy
ing, Domestic Science, Economics and Sociology, Education,
Engineering Drawing, Electrical Engineering, English, Euro-
pean History, Forestry, Geology, Germanic Languages and
Literatures, Greek, Horticulture, Industrial Arts, Latin, Law,
Mathematics, Mine Engineering, Mechanical Engineering,
Mechanics, Military Science and Tactics, Metallurgy and Miner-
alogy, Pharmacy, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics,
Psychology, Romance Languages, Rural Economics, School
Administration, Veterinary Medicine, Zoology and Entomology.
Consult the Catalogue for the particulars in any of these
departments. Short courses in the Colleges of Agriculture and
Engineering are provided for the convenience of those who can-
not pursue the full courses. Superior opportunity is offered for
the study of Dairying.
Special attention is called to the Summer Term, which offers
work in many departments. Send for bulletin of the Summer
Term.
The University aims to so relate itself to the best . high
schools of the State as to make a university course within the
reach of all their graduates. The buildings are ample for the
purpose of instruction. Send freely for information.
Address all inquiries to the President,
DR. W. O. THOMPSON,
Columbus, Ohio.
When ■writing to advertiserg, please mention the " Ohio Kataralist."
VOLUME XI.
APRIL,
I 9 I I .
NUMBER 6.
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
A Journal Devoted more
Especially to the Natural
History gf Ohio.
OFFICIAL ORGAN qf THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
qf the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, ata qf THE
OHIO ACADEMY ef SCIENCE.
Ohio State University, Columbus.
Annual Subscription Price, $1.00.
Single Number 15 cents.
Entered at the Post'Office at Colvmbafi. Ohio, m Secoad'ClMt Matter
The Ohio N'aturalist,
A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official
organ of The Biological Club of the Ohio State University, and of The Ohio
Academy or Scibnce. Puolished monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price 81.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countriea, 81.25. Single copies, 15 cents.
Editor-in-Chief, John H. Schaffner.
Business Manager, ....... James S. Hine.
Assistant Business Manager, . . . . . G. D. Hubbard
Associate Editors.
F. L. I/ANDACRE, Zoology, W. C. Mii,LS, Archaeology,
Freda Detmers, Botany, J. C. HambleTon, Ornithology,
W. C. Morse, Geology, G. D. Hubbard, Geography.
Advisory Board.
Herbert Osborn. John H. Schaffner.
Charles S. Prosser.
The Ohio Natukalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.
In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Natubalist will be
mailed roeularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management. The
Naturalist will pay for illustrations not.exci-eding two pages for any article.
By a special " arrangement with the Ohio Academy of Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.
The fir.st ten volumes may be obtained at $1.00 per volume.
Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. 8. Hine.
Addre., THE OHIO NATURALIST. 2^SlS'^^^^toArd
OMo Academy of Science Publications.
First and Second Amntal Reports Price 30 cts. each
Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each
Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each
Seventeenth Annual Report Price 40 cts. each
SPECIAL PAPERS.
1. " Sandusky Flora." pp. 167. E. h. MosEtEY 60 cts.
2. " The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116. David S. Kei.i,icott 60 cts.
3. "The Preglacial Draiiiage of Ohio." pp. 75. W. G. Tight,
J. A. BowNOCKER, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke 50 cts.
4. " The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105. Raymond C. Osburn 60 cts.
5. " Tahanidae of Ohio." pp. 63. James S. Hine 50 cts.
6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp.241. Lynds Jones 75 cts.
7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie." pp.96.
Thomas A. Bonser 50 cts.
8. "The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66. James G. Sanders — 50 cts.
9. "Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio." pp. 54, Max Morse. . . 50 cts.
10. "Ecological Study of Brush Lake." pp.20.
J. H. Schaffner, Otto E. Jennings, Fred. J. Tyi^er.. .35 cts.
11. " The Willows of Ohio." pp. 60. Robert F. Griggs 50 cts.
12. "Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of Ohio." pp. 35.
V. Sterki 50 cts.
13. "The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity."
F. L. Landacre 60 cts.
14. " Discomycetes in the Vicinity of Oxford, Ohio." pp. 54.
Freda M. Bachman 50 cts.
15. " Trees of Ohio and Surrounding Territory." pp.122.
John H. Schaffner 75 cts.
16. "The Pteridophytes of Ohio." pp. 41- John H. Schaffner, 50 cts.
Address: "W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio:..^cademy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.
THE RAPIDLY INCREASING POPULARITY OF
SPENCER
MICROSCOPES
Is but t!ie natural
result of
OPTICAL SUPERIORITY
ECHANICAL PERFECTION
and the embodiment of many
Improvements which mark
them as being adapted best of
all to their purpose.
We Lead in these Improvements,
Our New No. 36 H.
Spencer=Lens Co.,
BUFFALO. N. Y.
Bucket Engtaving Co.
Process and Wood Engraving, Electro-
typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping
and Engraving Machinery. 5;. 5» S* 5i S;
80y2 North High Street,
COLUMBUS, OHIO.
DIE STAMPING.
PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING.
SPAH% & GLENN,
PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS.
50 EAST BROAD STREET.
COLUMBUS, OHIO.
When writing to advertisera, please mention the "Ohio Natnralist."
The Ohio State University,
COLUMBUS.
Seven colleges well equipped and prepared to present the
best methods offered in modern education. The following list of
departments will suggest the organization of the institution :
Agricultural Chemistry, Agronoui)^, American History and
political Science, Anatomy and Physiology, Animal Husbandry,
Archaeology, Architecture, Art, Astronomy, Bacteriology, Bot
any. Ceramic Engineering, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Dair>
ing. Domestic Science, Economics and Sociology, Education,
Engineering Drawing, Electrical Engineering, English, Euro-
pean History, Forestry, Geolog)^ Germanic Languages and
Eiteratures, Greek, Horticulture, Industrial Arts, Eatin, Law,
Mathematics, Mine Engineering, Mechanical Engineering,
Mechanics, Military Science and Tactics, Metallurgy and Miner-
alogy, Pharmac}'', Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics,
Psychologj'', Romance Languages, Rural Economics, School
Administration^ Veterinary Medicine, Zoology and Entomolog}'.
Consult the Catalogue for the particulars in any of these
departments, ^hort courses in the Colleges of Agriculture and
Engineering are provided for the convenience of those who can-
not pursue the full courses. Superior opportunity is offered for
the study of Dairying.
Special attention is called to the Summer Term, which offers
work in many departments. Send for bulletin of the Summer
Term.
The University aims to so relate itself to the best high
schools of the State as to make a university course within the
reach of all their graduates. The buildings are ample for the
purpose of instruction. Send freely for information.
Address all inquiries to the President,
DR. W. O. THOMPSON,
Columbus, Ohio.
Wbcn writing to advertiaers, please mention the " Ohio Naturalist."
MAY.
VOLUME XI. I 9 I I . NUMBER 7-
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
A Journal Devoted more
Especially to the N&tura!
History of Ohio.
OFFICIAL ORGAN gf THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
Sf if'e OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY. an7> qf THE
OHIO ACADEMY gf -SCIENCE.
Ohio State University, Columbus,
Annual Subscription Price, $t.OO.
Single Number IS cents.
Entered at the Post-Office at Columbas. Ohio, a? S?cOBd-cUs8 \Htttr
The Ohio Naturalist.
A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official
organ of Thk Biological Club of the Ohio Statb L'nivehsity, and of Thk Ohio
ACADEMT or Science. Puolished monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price 81.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, SI. 25. Single copies, 15 cents.
Ediior-in-Chief, John H, Schaffner.
Business Manager, . . . . ' . . . James S. Hink.
Assistant Business Manager, . . , . . G. D. Hubbarb
Associate Editors,
F. L. Landacre, Zoology, W. C. Mii<ls, Archaeology,
Freda Detmers, Botany, J. C. HambleTon, Ornithology,
W. C. Morse, Geology, G. D. Hubbard, Geography.
Advisory Board.
Herbert Osborn. John H. Schaffner.
Chari,es S. Prosser.
The Ohio Nattjealist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University. -.^
In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist yrill be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management. The
Naturalist will pay for illustrations not exceeding two pages for any article.
By a gpeciial " arrangement with the Ohio Academy of " Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.
The first ten volumes may be obtained at 31.00 per volume.
Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. Hine .
Address THE OHIO NATURALIST, g^'Egj^Ji^g^^-gif/^-
Oblo Academy of Science Publications.
First and Second Annual Reports Price 30 cts. each
Third and Fourth Annual Reports ^ Price 25 cts. each
Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each
Seventeenth Annual Report. Price 40 cts. each
SPECIAL PAPERS.
1. " Sandusky Flora." pp.167. E. I/. Moseley 60 cts.
2. " The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116, David S. Kei,i<icott 60 cts.
3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio." pp.75- W, G. Tight,
J. A. BowNOCKER, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke 50 cts.
4. " The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105. Raymond C. Osburn . .60 cts.
5. " Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63. James S. Hine 50 cts.
6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp.241. L,ynds Jones 75 cts.
7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie." pp.96.
Thomas A. Bonser 50 cts.
8. "The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66. James G. Sanders 50 cts.
9. "Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio." pp. 54. Max Morse 50 cts.
10. "Ecological Study of Brush Lake." pp.20.
J. H. Schaffner, Otto E, Jennings, Fred. J. Tyler... 35 cts.
11. " The Willows of Ohio." pp. 60. Robert F. Griggs 50 cts.
12. " Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of Ohio. "> PP- 35-
V. Stkrki 50 cts .
13. "The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity." ^^
F. L. Landacre 5fe> cts.
14. *' Discomycetes in the Vicinity of, Oxford, Ohio." pp. 54.
Fred.\ M. Eachman 50 cts.
15. "Trees of Ohio and Surrounding Territory." pp.122.
John H. Schaffner 75 cts.
16. "The Pteridophytes of Ohio." pp.41. John H. Schaffner, 50 cts.
Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.
THE RAPIDLY INCREASING POPULARITY OF
SPENCER
MICROSCOPES
Is but the natural
result of
OPTICAL SUPERIORITY
MECHANICAL PERFECTION
and the embodiment of many
Improvements which mark
them as being adapted best of
all to their purpose.
We Lead in these Improvement*,
Spencer=Lens Co,,
s.-ijE3rg^-y^=;=
Our New No. 36 H.
BUFFALO, N. Y.
Bucket Engtaving Co.
Process and Wood Engraving, Electro-
typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping
and Engraving Machinery. &. 5u Sw 5i, li»
SOy^ North High Street,
COLUMBUS, OHIO,
DIE STAMPING.
PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING.
SPAH% & GLENN,
PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS.
50 EAST BROAD STREET.
COLUMBUS, OHIO.
When writing to advertisers, please mention the " Ohio Naturalist."
The Ohio State University,
COLUMBUS.
Seven colleges well equipped and prepared to present the
best methods offered in modern education. The following list of
departments will suggest the organization of the institution :
Agricultural Chemistry, Agronomy, American History and
Political Science, Anatomy and Physiology, Animal Husbandry',
Archaeology, Architecture, Art, Astronomy, Bacteriology, Bot
any. Ceramic Engineering, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Daii^
ing, Domestic Science, Economics and Sociology, Education,
Engineering Drawing, Electrical Engineering, English, Euro-
pean History, Forestry, Geology, Germanic languages and
Literatures, Greek, Horticulture, Industrial Arts, Latin, Law,
Mathematics, Mine Engineering, Mechanical Engineering,
Mechanics, Militarj- Science and Tactics, Metallurgy and Miner-
alogy, Pharmacy, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics,
Psychology, Romance Languages, Rural Economics, School
Administration, Veterinary Medicine, Zoology and Entomology.
Consult the Catalogue for the particulars in any of these
departments. Short courses in the Colleges of Agriculture and
Engineering are provided for the convenience of those who can-
not pursue the full courses. Superior opportunity is offered for
the study of Dairying.
Special attention is called to the Summer Term, which offers
work in many departments. Send for bulletin of the Summer
Term.
The University aims, to so relate itself to the best high
schools of the State as to make a university course within the
reach of all their graduates. The buildings are ample for the
purpose of instruction. Send freely for information.
Address all inquiries to the President,
DR. W. C. THOMPSON,
Columbus, Ohio.
When ■writing to advertisers, please meution the " Cljio I'aturalist."
JUNE.
VOLUME XI. I 9 I I . NUMBER 8.
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
A Journal Devoted more
Especially to the Natural
History gf Ohio*.
OFFICIAL ORGAN qf THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
Hf tfte OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, and qf THE
OHIO ACADEMY qf SCIENCE.
Ohio State University, Columbus.
Annual Subscripiion Price, $1.00.
Single Number 15 cents.
entered at the Post^Office at Colnmbaii, Ohio, m Secosd-class Matter
The Ohio Naturalist,
A journal devoted more especially to the natural higtory of Ohio. The officUl
organ of Thk Biological Club of thk Ohio Statb Univemity, and of The Ohio
ACADKMT OF SCIENCE. PuDlished monthly during the academic year, from
NoTember to June (8 numbers.) Price Sl.OO per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, 81.25. Single copies, 16 cents.
Ediior-in-Chief, John H. Schaffner.
Business Manager, . . . . , . , Jambs S. Hinb.
Assistant Business Manager G. D. Hubbard
Associate Editots.
F. L. Landacre, Zoology, W. C. Milw, Archaeology,
Frkda Detmers, Botany, J. C. HambleTon, Ornithology,
W. C. Morse, Geology, G. D. Hubbard, Geography.
Advisory Board.
Herbert Osborn. John H. Schaefner.
Charles S. Prosser.
The Ohio Naturalist ia owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the OhI«
BUtfl University.
In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Natxjbaubt will bo
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management. The
Naturalist will pay for illustrations not exceeding two pages for any article.
By a special arrangement with the Ohio Academy or Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.
The first ten volumes may be obtained at 81.00 per volume.
Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. 8. HiNi.
Addr>« THE OHIO NATURALIST, g%ga&°"ak1?S
Oblo Academy of Science Publications.
First and Second Annual Reports Price 30 cts. each
Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each
Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each
Seventeenth Annual Report Price 40 cts. each
SPECIAL PAPERS.
1. " Sandusky Flora." pp.167. E. I/. Moseley 60 cts.
2. " The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116. David S. Kelucott 60 cts.
3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio." pp. 75. W. G. Tight,
J. A. Bownocker, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke 50 ct«.
4. " The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105. Raymond C. Osburn 60 cts.
5. " Tabanidae of Ohio." pp.63, James S. Hine 50 cts.
6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp.241. Lynds Jones 75 cts.
7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie." pp.96.
Thomas A. Bonser 50 cts.
8. "The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66. James G. Sanders 50 cts.
9. " Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio." pp. 54. Max Morse. ... 50 cts.
10. "Ecological Study of Brush Lake." pp.20.
J. H. ScHAFFNER, Otto E. Jennings, Fred. J. Tyi,er...35 cts.
11. " The "Willows of Ohio." pp. 60. Robert F. Griggs 50 cts.
12. "Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of Ohio." pp. 35.
V. Sterki 50 cts .
13. "The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity."
F. L. Landacre 60 cts.
14. " Discomycetes in the Vicinity of Oxford, Ohio." pp. 54.
Freda M. Bachman 59 cts.
15. "Trees of Ohio and Surrounding Territory." pp. 122.
John H. Schaffner 75 cts.
16. "The Pteridophytes of Ohio." pp. 41. John H. Schaffner, 50 cts.
Address: W. 0. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.
THE RAPIDLY INCREASING POPULARITY OF
SPENCER
MICROSCOPES
Is but the natural
result of
OPTICAL SUPERIORITY
MECHANICAL PERFECTION
and the embodiment of many
Improvements which mark
them as being adapted best of
all to their purpose.
We Lead in these Improvements,
Spencer=Lens Co.,
BUFFALO. N. Y.
Our New No. 36 H.
Bucket Engta<^mg Co.
Process and Wood Engraving, Electro-
typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping
and Engraving Machinery. S* Sw »» ft* &>
80H North High Street,
COLUMBUS, OHIO,
DIE STAMPING.
PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING.
SPAH% & GLENN,
PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS,
50 EAST BROAD STREET.
COLUMBUS, OHIO.
When writing to advertisers, please mention the " Ohio Naturalist."
The Ohio State University,
COLUMBUS.
Seven colleges well equipped and prepared to present the
best methods offered in modern education. The following list of
departments will suggest the organization of the institution :
Agricultural Chemistry, Agronomy, American History and
Political Science, Anatomy and Physiology, Animal Husbandry,
Archaeology, Architecture, Art, Astronomy, Bacteriology, Bot-
any, Ceramic Engineering, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Dairy-
ing, Domestic Science, Economics and Sociplogy, Education,
Engineering Drawing, Electrical Engineering, English, Euro-
pean History, Forestry, Geology, Germanic I^anguages and
Literatures, Greek, Horticulture, Industrial Arts, I,atin, Law,
Mathematics, Mine Engineering, Mechanical Engineering,
Mechanics, Military Science and Tactics, Metallurgy and Miner-
alogy, Pharmacy, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics,
Psychology, Romance Languages, Rural Economics, School
Administration, Veterinary Medicine, Zoology and Entomology.
Consult the Catalogue for the particulars in any of these
departments. Short courses in the Colleges of Agriculture and
Engineering are provided for the convenience of those who can-
not pursue the full courses, Superior opportunity is offered for
the study of Dairying.
Special attention is called to the Summer Term, which offers
work in man)'' departments. Send for bulletin of the Summer
Term.
The University aims to so relate itself to the best high
schools of the State as to make a universit)' course within the
reach of all their graduates. The buildings are ample for the
purpose of instruction. Send freely for information.
Address all inquiries to the President,
DR. W. O. THOMPSON,
Columbus, Ohio.
When •writing to advertisers, pleaee mention the " Ohio Naturalist."
NOVEMBER.
VOLUME XII. I 9 I I . NUMBER I.
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
A Journal Devoted more
Especially to ihe Natural
History of Ohio.
OFFICIAL ORGAN qf THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
ef tin OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, aa «f THE
OHIO ACADEMY ef SCIENCE.
Ohio State University, Columbus.
Annual Subscription Price, $1.00
Single Number 15 cents.
Entered at the Post-Offlice at Columbs, Ohio, as Second-Class Matter.
The Ohio Naturalist,
A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official
organ of The Bioloqical Club of the Ohio State Unxvkesity, and of The Ohio
Academy or Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from
NoTember to June (8 numbers.) Price 81-00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countrie.s, 81.25. Single copies, 15 cents.
Editor-in-Chief, John H. Schaffner.
Business Manager, ....... James S. Hinr.
Assistant Business Manager, . . . . . G. D, Hubbard
Associate Editofs.
Wm. M. Barrows, Zoology, W. C. Mix.!^, Archaeology,
RoBT. F. Griggs, Botany, J. C. Hambleton, Ornithology,
W. C. Morse, Geology, T. M. Hii^ls, Physiography.
Advisory Board,
Herbert Osborn. John H. Schaffner.
Charles S. Prosser.
The Ohio Natuealist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.
In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management. The
Naturalist will pay for illustrations not exceeding two pages for any article.
By a special arrangement with the Ohio Academy of Science, the Ohio
Naturalilt is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears foi* aunual dues.
The first eleven volumes may be obtained at $1.00 per volume.
Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. 8. Hine.
Addre., THE OHIO NATURALIST, "i^l^^^Sto^^
Ohio Academy of Science Publications.
First and Second Annual Reports Price 30 cts. each
Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each
Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each
Seventeenth Annual Report Price 40 cts. each
SPECIAL PAPERS.
1. " Sandusky Flora." pp. 167. E. I,. Moseley 60 cts.
2. " The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116. David S. Kei-WCOTT 60 cts.
3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio." pp. 75. W. G. Tight,
J. A. BowNOCKER, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke. . . . .50 cts.
4. " The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105. Raymond C. Osburn 60 cts.
5. " Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63. James S. Hine 50 cts.
6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp.241. Lynds JONES 75 cts.
7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie." pp.96. :
Thomas A.-Bonser 50 cts.
8. "The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66. James G. Sanders. . . .50 cts.
g. "Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio." pp. 54. Max Morse. . . .50 cts.
10. "Ecological Study of Brush Lake." pp.20.
J. H. ScHAFFNER, Otto E. Jennings, Fred. J. Tyler. ..35 cts.
11. " The Willows of Ohio." pp. 60. Robert F. Griggs 50 cts.
12. "Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of Ohio." pp. 35.
V. Sterki 50 cts .
13. "The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity."
F. L. Landacre 60 cts.
14. < ' Discomycetes in the Vicinity of Oxford, Ohio." pp. 54.
Freda M. Bachman 50 cts.
15. "Trees of Ohio and Surrounding Territory." pp.122.
John H. Schaffner ..... .7 75 cts.
16. "The Pteridophytes of Ohio." pp. 41. John H. Schaffner, 50 cts.
Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian. Ohio Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.
LABORATORY WORKERS APPRECIATE
SPENCER MICROSCOPES
Our New No. 45
Grasp it with the
whole hand
Special booklet ready
BECAUSE
I. They represent the best optics and
stands of the latest types of design.
II. The}' stand the rough and tumble of
laboratory use.
III. There are incorporated in them more
features of practical usability and
features which make for conven-
ience, comfort and durability.
IV. They are designed and built under the
direction of men who have had
man}' years of practical laboratory
experience as well as experience in
manufacture, men who understand
and are in sympathy with the needs
of laboratory workers.
SPENCER OPTICS _
H4VE STOOD UNSURPASSED FOR
OVER HALF A CENTURY
SPENCER LENS COMPANY
BUFFALO, N. Y.
Bucket Engzaving Co.
Process and Wood Engraving, Electro-
typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping
and Engraving Machinery. ^ X \ ^ ^
80% North High Street,
COLUMBUS, OHIO,
DIE STAMPING.
PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING.
SPAH% & GLENN,
PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS.
50 EAST BROAD STREET.
COLURIBUS, OHIO.
When WTiting to advertiBers, please mention the " Ohio Naturalist."
The Ohio State University,
COLUMBUS.
Seven colleges well equipped and prepared to present the
best methods offered in modern education. The following list of
departments will suggest the organization of the institution :
Agricultural Chemistry, Agronomy, American History and
Political Science, Anatomy and Physiology, Animal Husbandry,
Archaeology, Architecture, Art, Astronomy, Bacteriology, Bot-
any, Ceramic Engineering, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Dairy-
ing, Domestic Science, Economics and Sociology, Education,
Engineering Drawing, Electrical Engineering, English, Euro-
pean History, Forestry, Geology, Germanic Languages and
Literatures, Greek, Horticulture, Industrial Arts, Latin, Law,
Mathematics, Mine Engineering, Mechanical Engineering,
Mechanics, Military Science and Tactics, Metallurgy and Miner-
alogy, Pharmacy, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics,
Psychology, Romance Languages, Rural Economics, School
Administration, Veterinary Medicine, Zoology and Entomology.
Consult the Catalogue for the particulars in any of these
departments. Short courses in the Colleges of Agriculture and
Engineering are provided for the convenience of those who can-
not pursue the full courses. Superior opportunity is offered for
the study of Dair3'-ing.
Special attention is called to the Summer Term, which offers
work in many departments. Send for bulletin of the Summer
Term.
The University aims to so relate itself to the best high
schools of the State as to make a university course within the
reach of all their graduates. The buildings are ample for the
purpose of instruction. Send freely for information.
Address all inquiries to the President,
DR. W. O. THOMPSON,
Columbus, Ohio.
When writing to advertiaera, p)eaBe mention the " Ohio Naturalist."
DECEMBER.
VOLUME XII. I 9 I I . NUMBER 2.
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
A Journal Devoted more
Especially to the N&tural
History gf Ohio.
OFFICIAL ORGAN gf THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
ef fA« OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, anS qf THE
OHIO ACADEMY qf SCIENCE.
Ohio State University, Columbus.
Annual Subscription Price, $1.00
Single Nun^ber 15 cents.
Entered at the Post-Offiice at Coluiabs, Ohio, as Second-Class Matter.
The Ohio Naturalist,
A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The oflacial
organ of The Biological Club of the Ohio State University, and of The Ohio
Academy of Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price 51.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, 81.25. Single copies, 16 cents.
Editor-in-Chief, John H. Schaffner.
Business Manager, James S. Hins.
Associate Editots.
Wm. M. Barrows, Zoology, W. C. Mills, Archaeology,
RoBT. F. Griggs, Botany, J. C. Hambleton, Ornithology,
W. C, Morse, Geology, T. M. Hills, Physiography.
Advisory Board.
Herbert Osborn. John H. Schaffner.
Charles S. Prosser.
The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.
;In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management. The
Naturalist will pay for illustrations not exceeding two pages for any article.
By a special arrangement with the Ohio Academy of ' Science, the Ohio
Natubaltlt is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not In arrears for annual dues.
The first eleven volumes may be obtained at $1.00 per volume.
Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. Hine.
Address THE OHIO NATURALIST, g^aife-Tilfe
Olilo Academy of Science Publications.
First and Second Annual Reports Price 30 cts. each
Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each
Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each
Seventeenth Annual Report Price 40 cts. each
SPECIAL PAPERS.
I. " Sandusky Flora." pp.167. E. Iv. Moseley 60 cts.
a. " The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116. David S. Kellicott 60 cts.
3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio." pp. 75. W, G. Tight,
J. A. BowNOCKER, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke 50 cts.
4. " The Fishes of Ohio." pp.105. Raymond C. Osburn 60 cts.
5. •' Tabanidae of Ohio." pp.63. James S. Hine 50 cts.
6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp. 241. Lynds Jones 75 cts.
7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie." pp.96.
Thomas A. Bonser. 50 eta.
8. "The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66. James G. Sanders. . . .50 cts.
9. "Batrachians and Keptiles of Ohio." pp. 54. Max Morse. . . 50 eta.
IQ. "Ecological Study of Brush Lake." pp.20.
J. H. Schaffner, Otto E. Jennings, Fred. J. Tyler... 35 cts.
11. " The Willows of Ohio." pp. 60. Robert F. Griggs 50 cts.
12. "Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of Ohio." pp. 35.
V. Sterki 50 cts .
13. "The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity."
F. L. Landacre 60 cts.
14. *' Discomycetes in the Vicinity of Oxford, Ohio." pp. 54.
Freda M. Bachman 50 cts.
15. "Trees of Ohio and Surrounding Territory." pp.122.
John H. Schaffner 75 cts.
16. "The Pteridophytes of Ohio." pp. 41. John H. Schaffner, sects.
Address: W. 0. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus. Ohio.
LABORATORY WORKERS APPRECIATE
SPENCER MICROSCOPES
Our New No. 45
Grasp it with the
whole hand
Special booklet ready
BECAUSE
I. They represent the best optics and
stands of the latest types of design.
II. They stand the rough and tumble of
laboratory use.
III, There are incorporated in them more
features of practical usability and
features which make for conven-
ience, comfort and durability.
IV. They are designed and built under the
direction of men who have had
many years of practical laboratory
experience as well as experience in
manufacture, men who understand
and are in sympathy with the needs
of laboratory workers.
SPENCER OPTICS
HAVE STOOD UNSURPASSED FOR
OVER HALF A CENTURY
SPENCER LENS COMPANY
BUFFALO, N. Y.
Bucket Engtaving Co.
Process and Wood Engraving, Electro-
typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping
and Engraving Machinery. 3w 3i» Su Su 3u
SOyi North High Street,
COLUMBUS, OHIO,
DIE STAMPING.
PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING.
SPAH%& GLENN,
PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS,
50 EAST BROAD STREET.
COLUMBUS, OHIO.
Wbsn writing to adTertlsers, please mention the " Ohio Kstnraliat."
The Ohio State University,
COLUMBUS.
Seven colleges well equipped and prepared to present the
best methods offered in modern education. The following list of
departments will suggest the organization of the institution :
Agricultural Chemistry, Agronomy, American History and
Political Science, Anatomy and Physiology, Animal Husbandry,
Archaeology, Architecture, Art, Astronomy, Bacteriology, Bot-
any, Ceramic Engineering, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Dairy-
ing, Domestic Science, Economics and Sociology, Education,
Engineering Drawing, Electrical Engineering, English, Euro-
pean History, Forestry, Geology, Germanic Languages and
Literatures, Greek, Horticulture, Industrial Arts, Latin, Law,
Mathematics, Mine Engineering, Mechanical Engineering,
Mechanics, Military Science and Tactics, Metallurgy and Miner-
alogy, Pharmacy, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics,
Psychology, Romance Languages, Rural Economics, School
Administration, Veterinary Medicine, Zoology and Entomology.
Consult the Catalogue for the particulars in any of these
departments. Short courses in the Colleges of Agriculture and
Engineering are provided for the convenience of those who can-
not pursue the full courses, Superior opportunity is offered for
the study of Dairying.
Special attention is called to the Summer Term, which offers
work in many departments. Send for bulletin of the Summer
Term.
The University aims to so relate itself to the best high
schools of the State as to make a university course within the
reach of all their graduates. The buildings are ample for the
purpose of instruction. Send freely for information.
Address all inquiries to the President,
DR. W. 6. THOMPSON,
Columbus, Ohio.
When writing to advertiBers, pleoBe mention the "Ohio Naturalist."
JANUARY.
VOLUME XII. I 9 I 2 . NUMBER 3-
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
A Journal Devoted more
Especially to the Natural
History of Ohio.
OFFICIAL ORGAN gf THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
2f th« OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, ma qf THE
OHIO ACADEMY ef SCIENCE.
Ohio State University, Columbus.
Annual Subscription Price, $1.00
Single Number 15 cents.
Entered af the Post-Offiiee at Columbs, Ohio, as Second-Class Matter.
The Ohio Naturalist,
A journal Oevoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official
.-<5Tgan of The BiOLoaiCAL Cluk of the Ohio State Dniveesity, and of The Ohio
Academy of Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price Sl.OO per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, 81.2-5. Single copies, 15 cents.
Editor-in-Chief, John H. Schaffner.
Business Manager, Jambs S. Hinb.
Associate Ediiots.
Wm. M. Barrows, Zoology, W. C. MiLi<S, Archaeology,
RoBT. F. Griggs, Botany, J. C. Hambleton, Ornithology,
W. C. Morse, Geology, T. M. Hills, Physiography.
Advisory Board.
Herbert Osborn. John H. Schaffnkr.
Charles S. Prosser.
The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.
: In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Natuealist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management. The
Naturalist will pay for illustrations not exceeding two pages for any article.
By a special" arrangement with the Ohio Academy of Science, the Ohio
Natuealilt is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.
Th« first eleven volumes may be obtained at Sl.OO per volume.
Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. Hine.
Addr,.. THE OHIO NATURALIST, Itll'^l'Sto^Vo
Oblo Academy of Science Publications.
First and Second Annual Reports Price 30 cts. each
Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each
Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each
Seventeenth Annual Report Price 40 cts. each
SPECIAL PAPERS.
1. •' Sandusky Flora." pp. 167. E. L. Moseley 60 cts.
2. " The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116. David S. Kellicott 60 cts.
3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio." pp. 75. W. G. Tight,
J. A. Bownocker, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke. ... .50 cts.
4. " The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105. Raymond C. Osburn. .... .60 cts.
5. " Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63. James S. Hine .50 cts.
6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp. 241. Lynds Jones 75 cts.
7. <' Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie." pp.96.
Thomas A. Bonser 50 cts.
8. "The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66. James G. Sanders. . . .50 cts.
9. " Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio." pp. 54. Max Morse 50 cts.
10. "Ecological Study of Brush Lake." pp.20.
J. H. Schaffner, Otto E. Jennings, Fred. J, Tyler... 35 cts.
11. " The Willows of Ohio." pp. 60. Robert F, Griggs .50 cts.
12. "Land and Fresh-water MoUusca of Ohio." pp. 35.
V. Sterki. 50 cts .
13. "The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity."
F. L. Landacre 60 cts.
14. " Discomycetes in the Vicinity of Oxford, Ohio." pp. 54-
Breda M. Bachman 50 cts.
15. "Trees of Ohio and Surrounding Territory." pp. 122.
John H. Schaffner = . — 75 cts.
16. "ThePteridophytes of Ohio." pp.41. John H. Schaffner, 50 cts.
Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.
LABORATORY WORKERS APPRECIATE
SPENCER MICROSCOPES
Our New No. 45
Grasp it with the
zvhole hand
Special booklet ready
BECAUSE
I. They represent the best optics and
stands of the 'latest types of design.
II. They stand the rough and tumble of
laboratory use.
III. There are incorporated iu them more
features of practical usability and
features which make for conven-
ience, comfort and durability.
IV. They are designed and built under the
direction of men who have had
many years of practical laboratory
experience as well as experience in
manufacture, men who understand
and are in sympathy with the needs
of laboratory woi'kers.
SPENCER OPTICS
HAVE STOOD UNSURPASSED FOR
OVER HALF A CENTURY
SPENCER LENS COMPANY
BUFFALO, N. Y.
Buchet Engtaving Co.
Process and Wood Engraving, Electro-
typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping
and Engraving Machinery. S. Su S* & ^
SOji North High Street,
COLUMBUS, OHIO,
DIE STAMPING.
PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING.
SPAH% & GLENN,
PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS,
50 EAST BROAD STREET.
COLUMBUS, OHIO,
When writing to advertiserB, pleaee mention the " Ohio Naturalist."
The Ohio State University,
COLUMBUS.
Seven colleges well equipped and prepared to present the
best methods ofiFered in modern education. The following list of
departments will suggest the organization of the institution :
Agricultural Chemistry, Agronomy, American History and
Political Science, Anatomy and Physiology, Animal Husbandry,
Archaeology, Architecture, Art, Astronomy, Bacteriology, Bot-
any, Ceramic Engineering, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Dairy-
ing, Domestic Science, Economics and Sociology, Education,
Engineering Drawing, Electrical Engineering, English, Euro-
pean History, Forestry, Geology, Germanic L,anguages and
Literatures, Greek, Horticulture, Industrial Arts, Latin, Law,
Mathematics, Mine Engineering, Mechanical Engineering,
Mechanics, Military Science and Tactics, Metallurgy and Miner-
alogy, Pharmac}'^, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics,
Psychology, Romance Languages, Rural Economics, School
Administration, Veterinary Medicine, Zoology and Entomology.
Consult the Catalogue for the particulars in any of these
departments. Short courses in the Colleges of Agriculture and
Engineering are provided for the convenience of those who can-
not pursue the full courses. Superior opportunity is offered for
the study of Dairying.
Special attention is called to the Summer Term, which offers
work in many departments. Send for bulletin of the Summer
Term. ^
The University aims to so relate itself to the best high
schools of the State as to make a university course within the
reach of all their graduates. The buildings are ample for the
purpose of instruction. Send freely for information.
Address all inquiries to the President,
DR. W. O. THOMPSON,
Columbus, Ohio.
When writing to advertisers, pleaae mention the "Ohio Naturalist."
FEBRUARY.
VOLUME XII. I 9 I 2 . NUMBER 4.
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
A Journal Devoted more
Especially to the Natural
History gf Ohio.
OFFICIAL ORGAN qf THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
Cf ttw OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, and qf THE
OHIO ACADEMY ef SCIENCE.
Ohio State University, Columbus.
Annual Subscription Price, $1.00
Single Nuraber 15 cents.
Entered at the PoBt-Offiice at Columbs, Ohio, as Second-Class Matter.
The Ohio Naturalist.
A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The oflScial
organ of The Biological Club op the Ohio State University, and of The Ohio
Academy of Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price $I.CO per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, 81.25. Single copies, 1-5 cents.
Editor-in-Chief,
Business Manager,
John H. Schaffner.
James S. Hine.
Associate Editots.
Wm. M. Barrows, Zoology,
RoBT. F. Griggs, Botany,
W. C. Morse, Geology,
W. C. MiLi^s, Archaeology,
J. C. Hambi,eton, Ornithology,
T. M. HiLXS, Physiography.
Herbert Osborn.
Advisory Board.
Chari,es S. Prosser.
John H. Schaffnbr.
The Ohio Natuealist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.
In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management. The
Naturalist will pay for illustrations not exceeding two page.? for any article.
By a special arrangement with the Ohio Academy of " Science, the Ohio
Naturaiilt is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.
The first eleven volumes may be obtain^ at Sl.OO per volume.
Remittances of all kinds should be made paj^able to the Business Manager, J. 8. Hine.
Addre.. THE OHIO NATURALIST, "^^l^^^^t^^lb
Ohio Academy of Science Publications.
First and Second Annual Report:s , Price 30 cts, each
Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each
Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each
Seventeenth Annual Report Price 40 cts. each
SPeCiAL PAPERS.
1. " Sandusky Flora." pp.167. E. L. Mosei,ey 60 cts.,
2. " The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116. David S. Kelwcott 60 cts.
"The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio." pp. 75. W. G. Tight,
J. A. Bownocker, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke 50 ct«.
pp. 105. Raymond C. Osburn 60 cts.
pp. 63. James S. Hine 50 cts.
4
5
6
7
8
9
10,
II
12
13
14
15
16
" The Fishes of Ohio."
" Tabanidae of Ohio."
<(
The Birds of Ohio.
n
pp. 241. Lynds Jones 75 cts.
"Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie." pp.96.
Thomas A. Bonser 50 cts.
"The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66. Ja^es G. Sanders. . . .50 cts.
" Batrachians and Beptiles of Ohio." pp. 54. Max Morse. . . .50 cts.
"Ecological Study of Brush Lake." pp.20. •
J. H. Schaffner, Otto E. Jennings, Fred. J. Tyi.er.. .35 cts.
" The Willows of Ohio." pp. 60. Robert F. Griggs. 50 cts.
"Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of Ohio." pp. 35.
V. Sterki 50 cts.
"The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity."
F. L. Landacre 60 cts.
" Discomycetes in the Vicinity of Oxford, Ohio," pp. 54.
Freda M. Bachman 50 cts.
"Trees of Ohio and Surrounding Territory." pp. 122.
John H. Schaffner 75 cts.
"The Pteridophytes of Ohio." pp. 41. John H. Schaffner, 50 cts.
Address : W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.
LABORATORY WORKERS APPRECIATE
SPENCER MICROSCOPES
Our New Nb. 45
Grasp it with the
whole hand
Special booklet ready
BECAUSE
I. The}' represent the best optics and
stands of the latest types of design.
II. They stand the rough and tumble of
laboratory use.
III. TherS'are incorporated in them more
features of practical usability and
features which make for conven-
ience, comfort and. durability.
IV. They are designed and built under the
direction of men who have had
many years of practical laboratory
experience as well as experience in
manufacture, men who understand
and are in sympathy with the needs
of laboratory workers.
SPENCER OPTICS
HAVE STOOD UNSURPASSED FOR
OVER HALF A CENTURY
SPENCER LENS COMPANY
BUFFALO, N. Y.
Buchet Engtaving Go.
Process and Wood Engraving, Electro-
typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping
and Engraving Machinery. I*. X ^ i^ ^
80/2 North High Street,
COLUMBUS, OHIO.
DIE STAMPING.
PLATE AND ^LETTER PRESS PRINTING.
SPAH% & GLENN,
PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS,
50 EAST BROAD STREET.
COLUMBUS, OHIO.
Wben writing to advertiaers, please mention the " Ohio Naturalist."
The Ohio State University,
COLUMBUS.
Seven colleges well equipped and prepared to present the
best methods offered in modern education. The following list of
departments will suggest the organization of the institution :
Agricultural Chemistry, Agronomy, American History and
Political Science, Anatomy and Physiology, Animal Husbandry,
Archaeology, Architecture, Art, Astronomy, Bacteriology, Bot-
any, Ceramic Engineering, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Dairy-
ing, Domestic Science, Economics and Sociology, Education,
Engineering Drawing, Electrical Engineering, English, Euro-
pean History, Forestry, Geology, Germanic Languages and
Literatures, Greek, Horticulture, Industrial Arts, Latin, Law,
Mathematics, Mine Engineering, Mechanical Engineering,
Mechanics, Military Science and Tactics, Metallurgy and Miner-
alogy, Pharmacy, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics,
Psychology, Romance Languages, Rural Economics, School
Administration, Veterinary Medicine, Zoology and Entomology.
Consult the Catalogue for the particulars in any of these
departments. Short courses in the Colleges of Agriculture and
Engineering are provided for the convenience of those who can-
not pursue the full courses. Superior opportunity is offered for
the study of Dairying.
Special attention is called to the Summer Term, which offers
work in many departments. Send for bulletin of the Summer
Term.
The University aims to so relate itself to the best high
schools of the State as to make a university course within the
reach of all their graduates. The buildings are ample for the
purpose of instruction. Send freely for information.
Address all inquiries to the President,
DR. W. O. THOMPSON,
Columbus, Ohio.
When WTlting to advertisers, please mentioo the "Ohio Katuralist."
MARCH.
VOLUME XII. I 9 I 2 ■ NUMBER S.
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
A Journal Devoted more
Especially to the Natural
History of Ohio.
OFFICIAL ORGAN qf THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
ef the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY. m2 «f THE
OHIO ACADEMY qf SCIENCE.
Ohio State University, Columbus.
Annual Subscription Price, $1.00
Single Number 15 cents.
Entered at the Post-Oflaice at Columbs, Ohio, as Second-Class Matter.
The Ohio Naturalist,
A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The oflScial
organ of The Biological Club of the Ohio State Univebbity, and of The Ohio
Academy of Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price 11.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, $1.25. Single copies, 15 cent.s,
Editor-in-Chief, John H. Schaffner.
Business Manager, James S. Hink.
Associate Editots.
Wm. M. Barrows, Zoology, W. C. Mii^ls, Archaeology,
RoBT. F. Griggs, Botany, J. C. Hambleton, Ornithology,
W. C, Morse, Geology, T. M. Hii,i,s, Physiography.
Advisory Board,
Herbert Osborn. John H. Schaffnkr.
Charles S. Prosser.
The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.
;.;In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Natubaxist will be
mailed regularly nntil notice of discontinuance is received by the management. The
Naturall-^t will pay for illustrations not exceeding two pages for any article.
By a special arrangement with the Ohio Academy of " Science, the Ohio
Naturalilt is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.
Th« first eleven volumes may be obtained at SI. GO per volume.
Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. 8. Hine.
Addre.s THE OHIO NATURALIST. gg£g^^g&".'^6Ste
Oblo Academy of Science Publications.
First and Second Annual Reports Price 30 cts. each
Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each
Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each
Seventeenth Annual Report Price 40 cts. each
SPECIAL PAPERS.
*' Sandusky Flora." pp. 167. E. L. Moseley 60 cts. .
" The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116. David S. Kellicott 60 cts.
"The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio," pp. 75. W, G. Tight,
J. A. Bownocker, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke 50 eta.
" The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105. Raymond C. Osburn 60 cts.
'* Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63. James S. Hine 50 cts.
"The Birds of Ohio." pp. 241. Lynds Jones 75 cts.
"Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie." pp.96.
Thomas A. Bonser 50 cts.
"The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66. James G. Sanders. . . .50 cts.
<*Batrachians and Keptiles of Obio." pp. 54. Max Morse. . 50 ct«.
"Ecological Study of Brush Lake." pp. 20.
J. H. Schaefner, Otto E. Jennings, Fred. J. Tyi,er. ..35 cts.
" The Willows of Ohio." pp. 60. Robert F. Griggs 50 cts.
" Land and Fresh-water Moliusca of Ohio." pp. 35.
V. Sterki 50 cts .
"The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity."
F. L. Landacre 60 cts.
' • Discomycetes in the Vicinity of Oxford, Ohio." pp. 54.
Freda M. Bachman 50 cts.
"Trees of Ohio and Surrounding Territory." pp. 122.
John H. Schaffner 75 cts.
"Th^ Pteridophytes of Ohio." pp. 41. John H. Schaffner, 50 cts.
Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus. Ohio.
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
II
12,
13
14
15
16
LABORATORY WORKERS APPRECIATE
SPENCER MICROSCOPES
Our New No. 45
Grasp it with the
whole hand
Special booklet ready
BECAUSE
I. They represent the best optics and
stands of the latest types of design.
II. They stand the rough and tumble of
laboratory use.
III, There are incorporated in them more
features of practical usability and
features which make for conven-
ience, comfort and durability.
IV. They are designed and built under the
direction of men who have had
many years of practical laboratory
experience as well as experience in
manufacture, men who understand
and are in sympathy with the needs
of laboratory workers.
SPENCER OPTICS
HAVE STOOD UNSURPASSED FOR
OVER HALF A CENTURY
SPENCER LENS COMPANY
BUFFALO, N. Y.
Buchet Engtaving Co.
Process and Wood Engraving, Electro-
typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping
and Engraving Machinery. 5. &> »» 5^ SU
SOYz North High Street,
COLUMBUS, OHIO.
DIE STAMPING.
PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING.
SPAH% & GLENN,
PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS^
50 EAST BROAD STREET.
COLUMBUS, OHIO.
When writing to advertisere, please mention the " Ohio Naturalist. "
The Ohio State University,
COLUMBUS.
Seven colleges well equipped and prepared to present the
best methods offered in modern education. The following list of
departments will suggest the organization of the institution :
Agricultural Chemistry, Agronomy, American History and
Political Science, Anatomy and Physiology, Animal Husbandry,
Archaeology, Architecture, Art, Astronomy, Bacteriology, Bot-
any, Ceramic Engineering, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Dairy-
ing, Domestic Science, Economics and Sociology, Education,
Engineering Drawing, Electrical Engineering, English, Euro-
pean History, Forestry, Geology, Germanic Languages and
Literatures, Greek, Horticulture, Industrial Arts, Latin, Law,
Mathematics, Mine Engineering, Mechanical Engineering,
Mechanics, Military Science and Tactics, Metallurgy and Miner-
alogy, Pharmacy, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics,
Psychology, Romance Languages, Rural Economics, School
Administration, Veterinary Medicine, Zoology and Entomology.
Consult the Catalogue for the particulars in any of these
departments. Short courses in the Colleges of Agriculture and
Engineering are provided for the convenience of those who can-
not pursue the full courses. Superior opportunity is offered for
the study of Dairying.
Special attention is called to the Slimmer Term, which offers
work in many departments. Send for bulletin of the Summer
Term.
The University aims to so relate itself to the best high
schools of the State as to make a university course within the
reach of all their graduates. The buildings are ample for the
purpose of instruction. Send freely for information.
Address all inquiries to the President,
DR. W. O. THOMPSON,
Columbus, Ohio.
WheB writing to advertisers, please mentioo tbe "Ohio Naturalist."
APRIL,
VOLUME XII. I 9 I 2 . NUMBER 6.
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
A journai Devoted more
Especially to the N&tural
History of Ohio.
OFFICIAL ORGAN ^ THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
«f tht OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, ma qf THE
OHIO ACADEMY ^f SCIENCE.
Ohio State University, Columbus.
Annual Subscription Price, 91.00
Single Nuraber 15 cents.
Entered at the Poet-OtBice at C'olumbs, Ohio, as Second-Class Matter.
The Ohio Naturalist,
A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The offlcl*!
ergaii of The Biological Club of the Ohio State Ukiveksity, and of The Ohio
Academy of Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price fl.OO per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, $1.26. Single copies, 15 cents.
Editor-in-Chief,
Business Manager,
John H. Schaffner,
James S. Hike.
Associate Editors.
Wm. M. Barrows, Zoology,
ROBT. F. Griggs, Botany,
W. C. Morse, Geology,
Advisory Board.
Herbert Osborn. John H. Schaffner.
Charles S. Prosser.
W. C. Mills, Archaeology,
J. C. Hambleton, Ornithology,
T. M. Hills, Physiography.
The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University. •
In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of disconti nuance is received by the management. The
Naturalist will pay for illustrations not exceeding two pages for any article.
By a special arrangement with the Ohio Academy of " Science, the Ohio
Naturalilt is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.
Th« first eleven volumes may be obtained at $1.00 per volume.
Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager^^-JjS. Hink.
A4dr«. THE OHIO NATURALIST. i^l^'^^St&Alh
Obio Academy of Science Publications.
First and Second Annual Reports Price 30 cts. each
Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each
Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each
Seventeenth Annual Report Price 40 cts. each
SPECIAL PAPERS.
♦' Sandusky Flora." pp. 167. E. L. Moseley 60 cts.
" The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116. David S. Kellicott 60 cts.
" The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio." pp. 75. W. G. Tight,
J. A. BowNOCitER, J. H. Todd and GErard Fowke 50 cts.
" The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105. Raymond C. Osburn 60 cts.
"Tabanidae of Ohio." pp.63, James S. Hine 50 cts.
"The Birds of Ohio." pp. 241. L,ynds Jones 75 cts.
"Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie." pp.96.
Thomas A. Bonser 50 cts,
*'The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66. James G. Sanders .- . .50 cts.
"Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio." pp. 54. Max Morse. .50 cts.
"Ecological Study of Brush Lake." pp.20.
J. H. Sch.'^ffner, Otto E. Jennings, Fred. J. Tyler. ..35 cts.
" The "Willows of Ohio." pp. 60. Robert F. Griggs 50 cts,
" Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of Ohio." pp. 35.
V. Sterki 50 cts .
"The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity."
F. L. IvANDacre 60 cts.
* ' Discomycetes in the Vicinity of Oxford, Ohio." pp. 54.
Freda M. Bachman 50 cts.
"Trees of Ohio and Surrounding Territory." pp. 122.
John H. Schaffner 75 cts.
"The Pteridophytes of Ohio." pp. 41. John H. Schaffner, sects.
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
II
12
13
14
15
16
Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.
LABORATORY WORKERS APPRECIATE
SPENCER MICROSCOPES
Our New No. 45
Grasp it with the
ivhole liand
Special booklet ready
BECAUSE
I. They represent the best optics and
stands of the latest types of design.
II. They stand the rough and tumble of
laboratory use.
III. There are incorporated in them more
~ features of practical usability and
features which make for conven-
ience, comfort and durability.
IV. They are designed and built under the
direction of men who have had
many years of practical laboratory
experience as well as experience in
manufacture, men who understand
and are in sympathy with the needs
of laboratory workers.
SPENCER OPTICS
HAVE STOOD UNSURPASSED FOR
OVER HALF A CENTURY
SVENCER LENS COMPANY
BUFFALO, N. Y.
Bucket Engtaving Co.
Process and Wood Engraving, Electro-
typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping
and Engraving Machinery. a» & Sa a. 3w
80y2 North High Street,
COLUMBUS, OHIO.
DIE STAMPING.
PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING.
SPAHIj & GLENN,
PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS.
50 EAST BROAD STREET.
COLUMBUS, OHIO.
Wben writing to advertisers, please mention the " Ohio Natnralist.'
The Ohio State University,
COLUMBUS.
Seven colleges well equipped and prepared to present the
best methods offered in modern education. The following list of
departments will suggest the organization of the institution :
Agricultural Chemistry, Agronomy, American History and
Political Science, Anatomy and Physiology, Animal Husbandry,
Archaeology, Architecture, Art, Astronomy, Bacteriology, Bot-
any, Ceramic Engineering, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Dairy-
ing, Domestic Science, Economics and Sociology, Education,
Engineering Drawing, Electrical Engineering, English, Euro-
pean History, Forestry, Geology, Germanic Languages and
Literatures, Greek, Horticulture, Industrial Arts, Latin, Law,
Mathematics, Mine Engineering, Mechanical Engineering,
Mechanics, Military Science and Tactics, Metallurg}' and Miner-
alogy, Pharmacy, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics,
Psychology, Romance Languages, Rural Economics, School
Administration, Veterinary Medicine, Zoology and Entomology.
Consult the Catalogue for the particulars in any of these
departments. Short courses in the Colleges of Agriculture and
Engineering are provided for the convenience of those who can-
not pursue the full courses. Superior opportunity is offered for
tibe study of Dairying.
Special attention is called to the Summer Term, which offers
work in many departments. Send for bulletin of the Summer
Term.
The University aims to so relate itself to the best high
schools of the State as to make a university course within the
reach of all their graduates. The buildings are ample for the
purpose of instruction. Send freely f6r information.
Address all inquiries to the President,
DR. W. O. THOMPSON,
Columbus, Ohio.
When writing to advertisers, please mention the " Obio Naturalist."
VOLUME XII.
MAY,
I 9 I 2.
NUMBER 7.
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
A Journal Devoted more
Especially to the Natural
History of Ohio.
OFFICIAL ORGAN ef THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
ef the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, and ff THE
OHIO ACADEMY ef SCIENCE.
Ohio State University, Columbus.
Annual Subscription Price, $1.00
Single Number 15 cents.
Entered at the Post-Offiice Ht Columbs, Ohfo, as Second-Class Matter.
The Ohio Naturalist,
A journal devoied more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The offici»l
organ of The Biological Club op the Ohio State University, and of The Ohio
Academy of Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price Sl.OO per year, pavablo in advance. To
foreign countries, SI. 25. Single copies. \b cents.
Editor-in-Chief, John H. Schaffner.
Business Manager, James S. Hinb.
Associate Editors,
Wm. M. Barrows, Zoology, W, C. Mii,i^, Archaeology,
RoBT. F. Griggs, Botany, J. C. Hambi,eton, Ornithology,
W. C. Morse, Geology, T. M. Hills, Physiography.
Advisory Boatd.
Herbert Osborn. John H. Schaffnkr,
Charles S. Prosser.
The Ohio Natuhai.ist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.
In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly untl! ur.tice of u'scoiitinuance is received by the management. The
Naturalist will pay for illustrations Tuit exceeding two pages for any article.
By a special arrangement with the Ohio Academy of " Science, the Ohio
Naturalilt is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dt^ies.
: :\-'The first eleven volursies may be obtained at 81.00 per volume.
Remittances of all kinds shonJd be made payable to the Business Manager, J. 8. HiN«.
Address THE OHIO NATURALIST, gg£gi:^*gffs"oil?5
Ohio Academy of Science Publications.
First and Second Annual Reports. Price 30 cts. each
Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each
Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each
Seventeenth Annual Report Price 40 cts. each
SPECIAL PAPERS.
1. "Sandusky Flora." pp.167. E. L. Moseley 60 cts.
2. " The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116. David S. Kellicott f6o cts.
3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio." pp. 75. W. G. Tight,
J. A. BowNOCKER, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke 50 eta.
4. " The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105. Raymond C. Osburn 60 cts.
5. " Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63. James S. Hine 50 cts.
6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp.241. Lynds Jones 75 cts.
7. " Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie." pp. 96.
Thomas A. Bonrkr 50 cts.
8. "The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66. James G. Sanders. . . .50 cts.
9. "Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio." pp. 54. Max Morse. . . 50 cts.
10. "Ecological Study of Brush Lake." pp.20.
J. H. Schaffner, Otto E. Jennings, Fred. J. Tyler. ..35 cts.
11. " The Willows of Ohio." pp. 60. Robert F. Griggs 50 cts.
12. "Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of Ohio." pp. 35.
V. Sterki 50 cts.
13. "The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity."
F". L. Landacre 60 cts.
14. " Discomycetes in the Vicinity of Oxford, Ohio." pp. 54.
Freda M. Bachman 50 cts.
15. "Trees of Ohio and Surrounding Territory." pp. 122.
John H. Schaffner - 75 cts.
16. "The Pteridophytes of Ohio." pp. 41. John H. Schaffner, 50 cts.
Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.
LABORATORY WORKERS APPRECIATE
SPENCER MICROSCOPES
Our New No. 45
Grasp it with the
ivhole hand
Special booklet ready
BECAUSE
I. They represent the best optics and
stands of the latest types of design.
II. They stand the rough and tumble of
laboratorj' use.
III, There are incorporated in them more
features of practical usability and
features which make for conven-
ience, comfort and durability.
IV. They are designed and built under the
direction of men who have had
many years of practical laboratory
experience as well as experience in
manufacture, men who understand
and are in sympathj' with the needs
of laboratory workers.
SPENCER OPTICS
HAVE STOOD UNSURPASSED FOR
OVER HALF A CENTURY
SPENCER LENS COxMPANY
BUFFALO^ N. Y.
Buchet Engiaving Co.
Process and Wood Engraving, Electro-
typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping
and Engraving Machinery. It. &. S* &. 5^
80y2 North High Street,
COLUMBUS, OHIO.
DIE STAMPING.
PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING.
SPAH% 8 GLENN,
PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS.
50 EAST BROAD STREET.
:OLUMBUS, OHIO.
When writing to advertisers, please mention the " Ohio Naturalist."
The Ohio State University,
COLUMBUS.
Seven colleges well equipped and prepared to present the
best methods offered in modern education. The following list of
departments will suggest the organization of the institution :
Agricultural Chemistry, Agronomy, American History and
Political Science, Anatomy and Physiology, Animal Husbandry,
Archaeology, Architecture, Art, Astronomy, Bacteriology, Bot-
any, Ceramic Engineering, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Dairy-
ing, Domestic Science, Economics and Sociology, Education,
Engineering Drawing, Electrical Engineering, English, Euro-
pean History, Forestry, Geology, Germanic Languages and
Literatures, Greek, Horticulture, Industrial Arts, Latin, Law,
Mathematics, Mine Engineering, Mechanical Engineering,
Mechanics, Military Science and Tactics, Metallurgy and Miner-
alogy, Pharmacy, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics,
Psychology, Romance Languages, Rural Economics, School
Administration, Veterinary Medicine, Zoology and Entomology.
Consult the Catalogue for the particulars in any of these
departments. Short courses in the Colleges of Agriculture and
Engineering are provided for the convenience of those who can-
not pursue the full courses. Superior opportunity is offered for
tte study of Dairying.
Special attention is called to the Summer Term, which offers
work in many departments. Send for bulletin of the Summer
Term,
The University aims to so relate itself to the best high
schools of the State as to make a universit}^ course within the
reach of all their graduates. The buildings are aiiaple for the
purpose of instruction. Send freely for information.
Address all inquiries to the President,
DR. W. O. THOMPSON,
Columbus, Ohio.
When writing to advertisers, please nieution the "Ohio Naturalist."
JUNE.
VOLUME XII. I 9 I 2 . NUMBER 8.
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
A Journal Devoted more
Especially to ihe Natural
History qf Ohio.
OFFICIAL ORGAN ef THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
flf tAt OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY. onS qf THE
OHIO ACADEMY qf SCIENCE.
Ohio State University, Columbus.
Annual Subscription Price, f 1.00
Single Nun^ber 15 cents.
Entered at the Post-Offiice at Columbs, Ohio, as Second-Class Matter.
The Ohio Naturalist,
A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official
organ of The Biological Club of the Ohio Statb Uniteksity, and of The Ohio
Academy of Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numberN.) Price $1.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, $1.26. Single copie,s, 15 cents.
Editor-in-Chief, , John H. Schaffner.
Business Mafiager, James S. Hike.
Associate Editors,
Wm. M. Barrows, Zoology, W. C. Mii,i.s, Archaeology,
RoBT. F. Griggs, Botany, J. C. Hambleton, Ornithology,
W. C. Morse, Geology, T. M. Hills, Physiography.
Advisoiy Board,
Herbert Osborn. John H. Schaffner.
Charles S. Prosser.
fit
The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.
In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Natuealist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management. The
Naturalist will pay for illustrations not exceeding two pages for any article.
By a special" arrangement with the Ohio Academy of * Science, the Ohio
Natuealilt is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.
The first eleven volumes may be obtained at 81.00 per volume.
Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. 8. HiNS.
Addre., THE OHIO NATURALIST, I'-dll'vl^^toiVo
OliSo Academy oS Science Publications.
First and Second Annual Reports Price 30 cts. each
Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each
Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each
Seventeenth Annual Report Price 40 cts. each
SPECIAL PAPERS. ^
1. «' Sandusky Flora." pp. 167. E. L. Moseley 60 cts.
2. " The Odonata of Ohio." pp. it6. David S. Kellicott 60 cts.
3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio." pp. 75. W. G. Tight,
J. A. BowNOCKER, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke 50 cts.
4. " The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105. Raymond C. Osburn 60 cts.
5. *' Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63. James S. Hine 50 cts.
6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp.241. Lynds Jones 75 cts.
7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie." pp.96-
Thomas A. Bonser 5° cts.
8. "The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66. James G. Sanders . . .50 cts.
9. " Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio." pp. 54. Max Morse 50 cts.
10. "Ecological Study of Brush Lake." pp.20.
J. H. Schafener, Otto E. Jennings, Fred. J, Tyler. ..35 cts.
11. " The Willows of Ohio." pp. 60. Robert F. Griggs 56 cts.
12. "Land and Fresh-water MoUusca of Ohio." pp. 35.
V. Sterki 50 cts .
13. "The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity."
F. L. Landacre 60 cts.
14. * ' Discomycetes in the Vicinity of Oxford, Ohio." pp. 54.
Freda M. B.-vchman 50 cts.
15. "Trees of Ohio and Surrounding Territory." pp. 122.
John H. Schaffner 75 cts.
16. "The Pteridophytes of Ohio," pp. 41- John H. Schaffner, 50 cts.
Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian. Ohio Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. ^,
LABORATORY WORKERS APPRECIATE
SPENCER MICROSCOPES
Our New No. 45
Grasp it with the
whole hand
Special booklet ready
BECAUSE
I. They represent the best optics and
stands of the latest types of design.
II. They stand the rough and tumble of
laboratory use.
III, There are incorporated in them more
features of practical usability and
features which make for conven-
ience, comfort and durability.
IV. They are designed and built under the
direction of men who have had
many years of practical laboratory
experience as well as experience in
manufacture, men who understand
and are in sympathy with the needs
of laboratory workers.
SPENCER OPTICS
HAVE STOOD UNSURPASSED FOR
OVER HALF A CENTURY
SPENCER LENS COMPANY
BUFFALO, N. Y.
Bucket Engtaving Co.
Process and Wood Engraving, Electro-
typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping
and Engraving Machinery. S* 5» J. J; J*
eOyi North High Sired,
COLUMBUS, OHIO,
DIE STAMPING.
PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING.
SPAH% & - GLENN,
PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS.
50 EAST BROAD STREET.
COLUMBUS, OHIO.
When writing to advertisers, please mention the " Ohio Kataraliat."
The Ohio State University,
COLUMBUS.
Seven colleges well equipped and prepared to present the
best methods offered in modem education. The following list of
departments will suggest the organization of the institution :
Agricultural Chemistry, Agronomy, American History and
Political Science, Anatomy and Physiology, Animal Husbandry,
Archaeology, Architecture, Art, Astronomy, Bacteriology, Bot-
any, Ceramic Engineering, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Dairy-
ing, Domestic Science, Economics and Sociology, Education,
Engineering Drawing, Electrical Engineering, English, Euro-
pean History, Forestry, Geology, Germanic Languages and
Literatures, Greek, Horticulture, Industrial Arts, Latin, Law,
Mathematics, Mine Engineering, Mechanical Engineering,
Mechanics, Military Science and Tactics, Metallurgy and Miner-
alogy, Pharmacy, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics,
Psychology, Romance Languages, Rural Economics, School
Administration, Veterinary Medicine, Zoology and Entomology.
Consult the Catalogue for the particulars in any of these
departments. Short courses in the Colleges of Agriculture and
Engineering are provided for the convenience of those who can-
not pursue the full courses. Superior opportunity is offered for
tiie study of Dairying.
Special attention is called to the Summer Term, which offers
work in many departments. Send for bulletin of the Summer
Term.
The University aims to so relate itself to the best high
schools of the State as to make a university course within the
reach of all their graduates. The buildings are ample for the
purpose of instruction. Send freely for information.
Address all inquiries to the President,
DR. W. O. THOMPSON,
Columbus, Ohio.
Whan writing to advertisers, please mention the " Ohio Natnrallat,"
WH l^^x T